Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 9, 2015

Registration No. 333-194767

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Box, Inc.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   7372   20-2714444
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

4440 El Camino Real

Los Altos, California 94022

(877) 729-4269

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Aaron Levie, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Dan Levin, President and Chief Operating Officer

Dylan Smith, Chief Financial Officer

Box, Inc.

4440 El Camino Real

Los Altos, California 94022

(877) 729-4269

 

 

(Names, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agents for service)

Please send copies of all communications to:

 

Steven E. Bochner, Esq.   Peter McGoff, Esq.   Richard A. Kline, Esq.
Jose F. Macias, Esq.   Senior Vice President and General Counsel   Anthony J. McCusker, Esq.
Jon C. Avina, Esq.   Box, Inc.   Goodwin Procter LLP
Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.   4440 El Camino Real   135 Commonwealth Drive
650 Page Mill Road   Los Altos, California 94022   Menlo Park, California 94025
Palo Alto, California 94304   (877) 729-4269   (650) 752-3100
(650) 493-9300    

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public : As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box:   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer

  ¨    Accelerated filer  ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company  ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of Securities

to be Registered

  Amount to be
Registered (1)
  Proposed Maximum
Offering Price Per
Share (2)
  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price (1)(2)
  Amount of
Registration Fee (3)

Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value per share

  14,375,000   $13.00   $186,875,000   $21,715

 

 

(1) Includes the additional shares that the underwriters have the right to purchase from the Registrant.
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(3) The Registrant previously paid the registration fee in connection with the initial filing of this Registration Statement.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)

Issued January 9, 2015

12,500,000 Shares

CLASS A COMMON STOCK

Box, Inc. is offering 12,500,000 shares of its Class A common stock. This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for shares of our Class A common stock. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $11.00 and $13.00 per share.

Following this offering, we will have two classes of authorized common stock, Class A common stock and Class B common stock. The rights of the holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be identical, except with respect to voting and conversion rights. Each share of our Class A common stock will be entitled to one vote. Each share of our Class B common stock will be entitled to 10 votes and will be convertible at any time into one share of our Class A common stock. The holders of our outstanding Class B common stock will hold approximately 98.8% of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock following this offering.

Our Class A common stock has been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “BOX.”

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under the federal securities laws and, as such, may elect to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for future filings. Investing in our Class A common stock involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 17.

Price $ A Share

Price to Public

Underwriting Discounts and Commissions (1)

Proceeds to Box, Inc.

Per Share

$

$

$

Total

$

$

$

(1) See the section titled “Underwriters” for a description of the compensation payable to the underwriters.

We have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to an additional 1,875,000 shares of our Class A common stock to cover over-allotments.

The Securities and Exchange Commission and state securities regulators have not approved or disapproved of these securities, or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of our Class A common stock to purchasers on , 2015.

Morgan Stanley

Credit Suisse

BMO Capital Markets

J.P. Morgan

Canaccord Genuity

Pacific Crest Securities

Raymond James

WellsFargoSecurities


Table of Contents

LOGO

44K+
Paying organizations
32M+
Registered users
4BN+
Content interactions every three months
As of October 31, 2014
3:14 PM
Close
APAC Marketing Event.PDF
2014 MARKET SIZE
13, the Asian market surged drastically, with new 9 brands successfully introdu products aimed at the luxury travel segment.
12% 9% 16% 11% 6% 4
1 of 12
AT&T LTE
10:22 AM
box
All Files
10 Folders
Customer Service
940 KB, 1/13/14 3:27 PM
Demos
1.33 GB, Fri 8:52 AM
Hardware
962 KB, 8/1/13 11:27 AM
Industry
46.48 MB, 5/7/14 4:21 PM
Marketing
41.41 MB, 3/12/14 1:43 PM
Product and Operations
30.87 MB, 9/5/13 3:26 PM
Real Estate
13.45 MB, 5/8/14 4:41 PM


Table of Contents

LOGO

Manage, share, collaborate
like 275K+ great organizations


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1   

Risk Factors

     17   

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     41   

Market and Industry Data

     43   

Use of Proceeds

     44   

Dividend Policy

     44   

Capitalization

     45   

Dilution

     48   

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

     51   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     54   

Letter from Aaron Levie, Co-Founder, Chairman and CEO

     86   

Business

     88   
     Page  

Management

     120   

Executive Compensation

     128   

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     139   

Principal Stockholders

     145   

Description of Capital Stock

     148   

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     154   

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders of Our Common Stock

     156   

Underwriters

     160   

Legal Matters

     167   

Experts

     167   

Where You Can Find Additional Information

     167   

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-1   
 

 

 

We have not authorized anyone to provide any information or make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our Class A common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our Class A common stock.

Through and including                     , 2015 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

For investors outside of the United States: Neither we nor the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. You are required to inform yourselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary is not complete and does not contain all of the information you should consider in making your investment decision. You should read the following summary together with the more detailed information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, including the sections titled “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes, before deciding whether to purchase shares of our Class A common stock.

BOX, INC.

Our Mission and Vision

Our mission is to make organizations more productive, competitive and collaborative by connecting people and their most important information. We believe our platform can become the cloud-based content layer that spans organizations, applications and devices to enable users to get work done more efficiently—when, where and how they want.

Overview

Box provides a cloud-based, mobile-optimized Enterprise Content Collaboration platform that enables organizations of all sizes to easily and securely manage their content and collaborate internally and externally. Our platform combines powerful, elegant and easy-to-use functionality that is designed for users with the security, scalability and administrative controls required by IT departments. We have built our platform to enable users to get their work done regardless of file format, application environment, operating system, device or location. Our paying business customers include more than 48% of Fortune 500 companies and more than 22% of Global 2000 companies, and our over 32 million registered users include employees from 99% of Fortune 500 companies, including companies in highly regulated industries such as healthcare and life sciences, telecommunications, energy and financial services.

There are several fundamental technology trends that are dramatically changing both individual behavior and enterprise IT infrastructure. Information workers increasingly expect to be able to access and work with their business content from any internet-enabled device, and they demand solutions that are as simple to use as their consumer internet applications, such as Facebook, LinkedIn and Twitter. However, legacy on-premise IT architectures were not built for ease of use or mobility. As a result, IT departments are increasingly pressured to find easier to use solutions that address employees’ changing work styles, while also protecting confidential content, including documents, presentations, spreadsheets and multimedia.

At our founding, we recognized that content is more accessible, useful and powerful when it is centrally stored, managed and shared. We have architected our Enterprise Content Collaboration platform from the ground up to be cloud-based and mobile-optimized to meet the evolving demands of today’s information worker. Cloud-based Enterprise Content Collaboration is especially powerful because it enables users to access and collaborate on centralized content from anywhere and allows organizations to access new features and apply policies and controls across all users and content simultaneously. Our solution is especially well-suited to support globally distributed workers with multiple devices.

We are building a rich ecosystem around Box. Our platform integrates with the applications of our technology partners, including salesforce.com, NetSuite and others, giving our users full access to Box without leaving partner applications. In addition, third-party developers can rapidly build, update and provision new

 

 

1


Table of Contents

applications that leverage and extend the core functionality of our service, increasingly with a focus on specific industries and vertical market use cases. To date, tens of thousands of third-party developers have leveraged our platform as the secure content layer for their applications, including developers that are part of our Box OneCloud ecosystem, which provides users with access to more than 1,300 iOS and Android third-party applications.

Our go-to-market strategy combines end-user-driven bottoms-up adoption with top-down sales efforts. We offer individuals a free basic version of Box to provide them with a first-hand experience of the simplicity and effectiveness of our service. Our solution often spreads virally within and across organizations, as users adopt Box and invite new users to collaborate. We monetize this network effect by making it easy for users and organizations to subscribe to paid versions of our service on our self-service web portal. We also target senior IT and line of business management within organizations through direct and indirect sales strategies to formalize large-scale deployments. Frequently, an organization will purchase Box for one use case and later expand its deployment to other use cases and larger groups of employees.

Our go-to-market strategy also includes targeting specific industries that have content and collaboration challenges in their business. We deliver and are continuing to create solutions that target specific business problems within those industries with a combination of technology, services and marketing programs aimed at prospective buyers. Where relevant, we also facilitate compliance with industry-specific regulations to ensure companies can use Box in accordance with legal requirements. These industry solutions are aimed to speed the deployment and time to value for customers in industries such as healthcare and life sciences, financial services, legal services, media and entertainment, retail, education, energy and government.

Our solution is highly scalable and can support deployments ranging in size from one user to over a hundred thousand users. As of October 31, 2014, we had over 32 million registered users and supported over 275,000 organizations that collectively interact with their content on average over four billion times every three months. Our customers include over 44,000 paying organizations globally, and our largest deployment to date is over 97,000 users. We currently offer our solution in 20 languages. Our customer base includes leading organizations across industries, including Ameriprise Financial, Inc., Bechtel, Eli Lilly and Company, Gap, Inc., Schneider Electric, Sunbelt Rentals and Viacom.

We have experienced significant growth since our incorporation in 2005. For the 12 months ended December 31, 2011, January 31, 2013 and 2014, our revenue was $21.1 million, $58.8 million and $124.2 million, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 179% and 111%. For the nine months ended October 31, 2013 and 2014, our revenue was $85.4 million and $153.8 million, respectively, representing period-over-period growth of 80%. We have invested and continue to invest heavily in our business to capitalize on our large market opportunity. As a result, we incurred net losses of $50.3 million, $112.6 million and $168.6 million for the 12 months ended December 31, 2011, January 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively. For the nine months ended October 31, 2013 and 2014, we incurred net losses of $125.2 million and $121.5 million, respectively.

Industry Trends

Trends such as Cloud, Mobility and the Proliferation of Data are Changing How People Work

Several technology trends have driven down the cost of storage, enabled faster, more powerful applications and increased the number of connected devices, paving the way for cloud and mobile to transform the way that people live and work.

 

   

Shift from On-Premise to Cloud-Based Applications . Advances in technology architectures have supported the rise of cloud computing, which enables the delivery of software-as-a-service (SaaS).

 

 

2


Table of Contents
 

Today, mission-critical applications can be delivered reliably, securely and cost-effectively to customers over the internet without the need to purchase supporting hardware, software or ongoing maintenance. The lower total cost of ownership, better functionality and flexibility of cloud applications represent a compelling alternative to traditional on-premise solutions. As a result, Gartner, Inc. (Gartner) expects total cloud spending to increase from $130 billion worldwide in 2013 to $243 billion in 2017.

 

    Increased Functionality and Proliferation of Mobile Devices . The rapidly increasing functionality of smartphones, tablets and other mobile devices has resulted in the significant adoption of such devices within organizations. According to International Data Corporation (IDC), there were 1.3 billion mobile internet users worldwide in 2013 and there will be 2.2 billion in 2017. Forrester Research, Inc. (Forrester) estimates that 29% of the global workforce in 2012 used three or more devices, worked from multiple locations and accessed several applications.

 

    Explosion of Content and Data . The volume of data continues to grow significantly as users and organizations increase their usage of data-rich applications and access content from multiple connected devices. According to IDC, from 2005 to 2020, the volume of digital information will grow by a factor of 300, increasing demand for cost-efficient and scalable storage and content management solutions.

These technology advancements have enabled the rapid development of a number of highly intuitive and engaging consumer-oriented internet and mobile applications that have changed the expectations of today’s workforce. The rich functionality and usability of applications such as Facebook, LinkedIn and Twitter have led today’s generation to expect their work applications to be similarly accessible, intuitive, social and collaborative, and their content to be available in the cloud and on any of their mobile devices. In response to the growing desire among workers to access and interact with their business information through their preferred personal devices, many organizations have established “bring your own device” policies. At the same time, workers are increasingly utilizing their favorite applications in the workplace in order to be more productive without seeking approval from their IT departments.

IT is Changing to Embrace These Trends while Maintaining Security and Scalability Standards

IT departments are mandated to ensure security for enterprise content in the face of an increasing number of cyber attacks and data leaks, to comply with ever-changing regulatory requirements and to maintain control and visibility over internal and external users while also taking advantage of the benefits of cloud and mobility. While it is clear that embracing cloud and mobility is a competitive imperative, meeting the permissions, security, scalability and administrative requirements typical of IT departments has become increasingly difficult as the proliferation of devices and applications on various architectures has created a more heterogeneous IT environment. Regulatory and compliance requirements for content, collaboration and storage have grown increasingly complex across geographies and industries. At the same time, reliance on technology for critical content and data has made organizations more vulnerable to both sophisticated external cyber attacks and data leaks.

Effective Content Management is Critical to Business Success Today

The technology trends described above are changing where and how work gets done because people can now access information and do their work from anywhere at any time. Employees, clients, vendors and contractors can now be seamlessly connected, creating new opportunities for sharing, collaboration and productivity. Ultimately, these modern approaches to productivity are empowering organizations to increase information velocity and speed up decision making, thereby increasing their competitiveness in the marketplace.

 

 

3


Table of Contents

Our Market Opportunity

Our Enterprise Content Collaboration platform provides a combination of intuitive, user-friendly content applications with enterprise-grade features and security to serve as a central content layer across organizations. Our platform addresses several traditional IT categories defined by IDC, including content management, cloud storage, collaboration, and project and portfolio management, which in aggregate represents an estimated $25 billion in global IT spending in 2014. We believe our opportunity includes large segments of existing enterprise IT spending as well as new use cases and users that are not currently captured by traditional market sizing studies. Customers purchase our services both to replace existing storage and content management solutions, as well as to enable entirely new use cases not well served by existing content or collaboration solutions.

The size and importance of the Enterprise Content Collaboration market is driven by the fact that information is central to every organization’s workflow, and organizations regularly invest in new ways to increase workforce productivity. According to Forrester, there were 615 million information workers as of 2013, and there are expected to be 865 million information workers by 2016. We believe our mobile-optimized platform extends our opportunity beyond information workers to anyone who uses information to get his or her job done, including all mobile workers. According to IDC, there were 1.0 billion mobile workers as of 2010, and there will be 1.3 billion mobile workers by 2015.

The Box Solution

Box empowers people to securely manage, share and collaborate on their content both internally and externally. We deliver applications (web and mobile), a platform for custom development and a series of industry-specific solutions.

 

    Modern Cloud Architecture . We have built our platform from the ground up on a cloud-based architecture, which enables us to rapidly develop, update and provision our services to users.

 

    Mobility . Our solution enables users to securely manage, share and collaborate on their content anytime and anywhere via nearly any device and operating system, including Mac, iOS, Android, Windows and Blackberry through both native and web applications.

 

    Elegant, Intuitive and User-Focused Interface . We strive to enable quick and viral user adoption by maintaining a simple and elegant interface with compelling content collaboration features.

 

    Simple and Rapid Deployment . Our cloud-based software allows organizations to easily, quickly and inexpensively deploy our product.

 

    Enterprise-Grade Security, Reporting and Administrative Controls . We have invested heavily to build robust security, reporting and administrative controls that satisfy our customers’ most demanding security requirements. Box gives IT administrators powerful tools to define access rights by user, content type, device and usage.

 

    Comprehensive Data Governance Strategy. We provide a secure, centralized system of record with Data Loss Prevention (DLP) capabilities. Our data security policies allow customers to apply quarantine or notification-only policies to sensitive confidential files, and we provide robust integrations for leading eDiscovery and DLP systems.

 

    Built to Handle Content of Nearly Any Type . We have designed our solution to serve as the central content and collaboration layer for an organization’s employees. Users securely manage, share and collaborate on all types of information on our platform, regardless of format or file type, and from any device, location or operating system.

 

   

Extensible Platform for Custom and Third-Party Application Development . We provide an open platform with an application programming interface (API) that gives independent software vendors

 

 

4


Table of Contents
 

(ISVs), companies and third-party developers access to our functionality. Our API can be used to build and deploy unique applications with custom interfaces and workflows that leverage Box capabilities for content access, viewing, sharing, collaboration, security and reporting. We have a growing developer ecosystem building applications on the Box platform, including over 1,300 OneCloud mobile applications.

 

    Easy Integration with Other Cloud-Based Applications . We offer a number of off-the-shelf integrations with critical business applications, including Salesforce, NetSuite and others. Using Box Embed, customers are able to embed nearly all of our functionality in any web-based site or application, ensuring consistent accuracy and access.

 

    Focus on Industry-Specific Solutions . In order to facilitate easier and faster deployment of Box, we have created and are continuing to create industry-specific solutions for those industries that have significant content and collaboration challenges. These solutions target specific business problems within those industries with a combination of Box, integration with industry-specific partner technologies, implementation expertise from Box Consulting and/or implementation partners, and templates for metadata and workflows that are applicable to those industries. Where relevant, we have obtained regulatory and compliance certifications as well. For example, we facilitate compliance with the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA) and the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health (HITECH) Act, both particularly relevant to the healthcare industry. We also facilitate compliance with the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (PCI DSS), which is critical to the financial services and insurance industries.

 

    Pricing Plans . We offer our solution via multiple plans to meet the varying needs of our diverse customer base. Organizations can purchase different packages based on the size of their teams and level of functionality required.

 

    Version for Free Users . We offer users a free version of Box in order to promote additional usage, brand and product awareness, and adoption. Our free offering allows users to invite anyone to collaborate on Box, enabling faster collaboration among employees, vendors, clients, contractors and other parties while exposing more potential users to our solution and helping our solution grow virally. Approximately one-third of our free users join Box because existing Box users and paying enterprises invited them to collaborate on a folder or file or access shared content.

 

    Focus on Customer Success . Our customer success team works closely with customers to ensure they are obtaining the highest value from our services. Box Consulting, our professional services team, engages with customers to understand their specific use cases and deployment needs. We believe our customer success efforts are one of the reasons why we have been successful in retaining customers and increasing their use of our service both within and across their organizations.

Benefits of Our Platform

We provide the following key benefits to users, IT departments, organizations, and technology partners and third-party developers:

 

    Benefits to Users . We provide users with the ability to securely manage, share and collaborate on content from any location using any operating system and on any device, ranging from PCs to smartphones and tablet devices. Our real-time collaboration solution enables users and their partners and customers to work together securely and more productively across functions, organizations and geographies. We provide these benefits with a service that is both powerful and simple to use.

 

   

Benefits to IT Departments . Our cloud-based service is quick and inexpensive to deploy. At the same time, our solution provides IT departments with enterprise-grade security, sophisticated data encryption technologies, data governance capabilities, secure content delivery networks and an intrusion detection

 

 

5


Table of Contents
 

system to monitor network traffic. We also offer an administrative console that allows IT administrators to manage their users and content, exercise granular security control, apply permission policies and maintain visibility on actions taken within corporate accounts.

 

    Benefits to Organizations . Our solution enables organizations to replace technologies, such as File Transfer Protocol (FTP) servers, Managed File Transfer (MFT) tools and networked file servers, and experience greater ease of use at a lower total cost of ownership compared to their prior solutions. Moreover, our product is optimized for cloud and mobile, allowing organizations to extend content and collaboration to a broader base of users who work remotely using tablets and smartphones, enabling increased user productivity. Finally, by delivering our software as a cloud-based service, our customers always operate with the latest features and functionality.

 

    Benefits to Technology Partners and Third-Party Developers . We have designed Box to integrate with the applications of our technology partners, such as salesforce.com, NetSuite and over 70 others, giving our users full access to Box’s complete functionality without leaving partner applications. ISVs, system integrators and other third-party developers can rapidly build, update and provision new applications that leverage and extend the core functionality of Box. We also give developers access to an audience of over 32 million registered users, which we believe allows our ecosystem of technology partners and third-party developers to address a broad set of use cases.

Our Growth Strategy

With an increasing number of information workers, industry trends toward cloud and mobility, and the increased need for global collaboration, we believe the market opportunity for Enterprise Content Collaboration is significant and growing. Key elements of our growth strategy include:

 

    Extending Our Technology Leadership . We have made, and will continue to make, significant investments in research and development to strengthen our existing platform, continually enhance usability and develop additional Enterprise Content Collaboration functionality to improve productivity.

 

    Increasing Our Customer Base Globally . We plan to continue investing in direct and indirect sales and free user marketing to acquire new customers both in the United States and internationally.

 

    Growing Our Presence within Our Existing Customer Base . We will continue to expand deployment of our solution with existing customers by, among other things, growing from departmental deployments to broader implementations and addressing a broader range of use cases.

 

    Target Industry Verticals . We will continue to target specific business problems across multiple industries including, but not limited to, healthcare and life sciences, financial services, legal services, media and entertainment, retail, education, energy and government. Where relevant, we also obtain regulatory and compliance certifications to ensure that companies can use Box in accordance with legal requirements.

 

    Extending Our Sales Reach through Channel and Strategic Partners . We will continue to develop partnerships with leading channel partners, mobile device and hardware manufacturers, telecommunications service providers and system integrators.

 

    Expanding Our Platform Ecosystem . We will continue to expand our platform ecosystem by developing additional relationships with ISVs, our customers’ internal development organizations and other third-party developers. By supporting these strategic relationships, we believe our platform ecosystem will extend to new use cases that deliver more targeted, higher value solutions. We also believe that, as more ISVs and other third-party developers join the ecosystem, we will attract more customers, further strengthening our ecosystem and making it more attractive to new developers.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

Risks Affecting Us

Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including those highlighted in the section titled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

    We have a history of cumulative losses, and we do not expect to be profitable for the foreseeable future;

 

    We have a limited operating history, which makes it difficult to predict our future operating results;

 

    The market in which we participate is intensely competitive, and if we do not compete effectively, our operating results could be harmed;

 

    If the cloud-based Enterprise Content Collaboration market develops more slowly than we expect or declines, our business could be adversely affected;

 

    We have experienced rapid growth in recent periods. If we fail to manage our growth effectively, we may be unable to execute our business plan, maintain high levels of service or adequately address competitive challenges;

 

    Our business depends substantially on customers renewing their subscriptions with us and expanding their use of our services. Any decline in our customer renewals or failure to convince our customers to broaden their use of our services would harm our future operating results;

 

    If we are not able to provide successful enhancements, new features and modifications to our services, our business could be adversely affected;

 

    Actual or perceived security vulnerabilities in our services or any breaches of our security controls and unauthorized access to a customer’s data could harm our business and operating results; and

 

    The dual class structure of our common stock has the effect of concentrating voting control with those stockholders who held our capital stock prior to the completion of this offering, including our executive officers, employees and directors and their affiliates, which will limit your ability to influence the outcome of important transactions, including a change in control. The holders of our outstanding Class B common stock will hold approximately 98.8% of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock following this offering.

Corporate Information

Our principal executive offices are located at 4440 El Camino Real, Los Altos, California 94022, and our telephone number is (877) 729-4269. Our website address is www.box.com. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider information on our website to be part of this prospectus. We were incorporated in 2005 as Box.Net, Inc., a Washington corporation, and later reincorporated in 2008 under the same name as a Delaware corporation. In November 2011, we changed our name to Box, Inc. We changed our fiscal year end from December 31 to January 31, effective for our fiscal year ended January 31, 2013.

Unless expressly indicated or the context requires otherwise, the terms “Box,” “company,” “we,” “us,” and “our” in this prospectus refer to Box, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and, where appropriate, its wholly-owned subsidiaries. The Box design logo, “Box” and our other registered and common law trade names, trademarks and service marks are the property of Box, Inc. This prospectus contains additional trade names, trademarks and service marks of other companies. We do not intend our use or display of other companies’ trade names, trademarks or service marks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, these other companies.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

Emerging Growth Company

The Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (JOBS Act) was enacted in April 2012 with the intention of encouraging capital formation in the United States and reducing the regulatory burden on newly public companies that qualify as “emerging growth companies.” We are an emerging growth company within the meaning of the JOBS Act. As an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various public reporting requirements, including the requirement that our internal control over financial reporting be audited by our independent registered public accounting firm pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Sarbanes-Oxley Act), certain requirements related to the disclosure of executive compensation in this prospectus and in our periodic reports and proxy statements and the requirement that we hold a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and any golden parachute payments. We may take advantage of these exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest to occur of (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have more than $1.0 billion in annual revenue; (ii) the date we qualify as a “large accelerated filer,” with at least $700 million of equity securities held by non-affiliates; (iii) the date on which we have issued, in any three-year period, more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; and (iv) the last day of the fiscal year ending after the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering.

See the section titled “ Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry—We are an emerging growth company, and any decision on our part to comply only with certain reduced reporting and disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies could make our Class A common stock less attractive to investors ” for certain risks related to our status as an emerging growth company.

 

 

8


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Class A common stock offered by us

  

12,500,000 shares

Class A common stock to be outstanding after this offering

  

12,500,000 shares

Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering

  

106,973,689 shares

Total Class A common stock and Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering

  

119,473,689 shares

Over-allotment option of Class A common stock offered by us

  

1,875,000 shares

Use of proceeds

  

We estimate that our net proceeds from the sale of our Class A common stock that we are offering will be approximately $134.3 million, assuming an initial public offering price of $12.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility and create a public market for our Class A common stock. We intend to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital, operating expenses and capital expenditures. While we cannot specify with certainty the particular uses of the net proceeds we receive from this offering, we currently expect to invest at least 50% of the net proceeds in sales and marketing activities, product development, general and administrative matters and capital expenditures to support the growth in our business. We also may use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire complementary businesses, products, services or technologies. However, we do not have agreements or commitments for any specific acquisitions at this time. See the section titled “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.

Voting rights

  

Shares of our Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share.

 

Shares of our Class B common stock are entitled to 10 votes per share.

 

Holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will generally vote together as a single class, unless otherwise required by law or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. The holders of our outstanding Class B common stock will hold

 

 

9


Table of Contents
   approximately 98.8% of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock following this offering and will have the ability to control the outcome of matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of our directors and the approval of any change in control transaction. See the sections titled “Principal Stockholders” and “Description of Capital Stock” for additional information.

NYSE trading symbol

  

“BOX”

Prior to the completion of this offering, we had two classes of common stock: Class A common stock and Class B common stock. The rights of the holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock were identical except with respect to voting. The holders of our Class A common stock were entitled to one vote per share, and the holders of our Class B common stock had no voting rights.

Upon the completion of this offering, we will have authorized a new class of Class A common stock and a new class of Class B common stock. All currently outstanding shares of our Class A common stock, Class B common stock and redeemable convertible preferred stock will be reclassified into shares of our new Class B common stock. In addition, all currently outstanding restricted stock units (RSUs) and options to purchase shares of our capital stock will become eligible to be settled in or exercisable for shares of our new Class B common stock.

Unless otherwise indicated, other than in our consolidated financial statements, references in this prospectus to our Class A common stock and Class B common stock are to our new Class A common stock and new Class B common stock, respectively. We refer to our Class A common stock prior to the completion of this offering as “Existing Class A common stock” and our Class B common stock prior to the completion of this offering as “Existing Class B common stock.”

The number of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on no shares of our Class A common stock and 106,973,689 shares of our Class B common stock outstanding as of October 31, 2014, and excludes:

 

    18,050,150 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our Class B common stock outstanding as of October 31, 2014, with a weighted-average exercise price of $5.12 per share;

 

    4,063,953 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the vesting of RSUs outstanding as of October 31, 2014;

 

    295,000 shares of our Class B common stock issued after October 31, 2014, in connection with our acquisition of Clariso, Inc. (MedXT);

 

    155,787 shares of our Class B common stock issuable after October 31, 2014, in connection with our acquisition of Greply Inc. (Streem);

 

    936,000 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our Class B common stock granted after October 31, 2014, with an exercise price of $14.05 per share;

 

    1,110,890 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the vesting of RSUs granted after October 31, 2014;

 

    4,302 shares of our Class B common stock issued pursuant to restricted stock awards granted after October 31, 2014, at a purchase price of $0.0001 per share; and

 

 

10


Table of Contents
    14,700,000 shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plans, consisting of:

 

    12,200,000 shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (2015 Plan), which will become effective prior to the completion of this offering; and

 

    2,500,000 shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP), which will become effective prior to the completion of this offering.

Our 2015 Plan and ESPP each provide for annual automatic increases in the number of shares reserved thereunder, and our 2015 Plan also provides for increases in the number of shares reserved thereunder based on awards under our 2011 Plan and our 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (2006 Plan) that expire, are forfeited or otherwise repurchased by us, as more fully described in the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans.”

Of the shares described above, up to 24,316,780 shares of our Class B common stock will be issuable after this offering upon the exercise or vesting of outstanding stock options or RSUs or in connection with our acquisition of Streem.

Unless otherwise indicated, other than in our consolidated financial statements, all information in this prospectus assumes:

 

    the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the effectiveness of our amended and restated bylaws, each of which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

    the reclassification of our outstanding Existing Class A common stock and the conversion and reclassification of our outstanding Existing Class B common stock into an equivalent number of shares of our Class B common stock, which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and the authorization of our Class A common stock;

 

    the automatic conversion and reclassification of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock (other than our Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock and Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock) into an aggregate of 64,783,259 shares of our Class B common stock, which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

    the automatic conversion and reclassification of all 11,454,838 outstanding shares of our Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 12,499,996 shares of our Class B common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, based on the assumed initial public offering price of $12.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. A $1.00 decrease in the initial public offering price would increase the number of shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon conversion and reclassification of our Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock by 1,136,363, and a $1.00 increase in the initial public offering price would decrease the number of shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon conversion and reclassification of our Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock by 961,538;

 

   

the automatic conversion and reclassification of all 7,500,000 outstanding shares of our Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 13,888,888 shares of our Class B common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, based on the assumed initial public offering price of $12.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. A $1.00 decrease in the initial public offering price would increase the number of shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon conversion and reclassification of our

 

 

11


Table of Contents
 

Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock by 1,262,627, and a $1.00 increase in the initial public offering price would decrease the number of shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon conversion and reclassification of our Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock by 1,068,376;

 

    the issuance of 85,056 shares of our Class B common stock upon the assumed net exercise of a warrant to purchase shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding as of October 31, 2014, which exercise will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering at an exercise price of $0.29 per share, based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $12.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus; and

 

    no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

 

 

12


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

We changed the end of our fiscal year from December 31 to January 31, effective for our fiscal year ended January 31, 2013, and as a result, we also present below certain summary consolidated financial information for the one-month transition period ended January 31, 2012. The summary consolidated statements of operations data presented below for the year ended December 31, 2011, the one-month period ended January 31, 2012 and the years ended January 31, 2013 and 2014 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated statements of operations data for the nine months ended October 31, 2013 and 2014 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of October 31, 2014 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated financial statements were prepared on a basis consistent with our audited financial statements and reflect, in the opinion of management, all adjustments of a normal recurring nature that are necessary for the fair presentation of those unaudited consolidated financial statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in any future period, and the results for the nine months ended October 31, 2014 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the full year. The following summary consolidated financial data should be read together with the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

                                                                                                                                         
    Year Ended
December 31,

2011
    One Month
Ended
January 31,

2012
    Year Ended
January 31,

2013
    Year Ended
January 31,
2014
    Nine Months Ended
October 31,
 
            2013     2014  
                           

(unaudited)

 
    (in thousands, except per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

           

Revenue

  $ 21,084      $ 3,376      $ 58,797      $ 124,192      $ 85,363      $ 153,801   

Cost of revenue (1)

    6,873        850        14,280        25,974        17,640        32,579   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    14,211        2,526        44,517        98,218        67,723        121,222   

Operating expenses:

           

Research and development (1)

    14,396        1,915        28,996        45,967        32,494        48,415   

Sales and marketing (1)

    36,189        4,246        99,221        171,188        124,174        152,354   

General and administrative (1)

    13,480        1,125        25,429        39,843        29,657        41,276   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    64,065        7,286        153,646        256,998        186,325        242,045   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (49,854     (4,760     (109,129     (158,780     (118,602     (120,823

Remeasurement of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

    (356     (371     (1,727     (8,477     (5,883     140   

Interest income (expense), net

    (109     27        (1,764     (3,705     (3,243     (1,450

Other income (expense), net

    49        (8     116        (26     29        41   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision (benefit) for income taxes

    (50,270     (5,112     (112,504     (170,988     (127,699     (122,092

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

    1        15        59        (2,431     (2,514     (598
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (50,271     (5,127     (112,563     (168,557     (125,185     (121,494

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

    (80     (9     (226     (341  

 

(256

    (7,577
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (50,351   $ (5,136   $ (112,789   $ (168,898   $ (125,441   $ (129,071
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

  $ (9.53   $ (0.84   $ (14.68   $ (14.89   $ (11.48   $ (8.94
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

    5,284        6,099        7,684        11,341        10,928        14,444   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (unaudited)

        $ (1.90     $ (1.25
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (unaudited)

          84,078          97,527   
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

13


Table of Contents

 

(1) Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,

2011
     One Month
Ended
January 31,

2012
     Year Ended
January 31,

2013
     Year Ended
January 31,

2014
     Nine Months Ended
October 31,
 
                 2013      2014  
           

(unaudited)

 
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 686       $ 6       $ 1,087       $ 450       $ 249       $ 1,102   

Research and development

     899         19         1,211         3,154         1,866         8,220   

Sales and marketing

     837         24         1,893         5,017         3,297         8,306   

General and administrative

     3,800         23         3,345         3,128         2,102         4,716   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

   $ 6,222       $ 72       $ 7,536       $ 11,749       $ 7,514       $ 22,344   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Our consolidated balance sheet data as of October 31, 2014 is presented on:

 

    an actual basis;

 

    a pro forma basis, giving effect to the automatic conversion and reclassification of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into 91,172,143 shares of our Class B common stock, the issuance of 85,056 shares of our Class B common stock upon the assumed net exercise of a warrant, the related reclassification of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital, the recording of a deemed dividend related to the conversion of the outstanding Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock, and the effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as if such conversion, issuance, reclassification, recording and effectiveness had occurred on October 31, 2014; and

 

    a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to the pro forma adjustments and the sale and issuance of 12,500,000 shares of our Class A common stock by us in this offering, based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $12.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

If the initial public offering price is equal to the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the shares of our Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock would convert and be reclassified into 12,499,996 shares of our Class B common stock. A $1.00 decrease in the initial public offering price would increase the number of shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon conversion and reclassification of our Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock by 1,136,363, and a $1.00 increase in the initial public offering price would decrease the number of shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon conversion and reclassification of our Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock by 961,538.

If the initial public offering price is equal to the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the shares of our Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock would convert and be reclassified into 13,888,888 shares of our Class B common stock. A $1.00 decrease in the initial public offering price would increase the number of shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon conversion and reclassification of our Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock by 1,262,627, and a $1.00 increase in the initial public offering price would decrease the number of shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon conversion and reclassification of our Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock by 1,068,376.

 

 

14


Table of Contents

The pro forma as adjusted information set forth in the table below is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

     October 31, 2014  
     Actual     Pro Forma      Pro Forma As
Adjusted (1)
 
     (unaudited)               
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 165,270      $ 165,270       $ 299,570   

Working capital

     85,367        85,367         219,667   

Total assets

     313,941        313,941         448,241   

Deferred revenue, current and non-current

     100,680        100,680         100,680   

Debt, non-current

     40,000        40,000         40,000   

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability, non-current

     1,206                  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     550,408                  

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (431,673     119,941         254,241   

 

(1) Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $12.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $11.6 million, assuming that the number of shares of our Class A common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Key Business Metrics

We monitor the following key metrics to help us measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate financial projections and make strategic decisions. In addition to our results determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (GAAP), we believe the following non-GAAP financial and operational measures are useful in evaluating our operating performance.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,

2011
    Year Ended
January 31,

2013
    Year Ended
January 31,

2014
    Nine Months Ended
October 31,
 
           2013     2014  

Billings (in thousands)

   $ 30,391      $ 85,727      $ 174,165      $ 112,695      $ 164,409   

Billings growth rate

     177     182     103     109     46

Retention rate (period end)

     129     144     136     138     130

Billings

Billings represent our revenue plus the change in deferred revenue in the period. Billings we record in any particular period reflect sales to new customers plus subscription renewals and upsells to existing customers, and represent amounts invoiced for subscription, premier support and professional services (which we refer to as Box Consulting). We typically invoice our customers at the beginning of the term, in multiyear, annual, quarterly or monthly installments. If the customer elects to pay the full subscription amount at the beginning of the period, the total subscription amount for the entire term will be reflected in billings. If the customer elects to be invoiced annually or more frequently, only the amount billed for such period will be included in billings. See the section titled “Selected Consolidated Financial Data—Reconciliation of Billings to Revenue” for a reconciliation of billings to revenue, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, and explanations of why we track billings and why billings may be a useful measure for investors.

 

 

15


Table of Contents

Retention Rate

We calculate our retention rate as of a period end by starting with the annual contract value (ACV) from customers with contract value of $5,000 or more as of 12 months prior to such period end (Prior Period ACV) and a subscription term of at least 12 months. We then calculate the ACV from these same customers as of the current period end (Current Period ACV). Finally, we divide the aggregate Current Period ACV for the trailing 12-month period by the aggregate Prior Period ACV for the trailing 12-month period to arrive at our retention rate. We believe our retention rate is an important metric that provides insight into the long-term value of our subscription agreements and our ability to retain and grow revenue from our customer base. We focus on contracts that have a value of $5,000 or more because, over time, these customers give us the best indicator for the growth of our business and the potential for incremental business as they renew and expand their deployments, and contracts with these customers represented a substantial majority of our revenue for the period ended October 31, 2014. See the section titled “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” for explanations of why we track retention rate, why retention rate may be a useful measure for investors and an explanation that there is no comparable GAAP financial measure to which we can reconcile this particular key metric.

 

 

16


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, including in the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes, before making a decision to invest in our Class A common stock. If any of the risks actually occur, our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the market price of our Class A common stock could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry

We have a history of cumulative losses, and we do not expect to be profitable for the foreseeable future.

We have incurred significant losses in each period since our inception in 2005. We incurred net losses of $50.3 million in our fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, $112.6 million in our fiscal year ended January 31, 2013, $168.6 million in our fiscal year ended January 31, 2014, and $121.5 million in the nine months ended October 31, 2014. As of October 31, 2014, we had an accumulated deficit of $482.7 million. These losses and accumulated deficit reflect the substantial investments we made to acquire new customers and develop our services. We intend to continue scaling our business to increase our number of users and paying organizations and to meet the increasingly complex needs of our customers. We have invested, and expect to continue to invest, in our sales and marketing organizations to sell our services around the world and in our development organization to deliver additional features and capabilities of our cloud services to address our customers’ evolving needs. We also expect to continue to make significant investments in our datacenter infrastructure and in our professional service organization as we focus on customer success. As a result of our continuing investments to scale our business in each of these areas, we do not expect to be profitable for the foreseeable future. Furthermore, to the extent we are successful in increasing our customer base, we will also incur increased losses due to upfront costs associated with acquiring new customers, particularly as a result of the limited free trial version of our service and the nature of subscription revenue, which is generally recognized ratably over the term of the subscription period, which is typically one year, although we also offer our services for terms ranging between one month to three years or more. We cannot assure you that we will achieve profitability in the future or that, if we do become profitable, we will sustain profitability.

We have a limited operating history, which makes it difficult to predict our future operating results.

We were incorporated and introduced our first service in 2005. As a result of our limited operating history, our ability to accurately forecast our future operating results is limited and subject to a number of uncertainties. We have encountered, and will continue to encounter, risks and uncertainties frequently experienced by growing companies in rapidly changing industries, such as the risks and uncertainties described herein. If our assumptions regarding these risks and uncertainties (which we use to plan our business) are incorrect or change due to changes in our markets, or if we do not address these risks and uncertainties successfully, our operating and financial results could differ materially from our expectations, and our business could suffer.

The market in which we participate is intensely competitive, and if we do not compete effectively, our operating results could be harmed.

The market for cloud-based Enterprise Content Collaboration services is fragmented, rapidly evolving and highly competitive, with relatively low barriers to entry for certain applications and services. Many of our competitors and potential competitors are larger and have greater name recognition, much longer operating histories, larger marketing budgets and significantly greater resources than we do. Our competitors include Citrix, Dropbox, EMC, Google, and Microsoft. With the introduction of new technologies and market entrants, we expect competition to continue to intensify in the future. If we fail to compete effectively, our business will

 

17


Table of Contents

be harmed. Some of our principal competitors offer their products or services at a lower price, which has resulted in pricing pressures on our business. If we are unable to achieve our target pricing levels, our operating results would be negatively impacted. In addition, pricing pressures and increased competition generally could result in reduced sales, lower margins, losses or the failure of our services to achieve or maintain widespread market acceptance, any of which could harm our business.

Many of our competitors are able to devote greater resources to the development, promotion and sale of their products or services. In addition, many of our competitors have established marketing relationships and major distribution agreements with channel partners, consultants, system integrators and resellers. Moreover, many software vendors could bundle products or offer them at lower prices as part of a broader product sale or enterprise license arrangement. Some competitors may offer products or services that address one or a number of business execution functions at lower prices or with greater depth than our services. As a result, our competitors may be able to respond more quickly and effectively to new or changing opportunities, technologies, standards or customer requirements. Furthermore, some potential customers, particularly large enterprises, may elect to develop their own internal solutions. For all of these reasons, we may not be able to compete successfully against our current and future competitors.

If the cloud-based Enterprise Content Collaboration market develops more slowly than we expect or declines, our business could be adversely affected.

The cloud-based Enterprise Content Collaboration market is not as mature as the market for on-premise enterprise software, and it is uncertain whether a cloud-based service like ours will achieve and sustain high levels of customer demand and market acceptance. Because we derive, and expect to continue to derive, substantially all of our revenue and cash flows from sales of our cloud-based Enterprise Content Collaboration solution, our success will depend to a substantial extent on the widespread adoption of cloud computing in general and of cloud-based content collaboration services in particular. Many organizations have invested substantial personnel and financial resources to integrate traditional enterprise software into their organizations and, therefore, may be reluctant or unwilling to migrate to a cloud-based model for storing, accessing, sharing and managing their content. It is difficult to predict customer adoption rates and demand for our services, the future growth rate and size of the cloud computing market or the entry of competitive services. The expansion of a cloud-based Enterprise Content Collaboration market depends on a number of factors, including the cost, performance and perceived value associated with cloud computing, as well as the ability of companies that provide cloud-based services to address security and privacy concerns. If we or other providers of cloud-based services experience security incidents, loss of customer data, disruptions in delivery or other problems, the market for cloud-based services as a whole, including our services, may be negatively affected. If cloud-based services do not achieve widespread adoption, or there is a reduction in demand for cloud-based services caused by a lack of customer acceptance, technological challenges, weakening economic conditions, security or privacy concerns, competing technologies and products, decreases in corporate spending or otherwise, it could result in decreased revenue, harm our growth rates, and adversely affect our business and operating results.

We have experienced rapid growth in recent periods. If we fail to manage our growth effectively, we may be unable to execute our business plan, maintain high levels of service or adequately address competitive challenges.

We have recently experienced a period of rapid growth in our operations and employee headcount. In particular, we grew from 689 employees as of January 31, 2013 to 1,131 employees as of October 31, 2014, and have also significantly increased the size of our customer base. You should not consider our recent growth in revenue as indicative of our future performance. However, we anticipate that we will significantly expand our operations and employee headcount in the near term, including internationally. This growth has placed, and future growth will place, a significant strain on our management, administrative, operational and financial infrastructure. Our success will depend in part on our ability to manage this growth effectively. To manage the expected growth of our operations and personnel, we will need to continue to improve our operational, financial

 

18


Table of Contents

and management controls, and our reporting systems and procedures. Failure to effectively manage growth could result in difficulty or delays in deploying customers, declines in quality or customer satisfaction, increases in costs, difficulties in introducing new features or other operational difficulties. Any of these difficulties could adversely impact our business performance and operating results.

Our business depends substantially on customers renewing their subscriptions with us and expanding their use of our services. Any decline in our customer renewals or failure to convince our customers to broaden their use of our services would harm our future operating results.

In order for us to maintain or improve our operating results, it is important that our customers renew their subscriptions with us when the existing subscription term expires. Our customers have no obligation to renew their subscriptions upon expiration, and we cannot assure you that customers will renew subscriptions at the same or higher level of service, if at all. Although our retention rate has historically been high, some of our customers have elected not to renew their subscriptions with us.

Our retention rate may decline or fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, including our customers’ satisfaction or dissatisfaction with our services, the effectiveness of our customer support services, our pricing, the prices of competing products or services, mergers and acquisitions affecting our customer base, the effects of global economic conditions or reductions in our customers’ spending levels. If our customers do not renew their subscriptions, purchase fewer seats or renew on less favorable terms, our revenue may decline, and we may not realize improved operating results from our customer base.

In addition, the growth of our business depends in part on our customers expanding their use of our services. The use of our cloud-based Enterprise Content Collaboration platform often expands within an organization as new users are added or as additional services are purchased by or for other departments within an organization. Further, as we have introduced new services throughout our operating history, our existing customers have constituted a significant portion of the users of such services. If we are unable to encourage our customers to broaden their use of our services, our operating results may be adversely affected.

If we are not able to provide successful enhancements, new features and modifications to our services, our business could be adversely affected.

Our industry is marked by rapid technological developments and new and enhanced applications and services. If we are unable to provide enhancements and new features for our existing services or new services that achieve market acceptance or that keep pace with rapid technological developments, our business could be adversely affected. For example, we have recently introduced Box Notes, which allows users to create documents, take notes and share ideas in real-time with anyone. The success of enhancements, new features and services depends on several factors, including the timely completion, introduction and market acceptance of such enhancements, features or services. Failure in this regard may significantly impair our revenue growth. In addition, because our services are designed to operate on a variety of systems, we will need to continuously modify and enhance our services to keep pace with changes in internet-related hardware, mobile operating systems such as iOS and Android, and other software, communication, browser and database technologies. We may not be successful in either developing these modifications and enhancements or in bringing them to market in a timely fashion. Furthermore, modifications to existing platforms or technologies will increase our research and development expenses. Any failure of our services to operate effectively with future network platforms and technologies could reduce the demand for our services, result in customer dissatisfaction and adversely affect our business.

Actual or perceived security vulnerabilities in our services or any breaches of our security controls and unauthorized access to a customer’s data could harm our business and operating results.

The services we offer involve the storage of large amounts of our customers’ sensitive and proprietary information. Cyber attacks and other malicious internet-based activity continue to increase in frequency and in

 

19


Table of Contents

magnitude generally, and cloud-based content collaboration services have been targeted in the past. As we increase our customer base and our brand becomes more widely known and recognized, we may become more of a target for these malicious third parties. If our security measures are breached as a result of third-party action, employee negligence and/or error, malfeasance, product defects or otherwise, and this results in the disruption of the confidentiality, integrity or availability of our customers’ data, we could incur significant liability to our customers and to individuals or organizations whose information was being stored by our customers, and our business may suffer and our reputation may be damaged. Techniques used to obtain unauthorized access to, or to sabotage, systems or networks, change frequently and generally are not recognized until launched against a target. Therefore, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques, react in a timely manner, or implement adequate preventive measures. In addition, our customer contracts often include (i) specific obligations that we maintain the availability of the customer’s data through our service and that we secure customer content against unauthorized access or loss, and (ii) indemnity provisions whereby we indemnify our customers for third-party claims asserted against them that result from our failure to maintain the availability of their content or securing the same from unauthorized access or loss. While our customer contracts contain limitations on our liability in connection with these obligations and indemnities, if an actual or perceived security breach occurs, the market perception of the effectiveness of our security measures could be harmed, we could be subject to indemnity or damage claims in certain customer contracts, and we could lose future sales and customers, any of which could harm our business and operating results. Furthermore, while our errors and omissions insurance policies include liability coverage for these matters, if we experienced a widespread security breach that impacted a significant number of our customers for whom we have these indemnity obligations, we could be subject to indemnity claims that exceed such coverage.

As a substantial portion of our sales efforts are increasingly targeted at enterprise customers, our sales cycle may become lengthier and more expensive, we may encounter greater pricing pressure and implementation and customization challenges, and we may have to delay revenue recognition for more complicated transactions, all of which could harm our business and operating results.

As a substantial portion of our sales efforts are increasingly targeted at enterprise customers, we face greater costs, longer sales cycles and less predictability in the completion of some of our sales. In this market segment, the customer’s decision to use our services may be an enterprise-wide decision, in which case these types of sales require us to provide greater levels of customer education regarding the uses and benefits of our services, as well as education regarding security, privacy, and data protection laws and regulations, especially for those customers in more heavily regulated industries or those with significant international operations. In addition, larger enterprises may demand more customization, integration and support services, and features. As a result of these factors, these sales opportunities may require us to devote greater sales support and professional services resources to individual customers, which could increase our costs and sales cycle and divert our own sales and professional services resources to a smaller number of larger customers. Meanwhile, this would potentially require us to delay revenue recognition on some of these transactions until the technical or implementation requirements have been met. Professional services may also be performed by a third party or a combination of our own staff and a third party. Our strategy is to work with third parties to increase the breadth of capability and depth of capacity for delivery of these services to our customers. If a customer is not satisfied with the quality or interoperability of our services with their own IT environment, we could incur additional costs to address the situation, which could adversely affect our margins. Moreover, any customer dissatisfaction with our services could damage our ability to encourage broader adoption of our services by that customer. In addition, any negative publicity resulting from such situations, regardless of its accuracy, may further damage our business by affecting our ability to compete for new business with current and prospective customers.

Privacy concerns and laws or other domestic or foreign regulations may reduce the effectiveness of our services and harm our business.

Users can use our services to store personal or identifying information. However, federal, state and foreign government bodies and agencies have adopted or are considering adopting laws and regulations regarding the

 

20


Table of Contents

collection, use and disclosure of personal information obtained from consumers and other individuals. The costs of compliance with, and other burdens imposed by, such laws and regulations that are applicable to our business or the businesses of our customers may limit the use and adoption of our services and reduce overall demand for them.

In addition, foreign data protection, privacy and other laws and regulations are often more restrictive than those in the United States. For example, a revision to the 1995 European Union Data Protection Directive is currently being considered by European legislative bodies that may include more stringent operational requirements for data processors and significant penalties for non-compliance. Similarly, there have been a number of recent legislative proposals in the United States, at both the federal and state level, that would impose new obligations in areas such as privacy and liability for copyright infringement by third parties. These existing and proposed laws and regulations can be costly to comply with and can delay or impede the development of new products, result in negative publicity, increase our operating costs, require significant management time and attention, and subject us to claims or other remedies, including fines or demands that we modify or cease existing business practices.

These U.S. federal and state and foreign laws and regulations, which can be enforced by private parties or governmental entities, are constantly evolving and can be subject to significant change. A number of proposals are pending before federal, state and foreign legislative and regulatory bodies that could affect our business. For example, the European Commission is currently considering a data protection regulation that may include operational requirements for companies that receive personal data that are different than those currently in place in the European Union, and that may also include significant penalties for non-compliance. In addition, some countries are considering legislation requiring local storage and processing of data that could increase the cost and complexity of delivering our services.

Furthermore, government agencies may seek to access sensitive information that our users upload to Box, or restrict users’ access to Box. Laws and regulations relating to government access and restrictions are evolving, and compliance with such laws and regulations could limit adoption of our services by users and create burdens on our business. Moreover, regulatory investigations into our compliance with privacy-related laws and regulations could increase our costs and divert management attention.

If we are not able to satisfy data protection, security, privacy, and other government- and industry-specific requirements, our growth could be harmed.

There are a number of data protection, security, privacy and other government- and industry-specific requirements, including those that require companies to notify individuals of data security incidents involving certain types of personal data. Security compromises experienced by our competitors, by our customers or by us may lead to public disclosures, which could harm our reputation, erode customer confidence in the effectiveness of our security measures, negatively impact our ability to attract new customers, or cause existing customers to elect not to renew their agreements with us. In addition, some of the industries we serve have industry-specific requirements relating to compliance with certain security and regulatory standards, such as those required by the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA) and the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health (HITECH) Act. As we expand into new verticals and regions, we will need to comply with these and other new requirements. If we cannot comply or if we incur a violation in one or more of these requirements, our growth could be adversely impacted, and we could incur significant liability.

Because we recognize revenue from subscriptions for our services over the term of the subscription, downturns or upturns in new business may not be immediately reflected in our operating results.

We generally recognize revenue from customers ratably over the terms of their subscription agreements, which are typically one year. As a result, most of the revenue we report in each quarter is the result of subscription agreements entered into during previous quarters. Consequently, a decline in new or renewed

 

21


Table of Contents

subscriptions in any one quarter may not be reflected in our revenue results for that quarter. However, any such decline will negatively affect our revenue in future quarters. Accordingly, the effect of significant downturns in sales and market acceptance of our services, and potential changes in our retention rate may not be fully reflected in our operating results until future periods. Our subscription model also makes it difficult for us to rapidly increase our revenue through additional sales in any period, as revenue from new customers must be recognized over the applicable subscription term.

Our platform must integrate with a variety of operating systems and software applications that are developed by others, and if we are unable to ensure that our solutions interoperate with such systems and applications, our service may become less competitive, and our operating results may be harmed.

We offer our services across a variety of operating systems and through the internet. We are dependent on the interoperability of our platform with third-party mobile devices, desktop and mobile operating systems, as well as web browsers that we do not control. Any changes in such systems, devices or web browsers that degrade the functionality of our services or give preferential treatment to competitive services could adversely affect usage of our services. In order to deliver high quality services, it is important that they work well with a range of operating systems, networks, devices, web browsers and standards that we do not control. In addition, because a substantial number of our users access our services through mobile devices, we are particularly dependent on the interoperability of our services with mobile devices and operating systems. We may not be successful in developing relationships with key participants in the mobile industry or in developing services that operate effectively with these operating systems, networks, devices, web browsers and standards. In the event that it is difficult for our users to access and use our services, our user growth may be harmed, and our business and operating results could be adversely affected.

We cannot accurately predict new subscription or expansion rates and the impact these rates may have on our future revenue and operating results.

In order for us to improve our operating results and continue to grow our business, it is important that we continue to attract new customers and expand deployment of our solution with existing customers. To the extent we are successful in increasing our customer base, we could incur increased losses because costs associated with new customers are generally incurred up front, while revenue is recognized ratably over the term of our subscription services. Alternatively, to the extent we are unsuccessful in increasing our customer base, we could also incur increased losses as costs associated with marketing programs and new products intended to attract new customers would not be offset by incremental revenue and cash flow. Furthermore, if our customers do not expand their deployment of our services, our revenue may grow more slowly than we expect. All of these factors can negatively impact our future revenue and operating results.

Our quarterly results may fluctuate significantly and may not fully reflect the underlying performance of our business.

Our quarterly operating results, including the levels of our revenue, gross margin, profitability, cash flow and deferred revenue, may vary significantly in the future, and period-to-period comparisons of our operating results may not be meaningful. Accordingly, the results of any one quarter should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance. Our quarterly financial results may fluctuate as a result of a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control and, as a result, may not fully reflect the underlying performance of our business. Fluctuations in quarterly results may negatively impact the value of our Class A common stock. Factors that may cause fluctuations in our quarterly financial results include, but are not limited to:

 

    our ability to attract new customers;

 

    our ability to convert users of our limited free versions to paying customers;

 

    the addition or loss of large customers, including through acquisitions or consolidations;

 

22


Table of Contents
    our retention rate;

 

    the timing of recognition of revenue;

 

    the amount and timing of operating expenses related to the maintenance and expansion of our business, operations and infrastructure;

 

    network outages or security breaches;

 

    general economic, industry and market conditions;

 

    increases or decreases in the number of features in our services or pricing changes upon any renewals of customer agreements;

 

    changes in our pricing policies or those of our competitors;

 

    seasonal variations in sales of our services, which has historically been highest in the fourth quarter of a calendar year;

 

    the timing and success of new services and service introductions by us and our competitors or any other change in the competitive dynamics of our industry, including consolidation among competitors, customers or strategic partners; and

 

    the timing of expenses related to the development or acquisition of technologies or businesses and potential future charges for impairment of goodwill from acquired companies.

One of our marketing strategies is to offer a limited free version of our service, and we may not be able to realize the benefits of this strategy.

We offer a limited version of our service to users free of charge in order to promote additional usage, brand and product awareness, and adoption. Some users never convert from a free version to a paid version of our service. Our marketing strategy also depends in part on persuading users who use the free version of our service to convince decision-makers to purchase and deploy our service within their organization. To the extent that these users do not become, or lead others to become, paying customers, we will not realize the intended benefits of this marketing strategy, and our ability to grow our business and revenue may be harmed.

If we fail to effectively manage our technical operations infrastructure, our customers may experience service outages and delays in the further deployment of our services, which may adversely affect our business.

We have experienced significant growth in the number of users and the amount of data that our operations infrastructure supports. We seek to maintain sufficient excess capacity in our operations infrastructure to meet the needs of all of our customers. We also seek to maintain excess capacity to facilitate the rapid provisioning of new customer deployments and the expansion of existing customer deployments. In addition, we need to properly manage our technological operations infrastructure in order to support version control, changes in hardware and software parameters and the evolution of our services. However, the provision of new hosting infrastructure requires significant lead-time. We have experienced, and may in the future experience, website disruptions, outages and other performance problems. These problems may be caused by a variety of factors, including infrastructure changes, human or software errors, viruses, security attacks, fraud, spikes in customer usage and denial of service issues. In some instances, we may not be able to identify the cause or causes of these performance problems within an acceptable period of time, which may harm our reputation and operating results. Furthermore, if we do not accurately predict our infrastructure requirements, our existing customers may experience service outages that may subject us to financial penalties, financial liabilities and customer losses. If our operations infrastructure fails to keep pace with increased sales, customers may experience delays as we seek to obtain additional capacity, which could adversely affect our reputation and our revenue.

 

23


Table of Contents

Interruptions or delays in service from our third-party datacenter hosting facilities could impair the delivery of our services and harm our business.

We currently store our customers’ information within two third-party datacenter hosting facilities located in Northern California. As part of our current disaster recovery arrangements, our production environment and all of our customers’ data is currently replicated in near real time in a facility located in Las Vegas, Nevada. In addition, all of our customers’ data is further replicated on a third-party storage platform located on the East Coast. These facilities are located in areas prone to earthquakes and are also vulnerable to damage or interruption from floods, fires, power loss, telecommunications failures and similar events. They may also be subject to break-ins, sabotage, intentional acts of vandalism and similar misconduct. Any damage to, or failure of, our systems generally could result in interruptions in our service. Interruptions in our service may reduce our revenue, cause us to issue credits or pay penalties, cause customers to terminate their subscriptions and adversely affect our renewal rate and our ability to attract new customers. Our business will also be harmed if our customers and potential customers believe our service is unreliable. Despite precautions taken at these facilities, the occurrence of a natural disaster, an act of terrorism, a decision to close the facilities without adequate notice or other unanticipated problems at these facilities could result in lengthy interruptions in our service. Even with the disaster recovery arrangements, our service could be interrupted. As we continue to add datacenters and add capacity in our existing datacenters, we may move or transfer our data and our customers’ data. Despite precautions taken during this process, any unsuccessful data transfers may impair the delivery of our service. Further, as we continue to grow and scale our business to meet the needs of our customers, additional burdens may be placed on our hosting facilities. In particular, a rapid expansion of our business could cause our network or systems to fail.

If we overestimate or underestimate our data center capacity requirements, our operating results could be adversely affected.

Only a small percentage of our customers that are organizations currently use our service as a way to organize all of their internal files. In particular, larger organizations and enterprises typically use our service to connect people and their most important information so that they are able to get work done more efficiently. However, over time, we may experience an increase in customers that look to Box as their complete content storage solution. The costs associated with leasing and maintaining our data centers already constitute a significant portion of our capital and operating expenses. We continuously evaluate our short- and long-term data center capacity requirements to ensure adequate capacity for new and existing customers while minimizing unnecessary excess capacity costs. If we overestimate the demand for our cloud-based storage service and therefore secure excess data center capacity, our operating margins could be reduced. If we underestimate our data center capacity requirements, we may not be able to service the expanding needs of new and existing customers and may be required to limit new customer acquisition, which would impair our revenue growth. Furthermore, regardless of our ability to appropriately manage our data center capacity requirements, an increase in the number of organizations, in particular large businesses and enterprises, that use our service as a larger component of their content storage requirements could result in lower gross and operating margins or otherwise have an adverse impact on our financial condition and operating results.

We depend on highly skilled personnel to grow and operate our business, and if we are unable to hire, retain and motivate our personnel, we may not be able to grow effectively.

Our future success will depend upon our continued ability to identify, hire, develop, motivate and retain highly skilled personnel, including senior management, engineers, designers, product managers, sales representatives, and customer support representatives. Our ability to execute efficiently is dependent upon contributions from our employees, including our senior management team and, in particular, Aaron Levie, our co-founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. In addition, occasionally, there may be changes in our senior management team that may be disruptive to our business. If our senior management team, including any new hires that we may make, fails to work together effectively and to execute on our plans and strategies on a timely basis, our business could be harmed.

 

24


Table of Contents

Our growth strategy also depends on our ability to expand our organization with highly skilled personnel. Identifying, recruiting, training and integrating qualified individuals will require significant time, expense and attention. In addition to hiring new employees, we must continue to focus on retaining our best employees. Many of our employees may be able to receive significant proceeds from sales of our equity in the public markets after this offering, which may reduce their motivation to continue to work for us. Competition for highly skilled personnel is intense, particularly in the San Francisco Bay Area, where our headquarters are located. We may need to invest significant amounts of cash and equity to attract and retain new employees, and we may never realize returns on these investments. If we are not able to effectively add and retain employees, our ability to achieve our strategic objectives will be adversely impacted, and our business will be harmed.

We may be sued by third parties for alleged infringement of their proprietary rights.

There is considerable patent and other intellectual property development activity in our industry. Our success depends on our not infringing upon the intellectual property rights of others. Our competitors, as well as a number of other entities, including non-practicing entities, and individuals, may own or claim to own intellectual property relating to our industry.

For example, on June 5, 2013, Open Text S.A. (Open Text) filed a lawsuit against us in U.S. District Court, Eastern District of Virginia, alleging that our core cloud software and Box Edit application directly and indirectly infringe 12 patents in three patent families that Open Text acquired through its acquisition of various companies. Open Text is seeking preliminary and permanent injunctions against infringement, treble damages, and attorney’s fees. A claims construction hearing, also known as a Markman hearing, was held on November 20, 2014, and a trial date has been scheduled for February 2, 2015.

Should Open Text prevail on its claims that one or more elements of our solution infringe one or more of its valid patents, we could be required to pay substantial damages for past sales of our solution, enjoined from developing, using, and licensing such elements of our solution if a license or other right to continue selling such elements is not made available to us or we are unable to work around such patents, and required to pay substantial ongoing royalties and comply with unfavorable terms if such a license is made available to us. While we believe we have valid defenses to Open Text’s claims, any of these outcomes could result in a material adverse effect on our business. Even if we were to prevail, this litigation could be costly and time-consuming, divert the attention of our management and key personnel from our business operations and dissuade potential customers from purchasing our solution, which would also materially harm our business. During the course of litigation, we anticipate announcements of the results of hearings and motions, and other interim developments related to the litigation. If securities analysts or investors regard these announcements as negative, the market price of our common stock may decline. We intend to defend the lawsuit vigorously. See the section titled “Business—Legal Proceedings” for additional information related to this litigation.

From time to time, certain other third parties have claimed that we are infringing upon their intellectual property rights, and we may be found to be infringing upon such rights. In addition, we cannot assure you that actions by other third parties alleging infringement by us of third-party patents will not be asserted or prosecuted against us. In the future, others may claim that our services and underlying technology infringe or violate their intellectual property rights. However, we may be unaware of the intellectual property rights that others may claim cover some or all of our technology or services. Any claims or litigation could cause us to incur significant expenses and, if successfully asserted against us, could require that we pay substantial damages or ongoing royalty payments, prevent us from offering our services, or require that we comply with other unfavorable terms. We may also be obligated to indemnify our customers or business partners or pay substantial settlement costs, including royalty payments, in connection with any such claim or litigation and to obtain licenses, modify services, or refund fees, which could be costly. Even if we were to prevail in such a dispute, any litigation regarding our intellectual property could be costly and time consuming and divert the attention of our management and key personnel from our business operations.

 

25


Table of Contents

Any failure to protect our intellectual property rights could impair our ability to protect our proprietary technology and our brand.

Our success and ability to compete depend in part on our intellectual property. As of October 31, 2014, we had seven issued U.S. patents, nine issued Great Britain patents and more than 130 pending patent applications. We primarily rely on copyright, trade secret and trademark laws, trade secret protection and confidentiality or license agreements with our employees, customers, partners and others to protect our intellectual property rights. However, the steps we take to protect our intellectual property rights may be inadequate. We may not be able to obtain any further patents, and our pending applications may not result in the issuance of patents. We have issued patents and pending patent applications outside the U.S., and we may have to expend significant resources to obtain additional patents as we expand our international operations.

In order to protect our intellectual property rights, we may be required to spend significant resources to monitor and protect these rights. Litigation brought to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could be costly, time-consuming and distracting to management and could result in the impairment or loss of portions of our intellectual property. Furthermore, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights may be met with defenses, counterclaims and countersuits attacking the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property rights. Accordingly, we may not be able to prevent third parties from infringing upon or misappropriating our intellectual property. Our failure to secure, protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could materially adversely affect our brand and adversely impact our business.

We rely on third parties for certain financial and operational services essential to our ability to manage our business. A failure or disruption in these services could materially and adversely affect our ability to manage our business effectively.

We rely on third parties for certain essential financial and operational services. Traditionally, the vast majority of these services have been provided by large enterprise software vendors who license their software to customers. However, we receive many of these services on a subscription basis from various software-as-a-service companies that are smaller and have shorter operating histories than traditional software vendors. Moreover, these vendors provide their services to us via a cloud-based model instead of software that is installed on our premises. As a result, we depend upon these vendors providing us with services that are always available and are free of errors or defects that could cause disruptions in our business processes, which would adversely affect our ability to operate and manage our operations.

We are subject to governmental export controls that could impair our ability to compete in international markets due to licensing requirements and economic sanctions programs that subject us to liability if we are not in full compliance with applicable laws.

Certain of our services are subject to export controls, including the U.S. Department of Commerce’s Export Administration Regulations and various economic and trade sanctions regulations administered by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Controls. The provision of our products and services must comply with these laws. The U.S. export control laws and U.S. economic sanctions laws include prohibitions on the sale or supply of certain products and services to U.S. embargoed or sanctioned countries, governments, persons and entities and also require authorization for the export of encryption items. In addition, various countries regulate the import of certain encryption technology, including through import permitting and licensing requirements, and have enacted laws that could limit our ability to distribute our services or could limit our customers’ ability to implement our services in those countries.

Although we take precautions to prevent our services from being provided in violation of such laws, our solutions may have been in the past, and could in the future be, provided inadvertently in violation of such laws, despite the precautions we take. If we fail to comply with these laws, we and our employees could be subject to civil or criminal penalties, including the possible loss of export privileges, monetary penalties, and, in extreme

 

26


Table of Contents

cases, imprisonment of responsible employees for knowing and willful violations of these laws. We may also be adversely affected through penalties, reputational harm, loss of access to certain markets, or otherwise.

Changes in our services, or changes in export, sanctions and import laws, may delay the introduction and sale of our services in international markets, prevent our customers with international operations from deploying our services or, in some cases, prevent the export or import of our services to certain countries, governments, persons or entities altogether. Any change in export or import regulations, economic sanctions or related laws, shift in the enforcement or scope of existing regulations, or change in the countries, governments, persons or technologies targeted by such regulations, could result in decreased use of our services, or in our decreased ability to export or sell our services to existing or potential customers with international operations. Any decreased use of our services or limitation on our ability to export or sell our services would likely adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

We focus on product innovation and user engagement rather than short-term operating results.

We focus heavily on developing and launching new and innovative products and features, as well as on improving the user experience for our services. We also focus on growing the number of Box users and paying organizations through direct field sales, direct inside sales, indirect channel sales and through word-of-mouth by individual users, some of whom use our services at no cost. We prioritize innovation and the experience for users on our platform, as well as the growth of our user base, over short-term operating results. We frequently make product and service decisions that may reduce our short-term operating results if we believe that the decisions are consistent with our goals to improve the user experience and to develop innovative features that we feel our users desire. These decisions may not be consistent with the short-term expectations of investors and may not produce the long-term benefits that we expect.

We provide service level commitments under our subscription agreements. If we fail to meet these contractual commitments, we could be obligated to provide credits or refunds for prepaid amounts related to unused subscription services or face subscription terminations, which could adversely affect our revenue. Furthermore, any failure in our delivery of high-quality customer support services may adversely affect our relationships with our customers and our financial results.

Our subscription agreements with customers provide certain service level commitments. If we are unable to meet the stated service level commitments or suffer extended periods of downtime that exceed the periods allowed under our customer agreements, we may be obligated to provide these customers with service credits, or we could face subscription terminations, which could significantly impact our revenue. Any extended service outages could also adversely affect our reputation, which would also impact our future revenue and operating results.

Our customers depend on our customer success organization to resolve technical issues relating to our services. We may be unable to respond quickly enough to accommodate short-term increases in customer demand for support services. Increased customer demand for these services, without corresponding revenue, could increase costs and adversely affect our operating results. In addition, our sales process is highly dependent on the ease of use of our services, on our reputation and on positive recommendations from our existing customers. Any failure to maintain high-quality customer support, or a market perception that we do not maintain high-quality support, could adversely affect our reputation and our ability to sell our services to existing and prospective customers.

If our services fail to perform properly or if we are unable to scale our services to meet the needs of our customers, our reputation could be adversely affected, our market share could decline and we could be subject to liability claims.

Our services are inherently complex and may contain material defects or errors. Any defects either in functionality or that cause interruptions in the availability of our services, as well as user error, could result in:

 

    loss or delayed market acceptance and sales;

 

27


Table of Contents
    breach of warranty claims;

 

    sales credits or refunds for prepaid amounts related to unused subscription services;

 

    loss of customers;

 

    diversion of development and customer service resources; and

 

    harm to our reputation.

The costs incurred in correcting any material defects or errors might be substantial and could adversely affect our operating results.

Because of the large amount of data that we collect and manage, it is possible that hardware failures, errors in our systems or user errors could result in data loss or corruption that our customers regard as significant. Furthermore, the availability or performance of our services could be adversely affected by a number of factors, including customers’ inability to access the internet, the failure of our network or software systems, security breaches or variability in customer traffic for our services. We may be required to issue credits or refunds for prepaid amounts related to unused services or otherwise be liable to our customers for damages they may incur resulting from some of these events. In addition to potential liability, if we experience interruptions in the availability of our services, our reputation could be adversely affected, which could result in the loss of customers. For example, our customers access our services through their internet service providers. If a service provider fails to provide sufficient capacity to support our services or otherwise experiences service outages, such failure could interrupt our customers’ access to our services, adversely affect their perception of our services’ reliability and consequently reduce our revenue.

Our errors and omissions insurance may be inadequate or may not be available in the future on acceptable terms, or at all. In addition, our policy may not cover all claims made against us, and defending a lawsuit, regardless of its merit, could be costly and divert management’s attention.

Furthermore, we will need to ensure that our services can scale to meet the needs of our customers, particularly as we continue to focus on larger enterprise customers. If we are not able to provide our services at the scale required by our customers, potential customers may not adopt our solution and existing customers may not renew their agreements with us.

If the prices we charge for our services are unacceptable to our customers, our operating results will be harmed.

As the market for our services matures, or as new or existing competitors introduce new products or services that compete with ours, we may experience pricing pressure and be unable to renew our agreements with existing customers or attract new customers at prices that are consistent with our pricing model and operating budget. If this were to occur, it is possible that we would have to change our pricing model or reduce our prices, which could harm our revenue, gross margin and operating results.

Sales to customers outside the United States or with international operations expose us to risks inherent in international sales.

A key element of our growth strategy is to expand our international operations and develop a worldwide customer base. To date, we have not realized a substantial portion of our revenue from customers outside the United States. Operating in international markets requires significant resources and management attention and will subject us to regulatory, economic, geographic and political risks that are different from those in the United States. Because of our limited experience with international operations and significant differences between international and U.S. markets, our international expansion efforts may not be successful in creating demand for our services outside of the United States or in effectively selling subscriptions to our services in all of the

 

28


Table of Contents

international markets we enter. In addition, we will face specific risks in doing business internationally that could adversely affect our business, including:

 

    the need to localize and adapt our services for specific countries, including translation into foreign languages and associated expenses;

 

    data privacy laws that, among other things, could require that customer data be stored and processed in a designated territory;

 

    difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations;

 

    different pricing environments, longer sales cycles and longer accounts receivable payment cycles and collections issues;

 

    new and different sources of competition;

 

    weaker protection for intellectual property and other legal rights than in the United States and practical difficulties in enforcing intellectual property and other rights outside of the United States;

 

    laws and business practices favoring local competitors;

 

    compliance challenges related to the complexity of multiple, conflicting and changing governmental laws and regulations, including employment, tax, privacy and data protection laws and regulations;

 

    increased financial accounting and reporting burdens and complexities;

 

    restrictions on the transfer of funds;

 

    adverse tax consequences; and

 

    unstable regional, economic and political conditions.

We both sell our services and incur operating expenses in various currencies. Therefore, fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies may impact our operating results when translated into U.S. dollars. We currently manage our exchange rate risk by matching foreign currency cash balances with payables but do not have any other hedging programs in place to limit the risk of exchange rate fluctuations.

Failure to adequately expand our direct sales force will impede our growth.

We will need to continue to expand and optimize our sales infrastructure in order to grow our customer base and our business. We plan to continue to expand our direct sales force, both domestically and internationally. Identifying and recruiting qualified personnel and training them requires significant time, expense and attention. Our business may be adversely affected if our efforts to expand and train our direct sales force do not generate a corresponding increase in revenue. If we are unable to hire, develop and retain talented sales personnel or if new direct sales personnel are unable to achieve desired productivity levels in a reasonable period of time, we may not be able to realize the intended benefits of this investment or increase our revenue.

If we are unable to maintain and promote our brand, our business and operating results may be harmed.

We believe that maintaining and promoting our brand is critical to expanding our customer base. Maintaining and promoting our brand will depend largely on our ability to continue to provide useful, reliable and innovative services, which we may not do successfully. We may introduce new features, products, services or terms of service that our customers do not like, which may negatively affect our brand and reputation. Additionally, the actions of third parties may affect our brand and reputation if customers do not have a positive experience using third-party apps or other services that are integrated with Box. Maintaining and enhancing our brand may require us to make substantial investments, and these investments may not achieve the desired goals. If we fail to successfully promote and maintain our brand or if we incur excessive expenses in this effort, our business and operating results could be adversely affected.

 

29


Table of Contents

Our growth depends in part on the success of our strategic relationships with third parties.

In order to grow our business, we anticipate that we will continue to depend on our relationships with third parties, such as alliance partners, distributors, system integrators and developers. For example, we have entered into agreements with partners to market, resell, integrate with or endorse our services. We also partner with channel partners and resellers to sell our services. Identifying partners and resellers, and negotiating and documenting relationships with them, requires significant time and resources. Also, we depend on our ecosystem of system integrators and developers to create applications that will integrate with our platform. Our competitors may be effective in providing incentives to third parties to favor their products or services, or to prevent or reduce subscriptions to our services. In addition, acquisitions of our partners by our competitors could result in a decrease in the number of current and potential customers, as our partners may no longer facilitate the adoption of our services by potential customers.

If we are unsuccessful in establishing or maintaining our relationships with third parties, our ability to compete in the marketplace or to grow our revenue could be impaired and our operating results may suffer. Even if we are successful, we cannot assure you that these relationships will result in increased customer usage of our services or increased revenue.

Furthermore, if our partners and resellers fail to perform as expected, our reputation may be harmed and our business and operating results could be adversely affected.

We depend on our ecosystem of system integrators and developers to create applications that will integrate with our platform.

We depend on our partner ecosystem of system integrators and developers to create applications that will integrate with our platform. This presents certain risks to our business, including:

 

    we cannot provide any assurance that these applications meet the same quality standards that we apply to our own development efforts, and to the extent that they contain bugs or defects, they may create disruptions in our customers’ use of our services or negatively affect our brand;

 

    we do not currently provide support for software applications developed by our partner ecosystem, and users may be left without support and potentially cease using our services if these system integrators and developers do not provide adequate support for their applications; and

 

    these system integrators and developers may not possess the appropriate intellectual property rights to develop and share their applications.

Many of these risks are not within our control to prevent, and our brand may be damaged if these applications do not perform to our users’ satisfaction and that dissatisfaction is attributed to us.

Our corporate culture has contributed to our success, and if we cannot maintain this culture as we grow, we could lose the innovation, creativity and teamwork fostered by our culture, and our business may be harmed.

We believe that our culture has been and will continue to be a key contributor to our success. From January 31, 2014 to October 31, 2014, we increased the size of our workforce by over 158 employees, and we expect to continue to hire aggressively as we expand. If we do not continue to develop our corporate culture or maintain our core values as we grow and evolve both in the United States and internationally, we may be unable to foster the innovation, creativity and teamwork we believe we need to support our growth. Moreover, liquidity available to our employee security holders following this offering could lead to disparities of wealth among our employees, which could adversely impact relations among employees and our culture in general. Our transition from a private company to a public company may result in a change to our corporate culture, which could harm our business.

 

30


Table of Contents

Our services contain open source software, and we license some of our software through open source projects, which may pose particular risks to our proprietary software, products, and services in a manner that could have a negative impact on our business.

We use open source software in our services and will use open source software in the future. In addition, we regularly contribute software source code to open source projects under open source licenses or release internal software projects under open source licenses, and anticipate doing so in the future. The terms of many open source licenses to which we are subject have not been interpreted by U.S. or foreign courts, and there is a risk that open source software licenses could be construed in a manner that imposes unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to provide or distribute our services. Additionally, we may from time to time face claims from third parties claiming ownership of, or demanding release of, the open source software or derivative works that we developed using such software, which could include our proprietary source code, or otherwise seeking to enforce the terms of the applicable open source license. These claims could result in litigation and could require us to make our software source code freely available, purchase a costly license or cease offering the implicated services unless and until we can re-engineer them to avoid infringement. This re-engineering process could require significant additional research and development resources, and we may not be able to complete it successfully. In addition to risks related to license requirements, use of certain open source software can lead to greater risks than use of third-party commercial software, as open source licensors generally do not provide warranties or controls on the origin of software. Additionally, because any software source code we contribute to open source projects is publicly available, our ability to protect our intellectual property rights with respect to such software source code may be limited or lost entirely, and we are unable to prevent our competitors or others from using such contributed software source code. Any of these risks could be difficult to eliminate or manage, and, if not addressed, could have a negative effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Future acquisitions and investments could disrupt our business and harm our financial condition and operating results.

Our success will depend, in part, on our ability to expand our services and grow our business in response to changing technologies, customer demands, and competitive pressures. In some circumstances, we may choose to do so through the acquisition of complementary businesses and technologies rather than through internal development, including, for example, our recent acquisitions of Crocodoc, Inc., a company with advanced HTML5 based document rendering technology, Streem, a company with technology that allows users to mount a cloud drive onto their computer and MedXT, a company with technology that allows us to display medical images (DICOM) files in an online and mobile viewer. The identification of suitable acquisition candidates can be difficult, time-consuming and costly, and we may not be able to successfully complete identified acquisitions. The risks we face in connection with acquisitions include:

 

    diversion of management time and focus from operating our business to addressing acquisition integration challenges;

 

    coordination of research and development and sales and marketing functions;

 

    retention of key employees from the acquired company;

 

    cultural challenges associated with integrating employees from the acquired company into our organization;

 

    integration of the acquired company’s accounting, management information, human resources and other administrative systems;

 

    the need to implement or improve controls, procedures, and policies at a business that prior to the acquisition may have lacked effective controls, procedures and policies;

 

    liability for activities of the acquired company before the acquisition, including intellectual property infringement claims, violations of laws, commercial disputes, tax liabilities and other known and unknown liabilities;

 

31


Table of Contents
    unanticipated write-offs or charges; and

 

    litigation or other claims in connection with the acquired company, including claims from terminated employees, customers, former stockholders or other third parties.

Our failure to address these risks or other problems encountered in connection with our past or future acquisitions and investments could cause us to fail to realize the anticipated benefits of these acquisitions or investments, cause us to incur unanticipated liabilities, and harm our business generally. Future acquisitions could also result in dilutive issuances of our equity securities, the incurrence of debt, contingent liabilities, amortization expenses, incremental operating expenses or the write-off of goodwill, any of which could harm our financial condition or operating results.

We may require additional capital to support our operations or the growth of our business, and we cannot be certain that this capital will be available on reasonable terms when required, or at all.

On occasion, we may need additional financing to operate or grow our business. Our ability to obtain additional financing, if and when required, will depend on investor and lender demand, our operating performance, the condition of the capital markets and other factors. We cannot guarantee that additional financing will be available to us on favorable terms when required, or at all. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of equity, equity-linked or debt securities, those securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to the rights of our Class A common stock, and our existing stockholders may experience dilution. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us when we require it, our ability to continue to support the operation or growth of our business could be significantly impaired and our operating results may be harmed.

Financing agreements we are party to or may become party to may contain operating and financial covenants that restrict our business and financing activities.

Our existing credit agreement with certain lenders contains certain operating and financial restrictions and covenants, including the prohibition of the incurrence of certain indebtedness and liens, the prohibition of certain investments, restrictions against certain merger and consolidation transactions, certain restrictions against the disposition of assets and the requirement to maintain a minimum level of liquidity. These restrictions and covenants, as well as those contained in any future financing agreements that we may enter into, may restrict our ability to finance our operations, engage in, expand or otherwise pursue our business activities and strategies. Our ability to comply with these covenants may be affected by events beyond our control, and breaches of these covenants could result in a default under the credit agreement and any future financial agreements that we may enter into. If not waived, defaults could cause our outstanding indebtedness under our credit agreement and any future financing agreements that we may enter into to become immediately due and payable.

Adverse economic conditions may negatively impact our business.

Our business depends on the overall demand for Enterprise Content Collaboration and on the economic health of our current and prospective customers. The financial recession resulted in a significant weakening of the economy in the United States, Europe and worldwide, more limited availability of credit, a reduction in business confidence and activity, and other difficulties that may affect one or more of the industries to which we sell our services. In addition, there has been pressure to reduce government spending in the United States, and tax increases and spending cuts at the Federal level (the sequester) have gone into effect. In the event lawmakers cannot agree on matters such as the national debt ceiling or future budgets, the United States could default on its obligations. This may reduce demand for our services from organizations that receive funding from the U.S. government and this could negatively affect the U.S. economy, which could further reduce demand for our services. Furthermore, the economies of certain European countries have been experiencing difficulties associated with high sovereign debt levels, weakness in the banking sector and uncertainty over the future of the eurozone. We have operations in the United Kingdom, Germany and France and current and potential customers in Europe. If economic conditions in Europe and other key markets for our services continue to remain uncertain

 

32


Table of Contents

or deteriorate further, many customers may delay or reduce their information technology spending. This could result in reductions in sales of our services, longer sales cycles, reductions in subscription duration and value, slower adoption of new technologies and increased price competition. Any of these events would likely have an adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial position. In addition, there can be no assurance that Enterprise Content Collaboration spending levels will increase following any recovery.

Changes in laws and regulations related to the internet or changes in the internet infrastructure itself may diminish the demand for our services, and could have a negative impact on our business.

The future success of our business depends upon the continued use of the internet as a primary medium for commerce, communication and business services. Federal, state or foreign government bodies or agencies have in the past adopted, and may in the future adopt, laws or regulations affecting the use of the internet as a commercial medium. Changes in these laws or regulations could require us to modify our services in order to comply with these changes. In addition, government agencies or private organizations may begin to impose taxes, fees or other charges for accessing the internet or commerce conducted via the internet. These laws or charges could limit the growth of internet-related commerce or communications generally, or result in reductions in the demand for internet-based services such as ours.

In addition, the use of the internet and, in particular, the cloud as a business tool could be adversely affected due to delays in the development or adoption of new standards and protocols to handle increased demands of internet activity, security, reliability, cost, ease of use, accessibility, and quality of service. The performance of the internet and its acceptance as a business tool have been adversely affected by “viruses,” “worms” and similar malicious programs, and the internet has experienced a variety of outages and other delays as a result of damage to portions of its infrastructure. If the use of the internet is adversely affected by these issues, demand for our services could suffer.

We employ third-party licensed software for use in or with our services, and the inability to maintain these licenses or errors in the software we license could result in increased costs, or reduced service levels, which would adversely affect our business.

Our services incorporate certain third-party software obtained under licenses from other companies. We anticipate that we will continue to rely on such third-party software and development tools in the future. Although we believe that there are commercially reasonable alternatives to the third-party software we currently license, this may not always be the case, or it may be difficult or costly to replace. In addition, integration of the software used in our services with new third-party software may require significant work and require substantial investment of our time and resources. Also, to the extent that our services depend upon the successful operation of third-party software in conjunction with our software, any undetected errors or defects in this third-party software could prevent the deployment or impair the functionality of our services, delay new services introductions, result in a failure of our services, and injure our reputation. Our use of additional or alternative third-party software would require us to enter into additional license agreements with third parties.

If we fail to maintain an effective system of disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting, our ability to produce timely and accurate financial statements or comply with applicable regulations could be impaired.

As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (Exchange Act), the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE). We expect that the requirements of these rules and regulations will continue to increase our legal, accounting and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time consuming and costly, and place significant strain on our personnel, systems and resources.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures, and internal control over financial reporting. We are continuing to develop and refine our disclosure

 

33


Table of Contents

controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we will file with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms. We are also continuing to improve our internal control over financial reporting. We have expended, and anticipate that we will continue to expend, significant resources in order to maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting.

Our current controls and any new controls that we develop may become inadequate because of changes in conditions in our business, including increased complexity resulting from our international expansion. Further, weaknesses in our disclosure controls or our internal control over financial reporting may be discovered in the future. Any failure to develop or maintain effective controls, or any difficulties encountered in their implementation or improvement, could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations and may result in a restatement of our financial statements for prior periods. Any failure to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could also adversely affect the results of management reports and independent registered public accounting firm audits of our internal control over financial reporting that we will eventually be required to include in our periodic reports that will be filed with the SEC. Ineffective disclosure controls and procedures, and internal control over financial reporting could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial and other information, which would likely have a negative effect on the market price of our Class A common stock. In addition, if we are unable to continue to meet these requirements, we may not be able to remain listed on the NYSE.

We are not currently required to comply with the SEC rules that implement Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and are therefore not required to make a formal assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for that purpose. Upon becoming a public company, we will be required to provide an annual management report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting commencing with our second annual report on Form 10-K. Our independent registered public accounting firm is not required to audit the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting until after we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. At such time, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which our internal control over financial reporting is documented, designed or operating.

Any failure to maintain effective disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting could have a material and adverse effect on our business and operating results, and cause a decline in the market price of our Class A common stock.

We are an emerging growth company, and any decision on our part to comply only with certain reduced reporting and disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies could make our Class A common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an emerging growth company, and, for as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may choose to take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies but not to “emerging growth companies,” including: not being required to have our independent registered public accounting firm audit our internal control over financial reporting under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years following the completion of this offering. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest to occur of (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have more than $1.0 billion in annual revenue; (ii) the date we qualify as a “large accelerated filer,” with at least $700 million of equity securities held by non-affiliates; (iii) the date on which we have issued, in any three-year period, more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; and (iv) the last day of the fiscal year ending after the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering. We cannot predict if investors will find our Class A

 

34


Table of Contents

common stock less attractive if we choose to rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our Class A common stock less attractive as a result of any choices we make to avail ourselves of these exemptions, there may be a less active trading market for our Class A common stock and the market price of our Class A common stock may be more volatile.

Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can also delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this accommodation allowing for delayed adoption of new or revised accounting standards, and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes may be limited.

As of January 31, 2014, we had U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $263.7 million and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $262.6 million. Under Sections 382 and 383 of Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change net operating loss carryforwards and other pre-change tax attributes, such as research tax credits, to offset its post-change income and taxes may be limited. In general, an “ownership change” occurs if there is a cumulative change in our ownership by “5% shareholders” that exceeds 50 percentage points over a rolling three-year period. Similar rules may apply under state tax laws. We have in the past experienced an ownership change which has impacted our ability to fully realize the benefit of these net operating loss carryforwards. If we experience additional ownership changes as a result of this offering or future transactions in our stock, then we may be further limited in our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and other tax assets to reduce taxes owed on the net taxable income that we earn. Any such limitations on the ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and other tax assets could adversely impact our business, financial condition and operating results.

Tax laws or regulations could be enacted or changed and existing tax laws or regulations could be applied to us or to our customers in a manner that could increase the costs of our services and adversely impact our business.

The application of federal, state, local and international tax laws to services provided electronically is unclear and continuously evolving. Income, sales, use or other tax laws, statutes, rules, regulations or ordinances could be enacted or amended at any time, possibly with retroactive effect, and could be applied solely or disproportionately to services provided over the internet. These enactments or amendments could adversely affect our sales activity due to the inherent cost increase the taxes would represent and ultimately result in a negative impact on our operating results and cash flows.

In addition, existing tax laws, statutes, rules, regulations or ordinances could be interpreted or applied adversely to us, possibly with retroactive effect, which could require us or our customers to pay additional tax amounts, as well as require us or our customers to pay fines or penalties, as well as interest for past amounts. If we are unsuccessful in collecting such taxes due from our customers, we could be held liable for such costs, thereby adversely impacting our operating results and cash flows.

We may be subject to additional tax liabilities.

We are subject to income, sales, use, value added and other taxes in the United States and other countries in which we conduct business, and such laws and rates vary by jurisdiction. Certain jurisdictions in which we do not collect sales, use, value added or other taxes on our sales may assert that such taxes are applicable, which could result in tax assessments, penalties and interest, and we may be required to collect such taxes in the future. Significant judgment is required in determining our worldwide provision for income taxes. These determinations are highly complex and require detailed analysis of the available information and applicable statutes and

 

35


Table of Contents

regulatory materials. In the ordinary course of our business, there are many transactions and calculations where the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. Although we believe our tax estimates are reasonable, the final determination of tax audits and any related litigation could be materially different from our historical tax practices, provisions and accruals. If we receive an adverse ruling as a result of an audit, or we unilaterally determine that we have misinterpreted provisions of the tax regulations to which we are subject, there could be a material effect on our tax provision, net income or cash flows in the period or periods for which that determination is made. In addition, liabilities associated with taxes are often subject to an extended or indefinite statute of limitations period. Therefore, we may be subject to additional tax liability (including penalties and interest) for a particular year for extended periods of time.

Our reported financial results may be adversely affected by changes in accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

Generally accepted accounting principles in the United States are subject to interpretation by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the SEC and various bodies formed to promulgate and interpret appropriate accounting principles. A change in these principles or interpretations could have a significant effect on our reported financial results, and could affect the reporting of transactions completed before the announcement of a change.

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Class A Common Stock and this Offering

The dual class structure of our common stock has the effect of concentrating voting control with those stockholders who held our capital stock prior to the completion of this offering, including our executive officers, employees and directors and their affiliates, which will limit your ability to influence the outcome of important transactions, including a change in control.

Our Class B common stock has 10 votes per share, and our Class A common stock, which is the stock we are offering in this offering, has one vote per share. Upon the completion of this offering, stockholders who hold shares of our Class B common stock, including our executive officers, employees and directors and their affiliates, will collectively hold approximately 98.8% of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock. Because of the ten-to-one voting ratio between our Class B common stock and Class A common stock, after the completion of this offering, the holders of our Class B common stock will collectively continue to control a majority of the combined voting power of our capital stock and therefore be able to control all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval so long as the shares of our Class B common stock represent at least 9.1% of all outstanding shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock. These holders of our Class B common stock may also have interests that differ from yours and may vote in a way with which you disagree and which may be adverse to your interests. This concentrated control may have the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring a change in control of our company, could deprive our stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their capital stock as part of a sale of our company and might ultimately affect the market price of our Class A common stock.

Future transfers by holders of our Class B common stock will generally result in those shares converting into shares of our Class A common stock, subject to limited exceptions, such as certain transfers effected for estate planning or charitable purposes. The conversion of shares of our Class B common stock into shares of our Class A common stock will have the effect, over time, of increasing the relative voting power of those holders of Class B common stock who retain their shares in the long term. If, for example, Messrs. Levie, Levin and Smith retain a significant portion of their holdings of our Class B common stock for an extended period of time, they could control a significant portion of the voting power of our capital stock for the foreseeable future. As board members, Messrs. Levie, Levin and Smith each owe a fiduciary duty to our stockholders and must act in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believe to be in the best interests of our stockholders. As stockholders, Messrs. Levie, Levin and Smith are entitled to vote their shares in their own interests, which may not always be

 

36


Table of Contents

in the interests of our stockholders generally. For a description of the dual class structure, see the section titled “Description of Capital Stock.”

Anti-takeover provisions contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, as well as provisions of Delaware law, could impair a takeover attempt.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and Delaware law contain provisions which could have the effect of rendering more difficult, delaying or preventing an acquisition deemed undesirable by our board of directors. Among other things, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws include provisions:

 

    creating a classified board of directors whose members serve staggered three-year terms;

 

    authorizing “blank check” preferred stock, which could be issued by our board of directors without stockholder approval and may contain voting, liquidation, dividend and other rights superior to our common stock;

 

    limiting the liability of, and providing indemnification to, our directors and officers;

 

    limiting the ability of our stockholders to call and bring business before special meetings;

 

    requiring advance notice of stockholder proposals for business to be conducted at meetings of our stockholders and for nominations of candidates for election to our board of directors;

 

    controlling the procedures for the conduct and scheduling of board of directors and stockholder meetings; and

 

    authorizing two classes of common stock, as discussed above.

These provisions, alone or together, could delay or prevent hostile takeovers and changes in control or changes in our management.

As a Delaware corporation, we are also subject to provisions of Delaware law, including Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation law, which prevents certain stockholders holding more than 15% of our outstanding capital stock from engaging in certain business combinations without approval of the holders of at least two-thirds of our outstanding common stock not held by such stockholder.

Any provision of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring a change in control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our capital stock, and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our Class A common stock.

An active trading market for our Class A common stock may never develop or be sustained.

Our Class A common stock has been approved for listing on the NYSE under the symbol “BOX.” However, we cannot assure you that an active trading market for our Class A common stock will develop on that exchange or elsewhere or, if developed, that any market will be sustained. Accordingly, we cannot assure you of the liquidity of any trading market, your ability to sell your shares of our Class A common stock when desired or the prices that you may obtain for your shares of our Class A common stock.

The market price of our Class A common stock may be volatile, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Prior to the completion of this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our Class A common stock. The initial public offering price of our Class A common stock will be determined through negotiation

 

37


Table of Contents

between us and the underwriters. This price will not necessarily reflect the price at which investors in the market will be willing to buy and sell shares of our Class A common stock following this offering. In addition, the market price of our Class A common stock following this offering is likely to be highly volatile, may be higher or lower than the initial public offering price of our Class A common stock and could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control and may not be related to our operating performance.

Fluctuations in the price of our Class A common stock could cause you to lose all or part of your investment because you may not be able to sell your shares at or above the price you paid in this offering. Factors that could cause fluctuations in the market price of our Class A common stock include the following:

 

    price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market from time to time;

 

    volatility in the market prices and trading volumes of technology stocks;

 

    changes in operating performance and stock market valuations of other technology companies generally or those in our industry in particular;

 

    sales of shares of our Class A common stock by us or our stockholders;

 

    failure of securities analysts to maintain coverage of us, changes in financial estimates by securities analysts who follow us, or our failure to meet these estimates or the expectations of investors;

 

    the financial projections we may provide to the public, any changes in those projections or our failure to meet those projections;

 

    announcements by us or our competitors of new products or services;

 

    the public’s reaction to our press releases, other public announcements and filings with the SEC;

 

    rumors and market speculation involving us or other companies in our industry;

 

    actual or anticipated changes in our operating results or fluctuations in our operating results;

 

    actual or anticipated developments in our business, our competitors’ businesses or the competitive landscape generally;

 

    litigation involving us, our industry or both, or investigations by regulators into our operations or those of our competitors;

 

    developments or disputes concerning our intellectual property or other proprietary rights;

 

    announced or completed acquisitions of businesses or technologies by us or our competitors;

 

    new laws or regulations or new interpretations of existing laws or regulations applicable to our business;

 

    changes in accounting standards, policies, guidelines, interpretations or principles;

 

    any significant change in our management; and

 

    general economic conditions and slow or negative growth of our markets.

In addition, in the past, following periods of volatility in the overall market and the market price of a particular company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against these companies. This litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources.

 

38


Table of Contents

A total of 106,973,689, or 89.5%, of the outstanding shares of our capital stock after this offering will be restricted from immediate resale but may be sold on a stock exchange in the near future. The large number of shares of our capital stock eligible for public sale or subject to rights requiring us to register them for public sale could depress the market price of our Class A common stock.

The market price of our Class A common stock could decline as a result of sales of a large number of shares of our Class A common stock in the market after this offering, and the perception that these sales could occur may also depress the market price of our Class A common stock. Based on shares of our capital stock outstanding as of October 31, 2014, we will have 119,473,689 shares of our capital stock outstanding after this offering. Our executive officers, directors and the holders of substantially all of our capital stock and securities convertible into or exchangeable for our capital stock have entered into market standoff agreements with us and/or lock-up agreements with the underwriters under which they have agreed, subject to specific exceptions, not to sell any of our capital stock for 180 days following the date of this prospectus. As a result of these agreements, the provisions of our investors’ rights agreement described further in the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” and the provisions of Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (Securities Act), shares of our capital stock will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

    beginning on the date of this prospectus, all 12,500,000 shares of our Class A common stock sold in this offering will be immediately available for sale in the public market; and

 

    beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus, the remainder of the shares of our capital stock will be eligible for sale in the public market from time to time thereafter, subject in some cases to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144 and our insider trading policy.

Following the expiration of the lock-up agreements referred to above, stockholders owning an aggregate of up to 95,915,456 shares of our Class B common stock can require us to register shares of our capital stock owned by them for public sale in the United States. In addition, we intend to file a registration statement to register approximately 38,860,993 shares of our capital stock reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plans. Upon effectiveness of that registration statement, subject to the satisfaction of applicable exercise periods and expiration of the market standoff agreements and lock-up agreements referred to above, the shares of our capital stock issued upon exercise of outstanding options to purchase shares of our Class B common stock and upon the vesting of outstanding RSUs will be available for immediate resale in the United States in the open market.

Sales of our Class A common stock as restrictions end or pursuant to registration rights may make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate. These sales also could cause the market price of our Class A common stock to fall and make it more difficult for you to sell shares of our Class A common stock.

In making your investment decision, you should understand that we and the underwriters have not authorized any other party to provide you with information concerning us or this offering.

You should carefully evaluate all of the information in this prospectus. We have in the past received, and may continue to receive, a high degree of media coverage, including coverage that is not directly attributable to statements made by our officers or employees, that incorrectly reports on statements made by our officers or employees or that is misleading as a result of omitting information provided by us, our officers or employees. We and the underwriters have not authorized any other party to provide you with information concerning us or this offering.

We may invest or spend the proceeds of this offering in ways with which you may not agree or in ways which may not yield a return.

Our net proceeds from the sale of shares of our Class A common stock in this offering will be used for general corporate purposes, including working capital, operating expenses and capital expenditures. Additionally,

 

39


Table of Contents

we may use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire businesses, products, services or technologies. However, we do not have agreements or commitments for any specific material acquisitions at this time. Our management will have considerable discretion in the application of the net proceeds, and you will not have the opportunity, as part of your investment decision, to assess whether the proceeds are being used appropriately. Until the net proceeds are used, they may be placed in investments that do not produce significant income or that may lose value.

Purchasers in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of their investment.

The assumed initial public offering price of $12.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our outstanding capital stock upon the completion of this offering. Therefore, if you purchase shares of our Class A common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate dilution of $10.05 in the net tangible book value per share from the price you paid. In addition, investors purchasing shares of our Class A common stock from us in this offering will have contributed 21.5% of the total consideration paid to us by all stockholders who purchased shares of our common stock, in exchange for acquiring approximately 10.5% of the outstanding shares of our common stock as of October 31, 2014, after giving effect to this offering. The exercise of outstanding options to purchase shares of our Class B common stock and the vesting of outstanding RSUs will result in further dilution.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish or cease publishing research or reports about us, our business, our market or our competitors, or if they adversely change their recommendations regarding our Class A common stock, the market price of our Class A common stock and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our Class A common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that securities or industry analysts may publish about us, our business, our market or our competitors. If any of the analysts who may cover us adversely change their recommendations regarding our Class A common stock or provide more favorable recommendations about our competitors, the market price of our Class A common stock would likely decline. If any of the analysts who may cover us were to cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause the market price of our Class A common stock or trading volume to decline.

We do not expect to declare any dividends in the foreseeable future.

We do not anticipate declaring any cash dividends to holders of our Class A common stock in the foreseeable future. Consequently, investors may need to rely on sales of our Class A common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on their investment. Investors seeking cash dividends should not purchase shares of our Class A common stock.

Prior to the completion of this offering, there has been limited trading of our securities at prices that may be higher than what our Class A common stock will trade at once it is listed.

Prior to the completion of this offering, our securities have not been listed on any stock exchange or other public trading market, but there has been some trading of our securities in private transactions. These transactions were speculative, and the trading prices of our securities in these transactions were privately negotiated. We cannot assure you that the market price of our Class A common stock will equal or exceed the price at which our securities have traded prior to the completion of this offering.

 

40


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus, including the sections titled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Business,” and “Executive Compensation,” contains forward-looking statements. The words “believe,” “may,” “will,” “potentially,” “estimate,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “could,” “would,” “project,” “plan,” “expect” and similar expressions that convey uncertainty of future events or outcomes are intended to identify forward-looking statements.

These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements concerning the following:

 

    our ability to maintain an adequate rate of revenue growth;

 

    our business plan and our ability to effectively manage our growth;

 

    costs associated with defending intellectual property infringement and other claims;

 

    our ability to attract and retain end-customers;

 

    our ability to further penetrate our existing customer base;

 

    our ability to displace existing products in established markets;

 

    our ability to expand our leadership position in Enterprise Content Collaboration solutions;

 

    our ability to timely and effectively scale and adapt our existing technology;

 

    our ability to innovate new products and bring them to market in a timely manner;

 

    our ability to expand internationally;

 

    the effects of increased competition in our market and our ability to compete effectively;

 

    the effects of seasonal trends on our operating results;

 

    our expectations concerning relationships with third parties;

 

    the attraction and retention of qualified employees and key personnel;

 

    our ability to maintain, protect and enhance our brand and intellectual property; and

 

    future acquisitions of or investments in complementary companies, products, services or technologies.

These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including those described in the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment, and new risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events and circumstances discussed in this prospectus may not occur and actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements.

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee that the future results, levels of activity, performance or events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur. Moreover, neither we nor any other person assumes responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statements for any reason after the date of this prospectus to conform these statements to actual results or to changes in our expectations, except as required by law.

 

41


Table of Contents

You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part with the understanding that our actual future results, levels of activity, performance, and events and circumstances may be materially different from what we expect.

 

42


Table of Contents

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

This prospectus contains estimates and information concerning our industry, including market size and growth rates of the markets in which we participate, that are based on industry publications and reports. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to these estimates. We have not independently verified the accuracy or completeness of the data contained in these industry publications and reports. The industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in the section titled “Risk Factors,” that could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in these publications and reports.

Certain information in the text of this prospectus is contained in independent industry publications. The source of these independent industry publications is provided below:

 

  (1)   Gartner, Inc., Forecast: Public Cloud Services, Worldwide, 2012-2018, 4Q14 Update, December 2014

 

  (2)   International Data Corporation, Worldwide New Media Market Model 1H2014, September 2014

 

  (3)   Forrester Research, Inc., 2013 Mobile Workforce Adoption Trends, February 2013

 

  (4)   International Data Corporation, THE DIGITAL UNIVERSE IN 2020: Big Data, Bigger Digital Shadows, and Biggest Growth in the Far East, December 2012

 

  (5)   International Data Corporation, Worldwide Content Management Software 2014-2018 Forecast, June 2014

 

  (6)   International Data Corporation, Worldwide and Regional Public IT Cloud Services 2014-2018 Forecast, October 2014

 

  (7)   International Data Corporation, Worldwide Collaborative Applications 2014-2018 Forecast and 2013 Vendor Shares, June 2014

 

  (8)   International Data Corporation, Worldwide Project and Portfolio Management 2014-2018 Forecast and 2013 Vendor Shares: Ongoing Growth Driven by Demand, September 2014

 

  (9)   Forrester Research, Inc., Info Workers Will Erase The Boundary Between Enterprise And Consumer Technologies, August 2012

 

  (10)   International Data Corporation, Worldwide Mobile Worker Population 2011-2015 Forecast, December 2011

The Gartner Report described herein represents data, research opinion or viewpoints published, as part of a syndicated subscription service, by Gartner, Inc. and are not representations of fact. Each Gartner Report speaks as of its original publication date (and not as of the date of this prospectus) and the opinions expressed in the Gartner Report are subject to change without notice.

 

43


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that our net proceeds from the sale of shares of our Class A common stock that we are offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $12.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, will be approximately $134.3 million, or $155.2 million if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price would increase (decrease) the net proceeds from this offering by approximately $11.6 million, assuming the number of shares of our Class A common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, a one million increase (decrease) in the number of shares of our Class A common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds from this offering by approximately $11.2 million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility and create a public market for our Class A common stock. We intend to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital, operating expenses and capital expenditures. While we cannot specify with certainty the particular uses of the net proceeds we receive from this offering, we currently expect to invest at least 50% of the net proceeds in sales and marketing activities, product development, general and administrative matters and capital expenditures to support the growth in our business. We also may use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire complementary businesses, products, services or technologies. However, we do not have agreements or commitments for any specific acquisitions at this time. We will have broad discretion over the uses of the net proceeds from this offering, provided that we comply with the terms and conditions contained in our revolving line of credit facility. Pending the use of proceeds from this offering as described above, we intend to invest the net proceeds from this offering in short-term, investment-grade interest-bearing securities such as money market accounts, certificates of deposit, commercial paper and guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying any dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to declare dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to applicable laws, and will depend on our financial condition, operating results, capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.

 

44


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of October 31, 2014 on:

 

    an actual basis;

 

    a pro forma basis, giving effect to the automatic conversion and reclassification of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into 91,172,143 shares of our Class B common stock, the issuance of 85,056 shares of our Class B common stock upon the assumed net exercise of a warrant, the related reclassification of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital, the recording of a deemed dividend related to the conversion of the outstanding Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock, and the effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as if such conversion, issuance, reclassification, recording and effectiveness had occurred on October 31, 2014; and

 

    a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to the pro forma adjustments and the sale and issuance of 12,500,000 shares of our Class A common stock by us in this offering, based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $12.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

If the initial public offering price is equal to the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the shares of our Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock would convert and be reclassified into 12,499,996 shares of our Class B common stock. A $1.00 decrease in the initial public offering price would increase the number of shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon conversion and reclassification of our Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock by 1,136,363, and a $1.00 increase in the initial public offering price would decrease the number of shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon conversion and reclassification of our Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock by 961,538.

If the initial public offering price is equal to the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the shares of our Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock would convert and be reclassified into 13,888,888 shares of our Class B common stock. A $1.00 decrease in the initial public offering price would increase the number of shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon conversion and reclassification of our Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock by 1,262,627, and a $1.00 increase in the initial public offering price would decrease the number of shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon conversion and reclassification of our Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock by 1,068,376.

The pro forma as adjusted information set forth in the table below is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

You should read this table together with the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

45


Table of Contents
    October 31, 2014  
    Actual     Pro Forma     Pro Forma
as Adjusted (1)
 
    (unaudited)              
    (in thousands, except share and per share
data)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 165,270      $ 165,270      $ 299,570   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Debt, non-current

    40,000        40,000        40,000   

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability, non-current

    1,206                 

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share; 84,601,959 shares authorized, 83,738,097 issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

    550,408                 

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

     

Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; 100,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

                    

Existing Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share; 128,356,000 shares authorized, 11,995,070 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

    1                 

Existing Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share; 25,000,000 shares authorized, 3,721,420 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

                    

Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; 1,000,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 1,000,000,000 shares authorized, 12,500,000 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

                  1   

Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; 200,000,000 shares authorized, 106,973,689 shares issued and              outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

           11        11   

Additional paid-in capital

    52,169        603,773        738,072   

Treasury stock

    (1,177 )       (1,177     (1,177

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (6     (6     (6

Accumulated deficit

    (482,660     (482,660     (482,660
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

    (431,673     119,941        254,241   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

  $ 159,941      $ 159,941      $ 294,241   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $12.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity (deficit), and total capitalization by approximately $11.6 million, assuming that the number of shares of our Class A common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The pro forma and pro forma as adjusted columns in the table above are based on no shares of our Class A common stock and 106,973,689 shares of our Class B common stock outstanding as of October 31, 2014, and exclude:

 

    18,050,150 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our Class B common stock outstanding as of October 31, 2014, with a weighted-average exercise price of $5.12 per share;

 

    4,063,953 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the vesting of RSUs outstanding as of October 31, 2014;

 

    295,000 shares of our Class B common stock issued after October 31, 2014, in connection with our acquisition of MedXT;

 

    155,787 shares of our Class B common stock issuable after October 31, 2014, in connection with our acquisition of Streem;

 

    936,000 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our Class B common stock granted after October 31, 2014, with an exercise price of $14.05 per share;

 

46


Table of Contents
    1,110,890 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the vesting of RSUs granted after October 31, 2014;

 

    4,302 shares of our Class B common stock issued pursuant to restricted stock awards granted after October 31, 2014, at a purchase price of $0.0001 per share; and

 

    14,700,000 shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plans, consisting of:

 

    12,200,000 shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Plan, which will become effective prior to the completion of this offering; and

 

    2,500,000 shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our ESPP, which will become effective prior to the completion of this offering.

Our 2015 Plan and ESPP each provide for annual automatic increases in the number of shares reserved thereunder and our 2015 Plan also provides for increases in the number of shares reserved thereunder based on awards under our 2011 Plan and our 2006 Plan that expire, are forfeited or otherwise repurchased by us, as more fully described in the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans.”

 

47


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our Class A common stock in this offering, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our Class A common stock in this offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering.

As of October 31, 2014, our pro forma net tangible book value was approximately $98.1 million, or $0.92 per share of common stock. Our pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets reduced by the amount of our total liabilities and divided by the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of October 31, 2014, assuming the automatic conversion and reclassification of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into 91,172,143 shares of our Class B common stock, the issuance of 85,056 shares of our Class B common stock upon the assumed net exercise of a warrant, which conversion, reclassification and issuance will occur immediately prior to the completion of the offering, and the related reclassification of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital.

After giving effect to the sale of 12,500,000 shares of our Class A common stock in this offering, at the assumed initial public offering price of $12.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of October 31, 2014 would have been approximately $232.4 million, or $1.95 per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $1.03 per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $10.05 per share to investors purchasing shares in this offering.

The following table illustrates this dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $ 12.00   

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of October 31, 2014

   $ 0.92      

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to investors purchasing shares in this offering

     1.03      
  

 

 

    

Pro forma net tangible book value, as adjusted to give effect to this offering

      $ 1.95   
     

 

 

 

Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to investors purchasing shares in this offering

      $ 10.05   
     

 

 

 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $12.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $0.11 per share and the dilution per share to new investors in this offering by $0.87 per share, assuming the number of shares of our Class A common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, a one million increase (decrease) in the number of shares of our Class A common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $0.08 per share and decrease (increase) the dilution per share to new investors in this offering by $0.08 per share, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

If the initial public offering price is equal to the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the shares of our Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock would convert and be reclassified into 12,499,996 shares of our Class B common stock. A $1.00 decrease in the initial public offering price would increase the number of shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon conversion and reclassification of our Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock by 1,136,363, and a $1.00 increase in the

 

48


Table of Contents

initial public offering price would decrease the number of shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon conversion and reclassification of our Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock by 961,538.

If the initial public offering price is equal to the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the shares of our Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock would convert and be reclassified into 13,888,888 shares of our Class B common stock. A $1.00 decrease in the initial public offering price would increase the number of shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon conversion and reclassification of our Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock by 1,262,627, and a $1.00 increase in the initial public offering price would decrease the number of shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon conversion and reclassification of our Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock by 1,068,376.

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock would be $2.09 per share, and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to investors purchasing shares in this offering would be $9.91 per share.

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of October 31, 2014 after giving effect to (i) the automatic conversion and reclassification of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into 91,172,143 shares of our Class B common stock, the issuance of 85,056 shares of our Class B common stock upon the assumed net exercise of a warrant and the effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, and (ii) this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $12.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the difference between existing stockholders and new investors with respect to the number of shares of our common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid, and the average price per share paid, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us:

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average Price
Per Share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount      Percent    

Existing stockholders

     106,973,689         89.5   $ 546,812,406         78.5   $ 5.11   

Investors purchasing shares in this offering

     12,500,000         10.5        150,000,000         21.5        12.00   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

     119,473,689         100.0   $ 696,812,406         100.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $12.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all stockholders by approximately $12.5 million, assuming that the number of shares of our Class A common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

To the extent that any outstanding options to purchase shares of our Class B common stock are exercised, outstanding RSUs vest, or new awards are granted under our equity compensation plans, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering.

Except as otherwise indicated, the above discussion and tables assume no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, our existing stockholders would own 88.2% and our new investors would own 11.8% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding upon the completion of this offering.

 

49


Table of Contents

The number of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on no shares of our Class A common stock and 106,973,689 shares of our Class B common stock outstanding as of October 31, 2014, and excludes:

 

    18,050,150 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our Class B common stock outstanding as of October 31, 2014, with a weighted-average exercise price of $5.12 per share;

 

    4,063,953 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the vesting of RSUs outstanding as of October 31, 2014;

 

    295,000 shares of our Class B common stock issued after October 31, 2014, in connection with our acquisition of MedXT;

 

    155,787 shares of our Class B common stock issuable after October 31, 2014, in connection with our acquisition of Streem;

 

    936,000 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our Class B common stock granted after October 31, 2014, with an exercise price of $14.05 per share;

 

    1,110,890 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the vesting of RSUs granted after October 31, 2014;

 

    4,302 shares of our Class B common stock issued pursuant to restricted stock awards granted after October 31, 2014, at a purchase price of $0.0001 per share; and

 

    14,700,000 shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plans, consisting of:

 

    12,200,000 shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Plan, which will become effective prior to the completion of this offering; and

 

    2,500,000 shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our ESPP, which will become effective prior to the completion of this offering.

Our 2015 Plan and ESPP each provide for annual automatic increases in the number of shares reserved thereunder, and our 2015 Plan also provides for increases in the number of shares reserved thereunder based on awards under our 2011 Plan and our 2006 Plan that expire, are forfeited or otherwise repurchased by us, as more fully described in the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans.”

 

50


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

We changed the end of our fiscal year from December 31 to January 31, effective for our fiscal year ended January 31, 2013, and as a result, we also present below certain selected financial data for the one-month transition period ended January 31, 2012. The selected consolidated statements of operations data presented below for the year ended December 31, 2011, the one-month period ended January 31, 2012 and the years ended January 31, 2013 and 2014 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of January 31, 2013 and 2014 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statements of operations data for the nine months ended October 31, 2013 and 2014 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of October 31, 2014 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated financial statements were prepared on a basis consistent with our audited financial statements and reflect, in the opinion of management, all adjustments of a normal recurring nature that are necessary for the fair presentation of those unaudited consolidated financial statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in any future period, and the results for the nine months ended October 31, 2014 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the full year. The following consolidated financial data should be read together with the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data in this section are not intended to replace our consolidated financial statements and the related notes, and are qualified in their entirety by the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,

2011
    One Month
Ended
January 31,

2012
    Year Ended
January 31,

2013
    Year Ended
January 31,

2014
    Nine Months Ended
October 31,
 
             2013      2014  
                             (unaudited)  
     (in thousands, except per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

             

Revenue

   $ 21,084      $ 3,376      $ 58,797      $ 124,192      $ 85,363       $ 153,801   

Cost of revenue (1)

     6,873        850        14,280        25,974        17,640         32,579   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross profit

     14,211        2,526        44,517        98,218        67,723         121,222   

Operating expenses:

             

Research and development (1)

     14,396        1,915        28,996        45,967        32,494         48,415   

Sales and marketing (1)

     36,189        4,246        99,221        171,188        124,174         152,354   

General and administrative (1)

     13,480        1,125        25,429        39,843        29,657         41,276   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     64,065        7,286        153,646        256,998        186,325         242,045   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (49,854     (4,760     (109,129     (158,780     (118,602)         (120,823

Remeasurement of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     (356     (371     (1,727     (8,477     (5,883)         140   

Interest income (expense), net

     (109     27        (1,764     (3,705     (3,243)         (1,450

Other income (expense), net

     49        (8     116        (26     29         41   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loss before provision (benefit) for income taxes

     (50,270     (5,112     (112,504     (170,988     (127,699)         (122,092

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     1        15        59        (2,431     (2,514)         (598
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loss

     (50,271     (5,127     (112,563     (168,557     (125,185)         (121,494

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     (80     (9     (226     (341     (256)         (7,577
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (50,351   $ (5,136   $ (112,789   $ (168,898   $ (125,441)       $ (129,071
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (9.53   $ (0.84   $ (14.68   $ (14.89   $ (11.48)       $ (8.94
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

     5,284        6,099        7,684        11,341        10,928         14,444   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

51


Table of Contents
                                                                                               
     Year Ended
December 31,

2011
   One Month
Ended
January 31,

2012
   Year Ended
January 31,

2013
   Year Ended
January 31,

2014
    Nine Months Ended
October 31,
 
                2013    2014  
                          (unaudited)  
     (in thousands, except per share data)  

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (unaudited)

            $ (1.90      $ (1.25
           

 

 

      

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (unaudited)

              84,078           97,527   
           

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

                                                                                               
     Year Ended
December 31,

2011
     One Month
Ended
January 31,

2012
     Year Ended
January 31,

2013
     Year Ended
January 31,

2014
     Nine Months Ended
October 31,
 
                 2013      2014  
            (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 686       $ 6       $ 1,087       $ 450       $ 249       $ 1,102   

Research and development

     899         19         1,211         3,154         1,866         8,220   

Sales and marketing

     837         24         1,893         5,017         3,297         8,306   

General and administrative

     3,800         23         3,345         3,128         2,102         4,716   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

   $ 6,222       $ 72       $ 7,536       $ 11,749       $ 7,514       $ 22,344   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

                                               
     January 31,
2013
    January 31,
2014
    October 31,
2014
 
                 (unaudited)  
    

(in thousands)

 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 127,625      $ 108,851      $ 165,270   

Working capital

     104,799        44,289        85,367   

Total assets

     195,792        235,429        313,941   

Deferred revenue, current and non-current

     40,099        90,072        100,680   

Debt, current and non-current

     31,028        34,000        40,000   

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability, current and non-current

     2,869        1,346        1,206   

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     281,899        393,217        550,408   

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (183,656     (332,512     (431,673

Key Business Metrics

We monitor the following key metrics to help us measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate financial projections and make strategic decisions. In addition to our results determined in accordance with GAAP, we believe the following non-GAAP financial and operational measures are useful in evaluating our operating performance.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,

2011
    Year Ended
January 31,

2013
    Year Ended
January 31,

2014
    Nine Months Ended
October 31,
 
           2013     2014  

Billings (in thousands)

   $ 30,391      $ 85,727      $ 174,165      $ 112,695      $ 164,409   

Billings growth rate

     177     182     103     109     46

Retention rate (period end)

     129     144     136     138     130

 

52


Table of Contents

Billings

Billings represent our revenue plus the change in deferred revenue in the period. Billings we record in any particular period reflect sales to new customers plus subscription renewals and upsells to existing customers, and represent amounts invoiced for subscription, premier support and professional services (which we refer to as Box Consulting). We typically invoice our customers at the beginning of the term, in multiyear, annual, quarterly or monthly installments. If the customer elects to pay the full subscription amount at the beginning of the period, the total subscription amount for the entire term will be reflected in billings. If the customer elects to be invoiced annually or more frequently, only the amount billed for such period will be included in billings.

Retention Rate

We calculate our retention rate as of a period end by starting with the annual contract value (ACV) from customers with contract value of $5,000 or more as of 12 months prior to such period end (Prior Period ACV) and a subscription term of at least 12 months. We then calculate ACV from these same customers as of the current period end (Current Period ACV). Finally, we divide the aggregate Current Period ACV for the trailing 12-month period by the aggregate Prior Period ACV for the trailing 12-month period to arrive at our retention rate. We believe our retention rate is an important metric that provides insight into the long-term value of our subscription agreements and our ability to retain and grow revenue from our customer base. We focus on contracts that have a value of $5,000 or more because, over time, these customers give us the best indicator for the growth of our business and the potential for incremental business as they renew and expand their deployments, and contracts with these customers represented a substantial majority of our revenue for the period ended October 31, 2014. Retention rate is an operational metric and there is no comparable GAAP financial measure to which we can reconcile this particular key metric.

Reconciliation of Billings to Revenue

To provide investors with additional information regarding our financial results, we have disclosed in the table above and within this prospectus billings, a non-GAAP financial measure. We have provided a reconciliation below of billings to revenue, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure. We consider billings a significant performance measure and a leading indicator of future revenue. Billings also help investors better understand our sales activity for a particular period, which is not necessarily reflected in our revenue as a result of the fact that we recognize subscription revenue ratably over the subscription term. We monitor billings to manage our business, make planning decisions, evaluate our performance and allocate resources.

Our use of billings, a non-GAAP financial measure, has the following limitations as an analytical tool and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for revenue or an analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Billings are recognized when invoiced, while the related revenue is recognized ratably over the term of the subscription or premier support services. When we invoice customers more frequently than their subscription period, amounts not yet invoiced will not be reflected in deferred revenue or billings. Also, other companies, including companies in our industry, may not use billings, may calculate billings differently, may have different billing frequencies, or may use other financial measures to evaluate their performance, all of which could reduce the usefulness of billings as a comparative measure.

A reconciliation of billings to revenue, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, is presented below:

 

    Year Ended
December 31,

2011
    Year Ended
January 31,

2013
    Year Ended
January 31,

2014
    Nine Months Ended
October 31,
 
          2013     2014  
                      (unaudited)  
   

(in thousands)

 

Revenue

  $ 21,084      $ 58,797      $ 124,192      $ 85,363      $ 153,801   

Deferred revenue, end of period

    12,921        40,099        90,072        67,431        100,680   

Less: deferred revenue, beginning of period

    (3,614     (13,169     (40,099     (40,099     (90,072
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Billings

  $ 30,391      $ 85,727      $ 174,165      $ 112,695      $ 164,409   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

53


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with the section titled “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements based upon current expectations that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those discussed in the section titled “Risk Factors” and in other parts of this prospectus.

Overview

Box provides a cloud-based, mobile-optimized Enterprise Content Collaboration platform that enables organizations of all sizes to easily and securely manage their content and collaborate internally and externally. Our platform combines powerful, elegant and easy-to-use functionality that is designed for users with the security, scalability and administrative controls required by IT departments. We have built our platform to enable users to get their work done regardless of file format, application environment, operating system, device or location. Our mission is to make organizations more productive, competitive and collaborative by connecting people and their most important information.

We were founded and publicly launched our platform in 2005 with a simple but powerful idea: to make it incredibly easy for people to securely manage, share and collaborate on their most important content online. In 2006, we introduced a free version of our product in order to rapidly grow our user base, surpassing one million registered users by July 2007. As users began to bring our solution into the workplace, we learned that businesses were eager for a solution to empower user-friendly content sharing and collaboration in a secure, manageable way. Starting in 2007, we began enhancing our platform to serve businesses and large enterprises, which meant expanding our business functionality with features such as our administrative console, identity integration, activity reporting and full-text search. To further satisfy the requirements of IT departments in large organizations, we began to invest heavily in enhancing the security of our platform. Also in 2007, we began to build an enterprise sales team. The continual evolution of our platform features allowed our sales team to sell into increasingly larger organizations. To empower users to work securely from anywhere, we built native applications for all major mobile platforms. The introduction of our iPad application in 2010 further accelerated enterprise adoption of our platform. In 2012, we introduced our Box OneCloud platform and our Box Embed framework to encourage developers and independent software vendors (ISVs) to build powerful applications that connect to Box, furthering the reach of the Box service. In recent years, we have expanded our global presence, opening our first international office in London in 2012, followed by Paris and Tokyo in 2013. For the nine months ended October 31, 2014, revenue from non-U.S. customers represented 20% of our revenue. We expect our revenue from non-U.S. customers to increase at a higher rate than our revenue from U.S. customers over time.

We offer our solution to our customers as a subscription-based service, with subscription fees based on the requirements of our customers, including the number of users and functionality deployed. The majority of our customers subscribe to our service through one-year contracts, although we also offer our services for terms ranging between one month to three years or more. We typically invoice our customers at the beginning of the term, in multiyear, annual, quarterly or monthly installments. We recognize revenue ratably over the term of the subscription period.

Our objective is to build an enduring business that creates sustainable revenue and earnings growth over the long term. To best achieve this objective, we focus on growing the number of Box users and paying organizations through direct field sales, direct inside sales, indirect channel sales and through word-of-mouth by individual users, some of whom use our services at no cost. Individual users and organizations can also simply sign up to use our solution on our website. We believe this approach not only helps us build a critical mass of users but also has a viral effect within organizations as more of their employees use our service and encourage their IT professionals to deploy our services to a broader user base.

 

54


Table of Contents

We have achieved significant growth in a short period of time. Our user base includes over 32 million registered users across more than 275,000 organizations. We define a registered user as a Box account that has been provisioned to a unique user ID. As of October 31, 2014, approximately 90% of our registered users are non-paying users who have independently registered for accounts and approximately 10% of our registered users are paying users who register as part of a larger enterprise or business account or by using a personal account. We currently have over 44,000 paying organizations, and our solution is offered in 20 languages. We define paying organizations as separate and distinct buying entities, such as a company, an educational or government institution, or a distinct business unit of a large corporation, that have entered into a subscription agreement with us to utilize our services.

Organizations typically purchase our solution in the following ways: (i) employees in one or more small groups within the organization may individually purchase our service; (ii) organizations may purchase IT-sponsored, enterprise-level agreements with deployments for specific, targeted use cases ranging from tens to thousands of user seats; or (iii) organizations may purchase IT-sponsored, enterprise-level agreements where the number of user seats sold is intended to accommodate and enable nearly all information workers within the organization in whatever use cases they desire to adopt over the term of the subscription.

For the trailing 12 months ended October 31, 2014, 60% of our orders for subscription services were from new enterprise customers and upsells from existing enterprise customers. We consider enterprise customers to be organizations with at least 1,000 employees, as such organizations are the focus of our Enterprise Accounts and Major Accounts sales teams.

We intend to continue scaling our organization to meet the increasingly complex needs of our customers. Our sales and customer success teams are organized to efficiently serve organizations ranging from small businesses to the world’s largest global organizations. We have invested and expect to continue to invest heavily in our sales and marketing teams to sell our services around the world, as well as in our development efforts to deliver additional features and capabilities of our cloud services to address customers’ evolving needs. We also expect to continue to make significant investments in both our datacenter infrastructure to meet the needs of our growing user base and our professional services organization to address the strategic needs of our customers in more complex deployments and to drive broader adoption across a wide array of use cases. As a result of our continuing investments to scale our business in each of these areas, we do not expect to be profitable for the foreseeable future.

For the 12 months ended December 31, 2011, January 31, 2013 and 2014, our revenue was $21.1 million, $58.8 million and $124.2 million, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 179% and 111%, and our net losses were $50.3 million, $112.6 million and $168.6 million, respectively. For the nine months ended October 31, 2013 and 2014, our revenue was $85.4 million and $153.8 million, respectively, representing period-over-period growth of 80%, and our net losses were $125.2 million and $121.5 million, respectively. Box is headquartered in Los Altos, California and operates offices in California, New York, Texas, London, Paris and Tokyo.

Fiscal Year End

We changed our fiscal year end from December 31 to January 31, effective for our fiscal year ended January 31, 2013. For the year-over-year discussions below, the 12 months ended January 31, 2013 is compared to the 12 months ended December 31, 2011.

Our Business Model

Our business model focuses on maximizing the lifetime value of a customer relationship. We make significant investments in acquiring new customers and believe that we will be able to achieve a positive return on these investments by retaining customers and expanding the size of our deployments within our customer base

 

55


Table of Contents

over time. In connection with the acquisition of new customers, we incur and recognize significant upfront costs. These costs include sales and marketing costs associated with acquiring new customers, such as sales commission expenses, a significant portion of which is expensed upfront and the remaining portion of which is expensed over the length of the non-cancellable subscription term, and marketing costs, which are expensed as incurred. Due to our subscription model, we recognize revenue ratably over the term of the subscription period, which commences when all of the revenue recognition criteria have been met. Although our objective is for each customer to be profitable for us over the duration of our relationship, the costs we incur with respect to any customer relationship, whether a new customer or an upsell to an existing customer, may exceed revenue in earlier periods because we recognize those costs faster than we recognize the associated revenue.

Because of these dynamics, we experience a range of profitability with our customers depending in large part upon what stage of the customer phase they are in. We generally incur higher sales and marketing expenses for new customers and existing customers who are still in an expanding stage. For new customers, our associated sales and marketing expenses typically exceed the first year revenue we recognize from those customers. For customers who are expanding their use of Box, we incur various associated marketing expenses as well as sales commission expenses, though we typically recognize higher revenue than sales and marketing expenses. For typical customers who are renewing their Box subscriptions, our associated sales and marketing expenses are significantly less than the revenue we recognize from those customers. These differences are primarily driven by the higher compensation we provide to our sales force for new customers and customer subscription expansions compared to the compensation we provide to our sales force for routine subscription renewals by customers. In addition, our sales and marketing expenses, other than the compensation we provide to our sales force, are generally higher for acquiring new customers versus expansions or renewals of existing customer subscriptions. We believe that, over time, as our existing customer base grows and a relatively higher percentage of our revenue is attributable to renewals versus new or expanding Box deployments, we will experience lower associated sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of revenue.

 

LOGO

 

56


Table of Contents

To provide a deeper understanding of our customer economics, we are providing an analysis of the customers we acquired in fiscal year 2010, which we will refer to as the 2010 Cohort. The 2010 Cohort includes every customer we acquired in fiscal year 2010, including customers who at one point did not renew their subscriptions but are customers today. We selected the 2010 Cohort as a representative set of customers for this analysis because 2010 was the first year since our inception during which we acquired a material number of customers across a diverse range of industries, and we think the perspective of time is important to help investors understand the long-term value of our customers. In fiscal year 2010, we recognized $2.8 million in revenue and incurred variable costs that resulted in a negative contribution margin for the 2010 Cohort. In fiscal year 2014, we recognized $14.4 million in revenue from the 2010 Cohort and incurred variable costs that resulted in a positive contribution margin of 34% from the 2010 Cohort. In the nine months ended October 31, 2014, we recognized $14.3 million in revenue from the 2010 Cohort and incurred variable costs that resulted in a positive contribution margin of 40% from the 2010 Cohort. The contribution margin of our cohorts will fluctuate from one period to another depending upon the volume of expansion of the customers in those cohorts as the expansions, while contributing to significant revenue increases in future cohort periods, will also drive higher sales and marketing costs in the current period of the expansion.

 

LOGO

We define contribution margin for a period as the revenue recognized from the customer in excess of the estimated variable costs for the period associated with expanding the size of our deployments within the customer and supporting the customer, expressed as a percentage of associated revenue. The expenses allocated to the customer include estimates for personnel costs associated with the sales teams that support that customer, such as salaries, commissions and allocated management overhead expenses. The expenses allocated to the customer also include the costs associated with use of technology infrastructure and personnel costs associated with the marketing, operations, professional services and customer success teams that support the customer. Personnel costs exclude stock-based compensation for purposes of this calculation. In addition, we exclude all research and development and general and administrative expenses from this analysis because these expenses support the growth of our business and benefit our users, customers, technology partners and third-party developers.

We cannot assure you that we will experience similar financial outcomes from customers added in other years or in future periods. You should not rely on the allocated expenses or relationship of revenue to sales and marketing or other variable costs as being indicative of our current or future performance. Because we are still in

 

57


Table of Contents

the early stages of our development, we do not yet have enough operating history to measure the lifetime of our customer relationships. Therefore, we cannot predict the average duration of a customer relationship for the 2010 Cohort or for customers acquired in other fiscal years. We also cannot predict whether revenue from the 2010 Cohort will continue to grow at the rate of growth experienced through October 31, 2014, or whether the growth rate of other cohorts will be similar to that of the 2010 Cohort. We may not achieve profitability even if our revenue exceeds costs from our customers over time. We encourage you to read our consolidated financial statements that are included in this prospectus.

Key Business Metrics

We monitor the following key metrics to help us measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate financial projections, assess operational efficiencies and make strategic decisions. In addition to our results determined in accordance with GAAP, we believe the following non-GAAP financial and operational measures are useful in evaluating our operating performance.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,

2011
    Year Ended
January 31,

2013
    Year Ended
January 31,

2014
    Nine Months Ended
October 31,
 
           2013     2014  

Billings (in thousands)

   $ 30,391      $ 85,727      $ 174,165      $ 112,695      $ 164,409   

Billings growth rate

     177     182     103     109     46

Retention rate (period end)

     129     144     136     138     130

See the section titled “Selected Consolidated Financial Data—Reconciliation of Billings to Revenue” for a reconciliation of billings to revenue, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure and explanations of why we track billings and why billings may be a useful measure for investors.

Billings

Billings represent our revenue plus the change in deferred revenue in the period. Billings we record in any particular period reflect sales to new customers plus subscription renewals and upsells to existing customers, and represent amounts invoiced for subscription, premier support and professional services. We typically invoice our customers at the beginning of the term, in multiyear, annual, quarterly or monthly installments. If the customer elects to pay the full subscription amount at the beginning of the period, the total subscription amount for the entire term will be reflected in billings. If the customer elects to be invoiced annually or more frequently, only the amount billed for such period will be included in billings.

We consider billings a significant performance measure and a leading indicator of future revenue. Billings also help investors better understand our sales activity for a particular period, which is not necessarily reflected in our revenue as a result of the fact that we recognize subscription revenue ratably over the subscription term. We monitor billings to manage our business, make planning decisions, evaluate our performance and allocate resources. We believe that billings offers valuable supplemental information regarding the performance of our business and will help investors better understand the sales volumes and performance of our business.

Billings increased 182% in the year ended January 31, 2013 over the year ended December 31, 2011, 103% in the year ended January 31, 2014 over the year ended January 31, 2013, and 46% in the nine months ended October 31, 2014 over the nine months ended October 31, 2013. The growth rate for our billings declined for the nine months ended October 31, 2014 compared to the nine months ended October 31, 2013, primarily due to a larger billings base in the nine months ended October 31, 2013 as our billings continued to increase over time, as well as a higher percentage of invoices with quarterly and monthly installments. The increase in billings was primarily driven by the addition of new customers with larger initial deployments and expansion with respect to the number of users within existing customers. However, as our billings continue to grow to a higher level, we expect our billings growth rate to trend down over time.

 

58


Table of Contents

Retention Rate

We calculate our retention rate as of a period end by starting with the annual contract value (ACV) from customers with contract value of $5,000 or more as of 12 months prior to such period end (Prior Period ACV) and a subscription term of at least 12 months. We then calculate ACV from these same customers as of the current period end (Current Period ACV). Finally, we divide the aggregate Current Period ACV for the trailing 12 month period by the aggregate Prior Period ACV for the trailing 12 month period to arrive at our retention rate. We believe our retention rate is an important metric that provides insight into the long-term value of our subscription agreements and our ability to retain and grow revenue from our customer base. We focus on contracts that have a value of $5,000 or more because, over time, these customers give us the best indicator for the growth of our business and the potential for incremental business as they renew and expand their deployments, and contracts with these customers represented a substantial majority of our revenue for the nine months ended October 31, 2014. Retention rate is an operational metric and there is no comparable GAAP financial measure to which we can reconcile this particular key metric.

Our retention rate was approximately 129%, 144%, 136% and 130% as of December 31, 2011, January 31, 2013, January 31, 2014 and October 31, 2014, respectively. The calculation of our retention rate reflects the loss of customers who do not renew their subscriptions with us, which was approximately 5% of the Prior Period ACV for the 12 months ended October 31, 2014, a decrease from the 12 months ended October 31, 2013. Our retention rates consistently exceeded 100% and were primarily attributable to an increase in user expansion, particularly expansion within larger enterprises, which oftentimes implement a limited initial deployment of our services before renewing their subscription on a broader scale. We believe our investments in product, customer service, and Box Consulting are driving improvements in customer retention. As we penetrate customer accounts, we expect our rate of growth in upsells to trend down over time but our retention rate to remain above 100% for the foreseeable future.

Components of Results of Operations

Revenue

We derive our revenue from three sources: (1) subscription revenue, which is comprised of subscription fees from customers utilizing our cloud-based Enterprise Content Collaboration services that include routine customer support; (2) revenue from customers purchasing our premier support package; and (3) revenue from professional services such as implementing best practice use cases, project management and other implementation services.

To date, practically all of our revenue has been derived from subscription and premier support services. Subscription and premier support revenue is driven primarily by the number of customers, the number of seats sold to each customer and the price of our services.

Subscription and premier support revenue is recognized ratably over the contract term beginning on the later of the date the service is provisioned to the customer and the date all other revenue recognition criteria have been met. Our subscription and support contracts are typically non-cancellable and do not contain refund-type provisions. The majority of our customers subscribe to our service through one-year contracts, although we also offer our services for terms ranging between one month to three years or more. We typically invoice our customers at the beginning of the term, in multiyear, annual, quarterly or monthly installments. Amounts that have been invoiced are initially recorded as deferred revenue and are recognized ratably over the invoice period. Amounts that have not been invoiced are not reflected in deferred revenue. Revenue is recognized ratably over the subscription term.

Professional services revenue is recognized as the services are rendered for time and material contracts, and using the proportional performance method over the period the services are performed for fixed price contracts. Professional services revenue was not material for all periods presented.

 

59


Table of Contents

Cost of Revenue

Our cost of revenue consists primarily of costs related to providing our cloud-based services to our paying customers, including employee compensation and related expenses for datacenter operations, customer support and professional services personnel, payments to outside infrastructure service providers, depreciation of servers and equipment, security services and other tools, as well as amortization of acquired technology. We allocate overhead such as rent, information technology costs and employee benefit costs to all departments based on headcount. As such, general overhead expenses are reflected in cost of revenue and each of the operating expense categories set forth below. We expect our cost of revenue to increase in dollars and may increase as a percentage of revenue as we continue to invest in our datacenter operations and customer support to support the growth of our business, our customer base, as well as our international expansion.

Operating Expenses

Our operating expenses consist of research and development, sales and marketing, and general and administrative expenses. Personnel costs are the most significant component of each category of operating expenses. Operating expenses also include allocated overhead costs for facilities, information technology costs and employee benefit costs.

Research and Development. Research and development expense consists primarily of employee compensation and related expenses, as well as allocated overhead. Our research and development efforts are focused on scaling our platform, adding enterprise grade features, functionality and security, and enhancing the ease of use of our cloud-based services. We expect our research and development expense to increase in dollars but decrease as a percentage of revenue over time, as we continue to invest in our future products and services.

Sales and Marketing.  Sales and marketing expense consists primarily of employee compensation and related expenses, sales commissions, marketing programs, travel related expenses, as well as allocated overhead. Marketing programs include but are not limited to advertising, events, corporate communications, brand building, and product marketing. Sales and marketing expense also consists of datacenter and customer support costs related to providing our cloud-based services to our free users. We market and sell our cloud-based services worldwide through our direct sales organization and through indirect distribution channels such as strategic resellers. We expect our sales and marketing expense to continue to increase in dollars but decrease as a percentage of revenue over time as we increase the size of our sales and marketing organization and expand our international presence.

General and Administrative.  General and administrative expense consists primarily of employee compensation and related expenses for administrative functions including finance, legal, human resources and recruiting, and fees for external professional services as well as allocated overhead. External professional services fees are primarily comprised of outside legal, litigation, accounting, temporary services, audit and outsourcing services. We expect our general and administrative expense to increase in dollars but decrease as a percentage of revenue over time as we incur additional costs related to operating as a publicly traded company including increased headcount and audit, legal, regulatory and other related fees.

Remeasurement of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Warrant Liability

The remeasurement of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability includes charges from the change in fair value of our redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability as of each period end. These redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants will remain outstanding until the exercise or expiration of the warrants or the completion of this offering, at which time the warrant liability will be remeasured to fair value and reclassified to additional paid-in capital.

Interest Income (Expense), Net

Interest income consists of interest earned on our cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities balances. We have historically invested our cash in overnight deposits and short-term, investment-grade

 

60


Table of Contents

corporate securities. Interest expense consists of interest charges, fees on letters of credit and the amortization of capitalized debt issuance costs associated with our outstanding borrowings.

Other Income (Expense), Net

Other income (expense), net consists primarily of gains and losses from foreign currency transactions and other income (expense).

Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes

Provision (benefit) for income taxes consists primarily of state income taxes in the United States and income taxes in certain foreign jurisdictions in which we conduct business. At January 31, 2014, we had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards (NOLs) of $263.7 million and $262.6 million, which expire at various dates beginning in 2025 and 2016, respectively. Federal and state tax laws impose limitations on the utilization of NOLs in the event of an “ownership change” for tax purposes, as defined in Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. In the past, we have experienced an ownership change which has impacted our ability to fully realize the benefit of these NOLs. If we experience additional ownership changes as a result of this offering, our ability to utilize our NOLs may be further limited.

Results of Operations

The following tables set forth our results of operations for the periods presented in dollars and as a percentage of our revenue:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,

2011
    Year Ended
January 31,

2013
    Year Ended
January 31,

2014
    Nine Months Ended
October 31,
 
           2013     2014  
                       (unaudited)  
    

(in thousands)

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

          

Revenue

   $ 21,084      $ 58,797      $ 124,192      $ 85,363      $ 153,801   

Cost of revenue (1)

     6,873        14,280        25,974        17,640        32,579   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     14,211        44,517        98,218        67,723        121,222   

Operating expenses:

          

Research and development (1)

     14,396        28,996        45,967        32,494        48,415   

Sales and marketing (1)

     36,189        99,221        171,188        124,174        152,354   

General and administrative (1)

     13,480        25,429        39,843        29,657        41,276   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     64,065        153,646        256,998        186,325        242,045   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (49,854     (109,129     (158,780     (118,602     (120,823

Remeasurement of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     (356     (1,727     (8,477     (5,883     140   

Interest expense, net

     (109     (1,764     (3,705     (3,243     (1,450

Other income (expense), net

     49        116        (26     (29     41   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision (benefit) for income taxes

     (50,270     (112,504     (170,988     (127,699     (122,092

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     1        59        (2,431     (2,514     (598
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (50,271   $ (112,563   $ (168,557   $ (125,185   $ (121,494
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

61


Table of Contents

 

(1) Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,

2011
     Year Ended
January 31,

2013
     Year Ended
January 31,

2014
     Nine Months Ended
October 31,
 
              2013      2014  
                          (unaudited)  
    

(in thousands)

 

Cost of revenue

   $ 686       $ 1,087       $ 450       $ 249       $ 1,102   

Research and development

     899         1,211         3,154         1,866         8,220   

Sales and marketing

     837         1,893         5,017         3,297         8,306   

General and administrative

     3,800         3,345         3,128         2,102         4,716   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

   $ 6,222       $ 7,536       $ 11,749       $ 7,514       $ 22,344   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Year Ended
December 31,

2011
    Year Ended
January 31,

2013
    Year Ended
January 31,
2014
    Nine Months Ended
October 31,
 
           2013         2014      
                       (unaudited)  

Percentage of Revenue:

          

Revenue

     100     100     100     100     100

Cost of revenue

     33        24        21        21        21   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     67        76        79        79        79   

Operating expenses:

          

Research and development

     68        49        37        38        31   

Sales and marketing

     172        169        138        145        99   

General and administrative

     64        43        32        35        27   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     304        261        207        218        157   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (237     (185     (128     (139     (78

Remeasurement of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     (1     (3     (7     (7       

Interest expense, net

            (3     (3     (4     (1

Other income (expense), net

                                   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision (benefit) for income taxes

     (238     (191     (138     (150     (79

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

                   (2     (3       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (238 )%      (191 )%      (136 )%      (147 )%      (79 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comparison of the Nine Months Ended October 31, 2013 and October 31, 2014

Revenue

 

     Nine Months Ended
October 31,
               
     2013      2014      $ Change      % Change  
     (dollars in thousands, unaudited)  

Revenue

   $ 85,363       $ 153,801       $ 68,438         80

Revenue increased by $68.4 million, or 80%, during the nine months ended October 31, 2014 compared to the nine months ended October 31, 2013. The increase in revenue was substantially driven by an increase in subscription services. The increase in subscription services was due to the addition of new customers, as the number of paying organizations increased by 47% from October 31, 2013 to October 31, 2014. Also in this period, we experienced increased renewals from and expansion within existing customers as they broadened their deployment of our product offerings, as reflected in our retention rate of 130% as of October 31, 2014.

 

62


Table of Contents

Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin

 

     Nine Months Ended
October 31,
              
     2013     2014     $ Change      % Change  
     (dollars in thousands, unaudited)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 17,640      $ 32,579      $ 14,939         85

Gross margin

     79     79     

Cost of revenue increased by $14.9 million, or 85%, during the nine months ended October 31, 2014 compared to the nine months ended October 31, 2013. The increase was primarily due to an increase in employee and related costs resulting from headcount growth in our datacenter operations, customer support and professional services functions. Headcount in these functions grew from 110 employees as of October 31, 2013 to 151 employees as of October 31, 2014. In addition, there was an increase in datacenter service costs and depreciation of our server equipment as we brought our Las Vegas datacenter online and increased our capacity to serve a larger number of customers.

Research and Development

 

     Nine Months Ended
October 31,
               
     2013      2014      $ Change      % Change  
     (dollars in thousands, unaudited)  

Research and development

   $ 32,494       $ 48,415       $ 15,921         49

Research and development increased by $15.9 million, or 49%, during the nine months ended October 31, 2014 compared to the nine months ended October 31, 2013. The increase was primarily driven by an increase of $8.0 million in employee and related costs and an increase of $6.4 million in stock-based compensation expense, as we increased our headcount from 215 employees as of October 31, 2013 to 254 employees as of October 31, 2014 to support continued investment in our product and service offerings and scalability.

Sales and Marketing

 

                                       
     Nine Months Ended
October 31,
               
     2013      2014      $ Change      % Change  
     (dollars in thousands, unaudited)  

Sales and marketing

   $ 124,174       $ 152,354       $ 28,180         23

Sales and marketing increased by $28.2 million, or 23%, during the nine months ended October 31, 2014 compared to the nine months ended October 31, 2013. The increase was primarily due to an increase of $7.5 million in employee and related costs and an increase of $5.0 million in stock-based compensation expense, as we increased our headcount from 528 employees as of October 31, 2013 to 566 employees as of October 31, 2014, an increase of $6.7 million in datacenter and customer support costs to support free users, an increase of $3.1 million in advertising expenses, an increase of $1.9 million in allocated overhead costs, and an increase of $1.3 million in travel-related costs.

General and Administrative

 

     Nine Months Ended
October 31,
               
     2013      2014      $ Change      % Change  
     (dollars in thousands, unaudited)  

General and administrative

   $ 29,657       $ 41,276       $ 11,619         39

 

63


Table of Contents

General and administrative increased by $11.6 million, or 39%, during the nine months ended October 31, 2014 compared to the nine months ended October 31, 2013. The increase was primarily due to an increase of $5.7 million in legal and litigation expenses and an increase of $5.7 million in employee and related costs resulting from headcount growth from 109 employees as of October 31, 2013 to 160 employees as of October 31, 2014.

Remeasurement of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Warrant Liability

 

     Nine Months Ended
October 31,
               
       2013         2014        $ Change      % Change  
     (dollars in thousands, unaudited)  

Remeasurement of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   $ (5,883   $ 140       $ 6,023         *   

 

* Not meaningful

Remeasurement of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability decreased by $6.0 million during the nine months ended October 31, 2014 compared to the nine months ended October 31, 2013. The decrease was primarily due to the exercise of certain warrants to purchase our redeemable convertible preferred stock in January 2014.

Interest Expense, Net and Other Income (Expense), Net

 

     Nine Months Ended
October 31,
              
     2013     2014     $ Change      % Change  
     (dollars in thousands, unaudited)  

Interest expense, net

   $ (3,243   $ (1,450   $ 1,793         55

Other income (expense), net

     29        41        12         41

Interest expense, net decreased by $1.8 million, or 55%, during the nine months ended October 31, 2014 compared to the nine months ended October 31, 2013. The decrease was primarily due to the end-of-term and early payment fees in connection with the payoff of prior borrowings recognized during the nine months ended October 31, 2013.

Other income (expense), net consisted primarily of foreign currency gains (losses).

Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes

 

     Nine Months Ended
October 31,
             
     2013         2014         $ Change     % Change  
     (dollars in thousands, unaudited)  

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

   $ (2,514   $ (598   $ (1,916     *   

 

* Not meaningful

The decrease in provision (benefit) for income taxes during the nine months ended October 31, 2014 compared to the nine months ended October 31, 2013 was primarily due to a smaller discrete tax benefit recognized from the release of our valuation allowance in connection with acquisitions.

 

64


Table of Contents

Comparison of the Years Ended January 31, 2013 and January 31, 2014

Revenue

 

     Year Ended
January 31,
     $ Change      % Change  
     2013      2014        
     (dollars in thousands)  

Revenue

   $ 58,797       $ 124,192       $ 65,395         111

Revenue increased by $65.4 million, or 111%, during the year ended January 31, 2014 compared to the year ended January 31, 2013. The increase in revenue was substantially driven by an increase in subscription services. The increase in subscription services was due to the addition of new customers, as the number of paying organizations increased by 44% from January 31, 2013 to January 31, 2014. Also in this period, we experienced increased renewals from and expansion within existing customers as they broadened their deployment of our product offerings, as reflected in our retention rate of 136% as of January 31, 2014.

Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin

 

     Year Ended
January 31,
    $ Change      % Change  
     2013     2014       
     (dollars in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 14,280      $ 25,974      $ 11,694         82

Gross margin

     76     79     

Cost of revenue increased by $11.7 million, or 82%, during the year ended January 31, 2014 compared to the year ended January 31, 2013. The increase was primarily due to an increase in employee and related costs resulting from growth in our datacenter operations, customer support and professional services headcount from 81 employees as of January 31, 2013 to 116 employees as of January 31, 2014 to support an increased number of paying customers and an increase in depreciation of our server equipment as we brought our Las Vegas datacenter online and increased our capacity to serve a larger number of customers.

Research and Development

 

     Year Ended
January 31,
     $ Change      % Change  
     2013      2014        
     (dollars in thousands)  

Research and development

   $ 28,996       $ 45,967       $ 16,971         59

Research and development increased by $17.0 million, or 59%, during the year ended January 31, 2014 compared to the year ended January 31, 2013. The increase was primarily driven by an increase of $14.3 million in employee and related costs as we increased our headcount from 159 employees as of January 31, 2013 to 234 employees as of January 31, 2014 to support continued investment in our product and service offerings and scalability, and a $2.5 million increase in allocated overhead costs.

Sales and Marketing

 

     Year Ended
January 31,
     $ Change      % Change  
     2013      2014        
     (dollars in thousands)  

Sales and marketing

   $ 99,221       $ 171,188       $ 71,967         73

 

65


Table of Contents

Sales and marketing increased by $72.0 million, or 73%, during the year ended January 31, 2014 compared to the year ended January 31, 2013. The increase was primarily due to an increase of $45.5 million in employee and related costs, including higher commission expenses of $16.0 million, driven by headcount growth from 374 employees as of January 31, 2013 to 513 employees as of January 31, 2014, and higher sales, an increase of $12.6 million in datacenter and customer support costs to support free users, an increase of $6.4 million in allocated overhead costs, and an increase of $2.8 million in travel-related costs.

General and Administrative

 

     Year Ended
January 31,
     $ Change      % Change  
     2013      2014        
     (dollars in thousands)  

General and administrative

   $ 25,429       $ 39,843       $ 14,414         57

General and administrative increased by $14.4 million, or 57%, during the year ended January 31, 2014 compared to the year ended January 31, 2013. The increase was primarily due to an increase of $7.9 million in consulting, legal and accounting and audit fees as we expand internationally and prepare to become a public company, as well as an increase of $6.5 million in employee and related costs resulting from headcount growth from 75 employees as of January 31, 2013 to 109 employees as of January 31, 2014.

Remeasurement of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Warrant Liability

 

     Year Ended
January 31,
    $ Change     % Change  
     2013     2014      
     (dollars in thousands)  

Remeasurement of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   $ (1,727   $ (8,477   $ (6,750     *   

 

* Not meaningful

Remeasurement of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability increased by $6.8 million during the year ended January 31, 2014 compared to the year ended January 31, 2013. The increase in the fair value of our outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants was primarily driven by the increase in the value of our underlying common stock.

Interest Expense, Net and Other Income (Expense), Net

 

     Year Ended
January 31,
    $ Change     % Change  
     2013     2014      
     (dollars in thousands)  

Interest expense, net

   $ (1,764   $ (3,705   $ (1,941     110

Other income (expense), net

     116        (26     (142     *   

 

* Not meaningful

Interest expense, net increased by $1.9 million, or 110%, during the year ended January 31, 2014 compared to the year ended January 31, 2013. The increase was primarily due to the end-of-term and early payment fees in connection with the payoff of prior borrowings, which was recorded as interest expense during the year ended January 31, 2014.

 

66


Table of Contents

Other income (expense), net consisted primarily of foreign currency gains (losses).

Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes

 

     Year Ended
January 31,
      $ Change         % Change    
         2013              2014          
     (dollars in thousands)  

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

   $ 59       $ (2,431   $ (2,490     *   

 

* Not meaningful

The decrease in provision (benefit) for income taxes during the year ended January 31, 2014 compared to the year ended January 31, 2013 was primarily due to a discrete tax benefit from a partial release of the valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets, primarily in connection with our acquisition of Crocodoc. With the acquisition, a deferred tax liability was established for the book-tax basis difference related to purchased intangibles. The net deferred tax liability provided an additional source of income to support the realizability of pre-existing deferred tax assets.

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2011 and January 31, 2013

Revenue

 

     Year Ended                
     December 31,
2011
     January 31,
2013
     $ Change      % Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Revenue

   $ 21,084       $ 58,797       $ 37,713         179

Revenue increased by $37.7 million, or 179%, during the year ended January 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in revenue was substantially driven by an increase in subscription services. The increase in subscription services was due to a 61% increase in the number of paying organizations from December 31, 2011 to January 31, 2013. Also in this period, we experienced increased renewals from and expansion within existing customers as they broadened their deployment of our services, as reflected by our retention rate of approximately 144% as of January 31, 2013.

Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin

 

     Year Ended               
     December 31,
2011
    January 31,
2013
    $ Change      % Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 6,873      $ 14,280      $ 7,407         108

Gross margin

     67     76     

Cost of revenue increased by $7.4 million, or 108%, during the year ended January 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was primarily due to an increase in employee and related costs resulting from growth in our datacenter operations, customer support and professional services headcount from 36 employees as of December 31, 2011 to 81 employees as of January 31, 2013 to support an increased number of paying customers and an increase in depreciation of our server equipment as we expanded our Box services deployment capacity.

 

67


Table of Contents

Research and Development

 

     Year Ended                
     December 31,
2011
     January 31,
2013
     $ Change      % Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Research and development

   $ 14,396       $ 28,996       $ 14,600         101

Research and development expense increased by $14.6 million, or 101%, during the year ended January 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was primarily driven by an increase of $10.4 million in employee and related costs as we increased our headcount from 99 employees as of December 31, 2011 to 159 employees as of January 31, 2013 to support continued investment in our product and service offerings, and a $3.1 million increase in allocated overhead costs.

Sales and Marketing

 

     Year Ended                
     December 31,
2011
     January 31,
2013
     $ Change      % Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Sales and marketing

   $ 36,189       $ 99,221       $ 63,032         174

Sales and marketing expense increased by $63.0 million, or 174%, during the year ended January 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was primarily due to an increase of $31.6 million in employee and related costs, including an increase in commission expenses of $9.2 million driven by headcount growth from 160 employees as of December 31, 2011 to 374 employees as of January 31, 2013, and higher sales, an increase of $11.9 million in lead generation, brand awareness and marketing costs, an increase of $9.1 million in datacenter and customer support costs to support free users, and an increase of $8.6 million in allocated overhead costs.

General and Administrative

 

     Year Ended                
     December 31,
2011
     January 31,
2013
     $ Change      % Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

General and administrative

   $ 13,480       $ 25,429       $ 11,949         89

General and administrative expense increased by $11.9 million, or 89%, during the year ended January 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was primarily due to an increase of $2.8 million in outside placement fees and related costs, a $2.6 million increase in consulting, legal and accounting fees, a $2.3 million increase in miscellaneous taxes, as well as a $1.4 million increase in employee and related costs resulting from headcount growth from 41 employees as of December 31, 2011 to 75 employees as of January 31, 2013.

Remeasurement of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Warrant Liability

 

     Year Ended              
     December 31,
2011
    January 31,
2013
    $ Change     % Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Remeasurement of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   $ (356   $ (1,727   $ (1,371     *   

 

* Not meaningful

 

68


Table of Contents

Remeasurement of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability increased by $1.4 million during the year ended January 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in the fair value of our outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants during the year ended January 31, 2013 was primarily driven by the underlying increase in the value of our common stock.

Interest Expense, Net and Other Income, Net

 

     Year Ended              
     December 31,
2011
    January 31,
2013
    $ Change     % Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Interest expense, net

   $ (109   $ (1,764   $ (1,655     *   

Other income, net

     49        116        67        137

 

* Not meaningful

Interest expense, net increased by $1.7 million during the year ended January 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was primarily due to additional borrowings during the year ended January 31, 2013.

Provision for Income Taxes

 

     Year Ended                
     December 31,
2011
     January 31,
2013
     $ Change      % Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Provision for income taxes

   $ 1       $ 59       $ 58         *   

 

* Not meaningful

The increase in provision for income taxes during the year ended January 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2011 was due to an increase in foreign taxes related to our foreign operations.

 

69


Table of Contents

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following tables set forth selected unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of operations data for each of the eight quarters in the period ended October 31, 2014. The information for each of these quarters has been prepared on the same basis as the audited annual consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and, in the opinion of management, includes all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of the results of operations for these periods in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. This data should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. These quarterly operating results are not necessarily indicative of our operating results for a full year or any future period.

 

    Three Months Ended  
    Jan. 31,
2013
    Apr. 30,
2013
    Jul. 31,
2013
    Oct. 31,
2013
    Jan. 31,
2014
    Apr. 30,
2014
   

Jul. 31,
2014

    Oct. 31,
2014
 
    (in thousands)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

               

Revenue

  $ 19,662      $ 23,414      $ 28,364      $ 33,585      $ 38,829      $ 45,330      $ 51,423      $ 57,048   

Cost of revenue

    4,277        4,561        5,907        7,172        8,334        9,228        10,833        12,518   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    15,385        18,853        22,457        26,413        30,495        36,102        40,590        44,530   

Operating expenses:

               

Research and development

    8,346        9,439        10,965        12,090        13,473        14,898        16,345        17,172   

Sales and marketing

    30,953        33,936        41,416        48,822        47,014        47,440        49,657        55,257   

General and administrative

    7,687        8,261        10,010        11,386        10,186        11,546        12,875        16,855   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    46,986        51,636        62,391        72,298        70,673        73,884        78,877        89,284   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (31,601     (32,783     (39,934     (45,885     (40,178     (37,782     (38,287     (44,754

Remeasurement of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

    (117     (693     (1,607     (3,583     (2,594     (267     461        (54

Interest income (expense), net

    (581     (548     (716     (1,979     (462     (405     (382     (663

Other income (expense), net

    101        (9     (73     111        (55     7        (71     105   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision (benefit) for income taxes

    (32,198     (34,033     (42,330     (51,336     (43,289     (38,447     (38,279     (45,366

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

    48        6        (2,575     55        83        64        (717     55   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (32,246   $ (34,039   $ (39,755   $ (51,391   $ (43,372   $ (38,511   $ (37,562   $ (45,421
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    Jan. 31,
2013
    Apr. 30,
2013
    Jul. 31,
2013
    Oct. 31,
2013
    Jan. 31,
2014
    Apr. 30,
2014
    Jul. 31,
2014
    Oct. 31,
2014
 
                                                 

Percentage of Revenue:

               

Revenue

    100     100     100     100     100     100     100     100

Cost of revenue

    22        19        21        21        21        20        21        22   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    78        81        79        79        79        80        79        78   

Operating expenses:

               

Research and development

    42        40        39        36        35        33        32        30   

Sales and marketing

    157        146        146        145        121        105        97        97   

General and administrative

    39        35        35        34        26        25        25        30   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    238        221        220        215        182        163        154        157   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (160     (140     (141     (136     (103     (83     (75     (79

Remeasurement of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

    (1     (3     (6     (11     (7     (1     1          

Interest income (expense), net

    (4     (2     (2     (6     (2     (1              

Other income (expense), net

    1                                                  (1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision (benefit) for income taxes

    (164     (145     (149     (153     (112     (85     (74     (80

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

                  (9                          (1       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (164 )%      (145 )%      (140 )%      (153 )%      (112 )%      (85 )%      (73 )%      (80 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

70


Table of Contents

Quarterly Revenues Trends

Our quarterly revenues increased sequentially for all periods presented due primarily to increases in the number of new customers as well as increased renewals from and expansion within existing customers as they broadened their deployment of our services. Our fourth quarter has historically been our strongest quarter for contracting activity as a result of large enterprise buying patterns.

Quarterly Costs and Expenses Trends

Total costs and expenses generally increased sequentially for all periods presented, primarily due to the addition of personnel in connection with the expansion of our business. Sales and marketing expenses generally grew sequentially over the periods. General and administrative costs generally increased in recent quarters due to higher professional service fees for preparing to be a public company.

Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate due to various factors affecting our performance. As noted above, we recognize revenue from subscription fees ratably over the term of the contract. Therefore, changes in our contracting activity in the near term may not be apparent as a change to our reported revenue until future periods. Most of our expenses are recorded as period costs, and thus, factors affecting our cost structure may be reflected in our financial results sooner than changes to our contracting activity. In addition, we generally incur higher sales and marketing expenses in our third fiscal quarter due to our annual users conference.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

     Year Ended
December 31,

2011
    Year Ended
January 31,

2013
    Year Ended
January 31,

2014
    Nine Months Ended
October 31,
 
         2013     2014  
     (in thousands)     (unaudited)  

Cash flow used in operating activities

   $ (34,273   $ (81,751   $ (91,769   $ (69,124   $ (69,311

Cash flow provided by (used in) investing activities

     (38,293     314        (32,185     (22,570     (29,966

Cash flow provided by financing activities

     102,849        172,797        105,165        78,954        155,717   

As of October 31, 2014, we had cash and cash equivalents of $165.3 million. Our cash and cash equivalents are comprised primarily of overnight cash deposits. We have generated significant operating losses and negative cash flows from operations as reflected in our accumulated deficit and consolidated statements of cash flows. We may continue to incur operating losses and negative cash flows from operations in the future and may require additional capital resources to execute strategic initiatives to grow our business.

Since our inception, we have financed our operations primarily through equity and, to a lesser extent, debt financing, as well as cash generated from sales. We believe our existing cash and cash equivalents, our credit facilities, and cash provided by this offering will be sufficient to meet our working capital and capital expenditure needs for at least the next 12 months. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors including our growth rate, subscription renewal activity, billing frequency, the timing and extent of spending to support development efforts, the expansion of sales and marketing and international operation activities, the introduction of new and enhanced services offerings, and the continuing market acceptance of our services. We may in the future enter into arrangements to acquire or invest in complementary businesses, services and technologies, including intellectual property rights. We may be required to seek additional equity or debt financing. In the event that additional financing is required from outside sources, we may not be able to raise it on terms acceptable to us or at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital when desired, our business, operating results and financial condition would be adversely affected.

In August 2013, we entered into a $100.0 million two-year revolving line of credit facility with Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. and

 

71


Table of Contents

BMO Harris Financing, Inc. The credit facility is denominated in U.S. dollars and, depending on certain conditions, each borrowing is subject to a floating interest rate equal to the London Interbank Offer Rate (LIBOR) plus 3.0% or the Alternate Base Rate (ABR) plus 2.0%. Also in August 2013, we drew $34.0 million of the credit facility at 3.4% (six month LIBOR plus 3.0%), which was used to pay down outstanding borrowings and related end-of-term and early payment fees, as well as for other general corporate purposes. In July 2014, we drew an additional $12.0 million under the credit facility at 3.3% (six month LIBOR plus 3.0%). In September 2014, we paid down $6.0 million and amended the credit facility to reduce our borrowing capacity from $100.0 million to $75.0 million and extend the facility through August 2016. Concurrently and in conjunction with the execution of our new headquarters lease in September 2014, letters of credit in the aggregate amount of $25.0 million were issued under the credit facility. These letters of credit reduce our available borrowing capacity under the credit facility and are subject to interest at 3.25% per annum. As of October 31, 2014, the outstanding borrowings under the credit facility were $40.0 million.

The revolving line of credit facility is collateralized by substantially all of our assets. It also contains various covenants, including covenants related to the delivery of financial and other information, the maintenance of quarterly financial covenants, as well as limitations on dispositions, mergers or consolidations and other corporate activities. As of October 31, 2014, we were in compliance with all financial covenants.

Operating Activities

For the nine months ended October 31, 2014, cash used in operating activities was $69.3 million. The primary factors affecting our operating cash flows during this period were our net loss of $121.5 million, partially offset by non-cash charges of $22.3 million for stock-based compensation, $20.0 million for depreciation and amortization of our property and equipment and intangible assets, $8.8 million for amortization of deferred commissions, and net cash inflows of $1.6 million provided by changes in our operating assets and liabilities. The primary drivers of the changes in operating assets and liabilities were a $10.6 million increase in deferred revenue, a $2.8 million decrease in accounts receivable, a $2.3 million increase in accounts payable, and a $2.0 million increase in deferred rent, partially offset by a $9.7 million increase in deferred commissions, a $2.5 million increase in prepaid expenses and other assets, and a $3.9 million decrease in accrued expenses and other liabilities. The increase in deferred revenue was primarily due to the growth in the number of paying customers and increased renewals and upsells to our existing customers as they broadened their deployment of our services. The increase in deferred commissions was due to higher sales. The decrease in accounts receivable was due to the timing of our cash collections during the period.

For the nine months ended October 31, 2013, cash used in operating activities was $69.1 million. The primary factors affecting our operating cash flows during this period were our net loss of $125.2 million, partially offset by non-cash charges of $12.0 million for depreciation and amortization of our property and equipment and intangible assets, $10.5 million for amortization of deferred commissions, $7.5 million for stock-based compensation, and $5.9 million for the remeasurement of our redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability, and net cash inflows of $22.7 million provided by changes in our operating assets and liabilities. The primary drivers of the changes in operating assets and liabilities were a $27.3 million increase in deferred revenue and a $12.1 million increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities, partially offset by a $8.1 million increase in deferred commissions and a $7.8 million increase in accounts receivable. The increase in deferred revenue was primarily due to the growth in the number of paying customers and increased renewals from, and expansion within, our existing customers as they broadened their deployment of our services. The increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities was primarily attributable to increased activities to support the overall growth of our business. The increase in deferred commissions was due to higher sales. The increase in accounts receivable was due to increased sales and the timing of our cash collections during the period.

For the year ended January 31, 2014, cash used in operating activities was $91.8 million. The primary factors affecting our operating cash flows during this period were our net loss of $168.6 million, partially offset

 

72


Table of Contents

by non-cash charges of $17.9 million for depreciation and amortization of our property and equipment and intangible assets, $13.5 million for amortization of deferred commissions, $11.7 million for stock-based compensation, and $8.5 million for the remeasurement of our redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability, and net cash inflows of $27.6 million provided by changes in our operating assets and liabilities. The primary drivers of the changes in operating assets and liabilities were a $50.0 million increase in deferred revenue and a $24.1 million increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities, partially offset by a $25.2 million increase in accounts receivable and a $14.0 million increase in deferred commissions. The increase in deferred revenue was primarily due to the growth in the number of paying customers and increased renewals from, and expansion within, our existing customers as they broadened their deployment of our services. The increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities was primarily attributable to increased activities to support the overall growth of our business. The increase in deferred commissions was due to higher sales. The increase in accounts receivable was due to increased sales and the timing of our cash collections during the period.

For the year ended January 31, 2013, cash used in operating activities was $81.8 million. The primary factors affecting our operating cash flows during this period were our net loss of $112.6 million, partially offset by non-cash charges of $8.6 million for depreciation and amortization of our property and equipment, $7.5 million for stock-based compensation, and $7.0 million for the amortization of deferred commissions, and net cash inflows of $5.3 million provided by changes in our operating assets and liabilities. The primary drivers of the changes in operating assets and liabilities were a $26.9 million increase in deferred revenue, partially offset by a $14.0 million increase in deferred commissions and a $11.5 million increase in accounts receivable. The increase in deferred revenue was primarily driven by the growth in the number of paying customers and increased renewals from and expansion within our existing customers as they broadened their deployment of our services. The increase in deferred commissions was due to increased sales. The increase in accounts receivable was due to increased sales and the timing of our cash collections during the period.

For the year ended December 31, 2011, cash used in operating activities was $34.3 million. The primary factors affecting our operating cash flows during this period were our net loss of $50.3 million, partially offset by non-cash charges of $6.2 million for stock-based compensation and $2.8 million for depreciation and amortization of our property and equipment, and net cash inflows of $4.7 million provided by changes in our operating assets and liabilities. The primary drivers of the changes in operating assets and liabilities were a $9.3 million increase in deferred revenue, partially offset by a $4.1 million increase in accounts receivable. The increase in deferred revenue was primarily driven by the growth in the number of paying customers and increased renewals from and expansion within our existing customers as they broadened their deployment of our services. The increase in accounts receivable was due to increased sales and the timing of our cash collections during the period.

Investing Activities

Cash used in investing activities of $30.0 million for the nine months ended October 31, 2014 was primarily due to capital expenditures.

Cash used in investing activities of $22.6 million for the nine months ended October 31, 2013 was primarily due to $14.8 million in capital expenditures and $7.8 million in connection with the acquisition of Crocodoc and other intangible assets.

Cash used in investing activities of $32.2 million for the year ended January 31, 2014 was due to $24.4 million in capital expenditures and $7.8 million in connection with the acquisition of Crocodoc and other intangible assets.

Cash provided by investing activities of $0.3 million for the year ended January 31, 2013 was primarily due to $20.0 million in proceeds from the maturity of marketable securities, partially offset by $19.5 million in capital expenditures.

 

73


Table of Contents

Cash used in investing activities of $38.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 was primarily due to $23.8 million from net purchases of and proceeds from maturities of marketable securities and $13.5 million in capital expenditures.

Financing Activities

Cash provided by financing activities of $155.7 million for the nine months ended October 31, 2014 was primarily due to $149.6 million in net proceeds from the issuance of our Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock and net proceeds of $6.0 million from borrowings.

Cash provided by financing activities of $79.0 million for the nine months ended October 31, 2013 was primarily due to $76.0 million in net proceeds from the issuance of our Series E-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock. During this period, we also drew a net of $32.7 million on our revolving line of credit and repaid $31.0 million in connection with our prior borrowings.

Cash provided by financing activities of $105.2 million for the year ended January 31, 2014 was primarily due to $99.9 million in net proceeds from the issuance of our Series E-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock and $3.0 million of proceeds from the exercise of stock options. During this period, we also drew a net of $32.7 million on our new revolving line of credit facility and repaid $31.0 million in connection with our prior borrowings.

Cash provided by financing activities of $172.8 million for the year ended January 31, 2013 was primarily attributable to $150.8 million in net proceeds from the issuance of our Series D-2 and Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock and $19.8 million in net proceeds from borrowings.

Cash provided by financing activities of $102.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 was primarily due to $92.0 million in net proceeds from the issuance of our Series D, D-1 and D-2 redeemable convertible preferred stock and net proceeds of $10.6 million from borrowings.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following summarizes our contractual obligations and commitments as of October 31, 2014:

 

            Payments Due by Period  
     Total      Less Than 1
Year
     1-3 Years      3-5 Years      More Than
5 Years
 
     (in thousands)  

Debt (1)

   $ 44,020       $ 2,194       $ 41,826       $       $   

Operating leases (2)

     276,865         8,892         34,876         44,116         188,981   

Purchase obligations (3)

     32,552         20,343         12,209                   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 353,437       $ 31,429       $ 88,911       $ 44,116       $ 188,981   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes interest and unused commitment fee on our line of credit.
(2) Includes obligations related to our new headquarters lease signed in September 2014.
(3) Purchase obligations relate primarily to datacenter operations and sales activities.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Through October 31, 2014, we did not have any relationships with unconsolidated organizations or financial partnerships, such as structured finance or special purpose entities that would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make

 

74


Table of Contents

estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, costs and expenses, and related disclosures. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and assumptions. Our actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

We believe that of our significant accounting policies, which are described in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements, the following accounting policies involve a greater degree of judgment and complexity. Accordingly, these are the policies we believe are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our consolidated financial condition and results of our operations.

Revenue Recognition

We derive our revenue from three sources: (1) subscription revenue, which is comprised of subscription fees from customers utilizing our cloud-based Enterprise Content Collaboration services that include routine customer support; (2) revenue from customers purchasing our premier support package; and (3) revenue from professional services such as implementing best practice use cases, project management and implementation services.

We recognize revenue when all of the following conditions are met:

 

    there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement;

 

    the service has been provided to the customer;

 

    the collection of fees is reasonably assured; and

 

    the amount of fees to be paid by the customer is fixed or determinable.

We typically invoice our customers at the beginning of the term, in multiyear, annual, quarterly or monthly installments. Our subscription and support contracts are typically non-cancellable and do not contain refund-type provisions.

In instances where we collect fees in advance of service delivery, revenue under the contract is deferred until we successfully deliver such services.

Subscription revenue is recognized ratably over the period of the subscription beginning once all requirements for revenue recognition have been met, including provisioning the service so that it is available to our customers. Premier support is sold together with the subscription hosting services, and the term of the premier support is generally the same as the related subscription hosting services arrangement. Accordingly, we recognize premier support revenue in the same manner as the associated subscription hosting service. Professional services revenue is recognized as the services are rendered for time and material contracts, and using the proportional performance method over the period the services are performed for fixed price contracts. Professional services and premier support services revenues were not material for all periods presented.

We assess collectability based on a number of factors, such as past collection history and creditworthiness of the customer. If management determines collectability is not reasonably assured, we defer revenue recognition until collectability becomes reasonably assured.

Our arrangements can include multiple elements which may consist of some or all of subscription services, premier support and professional services. When multiple-element arrangements exist, we evaluate whether these individual deliverables should be accounted for as separate units of accounting or one single unit of accounting.

In order to treat deliverables in a multiple-element arrangement as separate units of accounting, the delivered item or items must have standalone value upon delivery. A delivered item has standalone value to the customer when either (1) any vendor sells that item separately or (2) the customer could resell that item on a standalone basis. Our subscription hosting services have standalone value as such services are often sold

 

75


Table of Contents

separately. Our premier support services do not have standalone value because we and other vendors do not sell premier support services separately. Our professional services have stand-alone value because there are other vendors which sell the same professional services separately. Accordingly, we consider the separate units of accounting in our multiple deliverable arrangements to be the professional services, subscription services or a combined deliverable comprised of subscription hosting services and premier support services. When multiple deliverables included in an arrangement are separable into different units of accounting, the arrangement consideration is allocated to the identified separate units of accounting based on their relative selling price. Multiple-element arrangement accounting guidance provides a hierarchy to use when determining the relative selling price for each unit of accounting. Vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE) of selling price, based on the price at which the item is regularly sold by the vendor on a standalone basis, should be used if it exists. If VSOE of selling price is not available, third-party evidence (TPE) of selling price is used to establish the selling price if it exists. We have not established VSOE for our subscription services, premier support or professional services due to lack of pricing consistency, the introduction of new services and other factors. We have also concluded that third-party evidence of selling price is not a practical alternative due to differences in our service offerings compared to other parties and the availability of relevant third-party pricing information. Accordingly, we use our best estimate of selling price (BESP) to determine the relative selling price for our subscription, premier support and professional services offerings. For arrangements with multiple deliverables which can be separated into different units of accounting, we allocate the arrangement fee to the separate units of accounting based on our BESP. The amount of arrangement fee allocated is limited by contingent revenue, if any.

We determined BESP by considering our overall pricing objectives and market conditions. Significant pricing practices taken into consideration for our subscription hosting services, which may also include premier support, and professional services, include discounting practices, the size and volume of our transactions, the customer demographic, the geographic area where services are sold, price lists, our go-to-market strategy, historical standalone sales and contract prices. The determination of BESP is made through consultation with and approval by our management, taking into consideration our go-to-market strategy. As our go-to-market strategies evolve, we may modify our pricing practices in the future, which could result in changes in relative selling prices.

Deferred Commissions

Deferred commissions consist of direct incremental costs paid to our sales force associated with non-cancellable terms of the related contracts. The deferred commission amounts are recoverable through future revenue streams under the non-cancellable customer contracts. Direct sales commissions are deferred when earned and amortized over the same period that revenue is recognized for the related non-cancellable subscription period. Amortization of deferred commissions is included in sales and marketing expense in the consolidated statements of operations.

Stock-Based Compensation

We measure and recognize compensation expense for all stock-based awards granted to our employees and other service providers, including stock options, restricted stock units and restricted stock, based on the estimated fair value of the award on the grant date. We use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the fair value of stock option awards. The fair value of restricted stock units and restricted stock is determined based on the fair value of our common stock estimated as part of the capital stock and business enterprise valuation process. The fair value is recognized as an expense, net of estimated forfeitures, on a straight line basis over the requisite service period.

Our option pricing model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the fair value of the underlying common stock, the expected term of the option, the expected volatility of the price of our common stock, risk-free interest rates, and the expected dividend yield of our common stock. The assumptions used in our

 

76


Table of Contents

option-pricing model represent management’s best estimates. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. If factors change and different assumptions are used, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future.

These assumptions are estimated as follows:

 

    Fair Value of Our Common Stock. As our common stock is not publicly traded, we must estimate the fair value of our common stock, as discussed in the section “Common Stock Valuations” below.

 

    Risk-Free Interest Rate. We base the risk-free interest rate used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model on the implied yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with remaining terms similar to the expected term on the options.

 

    Expected Term. The expected term represents the period that our stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. We determined the expected term assumption based on the vesting terms, exercise terms and contractual terms of the options.

 

    Volatility. We determine the price volatility factor based on the historical volatilities of our comparable companies as we do not have a sufficient trading history for our common stock. To determine our comparable companies, we consider public enterprise cloud-based application providers and select those that are similar to us in size, stage of life cycle, and financial leverage. For valuations prior to June 2013, we used the same group of comparable companies. For valuations beginning June 2013, we updated the group with companies that have recently become publicly traded and are similar to us. We intend to continue to apply this process using the same or similar public companies until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our own common stock share price becomes available, or unless circumstances change such that the identified companies are no longer similar to us, in which case, more suitable companies whose share prices are publicly available would be utilized in the calculation.

 

    Dividend Yield. We have never declared or paid any cash dividends and do not plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future, and, therefore, use an expected dividend yield of zero.

The following table summarizes the assumptions relating to our stock options as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,

2011
    Year Ended
January 31,

2013
    Year Ended
January 31,
2014
    Nine Months Ended
October 31,
 
           2013     2014  
                       (unaudited)  

Expected term (in years)

     5.0 – 6.1        5.0 – 7.4        4.9 – 6.3        4.9 – 6.3        5.7 – 6.1   

Volatility

     55% – 57     53% – 55     48% – 57     49% – 57     46% – 49

Risk-free interest rate

     1.1% – 2.7     0.7% – 1.7     0.8% – 1.9     0.8% – 1.8     1.8% – 2.1

Expected dividend yield

     0     0     0     0     0

In addition, we are required to estimate the expected forfeiture rate and only recognize expense for those shares that are expected to vest. We estimate the expected forfeiture rate based on historical experience and our expectations regarding future pre-vesting termination behavior of employees and other service providers. To the extent our actual forfeiture rate is different from our estimate, stock-based compensation expense is adjusted accordingly.

We will continue to use judgment in evaluating the assumptions related to our stock-based compensation on a prospective basis. As we continue to accumulate additional data related to our common stock, we may have refinements to our estimates, which could materially impact our future stock-based compensation expense.

 

77


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes, by grant date, all stock options, restricted stock units and restricted stock awards since January 1, 2013:

 

Grant Date

   Number of
Options Granted
     Number of
Shares of
Restricted Stock
Units Granted
     Number of
Shares of
Restricted Stock
Granted
     Exercise Price
Per Share for
Options Granted
     Deemed Fair
Value of
Common Stock
Per Share
 

February 2013

     807,100                       $ 4.28 – 4.63       $ 4.63   

April 2013

     600,000                         4.63         5.48   

May 2013

     943,750                 322,435         4.63         5.85 – 5.96   

June 2013

     49,000                         4.63         6.53   

July 2013

     2,628,380                 20,000         4.63 – 6.13         7.09 – 7.52   

August 2013

     10,000                         4.63         8.58   

October 2013

     1,899,880                 875         4.63 – 6.97         10.10   

November 2013

     956,200                         4.63 – 6.97         10.10   

January 2014

     555,700         225,300         50,000         6.13 – 14.06         14.06   

April 2014

     1,447,897         2,689,924         22,500         17.85         17.85   

July 2014

     246,235         552,436         121,255         12.79         12.79   

October 2014

     288,500         738,229                 13.05         13.05   

November 2014

             30,000                         13.05   

January 2015

     936,000         1,080,890         4,302         14.05         14.05   

Based on the assumed initial public offering price per share of $12.00, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the aggregate intrinsic value of our outstanding stock awards as of October 31, 2014 was $182.9 million, of which $80.4 million related to vested awards and $102.5 million related to unvested awards.

Common Stock Valuations

The fair values of the common stock underlying our stock-based awards were determined by our board of directors, with input from management and contemporaneous third-party valuations. We believe that our board of directors has the relevant experience and expertise to determine the fair value of our common stock. If awards were granted a short period of time preceding the date of a valuation report, we retrospectively assessed the fair value used for financial reporting purposes after considering the fair value reflected in the subsequent valuation report and other facts and circumstances on the date of grant as discussed below. In such instances, the fair value that we used for financial reporting purposes generally exceeded the exercise price for those awards.

Given the absence of a public trading market for our common stock, and in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Guide,  Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation , our board of directors exercised reasonable judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the best estimate of the fair value of our common stock including:

 

    contemporaneous valuations performed by unrelated third-party specialists;

 

    the prices, rights, preferences, and privileges of our redeemable convertible preferred stock relative to those of our common stock;

 

    lack of marketability of our common stock;

 

    our actual operating and financial performance;

 

    current business conditions and projections;

 

    hiring of key personnel and the experience of our management;

 

    the history of the company and the introduction of new services;

 

    our stage of development;

 

78


Table of Contents
    likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or a merger or acquisition of our company given prevailing market conditions;

 

    illiquidity of stock-based awards involving securities in a private company;

 

    the market performance of comparable publicly traded companies;

 

    recent private stock sale transactions; and

 

    the U.S. and global capital market conditions.

In valuing our common stock, our board of directors determined the equity value of our business generally using various valuation methods, including combinations of methods, as deemed appropriate under the circumstances applicable at the valuation date.

The income approach estimates value based on the expectation of future cash flows that a company will generate—such as cash earnings, cost savings, tax deductions, and the proceeds from disposition. These future cash flows are discounted to their present values using a discount rate derived from an analysis of the cost of capital of comparable publicly traded companies in our industry or similar lines of business as of each valuation date and is adjusted to reflect the risks inherent in our cash flows. In addition, we also considered an appropriate discount adjustment to recognize the lack of marketability due to being a private company.

The market comparable approach estimates value based on a comparison of the subject company to comparable public companies in a similar line of business. To determine our peer group of companies, we considered public enterprise cloud-based application providers and selected those that are similar to us in size, stage of life cycle, and financial leverage. From the comparable companies, a representative market value multiple is determined which is applied to the subject company’s operating results to estimate the value of the subject company. The market value multiple was determined based on consideration of revenue multiples and earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization (EBITDA) to each of the comparable companies’ last 12-month revenue and the forecasted future 12-month revenue. In addition, the market approach considers merger and acquisition transactions involving companies similar to the subject company’s business being valued. Multiples of revenue or EBITDA are calculated for these transactions and then applied to the business being valued, after reduction by an appropriate discount. Based on the above, the estimated value is then discounted by a non-marketability factor due to the fact that stockholders of private companies do not have access to trading markets similar to those enjoyed by stockholders of public companies, which impacts liquidity.

The prior sale of company stock approach estimates value by considering any prior arm’s length sales of the company’s equity. When considering prior sales of the company’s equity, the valuation considers the size of the equity sale, the relationship of the parties involved in the transaction, the timing of the equity sale, and the financial condition of the company at the time of the sale.

Once we determined an equity value, we utilized the option pricing method (OPM), to allocate the equity value to each of our classes of stock. This method is generally preferred when future outcomes are difficult to predict and dissolution or liquidation is not imminent. The OPM values each equity class by creating a series of call options on our equity value, with exercise prices based on the liquidation preferences, participation rights, and strike prices of derivatives. We performed this OPM analysis under two liquidity scenarios, a sale event and an initial public offering event, and applied an appropriate weighting to each scenario to determine the final fair market value of our common stock.

The Probability-Weighted Expected Return Method (PWERM) estimates the value of the common stock based upon an analysis of future values for the enterprise assuming various future outcomes. Share value is based upon the probability-weighted present value of expected future investment returns, considering each of the possible future outcomes available to the enterprise, as well as the rights of each share class.

 

79


Table of Contents

The Hybrid Method is a hybrid between the PWERM and OPM, estimating the probability weighted value across multiple scenarios but using OPM to estimate the allocation of value within one or more of the scenarios. The Hybrid Method can be a useful alternative to explicitly modeling all PWERM scenarios in situations when the company has transparency into one or more near-terms exits (e.g., IPO) but is unsure about what will occur if the current plans fall through.

For all of the valuations through October 2013, we used the OPM due primarily to our early stage of development, lack of availability and reliability of estimates regarding the nature and timing horizons for exit outcomes, number and materiality of assumptions required, and availability of information. For the January 2014 valuation through our most recent valuation, we have utilized the Hybrid Method in estimating the fair value of the common stock given there was more clarity on our IPO plans.

The following discussion relates primarily to our determination of the fair value per share of our common stock for purposes of calculating stock-based compensation expenses for grants since January 1, 2013. For financial reporting purposes, we considered the amount of time between the valuation date and the grant date to determine whether to use the latest common stock valuation or a straight-line calculation between the two valuation dates. This determination included an evaluation of whether the subsequent valuation indicated that any significant change in valuation had occurred between the previous valuation and the grant date. Notwithstanding the fair value reassessments described below, we believe we applied a reasonable valuation method to determine the deemed fair value of the awards on the respective grant dates.

February 6, 2013 Valuation

The February 6, 2013 independent contemporaneous valuation was prepared on a minority, non-marketable interest basis. Revenue increased 179% in our fiscal year ended January 31, 2013 compared to our fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, and increased 22% from the third quarter of fiscal 2013 to the fourth quarter of fiscal 2013. The valuation took into account that the U.S. and global economies appeared broadly stable albeit with downside potential. The valuation used an equal weighting of the market comparable approach (25% for comparable companies and 25% for comparable merger and acquisition transactions) and the income approach. The discount rate applied to our cash flows was 45% and our enterprise value reflected a non-marketability discount of 23%. We also considered the secondary sales of an aggregate of 496,340 shares of our common stock in September 2012 and November 2012 at a price of $12.00 per share in our valuation and our determination of the fair value of our common stock. However, these transactions were not considered arms-length because the purchasers consisted of existing stockholders. Based on the factors noted above and the valuation, our board of directors determined that the fair value of our common stock was $4.63 per share.

For stock-based awards granted in February 2013, our board of directors determined the related fair value to be $4.63 per share given the close proximity of the February 6, 2013 valuation and the grant date of these awards.

June 14, 2013 Valuation

The June 14, 2013 independent contemporaneous valuation was prepared on a minority, non-marketable interest basis. Revenue increased 134% from the first quarter of fiscal 2013 to the first quarter of fiscal 2014, and increased 19% from the fourth quarter of fiscal 2013 to the first quarter of fiscal 2014. In addition, the U.S. economy continued to recover with the prospect of further improvement through 2013 and 2014. We also updated our set of comparable companies utilized in our valuation with companies that we believed were relevant to us at that time. These comparable companies had slightly higher revenue multiples. The valuation used an equal weighting of the market comparable approach (25% for comparable companies and 25% for comparable merger and acquisition transactions) and the income approach. The discount rate applied to our cash flows was 43% and our enterprise value reflected a non-marketability discount of 27%. The higher non-marketability discount than the one used in the previous valuation was primarily a function of using an updated set of

 

80


Table of Contents

comparable companies. Based on the factors noted above and the independent contemporaneous valuation, our board of directors determined that the fair value of our common stock was $6.13 per share.

For financial reporting purposes, we applied a straight-line calculation using the valuations of $4.63 per share as of February 6, 2013 and $6.13 per share as of June 14, 2013 to retrospectively determine, with the benefit of hindsight, the fair value of our common stock for stock-based awards granted in April 2013 and May 2013. There was no single event identified during the interim period between February 2013 and June 2013 that resulted in the increase in fair value but rather a series of events related to our continued growth, including our acquisition of Crocodoc, product enhancements, an increase in the number of paying customers and the hiring of certain key employees.

October 11, 2013 Valuation

An independent contemporaneous valuation of our common stock was performed as of October 11, 2013. The valuation utilized the prior sale of company stock approach to estimate the fair value of our common stock. In October 2013, we established the terms for our Series E-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock financing. By October 31, 2013, we had raised $76 million through the issuance of 4,222,221 shares of our Series E-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock at a price of $18.00 per share, the majority of which was issued to new investors. In performing the valuation of our common stock as of October 11, 2013, we relied upon this transaction price to estimate the fair value of our common stock using the OPM model, given the close proximity of the financing to the valuation date and the fact that the price per share for our Series E-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock was established through sales to new investors on an arm’s length basis. Under the prior sale of company stock method, we considered other securities in relation to our Series E-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock and applied a volatility rate of 50%, an assumed time to liquidity, and a risk-free interest rate of 0.35% to determine our implied business enterprise value. Volatility was estimated based on available information on the volatility of the common stock of comparable, publicly traded companies. A non-marketability discount of 15% was then applied to the valuation. The lower non-marketability discount than the one used in the previous valuation was a function of several factors, including the implied value from our Series E-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock financing and consideration of a quantitative put option based marketability discount model. Based on the factors noted above and the independent contemporaneous valuation, our board of directors determined the fair value of our common stock was $6.97 per share.

We believe the valuation of our common stock as of October 11, 2013 was based upon assumptions that were appropriate for valuing common stock of a private company at that time. However, in light of certain activities that occurred subsequent to October 2013, including the commencement in November 2013 of our initial public offering process, management re-evaluated the valuation as of October 11, 2013 to determine whether there should be a reassessment of the fair value of our common stock solely for purposes of determining our stock-based compensation expense for the period ended October 31, 2013. Specifically, management reassessed the originally determined fair value of our common stock as of October 11, 2013 by giving more weighting to the probability of completing our initial public offering and by shortening the estimate of the time from October 11, 2013 to a potential liquidity event. On this basis, management revised our estimate of the fair value of our common stock to be $10.10 per share.

For financial reporting purposes, we applied a straight-line calculation using the valuations of $6.13 per share in June 2013 and the revised fair value determination of $10.10 per share to retrospectively determine, with the benefit of hindsight, the fair value of our common stock for stock-based awards granted in June 2013, July 2013 and August 2013. There was no other single event identified during the interim period between June 2013 and October 2013 that resulted in the increase in fair value but rather a series of events related to our continued growth, product enhancements, an increase in the number of paying customers and the hiring of certain key employees. For stock-based awards granted in October 2013 and November 2013, we determined it was appropriate to use $10.10 per share to calculate the stock-based compensation expense for these awards.

 

81


Table of Contents

January 13, 2014 Valuation

An independent contemporaneous valuation of our common stock was performed as of January 13, 2014. The valuation utilized the market comparable approach and the prior sale of company stock approach. We also updated the set of comparable companies utilized in our valuation with companies that we believed were relevant to us. These comparable companies had slightly higher revenue multiples than the comparable companies used in previous valuations. The prior sale of company stock approach considered primarily the Series E-1 redeemable preferred stock financing transaction at $18.00 per share as discussed in the aforementioned October 11, 2013 Valuation.

To determine the fair value of our common stock, we utilized the Hybrid Method and then gave consideration to recent secondary sales of our common stock. Under the Hybrid Method, an aggregate weighting of 55% was applied to two IPO scenarios given there was more clarity with respect to our IPO plans and a 45% weighting was applied to a non-IPO scenario. Under an IPO scenario, the value was estimated using the market comparable approach, a discount rate of 35%, an assumed time to liquidity of 0.41 year and a non-marketability discount of 10%. Under a second IPO scenario, the value was estimated using the Series E-1 redeemable preferred stock financing transaction at $18.00 per share and a non-marketability discount of 10%. Under a non-IPO scenario, the value was estimated using the prior sale of company stock approach using a volatility rate of 45%, an assumed time to liquidity of two years, a risk-free interest rate of 0.39% and a non-marketability discount of 20%. The use of the three aforementioned scenarios under the Hybrid Method yielded a per share value of $12.92. We also considered recent secondary sales of 32,626 shares of our common stock at an average sales price of $24.25. We then applied a 90% weighting to the $12.92 per share value determined under the Hybrid Method and a 10% weighting to the $24.25 average sales price of the secondary sales. Due to the relatively small number of shares sold in secondary sale transactions, the recent sale of our Series E-1 redeemable preferred stock to new investors at $18.00 per share, and the lack of financial information available to the purchasers of the secondary sales, we determined a 10% weighting was appropriate. Based on the factors noted above and the independent contemporaneous valuation, our board of directors determined the fair value of our common stock was $14.06 per share. For stock-based awards granted in January 2014, we determined it was appropriate to use $14.06 per share to calculate the stock-based compensation expense for these awards.

March 28, 2014 Valuation

An independent contemporaneous valuation of our common stock was performed as of March 28, 2014. The valuation utilized the Hybrid Method and the prior sale of company stock approach. We updated the set of comparable companies utilized in our valuation with companies that we believed were relevant to us as of the valuation date. As a result of the downward shift in the trading multiples of high growth SaaS companies which occurred during the second half of March 2014, these comparable companies reflected lower revenue multiples than those used in the January 2014 valuation.

To determine the fair value of our common stock, we utilized the Hybrid Method and gave consideration to secondary sales of our common stock. Under the Hybrid Method, a 90% weighting was applied to an IPO scenario given management’s expectations of an IPO event and a 10% weighting was applied to a non-IPO scenario. Under the IPO scenario, the fair value was estimated using the market comparable approach, a discount rate of 25%, an assumed time to liquidity of 0.09 years and a non-marketability discount of 5%. Under the non-IPO scenario, the fair value was estimated using a volatility rate of 45%, an assumed time to liquidity of two years, a risk-free interest rate of 0.45% and a non-marketability discount of 20%. The use of the Hybrid Method yielded a per share value of $17.14. The valuation continued to be informed by the secondary sales of 32,626 shares of our common stock by certain of our stockholders to third parties at an average sales price of $24.25 per share. We then applied a 90% weighting to the $17.14 per share value determined under the Hybrid Method and a 10% weighting to the $24.25 average sales price of the secondary sales. Due to the relatively small number of shares sold in secondary sale transactions, the sale of our Series E-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock to new investors in the third and fourth quarters of fiscal 2014 and the lack of financial information

 

82


Table of Contents

available to purchasers of the secondary sales, we determined a 10% weighting was appropriate. Based on the factors noted above and the independent contemporaneous valuation, our board of directors determined the fair value of our common stock was $17.85 per share. For stock-based awards granted in April 2014, we determined it was appropriate to use $17.85 per share to calculate the stock-based compensation expense for these awards.

July 7, 2014 Valuation

An independent contemporaneous valuation of our common stock was performed as of July 7, 2014. The valuation utilized the Hybrid Method and the prior sale of company stock approach. As a result of the further downward shift in the trading multiples of high growth SaaS companies which occurred during the second calendar quarter of 2014, our comparable companies reflected lower revenue multiples than those used in the March 2014 valuation. We also considered the applicability of recent events that may provide an indication of the fair value of our common stock, such as the issuance of our Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock and secondary market sales. In addition, given prevailing market conditions at the time, we lowered our weighting and increased the time to liquidity under the IPO scenario.

To determine the fair value of our common stock, we utilized the Hybrid Method and gave consideration to secondary sales of our common stock. Under the Hybrid Method, a 75% weighting was applied to an IPO scenario given management’s expectations of an IPO event and a 25% weighting was applied to a non-IPO scenario. Under the IPO scenario, the fair value was estimated using the market comparable approach, a discount rate of 25%, an assumed time to liquidity of 0.23 years and a non-marketability discount of 5%. Under the non-IPO scenario, the fair value was estimated using a volatility rate of 45%, an assumed time to liquidity of two years, a risk-free interest rate of 0.52% and a non-marketability discount of 20%. The use of the Hybrid Method yielded a per share value of $10.92. The valuation continued to be informed by the secondary sales of 71,126 shares of our common stock by certain of our stockholders to third parties at an average sales price of $29.67 per share. We then applied a 90% weighting to the $10.92 per share value determined under the Hybrid Method and a 10% weighting to the $29.67 average sales price of the secondary sales. Due to the relatively small number of shares sold in secondary sale transactions, prevailing market conditions since the secondary sales and the lack of financial information available to purchasers of the secondary sales, we determined a 10% weighting was appropriate. Based on the factors noted above and the independent contemporaneous valuation, our board of directors determined the fair value of our common stock was $12.79 per share. For stock-based awards granted in July 2014, we determined it was appropriate to use $12.79 per share to calculate the stock-based compensation expense for these awards.

September 15, 2014 Valuation

An independent contemporaneous valuation of our common stock was performed as of September 15, 2014. The valuation utilized the Hybrid Method and the prior sale of company stock approach. During the third calendar quarter of 2014, the trading multiples of our comparable companies reflected slightly higher revenue multiples than those used in the July 2014 valuation.

To determine the fair value of our common stock, we utilized the Hybrid Method and gave consideration to secondary sales of our common stock. Under the Hybrid Method, a 75% weighting was applied to an IPO scenario given management’s expectations of an IPO event and a 25% weighting was applied to a non-IPO scenario. Under the IPO scenario, the fair value was estimated using the market comparable approach, a discount rate of 25%, an assumed time to liquidity of 0.38 years and a non-marketability discount of 8%. The higher non-marketability discount compared to the last valuation was due to an increase in time to liquidity. Under the non-IPO scenario, the fair value was estimated using a volatility rate of 40%, an assumed time to liquidity of two years, a risk-free interest rate of 0.58% and a non-marketability discount of 20%. The use of the Hybrid Method yielded a per share value of $11.21. The valuation continued to be informed by the secondary sales of 71,126 shares of our common stock by certain of our stockholders to third parties at an average sales price of $29.67 per

 

83


Table of Contents

share. We then applied a 90% weighting to the $11.21 per share value determined under the Hybrid Method and a 10% weighting to the $29.67 average sales price of the secondary sales. Due to the relatively small number of shares sold in secondary sale transactions and the lack of financial information available to purchasers of the secondary sales, we determined a 10% weighting was appropriate. Based on the factors noted above and the independent contemporaneous valuation, our board of directors determined the fair value of our common stock was $13.05 per share. For stock-based awards granted in October 2014 and November 2014, we determined it was appropriate to use $13.05 per share to calculate the stock-based compensation expense for these awards.

December 3, 2014

An independent contemporaneous valuation of our common stock was performed as of December 3, 2014. The valuation utilized the Hybrid Method. During the fourth calendar quarter of 2014, the trading multiples of our comparable companies reflected slightly higher revenue multiples than those used in the September 2014 valuation.

To determine the fair value of our common stock, we utilized the Hybrid Method. Under the Hybrid Method, a 90% weighting was applied to an IPO scenario given management’s expectations of an IPO event and a 10% weighting was applied to a non-IPO scenario. Under the IPO scenario, the fair value was estimated using the market comparable approach, a discount rate of 25%, an assumed time to liquidity of 0.14 years and a non-marketability discount of 5%. The lower non-marketability discount compared to the last valuation was due to a decrease in time to liquidity based on management’s expectations of an IPO. Under the non-IPO scenario, the fair value was estimated using a volatility rate of 40%, an assumed time to liquidity of two years, a risk-free interest rate of 0.47% and a non-marketability discount of 20%. The use of the Hybrid Method yielded a per share value of $14.05. There had been no recent secondary sales of our common stock. Based on the factors noted above and the independent contemporaneous valuation, our board of directors determined the fair value of our common stock was $14.05 per share. For stock-based awards granted in early January 2015, we determined it was appropriate to use $14.05 per share to calculate the stock-based compensation expense for these awards.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We have operations both within the United States and internationally, and we are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business.

Interest Rate Risk

Our investments are considered cash equivalents and primarily consist of bank deposits or money market funds backed by United States Treasury Bills and certificates of deposit. At October 31, 2014, we had cash and cash equivalents of $165.3 million. The carrying amount of our cash equivalents reasonably approximates fair value, due to the short maturities of these instruments. The primary objectives of our investment activities are the preservation of capital, the fulfillment of liquidity needs and the fiduciary control of cash and investments. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. Our investments are exposed to market risk due to a fluctuation in interest rates, which may affect our interest income and the fair market value of our investments. Due to the short-term nature of our investment portfolio, however, we do not believe an immediate 10% increase or decrease in interest rates would have a material effect on the fair market value of our portfolio. We therefore do not expect our operating results or cash flows to be materially affected by a sudden change in market interest rates.

In August 2013, we entered into a $100.0 million two-year revolving line of credit facility. The credit facility is denominated in U.S. dollars, and depending on certain conditions, each borrowing is subject to a floating interest rate equal to the LIBOR plus 3.0% or the ABR plus 2.0%. Also in August 2013, we drew $34.0 million of the credit facility at 3.4% (six month LIBOR plus 3.0%), which was used to pay down outstanding borrowings and related end-of-term and early payment fees, as well as for other general corporate purposes. In July 2014, we drew an additional $12.0 million under the credit facility at 3.3% (six month LIBOR

 

84


Table of Contents

plus 3.0%). In September 2014, we paid down $6.0 million and amended the credit facility to reduce our borrowing capacity from $100.0 million to $75.0 million and extend the facility through August 2016. Concurrently and in conjunction with the execution of our new headquarters lease in September 2014, letters of credit in the aggregate amount of $25.0 million were issued under the credit facility. These letters of credit reduce our available borrowing capacity under the credit facility and are subject to interest at 3.25% per annum. As of October 31, 2014, the outstanding borrowings under the credit facility were $40.0 million.

Interest rate risk also reflects our exposure to movements in interest rates associated with our borrowings. At October 31, 2014, we had total debt outstanding with a carrying amount of $40.0 million which approximates fair value. A hypothetical 10% increase or decrease in interest rates after October 31, 2014 would not have a material impact on the fair values of our outstanding debt.

Foreign Currency Risk

Our sales contracts are denominated predominantly in U.S. dollars and, to a lesser extent, the British Pound, Euros and Japanese Yen. Consequently, our customer billings denominated in foreign currency are subject to foreign currency exchange risk. A portion of our operating expenses are incurred outside the United States and are denominated in foreign currencies, which are also subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates, particularly changes in the British Pound, Euro and Japanese Yen. Additionally, fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates may cause us to recognize transaction gains and losses in our statement of operations. To date we have managed our foreign currency risk by netting assets and liabilities and have not entered into derivatives or hedging transactions as our exposure to foreign currency exchange rates has not been material to our historical operating results, but we may do so in the future if our exposure to foreign currency should become more significant. There were no significant foreign exchange gains or losses in the years ended December 31, 2011, January 31, 2013 and January 31, 2014, and the nine months ended October 31, 2013 and 2014.

Recent Accounting Pronouncement

On May 28, 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09 regarding ASC Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. The standard provides principles for recognizing revenue for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers with the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The standard will be effective for our fiscal year beginning February 1, 2017. Early adoption is not permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of this standard.

 

85


Table of Contents

LETTER FROM AARON LEVIE, CO-FOUNDER, CHAIRMAN AND CEO

Powering a New Way to Work

Box’s journey began in 2004 with a simple and, in retrospect, obvious idea: it should be incredibly easy for people to get to their files from anywhere. As college students, Dylan and I were using a number of ineffective tools like email, FTP, thumb drives, and shared drives to accomplish our most basic sharing and collaboration tasks. We knew there had to be a better way. So with some free time and online poker winnings, we set out to change how people could securely manage, share and collaborate on information, thus launching Box in 2005.

We designed a product focused on the end user and created a business model that encouraged individuals within corporations to sign up for free. Whenever legacy systems prevented a marketing manager, sales person, or finance executive from accessing and sharing important information, Box was just a few clicks away. Thanks to the people who brought Box into their organizations, we saw tremendous and unexpected organic growth within businesses of all sizes. To borrow from author and professor Clayton Christensen, Box became the low-end disruptor to traditional enterprise content management software, which was costly, cumbersome, and overly complex. To our surprise and delight, early users and IT administrators at sizable enterprises helped us refine and evolve our product to meet their needs and, by extension, the needs of other large organizations.

It’s been a thrilling ride. But it’s also just beginning.

Over the last several years, Box, and a host of similar, user-centric enterprise services that were initially adopted at the fringes of organizations, have gained a wider foothold in the marketplace. The growth and viability of these technologies have been accelerated by two immensely important trends: the unprecedented adoption of mobile devices globally and the rapid maturation of cloud computing. The result is a rare combination of forces that will transform what people expect from the technology they use at work, how organizations think about the power and potential of IT, and eventually, even the structure of entire industries.

As individuals, we now expect simple, always-on experiences in both our personal and work lives. Instead of being fixed to a local network and office, where data and apps are tightly bound to a physical location, the mobile enterprise is about building flexibility of access into work so that we get the most out of our information anywhere and anytime. It’s also about choice. Whereas six years ago, a few select technology vendors controlled the workplace, the future is exponentially more heterogeneous. Box customers like Schneider Electric and Gap, Inc. are supporting a diverse employee base that works from Android phones, Macs, iPads, Windows PCs, and iPhones, and in turn now expect the same support from their software vendors.

At an organizational level, as people become more mobile and networked, the linear, process-centric ways of working that dominated the mainframe and PC eras of technology are neither tenable nor warranted. Mission critical workflows should be as simple as sharing an update on Facebook, whether it’s Pearson’s editors collaborating on new educational content around the globe; Wasserman Media Group sharing content seamlessly and efficiently with their key client and media partners; or Eli Lilly delivering up-to-date information to its distributed teams.

Finally, as individuals and organizations continue to adopt these new norms, industries will change in response. Engineering and construction powerhouses like Bechtel can connect an array of contractors to their digital information, and workers can pull up content on mobile devices right on the job site. In healthcare, Wake Forest Baptist Health enables doctors to access critical medical information from iPads, allowing physicians to make decisions faster and work more closely with patients. And non-profits like charity: water can connect with global partners in real time, no longer held back by limited IT budgets.

Ultimately, we are moving toward an information economy, where every worker will be an information worker, and every business, regardless of industry, will be in the information business. Companies that don’t find ways for information to enhance their competitive advantage will be outdone by businesses that do. To thrive,

 

86


Table of Contents

companies must arm themselves with a new understanding of the opportunities of information technology to drive their success.

And our role at Box is to help enable this transition for every organization in the world.

A New Kind of Enterprise Software Company

To fulfill our mission of helping organizations get the most out of their information, and consequently create a better way of working, we’ve built a different kind of enterprise software company. Admittedly, in some areas starting from a blank slate was the product of inexperience, as neither Dylan nor I had storied careers at IBM or Oracle (though I did use Lotus Notes once in an internship). In other cases, we’ve intentionally ignored conventional wisdom, instead trying to imagine and bring to life the very best ways to build and deliver amazing technology for our customers.

While our focus on serving organizations is singular, how we deliver on that promise is hybrid: balancing the needs of end-users with those of IT and the enterprise. In the past, this has been a contradiction. Personal technology is often simple and elegant, yet goes unmanaged by CIOs and CISOs; corporate software focuses on security and integration into the enterprise but is often too complex and constraining for most users. Our approach uniquely balances the needs of both constituents, with years of perfecting advanced security functionality for enterprises, robust logging and controls, and compliance within regulated industries, all while maintaining a focus on end-user simplicity.

We design our software with the passion and attention to detail that you’d expect from leading consumer companies like Apple. Similar to Facebook, we release updates to our product continuously, which allows us to act on user feedback to improve the Box experience and respond to opportunities with agility. We support our customers with the greatest care and attention, delivering Zappos-like support. And we’ve created an open ecosystem much like salesforce.com, leveraging the talents and skills of tens of thousands of developers outside of our corporation to build value on Box.

To accomplish all this, we’ve built a team of some of the most amazing people in the technology industry hailing from leading consumer internet and enterprise software companies. Each person brings a unique perspective and set of experience to our business. We believe our culture is a critical competitive advantage that helps attract such great talent and is built on a foundation of thinking big, being a little bit irreverent, and getting stuff done.

Importantly, we’ve built a company that moves quickly. Our industry is in a permanent state of change. We’ve seen companies that were once wildly successful become shadows of their former selves. This happens in all sectors but is more pronounced in technology, where Moore’s Law ensures that any leadership position can be toppled as quickly as it was created. For that reason, at Box we are always focused on what comes next. We orient the entire company around how we can be improving, innovating, and moving faster. While you never know for sure what’s around the corner, it’s the speed with which you respond to changes that determines success or failure.

At times, we may get some things wrong, but we respond quickly and “fail fast.” More often, however, our speed affords us an incredible competitive advantage, as when Box was able to deliver the first enterprise content solution available for the iPad, just a few months after the device was announced. In other, less agile organizations, this can take years.

What is most invigorating is that our work is never done. With constant innovation all around us—from all the various devices we use, to the constantly evolving ways we work—Box must always find new opportunities to delight our customers. In the face of this challenge, we will continue to find our inspiration in the belief that we can build powerful yet simple technology that improves how the world collaborates, shares, and works.

Go Cloud!

Aaron

 

87


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Our Mission and Vision

Our mission is to make organizations more productive, competitive and collaborative by connecting people and their most important information. We believe our platform can become the cloud-based content layer that spans organizations, applications and devices to enable users to get work done more efficiently—when, where and how they want.

Overview

Box provides a cloud-based, mobile-optimized Enterprise Content Collaboration platform that enables organizations of all sizes to easily and securely manage their content and collaborate internally and externally. Our platform combines powerful, elegant and easy-to-use functionality that is designed for users with the security, scalability and administrative controls required by IT departments. We have built our platform to enable users to get their work done regardless of file format, application environment, operating system, device or location. Our paying business customers include more than 48% of Fortune 500 companies and more than 22% of Global 2000 companies, and our over 32 million registered users include employees from 99% of Fortune 500 companies, including companies in highly regulated industries such as healthcare and life sciences, telecommunications, energy and financial services.

There are several fundamental technology trends that are dramatically changing both individual behavior and enterprise IT infrastructure. Information workers increasingly expect to be able to access and work with their business content from any internet-enabled device, and they demand solutions that are as simple to use as their consumer internet applications, such as Facebook, LinkedIn and Twitter. However, legacy on-premise IT architectures were not built for ease of use or mobility. As a result, IT departments are increasingly pressured to find easier to use solutions that address employees’ changing work styles, while also protecting confidential content, including documents, presentations, spreadsheets and multimedia.

At our founding, we recognized that content is more accessible, useful and powerful when it is centrally stored, managed and shared. We have architected our Enterprise Content Collaboration platform from the ground up to be cloud-based and mobile-optimized to meet the evolving demands of today’s information worker. Cloud-based Enterprise Content Collaboration is especially powerful because it enables users to access and collaborate on centralized content from anywhere and allows organizations to access new features and apply policies and controls across all users and content simultaneously. Our solution is especially well-suited to support globally distributed workers with multiple devices.

We are building a rich ecosystem around Box. Our platform integrates with the applications of our technology partners, including salesforce.com, NetSuite and others, giving our users full access to Box without leaving partner applications. In addition, third-party developers can rapidly build, update and provision new applications that leverage and extend the core functionality of our service, increasingly with a focus on specific industries and vertical market use cases. To date, tens of thousands of third-party developers have leveraged our platform as the secure content layer for their applications, including developers that are part of our Box OneCloud ecosystem, which provides users with access to more than 1,300 iOS and Android third-party applications.

Our go-to-market strategy combines end-user-driven bottoms-up adoption with top-down sales efforts. We offer individuals a free basic version of Box to provide them with a first-hand experience of the simplicity and effectiveness of our service. Our solution often spreads virally within and across organizations, as users adopt Box and invite new users to collaborate. We monetize this network effect by making it easy for users and organizations to subscribe to paid versions of our service on our self-service web portal. We also target senior IT and line of business management within organizations through direct and indirect sales strategies to formalize large-scale deployments. Frequently, an organization will purchase Box for one use case and later expand its deployment to other use cases and larger groups of employees.

 

88


Table of Contents

Our go-to-market strategy also includes targeting specific industries that have content and collaboration challenges in their business. We deliver and are continuing to create solutions that target specific business problems within those industries with a combination of technology, services and marketing programs aimed at prospective buyers. Where relevant, we also facilitate compliance with industry-specific regulations to ensure companies can use Box in accordance with legal requirements. These industry solutions are aimed to speed the deployment and time to value for customers in industries such as healthcare and life sciences, financial services, legal services, media and entertainment, retail, education, energy and government. Our solution is highly scalable and can support deployments ranging in size from one user to over a hundred thousand users. As of October 31, 2014, we had over 32 million registered users and supported over 275,000 organizations that collectively interact with their content on average over four billion times every three months. Our customers include over 44,000 paying organizations globally, and our largest deployment to date is over 97,000 users. We currently offer our solution in 20 languages. Our customer base includes leading organizations across industries, including Ameriprise Financial, Inc., Bechtel, Eli Lilly and Company, Gap, Inc., Schneider Electric, Sunbelt Rentals and Viacom.

We have experienced significant growth since our incorporation in 2005. For the 12 months ended December 31, 2011, January 31, 2013 and 2014, our revenue was $21.1 million, $58.8 million and $124.2 million, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 179% and 111%. For the nine months ended October 31, 2013 and 2014, our revenue was $85.4 million and $153.8 million, respectively, representing period-over-period growth of 80%. We have invested and continue to invest heavily in our business to capitalize on our large market opportunity. As a result, we incurred net losses of $50.3 million, $112.6 million and $168.6 million for the 12 months ended December 31, 2011, January 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively. For the nine months ended October 31, 2013 and 2014, we incurred net losses of $125.2 million and $121.5 million, respectively.

Industry Trends

Trends such as Cloud, Mobility and the Proliferation of Data are Changing How People Work

Several technology trends have driven down the cost of storage, enabled faster, more powerful applications and increased the number of connected devices, paving the way for cloud and mobile to transform the way that people live and work.

 

    Shift from On-Premise to Cloud-Based Applications . Advances in technology architectures have supported the rise of cloud computing, which enables the delivery of software-as-a-service (SaaS). Today, mission-critical applications can be delivered reliably, securely and cost-effectively to customers over the internet without the need to purchase supporting hardware, software or ongoing maintenance. The lower total cost of ownership, better functionality and flexibility of cloud applications represent a compelling alternative to traditional on-premise solutions. As a result, Gartner, Inc. (Gartner) expects total cloud spending to increase from $130 billion worldwide in 2013 to $243 billion in 2017.

 

    Increased Functionality and Proliferation of Mobile Devices . The rapidly increasing functionality of smartphones, tablets and other mobile devices has resulted in the significant adoption of such devices within organizations. According to International Data Corporation (IDC), there were 1.3 billion mobile internet users worldwide in 2013 and there will be 2.2 billion in 2017. Forrester Research, Inc. (Forrester) estimates that 29% of the global workforce in 2012 used three or more devices, worked from multiple locations and accessed several applications.

 

    Explosion of Content and Data . The volume of data continues to grow significantly as users and organizations increase their usage of data-rich applications and access content from multiple connected devices. According to IDC, from 2005 to 2020, the volume of digital information will grow by a factor of 300, increasing demand for cost-efficient and scalable storage and content management solutions.

 

89


Table of Contents

These technology advancements have enabled the rapid development of a number of highly intuitive and engaging consumer-oriented internet and mobile applications that have changed the expectations of today’s workforce. The rich functionality and usability of applications such as Facebook, LinkedIn and Twitter have led today’s generation to expect their work applications to be similarly accessible, intuitive, social and collaborative, and their content to be available in the cloud and on any of their mobile devices. In response to the growing desire among workers to access and interact with their business information through their preferred personal devices, many organizations have established “bring your own device” policies. At the same time, workers are increasingly utilizing their favorite applications in the workplace in order to be more productive without seeking approval from their IT departments.

IT is Changing to Embrace These Trends while Maintaining Security and Scalability Standards

IT departments are mandated to ensure security for enterprise content in the face of an increasing number of cyber attacks and data leaks, to comply with ever-changing regulatory requirements and to maintain control and visibility over internal and external users while also taking advantage of the benefits of cloud and mobility. While it is clear that embracing cloud and mobility is a competitive imperative, meeting the permissions, security, scalability and administrative requirements typical of IT departments has become increasingly difficult as the proliferation of devices and applications on various architectures has created a more heterogeneous IT environment. Regulatory and compliance requirements for content, collaboration and storage have grown increasingly complex across geographies and industries. At the same time, reliance on technology for critical content and data has made organizations more vulnerable to both sophisticated external cyber attacks and data leaks.

Effective Content Management is Critical to Business Success Today

The technology trends described above are changing where and how work gets done because people can now access information and do their work from anywhere at any time. Employees, clients, vendors and contractors can now be seamlessly connected, creating new opportunities for sharing, collaboration and productivity. Ultimately, these modern approaches to productivity are empowering organizations to increase information velocity and speed up decision making, thereby increasing their competitiveness in the marketplace.

Our Market Opportunity

Our Enterprise Content Collaboration platform provides a combination of intuitive, user-friendly content applications with enterprise-grade features and security to serve as a central content layer across organizations. Our platform addresses several traditional IT categories defined by IDC, including content management, cloud storage, collaboration, and project and portfolio management, which in aggregate represents an estimated $25 billion in global IT spending in 2014. We believe our opportunity includes large segments of existing enterprise IT spending as well as new use cases and users that are not currently captured by traditional market sizing studies. Customers purchase our services both to replace existing storage and content management solutions, as well as to enable entirely new use cases not well served by existing content or collaboration solutions.

The size and importance of the Enterprise Content Collaboration market is driven by the fact that information is central to every organization’s workflow, and organizations regularly invest in new ways to increase workforce productivity. According to Forrester, there were 615 million information workers as of 2013, and there are expected to be 865 million information workers by 2016. We believe our mobile-optimized platform extends our opportunity beyond information workers to anyone who uses information to get his or her job done, including all mobile workers. According to IDC, there were 1.0 billion mobile workers as of 2010, and there will be 1.3 billion mobile workers by 2015.

 

90


Table of Contents

The Box Solution

Box empowers people to securely manage, share and collaborate on their content both internally and externally. We deliver applications (web and mobile), a platform for custom development and a series of industry-specific solutions.

 

    Modern Cloud Architecture. We have built our platform from the ground up on a cloud-based architecture, which enables us to rapidly develop, update and provision our services to users. Our proprietary cloud architecture is particularly well-suited for enterprise content collaboration because it enables our users to use the most up-to-date versions of our solutions at all times and administrators to immediately apply changes in policies and controls across all their organizations’ critical content simultaneously.

 

    Mobility. Our solution enables users to securely manage, share and collaborate on their content anytime and anywhere via nearly any device and operating system, including Mac, iOS, Android, Windows and Blackberry through both native and web applications.

 

    Elegant, Intuitive and User-Focused Interface. We are dedicated to keeping our solution easy for users to understand with little to no upfront training. We strive to enable quick and viral user adoption by maintaining a simple and elegant interface with compelling content collaboration features.

 

    Simple and Rapid Deployment. Our cloud-based software allows organizations to easily, quickly and inexpensively deploy our product. IT administrators can quickly add users, set up permissions, create folders and begin using our product almost immediately without the need to procure and provision hardware or install and configure software.

 

    Enterprise-Grade Security, Reporting and Administrative Controls. We have invested heavily to build robust security, reporting and administrative controls that satisfy our customers’ most demanding security requirements. Box gives IT administrators powerful tools to define access rights by user, content type, device and usage. Administrators can set specific content policies such as expiration dates to auto-delete files or deactivate links to time-sensitive materials. They can also manage mobile and sync security settings, including specification of which devices have access to Box and whether certain features are enabled. Additionally, all actions taken by paying business users and their collaborators in Box are tracked and auditable by administrators through Box’s native interface or via the application programming interface (API). Box also delivers Information Rights Management (IRM), which enables secure viewing of Box files within the Box application only, with no ability to download, print, copy/paste or share that information with others.

 

    Comprehensive Data Governance Strategy. We provide a secure, centralized system of record with Data Loss Prevention (DLP) capabilities. Our data security policies allow customers to apply quarantine or notification-only policies to sensitive confidential files, and we provide robust integrations for leading eDiscovery and DLP systems. Our data retention policies, announced in September 2014, will allow customers to control how long documents are to be retained in Box and what happens when the retention period expires, are currently in private beta.

 

    Automation and Workflow Management . Box can automate workflows based on process rules that customers can set in Box. For example, sales contracts can be routed for review through a specific approval process based on the contract value. This allows customers to accelerate the flow of information through their organization and integrates Box further into their business processes.

 

    Built to Handle Content of Nearly Any Type. We have designed our solution to serve as the central content and collaboration layer for an organization’s employees. Users securely manage, share and collaborate on all types of information on our platform, regardless of format or file type, and from any device, location or operating system.

 

   

Extensible Platform for Custom and Third-Party Application Development. We provide an open platform with an API that gives independent software vendors (ISVs), companies and third-party developers access to our functionality. Our API can be used to build and deploy unique applications

 

91


Table of Contents
 

with custom interfaces and workflows that leverage Box capabilities for content access, viewing, sharing, collaboration, security and reporting. We have a growing developer ecosystem building applications on the Box platform, including over 1,300 OneCloud mobile applications.

 

    Easy Integration with Other Cloud-Based Applications. Our open platform allows for easy integration with other cloud-based applications. We offer a number of off-the-shelf integrations with critical business applications, including Salesforce, NetSuite and others. Using Box Embed, customers are able to embed nearly all of our functionality in any web-based site or application, ensuring consistent accuracy and access.

 

    Focus on Industry-Specific Solutions. In order to facilitate easier and faster deployment of Box, we have created and are continuing to create industry-specific solutions for those industries that have significant content and collaboration challenges. These solutions target specific business problems within those industries with a combination of Box, integration with industry-specific partner technologies, implementation expertise from Box Consulting and/or implementation partners, and templates for metadata and workflows that are applicable to those industries. Where relevant, we have obtained regulatory and compliance certifications as well. For example, we facilitate compliance with the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA) and the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health (HITECH) Act, both particularly relevant to the healthcare industry. We also facilitate compliance with the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (PCI DSS), which is critical to the financial services and insurance industries.

 

    Pricing Plans. We offer our solution via multiple plans to meet the varying needs of our diverse customer base. Organizations can purchase different packages based on the size of their teams and level of functionality required.

 

    Personal. An individual user can create a personal Box account with a set storage capacity for a monthly fee.

 

    Starter. Our Starter package provides a shared workspace for a team or project and supports one to 10 users with 100 GB of storage.

 

    Business. Our Business package provides unlimited storage capacity, includes user management features, has richer security controls and requires a minimum of three users.

 

    Enterprise. Our Enterprise package provides unlimited storage capacity, a full set of features for content management and collaboration, has very rich reporting and auditing tools, integrates with other enterprise software products and can be customized for large-scale user deployments.

 

    Platform . For customers who wish to develop custom applications using the Box API, we offer a pricing plan based on the volume of API calls (also called “actions”) per month. Actions are sold in packages of 25,000 per month, with the ability to purchase multiple action packs to meet the anticipated volume of activity generated by the custom application. The first 25,000 actions per month are offered at no charge.

 

    Version for Free Users. We offer users a free version of Box in order to promote additional usage, brand and product awareness, and adoption. Our free offering allows users to invite anyone to collaborate on Box, enabling faster collaboration among employees, vendors, clients, contractors and other parties while exposing more potential users to our solution and helping our solution grow virally. Approximately one-third of our free users join Box because existing Box users and paying enterprises invited them to collaborate on a folder or file or access shared content.

 

    Focus on Customer Success. Our ability to support and engage with our customers is core to maintaining high retention rates. Our Customer Success team works closely with customers to ensure they are obtaining the highest value from our services. Box Consulting, our professional services team, engages with customers to understand their specific use cases and deployment needs. We believe our customer success efforts are one of the reasons why we have been successful in retaining customers and increasing their use of our service both within and across their organizations.

 

92


Table of Contents

Benefits of Our Platform

We provide the following key benefits to users, IT departments, organizations, and technology partners and third-party developers:

Benefits to Users

 

    Increased Productivity. Our solution enables users to achieve higher productivity by connecting people and their most important information to enable users to get work done more efficiently—when, where and how they want.

 

    Real-Time Collaboration. Our real-time collaboration solution enables users to build stronger and more collaborative relationships with their partners and customers and enable teams to work together securely and more productively across functions, organizations and geographies.

 

    Ubiquitous and Secure Access to Files. We provide users with the ability to securely manage, share and collaborate on content from any location using any operating system and on any device, ranging from PCs to smartphones and tablet devices.

 

    Simplified Technology Experience. Our product is simple to use and powerful, combining the best features of traditional content management with the usability of consumer internet applications. We enable users to store content generated from other applications in Box and access that content through the Box application and any integrated business application.

Benefits to IT Departments

 

    Enterprise-Grade Security. We deliver enterprise-grade security standards to our entire customer base. We address security at many levels, providing robust security settings set by administrators, sophisticated data encryption technologies, secure content delivery networks and an intrusion detection system to monitor network traffic. In addition, we offer Information Rights Management, which enables content to be securely shared for viewing purposes without the ability to download, copy/paste, print or share with others.

 

    Robust Administrative Controls. We offer an administrative console that allows IT administrators to manage their users and content, exercise granular security control, apply permission policies, and maintain visibility on actions taken within corporate accounts.

 

    Data Governance Capabilities . Box is a secure, centralized system of record with DLP capabilities. Our security policies allow administrators and users to apply quarantine or notification-only policies to confidential files, and Box provides integrations to leading eDiscovery and DLP systems.

 

    Compliance. Our solution has been designed and managed in alignment with regulations, standards and best practices including: ISO 27001, SOC-1/SSAE 16 (formerly SAS70), SOC-2 Type II, U.S./EU Safe Harbor, FIPS 140-2, HIPAA/HITECH and PCI DSS. Such adherence to these recognized standards and our continued focus on stringent security and controls further enables the deployment of the Box service by IT departments in healthcare, financial services and other key industries.

 

    Easy Deployment. Our cloud-based service allows organizations to easily, quickly and inexpensively deploy our solution. IT departments can leverage active directory and set permissions on an organizational, group or individual level.

Benefits to Organizations

 

   

Reduced Total Cost of Ownership. Our solution includes applications, storage, security, monitoring, integration services, upgrades, maintenance, customer support and disaster recovery, and our subscription-based solution enables customers to adjust the size of their deployment as necessary to

 

93


Table of Contents
 

scale with demand. Our product often replaces legacy technologies, such as File Transfer Protocol (FTP) servers, Managed File Transfer (MFT) tools and networked file servers, also known as shared drives. According to TechValidate, an independent research firm that surveyed 187 Box customers, companies across industries have saved an average of $8,567 per user from increased productivity and replacement of prior solutions.

 

    Frequent Product Updates. We push out new features and functionality on a weekly basis to all of our customers, improving and configuring our platform so that it is compatible with new devices, operating systems, applications and regulatory environments. By delivering our software as a cloud-based service, our customers always operate with the latest features and functionality.

 

    Enable New Class of Information Workers. Our product is optimized for cloud and mobile, allowing organizations to extend content and collaboration to a broader base of users who work remotely using tablets and smartphones.

 

    Business Process Enablement. With our workflow and automation capabilities, Box can help automate workflows based on process rules that customers can set in Box. This allows customers to speed the flow of information through their organization.

Benefits to Technology Partners and Third-Party Developers

 

    Seamless Integration with Business Applications. We have designed Box to integrate with the applications of our technology partners, such as salesforce.com, NetSuite and over 70 others, giving our users full access to Box’s complete functionality without leaving partner applications. ISVs, system integrators and other third-party developers can rapidly build, update and provision new applications that leverage and extend the core functionality of Box.

 

    Ability to Leverage Box Services. Through the use of our platform, developers creating custom web and mobile applications can incorporate nearly all of the functionality of the Box application for integration with their own applications.

 

    Rapid Application Development. Developers who build on the Box platform are able to develop their applications more quickly by leveraging our best-in-class content services.

 

    Reach Extensive User Audience. We give developers access to an audience of over 32 million registered users, which we believe allows our ecosystem of technology partners and third-party developers to address a broad set of use cases.

Our Business Model

Our business model focuses on maximizing the lifetime value of a customer relationship. We make significant investments in acquiring new customers and believe that we will be able to achieve a positive return on these investments by retaining customers and expanding the size of our deployments within our customer base over time. In connection with the acquisition of new customers, we incur and recognize significant upfront costs. These costs include sales and marketing costs associated with acquiring new customers, such as sales commission expenses, a significant portion of which is expensed upfront and the remaining portion of which is expensed over the length of the non-cancellable subscription term, and marketing costs which are expensed as incurred. Due to our subscription model, we recognize revenue ratably over the term of the subscription period, which commences when all of the revenue recognition criteria have been met. Although our objective is for each customer to be profitable for us over the duration of our relationship, the costs we incur with respect to any customer relationship, whether a new customer or an upsell to an existing customer, may exceed revenue in earlier periods because we recognize those costs faster than we recognize the associated revenue.

Organizations typically purchase our solution in the following ways: (i) employees in one or more small groups within the organization may individually purchase our service; (ii) organizations may purchase IT

 

94


Table of Contents

sponsored, enterprise-level agreements with deployments for specific, targeted use cases ranging from tens to thousands of user seats; or (iii) organizations may purchase IT-sponsored, enterprise-level agreements where the number of user seats sold is intended to accommodate and enable nearly all information workers within the organization in whatever use cases they desire to adopt over the term of the subscription.

A typical customer that uses our Enterprise Content Collaboration solution will initially purchase a Business subscription plan that provides features including sharing, collaboration, syncing across devices, permissioning, basic content management and unlimited storage. Larger customers purchase an Enterprise subscription plan that provides features including additional content management and security, integrations with other applications, access to application programming interfaces and potentially unlimited storage. Our customers generally use Box to unlock enhanced productivity through greater accessibility and easier sharing of their most important content. Customers often expand the size of their Box deployment as our solution spreads virally among users within the organization.

To provide an understanding of our customer economics, we analyzed the customers we acquired in fiscal year 2010, which we will refer to as the 2010 Cohort. In fiscal year 2010, we recognized $2.8 million in revenue and incurred variable costs that resulted in a negative contribution margin for the 2010 Cohort. In fiscal year 2014, we recognized $14.4 million in revenue from the 2010 Cohort, representing a compound annual revenue growth rate of 69.2%, and incurred variable costs that resulted in a positive contribution margin of 34% from the 2010 Cohort. In the nine months ended October 31, 2014, we recognized $14.3 million in revenue from the 2010 Cohort and incurred variable costs that resulted in a positive contribution margin of 40% from the 2010 Cohort. The contribution margin of our cohorts will fluctuate from one period to another depending upon the volume of expansion of the customers in those cohorts as the expansions, while contributing to significant revenue increases in future cohort periods, will also drive higher sales and marketing costs in the current period of the expansion.

As a result of investing heavily in sales and marketing to add customers, we expect that our profitability will be favorably impacted in the future to the extent that a greater portion of our revenue is derived from customer renewals rather than new customers. See the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Our Business Model” for a description of how we computed contribution margin. We cannot assure you that we will experience similar contribution margins from customers not included in the 2010 Cohort.

Our Growth Strategy

With an increasing number of information workers, industry trends toward cloud and mobility, and the increased need for global collaboration, we believe the market opportunity for Enterprise Content Collaboration is significant and growing. Key elements of our growth strategy include:

 

    Extending Our Technology Leadership. We have made, and will continue to make, significant investments in research and development to strengthen our existing platform, continually enhance usability and develop additional Enterprise Content Collaboration functionality to improve productivity. By extending our technology to support capabilities like metadata and business process automation, we believe that we can address new use cases and offer greater value to users.

 

    Increasing Our Customer Base Globally. We believe the global market for Enterprise Content Collaboration is large and underserved, and we intend to continue to make investments in our business to capture increasingly larger market share, both domestically and internationally. We plan to continue investing in direct and indirect sales and free user marketing to acquire new customers both in the United States and internationally.

 

   

Growing Our Presence within Our Existing Customer Base. We estimate that we currently address a small percentage of available users within our existing customer base, especially our customers who are Fortune 500 companies. While we have at least three users in 99% of Fortune 500 companies, we believe that we have only begun to penetrate the total addressable users at these companies,

 

95


Table of Contents
 

representing a significant expansion opportunity. We will continue to expand deployment of our solution with existing customers by, among other things, growing from departmental deployments to broader implementations and addressing a broader range of use cases.

 

    Target Industry Verticals. We have a strategy to target specific industries in areas where content and collaboration challenges are prevalent. Those industries include, but are not limited to, healthcare and life sciences, financial services, legal services, media and entertainment, retail, education, energy and government. We address the needs of those industries by delivering solutions that target specific business problems within those industries with a combination of Box, integration with industry-specific partner technologies, implementation expertise from Box Consulting and/or implementation partners, and templates for metadata and workflows that are applicable to those industries. Where relevant, we also obtain regulatory and compliance certifications as well. For example, we facilitate compliance with the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA) and the Health Information technology for Economic and Clinical Health (HITECH) Act, both particularly relevant to the healthcare industry. We also facilitate compliance with the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (PCI DSS), which is critical to the financial services and insurance industries. We bring these industry solutions to market via marketing and sales efforts targeted at potential buyers in each individual industry.

 

    Extending Our Sales Reach through Channel and Strategic Partners. We are focused on developing partnerships that extend our reach and enable us to enter new markets. We will continue to develop partnerships with leading channel partners, mobile device and hardware manufacturers, telecommunications service providers and system integrators.

 

    Expanding Our Platform Ecosystem. Applications built by third-party developers on our platform provide greater functionality for users, while still enabling critical information to be stored and monitored in one central location. We will continue to expand our platform ecosystem by developing additional relationships with ISVs, our customers’ internal development organizations and other third-party developers. By supporting these strategic relationships, we believe our platform ecosystem will extend to new use cases that deliver more targeted, higher value solutions. We also believe that, as more ISVs and other third-party developers join the ecosystem, we will attract more customers, further strengthening our ecosystem and making it more attractive to new developers. We also believe that customers who are using applications or integrations through our platform ecosystem are more likely to stay with Box.

The Box Platform

We have built an Enterprise Content Collaboration platform that enables users to easily and securely manage, share and collaborate on content both internally and externally. We have invested to make Box a technology agnostic platform, making our solution usable regardless of content format, application, device, location or operating system. Our Box applications provide functionality for content storage, management, collaboration, editing and creation. We also enable integrations between third-party ISV applications and our content services, and provide customers and system integrators with the ability to develop custom applications leveraging our content services. Our core platform services support these applications and content services. We provide robust security and administrative controls to ensure that content on our platform remains secure and manageable from end-to-end.

 

96


Table of Contents

The diagram below illustrates the major elements of the Box platform:

 

LOGO

Users can access our solution from mobile devices, including tablets and smartphones, and from PCs. Box is accessible using nearly any operating system.

Personal Computers

Our solution can be accessed by a web browser or via the desktop through Box Sync and offers integrations for popular productivity applications such as Microsoft Office and Google Apps. Our product has been designed with simplicity in mind, combining the core features of traditional content management with the usability of consumer internet applications.

Mobile Applications

Box’s mobile applications bring the key functionalities of our solution to users’ mobile devices, allowing users to securely manage, share and collaborate on their content from anywhere. Box is accessible from any device, regardless of the manufacturer or operating system through our mobile web application, and native mobile applications for iPad, iPhone, Android devices, Windows 8 devices, Windows phone, and BlackBerry 10. Our mobile applications feature our file preview technology that renders files for more than 100 file types, real-time search, the ability to work with multiple files at once, easier access to the Box OneCloud application gallery and a navigation layout that meets our users’ high usability expectations. In 2012, we introduced our Box

 

97


Table of Contents

OneCloud platform to encourage developers and independent software vendors to build applications on Box. Today, we offer over 1,300 OneCloud Mobile applications. Of the registered users who accessed Box in the three months ended October 31, 2014, over 2.6 million did so via a mobile device, compared to the more than 1.7 million registered users who did so during the three months ended October 31, 2013, representing year-over-year growth of 50%.

The graphic below shows a screenshot of the Box iPad application:

 

LOGO

 

98


Table of Contents

The graphic below shows a screenshot of the Box Android smartphone application:

 

LOGO

 

99


Table of Contents

The graphic below shows a screenshot of the Box iPhone application:

 

LOGO

Application Layer

Box Applications

 

    Content Storage and Management. Content stored in Box is encrypted and indexed for full-text search. Other important content management features include version history, version control, access permissions, access tracking and other granular security controls over users and content.

 

    Content Collaboration. The Box application includes social capabilities to facilitate collaboration in the browser, such as comments, assigning tasks and due dates and receiving real-time updates on collaborator activity. Users have access to a universal stream of events related to their account such as when collaborators upload, download, update, assign tasks or comment on files. Users can choose to receive automatic email alerts on these activities.

 

    Content Editing. Box Edit is an add-on feature that allows users to edit files directly in Box. Designed for nearly all file types, browsers and platforms, Box Edit uses the default application installed on a user’s computer to edit centralized content. For example, DOC files open in Microsoft Word, PPT files open in Microsoft PowerPoint, images open in Photoshop and CAD files open in AutoCAD.

 

    Content Creation. Users can simultaneously create content using Box Notes, our real-time, collaborative word processing application built natively in Box. With Box Notes, users can work together to take notes, share ideas and collaborate in real time with their team without leaving Box. The notes are web-based documents and do not require any other software in order to create, view or edit. The feature is currently available through the Box web application and on both iOS and Android devices.

 

100


Table of Contents

The graphic below shows a screenshot of Box Notes:

 

LOGO

 

    Box Sync. Box Sync enables users to edit documents on their desktop and simultaneously sync changes to their Box account so all updates are reflected in the cloud. Updates made and files added while offline are automatically synced after re-connecting to the internet, and files added by collaborators are downloaded once the user is back online. Our latest version of Box Sync (4.0) includes significant enhancements to our previous versions. Sync 4.0 is faster than Sync 3.0, can support uploads of up to 100,000 files, is tuned to support complex and active collaborative environments, requires less computing power and supports sub-folder sync.

Third-Party ISV Applications

We enhance the value of the Box platform for our customers by integrating it with other ISV applications and enabling third-party developers to build, update and provision new applications using our services.

 

    Enterprise SaaS. We enable ISVs to easily integrate and extend Box content storage and collaboration functionality to their applications. We integrate with a number of leading third-party SaaS applications including Salesforce, NetSuite and others to enable users to access their content on Box from partner applications. We also integrate with supplemental security features from other applications such as enterprise mobility management from MobileIron and single sign-on from Okta.

 

    OneCloud Mobile. Box OneCloud is an ecosystem of third-party mobile applications that integrate with and extend Box’s core product offering with functionality that includes annotations, scanning, presentations, editing and online signatures. Since its launch in March 2012, Box OneCloud has grown to over 1,300 applications, including CloudOn, GeniusScan, GoFormz, Notability, Plangrid, Outline+ and Wrike.

Custom Applications

 

    Enterprise IT . We provide an open platform for customers and partners to build and deploy unique applications and create custom interfaces and workflows that leverage Box services. Our platform enables customers to extend the power and functionality of Box into other applications and use cases. Our product can be further customized for industry-specific workflows through third-party applications available on the Box platform. To date, we have granted tens of thousands of application programming interface (API) keys to third-party developers to extend functionality with Box.

 

101


Table of Contents
    System Integrators . We have established agreements with system integrators such as Capgemini and Tech Mahindra to provide broader customer coverage and solution delivery capabilities. These system integrators write custom applications on Box for use cases specific to their customers.

Content Services

To support our applications and third-party applications, we provide APIs and software development kits (SDKs) that enable developers to build applications that leverage Box’s capabilities.

 

    Content API . Our content API is the main API that developers use to build applications on the Box platform or to integrate existing applications with Box. Developers can extend the content management features from the Box web and mobile interfaces into their own applications using our content API. This API allows developers to leverage Box as the horizontal content layer to power their applications.

 

    View API . In May 2013, we acquired Crocodoc, a company that embeds viewable and annotatable documents within websites, and we have since integrated Crocodoc’s technology into our platform, serving as the solution behind our preview experience. We also continue to sell the Crocodoc API, now marketed as the View API, as a core standalone platform offering, providing HTML5 document viewing to third-party applications. We recently acquired MedXT which allows Box to display medical images (DICOM) files in an online and mobile viewer, and to extend that ability as part of the View API, enabling developers to deliver vertical-specific experiences for the healthcare industry.

 

    Metadata API . Our metadata offering enables users to add context to their content. The underlying technology allows users to add key value pairs to files stored in Box via the API, making it easy to add, edit and view additional types of information around a file from within a custom application or on Box. A sample use case for metadata would be a radiologist searching for a patient name and diagnosis that have been assigned to an x-ray image uploaded to Box.

The graphic below shows a screenshot of the Box metadata tagging functionality:

 

LOGO

 

102


Table of Contents
    SDKs . The Box SDKs include language-specific libraries built on top of the Box API to allow for quicker development compared to working directly with the API. The Box SDKs currently have six libraries built on the Box API: iOS, Android (Java), Windows (C# / XAML), Java, C# and Ruby.

 

    Box Embed. Developers can use our HTML5-based embeddable framework to deliver Box’s entire suite of collaboration and management features including preview, comments, tasks and search into partner and customer third-party enterprise applications. Embed integrates customer relationship management software, social business software, financial management software, customer service applications and custom-built legacy business applications into the Box platform.

The graphic below shows Box integrated within the Salesforce application via Box Embed:

 

LOGO

Core Platform Services

We have invested significantly in building a robust platform to support our solution and ecosystem. Our platform provides many of the core features and functionalities required to optimize content collaboration and management.

 

    Content / Data Storage . To take advantage of our Enterprise Content Collaboration capabilities such as collaboration, accessibility and syncing across devices, content must be stored on our platform. Our platform enables users to store, organize, and access thousands of file types in the cloud. All historical versions of a file are stored in our hosted datacenters, making it easy to track changes over time. We provide varying levels of storage capacity for different customer tiers up to unlimited storage.

 

103


Table of Contents
    Search . We have built search capabilities into our platform to allow users to navigate content more quickly. Users can search all content types, data and people in one place, and search for files by name of owner, date edited and contents of the file.

 

    Event Logging . Box automatically logs all file and user activities on the application and maintains a complete audit trail of all activity within the account. The audit log provides IT administrators with insight into what is being done in the system, facilitates discovery and fulfills certain compliance requirements with relevant industry regulations.

 

    Encryption . We provide a secure content collaboration environment to address the needs of our business and enterprise customers. We use sophisticated data encryption technologies to ensure that the content on our platform remains secure. Content on our platform is encrypted in transit and at rest within Box.

 

    Upload Acceleration . We have invested in Box Accelerator, an enterprise-grade global data transfer network that gives our customers faster upload speeds. In September 2012, Neustar found that Box had the lowest average upload time versus competitors across all locations tested, and was 2.7 times faster than the closest competitor globally.

 

    Convert / View . Our solution is platform agnostic and enables users to preview over 100 file types directly in a web browser. We have developed conversion technology to support this large number of disparate file types. Our proprietary preview technology converts business documents such as Word, PowerPoint and PDF files into HTML5 online documents that are then viewable across devices.

Security and Administration

Box is built with security features that meet the standards of the largest enterprises. We enable IT departments to exercise granular security control, manage their users and content and maintain visibility on actions taken within corporate accounts. We make these security and control features available to our users through our solution and to third-party developers who build on our platform. We provide the following functionalities:

 

    Reporting . Box offers IT administrators the ability to generate reports on storage usage, security, sync history, user browser history, file activity and user activity, including logins, downloads, edits and uploads.

 

    Sharing Controls . Users work in a secure, online workspace and create shared workspaces by inviting internal and external collaborators to work within a folder or on a file. Files are uploaded into the workspace and can be shared by hyperlink, email, comment or direct navigation within the folder. To restrict access, users can set an expiration date, require a password, make files accessible to only users within a certain domain and set download permissions to enable recipients of shared links to view a file but not download it.

 

    Third-Party Application Management . IT administrators can choose to enable or disable certain applications and integrations within their administrator console. For added security, defaults can be set to automatically disable newly published applications.

 

    User / Password Management . IT administrators have the ability to manage tens of thousands of users in a single view; add, modify and manage users; control login settings; and allocate storage quotas.

 

104


Table of Contents

The graphic below shows a screenshot of the management console that enables IT administrators to manage user settings:

 

LOGO

 

    Content Rules . IT administrators can organize and manage all content in a global view. Both users and IT administrators can get visibility into all activity with respect to their content and assign levels of user privileges, which range from “upload only” to full editing rights.

 

    Device Pinning . Device pinning is a feature that allows IT administrators to assign users’ Box accounts to a particular mobile device or Box Sync client. IT administrators also have access to a dashboard in the administrator console for managing, enabling and disabling of device pinning, as well as the number of devices the Box application can be pinned to.

 

105


Table of Contents

Customers

Our over 32 million registered users represent a diverse customer base from over 275,000 organizations located in over 200 countries and territories. Of these, over 44,000 represent paying organizations. We define a paying organization as a separate and distinct buying entity, such as a company, an educational or government institution or other organization, or a distinct business unit of a large corporation, that has entered into a subscription agreement with us to utilize our services. No customer represented more than 10% of our total revenue in the 12 months ended December 31, 2011, January 31, 2013 and 2014 and the nine months ended October 31, 2013 and 2014. Below is a list of some of our largest customers by revenue, organized by industry.

 

Advertising

ADS Alliance Data Systems Inc.

Grey Group

Yellow Pages Group

Business Services

Booz & Company

Creative Artists Agency

Royal HaskoningDHV

Construction

Bechtel

DPR Construction

M. A. Mortenson Company

Consumer

Molson Coors Brewing Company

New Balance

Pabst Brewing Company

Education

Pennsylvania State University

San Jose Unified School District

University of Illinois

Energy

Chevron U.S.A. Inc.

Marathon Petroleum

J-W Energy Company

Financial Services

Ameriprise Financial, Inc.

Guaranteed Rate

Nationwide Mutual Insurance

Government

Argonne National Laboratory

London Borough of Hounslow

State Government of Victoria, Australia

Healthcare and Life Sciences

Allergan

Boston Scientific

Eli Lilly and Company

Stanford Health Care

The University of Texas M. D. Anderson Cancer Center

Industrial

Mondi Group

Schneider Electric

Sunbelt Rentals

Toyota

Legal Services

Hinshaw Culbertson LLP

Patterson Belknap Webb & Tyler LLP

Perkins Coie LLP

Sheppard, Mullin, Richter & Hampton LLP

Media & Entertainment

BBC Worldwide

DirecTV

Discovery Communications

TES Connect

Viacom

Non-Profit

Battelle Memorial Institute

The Leukemia & Lymphoma Society

Oxfam

Teach for America

WestEd

Real Estate

Cushman & Wakefield

Jones Lang LaSalle

The Related Companies

Retail

AutoTrader Group

Gap, Inc.

Safeway

Technology

Dell

DeNA Co.

eBay

Telecom

Bandwidth.com

RingCentral

Telefónica Digital

 

 

106


Table of Contents

Case Studies

We believe that the following case studies are representative examples of how our customers have benefitted from our solution.

Wake Forest Baptist Health

Situation : Wake Forest Baptist Medical Center, the teaching hospital for Wake Forest University and the Wake Forest School of Medicine, is located in Winston-Salem, North Carolina. With a Level I trauma center and an active academic program, Wake Forest Baptist Medical Center (Wake Forest) needed to keep its physicians up-to-date on the latest administrative processes, clinical guidelines, medical journal articles, training videos and information on resident education. Physicians frequently missed critical updates, however, because Wake Forest sent out this important information in email attachments that often became buried in their inboxes. Additionally, Wake Forest shared administrative and clinical information in SharePoint, which was not accessible from mobile devices, requiring physicians to leave the exam room to find a desktop computer to access this information, which led to lost time with patients. Finally, Wake Forest wanted to videotape lectures and publish them online as part of its Continuing Medical Education (CME) program, but the video files were huge—700 MB each, at 150 lectures per year—and Wake Forest needed to protect its intellectual property. On top of these needs, the nature of the Healthcare environment in which Wake Forest operates necessitated a system that would allow it to comply with HIPAA and HITECH Act regulations.

Solution and benefits : Wake Forest first adopted Box in August of 2012, with 85 purchased licenses and, as of October 31, 2014, it has maintained 96 licensed seats. Wake Forest chose Box as a single content repository to keep its physicians updated on critical information, giving doctors more time with patients and facilitating collaboration among professors and residents. Wake Forest equipped its medical staff with iPads, allowing doctors to easily access client information through Box and make real-time decisions. Wake Forest reported the following benefits:

 

    Savings . Since moving to the Box solution, Wake Forest has saved on data storage costs and reduced costs related to upgrading content management solutions.

 

    Security . With a preview-only option, Box allows Wake Forest to publish its videos while protecting them from being downloaded. With the CME videos published on Box, physicians all over the world can view the content—including on their mobile devices—and Wake Forest can enhance its reputation as a leading institution.

 

    Time with patients. Up-to-date information is easier to access with a central repository of the latest best practices and clinical protocols accessible via a mobile device anywhere in the hospital.

 

    Faster decisions . With all relevant information readily available, doctors spend less time searching before making a decision.

 

    Enhanced learning. Residents at Wake Forest are using Box to share information with their professors and to start their own discussions among classmates.

MD Anderson Cancer Center

Situation : The University of Texas MD Anderson Cancer Center is a premier cancer center and teaching institution dedicated to eliminating cancer throughout the world with outstanding programs in patient care, research and prevention. On the research side, they spend over $700 million a year, including $32 million in prevention research funding. As the leading academic medical center specializing in cancer treatment, research and teaching, it is critical for MD Anderson to keep clinicians, researchers and staff all connected so they can collaborate both internally and externally with outside research partners. Additionally, MD Anderson needed a system that would allow it to comply with HIPAA and HITECH Act regulations. MD Anderson was using USB flash drives, email attachments and non-encrypted FTP sites to collaborate on research and internal departmental content. This made it difficult to find files or share them securely with teams internally and externally. The

 

107


Table of Contents

current file sharing systems were also not mobile-enabled, so administrative and clinical staff couldn’t access critical information on the go, often losing valuable time.

Solution and benefits : Box was chosen as the end-to-end solution for secure file sharing across the organization. MD Anderson chose Box because it encrypts data (256-bit AES) at transit and at rest and provides robust permissioning, monitoring and tracking on who has access to content. Box has grown organically to over 6,700 licensed seats at MD Anderson as of November 2014. MD Anderson reported the following benefits:

 

    MD Anderson uses Box to collaborate on research, keeping everyone in sync on the status of projects and required resources. Researchers can easily upload study results or lab work, organize information into folders, add comments and search quickly. This has dramatically improved the speed of information sharing among researchers, doctors and other collaborators.

 

    Box helps improve clinical workflows and facilitate productivity by providing anywhere access to health information. MD Anderson uses Box to collaborate between clinical departments and hand off documents and files from one doctor to another. Doctors, medical residents and nurses have access to information at the point-of-care as well as for education in a teaching setting.

 

    Departmental content is stored in one centralized location, allowing administrators to easily log files containing sensitive information to satisfy reporting requirements and allow for enterprise oversight and management with seven levels of granular controls.

 

    MD Anderson can now transfer large files securely and share data with outside partners, third-party vendors and researchers. Because Box is easy to use, access and navigate, users can focus on their research studies and patient care rather than wasting time searching for team-based documents or files in emails or on personal or shared drives.

Live Nation

Situation : Live Nation, the world’s largest live entertainment and event ticketing company, needed a secure, simple way to share files with more than 200 event vendors (e.g., food, security, lighting, sound) for each of their eight annual festivals. In addition, Live Nation’s more than 30 business groups were struggling to collaborate. The company needed a mobile solution that allowed users to securely manage, share and collaborate on content.

Solution and benefits : Live Nation first adopted Box on October 19, 2012, with 320 purchased licenses. The deployment has grown significantly, and as of October 31, 2014, it has expanded to more than 2,000 purchased licenses. Live Nation replaced another online storage provider with Box for the management of media files and artist related assets, internal human resources collaboration, and secure mobile access for their executives and tour management. The company integrated Box with Salesforce within its media and ad sales departments to provide easier access to critical business information. For festival management, Box serves as the central repository for all vendor documents (e.g., maps, stage information, contracts, forms, and policies). Live Nation reported the following benefits:

 

    Executive team uses Box and iPads to share their critical board presentations

 

    Gained security and administrative controls over data; implementation required little to no training; content easily migrated into Box

 

    Over 2,000 information workers using the platform

Nationwide Insurance

Situation : At Nationwide, one of the largest insurance and financial services companies in the world, security is paramount. Strict security parameters significantly limited internal and external collaboration: employees often had to burn and ship CDs and DVDs in order to share information with law enforcement agencies, federal agencies, affiliated insurance companies and external insurance companies. Employees in

 

108


Table of Contents

sales, marketing, legal and other departments required easy access to documents from their mobile devices and needed to be able to securely share content with external collaborators.

Solution and benefits : Nationwide first adopted Box in September 30, 2012, with 100 purchased licenses. The deployment has grown significantly, and as of October 31, 2014, it has expanded to 6,000 purchased licenses. Nationwide adopted the Box solution in addition to a “bring your own device” policy. As a result, Nationwide employees could easily and securely share and collaborate on content with external parties via Box. After deploying Box, Nationwide discovered other use cases including integration with third-party mobile applications such as Quickoffice, iAnnotate and Good Dynamics. Ultimately, the insurance leader reduced costs by going digital and replacing legacy software with Box and its partner apps. Nationwide reported the following benefits:

 

    The ability to centrally house documents, provide appropriate access to both internal and external parties and maintain security of confidential financial information

 

    Ease of use driving viral adoption of the product that led to the company’s deployment growing from 500 to 3,000 users in one year

 

    The ability to work from anywhere anytime increased productivity for the insurer’s employees

By implementing Box, Nationwide has reduced paper costs and replaced its other paid cloud solutions, saving the company $150,000 on an annual basis.

New Balance

Situation : New Balance, a global apparel company, shipped countless USB drives to sales teams around the world in order to distribute marketing and sales content, including thousands of media files. In addition, New Balance needed an internal collaboration solution to replace existing FTP servers.

Solution and benefits : New Balance first adopted Box on December 28, 2012, with 1,400 purchased licenses and, as of October 31, 2014, it has continued to maintain these purchased licenses. New Balance purchased the Box solution to protect their intellectual property, while being able to easily share content with its global workforce. New Balance replaced their information sharing repositories, such as FTP, email attachments, USB drives and other cloud storage providers, with Box, resulting in savings of over $100,000 per year. New Balance reported the following benefits:

 

    The New Balance sales team uses Box Sync and the mobile applications to access sales material, such as product information and order forms on a daily basis

 

    The company rolled out a mobile strategy and is using third-party Box OneCloud applications to work in the field

 

    The marketing team uses Box to share content internally and externally with third-party vendors

 

    More than 1,400 users on the platform

By implementing Box, New Balance has experienced savings of over $100,000 per year by consolidating other paid cloud solutions, replacing their FTP servers and eliminating the use of USB drives.

Schneider Electric

Situation : Schneider Electric, a global specialist in energy management with operations in more than 100 countries, wanted to address consumerization of IT and offer a mobile-friendly document sharing and storage solution. This solution would combine both the ease of use that is experienced by its employees with consumer software and the control and administration features that are required in an enterprise environment.

Solution and benefits : Schneider Electric first adopted Box on August 31, 2012, with 2,000 purchased licenses. The deployment has grown significantly, and as of October 31, 2014, it has expanded to over 94,000 licensed seats. To enable collaboration within the organization and enable its knowledge workers to be more efficient, Schneider

 

109


Table of Contents

Electric implemented Box to be a centrally managed, collaborative content store. Box allows Schneider Electric to share content internally across divisions and subsidiaries and externally with over 30,000 partners and customers. Schneider leverages Box’s version-tracking features in order to make the collaboration across multiple teams and locations more efficient, and uses Box on a daily basis, including, for instance, to run a complex RFP (or to allow its management teams to access content such as presentations and speeches from anywhere, including on the way to meet clients). Schneider Electric indicated the following benefits:

 

    Box was successfully adopted by over 94,000 employees at a rate of roughly 1,200 new users for every 1.5 weeks

 

    The Schneider Electric IT administration team can now monitor activity (per file or user account) in a centralized and governed way, across over 45.1 terabytes of data stored on Box

By implementing Box, Schneider Electric has facilitated document sharing and collaboration internally and externally. Schneider Electric users have ranked Box among the best rated IT services provided internally in 2013.

Guaranteed Rate

Situation : Guaranteed Rate, a large retail mortgage lender, collects sensitive borrower documents including W-2 forms, bank account statements and drivers licenses as part of the mortgage application process. Borrowers sent loan officers documents via fax or potentially unsecured email exchanges, making it difficult to maintain a secure audit trail for future reference. Additionally, both borrowers and loan officers lacked visibility into an application’s progress because documents were tracked manually.

Solution and benefits : Guaranteed Rate has built a custom application, Transfersafe, which helps borrowers simply and securely sign and upload loan documents into a central location within the Box platform. Borrowers then receive immediate feedback and action items from loan officers. Transfersafe eliminates the need for faxing or emailing documents and safely stores a document history throughout the mortgage application process. Transfersafe was built on Box’s Content API, allowing Guaranteed Rate to leverage Box as the horizontal content layer on which documents are stored and managed. Guaranteed Rate has made an average of 4.3 million API calls per month to Box’s Content API in the three months ended October 31, 2014. Guaranteed Rate reported the following benefits:

 

    Avoided years of internal development by leveraging Box content management features through use of the Content API

 

    Reduced application processing time from days to minutes with instant collaboration between a home buyer and a loan officer

 

    Created automated secure audit trail including security numbering, time stamping and access to documents all in one central location

Technology and Operations

Our product is a multi-tenant SaaS offering that operates in a cloud-computing environment. Multi-tenancy refers to a principle in software architecture where a single instance of the software runs on a server, serving multiple client organizations. Security, availability, scalability and ease-of-use are core principles in our architecture and design. Our cloud offering allows us to offer global services to our customers in a highly scalable fashion. Co-location allows us to quickly expand capacity geographically using datacenters and networking providers. All computing assets (servers, network devices, data storage) at these co-location datacenters are owned or leased by us and are managed by our employees. We do not own any of these co-location data centers.

Our services are co-located in two separate datacenters in Northern California, and we also operate a disaster recovery datacenter in Las Vegas, Nevada. We license space and services at these facilities pursuant to separate master service agreements, which expire between 2015 and 2017. These facilities currently provide us

 

110


Table of Contents

with an aggregate of 4.8 megawatts of power, which can be increased as necessary. All facilities provide redundant power and cooling systems, fire protection, 24x7 on-site security and biometric authentication. We utilize a third-party solution as additional backup storage for our disaster recovery datacenter.

The Box solution is engineered to provide high reliability and availability. Our uptime service-level agreement (SLA) is 99.90% and in the 12 months ended October 31, 2014, our average monthly uptime was 99.93%. We maintain our service’s reliability by utilizing redundant network infrastructure, server clusters that tolerate failure of individual nodes, servers deployed in high availability pairs and a replica disaster recovery environment. Customer files are backed up to another location that would be out of any disaster zone due to proximity.

With respect to security, we provide IT administrators with a detailed audit log that captures uploads, downloads, preview and deletion with associated metadata such as time modified and the IP address where the content interaction originated from. Box offers Secure Socket Layer (SSL) encryption in transit. Files are encrypted at rest using 256 bit Advanced Encryption Standard (AES).

System performance and upload speeds are essential to providing excellent service. Consequently, Box has made significant infrastructure investments in the performance of file transfers. Our Box Accelerator Network consists of accelerator nodes placed strategically around the world and a sophisticated routing mechanism that actively routes file transfers through the fastest path. This network is designed to accelerate traffic without the need for any software installed on the client. Neustar, a neutral third-party, has validated that Box’s average upload speeds across locations are 2.7 times faster on average than the closest competitor.

We have built and deployed accelerator technology nodes across nine locations and cloud-based points of presence. On top of each node, we deploy patent-pending, intelligent routing technology that determines the fastest path for data to take during the upload process. This combination of proximity and intelligent routing ensures that Box customers everywhere experience the best possible performance as they collaborate with colleagues and partners distributed globally.

Compliance and Certifications

We prioritize the protection of customer and company data. We have developed and implemented an effective framework comprising both technical and operational controls that meet international standards for securing content and content collaboration in a multi-tenant cloud architecture. We ensure that there is both internal and independent external oversight of the security framework to ensure its continued implementation and effectiveness.

We have implemented a formal decentralized management structure for security and compliance that comprises three distinct functions. Each function has an independent reporting structure that ensures appropriate segregation of duties and oversight commensurate with the risk of storing customer data. The compliance team performs internal audits of the Box controls framework and engages with external independent third-party auditors who perform their own independent assessments of the Box controls framework. Results from independent third-party auditors are shared under non-disclosure agreements with our customers in the form of the following reports and accreditations:

 

    ISO/IEC 27001:2005 Information Security Management System Standard . The ISO/IEC 27001:2005 standard is the internationally recognized standard for information security management systems and sets the baseline requirements for the implementation of an effective security management system. This international certification was awarded to Box by the British Standards Institute (BSI).

 

    U.K. Government G-Cloud Approval . The U.K. government has introduced a “G-Cloud” procurement framework to encourage the adoption of cloud services across the whole Public Sector and has the aim of simplifying how Public Sector buys and delivers services by creating a marketplace of cloud commodity services that can be easily scaled up. As of October 2013, Box obtained formal approval for the G-Cloud Framework 4 and is now included on the G-Cloud catalogue for SaaS providers.

 

111


Table of Contents
    Safe Harbor Privacy Principles . Box self certifies under the Safe Harbor Privacy Principles for the EU/EEA and Switzerland. The Safe Harbor scheme is intended for organizations within the European Union or United States that store customer data. The Safe Harbor Principles are designed to prevent accidental information disclosure or loss. As a U.S.-based company, Box has opted into the program and adheres to the seven principles outlined in the Directive on Data Protection.

 

    APEC Cross Border Privacy Rules. The APEC Cross Border Privacy Rules (CBPR) system was developed by participating APEC economies to build consumer, business and regulator trust in cross border flows of personal information (often referred to as PII). The APEC CBPR system requires participating businesses to develop and implement data privacy policies consistent with the APEC Privacy Framework. The APEC CBPR certification confirms that Box meets international best practices with regards to privacy.

In addition, at least annually, we engage independent third-party professionals to perform security audits that are conducted in accordance with the Statement on Standards for Attestation Engagements (SSAE) No. 16, Reporting on Controls at a Service Organization, HIPAA and HITECH Act rules, and PCI DSS requirements. The output of these third-party independent audits is as follows:

 

    Service Organization Control (SOC) Type II Reports . SOC reports are designed to provide assurance to customers on the design and effectiveness of the service delivery controls. Box maintains a SOC-1/SSAE16 Type II inclusive report for customers who leverage the Box platform for their financial reporting. Box also maintains a SOC-2/AT-101 Type II inclusive report to provide transparency into controls within the security, availability and confidentiality principles.

 

    HIPAA and HITECH . The HIPAA and the HITECH Act are federal mandates that require security and privacy safeguards for protected health information. In April 2013, Box announced its ability to support the HIPAA and HITECH regulations and ability to sign Business Associate Agreements. Box also maintains an agreed upon procedure report to provide assurance to customers that Box adheres to the requirements.

 

    PCI DSS 2. 0 (Payment Card Industry). PCI DSS is a standard created by the PCI Security Standards Council to enhance the security of the payment card data (debit, credit, prepaid, e-purse, ATM and POS cards) and adherence to the standard is mandatory for companies that process, store or transmit payment card data. As of September 2014, Box achieved PCI DSS 2.0 Level 1 service provider compliance which allows customers to store payment card data on the Box platform.

Research and Development

Our engineering, operations, product and platform teams operate cross-functionally to enhance our existing cloud services, platform and technology operations. Our product managers on both the product and platform teams regularly engage with customers, partners and industry analysts as well as certain of our stakeholders, in functions such as sales, customer success, marketing and business development to understand customer needs as well as general trends in our industry. Once product improvements are identified, the entire development organization works closely together to design, develop, test and launch a solution.

Research and development expenses were $14.4 million, $29.0 million, $46.0 million and $48.4 million for the 12 months ended December 31, 2011, January 31, 2013 and January 31, 2014 and the nine months ended October 31, 2014, respectively.

Sales and Marketing

Our sales and marketing organizations work together closely to drive market awareness, build a strong sales pipeline and cultivate customer relationships to drive revenue growth.

 

112


Table of Contents

Sales

We sell our solution through direct field sales, direct inside sales, indirect channel sales and a self-service web portal. We cultivate prospects through a broad range of marketing programs and events and through users who use the free version of our application. Our sales strategy varies based on the size of the company and whom we are specifically targeting as our point-of-entry into an organization—individual users, IT leaders or leaders of other functions in the company. We increasingly enable organizations to purchase licenses or upgrade from one pricing plan to another online, providing self-service for those who prefer that option to talking with a sales professional.

We use both bottoms-up and top-down sales strategies. Our bottoms-up sales strategy leverages the free version of our product to seed accounts with small groups of users. Once these users bring the product into their organization, it may be adopted by other individuals, groups or departments in the organization. This helps us identify new and different use cases and can result in companies adding additional users. Our top-down strategy targets senior IT and line of business management to sell larger accounts and enterprise-wide accounts. Our enterprise scale, richness of reporting, configuration capabilities and advanced security make Box attractive to IT organizations.

We have built a comprehensive direct and indirect global sales team that focuses on specific use cases. Our sales organization is organized into four groups: Emerging and Small Business Accounts, which refers to organizations with 1-20 employees; Corporate Accounts, which refers to organizations with 21-1,000 employees; Major Accounts, which refers to organizations with 1,001-5,000 employees; and Enterprise Accounts, which refers to organizations with over 5,000 employees. We employ quota-carrying field and inside sales representatives who are dedicated to these categories, covering specific geographic regions and selling along specific industry verticals. We also have a team of channel account representatives who lead our indirect sales effort by developing partnerships with distribution vendors, resellers and OEMs. These channels provide additional sales coverage, solution-based selling, services and training throughout the world. Our channel program is led by a dedicated sales team and provides training, certification and sales resources to our partners. We have replicated our sales strategy in Europe and plan to do so in other international markets over time.

Our sales segments are supported by a team of inbound and outbound sales representatives. Inbound and outbound sales representatives focus primarily on telesales, while our sales development representatives focus on qualifying leads generated through marketing and prospecting activities. Opportunities generated by these activities are then passed onto quota-carrying sales representatives based on the potential customer’s size, industry and geographic location. Upon closing a sale, quota-carrying sales representatives manage contract renewals and upsell processes and engage our customer success team to manage the deployment, integration and support of our services. We also have a team of sales engineers dedicated to supporting our account executives in more technical conversations with customers and prospects. Our sales efforts are supported by our sales operations team which runs analytics to enhance our sales function productivity and overall success.

Marketing

Our marketing strategy targets users, IT leaders, business buyers and application developers in all industries and select geographies. Additionally, our events, lead generation, customer programs, corporate communications, field marketing and product marketing teams focus on building engagement and demand. We market our product as a solution to address content and collaboration challenges for companies in any industry, but also focus on industries via targeted vertical marketing programs and the delivery of industry-specific solutions. Our industry marketing programs leverage our core product along with industry-specific regulatory compliance, integration with other industry-specific technologies and tailored implementation services to address specific business processes and needs. Building our free user base is important to our sales and marketing strategy as it drives awareness, viral adoption and growth of our product. We offer free use of our core services with a limited amount of content storage to attract individual users who often attract other users to our products through

 

113


Table of Contents

collaboration. We also offer web trials of our paid products to attract small groups of users in an organization to adopt our product. This often leads to the users bringing our solution into their organization and can facilitate an initial evaluation with the organization.

We utilize various online and offline channels to establish our brand and build awareness. These channels include the Box website, search engine advertising, online mobile campaigns, social media initiatives, large-scale promotions, content syndication marketing with our strategic partners and online advertising. We also participate in and sponsor conferences, trade shows, executive events and industry events. We host an annual conference, BoxWorks, that allows us to educate and engage with our customers, prospects and partners. BoxWorks 2014 attracted over 3,500 attendees.

Partnerships

In 2012, we began to further evolve our ecosystem of partners by creating the Box Partner Network and adding an indirect sales approach through channel and alliance partners. This complements our direct sales force by offering customers more ways to subscribe to Box. As part of this evolution, we have also engaged with partners who are integrating the Box platform with existing third-party applications and developers creating new applications.

Our partnerships generally fall within three categories: channel and alliance partners, technology partners and developers. Channel and alliance partners resell Box broadly to new customers and markets, technology partners integrate the Box service into their products or services, and developers build new applications using Box as the content layer, maintaining a secure and central environment for users’ content. Agreements with technology partners and developers have not been material to date.

Channel and Alliance Partners

Partners who resell Box include value-added resellers, solution providers, direct market resellers, system integrators, distributors, and service providers, amongst others. Our channel strategy is centered around accelerating our sales reach globally, and generating long-term, profitable revenue streams by leveraging our partners’ strong customer relationships. Such partners include Ingram Micro, CDW, Insight Direct, SoftChoice, SHI International Corp., AT&T, Deutsche Telekom, Telefonica and Telstra.

Technology Partners

We have entered into agreements with the intent to either market, develop, integrate with or endorse the Box service, or a combination of these activities, that will directly benefit our customers. Current partners include DocuSign, Good Technology, MobileIron, NetSuite, Okta and salesforce.com.

Developers

We have built APIs to enable developers to build applications using Box as the content layer, allowing users to store content related to that application centrally and securely within Box.

Customer Success

We are passionate about supporting our customers from the moment we first engage with them and throughout the lifetime of our partnership. We have multiple teams within our customer success organization dedicated to maintaining a high level of customer satisfaction: customer success management, professional services and customer support. Our operations are structured with the customer experience in mind, and we strive to create a “least-effort” process for users. Internally, our customer success mantra is to “blow our customers’ minds,” and we take that mission seriously. We believe that providing a premium level of support to our customers is critical to enhancing our brand as a superior enterprise service provider.

 

114


Table of Contents

Once Box is chosen by the customer, our customer success managers are assigned to the customer for the life of the contract to ensure that the service is meeting users’ needs, that users are utilizing our service for the use cases for which they purchase our service and to identify additional needs or opportunities. We have a data-driven approach to account management and closely monitor engagement. When engagement levels trend lower within an enterprise, we proactively reach out to identify and address adoption issues. Customer success managers work closely with our sales team as contracts come up for renewal. Each of our customer success managers is assigned as the primary point of contact to a specific set of customers, for any issues, questions or needs that these customers may have.

Box Consulting, our professional services team, helps new customers get up and running and supports existing customers with expanded use cases. The team is capable of implementing simple use cases as well as more complex platform and content management oriented use cases. Box Consulting has a mix of service offerings that include upfront implementation packages, technical consulting on integrations and the platform, optimization offerings for existing customers, and customer training.

Our customer support team works directly with users to understand and solve problems as soon as they arise. This team assists with cases directed to customer success managers and also addresses direct inbound issues. The team has on-site subject matter experts to address specific issues and never uses scripts when interacting with customers. Our customer support team works closely with our product team to pass along requests and suggestions made by users. Within the customer success organization, we have a team dedicated to customer retention that monitors our customer usage data to identify opportunities for enhancing our customer’s engagement with our product. This team employs a very data-driven and systems-based approach to analyzing customer usage and satisfaction.

We focus our efforts on providing users with fast response and resolution, technical expertise and multiple communication channels by which to reach us. Support is available 24 hours a day, seven days a week and users can reach us by phone, email, Twitter and Facebook. All users are provided with a standard support package by which we provide target response times based on the urgency of the issue. We also offer, for an additional fee, a higher-touch premier support package. Customers with premier support have a dedicated team of premier support specialists with limited account assignments. In addition, premier support users benefit from dedicated communication channels, advanced trending and reporting, and the escalation of issues directly to our engineering organization.

Access to support resources is provided through our Box Help Center, a portal with self-service training materials, best practice guides and product documentation. The Box Help Center helps administrators and end users find answers on their own, as well as supporting materials for those working with Box to configure their accounts. Our customer support team was recognized as the best front-line customer service team out of eligible computer software companies with 100 or more employees at the 2014 Stevie Awards for Sales & Customer Service.

Culture and Employees

Our founders, our leadership team and our employees have collectively been instrumental in helping us create and sustain our culture of empowerment and collaboration, and we use Box technology extensively within our company to create an environment to facilitate this. We are one of the few companies that combine the enterprise software and enterprise execution capabilities with consumer grade instincts, and we believe our hiring strategy is unique in that we hire people who have experience across both enterprise- and consumer-oriented industries that are leading in technology capabilities and user experience. We take best practices from innovating and leading companies, whether it is customer support, product innovation or enterprise selling. Our goal is to take the best of these very different disciplines and build a company that looks and feels different from what anybody has ever seen before.

 

115


Table of Contents

As of October 31, 2014, we had 1,131 employees. We also engage temporary employees and consultants. None of our employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements. We believe our employee relations are good, and we have not experienced any work stoppages.

Competition

The Enterprise Content Collaboration market is large, highly competitive and highly fragmented. It is subject to rapidly evolving technology, shifting customer needs and frequent introductions of new products and services. Outside of the Enterprise Content Collaboration market, we compete against several categories of technology providers: vendors whose core competency is simple file sync and share, which can be deployed on premise, hybrid, or via a SaaS delivery model; real-time collaboration vendors whose focus is on real-time voice, video and text communication in the enterprise; social collaboration vendors who focus on the conversations that occur between teams; traditional Enterprise Content Management (ECM) vendors who deploy on premise and offer deep records management, business process workflow, and archival capabilities; and newer mobile enterprise vendors who are beginning to enter the content collaboration market, are adding adjacent content capabilities onto an existing product, or serve a particular business or industry use case. Our current primary competitors include but are not limited to:

 

    Enterprise Content Collaboration: established vendors including EMC, IBM and Microsoft (Office365 and SharePoint); and

 

    File Sync and Share: including Citrix (ShareFile), Dropbox, Google (Drive), EMC (Syncplicity), Microsoft (OneDrive for Business) and Amazon (Zocalo).

We may face future competition in our markets from other large, established companies, as well as from smaller specialized companies. In addition, we expect continued consolidation in our industry, which could lead to increased price competition and other forms of competition.

The principal competitive factors in our market include:

 

    enterprise-grade security and compliance;

 

    ease of user experience;

 

    scalable product and infrastructure for large deployments;

 

    speed, availability, and reliability of the service;

 

    low-cost, quick deployment;

 

    integration into office productivity, desktop and mobile tools;

 

    current and forward-thinking product development;

 

    agnostic to device, operating system, and file type;

 

    metadata capabilities;

 

    automation and workflow management;

 

    extensible platform for custom application development;

 

    customer-centric product development;

 

    rich ecosystem of channel partners and applications;

 

    superior customer service and commitment to customer success; and

 

    strength of professional services organization.

We believe that we compete favorably on the basis of these factors. Our ability to remain competitive will depend to a great extent upon our ongoing performance in the areas of product development, core technical

 

116


Table of Contents

innovation, platform and partner ecosystem and customer support. In addition, many of our competitors, particularly the large software companies named above, may have greater name recognition, longer operating histories and significantly greater resources. Some competitors may be able to devote greater resources to the development, promotion and sale of their products than we can to ours, which could allow them to respond more quickly than we can to new technologies and changes in customer needs. We cannot assure you that our competitors will not offer or develop products or services that are superior to ours or achieve greater market acceptance.

 

LOGO

Intellectual Property

We rely on a combination of patents, copyrights, trademarks, service marks, trade secrets, confidentiality procedures and contractual restrictions to establish and protect our proprietary rights in our products and services. As of October 31, 2014, we had seven issued U.S. patents and nine issued Great Britain patents that directly relate to our technology that expire between 2028 and 2033, and we had 87 pending patent applications in the U.S. and 46 pending patent applications internationally. We intend to pursue additional patent protection to the extent that we believe it would be beneficial and cost effective.

We registered “Box,” the Box logo and certain other marks as trademarks in the United States and several other jurisdictions. We also filed trademark applications in the United States and certain other jurisdictions, and will pursue additional trademark registrations to the extent we believe it would be beneficial and cost effective.

We are the registered holder of a variety of domestic and international domain names that include “box.com,” “box.net” and similar variations.

We license software from third parties for integration into our products, including open source software and other software available on commercially reasonable terms.

All of our employees and independent contractors are required to sign agreements acknowledging that all inventions, trade secrets, works of authorship, developments and other processes generated by them on our behalf are our property, and they assign to us any ownership that they may claim in those works. In addition, we generally enter into confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, vendors and customers, and generally limit access to and distribution of our proprietary information.

Despite our precautions, it may be possible for unauthorized third parties to copy our products and use information that we regard as proprietary to create products and services that compete with ours.

Some license provisions protecting against unauthorized use, copying, transfer and disclosures of our products may be unenforceable under the laws of certain jurisdictions and foreign countries. In addition, the laws

 

117


Table of Contents

of some countries do not protect proprietary rights to as great of an extent as the laws of the United States, and many foreign countries do not enforce these laws as diligently as government agencies and private parties in the United States. To the extent that we expand our international activities, our exposure to unauthorized copying and use of our products and misappropriation of our proprietary information may increase.

We expect that software and other solutions in our industry may be increasingly subject to third-party infringement claims as the number of competitors grows and the functionality of products in different industry segments overlap. Moreover, many of our competitors and other industry participants have issued patents or filed patent applications, and have asserted claims and related litigation regarding patent and other intellectual property rights. From time to time, third parties have asserted patent, copyright, trademark, trade secret and other intellectual property rights within the industry.

Legal Proceedings

On June 5, 2013, Open Text S.A. (Open Text) filed a lawsuit against us in U.S. District Court, Eastern District of Virginia, alleging that our core cloud software and Box Edit application directly and indirectly infringe 12 patents in three patent families that Open Text acquired through its acquisition of various companies: U.S. Patent No. 7,062,515, titled “System and Method for the Synchronization of a File in a Cache,” U.S. Patent No. 7,590,665, titled “System and Method for the Synchronization of a File in a Cache,” and U.S. Patent No. 8,117,152, titled “System and Method for the Synchronization of a File in a Cache,” (collectively, the File Synchronization Patents), U.S. Patent No. 6,223,177, titled “Network Based Groupware System,” U.S. Patent No. 6,917,962, titled “Web-Based Groupware System,” U.S. Patent No. 7,287,055, titled “Web-Based Groupware System,” U.S. Patent No. 7,299,258, titled “Web-Based Groupware System,” U.S. Patent No. 7,320,018, titled “Web-Based Groupware System,” U.S. Patent No. 7,734,694, titled “Web-Based Groupware System,” and U.S. Patent No. 8,176,122, titled “Web-Based Groupware System,” (collectively, the Groupware Patents), and U.S. Patent No. 7,647,372, titled “Method and System for Facilitating Marketing Dialogues,” and U.S. Patent No. 7,975,007, titled “Method and System for Facilitating Marketing Dialogues,” (collectively, the Dialog Patents). Open Text is a Luxembourg corporation that does not sell any products in the United States. Open Text is a subsidiary of Open Text Corp., located in Waterloo, Ontario, Canada, which is not a party to the litigation.

Open Text is seeking preliminary and permanent injunctions against infringement, treble damages, and attorney’s fees. On August 1, 2013, we filed an answer to Open Text’s complaint, which denied that we infringed Open Text’s patents and asserted that Open Text’s patents were invalid. On the same date, we also filed a motion to transfer the case to the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California. On September 13, 2013, Open Text filed a motion for preliminary injunction seeking to enjoin us from providing our Box Edit feature to companies with more than 100 users. On September 28, 2013, we filed papers in opposition to Open Text’s motion for preliminary injunction. On October 18, 2013, the Virginia court granted our motion to transfer and the case was transferred to the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California. Discovery commenced on February 6, 2014. On April 9, 2014, the California court denied Open Text’s motion for preliminary injunction, finding that (1) Open Text failed to meet its burden to show irreparable harm, (2) Open Text failed to show a reasonable likelihood of success on the merits of its case, and (3) we have raised a substantial question as to the validity of the patents asserted during the preliminary injunction proceedings.

The judge has issued a scheduling order which sets forth the current expectation for important events in the lawsuit, although no assurances can be given that the schedule will not change. A claims construction hearing, also known as a Markman hearing, was held on November 20, 2014, and a trial date has been scheduled for February 2, 2015.

On September 19, 2014, in a related action, Open Text S.A. v. Alfresco Software Ltd.,et al. , Case No. 13-cv-04843-JD, the Court granted the Alfresco Defendants’ motion to dismiss with prejudice the asserted claims of the Dialog Patents, finding the asserted claims of the Dialog Patents patent ineligible under 35 U.S.C. § 101. Subsequently, Open Text advised us that it was no longer pursuing claims of infringement against us under the asserted claims of the Dialog Patents.

 

118


Table of Contents

On December 1, 2014, the court issued its claim construction order. As of December 10, 2014, as required by the Court, the number of claims asserted by Open Text has been reduced to a total of 15 claims across eight remaining patents. We have reduced our prior art references to a total of 13.

On December 5, 2014, pursuant to Federal Rule of Civil Procedure 56(a), we moved for summary judgment of invalidity as to each of the asserted claims of the patents-in-suit under 35 U.S.C. § 102 and/or 103. In the alternative, we moved for partial summary judgment of (1) No willful infringement of the patents-in-suit; (2) Invalidity of certain claims of the Groupware Patents under 35 U.S.C. § 101; (3) Invalidity of the asserted ‘0 18 patent for obviousness-type double patenting; and (4) No pre-suit damages as to the Groupware Patents. On December 5, 2014, we also moved for judgment on the pleadings pursuant to Federal Rule of Civil Procedure 12(c) as to the Sixth, Seventh, Eighth, Ninth and Tenth Causes of Action in Plaintiff’s First Amended Complaint alleging claims of patent infringement with respect to the Groupware Patents on the ground that the asserted claims of the Groupware Patents are invalid as patent ineligible under 35 U.S.C. § 101. In addition, on December 5, 2014, we also moved to exclude the testimony and opinions of one of Open Text’s witnesses.

On December 5, 2014, Open Text moved for partial summary judgment that certain systems identified by us do not qualify as prior art under 35 U.S.C. § 102. In addition, on December 5, 2014, Open Text moved for partial summary judgment that our affirmative defense numbers 1 (based on failure to state a claim) and 16 (based on government immunity 28 U.S.C. § 1498(a)) should be dismissed. On December 5, 2014, Open Text also moved to exclude certain testimony of certain of our witnesses.

We intend to defend the lawsuit vigorously. While we continue to believe we have valid defenses to Open Text’s claims, an adverse outcome to the litigation could result in a material adverse effect on our business.

In addition, from time to time, we are a party to litigation and subject to claims incident to the ordinary course of business. Although the results of litigation and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, we currently believe that the final outcome of these ordinary course matters will not have a material adverse effect on our business. Regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

Facilities

Our corporate headquarters, which includes research and development, sales, marketing, business operations and executive offices, is located in Los Altos, California. It consists of approximately 97,000 square feet of space under a lease that expires in 2015. In September 2014, we entered into a lease for approximately 340,000 square feet in Redwood City, California, which lease expires in 2028. We plan to use this space as our new corporate headquarters and to sublease a portion of this space. We also lease approximately 30,000 square feet in San Francisco, California for a sales office under a lease that expires in 2021 and approximately 20,640 square feet in Austin, Texas for an office under a lease that expires in 2019. We also maintain space for our East Coast sales team in New York, New York.

We lease more than 11,000 square feet of space in London for our European headquarters, which includes sales and business operations. We currently maintain space in France, which we use to deliver sales support and professional services locally. We intend to expand further in Europe as needed to support our growing customer base.

We also have an office in Tokyo to target the Asia Pacific market.

We lease all of our facilities and do not own any real property. We intend to procure additional space as we add employees and expand geographically. We believe that our facilities are adequate to meet our needs for the immediate future, and that, should it be needed, suitable additional space will be available to accommodate expansion of our operations.

 

119


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table provides information regarding our executive officers and directors as of November 30, 2014:

 

Name

  

Age

  

Position(s)

Executive Officers

     

Aaron Levie

   29   

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Dan Levin

   50   

President, Chief Operating Officer and Director

Dylan Smith

   29   

Chief Financial Officer and Director

Peter McGoff

   50   

Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

Graham Younger

   46   

Executive Vice President, Worldwide Field Operations

Non-Employee Directors

     

Dana Evan (1)(3)

   55   

Director

Steven Krausz (1)

   60   

Director

Rory O’Driscoll (1)(2)

   50   

Director

Gary Reiner (3)

   60   

Director

Josh Stein (2)(3)

   41   

Director

Bryan Taylor (2)

   44   

Director

Padmasree Warrior

   54   

Director

 

(1) Member of our audit committee.
(2) Member of our compensation committee.
(3) Member of our nominating and corporate governance committee.

Executive Officers

Aaron Levie co-founded our company and has served as our Chairman since December 2013 and as our Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors since April 2005. Mr. Levie attended the University of Southern California from 2003 to 2005.

Mr. Levie was selected to serve on our board of directors because of the perspective and experience he brings as one of our founders.

Dan Levin has served as our President and Chief Operating Officer since December 2013, as our Chief Operating Officer since July 2010 and as a member of our board of directors since January 2010. From March 2009 to July 2010, Mr. Levin served as an advisor to various technology start-ups, including our company since September 2009. From July 2008 to March 2009, Mr. Levin served as the interim Chief Executive Officer of Picateers Inc., an online photo sales company. Previously, Mr. Levin served in various executive roles at Intuit Inc., a business and financial management solutions company, most recently as Vice President and General Manager, Healthcare. Mr. Levin holds a B.A. in the independent concentration of Applications of Computer Graphics to Statistical Data Analysis from Princeton University.

Mr. Levin was selected to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive experience with technology companies.

 

120


Table of Contents

Dylan Smith co-founded our company and has served as our Chief Financial Officer and as a member of our board of directors since April 2005. Mr. Smith holds a B.A. in Economics from Duke University.

Mr. Smith was selected to serve on our board of directors because of the perspective and experience he brings as one of our founders.

Peter McGoff has served as our Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary since April 2012. From June 2000 to April 2012, Mr. McGoff served as Senior Vice President and General Counsel of Informatica Corporation, an enterprise data integration software company. Mr. McGoff holds a B.S. in Finance from California State University, Sacramento, a J.D. from the University of the Pacific and an LL.M. in Intellectual Property Law from the London School of Economics.

Graham Younger has served as our Executive Vice President, Worldwide Field Operations since February 2014. From August 2011 to February 2014, Mr. Younger was employed by SuccessFactors, Inc., a software company and subsidiary of SAP America, Inc., most recently serving as Senior Vice President and General Manager, Global Sales. From August 2008 to August 2011, Mr. Younger was employed by Oracle Corporation, a computer technology company, most recently serving as a Global Vice President of Sales. Mr. Younger is a Computer Science graduate from Birmingham City University, England.

Non-Employee Directors

Dana Evan has served as a member of our board of directors since December 2011. Since July 2007, Ms. Evan has invested in and served on the boards of directors of companies in the internet, technology and media sectors. From May 1996 until July 2007, Ms. Evan served as Chief Financial Officer of VeriSign, Inc., a provider of intelligent infrastructure services for the internet and telecommunications networks. Ms. Evan currently serves on the boards of directors of Criteo S.A., a performance display advertising company, Everyday Health, Inc., a provider of digital health and wellness solutions, Fusion-io, Inc., a flash memory technology company, Proofpoint, Inc., a security-as-a-service provider, and a number of privately held companies. Ms. Evan previously served on the board of directors of Omniture, Inc., an online marketing and web analytics company, until it was acquired by Adobe Systems Incorporated in October 2009. Ms. Evan holds a B.S. in Commerce from Santa Clara University and is a certified public accountant (inactive).

Ms. Evan was selected to serve on our board of directors because of her experience in operations, strategy, accounting, financial management and investor relations at both publicly and privately held technology companies.

Steven Krausz has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2013. Since 1985, Mr. Krausz has served in various roles at U.S. Venture Partners, a venture capital firm, where he currently serves as a Managing Member. Mr. Krausz currently serves on the boards of directors of Imperva, Inc., a data security company, and a number of privately held companies. He previously served on the boards of directors of Guidewire Software, Inc., a provider of software for insurance companies, and Occam Networks, Inc., a broadband network equipment company, until it was acquired by Calix, Inc. in February 2011. Mr. Krausz holds a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from Stanford University and an M.B.A. from the Stanford Graduate School of Business.

Mr. Krausz was selected to serve on our board of directors because of his experience in the venture capital industry and as a director of both publicly and privately held technology companies.

Rory O’Driscoll has served as a member of our board of directors since April 2010. Since 1994, Mr. O’Driscoll has been a Managing Director at Scale Venture Partners, a venture capital firm. Mr. O’Driscoll currently serves on the boards of directors of several privately held companies and previously served on the boards of directors of ExactTarget, Inc., a digital marketing software company, until it was acquired by

 

121


Table of Contents

salesforce.com, inc. in July 2013, and Omniture, Inc. until it was acquired by Adobe Systems Incorporated in October 2009. Mr. O’Driscoll holds a B.Sc. from the London School of Economics.

Mr. O’Driscoll was selected to serve on our board of directors because of his experience in the venture capital industry and as a director of both publicly and privately held technology companies.

Gary Reiner has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2012. Since November 2011, Mr. Reiner has been an Operating Partner at General Atlantic LLC, a private equity firm. From September 2010 to November 2011, Mr. Reiner served as Special Advisor to General Atlantic. From 1996 to September 2010, Mr. Reiner served as Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer at General Electric Company, a multinational conglomerate corporation. Mr. Reiner previously held other executive positions with General Electric Company since joining the company in 1991. Mr. Reiner currently serves on the boards of directors of Citigroup Inc., a financial services firm, and Hewlett Packard Company, a computer software, hardware and IT services company. He previously served on the board of directors of Genpact Ltd., a business process management company, and a number of General Atlantic’s privately held portfolio companies. Mr. Reiner holds a B.A. in Economics from Harvard University and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.

Mr. Reiner was selected to serve on our board of directors because of his operating and management experience with technology companies.

Josh Stein has served as a member of our board of directors since July 2006. Since December 2006, Mr. Stein has been a Managing Director at Draper Fisher Jurvetson, a venture capital firm he joined in May 2004. Mr. Stein currently serves on the boards of directors of several privately held companies. Mr. Stein holds a B.A. in Psychology from Dartmouth College and an M.B.A. from the Stanford Graduate School of Business.

Mr. Stein was selected to serve on our board of directors because of his experience in the venture capital industry and his knowledge of technology companies.

Bryan Taylor has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2014. Since March 2004, Mr. Taylor has served as a Partner at TPG Capital, a private equity firm. Mr. Taylor currently serves on the boards of directors of IMS Health Holdings, Inc., an information and technology services company, and a number of privately held companies. Mr. Taylor holds a B.A. in Political Science from Stanford University and an M.B.A. from the Stanford Graduate School of Business.

Mr. Taylor was selected to serve on our board of directors because of his experience as a director of both publicly and privately held companies and his knowledge of technology companies.

Padmasree Warrior has served as a member of our board of directors since March 2014. Ms. Warrior has served as Chief Technology Officer since March 2008 and Chief Strategy Officer since July 2012 at Cisco Systems, Inc., a networking equipment provider. Prior to joining Cisco, Ms. Warrior served in various executive roles at Motorola, Inc., a telecommunications company, from 1998 to November 2007, most recently as Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer from January 2003 to November 2007. Ms. Warrior currently serves on the board of directors of The Gap, Inc., a retail apparel company. Ms. Warrior holds a B.S. in Chemical Engineering from the Indian Institute of Technology in New Delhi and an M.S. in Chemical Engineering from Cornell University.

Ms. Warrior was selected to serve on our board of directors because of her extensive experience with technology companies.

Our executive officers are appointed by our board of directors and serve until their successors have been duly elected and qualified. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

 

122


Table of Contents

Codes of Business Conduct and Ethics

Our board of directors has adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and other executive and senior financial officers. The full text of our code of business conduct and ethics will be posted on the investor relations page of our website. We intend to disclose any amendments to our code of business conduct and ethics, or waivers of its requirements, on our website or in filings under the Exchange Act.

Board of Directors

Our business affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. Our board of directors consists of 10 directors, seven of whom qualify as independent under the listing standards of the NYSE. Pursuant to our current certificate of incorporation and amended and restated voting agreement, our current directors were elected as follows:

 

    Mr. Levie was elected as the designee reserved for the person serving as our Chief Executive Officer;

 

    Mr. Smith was elected as the designee of the holders of our common stock;

 

    Ms. Evan and Mr. Levin were elected as the designees of our board of directors;

 

    Mr. Krausz was elected as the designee of the holders of our Series B convertible preferred stock;

 

    Mr. O’Driscoll was elected as the designee of the holders of our Series C convertible preferred stock;

 

    Mr. Reiner was elected as the designee of the holders of our Series E convertible preferred stock;

 

    Mr. Stein was elected as the designee of the holders of our Series A convertible preferred stock;

 

    Mr. Taylor was elected as the designee of the holders of our Series F convertible preferred stock; and

 

    Ms. Warrior was elected by the holders of our voting convertible preferred stock and Existing Class A common stock.

Our amended and restated voting agreement will terminate and the provisions of our current certificate of incorporation by which our directors were elected will be amended and restated in connection with this offering.

After the completion of this offering, the number of directors will be fixed by our board of directors, subject to the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering. Following this offering, the persons nominated for director who receive the highest number of affirmative votes at each annual meeting for the class of directors to be elected at such meeting (as further described below) will be elected to our board of directors.

Classified Board of Directors

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering provides that, immediately after the completion of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Our current directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

    the Class I directors will be Ms. Evan and Messrs. Krausz and Levie, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2015;

 

    the Class II directors will be Messrs. Levin, Reiner and Stein, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2016; and

 

    the Class III directors will be Messrs. O’Driscoll, Smith and Taylor and Ms. Warrior, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2017.

 

123


Table of Contents

Each director’s term will continue until the election and qualification of his or her successor, or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Any increase or decrease in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the total number of our directors.

This classification of our board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control of our company.

Director Independence

Our board of directors has undertaken a review of the independence of each director. Based on information provided by each director concerning his or her background, employment and affiliations, our board of directors has determined that Mses. Evan and Warrior and Messrs. Krausz, O’Driscoll, Reiner, Stein and Taylor do not have relationships that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors is “independent” as that term is defined under the listing standards of the NYSE. In making these determinations, our board of directors considered the current and prior relationships that each non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director and the transactions described in the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Lead Independent Director

Our board of directors has adopted corporate governance guidelines that provide that one of our independent directors should serve as our Lead Independent Director at any time when our Chief Executive Officer serves as the Chairman of our board of directors or if the Chairman is not otherwise independent. Because Mr. Levie is our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, our board of directors has appointed Mr. O’Driscoll to serve as our Lead Independent Director. As Lead Independent Director, Mr. O’Driscoll will preside over periodic meetings of our independent directors, serve as a liaison between our Chairman and our independent directors and perform such additional duties as our board of directors may otherwise determine and delegate.

Committees of Our Board of Directors

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. The composition and responsibilities of each of the committees of our board of directors are described below. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board of directors.

Audit Committee

Ms. Evan and Messrs. Krausz and O’Driscoll, each of whom is a non-employee director, comprise our audit committee. Ms. Evan is the chair of our audit committee. Our board of directors has determined that each of the members of our audit committee satisfies the requirements for independence and financial literacy under the listing standards of the NYSE and SEC rules and regulations. Our board of directors has also determined that Ms. Evan qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in the SEC rules and satisfies the financial sophistication requirements of the NYSE, and that simultaneous service by Ms. Evan on the audit committees of more than three public companies does not impair her ability to effectively serve on our audit committee. Our audit committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

    selecting and hiring our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

    evaluating the performance and independence of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

    approving the audit and pre-approving any non-audit services to be performed by our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

124


Table of Contents
    reviewing our financial statements and related disclosures and reviewing our critical accounting policies and practices;

 

    reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our internal control policies and procedures and our disclosure controls and procedures;

 

    overseeing procedures for the treatment of complaints on accounting, internal accounting controls, or audit matters;

 

    reviewing and discussing with management and the independent registered public accounting firm the results of our annual audit and the financial statements included in our publicly filed reports;

 

    reviewing and approving any proposed related person transactions; and

 

    preparing the audit committee report included in our annual proxy statement.

Our audit committee will operate under a written charter that satisfies the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing standards of the NYSE.

Compensation Committee

Messrs. O’Driscoll, Stein and Taylor, each of whom is a non-employee director, comprise our compensation committee. Mr. Stein is the chair of our compensation committee. Our board of directors has determined that each member of our compensation committee satisfies the requirements for independence under the listing standards of the NYSE and the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC. Each member of our compensation committee is also a non-employee director, as defined pursuant to Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, and an outside director, as defined pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code. Our compensation committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

    reviewing and approving our Chief Executive Officer’s and other executive officers’ annual base salaries, incentive compensation plans, including the specific goals and amounts, equity compensation, employment agreements, severance arrangements and change in control agreements, and any other benefits, compensation or arrangements;

 

    administering our equity compensation plans;

 

    overseeing our overall compensation philosophy, compensation plans and benefits programs; and

 

    preparing the compensation committee report included in our annual proxy statement.

Our compensation committee will operate under a written charter that satisfies the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing standards of the NYSE.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Ms. Evan and Messrs. Reiner and Stein, each of whom is a non-employee director, comprise our nominating and corporate governance committee. Mr. Reiner is the chair of our nominating and corporate governance committee. Our board of directors has determined that each member of our nominating and corporate governance committee satisfies the requirements for independence under the listing standards of the NYSE. Our nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

    evaluating and making recommendations regarding the composition, organization and governance of our board of directors and its committees;

 

    evaluating and making recommendations regarding the creation of additional committees or the change in mandate or dissolution of committees;

 

    reviewing and making recommendations with regard to our corporate governance guidelines; and

 

    reviewing and approving conflicts of interest of our directors and corporate officers, other than related person transactions reviewed by our audit committee.

 

125


Table of Contents

Our nominating and corporate governance committee will operate under a written charter that satisfies the listing standards of the NYSE.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of our compensation committee is or has been an officer or employee of our company. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee (or other board committee performing equivalent functions) of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or our compensation committee.

Mr. O’Driscoll, a member of our compensation committee, is a Managing Director at Scale Venture Partners. Since January 1, 2011, Scale Venture Partners III, L.P. (SVP III) has purchased shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock in the following transactions: in February 2011, SVP III purchased an aggregate of 503,056 shares of our Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock from us at a purchase price of $3.1619 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $1,590,613; and in August 2012, SVP III purchased an aggregate of 38,183 shares of our Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock from us at a purchase price of $13.0949 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $500,003.

Mr. Stein, a member of our compensation committee, is a Managing Director at Draper Fisher Jurvetson. Since January 1, 2011, entities affiliated with Draper Fisher Jurvetson (DFJ Entities) have purchased shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock in the following transactions: in February 2011, the DFJ Entities purchased an aggregate of 1,715,928 shares of our Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock from us at a purchase price of $3.1619 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $5,425,593; in August 2011, the DFJ Entities purchased an aggregate of 996,090 shares of our Series D-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock from us at a purchase price of $8.0314 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $7,999,998; in August 2012, the DFJ Entities purchased an aggregate of 229,097 shares of our Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock from us at a purchase price of $13.0949 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $3,000,003; and in October 2013, the DFJ Entities purchased an aggregate of 277,778 shares of our Series E-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock from us at a purchase price of $18.00 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $5,000,004. In October 2011, we entered into a stock purchase agreement pursuant to which certain of our stockholders, including the DFJ Entities, sold an aggregate of 350,514 shares of our Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock, 1,345,970 shares of our Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock and 509,633 shares of our Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock to entities affiliated with Bessemer Venture Partners at a purchase price of $9.0657 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $19,999,995.

The sale of our redeemable convertible preferred stock to SVP III and the DFJ Entities was made in connection with our redeemable convertible preferred stock financings and on substantially the same terms and conditions as all other sales of our redeemable convertible preferred stock by us in each such financing. SVP III and the DFJ Entities are also party to our investors’ rights agreement, right of first refusal and co-sale agreement and voting agreement. See the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” for further description of these transactions.

Non-Employee Director Compensation

In fiscal 2014, our non-employee directors did not receive any cash compensation for their service on our board of directors or committees of our board of directors.

As of January 31, 2014, Ms. Evan held 160,000 shares of our Class B common stock pursuant to the early exercise of an option to purchase shares of our Class B common stock, of which 76,667 shares were subject to a right of repurchase held by us. The shares began to vest on January 31, 2012 and vest in 48 equal monthly installments; provided, however, that the shares shall become fully vested if Ms. Evan is terminated or resigns from her position as a director in connection with or within 12 months of a change in control.

 

126


Table of Contents

Our directors who are also our employees receive no additional compensation for their service as directors. During fiscal 2014, Messrs. Levie, Levin and Smith were our employees. See the section titled “Executive Compensation” for additional information about the compensation paid to Messrs. Levie, Levin and Smith.

Outside Director Compensation Policy

In January 2015, our board of directors approved our Outside Director Compensation Policy. The Outside Director Compensation Policy will be effective as of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Under the Outside Director Compensation Policy, members of our board of directors who are not employees (outside directors) will receive compensation in the form of equity and cash, as described below:

Cash Compensation

Each year, each outside director will receive a cash retainer of $30,000 for serving on our board of directors.

Equity Compensation

Upon joining our board of directors, each newly elected outside director will receive an equity award with a value of $450,000 (Initial Award). The Initial Award will be comprised of stock options and restricted stock units, each having a value of 50% of the aggregate Initial Award. The Initial Award will vest generally over a three-year period, subject to continued service through each vesting date.

On the date of each annual meeting of our stockholders beginning with our 2015 annual meeting, each outside director will receive an equity award with a value of $200,000 (Annual Award). The Annual Award will be comprised of stock options and restricted stock units, each having a value of 50% of the aggregate Annual Award. The Annual Award will fully vest upon the earlier of the 12-month anniversary of the grant date or the next annual meeting, in each case, subject to continued service through the vesting date. An outside director will not be eligible for an Annual Award unless the outside director has been a director for at least one full calendar year or since the previous year’s annual meeting.

Notwithstanding the vesting schedules described above, the vesting of each equity award will accelerate in full upon a change in control.

The number of restricted stock units subject to an Initial Award or Annual Award will be determined by dividing the specified value of the restricted stock units by the average closing price of a share of our Class A common stock for the 30-trading day period ending the trading day before the grant date. The number of stock options subject to an Initial Award or Annual Award will be determined by multiplying the number of shares of our Class A common stock determined in the preceding sentence by two.

 

127


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Fiscal 2014 Summary Compensation Table

The following table presents summary information regarding the total compensation for services rendered in all capacities that was earned by our Chief Executive Officer and our two other most highly compensated executive officers in fiscal 2014. The individuals listed in the table below are our named executive officers for fiscal 2014.

 

Name and Principal
Position

   Fiscal Year      Salary($)     Bonus ($) (1)      Option
Awards ($) (2)
     Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($) (3)
     All Other
Compensation
($) (4)
     Total ($)  

Aaron Levie

     2014         150,833        38,750                         87         189,670   

Chairman and Chief

     2013         140,833                1,827,185         39,773         53         2,007,844   

Executive Officer

                   

Dan Levin

     2014         240,000 (5)       60,000         1,656,552                 388         1,956,940   

President and Chief

                   

Operating Officer

                   

Dylan Smith

     2014         202,500 (6)       50,000         311,858                 114         564,472   

Chief Financial Officer

     2013         182,500                450,236         52,761         80         685,577   

 

(1) The amounts reported represent discretionary bonuses earned in fiscal 2014.
(2) The amounts reported represent the grant date fair value of the stock options granted to the named executive officers during fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2014 as computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of the stock options reported in this column are set forth in the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.
(3) The amounts reported represent amounts earned in fiscal 2013 under our 2012 executive bonus program.
(4) The amounts reported represent amounts paid on behalf of the named executive officers for basic life insurance.
(5) Mr. Levin’s annual salary was increased to $275,000 effective March 2014.
(6) Mr. Smith’s annual salary was increased to $250,000 effective March 2014.

Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation

Executive Bonus Program

We sponsored a 2012 executive bonus program (2012 Bonus Program) that covered calendar year 2012. Our named executive officers for fiscal 2013 were eligible to participate in our 2012 Bonus Program. Incentives under our 2012 Bonus Program were payable based on our achievement of certain company financial targets. For calendar year 2012, the performance metric was tied to the acquisition of new and recurring business revenue. Subject to achieving the performance metric, each participant was eligible to receive a target incentive payment as a percentage of the participant’s base salary. For calendar year 2012, the target incentives for each eligible named executive officer were as follows: (i) Aaron Levie, 40% of his base salary; and (ii) Dylan Smith, 40% of his base salary. During calendar year 2012, we achieved the performance metric at a level that triggered the payments described in the Fiscal 2014 Summary Compensation Table.

In addition, as a result of transitioning to a January 31 fiscal year-end, we paid out bonuses to cover the additional one month for the remainder of fiscal 2013. For this one-month period, we paid each executive 1/12 of his target amount for calendar year 2012.

 

128


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

The following table provides information regarding equity awards held by our named executive officers at January 31, 2014.

 

    Option Awards     Stock Awards  
    Grant
Date
    Number of Securities
Underlying Unexercised
Options
    Option
Exercise

Price
($)
    Option
Expiration

Date
    Number of
Shares of
Stock
That Have Not

Vested
(#)
    Market Value
of Shares of

Stock
That Have
Not

Vested
($)
 

Name

    Exercisable
(#)
    Unexercisable
(#)
         

Aaron Levie

    07/15/2010 (1)       515,235        73,606        0.29        07/14/2020                 
    04/07/2011 (2)       25,000               0.59        04/06/2021                 
    04/02/2012 (3)       385,000        385,000        1.16        04/01/2022                 
    04/02/2012 (4)       102,500        307,500        4.00        04/01/2022                 
    04/02/2012 (5)              410,000        4.00        04/01/2022                 
    04/27/2012 (6)              410,000        4.00        04/26/2022                 

Dan Levin

    04/19/2013 (7)       34,375        265,625        4.63        04/18/2023                 
    04/19/2013 (8)       150,000        150,000        4.63        04/18/2023                 

Dylan Smith

    07/15/2010                                    42,973 (9)       604,200 (10)  
    04/07/2011 (2)       17,362               0.59        04/06/2021                 
    04/01/2012 (11)       160,000        80,000        1.16        03/31/2022                 
    04/01/2012 (12)       35,000        105,000        1.16        03/31/2022                 
    02/07/2013 (7)       16,041        123,959        4.63        02/06/2023                 

 

(1) One forty-eighth of the shares subject to the option vested on August 1, 2010 and one forty-eighth of the shares vest monthly thereafter, subject to continued service to us.
(2) One thirty-sixth of the shares subject to the option vested on February 1, 2011 and one thirty-sixth of the shares vest monthly thereafter, subject to continued service to us.
(3) One forty-eighth of the shares subject to the option vested on February 1, 2012 and one forty-eighth of the shares vest monthly thereafter, subject to continued service to us.
(4) One forty-eighth of the shares subject to the option vested on February 1, 2013 and one forty-eighth of the shares vest monthly thereafter, subject to continued service to us.
(5) One forty-eighth of the shares subject to the option vest on February 1, 2014 and one forty-eighth of the shares vest monthly thereafter, subject to continued service to us.
(6) One forty-eighth of the shares subject to the option vest on February 1, 2015 and one forty-eighth of the shares vest monthly thereafter, subject to continued service to us.
(7) One ninety-sixth of the shares subject to the option vest monthly over two years beginning on February 1, 2013 and one thirty-second of the shares vest monthly thereafter, subject to continued service to us.
(8) One-twelfth of the shares subject to the option vested on August 29, 2013 and one-twelfth of the shares vest monthly thereafter, subject to continued service to us.
(9) Shares acquired pursuant to an early exercise provision and subject to a right of repurchase we held as of January 31, 2014. One forty-eighth of the 343,780 shares subject to the underlying option award vested on August 1, 2010 and one forty-eighth of these shares vest monthly thereafter, subject to continued service to us.
(10) This amount reflects the fair market value of our common stock of $14.06 per share as of January 31, 2014 multiplied by the amount shown in the column for the Number of Shares of Stock That Have Not Vested.
(11) One thirty-sixth of the shares subject to the option vested on February 1, 2012 and one thirty-sixth of the shares vest monthly thereafter, subject to continued service to us.
(12) One ninety-sixth of the shares subject to the option vest monthly over two years beginning on January 1, 2012 and one thirty-second of the shares vest monthly thereafter, subject to continued service to us.

Executive Employment Agreements

Aaron Levie

We have entered into a confirmatory employment letter with Aaron Levie, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. The confirmatory employment letter has no specific term and provides that Mr. Levie is an at-will employee. Mr. Levie’s current annual base salary is $155,000, and he is eligible for annual target incentive payments equal to 50% of his base salary.

 

129


Table of Contents

Dan Levin

We have entered into a confirmatory employment letter with Dan Levin, our President and Chief Operating Officer. The confirmatory employment letter has no specific term and provides that Mr. Levin is an at-will employee. Mr. Levin’s current annual base salary is $275,000, and he is eligible for annual target incentive payments equal to 50% of his base salary.

Subsequent to the end of fiscal 2014, Mr. Levin received the following additional stock option grants: (i) a grant to purchase up to 300,000 shares of our Class B common stock in April 2014 at an exercise price of $17.85 per share; and (ii) a grant to purchase up to 250,000 shares of our Class B common stock in January 2015 at an exercise price of $14.05 per share.

Dylan Smith

We have entered into a confirmatory employment letter with Dylan Smith, our Chief Financial Officer. The confirmatory employment letter has no specific term and provides that Mr. Smith is an at-will employee. Mr. Smith’s current annual base salary is $250,000, and he is eligible for annual target incentive payments equal to 50% of his base salary.

Subsequent to the end of fiscal 2014, Mr. Smith received the following additional stock option grants: (i) a grant to purchase up to 140,000 shares of our Class B common stock in April 2014 at an exercise price of $17.85 per share; and (ii) a grant to purchase up to 120,000 shares of our Class B common stock in January 2015 at an exercise price of $14.05 per share.

Change in Control and Severance Agreements

In June 2014, our compensation committee approved change in control and severance agreements, or change in control agreements, for our named executive officers, which require us to make specific payments and benefits in connection with the termination of such named executive officers’ employment under certain circumstances. These change in control agreements superseded any other agreement or arrangement relating to severance benefits with these named executive officers or any terms of their option agreements related to vesting acceleration or other similar severance-related terms. The descriptions that follow describe such payments and benefits that may be owed by us to each of our named executive officers upon the named executive officer’s termination under certain circumstances.

The change in control agreements will remain in effect for an initial term of three years. At the end of the initial term, each agreement will automatically renew for an additional one-year period unless either party provides notice of nonrenewal within 90 days prior to the date of the automatic renewal. The change in control agreements also acknowledge that each named executive officer is an at-will employee, whose employment can be terminated at any time.

In order to receive the severance benefits described below, each named executive officer is obligated to execute a release of claims against us, provided such release of claims becomes effective and irrevocable no later than 60 days following such named executive officer’s termination date, and to continue to comply with the terms of the named executive officer’s proprietary agreement with us.

In the event of a termination of employment without “cause” (as generally defined below) outside of the “change in control period” (as generally defined below), a named executive officer will receive the following:

 

    continued payments of base salary for six months; and

 

    paid COBRA benefits for six months.

In the event of a termination of employment without “cause” or a resignation for “good reason” (as generally defined below) during the “change of control period,” a named executive officer will receive the following:

 

    a lump-sum payment of 12 months of base salary;

 

130


Table of Contents
    a lump-sum payment equal to 100% of the target bonus;

 

    paid COBRA benefits for 12 months; and

 

    100% acceleration of equity awards.

In the event any payment to one of our named executive officers is subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code (as a result of a payment being classified as a “parachute payment” under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code), the executive officer will be entitled to receive such payment as would entitle him to receive the greatest after-tax benefit of either the full payment or a lesser payment which would result in no portion of such severance benefits being subject to excise tax.

For the purpose of the change of control agreements, “cause” means generally the occurrence of any of the following:

 

    an act of dishonesty by the executive in connection with the executive’s responsibilities as an employee;

 

    the executive’s conviction of, or entry of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony or any crime involving fraud or embezzlement;

 

    the executive’s gross misconduct;

 

    the unauthorized use or disclosure by the executive of our proprietary information or trade secrets or those of any other party to whom the executive owes an obligation of nondisclosure as a result of the executive’s relationship with us;

 

    the executive’s willful breach of any obligations under any written agreement or covenant with us;

 

    the executive’s failure to cooperate with an investigation by a governmental authority; or

 

    the executive’s continued failure to perform his duties after notice and a cure period.

For the purpose of the change in control agreements, “good reason” means generally an executive’s voluntary termination following the expiration of any cure period following the occurrence of one or more of the following without the executive’s consent:

 

    a material reduction of the executive’s duties, authorities or responsibilities other than a reduction following a change in control where the executive assumes similar functional duties for a stand-alone business unit due to the company becoming part of a larger entity; provided that a reduction resulting from the company not being a stand-alone business unit following a change in control will affirmatively be grounds for good reason;

 

    a material reduction of the executive’s base salary; or

 

    a material change in the geographic location of the executive’s primary work facility or location.

For the purpose of the change in control agreements, “change in control period” means generally the period beginning three months prior to, and ending 12 months following, a change in control.

Employee Benefit and Stock Plans

2015 Equity Incentive Plan

In January 2015, our board of directors adopted, and we expect our stockholders will approve prior to the completion of this offering, our 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (2015 Plan). Our 2015 Plan will be effective on the business day immediately prior to the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and is not expected to be utilized until after the completion of this offering. Our 2015 Plan provides for the

 

131


Table of Contents

grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code (the Code), to our employees and any of our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, performance units and performance shares to our employees, directors and consultants, and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants.

Authorized Shares . A total of 12,200,000 shares of our Class A common stock has been reserved for issuance pursuant to our 2015 Plan, of which no awards are issued and outstanding. In addition, the shares reserved for issuance under our 2015 Plan also include shares of our Class B common stock subject to awards under our 2011 Plan (as defined below) and/or our 2006 Plan (as defined below) that expire or otherwise terminate without being exercised or are forfeited or otherwise repurchased by us after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part (provided that the maximum number of shares that may be added to our 2015 Plan pursuant to this provision is 21,523,951 shares). Any such shares under the provision above that had covered awards under our 2011 Plan or our 2006 Plan as shares of Class B common stock will, under our 2015 Plan, become issuable instead as Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis. The number of shares of our Class A common stock available for issuance under our 2015 Plan will also include an annual increase on the first day of each fiscal year beginning in fiscal 2016, equal to the least of:

 

    12,200,000 shares;

 

    5% of the outstanding shares of our capital stock as of the last day of our immediately preceding fiscal year; or

 

    such other amount as our board of directors may determine.

Plan Administration . Our compensation committee will administer our 2015 Plan. In case of options intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, our compensation committee will consist of two or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m). Subject to the provisions of our 2015 Plan, the administrator has the power to determine the terms of the awards, including the exercise price, the number of shares subject to each such award, the exercisability of the awards, and the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise. The administrator also has the authority to amend existing awards to reduce their exercise price, to allow participants the opportunity to transfer outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the administrator and to institute an exchange program by which outstanding awards may be surrendered in exchange for awards with a higher or lower exercise price.

Stock Options . The exercise price of options granted under our 2015 Plan must at least be equal to the fair market value of our Class A common stock on the date of grant. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed 10 years, except that with respect to any participant who owns more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding capital stock, the term must not exceed five years and the exercise price must equal at least 110% of the fair market value on the grant date. Subject to the provisions of our 2015 Plan, the administrator determines the term of all other options. After the termination of service of an employee, director, or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her option or stock appreciation right for the period of time stated in his or her award agreement. Generally, if termination is due to death or disability, the option or stock appreciation right will remain exercisable for 12 months. In all other cases, the option or stock appreciation right will generally remain exercisable for three months following the termination of service. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term.

Stock Appreciation Rights . Stock appreciation rights may be granted under our 2015 Plan. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our Class A common stock between the exercise date and the date of grant. Subject to the provisions of our 2015 Plan, the administrator determines the terms of stock appreciation rights, including when such rights become exercisable and whether to pay any increased appreciation in cash or with shares of our Class A common stock, or a combination thereof, except that the per share exercise price for the shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of a stock appreciation right will be no less than 100% of the fair market value per share of our Class A common stock on the date of grant.

 

132


Table of Contents

Restricted Stock . Shares of restricted stock may be granted under our 2015 Plan. Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of our Class A common stock that vest in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator. The administrator will determine the number of shares of restricted stock granted and may impose whatever conditions to vesting it determines to be appropriate (for example, the administrator may set restrictions based on the achievement of specific performance goals or continued service to us). The administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest are subject to our right of repurchase or forfeiture.

Restricted Stock Units . Restricted stock units may be granted under our 2015 Plan. Restricted stock units are bookkeeping entries representing an amount equal to the fair market value of one share of our Class A common stock. The administrator determines the terms and conditions of restricted stock units, including the number of units granted, the vesting criteria (which may include achievement of specified performance goals or continued service to us), and the form and timing of payment. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.

Performance Units and Performance Shares . Performance units and performance shares may be granted under our 2015 Plan. Performance units and performance shares are awards that will result in a payment to a participant only if performance goals established by the administrator are achieved or the awards otherwise vest. The administrator will establish organizational or individual performance goals in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number and/or the value of performance units and performance shares to be paid out to participants. After the grant of a performance unit or performance share, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance objectives or other vesting provisions for such performance units or performance shares. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned performance units or performance shares in the form of cash, in shares, or in some combination thereof.

Non-Employee Directors . Our 2015 Plan provides that all non-employee directors will be eligible to receive awards other than incentive stock options under our 2015 Plan. Our 2015 Plan provides that in any given year a non-employee director will not receive (i) cash-settled awards having a grant date fair value greater than $1,000,000, increased to $2,000,000 in connection with his or her initial service; and (ii) stock-settled awards having a grant date fair value greater than $1,000,000, increased to $2,000,000 in connection with his or her initial service, in each case, as determined under generally accepted accounting principles.

Non-Transferability of Awards . Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2015 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards, and only the recipient of an award may exercise an award during his or her lifetime.

Merger or Change in Control . Our 2015 Plan provides that in the event of a merger or change in control, as defined in our 2015 Plan, each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines, including that the successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary will assume or substitute an equivalent award for each outstanding award. The administrator is not required to treat all awards similarly. If there is no assumption or substitution of outstanding awards, the awards will fully vest, all restrictions will lapse, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels, and the awards will become fully exercisable.

Amendment; Termination . Our 2015 Plan will automatically terminate in 2025, unless we terminate it sooner. The administrator has the authority to amend, suspend, or terminate our 2015 Plan provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant.

2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

In January 2015, our board of directors adopted, and we expect our stockholders will approve prior to the completion of this offering, our 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP). Our ESPP will be effective on the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. We believe that allowing our

 

133


Table of Contents

employees to participate in our ESPP provides them with a further incentive towards ensuring our success and accomplishing our corporate goals.

Authorized Shares . A total of 2,500,000 shares of our Class A common stock will be made available for sale under our ESPP. The number of shares of our Class A common stock available for issuance under our ESPP will be increased on the first day of each fiscal year beginning in fiscal 2016, with such increase equal to the least of:

 

    2,500,000 shares;

 

    1% of the outstanding shares of our capital stock on the first day of such fiscal year; or

 

    such other amount as our board of directors may determine.

Plan Administration . Our compensation committee will administer our ESPP and will have full and exclusive authority to interpret the terms of our ESPP including with respect to eligibility, subject to the conditions of our ESPP as described below.

Eligibility . Generally, all of our employees are eligible to participate if they are employed by us, or any participating subsidiary, for at least 20 hours per week and more than five months in any calendar year. However, an employee may not be granted rights to purchase shares of our Class A common stock under our ESPP if such employee:

 

    immediately after the grant would own capital stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our capital stock; or

 

    holds rights to purchase shares of our Class A common stock under all of our employee stock purchase plans that accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 worth of shares of our Class A common stock for each calendar year.

Offering Periods . Our ESPP is intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Code. Our ESPP provides for offering periods of approximately 24 months. Each offering period includes purchase periods, which will be approximately six months commencing with one exercise date and ending with the next exercise date. The offering periods are scheduled to start on September 16th and March 16th of each year, except for the first offering period, which will commence on the first trading day on or after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and will end on March 15, 2017.

Contributions . Our ESPP permits participants to purchase shares of our Class A common stock through payroll deductions of up to 15% of their eligible compensation. A participant may purchase a maximum of 3,000 shares of our Class A common stock during a purchase period.

Exercise of Purchase Right . Amounts deducted and accumulated by the participant are used to purchase shares of our Class A common stock at the end of each purchase period. The purchase price of the shares will be 85% of the lower of the fair market value of our Class A common stock on the first trading day of each offering period or on the exercise date. If the fair market value of our Class A common stock on the exercise date is less than the fair market value on the first trading day of the offering period, participants will be withdrawn from the current offering period following their purchase of shares of our Class A common stock on the purchase date and will be automatically re-enrolled in a new offering period. Participants may end their participation at any time during an offering period and will be paid their accrued contributions that have not yet been used to purchase shares of our Class A common stock. Participation ends automatically upon termination of employment with us.

Non-Transferability . A participant may not transfer rights granted under our ESPP. If our compensation committee permits the transfer of rights, it may only be done by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or as otherwise provided under our ESPP.

Merger or Change in Control . In the event of a merger or change in control, as defined under our ESPP, a successor corporation may assume or substitute each outstanding purchase right. If the successor corporation

 

134


Table of Contents

refuses to assume or substitute such outstanding purchase right, the offering period then in progress will be shortened, and a new exercise date will be set. The administrator will notify each participant that the exercise date has been changed and that the participant’s option will be exercised automatically on the new exercise date unless prior to such date the participant has withdrawn from the offering period.

Amendment; Termination . Our ESPP will automatically terminate in 2035, unless we terminate it sooner. The administrator has the authority to amend, suspend, or terminate our ESPP, except that, subject to certain exceptions described in our ESPP, no such action may adversely affect any outstanding rights to purchase shares of our Class A common stock under our ESPP.

2011 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (2011 Plan), in November 2011. Our 2011 Plan was most recently amended in January 2015. We will not grant any additional awards under our 2011 Plan following this offering and will instead grant awards under our 2015 Plan. However, our 2011 Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of the outstanding awards previously granted thereunder.

Authorized Shares . As of October 31, 2014, an aggregate of 21,890,327 shares of our Class B common stock were reserved for issuance under our 2011 Plan. As of October 31, 2014, options to purchase 14,718,645 shares of our Class B common stock and 4,063,953 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the vesting of RSUs remained outstanding under our 2011 Plan.

Plan Administration . Our compensation committee currently administers our 2011 Plan. Subject to the provisions of our 2011 Plan, the administrator has the full power and authority to administer our 2011 Plan.

Stock Options . Options to purchase shares of our Class B common stock may be granted under our 2011 Plan. Generally, the exercise price per share of all options must equal at least 100% of the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date the grants are approved by our board of directors. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed 10 years. An incentive stock option held by a participant who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock, or any parent or subsidiary corporations, may not have a term in excess of five years and must have an exercise price of at least 110% of the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant. The administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, the participant may generally exercise his or her options, to the extent vested as of such date of termination, for three months after termination. If termination is due to death, disability or retirement, the option will generally remain exercisable, to the extent vested as of such date of termination, until the one-year anniversary of such termination. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term. If termination is for cause, then an option automatically expires upon first notification to the participant of such termination.

Stock Appreciation Rights . Stock appreciation rights may be granted under our 2011 Plan. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of shares of our common stock between the exercise date and the date of grant.

Stock Award s. Stock awards may be granted under our 2011 Plan. Stock awards are grants of shares of our common stock that are not subject to vesting.

Restricted Stock . Shares of restricted stock may be granted under our 2011 Plan. Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of our common stock that are subject to various restrictions, including restrictions on transferability and forfeiture provisions. Shares of restricted stock will vest, and the restrictions on such shares will lapse, in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator.

 

135


Table of Contents

Stock Units . Stock units may be granted under our 2011 Plan. Stock units are bookkeeping entries representing an amount equal to the fair market value of one share of our common stock. The administrator determines the terms and conditions of restricted stock units, including the vesting criteria (which may include accomplishing specified performance criteria or continued service to us) and the form and timing of payment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.

Transferability of Awards . Our 2011 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards, and only the recipient of an award may exercise such an award during his or her lifetime.

Certain Adjustment . In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, the number of shares reserved under our 2011 Plan, the exercise prices of and the number of shares subject to outstanding options, and the purchase price of and the numbers of shares subject to outstanding awards, will be proportionately adjusted, subject to any required action by our board of directors.

Change of Control . Our 2011 Plan provides that, in the event of a change of control (as defined in our 2011 Plan), if an outstanding award is not assumed or substituted for, then the award vests with respect to 25% of the unvested shares and then terminates.

Amendment; Termination . Our board of directors may amend our 2011 Plan at any time, provided that such amendment does not materially adversely affect any rights under outstanding awards without the award holder’s consent. Upon the completion of this offering, our 2011 Plan will be terminated and no further awards will be granted thereunder. All outstanding awards will continue to be governed by their existing terms.

2006 Stock Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, our 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (2006 Plan), in June 2006. Our 2006 Plan was terminated in connection with the adoption of our 2011 Plan and we will not grant any additional awards under our 2006 Plan; however, our 2006 Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of the outstanding awards previously granted thereunder.

Authorized Shares . As of October 31, 2014, an aggregate of 3,331,505 shares of our Class B common stock were reserved for future issuance under our 2006 Plan. As of October 31, 2014, options to purchase 3,331,505 shares of our Class B common stock remained outstanding under our 2006 Plan.

Plan Administration . Our compensation committee currently administers our 2006 Plan. Subject to the provisions of our 2006 Plan, the administrator has the full power and authority to administer our 2006 Plan.

Stock Options . Options to purchase shares of our Class B common stock were available for grant under our 2006 Plan. The administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option. After the termination of service of an employee, director, or consultant, the participant may generally exercise his or her options, to the extent vested as of such date of termination, for three months after termination. If termination is due to death, disability or retirement, the option will generally remain exercisable, to the extent vested as of such date of termination, until the one-year anniversary of such termination. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term. If termination is for cause, then an option automatically expires upon first notification to the participant of such termination.

Stock Appreciation Rights . Stock appreciation rights were available for grant under our 2006 Plan. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of shares of our common stock between the exercise date and the date of grant.

Stock Awards . Stock awards were available for grant under our 2006 Plan. Stock awards are grants of shares of our common stock that are not subject to vesting.

 

136


Table of Contents

Restricted Stock . Shares of restricted stock were available for grant under our 2006 Plan. Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of our common stock that are subject to various restrictions, including restrictions on transferability and forfeiture provisions. Shares of restricted stock will vest, and the restrictions on such shares will lapse, in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator.

Stock Units . Stock units were available for grant under our 2006 Plan. Stock units are bookkeeping entries representing an amount equal to the fair market value of one share of our common stock. The administrator determines the terms and conditions of restricted stock units, including the vesting criteria (which may include accomplishing specified performance criteria or continued service to us) and the form and timing of payment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the administrator, in its sole discretion may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.

Transferability of Awards . Our 2006 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards, and only the recipient of an award may exercise such an award during his or her lifetime.

Certain Adjustment . In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, the number of shares reserved under our 2006 Plan, the exercise prices of and the number of shares subject to outstanding options, and the purchase price of and the numbers of shares subject to outstanding awards, will be proportionately adjusted, subject to any required action by our board of directors.

Company Transaction . Our 2006 Plan provides that, in the event of a company transaction (as defined in our 2006 Plan) that is not a related party transaction, if an outstanding award is not assumed or substituted for, then the award vests with respect to 25% of the unvested shares and then terminates.

Amendment; Termination . Our board of directors may amend our 2006 Plan at any time, provided that such amendment does not materially adversely affect any rights under outstanding awards without the award holder’s consent. Our 2006 Plan has been terminated, and no further awards will be granted thereunder. All outstanding awards will continue to be governed by their existing terms.

Executive Incentive Plan

In April 2014, our compensation committee adopted an Executive Incentive Plan (Bonus Plan) that allows our compensation committee to provide cash incentive awards to selected employees, including our named executive officers, based upon performance goals established by our compensation committee.

Under our Bonus Plan, our compensation committee will determine the performance goals applicable to any award. The performance goals include attainment of research and development milestones, billings, bookings, business divestitures and acquisitions, cash flow, cash position, contract awards or backlog, customer-related measures, customer retention rates from an acquired company, business unit or division, earnings (which may include earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, earnings before taxes and net earnings), earnings per share, expenses, gross margin, growth in stockholder value relative to the moving average of the S&P 500 Index or another index, internal rate of return, inventory turns, inventory levels, market share, net billings, net income, net profit, net sales, new product development, new product invention or innovation, number of customers, operating cash flow, operating expenses, operating income, operating margin, overhead or other expense reduction, product defect measures, product release timelines, productivity, profit, return on assets, return on capital, return on equity, return on investment, return on sales, revenue, revenue growth, sales results, sales growth, stock price, time to market, total stockholder return, working capital, and individual objectives such as MBOs, peer reviews or other subjective or objective criteria. Performance goals that include our financial results may be determined in accordance with GAAP or such financial results may consist of non-GAAP financial measures, and any actual results may be adjusted by our compensation committee for one-time items or unbudgeted or unexpected items when determining whether the performance goals have been met. The goals may be on the basis of any factors our compensation committee determines relevant and may be adjusted on an

 

137


Table of Contents

individual, divisional, business unit or company-wide basis. The performance goals may differ from participant to participant and from award to award.

Our compensation committee may, in its sole discretion and at any time, increase, reduce or eliminate a participant’s actual award, and/or increase, reduce or eliminate the amount allocated to the bonus pool for a particular performance period. The actual award may be below, at or above a participant’s target award, in our compensation committee’s discretion. Our compensation committee may determine the amount of any reduction on the basis of such factors as it deems relevant, and it is not required to establish any allocation or weighting with respect to the factors it considers.

Actual awards will be paid in cash only after they are earned, which usually requires continued employment through the date a bonus is paid.

Our compensation committee will have the authority to amend, alter, suspend or terminate our Bonus Plan provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant with respect to any earned bonus.

401(k) Plan

We maintain a tax-qualified retirement plan (401(k) Plan) that provides eligible U.S. employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax advantaged basis. Eligible employees are able to defer eligible compensation subject to applicable annual Code limits. We have the ability to make discretionary contributions to our 401(k) Plan but have not done so to date. Employees’ pre-tax contributions are allocated to each participant’s individual account and are then invested in selected investment alternatives according to the participants’ directions. Employees are immediately and fully vested in their contributions. Our 401(k) Plan is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code with our 401(k) Plan’s related trust intended to be tax exempt under Section 501(a) of the Code. As a tax-qualified retirement plan, contributions to our 401(k) Plan and earnings on those contributions are not taxable to the employees until distributed from our 401(k) Plan.

 

138


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In addition to the compensation arrangements that are described in the sections titled “Management” and “Executive Compensation,” and the registration rights described in the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights,” we describe below transactions and series of similar transactions since January 1, 2011, and currently proposed transactions, to which we were a party or will be a party, in which:

 

    the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and

 

    any of our directors, executive officers or beneficial holders of more than 5% of any class of our capital stock, or any immediate family member of, or person sharing the household with, any of these individuals or entities (each, a related person), had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Other than as described below, since January 1, 2011, there has not been, nor is there currently proposed, any transactions or series of similar transactions in which we were, or currently propose to be, a party where the amount involved exceeds, or will exceed, $120,000, and in which any related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest. We believe the terms of the transactions described below were comparable to terms we could have obtained in arm’s-length dealings with unrelated third parties.

Equity Financings

Series D Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Financing

From February 2011 through April 2011, we sold an aggregate of 11,543,699 shares of our Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $3.1619 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $36,500,022, pursuant to our Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock financing. Concurrently, we entered into a stock purchase agreement pursuant to which certain holders of our capital stock, including Dylan Smith, our Chief Financial Officer and a member of our board of directors, sold an aggregate of 411,138 shares of our common stock to purchasers, including the Series D Investors (as defined below), at a purchase price of $3.1619 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $1,299,977, and each such purchaser exchanged such shares of our common stock for an equivalent number of shares of our Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock. The following table summarizes purchases of our Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock by related persons (Series D Investors):

 

Stockholder

   Shares of
Series D
Redeemable
Convertible

Preferred Stock
     Total
Purchase
Price
 

Entities affiliated with Draper Fisher Jurvetson (1)

     1,715,928         5,425,593   

U.S. Venture Partners IX, L.P. (2)

     943,672         2,983,797   

Scale Venture Partners III, L.P. (3)

     503,056         1,590,613   

 

(1) Affiliates of Draper Fisher Jurvetson holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information are Draper Associates, L.P., Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund VIII, L.P., Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund IX, L.P., Draper Fisher Jurvetson Growth Fund 2006, L.P., Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners VIII, LLC, Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners IX, LLC and Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners Growth Fund 2006, LLC. Josh Stein, a member of our board of directors, is a Managing Director at Draper Fisher Jurvetson.
(2) Steven Krausz, a member of our board of directors, is a Managing Member at U.S. Venture Partners.
(3) Rory O’Driscoll, a member of our board of directors, is a Managing Director at Scale Venture Partners.

 

139


Table of Contents

Series D-1 Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Financing

From August 2011 through September 2011, we sold an aggregate of 3,218,033 shares of our Series D-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $8.0314 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $25,845,311, pursuant to our Series D-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock financing. Concurrently, we entered into a stock purchase agreement pursuant to which certain holders of our capital stock, including Aaron Levie, Dylan Smith and Dan Levin, each of whom is a member of our board of directors and an executive officer, sold an aggregate of 641,815 shares of our common stock to purchasers, including the Series D-1 Investors (as defined below), at a purchase price of $8.0314 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $5,154,673, and each such purchaser exchanged such shares of our common stock for an equivalent number of shares of our Series D-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock. The following table summarizes purchases of our Series D-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock by related persons (Series D-1 Investors):

 

Stockholder

   Shares of
Series D-1
Redeemable
Convertible

Preferred Stock
     Total
Purchase
Price
 

Entities affiliated with Draper Fisher Jurvetson (1)

     996,090       $ 7,999,998   

 

(1) Affiliates of Draper Fisher Jurvetson holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information are Draper Associates, L.P., Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund VIII, L.P., Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund IX, L.P., Draper Fisher Jurvetson Growth Fund 2006, L.P., Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners VIII, LLC, Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners IX, LLC and Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners Growth Fund 2006, LLC. Josh Stein, a member of our board of directors, is a Managing Director at Draper Fisher Jurvetson.

Series D-2 Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Financing

From October 2011 through March 2012, we sold an aggregate of 3,529,927 shares of our Series D-2 redeemable convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $9.0657 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $32,001,260, pursuant to our Series D-2 redeemable convertible preferred stock financing. The following table summarizes purchases of our Series D-2 redeemable convertible preferred stock by related persons:

 

Stockholder

   Shares of
Series D-2
Redeemable
Convertible

Preferred Stock
     Total Purchase
Price
 

Entities affiliated with Bessemer Venture Partners (1)

     1,654,588       $ 14,999,999   

 

(1) Affiliates of Bessemer Venture Partners holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information are Bessemer Venture Partners VIII L.P. and Bessemer Venture Partners VIII Institutional L.P.

Concurrently with our Series D-2 redeemable convertible preferred stock financing, we entered into a stock purchase agreement pursuant to which entities affiliated with Draper Fisher Jurvetson and U.S. Venture Partners IX, L.P. sold an aggregate of 350,514 shares of our Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock, 1,345,970 shares of our Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock and 509,633 shares of our Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock to entities affiliated with Bessemer Venture Partners at a purchase price of $9.0657 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $19,999,995.

 

140


Table of Contents

Series E Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Financing

From August 2012 through October 2012, we sold an aggregate of 11,454,838 shares of our Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $13.0949 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $149,999,959, pursuant to our Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock financing. The following table summarizes purchases of our Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock by related persons:

 

Stockholder

   Shares of
Series E
Redeemable
Convertible

Preferred Stock
     Total Purchase
Price
 

Entities affiliated with General Atlantic (1)

     7,636,560       $ 99,999,990   

Entities affiliated with Bessemer Venture Partners (2)

     916,386         11,999,984   

Entities affiliated with Draper Fisher Jurvetson (3)

     229,097         3,000,003   

Scale Venture Partners III, L.P. (4)

     38,183         500,003   

 

(1) Affiliates of General Atlantic holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information are General Atlantic Partners 90, L.P., GAP Coinvestments III, LLC, GAP Coinvestments IV, LLC, GAP Coinvestments CDA, L.P. and GAPCO GmbH & Co. KG. Gary Reiner, a member of our board of directors, is an Operating Partner at General Atlantic.
(2) Affiliates of Bessemer Venture Partners holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information are Bessemer Venture Partners VIII L.P. and Bessemer Venture Partners VIII Institutional L.P.
(3) Affiliates of Draper Fisher Jurvetson holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information are Draper Associates, L.P., Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund VIII, L.P., Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund IX, L.P., Draper Fisher Jurvetson Growth Fund 2006, L.P., Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners VIII, LLC, Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners IX, LLC and Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners Growth Fund 2006, LLC. Josh Stein, a member of our board of directors, is a Managing Director at Draper Fisher Jurvetson.
(4) Rory O’Driscoll, a member of our board of directors, is a Managing Director at Scale Venture Partners.

In connection with our Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock financing, we entered into a stock purchase agreement pursuant to which certain holders of our capital stock, including Aaron Levie, Dan Levin and Dylan Smith, each of whom is a member of our board of directors and an executive officer, sold an aggregate of 488,340 shares of our common stock at a purchase price of $12.00 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $5,860,080.

Series E-1 Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Financing

From October 2013 through January 2014, we sold an aggregate of 5,554,440 shares of our Series E-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $18.00 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $99,979,920, pursuant to our Series E-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock financing. The following table summarizes purchases of our Series E-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock by related persons:

 

Stockholder

   Shares of
Series E-1
Redeemable
Convertible

Preferred Stock
     Total Purchase
Price
 

Entities affiliated with Draper Fisher Jurvetson (1)

     277,778       $ 5,000,004   

Entities affiliated with Bessemer Venture Partners (2)

     260,000         4,680,000   

 

(1) Affiliates of Draper Fisher Jurvetson holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information are Draper Associates, L.P., Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund VIII, L.P., Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund IX, L.P., Draper Fisher Jurvetson Growth Fund 2006, L.P., Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners VIII, LLC, Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners IX, LLC and Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners Growth Fund 2006, LLC. Josh Stein, a member of our board of directors, is a Managing Director at Draper Fisher Jurvetson.
(2) Affiliates of Bessemer Venture Partners holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information are Bessemer Venture Partners VIII L.P. and Bessemer Venture Partners VIII Institutional L.P.

 

141


Table of Contents

Series F Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Financing

In July 2014, we sold an aggregate of 7,500,000 shares of our Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $20.00 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $150,000,000, pursuant to our Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock financing. The following table summarizes purchases of our Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock by related persons:

 

Stockholder

   Shares of
Series F
Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock
     Total Purchase
Price
 

Entities affiliated with Coatue Management (1)

     3,750,000       $ 75,000,000   

 

(1) Affiliates of Coatue Management holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information are Exuma Offshore Master Fund Ltd., Coatue Offshore Master Fund, Ltd. and Coatue Private Fund I LP.

Investors’ Rights Agreement

We are party to an investors’ rights agreement which provides, among other things, that certain holders of our capital stock, including entities affiliated with Draper Fisher Jurvetson, U.S. Venture Partners IX, L.P., entities affiliated with General Atlantic, Scale Venture Partners III, L.P., entities affiliated with Bessemer Venture Partners, entities affiliated with Coatue Management, Aaron Levie, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and Dylan Smith, our Chief Financial Officer, have the right to demand that we file a registration statement or request that their shares of our capital stock be included on a registration statement that we are otherwise filing. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for additional information regarding these registration rights.

Right of First Refusal

Pursuant to our equity compensation plans and certain agreements with our stockholders, including a right of first refusal and co-sale agreement with certain holders of our capital stock, including entities affiliated with Draper Fisher Jurvetson, U.S. Venture Partners IX, L.P., entities affiliated with General Atlantic, Scale Venture Partners III, L.P., entities affiliated with Bessemer Venture Partners, entities affiliated with Coatue Management, Aaron Levie, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Dylan Smith, our Chief Financial Officer, and Dan Levin, our President and Chief Operating Officer, we or our assignees have a right to purchase shares of our capital stock which stockholders propose to sell to other parties. This right will terminate upon the completion of this offering. Since January 1, 2011, we have waived our right of first refusal in connection with the sale of certain shares of our capital stock, including sales by certain of our executive officers, resulting in the purchase of such shares by certain of our stockholders, including related persons. See the section titled “Principal Stockholders” for additional information regarding beneficial ownership of our capital stock.

Voting Agreement

We are party to a voting agreement under which certain holders of our capital stock, including entities affiliated with Draper Fisher Jurvetson, U.S. Venture Partners IX, L.P., entities affiliated with General Atlantic, Scale Venture Partners III, L.P., entities affiliated with Bessemer Venture Partners, entities affiliated with Coatue Management, Aaron Levie, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Dylan Smith, our Chief Financial Officer, and Dan Levin, our President and Chief Operating Officer, have agreed as to the manner in which they will vote their shares of our capital stock on certain matters, including with respect to the election of directors. Upon the completion of this offering, the voting agreement will terminate and none of our stockholders will have any special rights regarding the election or designation of members of our board of directors.

 

142


Table of Contents

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

Our board of directors adopted an amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and which contains provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for the following:

 

    any breach of their duty of loyalty to our company or our stockholders;

 

    any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

    unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

    any transaction from which they derived an improper personal benefit.

Any amendment to, or repeal of, these provisions will not eliminate or reduce the effect of these provisions in respect of any act, omission or claim that occurred or arose prior to that amendment or repeal. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to provide for further limitations on the personal liability of directors of corporations, then the personal liability of our directors will be further limited to the greatest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

In addition, our board of directors adopted amended and restated bylaws which provide that we will indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was one of our directors or officers or is or was serving at our request as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise. Our amended and restated bylaws provide that we may indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit, or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was one of our employees or agents or is or was serving at our request as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. Our amended and restated bylaws also provide that we must advance expenses incurred by or on behalf of a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, subject to very limited exceptions.

Further, we have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that may be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law. These indemnification agreements require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and executive officers against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service. These indemnification agreements also require us to advance all expenses incurred by the directors and executive officers in investigating or defending any such action, suit, or proceeding. We believe that these agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors and executive officers.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions that are included in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws, and in indemnification agreements that we have entered into with our directors and executive officers may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and executive officers for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and executive officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and executive officers as required by these indemnification provisions. At present, we are not aware of any pending litigation or proceeding involving any person who is or was one of our directors, officers, employees or other agents or is or was serving at our request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, for which indemnification is sought, nor are we aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

 

143


Table of Contents

We have obtained insurance policies under which, subject to the limitations of the policies, coverage is provided to our directors and executive officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of fiduciary duty or other wrongful acts as a director or executive officer, including claims relating to public securities matters, and to us with respect to payments that may be made by us to these directors and executive officers pursuant to our indemnification obligations or otherwise as a matter of law.

Certain of our non-employee directors may, through their relationships with their employers, be insured and/or indemnified against certain liabilities incurred in their capacity as members of our board of directors.

Policies and Procedures for Related Person Transactions

Our audit committee will have the primary responsibility for reviewing and approving transactions with related persons. Our audit committee charter provides that our audit committee shall review and approve in advance any related person transactions.

Our board of directors has adopted a formal written policy providing that we are not permitted to enter into any transaction that exceeds $120,000 and in which any related person has a direct or indirect material interest without the consent of our audit committee. In approving or rejecting any such transaction, our audit committee is to consider the relevant facts and circumstances available and deemed relevant to our audit committee, including whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third party under the same or similar circumstances and the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction.

 

144


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our capital stock as of November 30, 2014, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of our Class A common stock offered by us in this offering, for:

 

    each person or group of affiliated persons known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock;

 

    each of our named executive officers;

 

    each of our directors; and

 

    all of our current executive officers and directors as a group.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC, and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares of our capital stock that they beneficially own, subject to applicable community property laws.

Applicable percentage ownership prior to the offering is based on no shares of our Class A common stock and 107,296,403 shares of our Class B common stock outstanding as of November 30, 2014, assuming the automatic conversion and reclassification of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into 91,172,143 shares of our Class B common stock and the issuance of 85,056 shares of our Class B common stock upon the assumed net exercise of a warrant. For more information about the conversion of shares of our Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock and Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock, see the section titled “Capitalization.” Applicable percentage ownership after the offering is based on 12,500,000 shares of our Class A common stock and 107,296,403 shares of our Class B common stock outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering, assuming that the underwriters will not exercise their over-allotment option. In computing the number of shares of capital stock beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of such person, we deemed to be outstanding all shares of our capital stock subject to options held by the person that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of November 30, 2014 and issuable upon the vesting of RSUs held by the person within 60 days of November 30, 2014. However, we did not deem such shares of our capital stock outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table below is c/o Box, Inc., 4440 El Camino Real, Los Altos, California 94022.

 

     Beneficial Ownership
Prior to the Offering
    Beneficial Ownership
After the Offering
    Percent of
Total Voting
Power After
the Offering
 

Name of Beneficial Owner

   Number      Percent     Number      Percent    

5% Stockholders:

            

Entities affiliated with Draper Fisher Jurvetson (1)

     23,016,047         23.1     23,036,949         19.2     21.2

U.S. Venture Partners IX, L.P. (2)

     11,713,775         11.7        11,713,775         9.8        10.8   

Entities affiliated with General Atlantic (3)

     7,636,560         7.7        8,333,330         7.0        7.7   

Entities affiliated with Coatue Management (4)

     6,735,878         6.8        9,999,997         8.3        9.2   

Scale Venture Partners III, L.P. (5)

     6,711,857         6.7        6,715,340         5.6        6.2   

Entities affiliated with Bessemer Venture Partners (6)

     5,037,091         5.0        5,120,703         4.3        4.7   

Named Executive Officers and Directors:

            

Aaron Levie (7)

     4,089,213         4.0        4,089,213         3.4        3.7   

Dan Levin (8)

     1,926,497         1.9        1,926,497         1.6        1.8   

Dylan Smith (9)

     1,779,948         1.8        1,779,948         1.5        1.6   

Dana Evan (10)

     160,000         *        160,000         *        *   

Steven Krausz (11)

     11,713,775         11.7        11,713,775         9.8        10.8   

Rory O’Driscoll (12)

     6,711,857         6.7        6,715,340         5.6        6.2   

Gary Reiner

                                     

Josh Stein (13)

     23,016,047         23.1        23,036,949         19.2        21.2   

Bryan Taylor

                                     

Padmasree Warrior (14)

     10,125         *        10,125         *        *   

All current executive officers and directors as a group (12 persons) (15)

     49,643,399         48.6        49,667,784         40.7        44.8   

 

145


Table of Contents

 

* Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent (1%).
(1) Consists of (i) 14,904,281 shares held of record by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund VIII, L.P. (Fund VIII); (ii) 4,660,560 shares held of record by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund IX, L.P. (Fund IX); (iii) 1,490,740 shares held of record by Draper Associates, L.P. (DALP); (iv) 1,409,883 shares held of record by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Growth Fund 2006, L.P. (Growth Fund); (v) 331,206 shares held of record by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners VIII, LLC (Partners VIII); (vi) 126,295 shares held of record by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners IX, LLC (Partners IX); and (vii) 113,984 shares held of record by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners Growth Fund 2006, LLC (Partners Growth). Timothy C. Draper, John H.N. Fisher, and Stephen T. Jurvetson, as the managing directors of the general partner entities of Fund VIII and Fund IX and managing members of Partners VIII and Partners IX share voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by Fund VIII, Fund IX, Partners VIII and Partners IX. Mark W. Bailey, Mr. Fisher and Barry M. Schuler, as the managing directors of the general partner of Growth Fund, share voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by Growth Fund. Any three of Messrs. Bailey, Draper, Fisher and Jurvetson and Mr. Schuler, as the managing members of Partners Growth, share voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by Partners Growth. Mr. Draper, as the President of Draper Associates, Inc., the general partner of DALP, shares voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by DALP. The address for each of these entities is c/o Draper Fisher Jurvetson, 2882 Sand Hill Road, Suite 150, Menlo Park, California 94025.
(2) Consists of 11,713,775 shares held of record by U.S. Venture Partners IX, L.P. (USVP IX). Presidio Management Group IX, L.L.C. (PMG IX), the general partner of USVP IX, has sole voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by USVP IX. Irwin Federman, Steven Krausz, David Liddle, Paul Matteucci, Jonathan Root, Casey Tansey and Philip Young, the managing members of PMG IX, share voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by USVP IX. The address for each of these entities is c/o U.S. Venture Partners, 2735 Sand Hill Road, Menlo Park, California 94025.
(3) Consists of (i) 7,721,777 shares held of record by General Atlantic Partners 90, L.P. (GAP 90); (ii) 20,326 shares held of record by GAP Coinvestments CDA, L.P. (GAPCO CDA); (iii) 482,273 shares held of record by GAP Coinvestments III, LLC (GAPCO III); (iv) 89,693 shares held of record by GAP Coinvestments IV, LLC (GAPCO IV); and (v) 19,261 shares held of record by GAPCO GmbH & Co. KG (GAPCO KG, together with GAP 90, GAPCO CDA, GAPCO III and GAPCO IV, the GA Funds). The general partner of GAP 90 is General Atlantic GenPar, L.P. (GA GenPar) and the general partner of GA GenPar is General Atlantic LLC (GA LLC). GA LLC is the managing member of GAPCO III and GAPCO IV. GA LLC is also the general partner of GAPCO CDA. The general partner of GAPCO KG is GAPCO Management GmbH (GAPCO Management). The Managing Directors of GA LLC control the voting and dispositive decisions made by GAPCO KG and GAPCO Management. There are 24 Managing Directors of GA LLC and they may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by the GA Funds. The Managing Directors of GA LLC are William E. Ford, Steven A. Denning, John D. Bernstein, J. Frank Brown, Gabriel Caillaux, Andrew Crawford, Mark F. Dzialga, Cory Eaves, Martin Escobari, Patricia L. Hedley, David C. Hodgson, Rene M. Kern, Jonathan Korngold, Christopher G. Lanning, Jeff Leng, Anton J. Levy, Adrianna C. Ma, Thomas J. Murphy, Sandeep Naik, Andrew C. Pearson, Brett B. Rochkind, David A. Rosenstein, Philip P. Trahanas and Robbert Vorhoff. GA LLC, GA GenPar, GAP 90, GAPCO III, GAPCO IV, GAPCO CDA, GAPCO KG and GAPCO Management are a “group” within the meaning of Rule 13d-5 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The address of the General Atlantic entities (other than GAPCO KG and GAPCO Management) is c/o General Atlantic Service Company, LLC, 55 East 52nd Street, 32nd Floor, New York, New York 10055. The address of GAPCO KG and GAPCO Management is c/o General Atlantic GmbH, Maximilianstrasse 35b, 5th floor, 80539 Munich, Germany.
(4) Consists of (i) 3,518,517 shares held of record by Coatue Private Fund I LP (Private Fund); (ii) 5,555,555 shares held of record by Coatue Offshore Master Fund, Ltd. (Coatue Master Fund); and (iii) 925,925 shares held of record by Exuma Offshore Master Fund Ltd. (Exuma Master Fund). Coatue Hybrid GP I LLC (General Partner), the general partner of Private Fund, has retained Coatue Management, L.L.C. (Coatue Management) to serve as the investment manager to the Private Fund. Coatue Management also serves as investment manager to both Coatue Master Fund and Exuma Master Fund. Philippe Laffont serves as managing member to both General Partner and Coatue Management and has voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by the Private Fund, Coatue Master Fund, and Exuma Master Fund. The address for Philippe Laffont and each of these entities is 9 West 57th Street, 25th Floor, New York, NY 10019.
(5) Consists of 6,715,340 shares held of record by Scale Venture Partners III, L.P. (SVP III). Scale Venture Management III, LLC (SVM III), the general partner of SVP III, has sole voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by SVP III. Stacey Bishop, Kate Mitchell, Rory O’Driscoll and Andy Vitus, the managing members of SVM III, share voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by SVP III. The address for each of these entities is c/o Scale Venture Partners, 950 Tower Lane, Suite 700, Foster City, California 94404.
(6) Consists of (i) 2,795,904 shares held of record by Bessemer Venture Partners VIII Institutional L.P. and (ii) 2,324,799 shares held of record by Bessemer Venture Partners VIII L.P. (collectively, the BVP Funds). Each of Deer VIII & Co. L.P. (Deer VIII L.P.), the general partner of the BVP Funds, and Deer VIII & Co. Ltd. (Deer VIII Ltd.), the general partner of Deer VIII L.P., may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over the shares held by the BVP Funds. J. Edmund Colloton, David J. Cowan, Byron B. Deeter, Robert P. Goodman, Jeremy S. Levine and Robert M. Stavis are the directors of Deer VIII Ltd. Investment and voting decisions with respect to the shares held by the BVP Funds are made by the directors of Deer VIII Ltd. acting as an investment committee. No stockholder, partner, director, officer, manager, member or employee of Deer VIII L.P. or Deer VIII Ltd. has beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of any shares held by the BVP Funds. The address for each of these entities is c/o Bessemer Venture Partners, 1865 Palmer Avenue, Suite 104, Larchmont, New York 10538.
(7) Consists of (i) 2,590,372 shares held of record by Mr. Levie; and (ii) 1,498,841 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of November 30, 2014, all of which are fully vested as of such date.

 

146


Table of Contents
(8) Consists of (i) 1,242,122 shares held of record by Daniel J. Levin and Naomi J. Andrews, as Trustees of the Levin/Andrews Family Trust dated 9/18/99; (ii) 156,250 shares held of record by Daniel J. Levin, as Trustee of the Daniel Levin GRAT dated 12/10/13; (iii) 156,250 shares held of record by Naomi J. Andrews, as Trustee of the Naomi J. Andrews GRAT dated 12/10/13; and (iv) 371,875 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of November 30, 2014, all of which are fully vested as of such date.
(9) Consists of (i) 1,316,545 shares held of record by Mr. Smith; (ii) 85,000 shares held of record by the DCS GRAT of 2014 for which Mr. Smith serves as trustee, and (iii) 378,403 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of November 30, 2014, all of which are fully vested as of such date.
(10) Consists of 160,000 shares held of record by Ms. Evan, of which 40,000 shares may be repurchased by us at the original purchase price of $1.16 within 60 days of November 30, 2014.
(11) Consists of the shares listed in footnote (2) above, which are held by USVP IX. Mr. Krausz is a managing member at U.S. Venture Partners and shares voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by USVP IX.
(12) Consists of the shares listed in footnote (5) above, which are held by SVP III. Mr. O’Driscoll is a managing member at SVM III and shares voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by SVP III.
(13) Consists of the shares listed in footnote (1) above, which are held by entities affiliated with Draper Fisher Jurvetson. Mr. Stein is a managing director at Draper Fisher Jurvetson and shares voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by the entities affiliated with Draper Fisher Jurvetson.
(14) Consists of (i) 2,250 shares held of record by Ms. Warrior; (ii) 6,750 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of November 30, 2014, all of which are fully vested as of such date; and (iii) 1,125 shares issuable upon the vesting of restricted stock units within 60 days of November 30, 2014.
(15) Consists of (i) 49,667,784 shares beneficially owned by our current executive officers and directors, of which 86,875 shares may be repurchased by us at the original purchase price within 60 days of November 30, 2014; (ii) 2,341,806 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of November 30, 2014, all of which are fully vested as of such date; and (iii) 1,125 shares issuable upon the vesting of restricted stock units within 60 days of November 30, 2014.

 

147


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

The following is a summary of the rights of our common stock and preferred stock and certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws as they will be in effect upon the completion of this offering. This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, copies of which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Immediately following the completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 1,300,000,000 shares, $0.0001 par value per share, of which:

 

    1,000,000,000 shares are designated as Class A common stock;

 

    200,000,000 shares are designated as Class B common stock; and

 

    100,000,000 shares are designated as preferred stock.

As of October 31, 2014, there were no outstanding shares of our Class A common stock and 106,973,689 outstanding shares of our Class B common stock, held by approximately 810 stockholders of record, and no outstanding shares of preferred stock, assuming the automatic conversion and reclassification of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into 91,172,143 shares of our Class B common stock and the issuance of 85,056 shares of our Class B common stock upon the assumed net exercise of a warrant effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

As of October 31, 2014, up to 24,316,780 shares of our Class B common stock will be issuable after this offering upon the exercise or vesting of outstanding stock options or RSUs or in connection with our acquisition of Streem.

Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock

Prior to the completion of this offering, we had two classes of common stock: Class A common stock and Class B common stock. The rights of the holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock were identical except with respect to voting. The holders of our Class A common stock were entitled to one vote per share, and holders of our Class B common stock had no voting rights.

Upon the completion of this offering, we will have authorized a new class of Class A common stock and a new class of Class B common stock. All outstanding shares of our Existing Class A common stock, Existing Class B common stock and redeemable convertible preferred stock will be reclassified into shares of our new Class B common stock. In addition, our RSUs and all options to purchase shares of our capital stock outstanding prior to the completion of this offering will become eligible to be settled in or exercisable for shares of our new Class B common stock.

Unless otherwise indicated, other than in our consolidated financial statements, references in this prospectus to our Class A common stock and Class B common stock are to our new Class A common stock and new Class B common stock, respectively. We refer to our Class A common stock prior to the completion of this offering as “Existing Class A common stock” and our Class B common stock prior to the completion of this offering as “Existing Class B common stock.”

Voting Rights

The holders of our Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share, and holders of our Class B common stock are entitled to 10 votes per share. The holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common

 

148


Table of Contents

stock will generally vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders, unless otherwise required by Delaware law or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Delaware law could require either holders of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock to vote separately as a single class in the following circumstances:

 

    if we were to seek to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to increase or decrease the par value of a class of our capital stock, then that class would be required to vote separately to approve the proposed amendment; and

 

    if we were to seek to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation in a manner that alters or changes the powers, preferences or special rights of a class of our capital stock in a manner that affected its holders adversely, then that class would be required to vote separately to approve the proposed amendment.

Our stockholders do not have the ability to cumulate votes for the election of directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide for a classified board of directors consisting of three classes of approximately equal size, each class serving staggered three-year terms. Only one will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms.

No Preemptive or Similar Rights

Our common stock is not entitled to preemptive rights and is not subject to conversion, redemption or sinking fund provisions.

Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions

Upon our dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, the assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders are distributable ratably among the holders of our common stock, subject to prior satisfaction of all outstanding debt and liabilities and the preferential rights and payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Conversion

Each share of our Class B common stock is convertible at any time at the option of the holder into one share of our Class A common stock. In addition, each share of our Class B common stock will convert automatically into one share of our Class A common stock upon any transfer, whether or not for value, except for certain transfers described in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, including, without limitation, transfers between Aaron Levie, Dan Levin and Dylan Smith and transfers for tax and estate planning purposes, so long as the transferring holder of Class B common stock continues to hold exclusive voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares transferred.

Once transferred and converted into a share of our Class A common stock, the converted share of our Class B common stock will not be reissued. Following the conversion of all outstanding shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock into a single class of common stock, no further shares of our Class A common stock or our Class B common stock will be issued.

Preferred Stock

Upon the completion of this offering, no shares of our preferred stock will be outstanding. Pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our board of directors will have the authority, without further

 

149


Table of Contents

action by the stockholders, to issue from time to time up to 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series. Our board of directors may designate the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of the preferred stock, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, redemption rights, liquidation preference, sinking fund terms, and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of any series. The issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of restricting dividends on our common stock, diluting the voting power of our common stock, impairing the liquidation rights of our common stock, or delaying, deterring, or preventing a change in control. Such issuance could have the effect of decreasing the market price of our Class A common stock. We currently have no plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Options

As of October 31, 2014, we had outstanding options to purchase an aggregate of 18,050,150 shares of our Class B common stock, with a weighted-average exercise price of approximately $5.12 per share, under our equity compensation plans.

RSUs

As of October 31, 2014, we had outstanding 4,063,953 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the vesting of RSUs under our equity compensation plans.

Registration Rights

After the completion of this offering, certain holders of our Class B common stock will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act. These registration rights are contained in our Eighth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement (IRA) dated as of July 7, 2014. We and certain holders of our redeemable convertible preferred stock are parties to the IRA. With respect to certain of our stockholders, the registration rights set forth in the IRA will expire five years following the completion of this offering, or, with respect to any particular stockholder, when such stockholder is able to sell all of its shares entitled to registration rights pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities Act during any 90-day period. With respect to other stockholders, the registration rights set forth in the IRA will expire when, following the completion of this offering, such stockholders cease to be an affiliate (as defined pursuant to Rule 405 of the Exchange Act) of us and hold less than five percent of the outstanding shares of our common stock. We will pay the registration expenses (other than underwriting discounts, commissions and stock transfer taxes) of the holders of the shares registered pursuant to the registrations described below. In an underwritten offering, the underwriters have the right, subject to specified conditions, to limit the number of shares such holders may include. In addition, in connection with this offering, we expect that each stockholder that has registration rights will agree not to sell or otherwise dispose of any securities without the prior written consent of the underwriters for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. See the section titled “Underwriters” for additional information regarding such restrictions.

Demand Registration Rights

After the completion of this offering, the holders of up to 95,915,456 shares of our Class B common stock will be entitled to certain demand registration rights. At any time beginning on August 7, 2015, certain of our stockholders or the holders of at least a majority of the shares entitled to registration rights then outstanding can request that we register the offer and sale of their shares. We are obligated to effect only three such registrations. Such request for registration must cover the registration of at least 20% of the initiating stockholders’ shares entitled to registration rights or the registration of shares with an anticipated aggregate public offering price of at least $2,000,000. If we determine that it would be materially detrimental to us and our stockholders to effect such a demand registration, we have the right to defer such registration, not more than once in any 12-month period, for a period of up to 90 days.

 

150


Table of Contents

Piggyback Registration Rights

After the completion of this offering, if we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act, the holders of up to 91,923,539 shares of our Class B common stock will be entitled to certain “piggyback” registration rights allowing the holders to include their shares in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations. As a result, if we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, the holders of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration and have the right, subject to certain limitations, to include their shares in the registration.

S-3 Registration Rights

After the completion of this offering, the holders of up to 95,915,456 shares of our Class B common stock will be entitled to certain Form S-3 registration rights. The holders of these shares then outstanding may make a written request that we register the offer and sale of their shares on a registration statement on Form S-3 if we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3 so long as the request covers securities the anticipated aggregate public offering price of which is at least $500,000. These stockholders may make an unlimited number of requests for registration on Form S-3. However, we will not be required to effect a registration on Form S-3 if we have effected two such registrations within the 12-month period preceding the date of the request. Additionally, if we determine that it would be materially detrimental to us and our stockholders to effect such a registration, we have the right to defer such registration, not more than once in any 12-month period, for a period of up to 60 days.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to be effective upon the completion of this offering will contain provisions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring, or discouraging another party from acquiring control of us. These provisions and certain provisions of Delaware law, which are summarized below, could discourage takeovers, coercive or otherwise. These provisions are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging a proposal to acquire us.

Dual Class Stock . As described above in “—Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock—Voting Rights,” our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides for a dual class common stock structure, which will provide our founders, current investors, executives and employees with significant influence over all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of our company or its assets.

Undesignated Preferred Stock . As discussed above under “—Preferred Stock,” our board of directors will have the ability to designate and issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could deter hostile takeovers or delay changes in our control or management.

Board of Directors Vacancies . Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws authorize only our board of directors to fill vacant directorships, including newly created seats. In addition, the number of directors constituting our board of directors will be permitted to be set only by a resolution adopted by a majority vote of our entire board of directors. These provisions would prevent a stockholder from increasing the size of our board of directors and then gaining control of our board of directors by filling the resulting vacancies with its own nominees. This will make it more difficult to change the composition of our board of directors and will promote continuity of management.

Classified Board . Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that our board of directors is classified into three classes of directors. A third party may be discouraged

 

151


Table of Contents

from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us as it is more difficult and time consuming for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors on a classified board of directors. See the section titled “Management—Classified Board of Directors.”

Limits on Ability of Stockholders to Act by Written Consent or Call a Special Meeting . Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our stockholders may not act by written consent. This limit on the ability of stockholders to act by written consent may lengthen the amount of time required to take stockholder actions. As a result, the holders of a majority of our capital stock would not be able to amend our amended and restated bylaws or remove directors without holding a meeting of stockholders called in accordance with our amended and restated bylaws.

In addition, our amended and restated bylaws provide that special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by the chairperson of our board of directors, the chief executive officer, the president (in the absence of a chief executive officer) or our board of directors. A stockholder may not call a special meeting, which may delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or for holders controlling a majority of our capital stock to take any action, including the removal of directors.

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals . Our amended and restated bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of our board of directors or a committee of our board of directors. These advance notice procedures may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed and may also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or otherwise attempt to obtain control of our company.

Amendment of Charter Provisions . Any amendment of the above provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation would require approval by holders of at least 66  2 3 % of our then outstanding capital stock.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute . We will be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law regulating corporate takeovers. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging, under certain circumstances, in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder unless:

 

    prior to the date of the transaction, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

    upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder, (i) shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers and (ii) shares owned by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

    at or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66  2 3 % of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Generally, a business combination includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An interested stockholder is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, did own

 

152


Table of Contents

15% or more of a corporation’s outstanding voting stock. We expect the existence of this provision to have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions our board of directors does not approve in advance. We also anticipate that Section 203 may discourage attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock held by stockholders.

The provisions of Delaware law and the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws could have the effect of discouraging others from attempting hostile takeovers, and as a consequence, they might also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of our Class A common stock that often result from actual or rumored hostile takeover attempts. These provisions might also have the effect of preventing changes in our management. It is also possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders might otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Upon the completion of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be Computershare Trust Company, N.A. The transfer agent’s address is 250 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021.

Limitations of Liability and Indemnification

See the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors.”

Exchange Listing

Our Class A common stock has been approved for listing on the NYSE under the symbol “BOX.”

 

153


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to the completion of this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our capital stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of shares of our Class A common stock, including shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options or the vesting of outstanding RSUs, in the public market after this offering, or the possibility of these sales occurring, could adversely affect the prevailing market price for our Class A common stock or impair our ability to raise equity capital.

Based on shares of our capital stock outstanding as of October 31, 2014, upon the completion of this offering, a total of 12,500,000 shares of Class A common stock and 106,973,689 shares of Class B common stock will be outstanding, assuming the automatic conversion and reclassification of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into 91,172,143 shares of our Class B common stock and the issuance of 85,056 shares of our Class B common stock upon the assumed net exercise of a warrant immediately prior to the completion of this offering. Of these shares, all of the shares of our Class A common stock sold in this offering by us, plus any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, will be freely tradable in the public market without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless these shares are held by “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

The remaining shares of our Class B common stock will be “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rules 144 or 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.

Subject to the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as well as our insider trading policy, these restricted securities will be available for sale in the public market at various times beginning more than 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to public company reporting requirements for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares of our capital stock proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell such shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation, or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares of our capital stock proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then such person is entitled to sell such shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares of our capital stock on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell upon expiration of the lock-up agreements described below, within any three-month period beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

    1% of the number of shares of our capital stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately 1,194,737 shares immediately after this offering; or

 

    the average weekly trading volume of our Class A common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares of our capital stock on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

 

154


Table of Contents

Rule 701

Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our capital stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation, or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. However, all holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling such shares pursuant to Rule 701.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, our directors and executive officers, and other holders of our Class B common stock or securities exercisable for or convertible into our Class B common stock have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and J. P. Morgan Securities LLC, on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus:

 

    offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our Class A or Class B common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our Class A or Class B common stock;

 

    file any registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the offering of any shares of our Class A or Class B common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our Class A or Class B common stock; or

 

    enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our Class A or Class B common stock;

whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of shares of our Class A or Class B common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. This agreement is subject to certain exceptions as set forth in the section titled “Underwriters.”

Registration Rights

After the completion of this offering, the holders of up to 95,915,456 shares of our Class B common stock will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming fully tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except for shares purchased by affiliates. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for additional information.

Registration Statements on Form S-8

Upon the completion of this offering, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all of the shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock issued or reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans. Shares covered by this registration statement will be eligible for sale in the public market, upon the expiration or release from the terms of the lock-up agreements and subject to vesting of such shares.

 

155


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO

NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) of the ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating thereto. This summary is based upon the provisions of the Code, Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof. These authorities may be changed, possibly retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those set forth below. We have not sought any ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with such statements and conclusions.

This summary also does not address the tax considerations arising under the laws of any non-U.S., state or local jurisdiction or under U.S. federal gift and estate tax laws, except to the limited extent set forth below. In addition, this discussion does not address the potential application of the tax on net investment income, the alternative minimum tax or any tax considerations applicable to an investor’s particular circumstances or to investors that may be subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation:

 

    banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions;

 

    tax-exempt organizations;

 

    controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

    dealers in securities or currencies;

 

    traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings;

 

    persons that own, or are deemed to own, more than 5% of our capital stock (except to the extent specifically set forth below);

 

    certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

    persons who hold our Class A common stock as a position in a hedging transaction, “straddle,” “conversion transaction” or other risk reduction transaction;

 

    persons who do not hold our Class A common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code; or

 

    persons deemed to sell our Class A common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code.

In addition, if a partnership or entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our Class A common stock, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Accordingly, partnerships that hold our Class A common stock, and partners in such partnerships, should consult their tax advisors.

YOU ARE URGED TO CONSULT YOUR TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO YOUR PARTICULAR SITUATION, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX RULES OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE TAX TREATY.

 

156


Table of Contents

Non-U.S. Holder Defined

For purposes of this discussion, you are a non-U.S. holder if you are any holder other than a partnership or other entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, or:

 

    an individual citizen or resident of the United States (for tax purposes);

 

    a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof;

 

    an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

    a trust (x) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more U.S. persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (y) which has made a valid election to be treated as a U.S. person.

Distributions

We have not made any distributions on our Class A common stock. However, if we do make distributions on our Class A common stock, those payments will constitute dividends for U.S. tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, they will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce your basis in our Class A common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of stock.

Any dividend paid to you generally will be subject to U.S. withholding tax either at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividend or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. In order to receive a reduced treaty rate, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8BEN (or successor form) or other appropriate version of IRS Form W-8 (or successor form), including a U.S. taxpayer identification number, certifying qualification for the reduced rate. A non-U.S. holder of shares of our Class A common stock eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. If the non-U.S. holder holds the stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the non-U.S. holder’s behalf, the non-U.S. holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent, which then will be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries.

Dividends received by you that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if an income tax treaty applies, that are attributable to a permanent establishment or a fixed base maintained by you in the United States), are exempt from such withholding tax. In order to obtain this exemption, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8ECI (or successor form) or other applicable IRS Form W-8 (or successor form) properly certifying such exemption. Such effectively connected dividends, although not subject to withholding tax, generally are taxed at the same graduated rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of certain deductions and credits. In addition, if you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, dividends you receive that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

Gain on Disposition of Our Class A Common Stock

Subject to the discussion below regarding backup withholding and foreign accounts, you generally will not be required to pay U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock unless:

 

    the gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if an income tax treaty applies, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment or a fixed base maintained by you in the United States);

 

157


Table of Contents
    you are an individual who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met; or

 

    our Class A common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest by reason of our status as a “United States real property holding corporation” (USRPHC) for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding your disposition of, or your holding period for, our Class A common stock.

We believe that we are not currently and will not become a USRPHC and the remainder of this discussion so assumes. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC, however, as long as our Class A common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, such Class A common stock will be treated as U.S. real property interests only if you actually or constructively hold more than 5% of such regularly traded Class A common stock at any time during the shorter of the five-year period preceding your disposition of, or your holding period for, our Class A common stock.

If you are a non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet above, you will be required to pay tax on the net gain derived from the sale under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates, and a corporate non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet above also may be subject to the branch profits tax at a 30% rate, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If you are an individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet above, you will be required to pay a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale, which tax may be offset by U.S.-source capital losses for the year. You should consult any applicable income tax or other treaties that may provide for different rules.

Federal Estate Tax

Our Class A common stock beneficially owned by an individual who is not a citizen or resident of the United States (as defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) at the time of their death will generally be includable in the decedent’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise. Such stock, therefore, may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax, unless an applicable estate tax or other treaty provides otherwise.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid to you, your name and address, and the amount of tax withheld, if any. A similar report will be sent to you. Pursuant to applicable income tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make these reports available to tax authorities in your country of residence.

Payments of dividends on or of proceeds from the disposition of our Class A common stock made to you may be subject to additional information reporting and backup withholding at a current rate of 28% unless you establish an exemption, for example, by properly certifying your non-U.S. status on a Form W-8BEN or another appropriate version of IRS Form W-8. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding and information reporting may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that you are a U.S. person.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax; rather, the U.S. income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund or credit may generally be obtained from the IRS, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

 

158


Table of Contents

Foreign Accounts

The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (FATCA) generally imposes a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends on and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our Class A common stock, paid to a “foreign financial institution” (as specially defined under these rules), unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government, among other things, to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding the U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners) or otherwise establishes an exemption. A U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% also applies to dividends and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our Class A common stock paid to a “non-financial foreign entity” (as specifically defined for purposes of these rules) unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification identifying certain substantial direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity, certifies that there are none or otherwise establishes an exemption. The withholding provisions under FATCA generally apply to dividends on our Class A common stock and, under current transitional rules, are expected to apply with respect to the gross proceeds of a sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock on or after January 1, 2017. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify the requirements described in this paragraph. Prospective investors are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their investment in our Class A common stock.

EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE PARTICULAR U.S. FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL AND NON-U.S. TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK, INCLUDING THE CONSEQUENCES OF ANY PROPOSED CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAWS.

 

159


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITERS

Under the terms and subject to the conditions in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC are acting as representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of shares indicated below:

 

Underwriters

  

Number of

Shares

 

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

  

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

BMO Capital Markets Corp.

  

Canaccord Genuity Inc.

  

Pacific Crest Securities LLC

  

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

  

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

  
  

 

 

 

Total

     12,500,000   
  

 

 

 

The underwriters and the representatives are collectively referred to as the “underwriters” and the “representatives,” respectively. The underwriters are offering the shares of our Class A common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of our Class A common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of our Class A common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ over-allotment option described below.

The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of our Class A common stock directly to the public at the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers. After the initial offering of the shares of our Class A common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives.

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to 1,875,000 additional shares of our Class A common stock at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares of our Class A common stock offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional shares of our Class A common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of our Class A common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

The following table shows the per share and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions, and proceeds before expenses to us. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional 1,875,000 shares of our Class A common stock.

 

     Total  
     Per Share      No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Public offering price

   $                        $                        $                    

Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by:

        

Us

   $         $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $         $         $     

 

160


Table of Contents

The estimated offering expenses payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $5.2 million. We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for expenses relating to clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority up to $30,000.

The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of shares of our Class A common stock offered by them.

Our Class A common stock has been approved for listing on the NYSE under the trading symbol “BOX.”

We and all of our directors and officers and the holders of substantially all of our outstanding securities have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus, or the restricted period:

 

    offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock;

 

    file any registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the offering of any shares of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our Class A common stock or Class B common stock; or

 

    enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock;

whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. In addition, we and each such person agrees that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC on behalf of the underwriters, we or such other person will not, during the restricted period, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our Class A common stock or Class B common stock.

The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph do not apply to our directors, officers and other holders of substantially all of our outstanding securities with respect to:

 

    the sale of securities pursuant to the underwriting agreement;

 

    the receipt by the security holder of shares of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock upon the exercise of stock options; provided that such shares of Class A common stock or Class B common stock are subject to the restrictions described above and that no public reports or filings will be required or voluntarily made within 30 days after the date of this prospectus, and after such 30th day, any such public reports or filings shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto that (i) the filing relates to an exercise of a stock option, (ii) the shares of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock received upon exercise of the stock option are subject to a lock-up agreement and (iii) no securities were sold by the reporting person;

 

    transactions relating to shares of our Class A common stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of this offering; provided that no public reports or filings will be required or voluntarily made in connection with subsequent sales of our Class A common stock or other securities acquired in such open market transactions;

 

   

transfers of shares of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our Class A common stock or Class B common stock (i) by

 

161


Table of Contents
 

bona fide gift, will or intestacy; (ii) to an immediate family member of the security holder or to a trust formed for the benefit of the security holder or of an immediate family member; (iii) if the security holder is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity (A) to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the security holder or (B) as part of a disposition, transfer or distribution without consideration by the security holder to its equity holders; or (iv) if the security holder is a trust, to a trustor or beneficiary of the trust; provided that, in the case of any such transfer or distribution, each transferee, donee or distributee shall sign and deliver a lock-up agreement and no public reports or filings reporting a reduction of beneficial ownership of shares of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock will be required or voluntarily made during the restricted period;

 

    the withholding of shares of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock by us in a transaction solely to satisfy tax withholding and remittance obligations of the security holder or the employer of the security holder in connection with the vesting of RSUs; provided that any public reports or filings that shall be required to be made or voluntarily made in connection with such withholding shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto that such withholding of shares or securities was solely by us pursuant to the circumstances described above;

 

    the transfer of shares of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our Class A common stock or Class B common stock to us pursuant to agreements under which we have the option to repurchase such securities or a right of first refusal with respect to transfers of such securities; provided that no public reports or filings will be required or voluntarily made within 30 days after the date of this prospectus, and after such 30th day, any such public reports or filings shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto that (i) such transfer of securities was solely to us pursuant to the circumstances described above and (ii) no securities were sold by the reporting person;

 

    the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock, provided that (i) such plan does not provide for the transfer of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock during the restricted period and (ii) to the extent a public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act, if any, is required or voluntarily made regarding the establishment of such plan, such announcement or filing shall include a statement to the effect that no transfer of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock may be made under such plan during the restricted period;

 

    the conversion or reclassification of the outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock or other classes of our common stock into shares of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock; provided that such shares of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock remain subject to the terms of the lock-up agreement;

 

    the transfer of shares of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our Class A common stock or Class B common stock that occurs by order of a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that the transferee shall sign a lock-up agreement and no public reports or filings will be required or voluntarily made in connection with such transfer of securities pursuant to an order of a court of competent jurisdiction;

 

    the disposition after the completion of this offering of shares of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock purchased from us pursuant to any employee stock purchase plan; provided that no public reports or filings will be required or voluntarily made in connection with subsequent sales of shares of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock received pursuant to such employee stock purchase plan; or

 

   

the transfer of shares of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our Class A common stock or Class B common

 

162


Table of Contents
 

stock after the closing of this offering pursuant to a bona fide third party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock involving a change of control; provided that such transaction must be approved by our board of directors and, in the event that such transaction is not completed, our Class A common stock or Class B common stock owned by the security holder shall remain subject to the restrictions described above.

The lock-up restrictions described in the foregoing do not apply solely to us with respect to:

 

    the shares of our Class A common stock to be sold by us in this offering;

 

    the issuance by us of shares of common stock upon the exercise of an option or warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date hereof of which the underwriters have been advised in writing;

 

    the grant of options or the issuance of shares of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock by us to our employees, officers, directors, advisors or consultants pursuant to employee benefit plans in effect on the date hereof and described in this prospectus or pursuant to an employee stock purchase plan described in this prospectus;

 

    the filing by us of a registration statement with the SEC on Form S-8 in respect of any shares issued under or the grant of any award pursuant to an employee benefit plan in effect on the date hereof and described in this prospectus; or

 

    the sale or issuance of or entry into an agreement to sell or issue shares of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable for our Class A common stock or Class B common stock in connection with any (i) mergers, (ii) acquisition or securities, businesses, property or other assets, (iii) joint ventures, (iv) strategic alliances, (v) equipment leasing arrangements or (iv) debt financing; provided, that the aggregate number of shares of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable for our Class A common stock or Class B common stock (on an as-converted or as-exercised basis, as the case may be) that we may sell or issue or agree to sell or issue pursuant to this exception shall not exceed 5% of the total number of shares of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock issued and outstanding immediately following the completion of this offering, and provided further, that each recipient of shares of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable for our Class A common stock or Class B common stock pursuant to this exception shall execute a lock-up agreement.

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, in their sole discretion, may release our Class A common stock or Class B common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time with or without notice; provided, however, that, at least two business days before the effective date of a release or waiver that is granted to our directors or officers of any lock-up agreement, we have agreed with the underwriters that we will announce the impending release or waiver in a publicly filed registration statement in connection with a secondary offering or through a major news service if Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC notify us of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of such release or waiver, except where the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer of securities that is not for consideration and where the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same lock-up agreement terms in place for the director or officer.

In order to facilitate this offering of our Class A common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our Class A common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the over-allotment option. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale

 

163


Table of Contents

by exercising the over-allotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the over-allotment option, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our Class A common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. As an additional means of facilitating this offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of our Class A common stock in the open market to stabilize the price of our Class A common stock. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of our Class A common stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of our Class A common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.

We and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares of our Class A common stock to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters that may make internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses. One of the underwriters of this offering, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, acted as private placement agent for our Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock financing in 2012. In 2013, we entered into a credit facility with several banks, including affiliates of three of the underwriters of this offering (Morgan Stanley & Co LLC, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC).

In addition, in the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investment and securities activities may involve our securities and instruments. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Pricing of the Offering

Prior to the completion of this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. The initial public offering price was determined by negotiations between us and the representatives. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price were our future prospects and those of our industry in general, our sales, earnings and certain other financial and operating information in recent periods, and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities, and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

 

164


Table of Contents

Selling Restrictions

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State) an offer to the public of any shares of our Class A common stock may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares of our Class A common stock may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

(a) to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

(b) to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

(c) in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of shares of our Class A common stock shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares of our Class A common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares of our Class A common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares of our Class A common stock, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State, and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

United Kingdom

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

(a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares of our Class A common stock in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and

(b) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares of our Class A common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Hong Kong

Shares of our Class A common stock may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to shares of our Class A common stock may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or

 

165


Table of Contents

read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares of our Class A common stock which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Japan

Shares of our Class A common stock have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any shares of our Class A common stock, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of shares of our Class A common stock may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares of our Class A common stock be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the SFA), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where shares of our Class A common stock are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired shares of our Class A common stock under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

 

166


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., Palo Alto, California, which has acted as our counsel in connection with this offering, will pass upon the validity of the shares of our Class A common stock being offered by this prospectus. Goodwin Procter LLP, Menlo Park, California, has acted as counsel to the underwriters in connection with this offering.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Box, Inc. at January 31, 2013 and 2014, and for the year ended December 31, 2011, the one month period ended January 31, 2012, and for each of the two years in the period ended January 31, 2014, appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of our Class A common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some of which is contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our Class A common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement is this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. You may obtain copies of this information by mail from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an internet website that contains reports, proxy statements, and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference facilities and the website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.box.com. Upon the completion of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

 

167


Table of Contents

BOX, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

     F-6   

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

     F-7   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-9   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-11   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Box, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Box, Inc. as of January 31, 2013 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2011, the one month ended January 31, 2012, and for each of the two years in the period ended January 31, 2014. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Box, Inc. at January 31, 2013 and 2014, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2011, the one month ended January 31, 2012, and for each of the two years in the period ended January 31, 2014, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

San Francisco, California

March 24, 2014

 

F-2


Table of Contents

BOX, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

     January 31,
2013
     January 31,
2014
     October 31,
2014
     Pro Forma
October 31,
2014
 
                   (unaudited)  

ASSETS

           

Current assets:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 127,625       $ 108,851       $ 165,270       $ 165,270   

Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $2,258, $3,376 and $3,847

     17,218         42,669         39,873         39,873   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     8,177         7,776         11,089         11,089   

Deferred commissions

     8,959         7,152         7,092         7,092   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     161,979         166,448         223,324         223,324   

Property and equipment, net

     29,949         41,385         58,968         58,968   

Intangible assets, net

     830         6,567         6,562         6,562   

Goodwill

             8,081         10,934         10,934   

Other long-term assets

     3,034         12,948         14,153         14,153   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 195,792       $ 235,429       $
313,941
  
   $ 313,941   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT) EQUITY

           

Current liabilities:

           

Accounts payable

   $ 11,906       $ 12,405         $15,824       $ 15,824   

Accrued compensation and benefits

     3,899         16,098         13,399         13,399   

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     1,628         14,161         15,686         15,686   

Deferred revenue

     38,275         78,282         89,706         89,706   

Deferred rent

     504         1,213         3,342         3,342   

Debt

     968                           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     57,180         122,159         137,957         137,957   

Debt, non-current

     30,060         34,000         40,000         40,000   

Deferred revenue, non-current

     1,824         11,790         10,974         10,974   

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability, non-current

     2,869         1,346         1,206           

Deferred rent, non-current

     5,125         4,086         3,988         3,988   

Other long-term liabilities

     491         1,343         1,081         1,081   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     97,549         174,724         195,206         194,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-3


Table of Contents
     January 31,
2013
    January 31,
2014
    October 31,
2014
    Pro Forma
October 31,
2014
 
                 (unaudited)  

Commitments and contingencies (Note 7)

        

Redeemable convertible preferred stock:

        

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, par value of $0.0001 per share; 71,546, 77,102 and 84,602 shares authorized as of January 31, 2013 and 2014, and October 31, 2014 (unaudited); 69,999, 76,238 and 83,738 shares issued and outstanding with aggregate liquidation preference of $283,410, $384,423 and $540,048 as of January 31, 2013 and 2014, and October 31, 2014 (unaudited); no shares issued and outstanding as of October 31, 2014, pro forma (unaudited)

   $ 281,899      $ 393,217      $ 550,408      $   

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:

        

Class A and Class B Common stock, par value of $0.0001 per share; 132,300 (Class A 112,300, Class B 20,000), 145,856 (Class A 120,856, Class B 25,000) shares and 153,356 (Class A 128,356, Class B 25,000) shares authorized as of January 31, 2013 and 2014, and October 31, 2014 (unaudited); 10,429 (Class A 9,672, Class B 757), 13,955 (Class A 11,024, Class B 2,931) and 15,716 (Class A 11,995, Class B 3,721) shares issued and outstanding as of January 31, 2013 and 2014, and October 31, 2014 (unaudited) (including common stock subject to repurchase, see Note 12); 106,974 (no Class A or Class B, new Class B 106,974) shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as of October 31, 2014 (see Note 1) (unaudited)

     1        1        1        11   

Additional paid-in capital

     10,129        29,815        52,169        603,773   

Treasury stock (see Note 10)

     (1,177     (1,177     (1,177     (1,177

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

            15        (6     (6

Accumulated deficit

     (192,609     (361,166     (482,660     (482,660
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (183,656     (332,512     (431,673     119,941   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ (deficit) equity

   $ 195,792      $ 235,429      $ 313,941      $ 313,941   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

BOX, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2011
    One Month
Ended
January 31,
2012
    Year Ended
January 31,
2013
    Year Ended
January 31,
2014
    Nine Months Ended
October 31,
 
             2013     2014  
                             (unaudited)  

Revenue

   $ 21,084      $ 3,376      $ 58,797      $ 124,192      $ 85,363      $ 153,801   

Cost of revenue

     6,873        850        14,280        25,974        17,640        32,579   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     14,211        2,526        44,517        98,218        67,723        121,222   

Operating expenses:

            

Research and development

     14,396        1,915        28,996        45,967        32,494        48,415   

Sales and marketing

     36,189        4,246        99,221        171,188        124,174        152,354   

General and administrative

     13,480        1,125        25,429        39,843        29,657        41,276   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     64,065        7,286        153,646        256,998        186,325        242,045   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (49,854     (4,760     (109,129     (158,780     (118,602     (120,823

Remeasurement of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     (356     (371     (1,727     (8,477     (5,883     140   

Interest income (expense), net

     (109     27        (1,764     (3,705     (3,243     (1,450

Other income (expense), net

     49        (8     116        (26     29        41   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision (benefit) for income taxes

     (50,270     (5,112     (112,504     (170,988     (127,699     (122,092

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     1        15        59        (2,431     (2,514     (598
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (50,271     (5,127     (112,563     (168,557     (125,185     (121,494

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     (80     (9     (226     (341     (256     (7,577
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (50,351   $ (5,136   $ (112,789   $ (168,898   $ (125,441   $ (129,071
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (9.53   $ (0.84   $ (14.68   $ (14.89   $ (11.48   $ (8.94
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

     5,284        6,099        7,684        11,341        10,928        14,444   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (unaudited)

         $ (1.90     $ (1.25
        

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (unaudited)

           84,078          97,527   
        

 

 

     

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements .

 

F-5


Table of Contents

BOX, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(In thousands)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2011
    One Month
Ended
January 31,
2012
    Year Ended
January 31,
2013
    Year Ended
January 31,
2014
    Nine Months Ended
October 31,
 
             2013     2014  
                             (unaudited)  

Net loss

   $ (50,271   $ (5,127   $ (112,563   $ (168,557   $ (125,185   $ (121,494

Changes in foreign currency translation adjustment*

                          15        16        (21
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

                          15        16        (21
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

   $ (50,271   $ (5,127   $ (112,563   $ (168,542   $ (125,169   $ (121,515
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* Tax effect was not material

See notes to consolidated financial statements .

 

F-6


Table of Contents

BOX, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

(In thousands)

 

     Redeemable Convertible
Preferred Stock
     Class A and B
Common Stock
     Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Treasury
Stock
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

Income
     Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’

Deficit
 
     Shares      Amount      Shares      Amount              

Balance as of January 31, 2012

     58,324       $ 130,893         6,359       $ 1       $ 1,595      $ (1,177   $       $ (80,046   $ (79,627

Issuance of Series D-2 redeemable convertible preferred stock for cash

     220         2,002                                                        

Issuance of Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock for cash, net of issuance costs of $1,222

     11,455         148,778                                                        

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

                     4,048                 1,022                              1,022   

Stock-based compensation related to stock awards

                     22                 7,536                              7,536   

Vesting of early exercised stock options

                                     202                              202   

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value

             226                         (226                           (226

Net loss

                                                           (112,563     (112,563
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of January 31, 2013

     69,999         281,899         10,429         1         10,129        (1,177             (192,609     (183,656

Issuance of Series E-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock for cash, net of issuance costs of $36

     5,555         99,944                                                        

Issuance of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock upon exercise of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants

     423         6,669                                                        

Issuance of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock upon exercise of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants

     199         3,168                                                        

 

F-7


Table of Contents
     Redeemable Convertible
Preferred Stock
     Class A and B
Common Stock
     Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Treasury
Stock
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

Income
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’

Deficit
 
     Shares      Amount      Shares      Amount             

Issuance of Series D-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock upon exercise of Series D-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants

     62         1,196                                                       

Issuance of common stock in connection with Crocodoc acquisition

                     813                 4,742                             4,742   

Issuance of common stock upon stock option
exercises

                     2,268                 2,077                             2,077   

Stock-based compensation related to stock awards

                     395                 11,749                             11,749   

Issuance of common stock in connection with the purchase of intangible assets

                     50                 324                             324   

Vesting of early exercised stock options

                                     1,135                             1,135   

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value

             341                         (341                          (341

Other comprehensive
income

                                                   15               15   

Net loss

                                                          (168,557     (168,557
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of January 31, 2014

     76,238         393,217         13,955         1         29,815        (1,177     15        (361,166     (332,512

Issuance of Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock for cash, net of issuance costs of $386 (unaudited)

     7,500         149,614                                                       

Issuance of common stock upon stock option exercises (unaudited)

                     1,304                 2,772                             2,772   

Issuance of common stock in connection with Streem acquisition (unaudited)

                     337                 4,305                             4,305   

Stock-based compensation related to stock awards (unaudited)

                     115                 22,344                             22,344   

Vesting of restricted stock units, net of tax withholding (unaudited)

                     5                 (19                          (19

Vesting of early exercised stock options (unaudited)

                                     529                             529   

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value (unaudited)

             7,577                         (7,577                          (7,577

Other comprehensive loss (unaudited)

                                                   (21            (21

Net loss (unaudited)

                                                          (121,494     (121,494
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of October 31, 2014 (unaudited)

     83,738       $ 550,408         15,716       $ 1       $ 52,169      $ (1,177   $ (6   $ (482,660   $ (431,673
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements .

 

F-8


Table of Contents

BOX, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

 

    Year
Ended
December 31,
2011
    One Month
Ended
January 31,
2012
    Year Ended
January 31,
2013
    Year Ended
January  31
2014
    Nine Months Ended
October 31,
 
            2013     2014  
                            (unaudited)  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

           

Net loss

  $ (50,271   $ (5,127   $ (112,563   $ (168,557   $ (125,185   $ (121,494

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

           

Depreciation and amortization

    2,838        443        8,616        17,867        12,047       
19,952
  

Stock-based compensation expense

    6,222        72        7,536        11,749        7,514        22,344   

Amortization of deferred commissions

    1,688        262        7,028        13,500        10,454        8,837   

Remeasurement of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

    356        371        1,727        8,477        5,883        (140

Release of deferred tax valuation allowance

                         (2,590     (2,590     (825

Other

    214        48        628        212        55       
426
  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions:

           

Accounts receivable

    (4,102     171        (11,499     (25,157     (7,837     2,796   

Deferred commissions

    (3,108     (247     (14,027     (13,999     (8,126     (9,686

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    (7,478     (661     (2,028     (3,792     (3,232     (2,508

Accounts payable

    3,546        3,779        2,046        (3,177     2,785        2,255   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

    3,048        (1,355     2,100        24,055        12,123        (3,907

Deferred rent

    3,467        264        1,755        (330     (347     2,031   

Deferred revenue

    9,307        248        26,930        49,973        27,332        10,608   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

    (34,273     (1,732     (81,751     (91,769     (69,124     (69,311

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

           

Purchases of marketable securities

    (35,814                                   

Proceeds from maturity of marketable securities

    12,000        3,350        20,000                        

Purchases of property and equipment

    (13,467     (4,181     (19,499     (24,424     (14,809     (29,764

Investments in non-marketable equity securities

                  (125                     

Acquisition and purchases of intangible assets, net of cash acquired

    (1,012            (62     (7,761     (7,761     (202
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

    (38,293     (831     314        (32,185     (22,570     (29,966

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

           

Proceeds from borrowings, net of borrowing costs

    10,972               20,353        32,744        32,744        12,000   

Principal payments on borrowings

    (341     (46     (577     (30,971     (30,971     (6,000

Proceeds from issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs

    91,968               150,780        99,944        75,970        149,614   

Proceeds from exercise of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants

                         1,033                 

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

    250        22        2,241        3,003        1,211        2,851   

Payments of deferred offering costs

                         (588            (2,748
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    102,849        (24     172,797        105,165        78,954        155,717   

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

                         15        16        (21
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    30,283        (2,587     91,360        (18,774     (12,724     56,419   

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

    8,569        38,852        36,265        127,625        127,625        108,851   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

  $ 38,852      $ 36,265      $ 127,625      $ 108,851      $ 114,901      $ 165,270   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-9


Table of Contents
    Year
Ended
December 31,
2011
    One Month
Ended
January 31,
2012
    Year Ended
January 31,
2013
    Year Ended
January  31
2014
     Nine Months Ended
October 31,
 
             2013     2014  
                             (unaudited)  

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

            

Cash paid for interest, including end of term fees and early payoff penalty

  $ 216      $ 37      $ 1,973      $ 3,461       $ 3,202      $ 699   

Cash paid for income taxes

    1               60        86         86        157   

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NONCASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

            

Change in accrued equipment purchases

  $ 1,007      $ 557      $ 20      $ 2,768       $ 3,528      $ 5,553   

Issuance of common stock in connection with acquisitions and purchases of intangible assets

    6                      5,066         5,066        4,305   

Vesting of early exercised stock options and restricted stock

    45        4        202        1,135         963        529   

Exchange of common stock with the investors for redeemable convertible preferred stock

    (897                                    

Change in unpaid deferred offering costs

                         1,755                (1,227

Issuance of preferred stock upon exercise of warrants

                         10,000                  

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

    80        9        226        341         256        7,577   

See notes to consolidated financial statements .

 

F-10


Table of Contents

BOX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited as of October 31, 2014 and for the nine months ended October 31, 2013 and 2014)

Note 1. Description of Business and Basis of Presentation

Description of Business

Box, Inc. was incorporated in the state of Washington in April 2005. We were reincorporated in the state of Delaware in March 2008. Further, we officially changed our name from Box.Net, Inc. to Box, Inc. in November 2011. We provide a cloud-based mobile optimized Enterprise Content Collaboration platform that enables organizations of all sizes to easily and securely manage their content and collaborate internally and externally.

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (U.S. GAAP) and include the consolidated accounts of Box, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Change in Fiscal Year

We changed our fiscal year end from December 31 to January 31, commencing with our fiscal year ended January 31, 2013. As a result of the change, a one month transition period beginning January 1, 2012 and ending January 31, 2012 is presented in the consolidated financial statements.

Prior Period Reclassifications

Certain reclassifications of prior period amounts have been made to conform to the current period presentation.

Unaudited Pro Forma Balance Sheet

As of October 31, 2014, we had two classes of common stock: Class A common stock and Class B common stock. The rights of the holders of our Class A and Class B common stock were identical except with respect to voting. The holders of our Class A common stock were entitled to one vote per share, and holders of our Class B common stock had no voting rights. Upon the completion of an initial public offering, all current outstanding shares of our Class A common stock will be reclassified into shares of our new Class B common stock, all current outstanding shares of our Class B common stock and redeemable convertible preferred stock will convert and be reclassified into shares of our new Class B common stock, and 85,056 shares of our new Class B common stock will be issued upon the assumed net exercise of a redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant. Therefore, the October 31, 2014 unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet has been prepared assuming the automatic conversion and reclassification of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into 91,172,143 shares of our Class B common stock, the issuance of 85,056 shares of our new Class B common stock upon the assumed net exercise of a warrant and the related reclassification of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital, the recording of a deemed dividend related to the conversion of the outstanding Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock, the reclassification of our Class A common stock into our new Class B common stock, and the conversion and reclassification of our Class B common stock into our new Class B common stock.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

BOX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited as of October 31, 2014 and for the nine months ended October 31, 2013 and 2014)

 

Unaudited Interim Consolidated Financial Information

The accompanying interim consolidated balance sheet as of October 31, 2014 and the consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss and cash flows for the nine months ended October 31, 2013 and 2014, and the consolidated statement of redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit for the nine months ended October 31, 2014, and the related footnote disclosures are unaudited. These unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. In management’s opinion, the unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements and include all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of our statement of financial position as of October 31, 2014 and our results of operations and cash flows for the nine months ended October 31, 2013 and 2014. The results for the nine months ended October 31, 2014 are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for the full fiscal year or any other period.

Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make, on an ongoing basis, estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported and disclosed in the financial statements and the accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from these estimates. Such estimates include, but are not limited to, the determination of the allowance for accounts receivable, the fair value of intangible assets, useful lives of intangible assets and property and equipment, fair values of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants, best estimate of selling price included in multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements, fair values of stock-based awards, and the provision for income taxes, including related reserves, among others. Management bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions which management believes to be reasonable, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities.

Revenue Recognition

We derive our revenue from three sources: (1) subscription revenue, which is comprised of subscription fees from customers utilizing our cloud-based Enterprise Content Collaboration services that include routine customer support; (2) revenue from customers purchasing our premier support package; and (3) revenue from professional services such as implementing best practice use cases, project management and implementation services.

We recognize revenue when all of the following conditions are met:

 

    there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement;

 

    the service has been provided to the customer;

 

    the collection of fees is reasonably assured; and

 

    the amount of fees to be paid by the customer is fixed or determinable.

We typically invoice our customers at the beginning of the term, in multiyear, annual, quarterly or monthly installments. Our subscription and support contracts are typically non-cancellable and do not contain refund-type provisions.

In instances where we collect fees in advance of service delivery, revenue under the contract is deferred until we successfully deliver such services.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

BOX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited as of October 31, 2014 and for the nine months ended October 31, 2013 and 2014)

 

Subscription revenue is recognized ratably over the period of the subscription beginning once all requirements for revenue recognition have been met, including provisioning the service so that it is available to our customers. Premier support is sold together with the subscription hosting services, and the term of the premier support is generally the same as the related subscription hosting services arrangement. Accordingly, we recognize premier support revenue in the same manner as the associated subscription hosting service. Professional services revenue is recognized as the services are rendered for time and material contracts, and using the proportional performance method over the period the services are performed for fixed price contracts. Professional services and premier support services revenues were not material for all periods presented.

We assess collectability based on a number of factors, such as past collection history and creditworthiness of the customer. If management determines collectability is not reasonably assured, we defer revenue recognition until collectability becomes reasonably assured.

Our arrangements can include multiple elements which may consist of some or all of subscription services, premier support and professional services. When multiple-element arrangements exist, we evaluate whether these individual deliverables should be accounted for as separate units of accounting or one single unit of accounting.

In order to treat deliverables in a multiple-element arrangement as separate units of accounting, the delivered item or items must have standalone value upon delivery. A delivered item has standalone value to the customer when either (1) any vendor sells that item separately or (2) the customer could resell that item on a standalone basis. Our subscription hosting services have standalone value as such services are often sold separately. Our premier support services do not have standalone value because we and other vendors do not sell premier support services separately. Our professional services have stand-alone value because there are other vendors which sell the same professional services separately. Accordingly, we consider the separate units of accounting in our multiple deliverable arrangements to be the professional services, subscription services or a combined deliverable comprised of subscription hosting services and premier support services. When multiple deliverables included in an arrangement are separable into different units of accounting, the arrangement consideration is allocated to the identified separate units of accounting based on their relative selling price. Multiple-element arrangement accounting guidance provides a hierarchy to use when determining the relative selling price for each unit of accounting. Vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE) of selling price, based on the price at which the item is regularly sold by the vendor on a standalone basis, should be used if it exists. If VSOE of selling price is not available, third-party evidence (TPE) of selling price is used to establish the selling price if it exists. We have not established VSOE for our subscription services, premier support or professional services due to lack of pricing consistency, the introduction of new services and other factors. We have also concluded that third-party evidence of selling price is not a practical alternative due to differences in our service offerings compared to other parties and the availability of relevant third-party pricing information. Accordingly, we use our best estimate of selling price (BESP) to determine the relative selling price for our subscription, premier support and professional services offerings. For arrangements with multiple deliverables which can be separated into different units of accounting, we allocate the arrangement fee to the separate units of accounting based on our BESP. The amount of arrangement fee allocated is limited by contingent revenue, if any.

We determined BESP by considering our overall pricing objectives and market conditions. Significant pricing practices taken into consideration for our subscription hosting services, which may also include premier support, and professional services, include discounting practices, the size and volume of our transactions, the customer demographic, the geographic area where services are sold, price lists, our go-to-market strategy, historical standalone sales and contract prices. The determination of BESP is made through consultation with and approval by our management, taking into consideration the go-to-market strategy. As our go-to-market strategies evolve, we may modify our pricing practices in the future, which could result in changes in relative selling prices.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

BOX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited as of October 31, 2014 and for the nine months ended October 31, 2013 and 2014)

 

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue consists primarily of costs related to providing our subscription services to our paying customers, including employee compensation and related expenses for datacenter operations, customer support and professional services personnel, payments to outside technology service providers, depreciation of servers and equipment, security services and other tools, as well as amortization of acquired technology.

Deferred Commissions

Deferred commissions consist of direct incremental costs paid to our sales force associated with non-cancellable terms of the related contracts. The deferred commission amounts are recoverable through future revenue streams under the non-cancellable customer contracts. Direct sales commissions are deferred when earned and amortized over the same period that revenue is recognized for the related non-cancellable subscription period. Amortization of deferred commissions is included in sales and marketing expense in the consolidated statements of operations.

We deferred sales commissions costs of $3.1 million, $247,000, $14.0 million, and $14.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2011, the one month ended January 31, 2012 and the years ended January 31, 2013 and 2014, and amortized $1.7 million, $262,000, $7.0 million, and $13.5 million of deferred commissions during the same periods. We deferred sales commissions costs of $8.1 million and $9.7 million during the nine months ended October 31, 2013 and 2014, and amortized $10.5 million and $8.8 million of deferred commissions during the same periods.

Deferred Revenue

Deferred revenue consists of billings and payments received in advance of revenue recognition generated by our subscription services, premier customer support and professional services described above. For these services, we typically invoice our customers at the beginning of the term, in multiyear, annual, quarterly or monthly installments. Accordingly, the deferred revenue balance does not represent the total contract value of annual or multiyear, non-cancellable subscription contracts.

Certain Risks and Concentrations

Our financial instruments that are exposed to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities and accounts receivable. Although we deposit our cash with multiple financial institutions, our deposits, at times, may exceed federally insured limits.

We sell to a broad range of customers. Our revenue is derived substantially from the U.S. across a multitude of industries. Accounts receivable are derived from the delivery of our services to customers primarily located in the U.S. We accept and settle our accounts receivable using credit cards, electronic payments and checks. A majority of our lower dollar value invoices are settled by credit card on or near the date of the invoice. We do not require collateral from customers to secure accounts receivable. We maintain an allowance for accounts receivable based upon the expected collectability, which takes into consideration specific customer creditworthiness and current economic trends. We believe collections of our accounts receivable are reasonably assured based on the size, industry diversification, financial condition and past transaction history of our customers. We had one customer that individually accounted for 17% of our total accounts receivable balance as of January 31, 2013. As of January 31, 2014 and October 31, 2014, no single customer accounted for more than 10% of total accounts receivable. No single customer represented over 10% of revenue for any of the periods presented in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

BOX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited as of October 31, 2014 and for the nine months ended October 31, 2013 and 2014)

 

We serve our customers and users from datacenter facilities operated by third parties. In order to reduce the risk of down time of our enterprise cloud content management services, we have established datacenters in various locations in the United States. We have internal procedures to restore services in the event of disaster at one of our current datacenter facilities. Even with these procedures for disaster recovery in place, our cloud services could be significantly interrupted during the implementation of the procedures to restore services.

Foreign Currency Translation and Transactions

The functional currency of our principal foreign subsidiaries is generally the U.S. dollar. Adjustments resulting from translating foreign functional currency financial statements into U.S. dollars for those entities that do not have U.S. dollars as their functional currency are recorded as part of a separate component of the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are included in the consolidated statements of operations for the period. All assets and liabilities denominated in a foreign currency are translated into U.S. dollars at the exchange rate on the balance sheet date. Revenue and expenses are translated at the average exchange rate during the period. Equity transactions are translated using historical exchange rates. Translation adjustments at the balance sheet dates were not material. Transaction gains and losses recognized were not material for all periods presented.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

We consider all highly liquid investments with an initial maturity of 90 days or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. We maintain such funds in overnight cash deposits.

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash is comprised of certificates of deposit related to our credit card processing and leases. These restricted cash balances have been excluded from our cash and cash equivalents balance and are classified as part of prepaid expenses and other current assets and other long-term assets on our consolidated balance sheets. The amount of restricted cash as of January 31, 2013 was $3.9 million, of which $1.5 million was classified as current and $2.4 million was classified as non-current. The amount of restricted cash as of January 31, 2014 and October 31, 2014 was $3.9 million and $3.4 million, which was classified as non-current.

Marketable Securities

Our marketable securities consisted of short-term investment-grade corporate securities. We classify our marketable securities as available-for-sale at the time of purchase and reevaluate such classification as of each balance sheet date. All marketable securities are recorded at their estimated fair value. Unrealized gains and losses for available-for-sale securities are recorded in other comprehensive income (loss). We evaluate our investments to assess whether those with unrealized loss positions are other than temporarily impaired. We consider impairments to be other than temporary if they are related to deterioration in credit risk or if it is likely we will sell the securities before the recovery of their cost basis. Realized gains and losses and declines in value deemed to be other than temporary are determined based on the specific identification method and are reported in other income (expense), net in the consolidated statements of operations. Gross realized gains and losses on marketable securities were not material for the year ended December 31, 2011, the one month ended January 31, 2012, and the year ended January 31, 2013. We held no marketable securities during the year ended January 31, 2014 or the nine months ended October 31, 2014.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

BOX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited as of October 31, 2014 and for the nine months ended October 31, 2013 and 2014)

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Our financial assets and financial liabilities which include cash equivalents, marketable securities and redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants are measured and recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. We measure certain other assets including our non-marketable equity securities at fair value on a nonrecurring basis when they are deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired. Our other current financial assets and our other current financial liabilities have fair values which approximate their carrying value due to their short term maturities.

Accounts Receivable and Related Allowance

Accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amounts and do not bear interest. We maintain an allowance for estimated losses inherent in our accounts receivable portfolio. We assess the collectability of the accounts by taking into consideration the aging of our trade receivables, historical experience, and management judgment. We write off trade receivables against the allowance when management determines a balance is uncollectible and no longer actively pursues collection of the receivable.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets, generally two to three years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or the remaining lease term, generally three to five years. Depreciation commences once the asset is placed in service. Construction in progress is primarily related to the construction or development of property and equipment which have not yet been placed in service for their intended use.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets, Intangible Assets, and Goodwill

We review our long-lived assets, including property and equipment, and finite-lived intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. We measure the recoverability of these assets by comparing the carrying amounts to the future undiscounted cash flows the assets are expected to generate. If the total of the future undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying amount of an asset, we record an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its fair market value. There have been no impairment charges recorded in any of the periods presented in the consolidated financial statements.

Intangible assets consist primarily of developed technology and trade names and are carried at cost and amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, which is generally two to seven years.

In addition, we test our goodwill for impairment at least annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate this asset may be impaired. These tests are based on our single operating segment and reporting unit structure. No indications of impairment of goodwill were noted during the year ended January 31, 2014.

Research and Development Costs

Research and development costs include personnel costs, including stock-based compensation expense, associated with our engineering personnel and consultants responsible for the design, development and testing of the product, depreciation of equipment used in research and development and allocated facilities and information technology costs. Research and development costs are expensed as incurred.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

BOX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited as of October 31, 2014 and for the nine months ended October 31, 2013 and 2014)

 

Internal-Use Software Costs

We capitalize costs to develop software for internal use incurred during the application development stage. Costs related to preliminary project activities and post implementation activities are expensed as incurred. Once an application has reached the development stage, management has authorized and committed to the funding of the software project, it is probable the project will be completed and the software will be used to perform the function intended, internal and external costs, if direct and incremental, are capitalized until the application is substantially complete and ready for its intended use. There were no material qualifying costs incurred during the application development stage in any of the periods presented.

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and are included in sales and marketing expense. Advertising costs for the year ended December 31, 2011, the one month ended January 31, 2012, the years ended January 31, 2013 and 2014, and the nine months ended October 31, 2013 and 2014, were $8.8 million, $1.2 million, $20.1 million, $25.0 million, $19.9 million and $23.0 million.

Stock-Based Compensation

We determine the fair value of our stock options issued to employees on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which is impacted by the fair value of our common stock, as well as changes in assumptions regarding a number of highly complex and subjective variables. These variables include, but are not limited to, the expected common stock price volatility over the term of the option awards, the expected term of the awards, risk-free interest rates and the expected dividend yield. The fair value of restricted stock awards and restricted stock units is determined by the estimated fair value of our common stock at the time of grant.

We recognize compensation expense for our stock based awards on a straight-line basis over the period during which an employee is required to provide services in exchange for the award (generally the vesting period of the award). Stock-based compensation expense is recognized only for those awards expected to vest. We estimate future forfeitures at the date of grant and revise the estimates, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

Compensation expense for stock options issued to nonemployees is calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and is recorded over the service performance period. Options subject to vesting are required to be periodically remeasured over their service performance period, which is generally the same as the vesting period.

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Warrant Liability

We account for freestanding warrants to purchase shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock as a liability on the consolidated balance sheets. The redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants are recorded as a liability because the underlying shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock are optionally redeemable and, therefore, may obligate us to transfer assets at some point in the future. The warrants are recorded at fair value upon issuance and are subject to remeasurement to fair value at each balance sheet date, with any change in fair value recognized as a separate line item on the consolidated statements of operations. We recognized remeasurement losses of $356,000, $371,000, $1.7 million, $8.5 million and $5.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, the one month ended January 31, 2012, the years ended January 31, 2013 and 2014, and the nine months ended October 31,

 

F-17


Table of Contents

BOX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited as of October 31, 2014 and for the nine months ended October 31, 2013 and 2014)

 

2013, respectively. We recognized a remeasurement gain of $140,000 for the nine months ended October 31, 2014. We will continue to adjust the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability to its estimated fair value at each reporting period until the earlier of the (i) exercise of the warrants, (ii) expiration of the warrants, or (iii) other triggering events as applicable to the terms of the warrant agreements (see Note 11 for additional information).

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the temporary differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using the enacted tax rates in effect for the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect on deferred taxes of a change in income tax rates is recognized in the consolidated statements of operations in the period that includes the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts we believe is more likely than not to be realized.

We recognize tax benefits from uncertain tax positions only if we believe that it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such positions are then measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon settlement.

Recent Accounting Pronouncement

On May 28, 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09 regarding ASC Topic 606,  Revenue from Contracts with Customers . The standard provides principles for recognizing revenue for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers with the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The standard will be effective for our fiscal year beginning February 1, 2017. Early adoption is not permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of this standard.

Note 3. Fair Value Measurements

We define fair value as the exchange price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. We measure our financial assets and liabilities at fair value at each reporting period using a fair value hierarchy which requires us to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. A financial instrument’s classification within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Three levels of inputs may be used to measure fair value:

 

    Level 1—Observable inputs are unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 

    Level 2—Observable inputs are quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets or inputs other than quoted prices which are observable for the assets or liabilities, either directly or indirectly through market corroboration, for substantially the full term of the financial instruments.

 

    Level 3—Unobservable inputs which are supported by little or no market activity and which are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. These inputs are based on our own assumptions used to measure assets and liabilities at fair value and require significant management judgment or estimation.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

BOX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited as of October 31, 2014 and for the nine months ended October 31, 2013 and 2014)

 

We measure our marketable securities, restricted cash and redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability at fair value on a recurring basis. We classify our marketable securities and restricted cash within Level 2 because they are valued using inputs other than quoted prices which are directly or indirectly observable in the market, including readily-available pricing sources for the identical underlying security which may not be actively traded. We classify our redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants within Level 3 because they are valued using valuation techniques using certain inputs which are unobservable in the market.

The following tables set forth the fair value of our financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of January 31, 2013 and 2014 and October 31, 2014 using the above input categories (in thousands):

 

     As of January 31, 2013  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3     Fair Value  

Assets

          

Restricted cash:

          

Certificate of deposit

   $       $ 3,928       $      $ 3,928   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets measured at fair value

   $       $ 3,928       $      $ 3,928   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liability

          

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   $       $       $ (2,869   $ (2,869
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities measured at fair value

   $       $       $ (2,869   $ (2,869
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     As of January 31, 2014  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3     Fair Value  

Assets

          

Restricted cash:

          

Certificate of deposit

   $       $ 3,909       $      $ 3,909   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets measured at fair value

   $       $ 3,909       $      $ 3,909   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liability

          

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   $       $       $ (1,346   $ (1,346
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities measured at fair value

   $       $       $ (1,346   $ (1,346
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     As of October 31, 2014  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3     Fair Value  
     (unaudited)  

Assets

          

Restricted cash:

          

Certificate of deposit

   $       $ 3,356       $      $ 3,356   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets measured at fair value

   $       $ 3,356       $      $ 3,356   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liability

          

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   $       $       $ (1,206   $ (1,206
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities measured at fair value

   $       $       $ (1,206   $ (1,206
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-19


Table of Contents

BOX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited as of October 31, 2014 and for the nine months ended October 31, 2013 and 2014)

 

Fair Value of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Warrant Liability

To determine the fair value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants, we first derive the business enterprise value (BEV) of the Company using valuation methods, including combinations of methods, as deemed appropriate under the circumstances applicable at the valuation date. Once we determined an estimated BEV, we utilized the option pricing method (OPM) to allocate the BEV to the various classes of the Company’s equity, including the Company’s preferred stock. Once the per share value of preferred stock was determined, we used this concluded per share value as the fair value of the shares input within the Black-Scholes option pricing model that was utilized to determine the fair value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants. In addition to the fair value of the shares input, the Black-Scholes option pricing model includes assumptions related to the exercise price, expected volatility, expected term, risk-free interest rate, and the expected dividend yield. The estimated expected volatility was based on the volatility of common stock of a group of comparable, publicly-traded companies. The estimated expected term was based on the estimated time to liquidity event. The risk-free interest rate was based on the U.S. Treasury yield for a term consistent with the estimated expected term. The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability are the fair value of the underlying stock at the valuation date, the expected volatility, and the estimated term of the warrants. Generally, increases (decreases) in the fair value of the underlying stock, expected volatility and expected term would result in a directionally similar impact to the fair value measurement.

The following table provides a roll-forward of the fair value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants categorized as Level 3 (in thousands):

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

   $ 771   

Remeasurement

     371   
  

 

 

 

Balance at January 31, 2012

     1,142   

Remeasurement

     1,727   
  

 

 

 

Balance at January 31, 2013

     2,869   

Remeasurement

     8,477   

Exercise of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants

     (10,000
  

 

 

 

Balance at January 31, 2014

     1,346   

Remeasurement (unaudited)

     (140
  

 

 

 

Balance at October 31, 2014 (unaudited)

   $ 1,206   
  

 

 

 

 

F-20


Table of Contents

BOX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited as of October 31, 2014 and for the nine months ended October 31, 2013 and 2014)

 

At each reporting date, we remeasure the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liabilities to fair value using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions:

 

     As of
December 31,
2011
    As of
January 31,
2013
    As of
January 31,
2014
    As of
October 31,
2014
 
                       (unaudited)  

Series A:

        

Expected term (in years)

     4.8        3.7        2.7        2.1   

Risk-free interest rate

     0.8     0.5     0.6-0.7     0.6

Expected volatility

     57     44     40     35

Dividend rate

     0     0     0     0

Series B(1):

        

Expected term (in years)

     2.6-3.4        1.5-2.3                 

Risk-free interest rate

     0.3-0.5     0.0-0.3              

Expected volatility

     45-57     45-47              

Dividend rate

     0     0              

Series C(1):

        

Expected term (in years)

     6.0        4.9                 

Risk-free interest rate

     1.1     0.9              

Expected volatility

     56     52              

Dividend rate

     0     0              

Series D-1(1):

        

Expected term (in years)

     6.6        5.6                 

Risk-free interest rate

     1.3     1.0              

Expected volatility

     55     53              

Dividend rate

     0     0              

 

(1) In January 2014, all outstanding warrants to purchase Series B, Series C and Series D-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock were exercised. The related preferred stock warrant liability was remeasured to fair value at the exercise date, and the remaining liability along with the proceeds received upon exercise were reclassified to redeemable convertible preferred stock.

Note 4. Balance Sheet Components

Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     January 31,
2013
     January 31,
2014
     October 31,
2014
 
                  

(unaudited)

 

Prepaid expenses and deposits

   $ 5,094       $ 5,717       $ 6,785   

Restricted cash

     1,500                   

Other receivables

     1,583         2,059         4,304   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total prepaid expenses and other current assets

   $ 8,177       $ 7,776       $ 11,089   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-21


Table of Contents

BOX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited as of October 31, 2014 and for the nine months ended October 31, 2013 and 2014)

 

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment, net consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     January 31,
2013
    January 31,
2014
    October 31,
2014
 
                 (unaudited)  

Servers

   $ 22,254      $ 49,168      $ 74,754   

Computer hardware and software

     3,086        5,792        7,884   

Furniture and fixtures

     3,427        4,388        5,042   

Leasehold improvements

     7,483        9,486        12,024   

Construction in progress

     7,031        1,763        5,923   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment

     43,281        70,597        105,627   

Less: accumulated depreciation

     (13,332     (29,212     (46,659
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment, net

   $ 29,949      $ 41,385      $ 58,968   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation expense related to property and equipment was $2.7 million, $429,000, $8.4 million, $15.9 million, $10.8 million and $17.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, the one month ended January 31, 2012, the years ended January 31, 2013 and 2014, and the nine months ended October 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively. Construction in progress primarily consists of servers, networking equipment and storage infrastructure being provisioned in our third party datacenter hosting facilities as well as leasehold improvements. In addition, the amounts of interest capitalized to property and equipment were $107,000, $56,000, $585,000, $284,000, $248,000 and $278,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011, the one month ended January 31, 2012, the years ended January 31, 2013 and 2014, and the nine months ended October 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

Note 5. Acquisition

Crocodoc, Inc.

On May 19, 2013, we acquired all outstanding common stock of Crocodoc, Inc. (Crocodoc), a privately-held company which provides HTML5 document rendering and viewing solutions to enterprise customers, for total purchase consideration of $13.2 million ($8.5 million in cash and $4.7 million in our common stock). The acquisition is expected to enhance our Box service by embedding Crocodoc’s technology into our platform, along with gaining access to Crocodoc’s engineering team. The acquisition has been accounted for as a business combination. Of the $13.2 million total purchase price, $790,000 was cash acquired, $7.0 million was attributed to developed technology, $8.1 million to goodwill, $222,000 to net assets acquired, $311,000 to income taxes payable which was included in other long-term liabilities, and $2.6 million to deferred tax liability. Goodwill is primarily attributable to the enhancement of the Box user experience, expected synergies arising from the acquisition and the value of acquired personnel. Goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes. Developed technology is being amortized on a straight-line basis over an estimated useful life of three years. Transaction costs were approximately $280,000, which were recorded as general and administrative expense as incurred. Also, in connection with the acquisition, we loaned $844,000 to certain selling shareholders in exchange for full recourse notes, which were classified as other long-term assets on the consolidated balance sheet.

Results of operations for this acquisition have been included in our consolidated statements of operations since the acquisition date and were not material. Pro forma results of operations for this acquisition have not been presented because they were also not material to the consolidated results of operations.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

BOX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited as of October 31, 2014 and for the nine months ended October 31, 2013 and 2014)

 

Greply Inc.

On July 3, 2014, we acquired all outstanding common stock of Greply Inc. (Streem), a privately-held cloud storage and file-sharing company which specializes in large media files and streaming technology, for a total purchase price of $4.5 million ($230,000 in cash and $4.3 million in our common stock). The acquisition is expected to enhance our Box service by leveraging Streem’s technology, along with gaining access to Streem’s engineering team. The acquisition has been accounted for as a business combination. Of the $4.5 million, $2.5 million was attributed to developed technology, $2.9 million to goodwill, $7,000 to net assets acquired, and $825,000 to deferred tax liability. Goodwill is primarily attributable to the enhancement of the Box user experience and the value of acquired personnel. Goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes. Developed technology is being amortized on a straight-line basis over an estimated useful life of two years.

In addition, upon acquisition we issued 121,255 shares of our Class A common stock valued at $1.6 million. We are also obligated to make cash payments of up to $889,000. Both the common stock and the cash payments are additional consideration which is contingent upon former employees of Streem continuing to be employed by us. We determined that this additional consideration was not part of the purchase price and will be recognized as post-acquisition compensation expense over the related requisite service period. Also, in connection with the acquisition, we agreed to give certain former employees of Streem bonus awards of cash payments up to $381,000 and issue up to 155,787 shares of our Class A common stock valued at $2.0 million. These bonus awards are subject to continued employment with us and will be recognized as post-acquisition compensation expense over the related requisite service period. Transaction costs were approximately $273,000, which were recorded as general and administrative expense as incurred.

Results of operations for this acquisition have been included in our consolidated statements of operations since the acquisition date and were not material. Pro forma results of operations for this acquisition have not been presented because they were also not material to the consolidated results of operations.

Note 6. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill activity is reflected in the following table (in thousands):

 

Balance at January 31, 2013

   $   

Goodwill acquired—Crocodoc

     8,081   
  

 

 

 

Balance at January 31, 2014

     8,081   

Goodwill acquired—Streem (unaudited)

     2,853   
  

 

 

 

Balance at October 31, 2014 (unaudited)

   $ 10,934   
  

 

 

 

 

F-23


Table of Contents

BOX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited as of October 31, 2014 and for the nine months ended October 31, 2013 and 2014)

 

Intangible assets consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     Weighted
Average Useful
Life (1)
   Gross Value      Accumulated
Amortization
    Net Carrying
Value
 

January 31, 2013

          

Trade names

   6.9 years    $ 1,201       $ (371   $ 830   
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Intangible assets, net

      $ 1,201       $ (371   $ 830   
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

January 31, 2014

          

Developed technology

   3.0 years    $ 7,724       $ (1,813   $ 5,911   

Trade names

   6.9 years      1,201         (545     656   
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Intangible assets, net

      $ 8,925       $ (2,358   $ 6,567   
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

October 31, 2014 (unaudited)

          

Developed technology

   2.7 years    $ 10,224       $ (4,190   $ 6,034   

Trade names and other

   6.9 years      1,201         (673     528   
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Intangible assets, net

      $ 11,425       $ (4,863   $ 6,562   
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) From the date of acquisition

Intangible amortization expense was $165,000, $14,000, $176,000, $2.0 million, $1.3 million and $2.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, the one month ended January 31, 2012, the years ended January 31, 2013 and 2014, and the nine months ended October 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively. Amortization of purchased technology is included in cost of revenue and amortization for trade names is included in general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. As of January 31, 2014, expected amortization expense for intangible assets for each of the next five years and thereafter was as follows (in thousands):

 

Fiscal years ending January 31:

  

2015

   $ 2,783   

2016

     2,687   

2017

     919   

2018

     154   

2019

     23   

Thereafter

     1   
  

 

 

 
   $ 6,567   
  

 

 

 

Note 7. Commitments and Contingencies

Letters of Credit

At January 31, 2014 and October 31, 2014, we had letters of credit in the amount of $2.4 million and $27.0 million, respectively, in connection with our facility leases. These letters of credit mature at various dates through December 1, 2018. Certain letters of credit are collateralized by certificates of deposit held by us in the amount of $2.4 million and $2.0 million, respectively. Refer to Note 8 for additional details.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

BOX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited as of October 31, 2014 and for the nine months ended October 31, 2013 and 2014)

 

Operating Leases

We have entered into various non-cancellable operating lease agreements for certain of our offices and datacenters with lease periods expiring primarily between fiscal 2015 and 2019. Certain of these arrangements have free or escalating rent payment provisions and optional renewal clauses. We are also committed to pay a portion of the actual operating expenses under certain of these lease agreements. These operating expenses are not included in the table below. As of January 31, 2014, future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows (in thousands):

 

Years ending January 31:

  

2015

   $ 7,517   

2016

     6,220   

2017

     5,571   

2018

     5,219   

2019

     2,767   
  

 

 

 
   $ 27,294   
  

 

 

 

As of October 31, 2014, future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows (in thousands)(unaudited):

 

Years ending January 31:

  

Remainder of 2015

   $ 1,786   

2016

     10,871   

2017

     15,074   

2018

     21,577   

2019

     21,835   

Thereafter

     205,722   
  

 

 

 
   $ 276,865   
  

 

 

 

Total future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases as of October 31, 2014 is primarily comprised of lease payments due under the lease for our new headquarters in Redwood City, California. The lease expires in 2028 and increased total future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases by $253 million.

In October 2014, we signed a lease termination agreement for our current headquarters in Los Altos, California. The non-cancellable lease term now expires in 2015 and our total future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases have been reduced by $12.1 million. We do not expect to vacate our Los Altos headquarters before the end of the non-cancellable lease term.

We recognize rent expense under our operating leases on a straight-line basis. Rent expense totaled $2.4 million, $420,000, $4.1 million, $5.3 million, $3.8 million and $4.5 million, net of sublease income of $27,000, $9,000, $1.5 million, $1.1 million, $1.2 million and $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, the one month ended January 31, 2012, the years ended January 31, 2013 and 2014, and the nine months ended October 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

BOX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited as of October 31, 2014 and for the nine months ended October 31, 2013 and 2014)

 

We establish assets and liabilities for the present value of estimated future costs to return certain of our leased facilities to their original condition. Such assets are depreciated over the lease period into operating expense, and the recorded liabilities are accreted to the future value of the estimated restoration costs. As of January 31, 2013 and 2014, and October 31, 2014, we had such asset retirement obligations in the amount of $311,000, $459,000, and $133,000, respectively, which are included in other noncurrent liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.

Purchase Obligations

At January 31, 2014 and October 31, 2014, we had $18.8 million and $32.6 million, respectively, of non-cancellable contractual purchase obligations related primarily to datacenter operations and sales activities.

Legal Matters

On June 5, 2013, Open Text S.A. (Open Text) filed a lawsuit against us, alleging that our core cloud software and Box Edit application infringe 12 patents of Open Text. Open Text is seeking preliminary and permanent injunctions against infringement, treble damages, and attorney’s fees. On August 1, 2013, we filed an answer to Open Text’s complaint, which denied that we infringed Open Text’s patents and asserted that Open Text’s patents were invalid. On the same date, we also filed a motion to transfer the case to the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California. On September 13, 2013, Open Text filed a motion for preliminary injunction seeking to enjoin us from providing our Box Edit feature to companies with more than 100 users. On September 28, 2013, we filed papers in opposition to Open Text’s motion for preliminary injunction. On October 18, 2013, the Virginia court granted our motion to transfer and the case was transferred to the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California. Discovery commenced on February 6, 2014. On April 9, 2014, the California court denied Open Text’s motion for preliminary injunction, finding that (1) Open Text failed to meet its burden to show irreparable harm, (2) Open Text failed to show a reasonable likelihood of success on the merits of its case, and (3) we have raised a substantial question as to the validity of the patents asserted during the preliminary injunction proceedings.

The judge has issued a scheduling order which sets forth the current expectation for important events in the lawsuit, although no assurances can be given that the schedule will not change. A claims construction hearing, also known as a Markman hearing, was held on November 20, 2014, and a trial date has been scheduled for February 2, 2015. On September 19, 2014, in a related action, Open Text S.A. v. Alfresco Software Ltd., et al. , Case No. 13-cv-04843-JD, the Court granted the Alfresco Defendants’ motion to dismiss with prejudice the asserted claims of the Dialog Patents, finding the asserted claims of the Dialog Patents patent ineligible under 35 U.S.C. § 101. Subsequently, Open Text advised us that it was no longer pursuing claims of infringement against us under the asserted claims of the Dialog Patents. On December 1, 2014, the court issued its claim construction order. As of December 10, 2014, as required by the Court, the number of claims asserted by Open Text has been reduced to a total of 15 claims across eight remaining patents. We have reduced our prior art references to a total of 13. On December 5, 2014, we moved for summary judgment of invalidity as to the asserted claims while Open Text moved for partial summary judgment that certain systems identified by Box do not qualify as prior art.

We intend to defend the lawsuit vigorously. At present, we are unable to estimate a reasonably possible range of loss, if any, that may result from this matter. If an unfavorable outcome were to occur in this litigation, the impact could be material to our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

In addition, from time to time, we have become involved in claims and other legal matters arising in the ordinary course of business. We investigate these claims as they arise. Although claims are inherently unpredictable, we currently are not aware of any matters that may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

BOX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited as of October 31, 2014 and for the nine months ended October 31, 2013 and 2014)

 

We accrue estimates for resolution of legal and other contingencies when losses are probable and estimable. From time to time, we are a party to litigation and subject to claims incident to the ordinary course of business, including intellectual property claims, labor and employment claims, and threatened claims, breach of contract claims, and other matters.

Although the results of litigation and claims are inherently unpredictable, we believe there was not at least a reasonable possibility that we had incurred a material loss with respect to such loss contingencies, as of January 31, 2013 and 2014 and October 31, 2014.

Indemnification

We include service level commitments to our customers warranting certain levels of uptime reliability and performance and permitting those customers to receive credits in the event that we fail to meet those levels. In addition, our customer contracts often include (i) specific obligations that we maintain the availability of the customer’s data through our service and that we secure customer content against unauthorized access or loss, and (ii) indemnity provisions whereby we indemnify our customers for third-party claims asserted against them that result from our failure to maintain the availability of their content or securing the same from unauthorized access or loss. To date, we have not incurred any material costs as a result of such commitments.

Our arrangements generally include certain provisions for indemnifying customers against liabilities if our products or services infringe a third party’s intellectual property rights. It is not possible to determine the maximum potential amount under these indemnification obligations due to the limited history of prior indemnification claims and the unique facts and circumstances involved in each particular agreement. To date, we have not incurred any material costs as a result of such obligations and have not accrued any liabilities related to such obligations in the consolidated financial statements. In addition, we indemnify our officers, directors and certain key employees while they are serving in good faith in their respective capacities. To date, there have been no claims under any indemnification provisions.

Note 8. Debt

In December 2010, as amended in January 2011, we entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc. (Hercules) (the Hercules 2010 Agreement) with a maturity date of December 31, 2014. Under this agreement, equipment loans of up to $3.0 million and a growth capital loan of up to $7.0 million were available for draw through October 31, 2011, at an interest rate equal to the greater of (a) the prime rate on the date of the draw as reported by the Wall Street Journal plus 5.25%, and (b) 8.50%. With respect to equipment loans, the Hercules 2010 Agreement has an end of term payment of 5% of the aggregate amount borrowed. In March 2011, we drew equipment loan borrowings of $1.6 million at an interest rate of 8.50%. Principal payments of $577,000, $968,000 and $968,000 were made during the years ended January 31, 2013 and 2014 and the nine months ended October 31, 2013. Also, in connection with the Hercules 2010 Agreement, we granted Hercules a security interest in all equipment financed under the Hercules 2010 Agreement and issued warrants to purchase 199,219 shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock (See Note 11). Separately, in March 2011, Hercules purchased 158,133 shares of our Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $3.1619 per share.

In August 2011, as amended in March 2012, we entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with Hercules (the Hercules 2011 Agreement) with a maturity date of March 1, 2016. Under this agreement, equipment loans of up to $10.0 million were available for draw through June 30, 2012, at an interest rate equal to the greater of

 

F-27


Table of Contents

BOX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited as of October 31, 2014 and for the nine months ended October 31, 2013 and 2014)

 

(a) 7.5% plus the prime rate as reported in The Wall Street Journal minus 3.75%, and (b) 7.5%. In addition, there was an end of term payment of 2.5% of the aggregate amount borrowed. Under the Hercules 2011 Agreement, we drew equipment loan borrowings of $4.8 million, $4.8 million and $353,000 at an interest rate of 7.5% in September 2011, December 2011, and April 2012. No principal payments were made in the year ended January 31, 2013. Principal payments of $10.0 million were made during the nine months ended October 31, 2013, and the year ended January 31, 2014. Also, in connection with the Hercules 2011 Agreement, we granted Hercules a security interest in all equipment financed under the agreement and issued warrants to purchase 62,255 shares of Series D-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock (See Note 11). Separately, in September 2011, Hercules purchased 124,511 shares of our Series D-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $8.0314 per share.

In March 2012, as amended in June 2012, we entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with Hercules (the Hercules 2012 Agreement) with a maturity date of July 1, 2016. Under this agreement, growth capital loans of up to $20.0 million were available for draw through June 30, 2012, at an interest rate equal to the greater of (a) 8.875% plus the prime rate as reported in The Wall Street Journal minus 3.75%, and (b) 8.875%. Under the Hercules 2012 Agreement, we had an end of term payment of 4.5% of the aggregate amount borrowed. In March 2012, May 2012, and June 2012, we drew loan borrowings of $5.0 million, $5.0 million and $10.0 million at an interest rate of 8.375%. No principal payments were made in the year ended January 31, 2013. Principal payment of $20.0 million was made during the nine months ended October 31, 2013, and the year ended January 31, 2014. Also, in connection with the Hercules 2012 Agreement, we granted the lender a security interest in all equipment financed under the agreement and all of our patents, patent applications, copyrights, trademarks and trademark applications. Separately, in March 2012, Hercules purchased 220,751 shares of our Series D-2 redeemable convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $9.0657 per share.

The Hercules Agreements discussed above provided certain financial-related covenants, among others, relating to delivery of audited financial statements to Hercules. We received waivers from Hercules for not complying with the covenants and accordingly did not change the classification of the related Notes Payable to short term at January 31, 2013. We were not otherwise in default on the loan. In conjunction with the Hercules loans, we incurred interest expense of $235,000, $43,000, $1.9 million, $3.0 million and $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, the one month ended January 31, 2012, the years ended January 31, 2013 and 2014 and the nine months ended October 31, 2013. During the respective periods, we capitalized $107,000, $56,000, $585,000, $200,000 and $200,000 of interest costs. Interest expense consists of offering costs, including the amortization of the initial fair value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants issued in connection with obtaining the loan, and amortization of end of term payments, commitment and legal and facility fees, as appropriate, over the related term of the loan using the effective interest rate method.

In August 2013, we repaid the Hercules loans in conjunction with entering into a line of credit agreement discussed below. Accordingly, the related remaining unamortized debt issuance and end of term fees, along with the early pay off penalty, of $1.4 million was expensed immediately and was included in interest income (expense), net in the consolidated statement of operations.

Line of Credit

In August 2013, we entered into a two-year $100.0 million secured revolving credit facility. The credit facility is denominated in U.S. dollars and, depending on certain conditions, each borrowing is subject to a floating interest rate equal to the London Interbank Offer Rate (LIBOR) plus 3.0% or the Alternate Base Rate (ABR) plus 2.0%. In addition, there is a commitment fee of 0.5% on outstanding unused commitment amount. At

 

F-28


Table of Contents

BOX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited as of October 31, 2014 and for the nine months ended October 31, 2013 and 2014)

 

closing, we drew $34.0 million at 3.4% (six month Libor plus 3.0%) which we used to repay the outstanding Hercules loans and the related early payoff and end of term fees, as well as for other general corporate purposes. In July 2014, we drew an additional $12.0 million under the credit facility at 3.3% (six month LIBOR plus 3.0%). In September 2014, we paid down $6.0 million and amended the credit facility to reduce our borrowing capacity from $100.0 million to $75.0 million and extend the facility through August 2016. Concurrently and in conjunction with the execution of our new headquarters lease in September 2014, letters of credit in the aggregate amount of $25.0 million were issued under the credit facility. These letters of credit reduce our total borrowing capacity under the credit facility and are subject to interest at 3.25% per annum. As of October 31, 2014, the outstanding borrowings under the credit facility were $40.0 million, and our remaining borrowing capacity under the credit facility was $10.0 million.

Borrowings under the credit facility are collateralized by substantially all of our assets. The credit facility also contains various covenants, including covenants related to the delivery of financial and other information, the maintenance of quarterly financial covenants, material adverse effects, as well as limitations on dispositions, mergers or consolidations and other corporate activities. As of January 31, 2014 and October 31, 2014, we were in compliance with all financial covenants.

In connection with the credit facility, we incurred interest expense of $946,000 and $1.9 million for the year ended January 31, 2014 and the nine months ended October 31, 2014. During the same periods, we capitalized $84,000 and $278,000 of interest costs. Interest expense also includes amortization of issuance costs, unused commitment fees and fees on letters of credit which are recognized over the related term of the borrowing.

Note 9. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

Our redeemable convertible preferred stock is issuable in series. As of January 31, 2013 and 2014 and October 31, 2014, we had outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock (individually referred to as Series A, B, C, D, D-1, D-2, E, E-1 or F) as follows (in thousands, except for share data):

 

     As of January 31, 2013  

Series

   Number of
Shares
Authorized
     Number of
Shares Issued
and Outstanding
     Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference
     Carrying Value  

A

     5,315,560         5,228,420       $ 1,500       $ 1,475   

B

     20,331,812         19,908,882         13,110         13,055   

C

     14,261,720         14,062,501         18,000         17,937   

D

     11,954,837         11,954,837         37,800         37,723   

D-1

     3,922,103         3,859,848         31,000         30,899   

D-2

     3,529,927         3,529,927         32,000         31,910   

E

     12,230,000         11,454,838         150,000         148,900   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     71,545,959         69,999,253       $ 283,410       $ 281,899   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-29


Table of Contents

BOX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited as of October 31, 2014 and for the nine months ended October 31, 2013 and 2014)

 

     As of January 31, 2014  

Series

   Number of
Shares
Authorized
     Number of
Shares Issued
and Outstanding
     Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference
     Carrying Value  

A

     5,315,560         5,228,420       $ 1,500       $ 1,481   

B

     20,331,812         20,331,812         13,388         19,738   

C

     14,261,720         14,261,720         18,255         21,121   

D

     11,954,837         11,954,837         37,800         37,740   

D-1

     3,922,103         3,922,103         31,500         32,118   

D-2

     3,529,927         3,529,927         32,000         31,930   

E

     12,230,000         11,454,838         150,000         149,143   

E-1

     5,556,000         5,554,440         99,980         99,946   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     77,101,959         76,238,097       $ 384,423       $ 393,217   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     As of October 31, 2014  

Series

   Number of
Shares
Authorized
     Number of
Shares Issued
and Outstanding
     Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference
     Carrying Value  
     (unaudited)  

A

     5,315,560         5,228,420       $ 1,500       $ 1,483   

B

     20,331,812         20,331,812         13,388         19,744   

C

     14,261,720         14,261,720         18,255         21,127   

D

     11,954,837         11,954,837         37,800         37,748   

D-1

     3,922,103         3,922,103         31,500         32,128   

D-2

     3,529,927         3,529,927         32,000         31,940   

E

     12,230,000         11,454,838         150,000         149,257   

E-1

     5,556,000         5,554,440         99,980         99,950   

F

     7,500,000         7,500,000         155,625         157,031   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     84,601,959         83,738,097       $ 540,048       $ 550,408   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accretion of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

Stock issuance costs incurred related to our redeemable convertible preferred stock are being accreted using the effective interest method via a charge to additional paid in capital over the period from issuance date to the date at which the redeemable convertible preferred stock becomes redeemable at the option of the holders. In addition, the redemption value for the Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock is determined based on the Series F Return (see definition in the “Liquidation” section below). Accordingly, the carrying value of the Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock is being accreted to the redemption value over the period from issuance through the redemption date.

The holders of our redeemable convertible preferred stock have the following rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions:

Voting Rights

Each holder of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series D-1, Series D-2, Series E and Series F (collectively, the “Voting Preferred”) will have the same voting rights as the holders of Class A common stock,

 

F-30


Table of Contents

BOX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited as of October 31, 2014 and for the nine months ended October 31, 2013 and 2014)

 

and the holders of Class A common stock and Voting Preferred will vote together as a single class on all matters except as discussed below. Holders of Series E-1 have no voting rights. Each holder of Voting Preferred has voting rights equal to the number of shares of Class A common stock into which the shares of Voting Preferred held by such holder are then convertible. Until the redeemable convertible preferred stock is converted to Class A common stock, (a) the holders of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series E and Series F voting preferred are each entitled to elect one member to the Board; (b) the holders of Class A common stock are entitled to elect two members to the Board, and (c) the holders of Voting Preferred and Class A common stock, voting together as a single class, are entitled to elect all other members of the Board. Following conversion of the redeemable convertible preferred stock into Class A common stock, the holders of Class A common stock will be entitled to elect all the members of the Board.

Redemption

The holders of not less than sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66  2 3 %) of the outstanding shares of Voting Preferred, voting together as a separate class, may require us to redeem all of the outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock in three equal annual installments beginning at any time after July 3, 2019; provided that the prior approval of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Series E shall be required to redeem the shares of Series E, and the prior approval of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-  2 3 %) of the outstanding shares of Series F Preferred shall also be required to redeem the shares of Series F Preferred. We are obligated to pay to the holders of each series of redeemable convertible preferred stock other than Series F in cash a sum equal to the original issue price per share of each series of redeemable convertible preferred stock (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, or recapitalizations) plus all accrued or declared and unpaid dividends with respect to such shares. We are obligated to pay to the holders of Series F the Series F Return (see definition in the “Liquidation” section below) (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, or recapitalizations) plus all accrued or declared and unpaid dividends with respect to such shares.

The number of shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock that we are required to redeem on any one redemption date is equal to the amount determined by dividing (a) the aggregate number of shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding immediately prior to the redemption date by (b) the number of remaining redemption dates (including the redemption date to which such calculation applies). In addition, the redemption value for the Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock is determined based on the Series F Return (see definition in the “Liquidation” section below). As a result, we are required to accrete the carrying value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock to its redemption value over the period from issuance through the redemption date. We recorded redeemable convertible preferred stock accretion of $80,000, $9,000, $226,000, $341,000, $256,000 and $7.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2011, the one month ended January 31, 2012, the years ended January 31, 2013 and 2014 and the nine months ended October 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively. The accretion charges do not impact our net loss but are instead recognized as a charge against additional paid in capital.

If we do not have sufficient funds legally available to redeem all shares to be redeemed at the redemption date, those funds that are legally available will first be used to redeem shares from the holders of the Series F Preferred ratably in proportion to the aggregate redemption price that would be payable to each holder of Series F Preferred. After the full redemption of the Series F Preferred to be redeemed on such date, the remaining funds legally available for redemption will be used to redeem shares from the rest of the preferred stockholders, on a pari passu basis and ratably in proportion to the aggregate redemption price that would be payable to each holder if all shares required to be redeemed were being redeemed. In the event that shares of redeemable convertible

 

F-31


Table of Contents

BOX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited as of October 31, 2014 and for the nine months ended October 31, 2013 and 2014)

 

preferred stock are not redeemed due to a default in payment by us or because we do not have sufficient legally available funds, such shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock shall remain outstanding and entitled to all the rights and preferences of the redeemable convertible preferred stock until redeemed. No redeemable convertible preferred stock was eligible for redemption as of January 31, 2013 and 2014 or October 31, 2014.

Conversion

Each share of redeemable convertible preferred stock is convertible, at any time at the option of the stockholder, into one share of Class A common stock, subject to certain anti-dilution or other adjustments. Conversion of the redeemable convertible preferred stock into shares of Class A common stock is automatic at the respective then effective conversion rate for each series: (i) at any time upon the approval of the holders of at least (a) 66  2 3 % of the outstanding Voting Preferred, (b) 66  2 3 % of the outstanding Series C, (c) 66  2 3 % of the outstanding Series D, and (d) 66  2 3 % of the outstanding Series F; provided, however, if such conversion (i) is in conjunction with a liquidation event and if the proceeds of such liquidation event to be received by holders of Series D-1, Series D-2, or Series E is less than their respective original issue price, the conversion ratio of such series will be adjusted such that each series will receive shares of Class A common stock with a value equal to their respective original issue price; and (ii) immediately upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering of our Class A common stock in which such shares of our Class A common stock have been listed for trading on a specified stock exchange and that results in gross cash proceeds (before underwriting discounts, commissions, and fees) of at least $100.0 million; provided, however, if the price per share of Class A common stock sold in any public offering of our Class A common stock causes the holders of either Series D-2 or Series E to receive shares of Class A common stock with a value less than their respective original issue price, the conversion ratio of the shares of Series D-2 or Series E, as applicable, shall be adjusted such that the holders of such class of stock receive shares of Class A common stock equal to the value of their respective original purchase price. Any automatic conversion of Series D-2 or Series E that is not effected in connection with a liquidation event or qualified initial public offering will also require the approval of holders of at least 66  2 3 % of the outstanding shares of Series D-2 and the holders of at least 60% of the outstanding shares of Series E, respectively.

Series F Conversion

In connection with any conversion of the Series F Preferred, if we consummate an initial public offering on or prior to July 7, 2015, each share of Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock will convert into shares of Class A common stock equal to $20.00 divided by the lesser of 90% of the price per share of Class A common stock or $20.00.

If we consummate an initial public offering after July 7, 2015, holders of Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock will receive shares of Class A common stock with a value equal to the Series F Return (see definition in the “Liquidation” section below). In addition, if the price per share of Class A Common sold in an initial public offering is less than $13.0949 (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations or the like), then each share of Series F Preferred shall, immediately prior to the closing of such offering, be automatically converted into a number of shares of Class A Common equal to the Series F Return calculated as of the date such offering is consummated divided by $13.0949 (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations or the like with respect to such shares) (such number of shares resulting from the conversion, the “Series F Limitation”); provided further, however, that if the product of the Series F Limitation multiplied by the price per share of Class A Common sold in the initial public offering is less than $20.00 (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations or the like), then the Series F Limitation shall not apply and each share of Series F Preferred shall, immediately prior to the closing of such

 

F-32


Table of Contents

BOX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited as of October 31, 2014 and for the nine months ended October 31, 2013 and 2014)

 

offering, be automatically converted into a number of shares of Class A Common equal to $20.00 (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations or the like) divided by the price per share of Class A Common sold in the initial public offering.

Dividends

The holders of Series F, Series E-1, Series E, Series D-2, Series D-1, Series D, Series C, Series B and Series A, in preference and priority to the holders of common stock, are entitled to receive, on a pari passu basis, a noncumulative cash dividend at the rate of $1.60, $1.44, $1.0476, $0.7253, $0.6425, $0.2530, $0.1024, $0.0527, and $0.0230 per share, respectively, per annum, if and when declared by the Board. After payment in full of such amounts as set forth above, any additional dividends declared will be distributed among all holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock and common stock on an as-if-converted basis.

No dividends have been declared for any of the periods presented.

Liquidation

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of Box, Inc., whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the Series F Preferred shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the company to the holders of any other series of Preferred Stock and Common Stock, (i) an amount equal to $20.00 (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, or recapitalizations), plus (ii) an additional amount equal to $3.00 per year, which additional amount shall accrue quarterly following the original issue date for the Series F Preferred on the basis of a 360 day year with no compounding (the sum of (i) and (ii), the “Series F Return”), per share of Series F Preferred, plus (iii) all accrued or declared but unpaid dividends on such shares. If the assets available for distribution to the holders of Series F Preferred shall be insufficient to pay the preferential amount in full, then the entire assets and funds of the company legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably to the holders of Series F Preferred Stock in proportion to the preferential amount each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive. After the payment in full of the preferential amount has been made to the holders of Series F Preferred Stock, the holders of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series D-1, Series D-2, Series E and Series E-1 shall be entitled to receive, on a pari passu basis, prior to any distributions to the holders of common stock, the amounts of $0.2869, $0.6585, $1.28, $3.1619, $8.0314, $9.0657, $13.0949 and $18.00 per share, respectively, plus all accrued or declared but unpaid dividends on such shares. After payment in full of such amounts as set forth above, our remaining assets will be distributed ratably among the holders of common stock and Series B, Series C, Series D, Series D-1 and Series D-2 in proportion to the number of shares held by such holders (on an as-if-converted basis); provided that (a) the total amount that may be distributed to holders of Series B may not exceed $1.6463 per share; (b) the total amount that may be distributed to holders of Series C may not exceed $3.20 per share; (c) the total amount that may be distributed to holders of Series D may not exceed $7.9048 per share; (d) the total amount that may be distributed to holders of Series D-1 may not exceed $16.0628 per share; and (e) the total amount that may be distributed to holders of Series D-2 may not exceed $18.1314 per share. After the amounts set forth above have been paid in full, our remaining assets will be distributed ratably among the holders of the common stock.

Note 10. Common Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

Common Stock

We have two classes of common stock, Class A and Class B. The rights of the holders of Class A and Class B common stock are identical, except with respect to voting. Each share of Class A common stock is

 

F-33


Table of Contents

BOX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited as of October 31, 2014 and for the nine months ended October 31, 2013 and 2014)

 

entitled to one vote per share. Shares of Class B common stock have no voting rights, including with respect to the election of directors. Shares of Class B common stock convert automatically into shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis at such time as is determined by the Board or, in the event any shares of Class B common stock are acquired by a holder of redeemable convertible preferred stock who is not an employee or an immediate family member or controlled affiliate of an employee of the Company at the time of such acquisition.

During the year ended January 31, 2013, certain employees sold 496,340 shares of common stock to existing investors for amounts in excess of the deemed fair value of our common stock at the time of sales. The amounts paid by the investors in excess of the deemed fair value were recorded as compensation expense, which totaled $3.8 million for the year ended January 31, 2013.

We have reserved the following shares of authorized but unissued Class A and Class B common stock as of the following dates:

 

     As of January 31,
2013
     As of January 31,
2014
     As of October 31,
2014
 
                   (unaudited)  

Conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     69,999,253         76,238,097         83,738,097   

Warrants to purchase redeemable convertible preferred stock

     771,544         87,140         87,140   

Issued and outstanding stock options

     13,992,407         18,427,075         18,050,150   

Issued and outstanding restricted stock units and other

             225,300         4,219,740   

Future grants of equity awards

     903,152         41,840         254,714   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     85,666,356         95,019,452         106,349,841   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In December 2013, our board of directors approved the terms of two new classes of stock, the new Class A common stock and the new Class B common stock. Shares of the new Class A common stock will be entitled to one vote per share and shares of the new Class B common stock will be entitled to 10 votes per share. Upon the completion of an initial public offering, all outstanding shares of our Class A common stock will be reclassified into shares of our new Class B common stock, and all outstanding shares of our Class B common stock and redeemable convertible preferred stock (including shares issuable upon the net exercise of a redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant that will otherwise expire upon the completion of this offering) will convert and be reclassified into shares of our new Class B common stock. In addition, all options to purchase shares of our capital stock outstanding prior to the completion of an initial public offering will become exercisable for shares of our new Class B common stock after the completion of an initial public offering.

Treasury Stock

In connection with the issuance of Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock in February 2011 and the issuance of Series D-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock in August 2011, certain employees sold 411,138 and 641,815 shares of their holdings in our common stock to investors in the respective redeemable convertible preferred stock financings for amounts in excess of the deemed fair value of our common stock at the time of sale. The amounts paid by the investors in excess of the deemed fair value were recorded as compensation expense, which totaled $5.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. We then concurrently exchanged the common stock with the investors for Series D and Series D-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock on a one-for-one basis, as the case may be, and the shares of repurchased common stock were removed from common stock outstanding and recorded as treasury stock.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

BOX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited as of October 31, 2014 and for the nine months ended October 31, 2013 and 2014)

 

As of January 31, 2013 and 2014 and October 31, 2014, we held an aggregate of 3,052,953 shares of common stock as treasury stock.

Note 11. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Warrants

The following redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants were outstanding with the related fair values as of January 31, 2013 and 2014 and October 31, 2014 (in thousands, except for share data):

 

          January 31, 2013     January 31, 2014     October 31, 2014  

Series

  Price
Per Share
    Warrants
Outstanding
    Fair
Value
    Warrants
Outstanding
    Fair
Value
    Warrants
Outstanding
    Fair
Value
 
                                 

(unaudited)

 

A

  $ 0.29        87,140      $ 379        87,140      $ 1,346        87,140      $ 1,206   

B

  $ 0.66        422,930        1,683                               

C

  $ 1.28        199,219        709                               

D-1

  $ 8.03        62,255        98                               
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

      771,544      $ 2,869        87,140      $ 1,346        87,140      $ 1,206   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

In October 2006, in connection with the receipt of a loan from BlueCrest Capital Finance, L.P. (BlueCrest), we granted BlueCrest a warrant to purchase 87,140 shares of our Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.2869 per share. The warrants are immediately exercisable and expire on the earlier of October 2016, immediately prior to the consummation of an initial public offering or a liquidity event.

In August 2007, in connection with the issuance of convertible notes to certain of our existing investors, we granted those existing investors warrants which entitled the investors, at any time prior to expiration of such warrants, to subscribe for and purchase shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock for the original Series B offering price of $0.6585 per share. The number of shares covered by the warrants and the price of those shares were contingent upon the occurrence of certain events, including the closing of the Series B equity financing. Upon the closing of the Series B equity financing in January 2008, it was determined that the warrants covered an aggregate of 151,860 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.6585 per share. The warrants were exercisable, in whole or in part, from the closing date of the Series B equity financing until the earlier of August 7, 2014, immediately prior to the consummation of a liquidation event or an initial public offering occurring prior to August 7, 2014.

In May 2008, in connection with the receipt of a loan from Hercules pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Loan and Security Agreement (the Hercules Agreement), we granted Hercules a warrant to purchase 271,070 shares of our Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.6585 per share. The warrants were immediately exercisable and expire on the earliest of May 26, 2015, or three years after our initial public offering, or the closing date of a sale of Box, Inc. for cash or in exchange for freely-tradable securities that are publicly traded on a national securities exchange. In addition, the warrants are automatically converted into warrants to purchase shares of our common stock upon the completion of an initial public offering.

In December 2010, in connection with the Hercules 2010 Agreement, we granted Hercules a warrant to purchase 445,312 shares of our Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $1.28. Initially, warrants to purchase 199,219 shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock were immediately exercisable and the remaining warrants to purchase 246,093 shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock were exercisable pro-rata against draws on the loan. No additional draws were made during the draw down period and the 246,093

 

F-35


Table of Contents

BOX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited as of October 31, 2014 and for the nine months ended October 31, 2013 and 2014)

 

additional warrants to purchase shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock were cancelled during the year ended December 31, 2011. The warrants expire on the earlier of December 30, 2017, three years after our initial public offering, or a liquidity event. In addition, the warrants are automatically converted into warrants to purchase shares of our common stock upon the completion of an initial public offering.

In August 2011, in connection with the Hercules 2011 Agreement, we granted Hercules a warrant to purchase 62,255 shares of our Series D-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $8.0314. The warrants expire on the earlier of August 23, 2018, three years after our initial public offering, or a liquid sale. In addition, the warrants are automatically converted into warrants to purchase shares of our common stock upon the completion of an initial public offering.

We recorded the initial fair value of all of the warrants issued as a liability with the offset as an imputed discount on the respective loan (see Note 3). These warrants will remain outstanding until the exercise or expiration of the warrants or the completion of an initial public offering, at which time the warrant liability will be remeasured to fair value and reclassified to additional paid-in capital. The discount was amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method over the term of the related loan. Interest expense of $49,000, $6,000, $76,000, $136,000, $136,000 and $0 was recognized for the year ended December 31, 2011, the one month ended January 31, 2012, the years ended January 31, 2013 and 2014, and the nine months ended October 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

In January 2014, all outstanding warrants to purchase Series B, Series C and Series D-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock were exercised. The related preferred stock warrant liability was remeasured to fair value at the exercise date, and the remaining liability along with the proceeds received upon exercise were reclassified to redeemable convertible preferred stock.

Note 12. Stock-Based Compensation

Equity Incentive

We maintain the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (the 2006 Plan) and the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (the 2011 Plan), which are collectively referred to as the “Plan.” Shares issued upon exercise of options under the 2006 Plan are Class A common stock. Shares issued upon exercise of options under the 2011 Plan are Class B common stock. Stock awards granted under the Plan may be (i) incentive stock options (ISOs), (ii) nonqualified stock options (NSOs), (iii) Restricted Stock Units (RSUs), (iv) Restricted Stock Awards (RSAs) or (v) Stock Appreciation Rights (SARs), as determined by the Board at the time of grant. Options generally vest 25% one year from the vesting commencement date and 1/48 th  per month thereafter. The deemed fair value per share is determined by the Board at each grant date, based on input from management and a third party valuation firm. Subject to certain restrictions as defined in the Plan and the option agreement and/or restricted stock award agreement, as applicable, (a) we may (i) with respect to options that are early exercisable, repurchase any or all of the unvested shares acquired by the option holder, and (ii) with respect to restricted stock awards, repurchase any or all of the unvested shares acquired by the recipient; and (b) we have a right of first refusal on any or all of the vested shares acquired by the option holder and/or recipient of a restricted stock award, as applicable.

Upon the adoption of the 2011 Plan, the 2006 Plan was suspended, and the remaining shares available for issuance under the 2006 Plan ceased to be available for issuance. Following the adoption of the 2011 Plan, any shares subject to outstanding awards under the 2006 Plan that were subsequently cancelled were not returned to the pool of shares available for issuance under the 2006 Plan or the 2011 Plan.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

BOX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited as of October 31, 2014 and for the nine months ended October 31, 2013 and 2014)

 

Stock Options

The following table summarizes the activity under the equity incentive plans and related information:

 

     Shares Subject to Options Outstanding      Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual Life

(Years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
 
     Shares Subject to
Outstanding
Options
    Weighted-
Average Exercise
Price
       
                         (in thousands)  

Balance as of January 31, 2013

     13,992,407      $ 1.84         8.69       $ 38,954   

Options granted

     7,847,410        6.16         

Options exercised

     (2,267,540     1.32         

Options forfeited/cancelled under 2006 Plan

     (189,936     0.73         

Options forfeited/cancelled under 2011 Plan

     (955,266     3.77         
  

 

 

         

Balance as of January 31, 2014

     18,427,075        3.65         8.45         191,809   

Options granted (unaudited)

     1,982,632        16.52         

Options exercised (unaudited)

     (1,303,500     2.20         

Options forfeited/cancelled under 2006 Plan (unaudited)

     (72,183     0.84         

Options forfeited/cancelled under 2011 Plan (unaudited)

     (983,874     4.73         
  

 

 

         

Balance as of October 31, 2014 (unaudited)

     18,050,150      $ 5.12         7.92       $ 150,524   
  

 

 

         

Vested and expected to vest as of January 31, 2014

     17,863,613      $ 3.62         8.44       $ 186,436   
  

 

 

         

Exercisable as of January 31, 2014

     5,438,985      $ 1.57         7.49       $ 67,947   
  

 

 

         

Vested and expected to vest as of October 31, 2014 (unaudited)

     17,666,690      $ 5.07         7.91       $ 140,929   
  

 

 

         

Exercisable as of October 31, 2014 (unaudited)

     8,562,966      $ 2.62         7.31       $ 89,306   
  

 

 

         

The options exercisable as of January 31, 2014 and October 31, 2014 include options that are exercisable prior to vesting. The aggregate intrinsic value of options vested and expected to vest and exercisable as of January 31, 2014 and October 31, 2014 is calculated based on the difference between the exercise price and the fair value of our common stock as of January 31, 2014 and October 31, 2014. The aggregate intrinsic value of exercised options for the year ended December 31, 2011, the one month ended January 31, 2012, the years ended January 31, 2013 and 2014 and the nine months ended October 31, 2013 and 2014 was $1.2 million, $112,000, $11.6 million, $17.8 million, $7.9 million and $16.6 million, respectively, and is calculated based on the difference between the exercise price and the fair value of our common stock as of the exercise date.

The aggregate estimated fair value of stock options granted to employees that vested during the year ended December 31, 2011, the one month ended January 31, 2012, the years ended January 31, 2013 and 2014 and the nine months ended October 31, 2013 and 2014 was $339,000, $37,000, $2.0 million, $7.4 million, $5.6 million and $12.6 million, respectively.

The weighted-average grant date fair value of options granted to employees was $0.47, $2.15, $4.75, $4.43 and $7.96 per share during the year ended December 31, 2011, and the years ended January 31, 2013 and 2014 and the nine months ended October 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively. No options were granted during the one month ended January 31, 2012.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

BOX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited as of October 31, 2014 and for the nine months ended October 31, 2013 and 2014)

 

As of January 31, 2014 and October 31, 2014, there was $39.8 million and $38.9 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to outstanding stock options granted to employees net of estimated forfeitures. This amount is expected to be recognized over a remaining weighted-average period of 3.08 years and 2.72 years. To the extent the actual forfeiture rate is different from what we have estimated, stock-based compensation related to these awards will be different from our expectations.

Early Exercises of Stock Options

With the approval of the Board, we allow certain employees and directors to exercise stock options granted under the 2006 Plan and the 2011 Plan prior to vesting. The unvested shares are subject to a repurchase right held by us at the original purchase price. Early exercises of options are not deemed to be substantive exercises for accounting purposes and accordingly, amounts received for early exercises are initially recorded in other current liabilities or other noncurrent liabilities and reclassified to common stock and additional paid-in capital as the underlying shares vest. At January 31, 2013 and 2014 and October 31, 2014, we had $1.1 million, $872,000 and $441,000 recorded in liabilities related to early exercises of stock options, and the related number of unvested shares subject to repurchase was 905,293, 331,826 and 146,165, respectively.

Restricted Stock Units

A summary of our restricted stock unit activity and related information is as follows:

     Number of
Restricted
Stock Units
Outstanding
    Weighted-
Average
Grant
Date Fair
Value
 

Unvested balance—January 31, 2013

          $   

Granted

     225,300        14.06   

Vested

              
  

 

 

   

Unvested balance—January 31, 2014

     225,300        14.06   

Granted (unaudited)

     3,980,589        16.26   

Vested (unaudited)

     (5,279     14.95   

Forfeited/cancelled (unaudited)

     (136,657     16.10   
  

 

 

   

Unvested balance—October 31, 2014 (unaudited)

     4,063,953      $     16.14   
  

 

 

   

As of January 31, 2014 and October 31, 2014, there was $3.0 million and $55.1 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to outstanding restricted stock units net of estimated forfeitures. These amounts are expected to be recognized over a remaining weighted-average period of 3.93 years and 3.49 years. To the extent the actual forfeiture rate is different from what we have estimated, stock-based compensation related to these awards will be different from our expectations.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

BOX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited as of October 31, 2014 and for the nine months ended October 31, 2013 and 2014)

 

Restricted Stock

A summary of our restricted stock activity and related information is as follows:

 

     Number of
Restricted Stock
Outstanding
    Weighted-Average
Grant Date Fair
Value
 

Unvested balance—January 31, 2013

          $   

Granted

     395,810        7.85   

Vested

     (8,375     8.07   
  

 

 

   

Unvested balance—January 31, 2014

     387,435        7.84   

Granted (unaudited)

     143,755        13.58   

Vested (unaudited)

     (158,414     7.74   

Forfeited/cancelled (unaudited)

     (28,064     5.85   
  

 

 

   

Unvested balance—October 31, 2014 (unaudited)

     344,712      $ 10.44   
  

 

 

   

As of January 31, 2014 and October 31, 2014, there was $1.6 million and $2.2 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to outstanding restricted stock granted to employees net of estimated forfeitures. This amount is expected to be recognized over a remaining weighted-average period of 2.89 years and 2.20 years. To the extent the actual forfeiture rate is different from what we have estimated, stock-based compensation related to these awards will be different from our expectations.

Other

As of October 31, 2014, there was $1.7 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation, net of estimated forfeitures, related to 155,787 shares of contingently issuable common stock for certain bonus awards given in connection with our acquisition of Streem. This amount is expected to be recognized over a remaining weighted-average period of 2.67 years.

Stock-Based Compensation

The following table summarizes the components of stock-based compensation expense recognized in the consolidated statements of operations (in thousands):

 

    Year Ended
December 31,

2011
    One Month
Ended
January 31,

2012
    Year Ended
January 31,

2013
    Year Ended
January 31,

2014
    Nine Months Ended
October 30,
 
            2013     2014  
                            (unaudited)  

Cost of revenue

  $ 686      $ 6      $ 1,087      $ 450      $ 249      $ 1,102   

Research and development

    899        19        1,211        3,154        1,866        8,220   

Sales and marketing

    837        24        1,893        5,017        3,297        8,306   

General and administrative

    3,800        23        3,345        3,128        2,102        4,716   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 6,222      $ 72      $ 7,536      $ 11,749      $ 7,514      $ 22,344   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-39


Table of Contents

BOX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited as of October 31, 2014 and for the nine months ended October 31, 2013 and 2014)

 

Determining Fair Value of Stock Options

We estimated the fair value of employee stock options using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions:

 

    Year Ended
December 31,

2011
  One Month
Ended
January 31,

2012
    Year Ended
January 31,

2013
  Year Ended
January 31,

2014
  Nine Months Ended
October 31,
            2013   2014
                      (unaudited)

Expected term (in years)

  5.0 – 6.1          5.0 – 7.4   4.9 – 6.3   4.9 – 6.3   5.7 – 6.1

Volatility

  55% – 57%          53% – 55%   48% – 57%   49% – 57%   46% – 49%

Risk-free interest rate

  1.1% – 2.7%          0.7% – 1.7%   0.8% – 1.9%   0.8% – 1.8%   1.8% – 2.1%

Dividend yield

  0%          0%   0%   0%   0%

The assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model were determined as follows:

Fair Value of Common Stock. Given the absence of a public trading market, the Board considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of our common stock at each grant date. These factors included, but were not limited to, (i) contemporaneous valuations of common stock performed by unrelated third-party specialists; (ii) the prices for our Preferred Stock sold to outside investors; (iii) the rights, preferences and privileges of our Preferred Stock relative to our common stock; (iv) the lack of marketability of our common stock; (v) developments in the business; and (vi) the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or a merger or acquisition of Box, given prevailing market conditions.

Expected Term. The expected term represents the period that our share-based awards are expected to be outstanding. The expected term assumptions were determined based on the vesting terms, exercise terms and contractual lives of the options.

Expected Volatility . Since we do not have a trading history of our common stock, the expected volatility was derived from the historical stock volatilities of several unrelated public companies within the same industry that we consider to be comparable to our business over a period equivalent to the expected term of the stock option grants.

Risk-free Interest Rate. The risk-free rate that we use is based on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with remaining terms similar to the expected term on the options.

Dividend Yield . We have never declared or paid any cash dividends and do not plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future, and, therefore, use an expected dividend yield of zero.

Note 13. Net Loss per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

We calculate our basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders in conformity with the two-class method required for companies with participating securities. We consider all series of our redeemable convertible preferred stock to be participating securities. In the event a dividend is declared or paid on our common stock, holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to a proportionate share of such dividend in proportion to the holders of common stock on an as-if converted basis. Under the two-class method, basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period, less shares subject to repurchase. Net loss attributable to common stockholders is determined by

 

F-40


Table of Contents

BOX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited as of October 31, 2014 and for the nine months ended October 31, 2013 and 2014)

 

allocating undistributed earnings between common and redeemable convertible preferred stockholders. The diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by giving effect to all potential dilutive common stock equivalents outstanding for the period. For purposes of this calculation, redeemable convertible preferred stock, options to purchase common stock, warrants to purchase redeemable convertible preferred stock, repurchasable shares from early exercised options and unvested restricted stock are considered common stock equivalents but have been excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders as their effect is antidilutive. Under the two-class method, the net loss attributable to common stockholders is not allocated to the convertible redeemable preferred stock as the holders of our convertible redeemable preferred stock do not have a contractual obligation to share in our losses.

The rights, including the liquidation and dividend rights, of the holders of our Class A and Class B common stock are identical, except with respect to voting. As the liquidation and dividend rights are identical, the undistributed earnings are allocated on a proportionate basis and the resulting net loss per share attributed to common stockholders will, therefore, be the same for both Class A and Class B common stock on an individual or combined basis. We did not present dilutive net loss per share on an if-converted basis because the impact was not dilutive.

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net loss per share (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

    Year Ended
December 31, 2011
    One Month Ended
January 31, 2012
    Year Ended
January 31, 2013
    Year Ended
January 31, 2014
 
    Class A     Class B     Class A     Class B     Class A     Class B     Class A     Class B  

Numerator:

               

Net loss

  $ (50,252   $ (19   $ (5,110   $ (17   $ (111,274   $ (1,289   $ (149,743   $ (18,814

Add: accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

    (80            (9            (223     (3     (303     (38
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (50,332   $ (19   $ (5,119   $ (17   $ (111,497   $ (1,292   $ (150,046   $ (18,852
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

               

Weighted-average number of shares outstanding—basic and diluted

    5,282        2        6,079        20        7,596        88        10,075        1,266   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted

  $ (9.53   $ (9.53 )*    $ (0.84   $ (0.84 )*    $ (14.68   $ (14.68   $ (14.89   $ (14.89
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* Amounts cannot be recalculated due to rounding

 

F-41


Table of Contents

BOX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited as of October 31, 2014 and for the nine months ended October 31, 2013 and 2014)

 

     Nine Months Ended
October 31, 2013
    Nine Months Ended
October 31, 2014
 
           Class A                 Class B                 Class A                 Class B        
    

(unaudited)

 

Numerator:

        

Net loss

   $ (113,226   $ (11,959   $ (97,118   $ (24,376

Add: accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     (232     (24     (6,057     (1,520
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (113,458   $ (11,983   $ (103,175   $ (25,896
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

        

Weighted-average number of shares outstanding—basic and diluted

     9,884        1,044        11,546        2,898   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted

   $ (11.48   $ (11.48   $ (8.94   $ (8.94
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following weighted average outstanding shares of common stock equivalents were excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the periods presented because the impact of including them would have been antidilutive (in thousands):

 

     As of
December 31,

2011
     As of
January 31,
2012
     As of
January 31,
2013
     As of
January 31,

2014
     As of October 31,  
               2013      2014  
                                 (unaudited)  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     51,826         58,324         63,727         71,465         70,173         79,324   

Options to purchase common stock

     9,137         10,492         13,441         17,036         16,512         18,250   

Restricted stock units

                             1                 2,536   

Warrants to purchase redeemable convertible preferred stock

     731         772         772         736         772         87   

Repurchasable shares from early-exercised options and unvested restricted stock

     321         238         699         764         797         595   

Contingently issuable common stock

                                             69   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     62,015         69,826         78,639         90,002         88,254         100,861   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

As of October 31, 2014, we had two classes of common stock: Class A common stock and Class B common stock. The rights of the holders of our Class A and Class B common stock were identical except with respect to voting. The holders of our Class A common stock were entitled to one vote per share, and holders of our Class B common stock had no voting rights. Upon the completion of an initial public offering, all current outstanding shares of our Class A common stock, Class B common stock, and redeemable convertible preferred stock (including shares issuable upon the exercise of certain redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants) will convert into shares of our new Class B common stock. In addition, all redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants and all options to purchase shares of our capital stock outstanding prior to the completion of an initial public offering will become exercisable for shares of our new Class B common stock after the completion of an initial public offering.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

BOX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited as of October 31, 2014 and for the nine months ended October 31, 2013 and 2014)

 

In contemplation of an initial public offering, pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share have been computed to give effect to the conversion of our Class A and Class B common stock, redeemable convertible preferred stock (assuming the issuance of such shares at an initial public offering price of $12.00 per share, the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover of our initial public offering prospectus) and redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants into our new Class B common stock as though the conversion had occurred as of the later of the beginning of the period or the original date of issuance. In addition, the pro forma net loss per share excludes a charge related to a deemed dividend on the conversion of Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock, which will be recorded upon an initial public offering. If the initial public offering had occurred on October 31, 2014, we would have recorded a charge to net loss attributable to common stockholders of $27.6 million based on an initial public offering price of $12.00 per share, the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover of our initial public offering prospectus.

The following table shows our calculation of the unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share (in thousands, except per share data):

 

                                                               
     Year Ended January 31, 2014  
     Existing
Class A
    Existing
Class B
    New
Class A
     New
Class B
 
     (unaudited)  

Numerator:

         

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (150,046   $ (18,852   $       $   

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     303        38                  

Remeasurement of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     7,531        946                  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss attributable to common stockholders

     (142,212     (17,868               

Reallocation of pro forma net loss attributable to common stockholders as a result of existing Class A and Class B common stock, redeemable convertible preferred stock and redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants converting to new Class B common stock

     142,212        17,868                (160,080
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders used to compute pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted

   $      $      $       $ (160,080
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-43


Table of Contents

BOX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited as of October 31, 2014 and for the nine months ended October 31, 2013 and 2014)

 

                                                               
     Year Ended January 31, 2014  
     Existing
Class A
    Existing
Class B
    New
Class A
     New
Class B
 
     (unaudited)  

Denominator:

         

Weighted-average number of shares used to compute net loss per share—basic and diluted

     10,075        1,266                  

Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of existing Class A and Class B common stock to new Class B common stock

     (10,075     (1,266             11,341   

Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to new Class B common stock

                           72,510   

Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants to new Class B common stock

                           227   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share—basic and diluted

                           84,078   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted

   $      $      $       $ (1.90
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-44


Table of Contents

BOX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited as of October 31, 2014 and for the nine months ended October 31, 2013 and 2014)

 

     Nine Months Ended October 31, 2014  
     Existing
Class A
    Existing
Class B
    New
Class A
     New
Class B
 
     (unaudited)  

Numerator:

         

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (103,175   $ (25,896   $       $   

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     6,057        1,520                  

Remeasurement of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     (112     (28               
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss attributable to common stockholders

     (97,230     (24,404               

Reallocation of pro forma net loss attributable to common stockholders as a result of existing Class A and Class B common stock, redeemable convertible preferred stock and redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants converting to new Class B common stock

     97,230        24,404                (121,634
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders used to compute pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted

   $      $      $       $ (121,634
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Denominator:

         

Weighted-average number of shares used to compute net loss per share—basic and diluted

     11,546        2,898                  

Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of existing Class A and Class B common stock to new Class B common stock

     (11,546     (2,898             14,444   

Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to new Class B common stock

                           82,998   

Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants converting to new Class B common stock

                           85   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share—basic and diluted

                           97,527   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted

   $      $      $       $ (1.25
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note 14. Income Taxes

The components of loss before provision (benefit) for income taxes were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,

2011
    One Month Ended
January 31,

2012
    Year Ended
January 31,

2013
    Year Ended
January 31,
2014
    Nine Months Ended
October 31,
 
             2013     2014  
                             (unaudited)  

United States

   $ (50,270   $ (5,112   $ (112,691   $ (148,032   $ (127,857   $ (91,109

Foreign

                   187        (22,956     158        (30,983
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (50,270   $ (5,112   $ (112,504   $ (170,988   $ (127,699   $ (122,092
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-45


Table of Contents

BOX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited as of October 31, 2014 and for the nine months ended October 31, 2013 and 2014)

 

The components of the provision (benefit) for income taxes were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,

2011
     One Month Ended
January 31,

2012
     Year Ended
January 31,

2013
     Year Ended
January 31,
2014
    Nine Months Ended
October 31,
 
                2013         2014      
                                (unaudited)  

Current:

               

Federal

   $       $       $       $ 17      $ 11      $ 18   

State

     1         15         12         53        19        29   

Foreign

                     47         89        23        180   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1       $ 15       $ 59       $ 159      $ 53      $ 227   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred:

               

Federal

   $       $       $       $ (2,360   $ (2,360   $ (741

State

                             (230     (207     (84
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $       $       $       $ (2,590   $ (2,567   $ (825
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

   $ 1       $ 15       $ 59       $ (2,431   $ (2,514   $ (598
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the nine months ended October 31, 2013 and 2014, we recorded income tax benefits of $2.5 million and $598,000, respectively (unaudited). The differences between the recorded benefits for income taxes and the tax benefits based upon the federal statutory rate of 34% were primarily attributable to losses not benefited through the provision, minimum state taxes and taxes in foreign jurisdictions, offset by discrete tax benefits from partial releases of the valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets in connection with our acquisitions.

The items accounting for the difference between income taxes computed at the federal statutory income tax rate of 34% and the provision for income taxes consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2011
    One Month Ended
January 31,

2012
    Year Ended
January 31,

2013
    Year Ended
January 31,
2014
 

Tax benefit at federal statutory rate

   $ (17,119   $ (1,741   $ (38,328   $ (58,136

State taxes, net of federal benefit

     (2,666     (350     (7,097     (5,071

Foreign rate difference

                   (17     3,270   

Nondeductible expenses

     400        125        1,288        3,408   

Research and development credit

     (566            (1,376     (1,934

Stock-based compensation

     2,038        20        2,237        2,644   

Change in reserve for unrecognized tax benefits

     568        (260     663        3,937   

Other

     280        260        25        (421

Change in valuation allowance

     17,066        1,961        42,664        49,872   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

   $ 1      $ 15      $ 59      $ (2,431
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-46


Table of Contents

BOX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited as of October 31, 2014 and for the nine months ended October 31, 2013 and 2014)

 

The significant components of our deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows (in thousands):

 

     January 31,
2013
    January 31,
2014
 

Deferred tax assets:

    

Net operating loss carryforward

   $ 64,446      $ 104,855   

Accruals and reserves

     5,006        5,377   

Stock-based compensation

     167        908   

Depreciation and amortization

     469        1,738   

Tax credit carryover

     2,068        3,960   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     72,156        116,838   

Valuation allowance

     (72,135     (115,223
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance

     21        1,615   

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Purchased intangible assets

            (1,524

Other

     (21     (91
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (21     (1,615
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. As a result, we have established a full valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets to the extent they are not offset by liabilities from uncertain tax positions based on our history of losses. The valuation allowance increased by $42.6 million and $43.1 million during the years ended January 31, 2013 and 2014. In addition, during the year ended January 31, 2014, we released $2.6 million of our valuation allowance as a result of our acquisition of Crocodoc. With the acquisition, a deferred tax liability was established for the book-tax basis difference related to purchased intangibles. The net deferred tax liability provided an additional source of income to support the realizability of pre-existing deferred tax assets.

We have not provided for U.S. federal and state income taxes on our foreign subsidiary’s undistributed earnings as of January 31, 2014 because such earnings are intended to be indefinitely reinvested. If we were to repatriate these earnings to the U.S., they would be subject to U.S. income taxes based on the U.S. statutory rate of 34% plus an applicable adjustment for foreign tax credits and foreign withholding taxes.

As of January 31, 2014, we had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of $263.7 million and $262.6 million available to offset future taxable income. The federal net operating loss carryforward will expire at various dates beginning in 2025, if not utilized. The state net operating loss carryforward will expire at various dates beginning in 2016, if not utilized. In addition, as of January 31, 2014, we had federal and state research and development tax credit carryforwards of $4.6 million and $5.0 million. The federal research and development tax credit carryforwards will expire beginning in 2025, if not utilized. The state research and development tax credit carryforward do not expire.

Utilization of the net operating loss carryforwards and credits may be subject to substantial annual limitation due to the ownership change limitations provided by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and similar state provisions. The annual limitation may result in the expiration of net operating losses and credits before utilization.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

BOX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited as of October 31, 2014 and for the nine months ended October 31, 2013 and 2014)

 

We evaluate tax positions for recognition using a more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, and those tax positions eligible for recognition are measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon the effective settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information.

As of December 31, 2011, January 31, 2013 and January 31, 2014, the total unrecognized tax benefits were $1.5 million, $2.5 million and $8.1 million. A reconciliation of the gross unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in thousands):

 

         Amount      

Balance as of December 31, 2010

   $   

Additions for tax positions related to prior year

     497   

Additions for tax positions related to current year

     960   
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

     1,457   

Additions for tax positions related to current year

     48   

Reductions for tax positions related to current year

     (348
  

 

 

 

Balance as of January 31, 2012

     1,157   

Additions for tax positions related to prior year

     49   

Additions for tax positions related to current year

     1,342   

Reductions for tax positions related to current year

     (33
  

 

 

 

Balance as of January 31, 2013

     2,515   

Additions for tax positions related to prior year

     547   

Additions for tax positions related to current year

     5,085   

Reductions for tax positions related to current year

       
  

 

 

 

Balance as of January 31, 2014

   $ 8,147   
  

 

 

 

The gross unrecognized tax benefits, if recognized, would not materially affect the effective tax rate as of December 31, 2011, January 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014. We do not expect our gross unrecognized tax benefits to change significantly in the next 12 months.

Our policy is to classify interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions, if any, as a component of our income tax provision. Interest and penalties were not significant during the year ended December 31, 2011, the one month ended January 31, 2012, and the years ended January 31, 2013 and 2014.

We file tax returns in the United States for federal, California, and other states. All tax years remain open to examination for both federal and state purposes as a result of the net operating loss and credit carryforwards. We file foreign tax returns in the United Kingdom starting with the year ended January 31, 2013 and with France, Germany and Japan starting with the year ended January 31, 2014. These tax years remain open to examination.

Note 15. Segments

Our chief operating decision maker reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance. As such, we have a single reporting segment and operating unit structure. In addition, substantially all of our revenue and long-lived assets are attributable to operations in the U.S. for all the periods presented.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

BOX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited as of October 31, 2014 and for the nine months ended October 31, 2013 and 2014)

 

Note 16. 401(k) Plan

We have a 401(k) Savings Plan (the 401(k) Plan) which qualifies as a deferred salary arrangement under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Under the 401(k) Plan, participating employees may elect to contribute up to 100% of their eligible compensation, subject to certain limitations. We have not made any matching contributions to date.

Note 17. Subsequent Events (Unaudited)

In preparing the financial statements as of and for the year ended January 31, 2014, we evaluated subsequent events for recognition and measurement purposes through March 24, 2014, the date the independent auditors’ report was originally issued and the audited annual consolidated financial statements were available for issuance. After the original issuance of the consolidated financial statements and through January 7, 2015, we have evaluated subsequent events or transactions that have occurred that may require disclosure in the accompanying financial statements. Except as described below, we have concluded that no events or transactions have occurred that may require disclosure in the accompanying financial statements.

In November 2014, we acquired all outstanding common stock of Clariso Inc. (MedXT), a privately-held cloud-based technology company which specializes in medical image viewing, sharing and collaboration, for a total consideration of $3.8 million in our Class B common stock, of which $934,000 was allocated to the purchase price and $2.9 million will be recognized as post-acquisition compensation expenses over the requisite service period.

In January 2015, our board of directors approved an amendment to the 2011 Plan to increase the number of shares of our Class B common stock reserved for issuance under the 2011 Plan from 21,890,327 shares to 23,490,327 shares.

From November 2014 to January 2015, we granted 936,000 shares of stock options with an exercise price of $14.05 per share, 1,110,890 shares of restricted stock units and 4,302 shares of restricted stock at a purchase price of $0.0001 per share under the 2011 Plan.

In January 2015, our board of directors approved our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which included the authorization of 1,000,000,000 shares of new Class A common stock, 200,000,000 shares of new Class B common stock, and 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock. The amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will be in effect upon the completion of an initial public offering.

In January 2015, our board of directors adopted the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the 2015 Plan), which is subject to the approval of our stockholders and will become effective prior to the completion of an initial public offering. A total of 12,200,000 shares of our new Class A common stock are available for sale under the 2015 Plan. The 2011 Plan was terminated upon the adoption of the 2015 Plan. Following the adoption of the 2015 Plan, any shares subject to outstanding awards under the 2006 Plan or the 2011 Plan that are subsequently cancelled will be returned to the pool of shares available for issuance under the 2015 Plan.

In January 2015, our board of directors adopted the 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the ESPP), which is subject to the approval of our stockholders and will become effective prior to the completion of an initial public offering. A total of 2,500,000 shares of our new Class A common stock are available for sale under the ESPP.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

LOGO

Our Mission: To make organizations more productive, competitive and collaborative by connecting people and their most important information.


Table of Contents

LOGO

box
Morgan Stanley Credit Suisse J.P. Morgan
BMO Capital Markets
Canaccord Genuity Pacific Crest Securities Raymond James Wells Fargo Securities


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

The following table sets forth all expenses to be paid by the Registrant, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, upon the completion of this offering. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the exchange listing fee.

 

SEC registration fee

   $ 21,715   

FINRA filing fee

     28,532   

Exchange listing fee

     250,000   

Printing and engraving expenses

     400,000   

Legal fees and expenses

     1,850,000   

Accounting fees and expenses

     2,173,000   

Transfer agent and registrar fees

     2,500   

Miscellaneous expenses

     474,253   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 5,200,000   
  

 

 

 

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a corporation’s board of directors to grant, and authorizes a court to award, indemnity to officers, directors, and other corporate agents.

On the completion of this offering, as permitted by Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Registrant’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation will include provisions that eliminate the personal liability of its directors and officers for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duty as directors and officers.

In addition, as permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws of the Registrant provide that:

 

    The Registrant shall indemnify its directors and officers for serving the Registrant in those capacities or for serving other business enterprises at the Registrant’s request, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that a corporation may indemnify such person if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Registrant and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful.

 

    The Registrant may, in its discretion, indemnify employees and agents in those circumstances where indemnification is permitted by applicable law.

 

    The Registrant is required to advance expenses, as incurred, to its directors and officers in connection with defending a proceeding, except that such director or officer shall undertake to repay such advances if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to indemnification.

 

    The Registrant will not be obligated pursuant to the amended and restated bylaws to indemnify a person with respect to proceedings initiated by that person, except with respect to proceedings authorized by the Registrant’s board of directors or brought to enforce a right to indemnification.

 

    The rights conferred in the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws are not exclusive, and the Registrant is authorized to enter into indemnification agreements with its directors, officers, employees, and agents and to obtain insurance to indemnify such persons.

 

II-1


Table of Contents
    The Registrant may not retroactively amend the bylaw provisions to reduce its indemnification obligations to directors, officers, employees, and agents.

The Registrant’s policy is to enter into separate indemnification agreements with each of its directors and officers that provide the maximum indemnity allowed to directors and executive officers by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law and also to provide for certain additional procedural protections. The Registrant also maintains directors and officers insurance to insure such persons against certain liabilities.

These indemnification provisions and the indemnification agreements entered into between the Registrant and its officers and directors may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of the Registrant’s officers and directors for liabilities (including reimbursement of expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (Securities Act).

The underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement provides for indemnification by the underwriters of the Registrant and its officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act and otherwise.

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

Since January 1, 2011, the Registrant issued the following unregistered securities:

Preferred Stock Issuances

From February 2011 through April 2011, the Registrant sold an aggregate of 11,543,699 shares of its Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock to 14 accredited investors at a purchase price of $3.1619 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $36,500,022, and issued an aggregate of 411,138 shares of its Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock to 12 accredited investors pursuant to a stock purchase agreement by and among the Registrant and certain stockholders of the Registrant. The Registrant believes these transactions were exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and Regulation D promulgated thereunder as transactions not involving a public offering.

From August 2011 through September 2011, the Registrant sold an aggregate of 3,218,033 shares of its Series D-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock to 10 accredited investors at a purchase price of $8.0314 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $25,845,311, and issued an aggregate of 641,815 shares of its Series D-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock to seven accredited investors pursuant to a stock purchase agreement by and among the Registrant and certain stockholders of the Registrant. The Registrant believes these transactions were exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and Regulation D promulgated thereunder as transactions not involving a public offering.

From October 2011 through March 2012, the Registrant sold an aggregate of 3,529,927 shares of its Series D-2 redeemable convertible preferred stock to five accredited investors at a purchase price of $9.0657 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $32,001,260. The Registrant believes these transactions were exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and Regulation D promulgated thereunder as transactions not involving a public offering.

From August 2012 through October 2012, the Registrant sold an aggregate of 11,454,838 shares of its Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock to 17 accredited investors at a purchase price of $13.0949 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $149,999,959. The Registrant believes these transactions were exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and Regulation D promulgated thereunder as transactions not involving a public offering.

From October 2013 through January 2014, the Registrant sold an aggregate of 5,554,440 shares of its Series E-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock to 17 accredited investors at a purchase price of $18.00 per share, for

 

II-2


Table of Contents

an aggregate purchase price of $99,979,920. The Registrant believes these transactions were exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act as transactions not involving a public offering.

In July 2014, the Registrant sold an aggregate of 7,500,000 shares of its Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock to three accredited investors at a purchase price of $20.00 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $150,000,000. The Registrant believes these transactions were exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and Regulation D promulgated thereunder as transactions not involving a public offering.

Warrant Issuances

In August 2011, the Registrant issued a warrant to purchase 62,255 shares of its Series D-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock to one accredited investor in connection with a loan and security agreement at an exercise price of $8.0314 per share.

Option, RSU and Common Stock Issuances

Since January 1, 2011, the Registrant granted to its directors, officers, employees, consultants and other service providers options to purchase an aggregate of 24,633,164 shares of its common stock under its equity compensation plans at exercise prices ranging from $0.59 to $17.85 per share.

Since January 1, 2011, the Registrant issued to its directors, officers, employees, consultants and other service providers an aggregate of 5,316,779 restricted stock units to be settled in shares of its common stock under its equity compensation plans.

Since January 1, 2011, the Registrant issued to its directors, officers, employees, consultants and other service providers an aggregate of 507,737 shares of its restricted common stock under its equity compensation plans.

Since January 1, 2011, the Registrant issued an aggregate of 5,000 shares of its common stock to a former service provider in consideration for services rendered.

Common Stock Issuances in Connection with Acquisitions

In February 2011, the Registrant issued 10,000 shares of its common stock as consideration to a company in connection with its acquisition of certain assets from the company.

In May 2013, the Registrant issued 813,405 shares of its common stock as consideration to 32 individuals and 13 entities in connection with its acquisition of all of the outstanding shares of a company.

In September 2013, the Registrant issued 50,000 shares of its common stock as consideration to a company in connection with its acquisition of certain assets from the company.

In July 2014, the Registrant issued 457,833 shares of its common stock as consideration to seven individuals and 14 entities in connection with its acquisition of all of the outstanding shares of a company.

In November 2014, the Registrant issued 295,000 shares of its common stock as consideration to six individuals and seven entities in connection with its acquisition of all of the outstanding shares of a company.

None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering. Unless otherwise specified above, the Registrant believes these transactions were exempt from

 

II-3


Table of Contents

registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act (or Regulation S or Regulation D promulgated thereunder), or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. The recipients of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed upon the stock certificates issued in these transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with the Registrant, to information about the Registrant. The sales of these securities were made without any general solicitation or advertising.

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

(a) Exhibits.

We have filed the exhibits listed on the accompanying Exhibit Index of this Registration Statement.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

All financial statement schedules are omitted because the information called for is not required or is shown either in the consolidated financial statements or in the notes thereto.

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers, and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit, or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer, or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Los Altos, California, on the 9 th  day of January, 2015.

 

BOX, INC.
By:   /s/ Aaron Levie
 

  Aaron Levie

  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement on Form S-1 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Aaron Levie

Aaron Levie

  

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  January 9, 2015

/s/ Dylan Smith

Dylan Smith

  

Chief Financial Officer and Director

(Principal Financial Officer)

  January 9, 2015

/s/ Jeff Mannie

Jeff Mannie

  

Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer

(Principal Accounting Officer)

  January 9, 2015

*

Dana Evan

   Director   January 9, 2015

*

Steven Krausz

   Director   January 9, 2015

*

Dan Levin

   President, Chief Operating Officer and Director   January 9, 2015

*

Rory O’Driscoll

   Director   January 9, 2015

*

Gary Reiner

   Director   January 9, 2015

*

Josh Stein

   Director   January 9, 2015

*

Bryan Taylor

   Director   January 9, 2015

*

Padmasree Warrior

   Director   January 9, 2015

 

*By:   /s/ Aaron Levie
 

Aaron Levie

Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-5


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

  1.1   Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1**   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as currently in effect.
  3.2   Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be in effect upon the completion of this offering.
  3.3**   Bylaws of the Registrant, as currently in effect.
  3.4   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be in effect upon the completion of this offering.
  4.1**   Form of common stock certificate of the Registrant.
  4.2**   Eighth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement among the Registrant and certain holders of its capital stock, dated as of July 7, 2014.
  5.1   Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.
10.1+**   Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers.
10.2+   Box, Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan and related form agreements.
10.3+   Box, Inc. 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and related form agreements.
10.4+   Box, Inc. 2011 Equity Incentive Plan and related form agreements.
10.5+   Box, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan and related form agreements.
10.6+**   Box, Inc. Executive Incentive Plan.
10.7+**   Form of Change in Control and Severance Agreement between the Registrant and each of Aaron Levie, Dan Levin and Dylan Smith.
10.7A+**   Form of Change in Control and Severance Agreement between the Registrant and certain of its executive officers.
10.8+   Offer Letter between the Registrant and Aaron Levie, dated as of December 19, 2014.
10.9+   Offer Letter between the Registrant and Dan Levin, dated as of December 19, 2014.
10.10+   Offer Letter between the Registrant and Dylan Smith, dated as of December 19, 2014.
10.11+   Offer Letter between the Registrant and Peter McGoff, dated as of December 19, 2014.
10.12+   Offer Letter between the Registrant and Graham Younger, dated as of December 19, 2014.
10.13**   Office Lease between the Registrant and Behringer Harvard El Camino Real LP, dated as of June 16, 2011.
10.13A**   Lease Termination Agreement between the Registrant and St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, dated as of October 24, 2014.
10.14**   Credit Agreement among the Registrant, the lenders party thereto and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, dated as of August 27, 2013, as amended on June 19, 2014.
10.14A**   Amendment No. 2 and Waiver to Credit Agreement and Amendment No. 1 to Guarantee and Collateral Agreement among the Registrant, the lenders party thereto and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, dated as of September 15, 2014.
10.15 ¥ **   Master License and Service Agreement between the Registrant and CoreSite, L.P., dated as of March 17, 2008.


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

10.16**   Master Service Agreement between the Registrant and Equinix Operating Co., Inc., dated as of April 29, 2008.
10.17**   Colocation Facilities Agreement between the Registrant and Switch Communications Group, L.L.C., dated as of December 20, 2011.
10.18   Office Lease between the Registrant and Redwood City Partners, LLC, dated as of September 15, 2014.
10.19+   Box, Inc. Outside Director Compensation Policy.
21.1**   List of subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1   Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2   Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C. (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1**   Power of Attorney (see page II-5 to the original filing of this Registration Statement on Form S-1 on March 24, 2014).
24.2**   Power of Attorney of Bryan Taylor.

 

** Previously filed.
+ Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.
¥ Confidential treatment has been requested as to certain portions of this exhibit, which portions have been omitted and submitted separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Exhibit 1.1

[ ] Shares

BOX, INC.

CLASS A COMMON STOCK

PAR VALUE $0.0001 PER SHARE

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

[ ], 2015


[ ], 2015

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

J. P. Morgan Securities LLC

c/o Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

      1585 Broadway

      New York, New York 10036

c/o Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

      Eleven Madison Avenue,

      New York, New York 10010

c/o J. P. Morgan Securities LLC

      383 Madison Avenue

      New York, New York 10179

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Box, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), proposes to issue and sell to the several Underwriters named in Schedule II hereto (the “ Underwriters ”) for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and J. P. Morgan Securities LLC (together, the “ Representatives ”) are acting as Representatives, an aggregate of [ ] shares of the Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company (the “ Firm Shares ”).

The Company also proposes to issue and sell to the several Underwriters not more than an additional [ ] shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Additional Shares ”), if and to the extent that the Representatives shall have determined to exercise, on behalf of the Underwriters, the right to purchase such shares of Common Stock granted to the Underwriters in Section 2 hereof. The Firm Shares and the Additional Shares are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Shares .” The shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company to be outstanding after giving effect to the sales contemplated hereby are hereinafter referred to as the “ Class A Common Stock .” The shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company are hereinafter referred to as the “ Class B Common Stock .” The Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock are hereinafter sometimes collectively referred to as the “ Common Stock .”

The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) a registration statement, including a prospectus, relating to the Shares. The registration statement as amended at the time it becomes effective, including the information (if any) deemed to be part of the registration statement at the time of effectiveness pursuant to Rule 430A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the


Securities Act ”), is hereinafter referred to as the “ Registration Statement ”; the prospectus in the form first used to confirm sales of Shares (or in the form first made available to the Underwriters by the Company to meet requests of purchasers pursuant to Rule 173 under the Securities Act) is hereinafter referred to as the “ Prospectus .” If the Company has filed an abbreviated registration statement to register additional shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act (the “ Rule 462 Registration Statement ”), then any reference herein to the term “ Registration Statement ” shall be deemed to include such Rule 462 Registration Statement.

For purposes of this Agreement, “ free writing prospectus ” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, “ Time of Sale Prospectus ” means the preliminary prospectus contained in the Registration Statement at the time of its effectiveness together with the documents, pricing information and the free writing prospectuses, if any, each identified in Schedule III hereto, and “ broadly available road show ” means a “bona fide electronic road show” as defined in Rule 433(h)(5) under the Securities Act that has been made available without restriction to any person. As used herein, the terms “Registration Statement,” “preliminary prospectus,” “Time of Sale Prospectus” and “Prospectus” shall include the documents, if any, incorporated by reference therein.

1. Representations and Warranties of the Company . The Company represents and warrants to and agrees with each of the Underwriters that:

(a) The Registration Statement has become effective; no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement is in effect, and no proceedings for such purpose are pending before or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened by the Commission.

(b)(i) The Registration Statement, when it became effective, did not contain and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will not contain, as of the date of such amendment or supplement, any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (ii) the Registration Statement and the Prospectus comply and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will comply in all material respects with the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, (iii) the Time of Sale Prospectus does not, and at the time of each sale of the Shares in connection with the offering when the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers and at the Closing Date (as defined in Section 4), the Time of Sale Prospectus, as then amended or supplemented by the Company, if applicable, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, (iv) each broadly available road show, if any, when considered together with the Time of Sale Prospectus, does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading and (v) the Prospectus, as of its date, does not contain and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will not contain as of the date of such amendment or supplement or as of the Closing Date any untrue statement of

 

2


a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, except that the representations and warranties set forth in this paragraph do not apply to statements or omissions in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus based upon information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through or on behalf of the Representatives expressly for use therein.

(c) The Company is not an “ineligible issuer” in connection with the offering pursuant to Rules 164, 405 and 433 under the Securities Act. Any free writing prospectus that the Company is required to file pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act has been, or will be, filed with the Commission in accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. Each free writing prospectus that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act or that was prepared by or on behalf of or used or referred to by the Company complies or will comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. Except for the free writing prospectuses, if any, identified in Schedule III hereto, and electronic road shows, if any, each furnished to you before first use, the Company has not prepared, used or referred to, and will not, without your prior consent, prepare, use or refer to, any free writing prospectus.

(d) Ernst & Young, LLP (“ E&Y ”), who have certified certain financial statements of the Company, are independent public accountants as required by the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

(e) The Company has been duly incorporated, is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, has the corporate power and authority to own its property and to conduct its business as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole (a “ Material Adverse Effect ”).

(f) Each subsidiary of the Company has been duly organized, is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization (to the extent such concepts are applicable under such laws), has the corporate power and authority to own its property and to conduct its business as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not have a Material Adverse Effect; all of the issued shares of capital stock of each subsidiary of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims, except to the extent that such liens, encumbrances, equities or claims would not be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

3


(g) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

(h) As of the Closing Date, the authorized capital stock of the Company will conform as to legal matters to the description thereof contained in each of the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus.

(i) The shares of Common Stock outstanding prior to the issuance of the Shares to be sold by the Company have been duly authorized and are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

(j) The Shares to be sold by the Company have been duly authorized and, when issued, delivered and paid for in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and the issuance of such Shares will not be subject to any preemptive or similar rights.

(k) The execution and delivery by the Company of, and the performance by the Company of its obligations under, this Agreement will not contravene any provision of (i) applicable law, (ii) the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the Company, (iii) any agreement or other instrument binding upon the Company or any of its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (iv) any judgment, order or decree of any governmental body, agency or court having jurisdiction over the Company or any subsidiary, except that in the cases of (i) and (iii) as would not have a Material Adverse Effect or materially affect the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement, and no consent, approval, authorization or order of, or qualification with, any governmental body or agency is required for the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement, except such as may be required by the securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares.

(l) There has not occurred any material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business or operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, from that set forth in the Time of Sale Prospectus.

(m) There are no legal or governmental proceedings pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or to which any of the properties of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject (i) other than proceedings accurately described in all material respects in the Time of Sale Prospectus and proceedings that would not have a Material Adverse Effect, or on the power or ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Time of Sale Prospectus or (ii) that are required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus and are not so described in all material respects; and there are no statutes, regulations, contracts or other

 

4


documents to which the Company or its subsidiaries is subject or by which the Company or its subsidiaries is bound that are required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement that are not described in all material respects or filed as required.

(n) Each preliminary prospectus filed as part of the Registration Statement as originally filed or as part of any amendment thereto, or filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act, complied when so filed in all material respects with the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

(o) The Company is not, and after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Prospectus will not be, required to register as an “investment company” as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

(p) The Company and its subsidiaries (i) are in compliance with any and all applicable foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the protection of human health and safety, the environment or hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants (“ Environmental Laws ”), (ii) have received all permits, licenses or other approvals required of them under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses and (iii) are in compliance with all terms and conditions of any such permit, license or approval, except where such noncompliance with Environmental Laws, failure to receive required permits, licenses or other approvals or failure to comply with the terms and conditions of such permits, licenses or approvals would not, singly or in the aggregate, be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(q) There are no costs or liabilities associated with Environmental Laws (including, without limitation, any capital or operating expenditures required for clean-up, closure of properties or compliance with Environmental Laws or any permit, license or approval, any related constraints on operating activities and any potential liabilities to third parties) which would, singly or in the aggregate, be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(r) There are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and any person granting such person the right to require the Company to file a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to any securities of the Company or to require the Company to include such securities with the Shares registered pursuant to the Registration Statement, except as otherwise have been validly waived in connection with the issuance and sale of the Shares contemplated hereby and as have been described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus.

(s) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries or controlled affiliates, nor any director or officer of the Company, nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any employee, agent or representative of the Company or of any of its subsidiaries or controlled affiliates, has taken or will take any action in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization or approval of the payment or giving of money, property,

 

5


gifts or anything else of value, directly or indirectly, to any “government official” (including any officer or employee of a government or government-owned or controlled entity or of a public international organization, or any person acting in an official capacity for or on behalf of any of the foregoing, or any political party or party official or candidate for political office) to influence official action or secure an improper advantage for the Company or its subsidiaries; and the Company and its subsidiaries and controlled affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 and the Bribery Act 2010 of the United Kingdom, and have instituted and maintained and will continue to maintain policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws.

(t) The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in material compliance with all applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements, including those of the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by Title III of the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (USA PATRIOT Act), and the applicable anti-money laundering statutes of jurisdictions where the Company and its subsidiaries conduct business, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “ Anti-Money Laundering Laws ”), and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Anti-Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened.

(u)(i) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries, nor any director or officer thereof, nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any employee, agent, controlled affiliate or representative of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, is an individual or entity (“ Person ”) that is, or is owned or controlled by a Person that is:

(A) the subject of any sanctions administered or enforced by the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“ OFAC ”), the United Nations Security Council (“ UNSC ”), the European Union (“ EU ”), Her Majesty’s Treasury (“ HMT ”), or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “ Sanctions ”), nor

(B) located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of Sanctions (including, without limitation, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan and Syria).

(ii) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries will, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other Person:

(A) to fund or facilitate any activities or business of or with any Person or in any country or territory that, at the time of such funding or facilitation, is the subject of Sanctions; or

 

6


(B) in any other manner that will result in a violation of Sanctions by any Person (including any Person participating in the offering, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise).

(iii) For the past five years, the Company and its subsidiaries have not knowingly engaged in, are not now knowingly engaged in, and will not engage in, any dealings or transactions with any Person, or in any country or territory, that at the time of the dealing or transaction is or was the subject of Sanctions.

(v) Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, (i) the Company and its subsidiaries have not incurred any material liability or obligation, direct or contingent, nor entered into any material transaction; (ii) the Company has not purchased any of its outstanding capital stock other than from its employees or other service providers in connection with the termination of their service pursuant to plans or agreements described in Time of Sale Prospectus, nor declared, paid or otherwise made any dividend or distribution of any kind on its capital stock other than ordinary and customary dividends; and (iii) there has not been any material change in the capital stock, short-term debt or long-term debt of the Company and its subsidiaries, except in each case as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, respectively.

(w) The Company and its subsidiaries do not own any real property. The Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title to all personal property owned by them that is material to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and defects except such as are described in the Time of Sale Prospectus or such as do not materially affect the value of such property and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company and its subsidiaries; and any real property and buildings held under lease by the Company and its subsidiaries are held by them under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases with such exceptions as are not material and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property and buildings by the Company and its subsidiaries, in each case except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus.

(x) The Company and its subsidiaries own or possess, or can acquire on commercially reasonable terms, all material patents, patent rights, licenses, inventions, copyrights, know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures), trademarks, service marks and trade names currently employed by them in connection with the business now conducted by them, and, except as disclosed in the Time of Sale Prospectus, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice of infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others with respect to any of the foregoing which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

7


(y) No material labor dispute with the employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists, except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus, or, to the knowledge of the Company, is imminent; and the Company is not aware of any existing, threatened or imminent labor disturbance by the employees of any of its principal suppliers, manufacturers or contractors that could have a Material Adverse Effect.

(z) The Company and each of its subsidiaries are insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are, in the Company’s reasonable judgment, prudent and customary in the businesses in which they are engaged; neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has been refused any insurance coverage sought or applied for; and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect, except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus.

(aa) The Company and its subsidiaries possess all certificates, authorizations and permits issued by the appropriate federal, state or foreign regulatory authorities necessary to conduct their respective businesses except where the failure to obtain such certificates, authorizations or permits would not, individually or in the aggregate, be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such certificate, authorization or permit which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would have a Material Adverse Effect, except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus.

(bb) The Company and its subsidiaries maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“ U.S. GAAP ”) and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. Except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus, since the end of the Company’s most recent audited fiscal year, there has been (i) no material weakness in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (whether or not remediated) and (ii) no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

(cc) Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Company has not sold, issued or distributed any shares of Common Stock during the six-month period preceding the date hereof, including any sales pursuant to Rule 144A under, or Regulation D or S of, the Securities Act, other than shares issued pursuant to employee benefit plans, qualified stock option plans or other employee compensation plans or pursuant to outstanding options, rights or warrants.

 

8


(dd) The Company and each of its subsidiaries have filed all federal, state, local and foreign tax returns required to be filed through the date of this Agreement or have requested extensions thereof (except where the failure to file would not, individually or in the aggregate, be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect) and have paid all taxes required to be paid thereon (except for cases in which the failure to file or pay would not have a Material Adverse Effect, or, except as currently being contested in good faith and for which reserves required by U.S. GAAP have been created in the financial statements of the Company), and no tax deficiency has been determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries which has had (nor does the Company nor any of its subsidiaries have any notice or knowledge of any tax deficiency which could reasonably be expected to be determined adversely to the Company or its subsidiaries and which could reasonably be expected to have) a Material Adverse Effect.

(ee) Since the initial confidential submission of the Registration Statement to the Commission (or, if earlier, the first date on which the Company engaged directly or through any person authorized to act on its behalf in any Testing-the-Waters Communication) through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act (an “ Emerging Growth Company ”). “ Testing-the-Waters Communication ” means any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Securities Act.

(ff) The Company (i) has not alone engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communication other than Testing-the-Waters Communications with the consent of the Representatives with entities that are qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act or institutions that are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Securities Act and (ii) has not authorized anyone other than the Representatives, and UBS AG on Thursday, August 28, 2014, to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company reconfirms that the Representatives have been authorized to act on its behalf in undertaking Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company has not distributed any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications other than those listed on Schedule I hereto. “ Written Testing-the-Waters Communication ” means any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

(gg) As of the time of each sale of the Shares in connection with the offering when the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers, none of (i) the Time of Sale Prospectus, (ii) any free writing prospectus, when considered together with the Time of Sale Prospectus, and (iii) any individual Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, when considered together with the Time of Sale Prospectus, included, includes or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

9


(hh) The Company and each of its subsidiaries have complied, and are presently in compliance with, its privacy policies and third-party obligations (imposed by applicable law, contract or otherwise) regarding the collection, use, transfer, storage, protection, disposal and disclosure by the Company and its subsidiaries of personally identifiable information, except to the extent that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

2. Agreements to Sell and Purchase . The Company hereby agrees to sell to the several Underwriters, and each Underwriter, upon the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained, but subject to the conditions hereinafter stated, agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company at $[ ] a share (the “ Purchase Price ”) the respective number of Firm Shares set forth in Schedule II hereto opposite the name of such Underwriter.

On the basis of the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement, and subject to its terms and conditions, the Company agrees to sell to the Underwriters the Additional Shares, and the Underwriters shall have the right to purchase from the Company, severally and not jointly, up to [ ] Additional Shares at the Purchase Price, provided, however, that the amount paid by the Underwriters for any Additional Shares shall be reduced by an amount per share equal to any dividends declared by the Company and payable on the Firm Shares but not payable on such Additional Shares. You may exercise this right on behalf of the Underwriters in whole or from time to time in part by giving written notice not later than 30 days after the date of this Agreement. Any exercise notice shall specify the number of Additional Shares to be purchased by the Underwriters and the date on which such shares are to be purchased. Each purchase date must be at least one business day after the written notice is given and may not be earlier than the closing date for the Firm Shares nor later than ten business days after the date of such notice. Additional Shares may be purchased as provided in Section 4 hereof solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments made in connection with the offering of the Firm Shares. On each day, if any, that Additional Shares are to be purchased (an “ Option Closing Date ”), each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase the number of Additional Shares (subject to such adjustments to eliminate fractional shares as you may determine) that bears the same proportion to the total number of Additional Shares to be purchased on such Option Closing Date as the number of Firm Shares set forth in Schedule II hereto opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of Firm Shares.

The Company hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters, it will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of the Prospectus (the “ Restricted Period ”), (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock beneficially owned (as such term is used in Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”) or any other securities so owned or convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock or (2) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership

 

10


of the Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise or (3) file any registration statement with the Commission relating to the offering of any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock.

The restrictions contained in the preceding paragraph shall not apply to (a) the Shares to be sold hereunder, (b) the issuance by the Company of shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of an option or warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date hereof of which the Underwriters have been advised in writing, (c) the grant of options or the issuance of shares of Common Stock by the Company to employees, officers, directors, advisors or consultants of the Company pursuant to employee benefit plans in effect on the date hereof and described in the Time of Sale Prospectus or pursuant to an employee stock purchase plan described in the Time of Sale Prospectus, (d) the filing by the Company of a registration statement with the Commission on Form S-8 in respect of any shares issued under or the grant of any award pursuant to an employee benefit plan in effect on the date hereof and described in the Time of Sale Prospectus or (e) the sale or issuance of or entry into an agreement to sell or issue shares of Common Stock or securities convertible into or exercisable for Common Stock in connection with any (i) mergers, (ii) acquisition of securities, businesses, property or other assets, (iii) joint ventures, (iv) strategic alliances, (v) equipment leasing arrangements or (vi) debt financing; provided, that the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock or securities convertible into or exercisable for Common Stock (on an as-converted or as-exercised basis, as the case may be) that the Company may sell or issue or agree to sell or issue pursuant to this clause (e) shall not exceed 5% of the total number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately following the completion of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and provided further, that each recipient of shares of Common Stock or securities convertible into or exercisable for Common Stock pursuant to this clause (e) shall execute a lock-up agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto.

If the Representatives, in their sole discretion, agree to release or waive the restrictions set forth in a lock-up letter described in Section 5(g) hereof for an officer or director of the Company and provide the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, if required by FINRA Rule 5131.

3. Terms of Public Offering . The Company is advised by you that the Underwriters propose to make a public offering of their respective portions of the Shares as soon after the Registration Statement and this Agreement have become effective as in your judgment is advisable. The Company is further advised by you that the Shares are to be offered to the public initially at $[ ] a share (the “ Public Offering Price ”) and to certain dealers selected by you at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $[ ] a share under the Public Offering Price, and that any Underwriter may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a concession, not in excess of $[ ] a share, to any Underwriter or to certain other dealers.

 

11


4. Payment and Delivery . Payment for the Firm Shares shall be made to the Company in Federal or other funds immediately available in New York City against delivery of such Firm Shares for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters at 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on [ ], 2015, or at such other time on the same or such other date, not later than [ ], 2015, as shall be designated in writing by you. The time and date of such payment are hereinafter referred to as the “ Closing Date .”

Payment for any Additional Shares shall be made to the Company in Federal or other funds immediately available in New York City against delivery of such Additional Shares for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters at 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the date specified in the corresponding notice described in Section 2 or at such other time on the same or on such other date, in any event not later than [ ], 2015, as shall be designated in writing by you.

The Firm Shares and Additional Shares shall be registered in such names and in such denominations as you shall request in writing not later than one full business day prior to the Closing Date or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be. The Firm Shares and Additional Shares shall be delivered to you on the Closing Date or an Option Closing Date, as the case may be, for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters. The Purchase Price payable by the Underwriters shall be reduced by (i) any transfer taxes paid by, or on behalf of, the Underwriters in connection with the transfer of the Shares to the Underwriters duly paid and (ii) any withholding required by law.

5. Conditions to the Underwriters’ Obligations . The obligations of the Company to sell the Shares to the Underwriters and the several obligations of the Underwriters to purchase and pay for the Shares on the Closing Date are subject to the condition that the Registration Statement shall have become effective not later than [ ] (New York City time) on the date hereof.

The several obligations of the Underwriters are subject to the following further conditions:

(a) Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date:

(i) there shall not have occurred any downgrading, nor shall any notice have been given of any intended or potential downgrading or of any review for a possible change that does not indicate the direction of the possible change, in the rating accorded any of the securities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization,” as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(62) of the Exchange Act; and

 

12


(ii) there shall not have occurred any change, or any development involving a prospective change, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business or operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, from that set forth in the Time of Sale Prospectus that, in your judgment, is material and adverse and that makes it, in your judgment, impracticable to market the Shares on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Time of Sale Prospectus.

(b) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date a certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed on behalf of the Company by an executive officer of the Company, to the effect set forth in Section 5(a) above and to the effect that the representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement are true and correct as of the Closing Date and that the Company has complied with all of the agreements and satisfied all of the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder on or before the Closing Date. The officer signing and delivering such certificate may rely upon the best of his or her knowledge as to proceedings threatened.

(c) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (“ WSGR ”), outside counsel for the Company, dated the Closing Date, in the form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, including opinions set forth in Annex I hereto.

(d) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion of [ ], United Kingdom counsel for the Company, dated the Closing Date, in the form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives.

(e) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion of Goodwin Procter LLP (“ Goodwin ”), counsel for the Underwriters, dated the Closing Date, in the form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives.

(f) The Underwriters shall have received, on each of the date hereof and the Closing Date, a letter dated the date hereof or the Closing Date, as the case may be, in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters, from E&Y, independent public accountants, containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus; provided that the letter delivered on the Closing Date shall use a “cut-off date” not earlier than the date hereof.

(g) The “lock-up” agreements, each substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, between you and certain stockholders, officers and directors of the Company relating to sales and certain other dispositions of shares of Common Stock or certain other securities, delivered to you on or before the date hereof, shall be in full force and effect on the Closing Date.

 

13


(h) The several obligations of the Underwriters to purchase Additional Shares hereunder are subject to the delivery to you on the applicable Option Closing Date of the following:

(i) a certificate, dated the Option Closing Date and signed by an executive officer of the Company, confirming that the certificate delivered on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 5(b) hereof remains true and correct as of such Option Closing Date;

(ii) an opinion of WSGR, outside counsel for the Company, dated the Option Closing Date, relating to the Additional Shares to be purchased on such Option Closing Date and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(c) hereof;

(iii) an opinion of [ ], United Kingdom outside counsel for the Company, dated the Option Closing Date, relating to the Additional Shares to be purchased on such Option Closing Date and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(d) hereof;

(iv) an opinion of Goodwin, counsel for the Underwriters, dated the Option Closing Date, relating to the Additional Shares to be purchased on such Option Closing Date and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(e) hereof;

(v) a letter dated the Option Closing Date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters, from E&Y, independent public accountant, substantially in the same form and substance as the letter furnished to the Underwriters pursuant to Section 5(f) hereof; provided that the letter delivered on the Option Closing Date shall use a “cut-off date” not earlier than three business days prior to such Option Closing Date; and

(vi) such other documents as you may reasonably request with respect to the good standing of the Company, the due authorization and issuance of the Additional Shares to be sold on such Option Closing Date and other matters related to the issuance of such Additional Shares.

6. Covenants of the Company . The Company covenants with each Underwriter as follows:

(a) To furnish to you, without charge, [ ] signed copies of the Registration Statement (including exhibits thereto) and for delivery to each other Underwriter a conformed copy of the Registration Statement (without exhibits thereto) and to furnish to you in New York City, without charge, prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time on the business day next succeeding the date of this Agreement and during the period mentioned in Section 6(e) or 6(f) below, as many copies of the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus and any supplements and amendments thereto or to the Registration Statement as you may reasonably request.

(b) Before amending or supplementing the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus, to furnish to you a copy of each such proposed amendment or supplement and not to file any such proposed amendment or supplement to which you reasonably object, and to file with the Commission within the applicable period specified in Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act any prospectus required to be filed pursuant to such Rule.

 

14


(c) To furnish to you a copy of each proposed free writing prospectus to be prepared by or on behalf of, used by, or referred to by the Company and not to use or refer to any proposed free writing prospectus to which you reasonably object.

(d) Not to take any action that would result in an Underwriter or the Company being required to file with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act a free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of the Underwriter that the Underwriter otherwise would not have been required to file thereunder.

(e) If the Time of Sale Prospectus is being used to solicit offers to buy the Shares at a time when the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers and any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Time of Sale Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances, not misleading, or if any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which the Time of Sale Prospectus conflicts with the information contained in the Registration Statement then on file, or if, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters, it is necessary to amend or supplement the Time of Sale Prospectus to comply with applicable law, forthwith to prepare, file with the Commission and furnish, at its own expense, to the Underwriters and to any dealer upon request, either amendments or supplements to the Time of Sale Prospectus so that the statements in the Time of Sale Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances when the Time of Sale Prospectus is delivered to a prospective purchaser, be misleading or so that the Time of Sale Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will no longer conflict with the Registration Statement, or so that the Time of Sale Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will comply with applicable law.

(f) If, during such period after the first date of the public offering of the Shares as in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters the Prospectus (or in lieu thereof the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) of the Securities Act) is required by law to be delivered in connection with sales by an Underwriter or dealer, any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances when the Prospectus (or in lieu thereof the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) of the Securities Act) is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading, or if, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters, it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with applicable law, forthwith to prepare, file with the Commission and furnish, at its own expense, to the Underwriters and to the dealers (whose names and addresses you will furnish to the Company) to which Shares may have been sold by you on behalf of the Underwriters and to any other dealers upon request, either amendments or supplements to the Prospectus so that the statements in the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances when the Prospectus (or in lieu thereof the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) of the Securities Act) is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading or so that the Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will comply with applicable law.

 

15


(g) To endeavor to qualify the Shares for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as you shall reasonably request.

(h) To make generally available to the Company’s security holders and to you as soon as practicable an earnings statement covering a period of at least twelve months beginning with the first fiscal quarter of the Company occurring after the date of this Agreement which shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

(i) If the Company is not a U.S. person for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Company will deliver to each Underwriter (or its agent), on or before the Closing Date, (i) a certificate with respect to the Company’s status as a “United States real property holding corporation,” dated not more than thirty (30) days prior to the Closing Date, as described in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.897-2(h) and 1.1445-2(c)(3), and (ii) proof of delivery to the Internal Revenue Service (“ IRS ”) of the required notice, as described in Treasury Regulations 1.897-2(h)(2).

(j) The Company will promptly notify the Representatives if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (i) completion of the distribution of the Shares within the meaning of the Securities Act and (ii) completion of the Restricted Period referred to in Section 2.

(k) If at any time following the distribution of any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company will promptly notify the Representatives and will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication to eliminate or correct such untrue statement or omission.

7. Expenses. Whether or not the transactions contemplated in this Agreement are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, the Company agrees to pay or cause to be paid all expenses incident to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, including: (i) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the Company’s counsel and the Company’s accountants in connection with the registration and delivery of the Shares under the Securities Act and all other fees or expenses in connection with the preparation and filing of the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus, any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of, used by, or referred to by the Company and amendments and supplements to any of the foregoing, including all printing costs associated therewith, and the mailing and delivering of copies thereof to the Underwriters and dealers, in the quantities hereinabove specified, (ii) all costs and expenses related to the transfer and delivery of

 

16


the Shares to the Underwriters, including any transfer or other taxes payable thereon, (iii) the cost of printing or producing any Blue Sky or Legal Investment memorandum in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares under state securities laws and all expenses in connection with the qualification of the Shares for offer and sale under state securities laws as provided in Section 6(g) hereof, including filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with such qualification and in connection with the Blue Sky or Legal Investment memorandum, (iv) all filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters incurred in connection with the review and qualification of the offering of the Shares by Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“ FINRA ”) (provided that the amount payable by the Company pursuant to subsection (iii) and (iv) shall not exceed $30,000), (v) all fees and expenses in connection with the preparation and filing of the registration statement on Form 8-A relating to the Class A Common Stock and all costs and expenses incident to listing the Shares on the New York Stock Exchange, (vi) the cost of printing certificates representing the Shares, (vii) the costs and charges of any transfer agent, registrar or depositary, (viii) the costs and expenses of the Company relating to investor presentations on any “road show” undertaken in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Shares, including, without limitation, expenses associated with the preparation or dissemination of any electronic road show, expenses associated with the production of road show slides and graphics, fees and expenses of any consultants engaged in connection with the road show presentations with the prior approval of the Company, travel and lodging expenses of the representatives and officers of the Company and any such consultants, and 50% of ground transportation costs and 50% of the cost of any aircraft chartered in connection with the road show (the remaining 50% of the cost of such ground transportation and aircraft to be paid by the Underwriters), (ix) the document production charges and expenses associated with printing this Agreement and (x) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company hereunder for which provision is not otherwise made in this Section. It is understood, however, that except as provided in this Section, Section 9 entitled “Indemnity and Contribution” and the last paragraph of Section 11 below, the Underwriters will pay all of their costs and expenses, including fees and disbursements of their counsel, stock transfer taxes payable on resale of any of the Shares by them and any advertising expenses connected with any offers they may make.

8. Covenants of the Underwriters . Each Underwriter severally covenants with the Company not to take any action that would result in the Company being required to file with the Commission under Rule 433(d) a free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of such Underwriter that otherwise would not be required to be filed by the Company thereunder, but for the action of the Underwriter.

9. Indemnity and Contribution .

(a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and each affiliate of any Underwriter within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without

 

17


limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, any issuer free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act, any Company information that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, any “road show” as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act (a “road show”), or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities are caused by any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission based upon information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through you expressly for use therein.

(b) Each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the directors of the Company, the officers of the Company who sign the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, any issuer free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act, any Company information that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, any road show or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but only with reference to information relating to such Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through you expressly for use in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, any issuer free writing prospectus, road show, or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto.

(c) In case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving any person in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 9(a) or 9(b), such person (the “ indemnified party ”) shall promptly notify the person against whom such indemnity may be sought (the “ indemnifying party ”) in writing and the indemnifying party, upon request of the indemnified party, shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party and any others the indemnifying party may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the reasonably incurred fees and disbursements of such counsel related to such proceeding. In any such proceeding, any indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses

 

18


of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (i) the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel or (ii) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the indemnifying party and the indemnified party and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood that the indemnifying party shall not, in respect of the legal expenses of any indemnified party in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for (i) the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Underwriters and all persons, if any, who control any Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act or who are affiliates of any Underwriter within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act and (ii) the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for the Company, its directors, its officers who sign the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of either such Section. In the case of any such separate firm for the Underwriters and such control persons and affiliates of any Underwriters, such firm shall be designated in writing by the Representatives. In the case of any such separate firm for the Company, and such directors, officers and control persons of the Company, such firm shall be designated in writing by the Company. The indemnifying party shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify the indemnified party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by the second and third sentences of this paragraph, the indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 60 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request and (ii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed the indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement (i) includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding, and (ii) does not include any statement as to or any admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

(d) To the extent the indemnification provided for in Section 9(a) or 9(b) is unavailable to an indemnified party or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each indemnifying party under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the indemnified party or parties on the other hand from the offering

 

19


of the Shares or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause 9(d)(i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause 9(d)(i) above but also the relative fault of the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and of the indemnified party or parties on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand in connection with the offering of the Shares shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the net proceeds from the offering of the Shares (before deducting expenses but after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions) received by the Company and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate Public Offering Price of the Shares. The relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Underwriters’ respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 9 are several in proportion to the respective number of Shares they have purchased hereunder, and not joint.

(e) The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just or equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 9 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in Section 9(d). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in Section 9(d) shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 9, no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Shares underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages that such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The remedies provided for in this Section 9 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any indemnified party at law or in equity.

(f) The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 9 and the representations, warranties and other statements of the Company contained in this Agreement shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter, any person controlling any Underwriter or any affiliate of any Underwriter or the Company, its officers or directors or any person controlling the Company and (iii) acceptance of and payment for any of the Shares.

 

20


10. Termination . The Underwriters may terminate this Agreement by notice given by you to the Company, if after the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date (i) trading generally shall have been suspended or materially limited on, or by, as the case may be, any of the New York Stock Exchange or the NASDAQ Global Market, (ii) trading of any securities of the Company shall have been suspended on any exchange or in any over-the-counter market, which shall not include secondary markets for privately held securities, (iii) a material disruption in securities settlement, payment or clearance services in the United States shall have occurred, (iv) any moratorium on commercial banking activities shall have been declared by Federal or New York State authorities or (v) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities, or any change in financial markets or any calamity or crisis that, in your judgment, is material and adverse and which, singly or together with any other event specified in this clause (v), makes it, in your judgment, impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offer, sale or delivery of the Shares on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus.

11. Effectiveness; Defaulting Underwriters . This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution and delivery hereof by the parties hereto.

If, on the Closing Date or an Option Closing Date, as the case may be, any one or more of the Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Shares that it has or they have agreed to purchase hereunder on such date, and the aggregate number of Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to purchase is not more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of the Shares to be purchased on such date, the other Underwriters shall be obligated severally in the proportions that the number of Firm Shares set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule II bears to the aggregate number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the names of all such non-defaulting Underwriters, or in such other proportions as you may specify, to purchase the Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to purchase on such date; provided that in no event shall the number of Shares that any Underwriter has agreed to purchase pursuant to this Agreement be increased pursuant to this Section 11 by an amount in excess of one-ninth of such number of Shares without the written consent of such Underwriter. If, on the Closing Date, any Underwriter or Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Firm Shares and the aggregate number of Firm Shares with respect to which such default occurs is more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of Firm Shares to be purchased on such date, and arrangements satisfactory to you and the Company for the purchase of such Firm Shares are not made within 36 hours after such default, this Agreement shall terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter or the Company. In any such case either you or the Company shall have the right to postpone the Closing Date, but in no event for longer than seven days, in order that the required changes, if any, in the Registration Statement, in the Time of Sale Prospectus, in the Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements may be effected. If, on an Option Closing Date, any Underwriter or Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Additional Shares and the

 

21


aggregate number of Additional Shares with respect to which such default occurs is more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of Additional Shares to be purchased on such Option Closing Date, the non-defaulting Underwriters shall have the option to (i) terminate their obligation hereunder to purchase the Additional Shares to be sold on such Option Closing Date or (ii) purchase not less than the number of Additional Shares that such non-defaulting Underwriters would have been obligated to purchase in the absence of such default. Any action taken under this paragraph shall not relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of any default of such Underwriter under this Agreement.

If this Agreement shall be terminated by the Underwriters, or any of them, because of any failure or refusal on the part of the Company to comply with the terms or to fulfill any of the conditions of this Agreement, or if for any reason the Company shall be unable to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Company will reimburse the Underwriters or such Underwriters as have so terminated this Agreement with respect to themselves, severally, for all out-of-pocket expenses (including the fees and disbursements of their counsel) reasonably incurred by such Underwriters in connection with this Agreement or the offering contemplated hereunder.

12. Entire Agreement . (a) This Agreement, together with any contemporaneous written agreements and any prior written agreements (to the extent not superseded by this Agreement) that relate to the offering of the Shares, represents the entire agreement between the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other, with respect to the preparation of any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus, the conduct of the offering, and the purchase and sale of the Shares.

(b) The Company acknowledges that in connection with the offering of the Shares: (i) the Underwriters have acted at arms length, are not agents of, and owe no fiduciary duties to, the Company or any other person, (ii) the Underwriters owe the Company only those duties and obligations set forth in this Agreement and prior written agreements (to the extent not superseded by this Agreement), if any, and (iii) the Underwriters may have interests that differ from those of the Company. The Company waives to the full extent permitted by applicable law any claims it may have against the Underwriters arising from an alleged breach of fiduciary duty in connection with the offering of the Shares.

13. Counterparts . This Agreement may be signed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

14. Applicable Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York.

15. USA Patriot Act . In accordance with the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), the underwriters are required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies their respective clients, including the Company, which information may include the name and address of their respective clients, as well as other information that will allow the underwriters to properly identify their respective clients.

 

22


16. Headings . The headings of the sections of this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed a part of this Agreement.

17. Notices. All communications hereunder shall be in writing and effective only upon receipt and if to the Underwriters shall be delivered, mailed or sent to you in care of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, 1585 Broadway, New York, New York 10036, Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk, with a copy to the Legal Department, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Eleven Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10010, and J. P. Morgan Securities LLC, 383 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10179, Attention Equity Syndicate Desk; if to the Company shall be delivered, mailed or sent to Box, Inc., 4400 El Camino Real, Los Altos, California 94022 Attention: Peter McGoff, with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., 650 Page Mill Road, California 94304, Attention: Jose F. Macias and Jon C. Avina.

[signature pages follow]

 

23


 

Very truly yours,

 

BOX, INC.

By:    
 

Name:

Title:

Accepted as of the date hereof

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

J. P. Morgan Securities LLC

Acting severally on behalf of themselves and the

      several Underwriters named in Schedule II hereto

 

By:   Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

 

By:    
 

Name:

Title:

 

By:   Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

 

By:    
 

Name:

Title:

 

By:   J. P. Morgan Securities LLC

 

By:    
 

Name:

Title:

 

24


SCHEDULE I

Written Testing-the-Waters Communications

Written communications to potential investors in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, were provided as follows:

 

Schedule I-1


SCHEDULE II

 

Underwriter

   Number of Firm Shares
To Be Purchased

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC.

  

J. P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

BMO Capital Markets Corp.

  

Canaccord Genuity Inc.

  

Pacific Crest Securities LLC

  

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

  

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

  
  

 

Total:

  
  

 

 

 

Schedule II-1


SCHEDULE III

Time of Sale Prospectus

 

1. Preliminary Prospectus issued [date]

 

2. [identify all free writing prospectuses filed by the Company under Rule 433(d) of the Securities Act]

 

3. [free writing prospectus containing a description of terms that does not reflect final terms, if the Time of Sale Prospectus does not include a final term sheet]

 

4. [orally communicated pricing information such as price per share and size of offering if a Rule 134 pricing term sheet is used at the time of sale instead of a pricing term sheet filed by the Company under Rule 433(d) as a free writing prospectus]

 

 

Schedule III-1


Annex I

 

Annex I-1


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF LOCK-UP LETTER

                          , 20     

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

J. P. Morgan Securities LLC

c/o Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

      1585 Broadway

      New York, New York 10036

c/o Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

      Eleven Madison Avenue,

      New York, New York 10010

c/o J. P. Morgan Securities LLC

      383 Madison Avenue

      New York, New York 10179

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned understands that Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC (“ Morgan Stanley ”), Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and J. P. Morgan Securities LLC (together, the “ Representatives ”) propose to enter into an Underwriting Agreement (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”) with Box, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), providing for the public offering (the “ Public Offering ”) by the several Underwriters, including the Representatives (the “ Underwriters ”), of shares of Class A common stock of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share (together with the Class B common stock of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share, the “ Common Stock ”).

To induce the Underwriters that may participate in the Public Offering to continue their efforts in connection with the Public Offering, the undersigned hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters, it will not, during the period commencing on the date hereof and ending 180 days after the date of the final prospectus (the “ Restricted Period ”) relating to the Public Offering (the “ Prospectus ”), (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock beneficially owned (as such term is used in Rule 13d-3 of the Securities

 

Exhibit A-1


Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”)), by the undersigned or any other securities so owned convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock or (2) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.

The restrictions described in the foregoing sentence shall not apply to:

 

  (a) the sale of securities pursuant to the terms of the Underwriting Agreement;

 

  (b) transactions relating to shares of Common Stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the Public Offering; provided that no public reports or filings, including but not limited to filings under Sections 13 or 16 of the Exchange Act, will be required or will be voluntarily made in connection with subsequent sales of Common Stock or other securities acquired in such open market transactions;

 

  (c) transfers of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock (i) by bona fide gift, will or intestacy; (ii) to the spouse, domestic partner, parent, sibling, child or grandchild (each, an “ immediate family member ”) of the undersigned or to a trust formed for the benefit of the undersigned or of an immediate family member; (iii) if the undersigned is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity (A) to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the undersigned or (B) as part of a disposition, transfer or distribution without consideration by the undersigned to its equity holders; or (iv) if the undersigned is a trust, to a trustor or beneficiary of the trust; provided that, in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to this clause (c), (i) each transferee, donee or distributee shall sign and deliver a lock-up agreement substantially in the form of this agreement and (ii) no public reports or filings, including but not limited to filings under Sections 13 or 16 of the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction of beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock, will be required or will be voluntarily made during the Restricted Period;

 

  (d) the receipt by the undersigned from the Company of shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of options; provided that such shares of Common Stock are subject to the terms of this agreement and no public reports or filings, including but not limited to filings under Sections 13 or 16 of the Exchange Act, will be required or will be voluntarily made within 30 days after the date of the Prospectus, and after such 30th day, any such public reports or filings shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto that (i) the filing relates to an exercise of a stock option, (ii) the shares of Common Stock received upon exercise of the stock option are subject to a lock-up agreement with the underwriters of the Public Offering and (iii) no shares or securities were sold by the reporting person;

 

Exhibit A-2


  (e) the withholding of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock by the Company in a transaction solely to satisfy tax withholding and remittance obligations of the undersigned or the employer of the undersigned in connection with the vesting of restricted stock units held by the undersigned as of the date hereof; provided that any public reports or filings, including but not limited to filings under Sections 13 or 16 of the Exchange Act, that shall be required to be made or voluntarily made in connection with such withholding shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto that such withholding of shares or securities was solely to the Company pursuant to the circumstances described in this clause (e);

 

  (f) the transfer of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock to the Company, pursuant to agreements disclosed in the Prospectus under which the Company has the option to repurchase such shares or securities or a right of first refusal with respect to transfers of such shares or securities, provided that no public reports or filings, including but not limited to filings under Sections 13 or 16 of the Exchange Act, will be required or will be voluntarily made within 30 days after the date of the Prospectus, and after such 30th day, any such public reports or filings shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto that (i) such transfer of shares or securities was solely to the Company pursuant to the circumstances described in this clause (f) and (ii) no shares or securities were sold by the reporting person;

 

  (g) the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of Common Stock; provided that (i) such plan does not provide for the transfer of Common Stock during the Restricted Period and (ii) to the extent a public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act, if any, is required of or voluntarily made by or on behalf of the undersigned or the Company regarding the establishment of such plan, such announcement or filing shall include a statement to the effect that no transfer of Common Stock may be made under such plan during the Restricted Period;

 

  (h) the conversion or reclassification of the outstanding preferred stock or other classes of common stock of the Company into shares of Common Stock of the Company; provided that such shares of Common Stock remain subject to the terms of this agreement;

 

  (i) the transfer of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock that occurs by order of a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that the transferee shall sign and deliver a lock-up letter substantially in the form of this letter and no public

 

Exhibit A-3


  reports or filings, including but not limited to filings under Sections 13 or 16 of the Exchange Act, will be required or will be voluntarily made in connection with such transfer of shares or securities pursuant an order of a court of competent jurisdiction;

 

  (j) the disposition after completion of the Public Offering by the undersigned of shares of Common Stock purchased from the Company pursuant to any employee stock purchase plan described in the final prospectus relating to the Public Offering; provided that no public reports or filings, including but not limited to filings under Sections 13 or 16 of the Exchange Act, will be required or will be voluntarily made in connection with subsequent sales of Common Stock received pursuant to such employee stock purchase plan; or

 

  (k) the transfer of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock after the closing of the Public Offering pursuant to a bona fide third party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of the Common Stock involving a change of control of the Company; provided that such transaction must be approved by the board of directors of the Company and, in the event that the tender offer, merger, consolidation or other such transaction is not completed, the Common Stock owned by the undersigned shall remain subject to the restrictions contained in this agreement.

For purposes of this agreement, “change of control” shall mean the transfer (whether by tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to a person or group of affiliated persons (other than an Underwriter pursuant to the Public Offering), of shares of Common Stock if, after such transfer, such person or group of affiliated persons would hold at least a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Company (or the surviving entity).

In addition, the undersigned agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters, it will not, during the Restricted Period, make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock. The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock except in compliance with the foregoing restrictions.

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, the undersigned further agrees that the foregoing provisions shall be equally applicable to any issuer-directed shares of Common Stock the undersigned may purchase in the Public Offering.

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (i) the Representatives agree that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of shares of Common Stock, the Representatives will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (ii) the

 

Exhibit A-4


Company will agree or has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, if required by FINRA Rule 5131. Any release or waiver granted by the Representatives hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release, if any. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this letter to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.

The undersigned understands that the Company and the Underwriters are relying upon this agreement in proceeding toward consummation of the Public Offering. The undersigned further understands that this agreement is irrevocable and shall be binding upon the undersigned’s heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

Whether or not the Public Offering actually occurs depends on a number of factors, including market conditions. Any Public Offering will only be made pursuant to an Underwriting Agreement, the terms of which are subject to negotiation between the Company and the Underwriters.

This agreement shall automatically terminate upon the earliest to occur of: (i) the date the Company provides the Underwriters with written notice prior to the execution of the Underwriting Agreement that it does not intend to proceed with the Public Offering; (ii) the termination of the Underwriting Agreement before the sale of any shares of Common Stock to the Underwriters; or (iii) May 31, 2015, if the Underwriting Agreement has not been executed by that date.

 

Very truly yours,
 

 

(Signature)

 

 

(Print Name of Stockholder)

 

 

(Print Name of Authorized Signatory, if applicable)

 

 

(Print Title of Authorized Signatory, if applicable)

 

Exhibit A-5


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF WAIVER OF LOCK-UP

                          , 20     

[Name and Address of

Officer or Director

Requesting Waiver]

Dear Mr./Ms. [Name]:

This letter is being delivered to you in connection with the offering by Box, Inc., a (the “ Company ”) of [ ] shares of Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value per share (together with the Class B common stock of the Company, $0.0001 par value per share, the “ Common Stock ”), of the Company and the lock-up letter dated                      , 20      (the “ Lock-up Letter ”), executed by you in connection with such offering, and your request for a [waiver] [release] dated                      , 20      , with respect to                      shares of Common Stock (the “ Shares ”).

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and J. P. Morgan Securities LLC hereby agree to [waive] [release] the transfer restrictions set forth in the Lock-up Letter, but only with respect to the Shares, effective                      , 20      ; provided, however, that such [waiver] [release] is conditioned on the Company announcing the impending [waiver] [release] by press release through a major news service at least two business days before effectiveness of such [waiver] [release]. This letter will serve as notice to the Company of the impending [waiver] [release].

Except as expressly [waived] [released] hereby, the Lock-up Letter shall remain in full force and effect.

 

Very truly yours,

 

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

J. P. Morgan Securities LLC


 

Acting severally on behalf of themselves and

the several Underwriters named in the

underwriting agreement

 

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

By:

   
 

Name:

Title:

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

By:

   
 

Name:

Title:

J. P. Morgan Securities LLC

By:

   
 

Name:

Title:

cc: Company

 

Exhibit B-2


FORM OF PRESS RELEASE

Box, Inc.

[Date]

Box, Inc. (the “ Company ”) announced today that Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and J. P. Morgan Securities LLC, the book-running managers in the Company’s recent public sale of                      shares of Class A common stock, are [waiving][releasing] a lock-up restriction with respect to                      shares of the Company’s [Class A][Class B] common stock held by [certain officers or directors] [an officer or director] of the Company. The [waiver][release] will take effect on                      , 20      , and the shares may be sold on or after such date.

This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Exhibit B-3

Exhibit 3.2

BOX, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

Box, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

A. The Corporation was originally incorporated under the name of Box.Net, Inc., and the original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on March 11, 2008.

B. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”), and has been duly approved by the written consent of the stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

C. The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

ARTICLE I

The name of the Corporation is Box, Inc.

ARTICLE II

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, 19808. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

ARTICLE III

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL.

ARTICLE IV

A. Classes of Stock . The total number of shares of capital stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 1,300,000,000, consisting of the following: 1,000,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“ Class A Common Stock ”), 200,000,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“ Class B Common Stock ”), and 100,000,000 shares of undesignated Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“ Preferred Stock ”).

Immediately upon the acceptance of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation for filing by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “ Effective Time ”), each share of the Corporation’s capital stock issued and outstanding or held as treasury stock immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall, automatically and without further action by any stockholder, be reclassified as, and shall become, one share of Class B Common Stock.

B. Rights of Preferred Stock . The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”) is authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed by law but to the fullest extent permitted by law, to provide by resolution for the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock in series, and by filing a


certificate pursuant to the applicable law of the State of Delaware (such certificate being hereinafter referred to as a “ Preferred Stock Designation ”), to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the designation, powers, (which may include, without limitation, full, limited or no voting powers), preferences, and relative, participating, optional or other rights of the shares of each such series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof.

C. Vote to Increase or Decrease Authorized Shares of Preferred Stock . The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, without a separate class vote of the holders of Preferred Stock, or any separate series votes of any series thereof, unless a vote of any such holders is required pursuant to the terms of any Preferred Stock Designation.

D. Rights of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock . The relative powers, rights, qualifications, limitations and restrictions granted to or imposed on the shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock are as follows:

1. Voting Rights .

(a) General Right to Vote Together; Exception . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or required by applicable law, the holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall vote together as one class on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders; provided , however , subject to the terms of any Preferred Stock Designation, the number of authorized shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of DGCL.

(b) Votes Per Share . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or required by applicable law, on any matter that is submitted to a vote of the stockholders, each holder of Class A Common Stock shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each such share, and each holder of Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to ten (10) votes for each such share.

2. Identical Rights . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or required by applicable law, shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall have the same rights and privileges and rank equally, share ratably and be identical in all respects as to all matters, including, without limitation:

(a) Dividends and Distributions . Shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall be treated equally, identically and ratably, on a per share basis, with respect to any Distribution paid or distributed by the Corporation, unless different treatment of the shares of each such class is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock, each voting separately as a class; provided , however , that in the event a Distribution is paid in the form of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock (or Rights to acquire such stock), then holders of Class A Common Stock shall receive Class A Common Stock (or Rights to acquire such stock, as the case may be) and holders of Class B Common Stock shall receive Class B Common Stock (or Rights to acquire such stock, as the case may be).

(b) Subdivision or Combination . If the Corporation in any manner subdivides or combines the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, the

 

-2-


outstanding shares of the other such class will be subdivided or combined in the same proportion and manner, unless different treatment of the shares of each such class is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock, each voting separately as a class.

(c) Equal Treatment in a Change of Control or any Merger Transaction . In connection with any Change of Control Transaction, shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall be treated equally, identically and ratably, on a per share basis, with respect to any consideration into which such shares are converted or any consideration paid or otherwise distributed to stockholders of the Corporation, unless different treatment of the shares of each such class is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock, each voting separately as a class. Any merger or consolidation of the Corporation with or into any other entity, which is not a Change of Control Transaction, shall require approval by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock, each voting separately as a class, unless (i) the shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock remain outstanding and no other consideration is received in respect thereof or (ii) such shares are converted on a pro rata basis into shares of the surviving or parent entity in such transaction having identical rights to the shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, respectively.

3. Conversion of Class B Common Stock .

(a) Voluntary Conversion . Each one (1) share of Class B Common Stock shall be convertible into one (1) share of Class A Common Stock at the option of the holder thereof at any time upon written notice to the transfer agent of the Corporation.

(b) Automatic Conversion . Shares of Class B Common Stock shall automatically, without any further action, convert into an equal number of shares of Class A Common Stock upon the earlier of:

(i) a Transfer of such share; provided that no such automatic conversion shall occur in the case of a Transfer (1) from a Key Holder or a Key Holder’s Permitted Transferee to another Key Holder or such Key Holder’s Permitted Transferee, or (2) by a Class B Stockholder, for tax or estate planning purposes, to any of the persons or entities listed in clauses (A) through (D) below (each, a “ Permitted Transferee ”) and from any such Permitted Transferee back to such Class B Stockholder and/or any other Permitted Transferee established by or for such Class B Stockholder:

(A) a trust for the benefit of such Class B Stockholder or persons other than the Class B Stockholder so long as the Class B Stockholder has sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the shares of Class B Common Stock held by such trust; provided such Transfer does not involve any payment of cash, securities, property or other consideration (other than an interest in such trust) to the Class B Stockholder and, provided , further , that in the event such Class B Stockholder no longer has sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the shares of Class B Common Stock held by such trust, each share of Class B Common Stock then held by such trust shall automatically convert into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock;

 

-3-


(B) a trust under the terms of which such Class B Stockholder has retained a “qualified interest” within the meaning of §2702(b)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code and/or a reversionary interest so long as the Class B Stockholder has sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the shares of Class B Common Stock held by such trust; provided , however , that in the event the Class B Stockholder no longer has sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the shares of Class B Common Stock held by such trust, each share of Class B Common Stock then held by such trust shall automatically convert into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock;

(C) an Individual Retirement Account, as defined in Section 408(a) of the Internal Revenue Code, or a pension, profit sharing, stock bonus or other type of plan or trust of which such Class B Stockholder is a participant or beneficiary and which satisfies the requirements for qualification under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code; provided that in each case such Class B Stockholder has sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the shares of Class B Common Stock held in such account, plan or trust, and provided , further , that in the event the Class B Stockholder no longer has sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the shares of Class B Common Stock held by such account, plan or trust, each share of Class B Common Stock then held by such trust shall automatically convert into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock;

(D) a corporation, partnership or limited liability company in which such Class B Stockholder directly, or indirectly through one or more Permitted Transferees, owns shares, partnership interests or membership interests, as applicable, with sufficient Voting Control in the corporation, partnership or limited liability company, as applicable, or otherwise has legally enforceable rights, such that the Class B Stockholder retains sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the shares of Class B Common Stock held by such corporation, partnership or limited liability company; provided that in the event the Class B Stockholder no longer owns sufficient shares, partnership interests or membership interests, as applicable, or no longer has sufficient legally enforceable rights to ensure the Class B Stockholder retains sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the shares of Class B Common Stock held by such corporation, partnership or limited liability company, as applicable, each share of Class B Common Stock then held by such corporation, partnership or limited liability company, as applicable, shall automatically convert into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock; and

(ii) the date specified by a written notice and certification request of the Corporation to the holder of such share of Class B Common Stock requesting a certification, in a form satisfactory to the Corporation, verifying such holder’s ownership of Class B Common Stock and confirming that a conversion to Class A Common Stock has not occurred, which date shall not be less than sixty (60) calendar days after the date of such notice and certification request; provided that no such automatic conversion pursuant to this subsection (ii) shall occur in the case of a Class B Stockholder or its Permitted Transferees that furnishes a certification satisfactory to the Corporation prior to the specified date.

(c) Conversion Upon Death or Incapacity of a Class B Stockholder .

(i) Each share of Class B Common Stock held of record by a Class B Stockholder, other than a Key Holder, who is a natural person, or by such Class B Stockholder’s Permitted Transferees, shall automatically, without any further action, convert into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock upon the death or Incapacity of such Class B Stockholder.

 

-4-


(ii) Each share of Class B Common Stock held of record by a Key Holder, or by a Key Holders’ Permitted Transferees, upon the death or Incapacity of such Key Holder, shall automatically convert into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock upon that date which is the earlier of: (a) nine (9) months after the date of death or Incapacity of the Key Holder, and (b) the date upon which the Designated Proxy Holder ceases to hold exclusive Voting Control over such shares of Class B Common Stock.

(d) Automatic Conversion of all Outstanding Class B Common Stock . Each one (1) share of Class B Common Stock shall automatically, without any further action, convert into one (1) share of Class A Common Stock upon the date specified by affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock, voting as a singe class.

(e) Final Conversion of Class B Common Stock . On the Final Conversion Date, each one (1) issued share of Class B Common Stock shall automatically, without any further action, convert into one (1) share of Class A Common Stock. Following such conversion, the reissuance of all shares of Class B Common Stock shall be prohibited, and such shares shall be retired and cancelled in accordance with Section 243 of the DGCL and the filing by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware required thereby, and upon such retirement and cancellation, all references to Class B Common Stock in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall be eliminated.

(f) Procedures . The Corporation may, from time to time, establish such policies and procedures relating to the conversion of Class B Common Stock to Class A Common Stock and the general administration of this dual class stock structure, including the issuance of stock certificates with respect thereto, as it may deem reasonably necessary or advisable, and may from time to time request that holders of shares of Class B Common Stock furnish certifications, affidavits or other proof to the Corporation as it deems necessary to verify the ownership of Class B Common Stock and to confirm that a conversion to Class A Common Stock has not occurred. A determination by the Secretary of the Corporation that a Transfer results in a conversion to Class A Common Stock shall be conclusive and binding.

(g) Immediate Effect . In the event of a conversion of shares of Class B Common Stock to shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to this Section D.3 or upon the Final Conversion Date, such conversion(s) shall be deemed to have been made at the time that the Transfer of shares occurred or immediately upon the Final Conversion Date, as applicable. Upon any conversion of Class B Common Stock to Class A Common Stock, all rights of the holder of shares of Class B Common Stock shall cease and the person or persons in whose names or names the certificate or certificates representing the shares of Class A Common Stock are to be issued shall be treated for all purposes as having become the record holder or holders of such shares of Class A Common Stock. Shares of Class B Common Stock that are converted into shares of Class A Common Stock as provided in this Section D.3 shall be retired and may not be reissued.

(h) Reservation of Stock . The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Class A Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of Class B Common Stock, such number of its shares of Class A Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock into shares of Class A Common Stock.

E. No Further Issuances . Except for the issuance of Class B Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Rights outstanding at the Effective Time or a dividend payable in accordance with Article IV, Section D.2(a), the Corporation shall not at any time after the Effective Time issue any additional shares

 

-5-


of Class B Common Stock, unless such issuance is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock. After the Final Conversion Date, the Corporation shall not issue any additional shares of Class B Common Stock.

ARTICLE V

The following terms, where capitalized in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, shall have the meanings ascribed to them in this Article V:

Change of Control Share Issuance ” means the issuance by the Corporation, in a transaction or series of related transactions, of voting securities representing more than two percent (2%) of the total voting power (assuming Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock each have one (1) vote per share) of the Corporation before such issuance to any person or persons acting as a group as contemplated in Rule 13d-5(b) under the Exchange Act (or any successor provision) that immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions held fifty percent (50%) or less of the total voting power of the Corporation (assuming Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock each have one (1) vote per share), such that, immediately following such transaction or series of related transactions, such person or group of persons would hold more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the Corporation (assuming Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock each have one (1) vote per share).

Change of Control Transaction ” means (i) the sale, lease, exchange, or other disposition (other than liens and encumbrances created in the ordinary course of business, including liens or encumbrances to secure indebtedness for borrowed money that are approved by the Corporation’s Board of Directors, so long as no foreclosure occurs in respect of any such lien or encumbrance) of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s property and assets (which shall for such purpose include the property and assets of any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Corporation), provided that any sale, lease, exchange or other disposition of property or assets exclusively between or among the Corporation and any direct or indirect subsidiary or subsidiaries of the Corporation shall not be deemed a “ Change of Control Transaction ”; (ii) the merger, consolidation, business combination, or other similar transaction of the Corporation with any other entity, other than a merger, consolidation, business combination, or other similar transaction that would result in the voting securities of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or its parent) more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Corporation and more than fifty percent (50%) of the total number of outstanding shares of the Corporation’s capital stock, in each case as outstanding immediately after such merger, consolidation, business combination, or other similar transaction, and the stockholders of the Corporation immediately prior to the merger, consolidation, business combination, or other similar transaction own voting securities of the Corporation, the surviving entity or its parent immediately following the merger, consolidation, business combination, or other similar transaction in substantially the same proportions (vis a vis each other) as such stockholders owned the voting securities of the Corporation immediately prior to the transaction; (iii) a recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution, or other similar transaction involving the Corporation, other than a recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution, or other similar transaction that would result in the voting securities of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or its parent) more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Corporation and more than fifty percent of the total number of outstanding shares of the Corporation’s capital stock, in each case as outstanding immediately after such recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution or other similar transaction, and the stockholders of the Corporation immediately prior to the recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution or other similar transaction own voting securities of the Corporation, the surviving entity or its parent immediately following the recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution or other similar transaction in substantially the same proportions (vis a vis each other) as such stockholders owned the voting securities of the Corporation immediately prior to the transaction; and (iv) any Change of Control Share Issuance.

 

-6-


Class B Stockholder ” means (i) the registered holder of a share of Class B Common Stock at the Effective Time and (ii) the initial registered holder of any shares of Class B Common Stock that are originally issued by the Corporation after the Effective Time.

Controlled Company Exemption ” means, if and to the extent otherwise applicable to the Corporation, the exemptions from the corporate governance rules and requirements of the Securities Exchange available to any company that constitutes a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance rules and requirements of the Securities Exchange.

Designated Proxy Holder ” means, with respect to a Key Holder or any trust receiving or holding a Key Holder’s shares, any natural person designated or approved by such Key Holder and not less than sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the directors then constituting the entire Board of Directors, to act as such Key Holder’s proxy and attorney-in-fact pursuant or, if there is no such designee, the members of the entire Board of Directors acting by majority vote.

Distribution ” means (i) any dividend or distribution of cash, property or shares of the Corporation’s capital stock; and (ii) any distribution following or in connection with any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary.

Exchange Act ” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Final Conversion Date ” means 5:00 p.m. in New York City, New York on the first Trading Day falling on or after the date on which the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock represent less than five percent (5%) of the aggregate number of shares of the then outstanding Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock.

Incapacity ” shall mean that such holder is incapable of managing his or her financial affairs under the criteria set forth in the applicable probate code that can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months as determined by a licensed practitioner. In the event of a dispute regarding whether a Class B Stockholder has suffered an Incapacity, no Incapacity of such holder will be deemed to have occurred unless and until an affirmative ruling regarding such Incapacity has been made by a court of competent jurisdiction.

Key Holder ” means any of Aaron Levie, Dylan Smith and Dan Levin.

Rights ” means any option, warrant, conversion right or contractual right of any kind to acquire shares of the Corporation’s authorized but unissued capital stock.

Securities Act ” means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Securities Exchange ” means, at any time, the registered national securities exchange on which the Corporation’s equity securities are then principally listed or traded, which shall be the New York Stock Exchange or NASDAQ Global Market (or similar national quotation system of the NASDAQ Stock Market) (“ NASDAQ ”) or any successor exchange of either the New York Stock Exchange or NASDAQ.

Trading Day ” means any day on which the Securities Exchange is open for trading.

 

-7-


Transfer ” of a share of Class B Common Stock shall mean any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, hypothecation or other transfer or disposition of such share or any legal or beneficial interest in such share, whether or not for value and whether voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law. A “ Transfer ” shall also include, without limitation, (i) a transfer of a share of Class B Common Stock to a broker or other nominee (regardless of whether or not there is a corresponding change in beneficial ownership) or (ii) the transfer of, or entering into a binding agreement with respect to, Voting Control over a share of Class B Common Stock by proxy or otherwise; provided , however , that the following shall not be considered a “ Transfer ”: (a) the grant of a proxy by a Key Holder to a Designated Proxy Holder; (b) the grant of a proxy to officers or directors of the Corporation at the request of the Board of Directors of the Corporation in connection with actions to be taken at an annual or special meeting of stockholders; (c) the pledge of shares of Class B Common Stock by a Class B Stockholder that creates a mere security interest in such shares pursuant to a bona fide loan or indebtedness transaction so long as the Class B Stockholder continues to exercise Voting Control over such pledged shares; provided , however , that a foreclosure on such shares of Class B Common Stock or other similar action by the pledge shall constitute a “ Transfer ”; or (d) the fact that, as of the Effective Time or at any time after the Effective Time, the spouse of any Class B Stockholder possesses or obtains an interest in such holder’s shares of Class B Common Stock arising solely by reason of the application of the community property laws of any jurisdiction, so long as no other event or circumstance shall exist or have occurred that constitutes a “ Transfer ” of such shares of Class B Common Stock.

Voting Control ” with respect to a share of Class B Common Stock means the exclusive power (whether directly or indirectly) to vote or direct the voting of such share of Class B Common Stock by proxy, voting agreement, or otherwise.

ARTICLE VI

A. General Powers . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

B. Number of Directors; Election . Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, the number of directors that constitutes the entire Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be fixed solely by resolution of the Board of Directors. Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, each director of the Corporation shall hold office until the expiration of the term for which he or she is elected and until his or her successor has been duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation, death or removal.

C. Classified Board Structure . From and after the Effective Time, and subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, the directors of the Corporation shall be divided into three (3) classes as nearly equal in size as is practicable, hereby designated Class I, Class II and Class III. The Board of Directors may assign members of the Board of Directors already in office to such classes at the time such classification becomes effective. The term of office of the initial Class I directors shall expire at the first regularly-scheduled annual meeting of stockholders following the Effective Time, the term of office of the initial Class II directors shall expire at the second annual meeting of stockholders following the Effective Time and the term of office of the initial Class III directors shall expire at the third annual meeting of stockholders following the Effective Time. At each annual meeting of stockholders, commencing with the first regularly-scheduled annual meeting of stockholders following the Effective Time, each of the successors elected to replace the directors of a Class whose term shall have expired at such annual meeting shall be elected to hold office until the third annual meeting next succeeding his or her election and until his or her respective successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

 

-8-


Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article VI, and subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, each director shall serve until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her death, resignation, or removal. Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, if the number of directors is hereafter changed, any newly created directorships or decrease in directorships shall be so apportioned among the classes as to make all classes as nearly equal in number as is practicable, provided that no decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

D. Removal; Vacancies . Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, any director may be removed from office by the stockholders of the Corporation only for cause. Vacancies occurring on the Board of Directors for any reason and newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled only by vote of a majority of the remaining members of the Board of Directors, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, at any meeting of the Board of Directors. A person so elected by the Board of Directors to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall be duly elected and qualified.

ARTICLE VII

A. Written Ballot . Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

B. Amendment of Bylaws . In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation.

C. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by (i) the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Board of Directors; (ii) the chairman of the Board of Directors; (iii) the chief executive officer of the Corporation; or (iv) the president of the Corporation (in the absence of a chief executive officer).

D. No Stockholder Action by Written Consent . Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, no action shall be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation except at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders called in accordance with the Bylaws, and no action shall be taken by the stockholders by written consent.

E. No Cumulative Voting . No stockholder will be permitted to cumulate votes at any election of directors.

F. No Reliance on the Controlled Company Exemption . At any time during which shares of capital stock of the Corporation are listed for trading on the Securities Exchange, the Corporation shall not rely upon the Controlled Company Exemption.

ARTICLE VIII

To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended from time to time, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the DGCL is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.

 

-9-


Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Article VIII, nor the adoption of any provision of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article VIII, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article VIII in respect of any matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for this Article VIII, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

ARTICLE IX

Subject to any provisions in the Bylaws of the Corporation related to indemnification of directors or officers of the Corporation, the Corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any director or officer of the Corporation who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding.

The Corporation shall have the power to indemnify, to the extent permitted by the DGCL, as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended from time to time, any employee or agent of the Corporation who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding.

A right to indemnification or to advancement of expenses arising under a provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation shall not be eliminated or impaired by an amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation after the occurrence of the act or omission that is the subject of the civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding for which indemnification or advancement of expenses is sought, unless the provision in effect at the time of such act or omission explicitly authorizes such elimination or impairment after such action or omission has occurred.

ARTICLE X

If any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation becomes or is declared on any ground by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, portions of such provision, or such provision in its entirety, to the extent necessary, shall be severed from this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and the court will replace such illegal, void or unenforceable provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation with a valid and enforceable provision that most accurately reflects the Corporation’s intent, in order to achieve, to the maximum extent possible, the same economic, business and other purposes of the illegal, void or unenforceable provision. The balance of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

-10-


Except as provided in ARTICLE VIII and ARTICLE IX above, the Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation; provided, however, that, notwithstanding any other provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of the stock of this Corporation required by law or by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of the outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend or repeal, or adopt any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with, ARTICLE VI, ARTICLE VII, ARTICLE VIII, ARTICLE IX or this ARTICLE X.

*     *     *

 

-11-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been signed on behalf of the Corporation by its duly authorized officer effective this      day of             , 2015.

 

BOX, INC.
By:  

 

  Aaron Levie
  Chief Executive Officer

 

-12-

Exhibit 3.4

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS OF

BOX, INC.

(initially adopted on March 11, 2008)

(as amended on January 6, 2015 and effective as of the

closing of the corporation’s initial public offering)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

             Page  

ARTICLE I - CORPORATE OFFICES

     1   
 

1.1

 

REGISTERED OFFICE

     1   
 

1.2

 

OTHER OFFICES

     1   

ARTICLE II - MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

     1   
 

2.1

 

PLACE OF MEETINGS

     1   
 

2.2

 

ANNUAL MEETING

     1   
 

2.3

 

SPECIAL MEETING

     1   
 

2.4

 

ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES

     2   
 

2.5

 

NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

     6   
 

2.6

 

QUORUM

     6   
 

2.7

 

ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE

     6   
 

2.8

 

CONDUCT OF BUSINESS

     7   
 

2.9

 

VOTING

     7   
 

2.10

 

STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

     7   
 

2.11

 

RECORD DATES

     7   
 

2.12

 

PROXIES

     8   
 

2.13

 

LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE

     8   
 

2.14

 

INSPECTORS OF ELECTION

     9   

ARTICLE III - DIRECTORS

     10   
 

3.1

 

POWERS

     10   
 

3.2

 

NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

     10   
 

3.3

 

ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS

     10   
 

3.4

 

RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES

     10   
 

3.5

 

PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE

     11   
 

3.6

 

REGULAR MEETINGS

     11   
 

3.7

 

SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE

     11   
 

3.8

 

QUORUM; VOTING

     12   
 

3.9

 

BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

     12   
 

3.10

 

FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

     12   
 

3.11

 

REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

     12   

ARTICLE IV - COMMITTEES

     13   
 

4.1

 

COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

     13   
 

4.2

 

COMMITTEE MINUTES

     13   
 

4.3

 

MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES

     13   
 

4.4

 

SUBCOMMITTEES

     14   

ARTICLE V - OFFICERS

     14   
 

5.1

 

OFFICERS

     14   
 

5.2

 

APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS

     14   
 

5.3

 

SUBORDINATE OFFICERS

     14   
 

5.4

 

REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS

     15   

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

             Page  
 

5.5

 

VACANCIES IN OFFICES

     15   
 

5.6

 

REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS

     15   
 

5.7

 

AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS

     15   

ARTICLE VI - STOCK

     15   
 

6.1

 

STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES

     15   
 

6.2

 

SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES

     16   
 

6.3

 

LOST CERTIFICATES

     16   
 

6.4

 

DIVIDENDS

     17   
 

6.5

 

TRANSFER OF STOCK

     17   
 

6.6

 

STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS

     17   
 

6.7

 

REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

     17   

ARTICLE VII - MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

     17   
 

7.1

 

NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

     17   
 

7.2

 

NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

     18   
 

7.3

 

NOTICE TO STOCKHOLDERS SHARING AN ADDRESS

     18   
 

7.4

 

NOTICE TO PERSON WITH WHOM COMMUNICATION IS UNLAWFUL

     19   
 

7.5

 

WAIVER OF NOTICE

     19   

ARTICLE VIII - INDEMNIFICATION

     19   
 

8.1

 

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN THIRD PARTY PROCEEDINGS

     19   
 

8.2

 

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN ACTIONS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION

     20   
 

8.3

 

SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE

     20   
 

8.4

 

INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS

     20   
 

8.5

 

ADVANCE PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

     20   
 

8.6

 

LIMITATION ON INDEMNIFICATION

     21   
 

8.7

 

DETERMINATION; CLAIM

     21   
 

8.8

 

NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS

     22   
 

8.9

 

INSURANCE

     22   
 

8.10

 

SURVIVAL

     22   
 

8.11

 

EFFECT OF REPEAL OR MODIFICATION

     22   
 

8.12

 

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

     22   

ARTICLE IX - GENERAL MATTERS

     23   
 

9.1

 

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS

     23   
 

9.2

 

FISCAL YEAR

     23   
 

9.3

 

SEAL

     23   
 

9.4

 

CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS

     23   

ARTICLE X - AMENDMENTS

     24   

 

-ii-


BYLAWS OF BOX, INC.

 

 

 

ARTICLE I - CORPORATE OFFICES

1.1 REGISTERED OFFICE

The registered office of Box, Inc. shall be fixed in the corporation’s certificate of incorporation, as the same may be amended from time to time.

1.2 OTHER OFFICES

The corporation’s board of directors may at any time establish other offices at any place or places where the corporation is qualified to do business.

ARTICLE II - MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

2.1 PLACE OF MEETINGS

Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, designated by the board of directors. The board of directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “ DGCL ”). In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the corporation’s principal executive office.

2.2 ANNUAL MEETING

The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held on such date, at such time, and at such place (if any) within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated from time to time by the board of directors and stated in the corporation’s notice of the meeting. At the annual meeting, directors shall be elected and any other proper business, brought in accordance with Section 2.4 of these bylaws, may be transacted. The board of directors may cancel, postpone or reschedule any previously scheduled annual meeting at any time, before or after the notice for such meeting has been sent to the stockholders.

2.3 SPECIAL MEETING

(i) A special meeting of the stockholders, other than those required by statute, may be called at any time by (A) the board of directors, (B) the chairperson of the board of directors, (C) the chief executive officer or (D) the president (in the absence of a chief executive officer), but a special meeting may not be called by any other person or persons. The board of directors may cancel, postpone or reschedule any previously scheduled special meeting at any time, before or after the notice for such meeting has been sent to the stockholders.


(ii) The notice of a special meeting shall include the purpose for which the meeting is called. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the board of directors, chairperson of the board of directors, chief executive officer or president (in the absence of a chief executive officer). Nothing contained in this Section 2.3(ii) shall be construed as limiting, fixing or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the board of directors may be held.

2.4 ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES

(i) Advance Notice of Stockholder Business. At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be brought: (A) pursuant to the corporation’s proxy materials with respect to such meeting, (B) by or at the direction of the board of directors, or (C) by a stockholder of the corporation who (1) is a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice required by this Section 2.4(i) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the annual meeting and (2) has timely complied in proper written form with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(i). In addition, for business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, such business must be a proper matter for stockholder action pursuant to these bylaws and applicable law. For the avoidance of doubt, except for proposals properly made in accordance with Rule 14a-8 under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor thereto (the “ 1934 Act ”), and the regulations thereunder (or any successor rule and in any case as so amended), clause (C) above shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to bring business before an annual meeting of stockholders.

(a) To comply with clause (C) of Section 2.4(i) above, a stockholder’s notice must set forth all information required under this Section 2.4(i) and must be timely received by the secretary of the corporation. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be received by the secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the 45th day nor earlier than the 75th day before the one-year anniversary of the date on which the corporation first mailed its proxy materials or a notice of availability of proxy materials (whichever is earlier) for the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided , however , that in the event that no annual meeting was held in the previous year or if the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than 30 days prior to or delayed by more than 60 days after the one-year anniversary of the date of the previous year’s annual meeting, then, for notice by the stockholder to be timely, it must be so received by the secretary not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of (i) the 90th day prior to such annual meeting, or (ii) the tenth day following the day on which Public Announcement (as defined below) of the date of such annual meeting is first made. In no event shall any adjournment, rescheduling or postponement of an annual meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described in this Section 2.4(i)(a). “ Public Announcement ” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or a comparable national news service, in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act, or made via a Tweet from a verified account operated by the corporation (e.g. @BoxHQ).

(b) To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the secretary must set forth as to each matter of business the stockholder intends to bring before the annual meeting: (1) a brief description of the business intended to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (2) the name and address, as they appear on the corporation’s books, of the stockholder proposing such business and any Stockholder Associated Person (as defined below), (3) the

 

-2-


class and number of shares of the corporation that are held of record or are beneficially owned by the stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person and any derivative positions held or beneficially held by the stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person, (4) whether and the extent to which any hedging or other transaction or series of transactions has been entered into by or on behalf of such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to any securities of the corporation, and a description of any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares), the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, or to manage the risk or benefit from share price changes for, or to increase or decrease the voting power of, such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to any securities of the corporation, (5) any material interest of the stockholder or a Stockholder Associated Person in such business, and (6) a statement whether either such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person will deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the voting power of the corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry the proposal (such information provided and statements made as required by clauses (1) through (6), a “ Business Solicitation Statement ”). In addition, to be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the secretary must be supplemented not later than ten days following the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting to disclose the information contained in clauses (3) and (4) above as of the record date. For purposes of this Section 2.4, a “ Stockholder Associated Person ” of any stockholder shall mean (i) any person controlling, directly or indirectly, or acting in concert with, such stockholder, (ii) any beneficial owner of shares of stock of the corporation owned of record or beneficially by such stockholder and on whose behalf the proposal or nomination, as the case may be, is being made, or (iii) any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such person referred to in the preceding clauses (i) and (ii).

(c) Without exception, no business shall be conducted at any annual meeting except in accordance with the provisions set forth in this Section 2.4(i) and, if applicable, Section 2.4(ii). In addition, business proposed to be brought by a stockholder may not be brought before the annual meeting if such stockholder or a Stockholder Associated Person, as applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the Business Solicitation Statement applicable to such business or if the Business Solicitation Statement applicable to such business contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. The chairperson of the annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the annual meeting that business was not properly brought before the annual meeting and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.4(i), and, if the chairperson should so determine, he or she shall so declare at the annual meeting that any such business not properly brought before the annual meeting shall not be conducted.

(ii) Advance Notice of Director Nominations at Annual Meetings. Notwithstanding anything in these bylaws to the contrary, only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(ii) shall be eligible for election or re-election as directors at an annual meeting of stockholders. Nominations of persons for election to the board of directors of the corporation shall be made at an annual meeting of stockholders only (A) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (B) by a stockholder of the corporation who (1) was a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice required by this Section 2.4(ii) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the annual meeting and (2) has complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(ii). In addition to any other applicable requirements, for a nomination to be made by a stockholder, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the secretary of the corporation.

(a) To comply with clause (B) of Section 2.4(ii) above, a nomination to be made by a stockholder must set forth all information required under this Section 2.4(ii) and must be received by the

 

-3-


secretary of the corporation at the principal executive offices of the corporation at the time set forth in, and in accordance with, the final three sentences of Section 2.4(i)(a) above; provided additionally, however, that in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the board of directors is increased and there is no Public Announcement naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased board made by the corporation at least ten days before the last day a stockholder may deliver a notice of nomination pursuant to the foregoing provisions, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 2.4(ii) shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be received by the secretary of the corporation at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which such Public Announcement is first made by the corporation.

(b) To be in proper written form, such stockholder’s notice to the secretary must set forth:

(1) as to each person (a “ nominee ”) whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director: (A) the name, age, business address and residence address of the nominee, (B) the principal occupation or employment of the nominee, (C) the class and number of shares of the corporation that are held of record or are beneficially owned by the nominee and any derivative positions held or beneficially held by the nominee, (D) whether and the extent to which any hedging or other transaction or series of transactions has been entered into by or on behalf of the nominee with respect to any securities of the corporation, and a description of any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares), the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, or to manage the risk or benefit of share price changes for, or to increase or decrease the voting power of the nominee, (E) a description of all arrangements or understandings between or among any of the stockholder, each nominee and/or any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nominations are to be made by the stockholder or relating to the nominee’s potential service on the board of directors, (F) a written statement executed by the nominee acknowledging that as a director of the corporation, the nominee will owe a fiduciary duty under Delaware law with respect to the corporation and its stockholders, and (G) any other information relating to the nominee that would be required to be disclosed about such nominee if proxies were being solicited for the election of the nominee as a director, or that is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the 1934 Act (including without limitation the nominee’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement, if any, as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); and

(2) as to such stockholder giving notice, (A) the information required to be provided pursuant to clauses (2) through (5) of Section 2.4(i)(b) above, and the supplement referenced in the second sentence of Section 2.4(i)(b) above (except that the references to “business” in such clauses shall instead refer to nominations of directors for purposes of this paragraph), and (B) a statement whether either such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person will deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders at least the percentage of the corporation’s voting shares reasonably believed by such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person to be necessary to elect such nominee(s) (such information provided and statements made as required by clauses (A) and (B) above, a “ Nominee Solicitation Statement ”).

(c) At the request of the board of directors, any person nominated by a stockholder for election as a director must furnish to the secretary of the corporation (1) that information required to be set forth in the stockholder’s notice of nomination of such person as a director as of a date subsequent to the date on which the notice of such person’s nomination was given and (2) such other information as may reasonably be required by the corporation to determine the eligibility of such proposed

 

-4-


nominee to serve as an independent director of the corporation or that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such nominee; in the absence of the furnishing of such information if requested, such stockholder’s nomination shall not be considered in proper form pursuant to this Section 2.4(ii).

(d) Without exception, no person shall be eligible for election or re-election as a director of the corporation at an annual meeting of stockholders unless nominated in accordance with the provisions set forth in this Section 2.4(ii). In addition, a nominee shall not be eligible for election or re-election if a stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person, as applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee or if the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. The chairperson of the annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the annual meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the provisions prescribed by these bylaws, and if the chairperson should so determine, he or she shall so declare at the annual meeting, and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

(iii) Advance Notice of Director Nominations for Special Meetings.

(a) For a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to Section 2.3, nominations of persons for election to the board of directors shall be made only (1) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (2) by any stockholder of the corporation who (A) is a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice required by this Section 2.4(iii) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the special meeting and (B) delivers a timely written notice of the nomination to the secretary of the corporation that includes the information set forth in Sections 2.4(ii)(b) and (ii)(c) above. To be timely, such notice must be received by the secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such special meeting or the tenth day following the day on which Public Announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the board of directors to be elected at such meeting. In no event shall any adjournment, rescheduling or postponement of a special meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice. A person shall not be eligible for election or re-election as a director at a special meeting unless the person is nominated (i) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (ii) by a stockholder in accordance with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(iii). In addition, a nominee shall not be eligible for election or re-election if a stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person, as applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee or if the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

(b) The chairperson of the special meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the meeting that a nomination or business was not made in accordance with the procedures prescribed by these bylaws, and if the chairperson should so determine, he or she shall so declare at the meeting, and the defective nomination or business shall be disregarded.

(iv) Other Requirements and Rights . In addition to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.4, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of state law and of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 2.4, including, with respect to business such stockholder intends to bring before the annual meeting that involves a proposal that such stockholder requests to be included in the corporation’s proxy statement, the requirements of

 

-5-


Rule 14a-8 (or any successor provision) under the 1934 Act. Nothing in this Section 2.4 shall be deemed to affect any right of the corporation to omit a proposal from the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor provision) under the 1934 Act.

2.5 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Except as otherwise provided in the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the written notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting.

2.6 QUORUM

The holders of a majority of the voting power of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders, unless otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the rules of any applicable stock exchange. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, a majority of the voting power of the issued and outstanding shares of such class or series or classes or series, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter, except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the rules of any applicable stock exchange.

Whether or not a quorum is present at a meeting of stockholders, the chairperson of the meeting shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the original meeting.

2.7 ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, unless these bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the board of directors shall fix a new record date for notice of such adjourned meeting in accordance with Section 213(a) of the DGCL and Section 2.11 of these bylaws, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

 

-6-


2.8 CONDUCT OF BUSINESS

The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of business. The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall be designated by the board of directors; in the absence of such designation, the chairperson of the board, if any, the chief executive officer (in the absence of the chairperson) or the president (in the absence of the chairperson of the board and the chief executive officer), or in their absence any other executive officer of the corporation, shall serve as chairperson of the stockholder meeting.

2.9 VOTING

The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.11 of these bylaws, subject to Section 217 (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock) and Section 218 (relating to voting trusts and other voting agreements) of the DGCL.

Except as may be otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder.

Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the rules of any applicable stock exchange, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the rules of any applicable stock exchange, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of the voting power of shares of such class or series or classes or series present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or series or classes or series, except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the rules of any applicable stock exchange.

2.10 STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

Subject to the rights of the holders of the shares of any series of preferred stock or any other class of stock or series thereof that have been expressly granted the right to take action by written consent, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders.

2.11 RECORD DATES

In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the board of directors and which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If the board of directors so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the board of directors determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination.

 

-7-


If no record date is fixed by the board of directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however , that the board of directors may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance with the provisions of Section 213 of the DGCL and this Section 2.11 at the adjourned meeting.

In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board of directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

2.12 PROXIES

Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL. A written proxy may be in the form of a telegram, cablegram, or other means of electronic transmission which sets forth or is submitted with information from which it can be determined that the telegram, cablegram, or other means of electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder.

2.13 LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE

The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least 10 days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting; provided, however, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than 10 days before the meeting date, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The corporation shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the corporation’s principal place of business. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information

 

-8-


is available only to stockholders of the corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then a list of stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be examined by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then such list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.

2.14 INSPECTORS OF ELECTION

Before any meeting of stockholders, the board of directors shall appoint an inspector or inspectors of election to act at the meeting or its adjournment. The number of inspectors shall be either one (1) or three (3). If any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, then the chairperson of the meeting may, and upon the request of any stockholder or a stockholder’s proxy shall, appoint a person to fill that vacancy; provided further that, in any case, if no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the chairperson of the meeting shall appoint at least one (1) inspector to act at the meeting.

Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath to execute faithfully the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. Such inspectors shall:

(i) determine the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, the number of shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, and the authenticity, validity, and effect of proxies;

(ii) receive votes, ballots or consents;

(iii) hear and determine all challenges and questions in any way arising in connection with the right to vote;

(iv) count and tabulate all votes or consents;

(v) determine when the polls shall close;

(vi) determine the result; and

(vii) do any other acts that may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders.

The inspectors of election shall perform their duties impartially, in good faith, to the best of their ability and as expeditiously as is practical. If there are three (3) inspectors of election, the decision, act or certificate of a majority is effective in all respects as the decision, act or certificate of all. Any report or certificate made by the inspectors of election is prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

 

-9-


ARTICLE III - DIRECTORS

3.1 POWERS

The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the board of directors, except as may be otherwise provided in the DGCL or the certificate of incorporation.

3.2 NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

The board of directors shall consist of one or more members, each of whom shall be a natural person. Unless the certificate of incorporation fixes the number of directors, the number of directors shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the board of directors. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

3.3 ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS

Except as provided in Section 3.4 of these bylaws, each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until the expiration of the term for which elected and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws. The certificate of incorporation or these bylaws may prescribe other qualifications for directors.

In accordance with the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, the directors of the corporation shall be divided into three classes.

3.4 RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES

Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the corporation. A resignation is effective when the resignation is delivered unless the resignation specifies a later effective date or an effective date determined upon the happening of an event or events. A resignation which is conditioned upon the director failing to receive a specified vote for reelection as a director may provide that it is irrevocable. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, when one or more directors resign from the board of directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective.

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class shall be filled only by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. If the directors are divided into classes, a person so elected by the directors then in office to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

If at any time, by reason of death or resignation or other cause, the corporation should have no directors in office, then any officer or any stockholder or an executor, administrator, trustee or guardian of a stockholder, or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate of a stockholder, may call a special meeting of stockholders in accordance with the provisions of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, or may apply to the Delaware Court of Chancery for a decree summarily ordering an election as provided in Section 211 of the DGCL.

 

-10-


If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office constitute less than a majority of the whole board of directors (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least 10% of the voting power of the voting stock at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by the provisions of Section 211 of the DGCL as far as applicable.

3.5 PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE

The board of directors may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the board of directors, or any committee designated by the board of directors, may participate in a meeting of the board of directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

3.6 REGULAR MEETINGS

Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the board of directors.

3.7 SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE

Special meetings of the board of directors for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the chairperson of the board of directors, the chief executive officer, the president, the secretary or a majority of the authorized number of directors, at such times and places as he or she or they shall designate.

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be:

(i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;

(ii) sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid;

(iii) sent by facsimile; or

(iv) sent by electronic mail,

directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, facsimile number or electronic mail address, as the case may be, as shown on the corporation’s records.

If the notice is (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (ii) sent by facsimile or (iii) sent by electronic mail, it shall be delivered or sent at least 24 hours before the time of the holding of the

 

-11-


meeting. If the notice is sent by United States mail, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four days before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice may be communicated to the director. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting (if the meeting is to be held at the corporation’s principal executive office) nor the purpose of the meeting.

3.8 QUORUM; VOTING

At all meetings of the board of directors, a majority of the total authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the board of directors, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present. A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.

The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the board of directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

If the certificate of incorporation provides that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter, every reference in these bylaws to a majority or other proportion of the directors shall refer to a majority or other proportion of the votes of the directors.

3.9 BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the board of directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the board of directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board of directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form. Any person (whether or not then a director) may provide, whether through instruction to an agent or otherwise, that a consent to action will be effective at a future time (including a time determined upon the happening of an event), no later than 60 days after such instruction is given or such provision is made and such consent shall be deemed to have been given for purposes of this Section 3.9 at such effective time so long as such person is then a director and did not revoke the consent prior to such time. Any such consent shall be revocable prior to its becoming effective.

3.10 FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the board of directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

3.11 REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any director may be removed from office by the stockholders of the corporation only for cause.

 

-12-


No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director’s term of office.

ARTICLE IV - COMMITTEES

4.1 COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

The board of directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The board of directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the board of directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the board of directors or in these bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the board of directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (i) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopt, amend or repeal any bylaw of the corporation.

4.2 COMMITTEE MINUTES

Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the board of directors when required.

4.3 MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES

Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of:

(i) Section 3.5 (place of meetings and meetings by telephone);

(ii) Section 3.6 (regular meetings);

(iii) Section 3.7 (special meetings and notice);

(iv) Section 3.8 (quorum; voting);

(v) Section 7.5 (waiver of notice); and

(vi) Section 3.9 (action without a meeting)

 

-13-


with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the board of directors and its members. However :

(i) the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the board of directors or by resolution of the committee;

(ii) special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the board of directors; and

(iii) notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The board of directors or a committee may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.

Any provision in the certificate of incorporation providing that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter shall apply to voting in any committee or subcommittee, unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

4.4 SUBCOMMITTEES

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the resolutions of the board of directors designating the committee, a committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of the committee, and delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.

ARTICLE V - OFFICERS

5.1 OFFICERS

The officers of the corporation shall be a president and a secretary. The corporation may also have, at the discretion of the board of directors, a chairperson of the board of directors, a vice chairperson of the board of directors, a chief executive officer, a chief financial officer or treasurer, one or more vice presidents, one or more assistant vice presidents, one or more assistant treasurers, one or more assistant secretaries, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

5.2 APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS

The board of directors shall appoint the officers of the corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Sections 5.3 of these bylaws, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment.

5.3 SUBORDINATE OFFICERS

The board of directors may appoint, or empower the chief executive officer or, in the absence of a chief executive officer, the president, to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the corporation may require. Each of such officers and agents shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the board of directors may from time to time determine.

 

-14-


5.4 REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS

Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the board of directors at any regular or special meeting of the board of directors or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the board of directors, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the board of directors.

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the corporation. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

5.5 VACANCIES IN OFFICES

Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the board of directors or as provided in Section 5.3.

5.6 REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS

The chairperson of the board of directors, the president, any vice president, the treasurer, the secretary or assistant secretary of this corporation, or any other person authorized by the board of directors or the president or a vice president, is authorized to vote, represent, and exercise on behalf of this corporation all rights incident to any and all shares or other equity interests of any other corporation or corporations or entity or entities standing in the name of this corporation. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

5.7 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS

All officers of the corporation shall respectively have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the corporation as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors or the stockholders and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the board of directors.

ARTICLE VI - STOCK

6.1 STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES

The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the board of directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the corporation. Every holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the corporation by the chairperson of the board of directors

 

-15-


or vice-chairperson of the board of directors, or the president or a vice-president, and by the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. The corporation shall not have power to issue a certificate in bearer form.

The corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly-paid shares, or upon the books and records of the corporation in the case of uncertificated partly-paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully-paid shares, the corporation shall declare a dividend upon partly-paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

6.2 SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES

If the corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, however , that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to this section 6.2 or Sections 151, 156, 202(a) or 218(a) of the DGCL or with respect to this section 6.2 a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the rights and obligations of the holders of uncertificated stock and the rights and obligations of the holders of certificates representing stock of the same class and series shall be identical.

6.3 LOST CERTIFICATES

Except as provided in this Section 6.3, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the corporation and cancelled at the same time. The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

 

-16-


6.4 DIVIDENDS

The board of directors, subject to any restrictions contained in the certificate of incorporation or applicable law, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of the corporation’s capital stock.

The board of directors may set apart out of any of the funds of the corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve. Such purposes shall include but not be limited to equalizing dividends, repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, and meeting contingencies.

6.5 TRANSFER OF STOCK

Transfers of record of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by an attorney duly authorized, and, subject to Section 6.3 of these bylaws, if such stock is certificated, upon the surrender of a certificate or certificates for a like number of shares, properly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer.

6.6 STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS

The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

6.7 REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

The corporation:

(i) shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner;

(ii) shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares; and

(iii) shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

ARTICLE VII - MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

7.1 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Notice of any meeting of stockholders, if mailed, is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the corporation’s records. An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation or of the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

 

-17-


7.2 NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders pursuant to the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any notice to stockholders given by the corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if:

(i) the corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the corporation in accordance with such consent; and

(ii) such inability becomes known to the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice.

However, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

Any notice given pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall be deemed given:

(i) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

(ii) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

(iii) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and

(iv) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.

An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

An “ electronic transmission ” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

Notice by a form of electronic transmission shall not apply with respect to Sections 164, 296, 311, 312 or 324 of the DGCL.

7.3 NOTICE TO STOCKHOLDERS SHARING AN ADDRESS

Except as otherwise prohibited under the DGCL, without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the corporation under the provisions of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a

 

-18-


single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation. Any stockholder who fails to object in writing to the corporation, within 60 days of having been given written notice by the corporation of its intention to send the single notice, shall be deemed to have consented to receiving such single written notice.

7.4 NOTICE TO PERSON WITH WHOM COMMUNICATION IS UNLAWFUL

Whenever notice is required to be given, under the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

7.5 WAIVER OF NOTICE

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

ARTICLE VIII - INDEMNIFICATION

8.1 INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN THIRD PARTY PROCEEDINGS

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the corporation serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such Proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea

 

-19-


of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.

8.2 INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN ACTIONS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the corporation serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

8.3 SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE

To the extent that a present or former director or officer of the corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described in Section 8.1 or Section 8.2, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

8.4 INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the corporation shall have power to indemnify its employees and agents to the extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law. The board of directors shall have the power to delegate to such person or persons as the board shall in its discretion determine the determination of whether employees or agents shall be indemnified.

8.5 ADVANCE PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by an officer or director of the corporation in defending any Proceeding shall be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding upon receipt of a written request therefor (together with documentation reasonably evidencing such expenses) and an undertaking by or on behalf of the person to repay such amounts if it shall ultimately be determined that the person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article VIII or the DGCL. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents of the corporation or by persons serving at the request of the corporation as directors, officers, employees or agents of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the corporation deems appropriate. The right to advancement of

 

-20-


expenses shall not apply to any claim for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to these bylaws, but shall apply to any Proceeding referenced in Section 8.6(ii) or 8.6(iii) prior to a determination that the person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation.

8.6 LIMITATION ON INDEMNIFICATION

Subject to the requirements in Section 8.3 and the DGCL, the corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any person pursuant to this Article VIII in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding):

(i) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of such person under any statute, insurance policy, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid;

(ii) for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the 1934 Act, or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(iii) for any reimbursement of the corporation by such person of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by such person from the sale of securities of the corporation, as required in each case under the 1934 Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the corporation pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”), or the payment to the corporation of profits arising from the purchase and sale by such person of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(iv) initiated by such person, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by such person against the corporation or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees, unless (a) the board of directors authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of the Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (b) the corporation provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under applicable law, (c) otherwise required to be made under Section 8.7 or (d) otherwise required by applicable law; or

(v) if prohibited by applicable law; provided, however, that if any provision or provisions of this Article VIII shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (1) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Article VIII (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph or clause containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (2) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Article VIII (including, without limitation, each such portion of any paragraph or clause containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.

8.7 DETERMINATION; CLAIM

If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article VIII is not paid in full within 90 days after receipt by the corporation of the written request therefor, the claimant shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or

 

-21-


advancement of expenses. The corporation shall indemnify such person against any and all expenses that are incurred by such person in connection with any action for indemnification or advancement of expenses from the corporation under this Article VIII, to the extent such person is successful in such action, and to the extent not prohibited by law. In any such suit, the corporation shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proving that the claimant is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses.

8.8 NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS

The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VIII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the certificate of incorporation or any statute, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. The corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advancement of expenses, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law.

8.9 INSURANCE

The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of the DGCL.

8.10 SURVIVAL

The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses conferred by this Article VIII shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

8.11 EFFECT OF REPEAL OR MODIFICATION

A right to indemnification or to advancement of expenses arising under a provision of the certificate of incorporation or a bylaw shall not be eliminated or impaired by an amendment to the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws after the occurrence of the act or omission that is the subject of the civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding for which indemnification or advancement of expenses is sought, unless the provision in effect at the time of such act or omission explicitly authorizes such elimination or impairment after such action or omission has occurred.

8.12 CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

For purposes of this Article VIII, references to the “ corporation ” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer,

 

-22-


employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “ other enterprises ” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “ fines ” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “ serving at the request of the corporation ” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “ not opposed to the best interests of the corporation ” as referred to in this Article VIII.

ARTICLE IX - GENERAL MATTERS

9.1 EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS

Except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the board of directors may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any document or instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the board of directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

9.2 FISCAL YEAR

The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the board of directors and may be changed by the board of directors.

9.3 SEAL

The corporation may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be adopted and which may be altered by the board of directors. The corporation may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

9.4 CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS

Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “ person ” includes both a corporation and a natural person.

 

-23-


ARTICLE X - AMENDMENTS

These bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote; provided, however, that the affirmative vote of the holders of at least eighty percent (80%) of the total voting power of outstanding voting securities, voting together as a single class, shall be required for the stockholders of the corporation to alter, amend or repeal, or adopt any provision of these bylaws. The board of directors shall also have the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.

A bylaw amendment adopted by stockholders which specifies the votes that shall be necessary for the election of directors shall not be further amended or repealed by the board of directors.

 

-24-


BOX, INC.

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS

 

 

 

The undersigned hereby certifies that he or she is the duly elected, qualified, and acting Secretary or Assistant Secretary of Box, Inc., a Delaware corporation and that the foregoing bylaws were amended and restated on January 6, 2015 by the corporation’s board of directors.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his or her hand this      day of             , 2015.

 

 

Secretary

Exhibit 5.1

 

LOGO   

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, CA 94304-1050

 

PHONE 650.493.9300

FAX 650.493.6811

www.wsgr.com

January 9, 2015

Box, Inc.

4440 El Camino Real

Los Altos, California 94022

 

  Re: Registration Statement on Form S-1

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This opinion is furnished to you in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-194767), as amended (the “Registration Statement”), filed by Box, Inc. (the “Company”) with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, of 14,375,000 shares (including up to 1,875,000 shares issuable upon exercise of an option granted to the underwriters by the Company) of the Company’s Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “Shares”), to be issued and sold by the Company. We understand that the Shares are to be sold to the underwriters for resale to the public as described in the Registration Statement and pursuant to an underwriting agreement, substantially in the form filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, to be entered into by and among the Company and the underwriters (the “Underwriting Agreement”).

We are acting as counsel for the Company in connection with the sale of the Shares. In such capacity, we have examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such documents, corporate records, certificates of public officials and other instruments as we have deemed necessary for the purposes of rendering this opinion. In our examination, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity with the originals of all documents submitted to us as copies, the authenticity of the originals of such documents and the legal competence of all signatories to such documents.

We express no opinion herein as to the laws of any state or jurisdiction other than the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (including the statutory provisions and all applicable judicial decisions interpreting those laws) and the federal laws of the United States of America.

On the basis of the foregoing, we are of the opinion that upon the effectiveness of the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, a form of which has been filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Registration Statement, the Shares will be duly authorized and, when such Shares are issued and paid for in accordance with the terms of the Underwriting Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

AUSTIN    BEIJING    BRUSSELS    GEORGETOWN, DE    HONG KONG    LOS ANGELES    NEW YORK

PALO ALTO    SAN DIEGO    SAN FRANCISCO    SEATTLE    SHANGHAI    WASHINGTON, DC


LOGO

Box, Inc.

January 9, 2015

Page 2

We consent to the use of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, and we consent to the reference of our name under the caption “Legal Matters” in the prospectus forming part of the Registration Statement.

 

Very truly yours,
WILSON SONSINI GOODRICH & ROSATI
Professional Corporation
/s/ Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.

Exhibit 10.2

BOX, INC.

2015 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

1. Purposes of the Plan . The purposes of this Plan are:

 

    to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility,

 

    to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants, and

 

    to promote the success of the Company’s business.

The Plan permits the grant of Incentive Stock Options, Nonstatutory Stock Options, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Stock Appreciation Rights, Performance Units and Performance Shares.

2. Definitions . As used herein, the following definitions will apply:

(a) “ Administrator ” means the Board or any of its Committees as will be administering the Plan, in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.

(b) “ Applicable Laws ” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity-based awards under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where Awards are, or will be, granted under the Plan.

(c) “ Award ” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Units or Performance Shares.

(d) “ Award Agreement ” means the written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to each Award granted under the Plan. The Award Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(e) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(f) “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“ Person ”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than 50% of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection, the acquisition of additional stock by any one Person, who is considered to own more than 50% of the total voting power of the stock of the Company will not be considered a Change in Control; or


(ii) A change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any 12-month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this subsection (ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or

(iii) A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 50% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (iii), the following will not constitute a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets: (A) a transfer to an entity that is controlled by the Company’s stockholders immediately after the transfer, or (B) a transfer of assets by the Company to: (1) a stockholder of the Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to the Company’s stock, (2) an entity, 50% or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company, (3) a Person, that owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the Company, or (4) an entity, at least 50% of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person described in this subsection (iii)(B)(3). For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

For purposes of this definition, persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change in Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Code Section 409A, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time.

Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change in Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

(g) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Reference to a specific section of the Code or regulation thereunder shall include such section or regulation, any valid regulation promulgated under such section, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such section or regulation.

 

-2-


(h) “ Committee ” means a committee of Directors or of other individuals satisfying Applicable Laws appointed by the Board, or a duly authorized committee of the Board, in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

(i) “ Common Stock ” means the Class A common stock of the Company.

(j) “ Company ” means Box, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.

(k) “ Consultant ” means any natural person, including an advisor, engaged by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary to render bona fide services to such entity, provided the services (i) are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction, and (ii) do not directly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities, in each case, within the meaning of Form S-8 promulgated under the Securities Act, and provided, further, that a Consultant will include only those persons to whom the issuance of Shares may be registered under Form S-8 promulgated under the Securities Act.

(l) “ Director ” means a member of the Board.

(m) “ Disability ” means total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, provided that in the case of Awards other than Incentive Stock Options, the Administrator in its discretion may determine whether a permanent and total disability exists in accordance with uniform and non-discriminatory standards adopted by the Administrator from time to time.

(n) “ Employee ” means any person, including Officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company will be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.

(o) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(p) “ Exchange Program ” means a program under which (i) outstanding Awards are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for awards of the same type (which may have higher or lower exercise prices and different terms), awards of a different type, and/or cash, (ii) Participants would have the opportunity to transfer any outstanding Awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the Administrator, and/or (iii) the exercise price of an outstanding Award is increased or reduced. The Administrator will determine the terms and conditions of any Exchange Program in its sole discretion.

(q) “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) The closing sales price for Common Stock as quoted on the New York Stock Exchange on the date of determination (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

 

-3-


(ii) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value thereof will be determined in good faith by the Administrator; or

(iii) For purposes of any Awards granted on the Registration Date, the Fair Market Value will be the initial price to the public as set forth in the final prospectus included within the registration statement in Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the initial public offering of the Company’s Common Stock.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the determination date for the Fair Market Value occurs on a non-trading day (i.e., a weekend or holiday), the Fair Market Value will be the price as determined under subsection (i) above on the immediately preceding trading day, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator. Note that the determination of fair market value for purposes of tax withholding may be made in the Administrator’s discretion subject to Applicable Laws and is not required to be consistent with the determination of Fair Market Value for other purposes.

(r) “ Fiscal Year ” means the fiscal year of the Company.

(s) “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

(t) “ Inside Director ” means a Director who is an Employee.

(u) “ Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an Option that by its terms does not qualify or is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(v) “ Officer ” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(w) “ Option ” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

(x) “ Outside Director ” means a Director who is not an Employee.

(y) “ Parent ” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(z) “ Participant ” means the holder of an outstanding Award.

(aa) “ Performance Share ” means an Award denominated in Shares which may be earned in whole or in part upon attainment of performance goals or other vesting criteria as the Administrator may determine pursuant to Section 10.

(bb) “ Performance Unit ” means an Award which may be earned in whole or in part upon attainment of performance goals or other vesting criteria as the Administrator may determine and which may be settled for cash, Shares or other securities or a combination of the foregoing pursuant to Section 10.

 

-4-


(cc) “ Period of Restriction ” means the period during which the transfer of Shares of Restricted Stock are subject to restrictions and therefore, the Shares are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. Such restrictions may be based on the passage of time, the achievement of target levels of performance, or the occurrence of other events as determined by the Administrator.

(dd) “ Plan ” means this 2015 Equity Incentive Plan.

(ee) “ Registration Date ” means the effective date of the first registration statement that is filed by the Company and declared effective pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act, with respect to any class of the Company’s securities.

(ff) “ Restricted Stock ” means Shares issued pursuant to a Restricted Stock award under Section 7 of the Plan, or issued pursuant to the early exercise of an Option.

(gg) “ Restricted Stock Unit ” means a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of one Share, granted pursuant to Section 8. Each Restricted Stock Unit represents an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company.

(hh) “ Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect when discretion is being exercised with respect to the Plan.

(ii) “ Section 16(b) ” means Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.

(jj) “ Service Provider ” means an Employee, Director or Consultant.

(kk) “ Share ” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 14 of the Plan.

(ll) “ Stock Appreciation Right ” means an Award, granted alone or in connection with an Option, that pursuant to Section 9 is designated as a Stock Appreciation Right.

(mm) “ Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

3. Stock Subject to the Plan .

(a) Stock Subject to the Plan . Subject to the provisions of Section 14 of the Plan and the automatic increase set forth in Section 3(b) of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be issued under the Plan is (i) 12,200,000 Shares, plus (ii) a number of Shares equal to the number of shares of the Company’s Class B common stock subject to stock options or similar awards granted under the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (the “ Existing Plan ”) and/or the Company’s 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (the “ 2006 Plan ”) that, after the Registration Date, expire or otherwise terminate without having been exercised in full and a number of Shares equal to the number of shares of the Company’s Class B common stock issued pursuant to awards granted under the 2011 Plan and/or the 2006 Plan that, after the Registration Date, are forfeited to or repurchased by the Company, with the maximum number of Shares to be added to the Plan pursuant to clause (ii) equals 21,523,951 Shares. The Shares may be authorized, but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.

 

-5-


(b) Automatic Share Reserve Increase . Subject to the provisions of Section 14 of the Plan, the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan will be increased on the first day of each Fiscal Year beginning with the 2016 Fiscal Year, in an amount equal to the least of (i) 12,200,000 Shares, (ii) 5% of the outstanding shares of all classes of the Company’s common stock on the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year or (iii) such number of Shares determined by the Board.

(c) Lapsed Awards . If an Award expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, is surrendered pursuant to an Exchange Program, or, with respect to Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Units or Performance Shares, is forfeited to or repurchased by the Company due to failure to vest, the unpurchased Shares (or for Awards other than Options or Stock Appreciation Rights the forfeited or repurchased Shares), which were subject thereto will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). With respect to Stock Appreciation Rights, only Shares actually issued (i.e., the net Shares issued) pursuant to a Stock Appreciation Right will cease to be available under the Plan; all remaining Shares under Stock Appreciation Rights will remain available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan under any Award will not be returned to the Plan and will not become available for future distribution under the Plan; provided, however, that if Shares issued pursuant to Awards of Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares or Performance Units are repurchased by the Company or are forfeited to the Company, such Shares will become available for future grant under the Plan. Shares used to pay the exercise price of an Award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an Award will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan. To the extent an Award under the Plan is paid out in cash rather than Shares, such cash payment will not result in reducing the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing and, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 14, the maximum number of Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of Incentive Stock Options will equal the aggregate Share number stated in Section 3(a), plus, to the extent allowable under Section 422 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, any Shares that become available for issuance under the Plan pursuant to Sections 3(b) and 3(c).

(d) Share Reserve . The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

4. Administration of the Plan .

(a) Procedure .

(i) Multiple Administrative Bodies . Different Committees with respect to different groups of Service Providers may administer the Plan.

(ii) Section 162(m) . To the extent that the Administrator determines it to be desirable to qualify Awards granted hereunder as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the Plan will be administered by a Committee of two (2) or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

-6-


(iii) Rule 16b-3 . To the extent desirable to qualify transactions hereunder as exempt under Rule 16b-3, the transactions contemplated hereunder will be structured to satisfy the requirements for exemption under Rule 16b-3.

(iv) Other Administration . Other than as provided above, the Plan will be administered by (A) the Board or (B) a Committee, which committee will be constituted to satisfy Applicable Laws.

(b) Powers of the Administrator . Subject to the provisions of the Plan, and in the case of a Committee, subject to the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator will have the authority, in its discretion:

(i) to determine the Fair Market Value;

(ii) to select the Service Providers to whom Awards may be granted hereunder;

(iii) to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;

(iv) to approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan;

(v) to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Awards may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Award or the Shares relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator will determine;

(vi) to institute and determine the terms and conditions of an Exchange Program;

(vii) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Awards granted pursuant to the Plan;

(viii) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws or for qualifying for favorable tax treatment under applicable foreign laws;

(ix) to modify or amend each Award (subject to Section 19 of the Plan), including but not limited to the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercisability period of Awards and to extend the maximum term of an Option (subject to Section 6(b) of the Plan regarding Incentive Stock Options);

(x) to allow Participants to satisfy withholding tax obligations in such manner as prescribed in Section 15 of the Plan;

 

-7-


(xi) to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Award previously granted by the Administrator;

(xii) to allow a Participant to defer the receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of Shares that would otherwise be due to such Participant under an Award; and

(xiii) to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the Plan.

(c) Effect of Administrator’s Decision . The Administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations will be final and binding on all Participants and any other holders of Awards.

5. Eligibility . Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares and Performance Units may be granted to Service Providers. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.

6. Stock Options .

(a) Limitations . Each Option will be designated in the Award Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. However, notwithstanding such designation, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, such Options will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 6(a), Incentive Stock Options will be taken into account in the order in which they were granted. The Fair Market Value of the Shares will be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted.

(b) Term of Option . The term of each Option will be stated in the Award Agreement. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the term will be 10 years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement. Moreover, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Incentive Stock Option will be 5 years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement.

(c) Option Exercise Price and Consideration .

(i) Exercise Price . The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of an Option will be determined by the Administrator, subject to the following:

(1) In the case of an Incentive Stock Option

(A) granted to an Employee who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price will be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(B) granted to any Employee other than an Employee described in paragraph (A) immediately above, the per Share exercise price will be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

 

-8-


(2) In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option, the per Share exercise price will be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(3) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price of less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant pursuant to a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with, Section 424(a) of the Code.

(ii) Waiting Period and Exercise Dates . At the time an Option is granted, the Administrator will fix the period within which the Option may be exercised and will determine any conditions that must be satisfied before the Option may be exercised.

(iii) Form of Consideration . The Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration for exercising an Option, including the method of payment. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration at the time of grant. Such consideration may consist entirely of: (1) cash; (2) check; (3) promissory note, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, (4) other Shares, provided that such Shares have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option will be exercised and provided that accepting such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion; (5) consideration received by the Company under a broker-assisted (or other) cashless exercise program (whether through a broker or otherwise) implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan; (6) by net exercise; (7) such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws; or (8) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.

(d) Exercise of Option .

(i) Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Stockholder . Any Option granted hereunder will be exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

An Option will be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (i) a notice of exercise (in such form as the Administrator may specify from time to time) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised (together with applicable withholding taxes). Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Award Agreement and the Plan. Shares issued upon exercise of an Option will be issued in the name of the Participant or, if requested by the Participant, in the name of the Participant and his or her spouse. Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Shares subject to an Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company will issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 14 of the Plan.

 

-9-


Exercising an Option in any manner will decrease the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

(ii) Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider . If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, other than upon the Participant’s termination as the result of the Participant’s death or Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option will remain exercisable for three (3) months following the Participant’s termination. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

(iii) Disability of Participant . If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option will remain exercisable for 12 months following the Participant’s termination. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

(iv) Death of Participant . If a Participant dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised following the Participant’s death within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death (but in no event may the option be exercised later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement), by the Participant’s designated beneficiary, provided such beneficiary has been designated prior to Participant’s death in a form acceptable to the Administrator. If no such beneficiary has been designated by the Participant, then such Option may be exercised by the personal representative of the Participant’s estate or by the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Participant’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution. In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option will remain exercisable for 12 months following Participant’s death. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if at the time of death Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will immediately revert to the Plan. If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

 

-10-


7. Restricted Stock .

(a) Grant of Restricted Stock . Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Shares of Restricted Stock to Service Providers in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(b) Restricted Stock Agreement . Each Award of Restricted Stock will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the Period of Restriction, the number of Shares granted, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine. Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Company as escrow agent will hold Shares of Restricted Stock until the restrictions on such Shares have lapsed.

(c) Transferability . Except as provided in this Section 7 or the Award Agreement, Shares of Restricted Stock may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated until the end of the applicable Period of Restriction.

(d) Other Restrictions . The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may impose such other restrictions on Shares of Restricted Stock as it may deem advisable or appropriate.

(e) Removal of Restrictions . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 7, Shares of Restricted Stock covered by each Restricted Stock grant made under the Plan will be released from escrow as soon as practicable after the last day of the Period of Restriction or at such other time as the Administrator may determine. The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.

(f) Voting Rights . During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder may exercise full voting rights with respect to those Shares, unless the Administrator determines otherwise.

(g) Dividends and Other Distributions . During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock will be entitled to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such Shares, unless the Administrator provides otherwise. If any such dividends or distributions are paid in Shares, the Shares will be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid.

(h) Return of Restricted Stock to Company . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, the Restricted Stock for which restrictions have not lapsed will revert to the Company and again will become available for grant under the Plan.

 

-11-


8. Restricted Stock Units .

(a) Grant . Restricted Stock Units may be granted at any time and from time to time as determined by the Administrator. After the Administrator determines that it will grant Restricted Stock Units under the Plan, it will advise the Participant in an Award Agreement of the terms, conditions, and restrictions related to the grant, including the number of Restricted Stock Units.

(b) Vesting Criteria and Other Terms . The Administrator will set vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which the criteria are met, will determine the number of Restricted Stock Units that will be paid out to the Participant. The Administrator may set vesting criteria based upon the achievement of Company-wide, divisional, business unit, or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), applicable federal or state securities laws or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

(c) Earning Restricted Stock Units . Upon meeting the applicable vesting criteria, the Participant will be entitled to receive a payout as determined by the Administrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time after the grant of Restricted Stock Units, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any vesting criteria that must be met to receive a payout.

(d) Form and Timing of Payment . Payment of earned Restricted Stock Units will be made as soon as practicable after the date(s) determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may only settle earned Restricted Stock Units in cash, Shares, or a combination of both.

(e) Cancellation . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all unearned Restricted Stock Units will be forfeited to the Company.

9. Stock Appreciation Rights .

(a) Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, a Stock Appreciation Right may be granted to Service Providers at any time and from time to time as will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion.

(b) Number of Shares . The Administrator will have complete discretion to determine the number of Stock Appreciation Rights granted to any Service Provider.

(c) Exercise Price and Other Terms . The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right will be determined by the Administrator and will be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. Otherwise, the Administrator, subject to the provisions of the Plan, will have complete discretion to determine the terms and conditions of Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan.

(d) Stock Appreciation Right Agreement . Each Stock Appreciation Right grant will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the term of the Stock Appreciation Right, the conditions of exercise, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

 

-12-


(e) Expiration of Stock Appreciation Rights . A Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan will expire upon the date determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, and set forth in the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rules of Section 6(b) relating to the maximum term and Section 6(d) relating to exercise also will apply to Stock Appreciation Rights.

(f) Payment of Stock Appreciation Right Amount . Upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, a Participant will be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying:

(i) The difference between the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the exercise price; multiplied by

(ii) The number of Shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised.

At the discretion of the Administrator, the payment upon Stock Appreciation Right exercise may be in cash, in Shares of equivalent value, or in some combination thereof.

10. Performance Units and Performance Shares .

(a) Grant of Performance Units/Shares . Performance Units and Performance Shares may be granted to Service Providers at any time and from time to time, as will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion. The Administrator will have complete discretion in determining the number of Performance Units and Performance Shares granted to each Participant.

(b) Value of Performance Units/Shares . Each Performance Unit will have an initial value that is established by the Administrator on or before the date of grant. Each Performance Share will have an initial value equal to the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant.

(c) Performance Objectives and Other Terms . The Administrator will set performance objectives or other vesting provisions (including, without limitation, continued status as a Service Provider) in its discretion which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number or value of Performance Units/Shares that will be paid out to the Service Providers. The time period during which the performance objectives or other vesting provisions must be met will be called the “Performance Period.” Each Award of Performance Units/Shares will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the Performance Period, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine. The Administrator may set performance objectives based upon the achievement of Company-wide, divisional, business unit or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), applicable federal or state securities laws, or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

(d) Earning of Performance Units/Shares . After the applicable Performance Period has ended, the holder of Performance Units/Shares will be entitled to receive a payout of the number of Performance Units/Shares earned by the Participant over the Performance Period, to be determined as a function of the extent to which the corresponding performance objectives or other vesting provisions have been achieved. After the grant of a Performance Unit/Share, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance objectives or other vesting provisions for such Performance Unit/Share.

 

-13-


(e) Form and Timing of Payment of Performance Units/Shares . Payment of earned Performance Units/Shares will be made as soon as practicable after the expiration of the applicable Performance Period. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned Performance Units/Shares in the form of cash, in Shares (which have an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the value of the earned Performance Units/Shares at the close of the applicable Performance Period) or in a combination thereof.

(f) Cancellation of Performance Units/Shares . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all unearned or unvested Performance Units/Shares will be forfeited to the Company, and again will be available for grant under the Plan.

11. Outside Director Limitations .

(a) Cash-Settled Awards . No Outside Director may be granted, in any fiscal year of the Company, cash-settled Awards with a grant date fair value (determined in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles) of more than $1 million, increased to $2 million in connection with his or her initial service.

(b) Stock-Settled Awards . No Outside Director may be granted, in any fiscal year of the Company, stock-settled Awards with a grant date fair value (determined in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles) of more than $1 million, increased to $2 million in connection with his or her initial service.

12. Leaves of Absence/Transfer Between Locations . Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, vesting of Awards granted hereunder will be suspended during any unpaid leave of absence. A Participant will not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, or any Subsidiary. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed 3 months, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, then 6 months following the 1st day of such leave any Incentive Stock Option held by the Participant will cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and will be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

13. Transferability of Awards . Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, an Award may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant. If the Administrator makes an Award transferable, such Award will contain such additional terms and conditions as the Administrator deems appropriate.

14. Adjustments; Dissolution or Liquidation; Merger or Change in Control .

(a) Adjustments . In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or

 

-14-


exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares occurs, the Administrator, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, will adjust the number and class of Shares that may be delivered under the Plan and/or the number, class, and price of Shares covered by each outstanding Award, and the numerical Share limits in Section 3 of the Plan.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator will notify each Participant as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

(c) Change in Control . In the event of a merger of the Company with or into another corporation or other entity or a Change in Control, each outstanding Award will be treated as the Administrator determines subject to the restriction in the following paragraph, including, without limitation, that each Award be assumed or an equivalent option or right substituted by the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation. The Administrator will not be required to treat all Awards or Participants similarly in the transaction.

If the successor corporation does not assume or substitute for the Award, the Participant will vest in and have the right to exercise 100% of his or her then-unvested and outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, including Shares as to which such Awards would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units will lapse with respect to 100% of the outstanding and unvested Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units, and Awards with performance-based vesting will vested in a number of shares equal to 100% of the target number of Shares (assuming 100% achievement of vesting criteria) and all other terms and conditions met. In addition, if an Option or Stock Appreciation Right is not assumed or substituted in the event of a Change in Control, the Administrator will notify the Participant in writing or electronically that the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, and the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will terminate upon the expiration of such period.

For the purposes of this subsection (c), an Award will be considered assumed if, following the Change in Control, the Award confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Award immediately prior to the Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the Change in Control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right or upon the payout of a Restricted Stock Unit, Performance Unit or Performance Share, for each Share subject to such Award, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the Change in Control.

 

-15-


Notwithstanding anything in this Section 14(c) to the contrary, an Award that vests, is earned or paid-out upon the satisfaction of one or more performance goals will not be considered assumed if the Company or its successor modifies any of such performance goals without the Participant’s consent; provided, however, a modification to such performance goals only to reflect the successor corporation’s post-Change in Control corporate structure will not be deemed to invalidate an otherwise valid Award assumption.

(d) Outside Director Awards . With respect to Awards granted to an Outside Director that are assumed or substituted for, if on the date of or following such assumption or substitution the Participant’s status as a Director or a director of the successor corporation, as applicable, is terminated other than upon a voluntary resignation by the Participant (unless such resignation is at the request of the acquirer), then the Participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise Options and/or Stock Appreciation Rights as to all of the Shares underlying such Award, including those Shares which would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units will lapse, and, with respect to Awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and all other terms and conditions met.

15. Tax .

(a) Withholding Requirements . Prior to the delivery of any Shares or cash pursuant to an Award (or exercise thereof) or such earlier time as any tax withholding obligations are due, the Company will have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local, foreign or other taxes (including the Participant’s FICA obligation) required to be withheld with respect to such Award (or exercise thereof).

(b) Withholding Arrangements . The Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit a Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation, in whole or in part by (without limitation) (a) paying cash, (b) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable cash or Shares having a fair market value equal to the minimum statutory amount required to be withheld, or (c) delivering to the Company already-owned Shares having a fair market value equal to the minimum statutory amount required to be withheld. The fair market value of the Shares to be withheld or delivered will be determined as of the date that the taxes are required to be withheld.

(c) Compliance With Code Section 409A . Awards will be designed and operated in such a manner that they are either exempt from the application of, or comply with, the requirements of Code Section 409A such that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Code Section 409A, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. The Plan and each Award Agreement under the Plan is intended to meet the requirements of Code Section 409A and will be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. To the extent that an Award or payment, or the settlement or deferral thereof, is subject to Code Section 409A the Award will be granted, paid, settled or deferred in a manner that will meet the requirements of Code Section 409A, such that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Code Section 409A.

 

-16-


16. No Effect on Employment or Service . Neither the Plan nor any Award will confer upon a Participant any right with respect to continuing the Participant’s relationship as a Service Provider with the Company, nor will they interfere in any way with the Participant’s right or the Company’s right to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws.

17. Date of Grant . The date of grant of an Award will be, for all purposes, the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Award, or such other later date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of the determination will be provided to each Participant within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

18. Term of Plan . Subject to Section 22 of the Plan, the Plan will become effective upon the later to occur of (i) its adoption by the Board or (ii) the business day immediately prior to the Registration Date. It will continue in effect for a term of 10 years from the date adopted by the Board, unless terminated earlier under Section 19 of the Plan.

19. Amendment and Termination of the Plan .

(a) Amendment and Termination . The Administrator may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.

(b) Stockholder Approval . The Company will obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws.

(c) Effect of Amendment or Termination . No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan will impair the rights of any Participant, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Participant and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Participant and the Company. Termination of the Plan will not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Awards granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.

20. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares .

(a) Legal Compliance . Shares will not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Award unless the exercise of such Award and the issuance and delivery of such Shares will comply with Applicable Laws and will be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

(b) Investment Representations . As a condition to the exercise of an Award, the Company may require the person exercising such Award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

21. Inability to Obtain Authority . The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction or to complete or comply with the requirements of any registration or other qualification of the Shares under any state, federal or foreign law or under the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the stock exchange on which

 

-17-


Shares of the same class are then listed, or any other governmental or regulatory body, which authority, registration, qualification or rule compliance is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary or advisable for the issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, will relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority, registration, qualification or rule compliance will not have been obtained.

22. Stockholder Approval . The Plan will be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within 12 months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. Such stockholder approval will be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under Applicable Laws.

 

-18-


BOX, INC.

2015 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

GLOBAL STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Box, Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) will have the same defined meanings in this Global Stock Option Agreement, including the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Notice of Grant”), the Terms and Conditions of Stock Option Grant, attached hereto as Exhibit A , and the Country-Specific Terms and Conditions, attached hereto as Exhibit B (collectively this “Agreement”).

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

 

Participant:  

    

 
Address:  

    

 
 

 

 

Participant has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of Box, Inc. (the “Company”), subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, as follows:

 

Grant Number  

 

 
Date of Grant  

 

 
Vesting Commencement Date  

 

 
Number of Shares Granted  

 

 
Exercise Price per Share   $      
Total Exercise Price   $      
Type of Option            Incentive Stock Option
           Nonstatutory Stock Option
Term/Expiration Date  

 

 

Vesting Schedule :

Subject to accelerated vesting as set forth below or in the Plan, this Option will be exercisable, in whole or in part, in accordance with the following schedule:

[Twenty-five percent (25%) of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest on the one (1) year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, and one forty-eighth (1/48 th ) of the Shares subject

 

- 1 -


to the Option shall vest each month thereafter on the same day of the month as the Vesting Commencement Date (and if there is no corresponding day, on the last day of the month), subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through each such date.]

Termination Period :

This Option will be exercisable for three (3) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, unless such termination is due to Participant’s death or Disability, in which case this Option will be exercisable for twelve (12) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, in no event may this Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above and may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 14(c) of the Plan.

For purposes of this Option, Participant’s status as a Service Provider will be considered terminated as of the date Participant is no longer actively providing services to the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary (regardless of the reason for such termination and whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is employed or the terms of Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any), and unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or determined by the Company, (i) Participant’s right to vest in this Option under the Plan, if any, will terminate as of such date and will not be extended by any notice period ( e.g ., Participant’s period of service would not include any contractual notice period or any period of “garden leave” or similar period mandated under employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is employed or the terms of Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any); and (ii) the period (if any) during which Participant may exercise this Option after such termination of Participant as a Service Provider will commence on the date Participant ceases to actively provide services and will not be extended by any notice period mandated under employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is employed or terms of Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any; the Administrator shall have the exclusive discretion to determine when Participant is no longer actively providing services for purposes of his or her Option grant (including whether Participant may still be considered to be providing services while on a leave of absence).

 

- 2 -


By Participant’s signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, Participant and the Company agree that this Option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, including exhibits hereto, all of which are made a part of this document. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and this Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions relating to the Plan and this Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated above.

 

PARTICIPANT     BOX, INC.

 

   

 

Signature     By

 

   

 

Print Name     Title

 

- 3 -


EXHIBIT A

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

1. Grant of Option . The Company hereby grants to Participant named in the Notice of Grant (“Participant”) an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of Shares, as set forth in the Notice of Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the “Exercise Price”), subject to all of the terms and conditions in this Agreement and the Plan, which are incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 19(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan will prevail.

If designated in the Notice of Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”) for a U.S. taxpayer, this Option is intended to qualify as an ISO under Section 422 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). However, if this Option is intended to be an ISO, to the extent that it exceeds the US$100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d) it will be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“NSO”). Further, if for any reason this Option (or portion thereof) will not qualify as an ISO, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as a NSO granted under the Plan. In no event will the Administrator, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or any of their respective employees or directors have any liability to Participant (or any other person) due to the failure of the Option to qualify for any reason as an ISO.

2. Vesting Schedule . Except as provided in Section 3 of this Agreement, the Option awarded by this Agreement will vest in accordance with the vesting provisions set forth in the Notice of Grant. Shares scheduled to vest on a certain date or upon the occurrence of a certain condition will not vest in Participant in accordance with any of the provisions of this Agreement, unless Participant will have been continuously a Service Provider from the Date of Grant until the date such vesting occurs.

3. Administrator Discretion . The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the unvested Option at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan. If so accelerated, such Option will be considered as having vested as of the date specified by the Administrator.

4. Exercise of Option .

(a) Right to Exercise . This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Agreement.

(b) Method of Exercise . This Option is exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice, in the form attached as Exhibit C (the “Exercise Notice”) or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may determine, which will state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised (the “Exercised Shares”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. The Exercise Notice will be completed by Participant and delivered to the

 

- 4 -


Company. The Exercise Notice will be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares together with any Tax-Related Items (as described in Section 6(a)). This Option will be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price.

5. Method of Payment . Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price will be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of Participant:

(a) cash;

(b) check;

(c) consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or

(d) subject to the sole discretion of the Administrator, surrender of other Shares which have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Exercised Shares, provided that accepting such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company.

6. Tax Obligations .

(a) Responsibility for Taxes . Participant acknowledges that, regardless of any action taken by the Company or, if different, Participant’s employer (the “Employer”), the ultimate liability for all income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, fringe benefits tax, payment on account or other tax-related items related to Participant’s participation in the Plan and legally applicable to Participant (“Tax-Related Items”), is and remains Participant’s responsibility and may exceed the amount actually withheld by the Company or the Employer. Further, notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Agreement, no Shares will be issued to Participant, unless and until satisfactory arrangements (as determined by the Administrator) will have been made by Participant with respect to the payment of any Tax-Related Items which the Company determines must be withheld with respect to such Shares. In addition, if Participant is subject to Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction between the Date of Grant and the date of any relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, Participant acknowledges that the Company and/or the Employer (or former employer, as applicable) may be required to withhold or account for Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction. Participant further acknowledges that the Company and/or the Employer (i) make no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with any aspect of the Option, including, but not limited to, the grant, vesting or exercise of the Option, the subsequent sale of shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to such exercise and the receipt of any dividends; and (ii) do not commit to and are under no obligation to structure the terms of the grant or any aspect of the Option to reduce or eliminate Participant’s liability for Tax-Related Items or achieve any particular tax result.

To the extent determined appropriate by the Company in its discretion, it will have the right (but not the obligation) to satisfy any Tax-Related Items by (i) withholding from Participant’s wages or other cash compensation paid to Participant, (ii) reducing the number of Shares otherwise

 

- 5 -


deliverable to Participant by an amount of Shares with a fair market value equal to Participant’s obligation for Tax-Related Items, (iii) withholding from proceeds of the sale of Shares acquired at exercise of the Option either through a voluntary sale or through a mandatory sale arranged by the Company (on Participant’s behalf pursuant to this authorization) without further consent; or (iv) any other withholding method that may be approved the Administrator.

Depending on the withholding method, the Company may withhold or account for Tax-Related Items by considering applicable minimum statutory withholding amounts or other applicable withholding rates, including maximum applicable rates, in which case Participant will receive a refund of any over-withheld amount in cash and will have no entitlement to the Common Stock equivalent. If the obligation for Tax-Related Items is satisfied by withholding in Shares, for tax purposes, Participant is deemed to have been issued the full number of Shares subject to the exercised Options, notwithstanding that a number of the Shares are held back solely for the purpose of paying the Tax-Related Items.

(b) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares . If the Option granted to Participant herein is an ISO, and if Participant sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, Participant will immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Participant agrees that Participant may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company and/or the Employer on the compensation income recognized by Participant.

(c) Code Section 409A . For U.S. taxpayers, under Code Section 409A, an option that vests after December 31, 2004 (or that vested on or prior to such date but which was materially modified after October 3, 2004) that was granted with a per share exercise price that is determined by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the Fair Market Value of a share on the date of grant (a “Discount Option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” A Discount Option may result in (i) income recognition by Participant prior to the exercise of the option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) U.S. federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The Discount Option may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest charges to Participant. Participant acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share Exercise Price of this Option equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant in a later examination. Participant agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share Exercise Price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant, Participant will be solely responsible for Participant’s costs related to such a determination.

7. Nature of Grant . In accepting this Option, Participant acknowledges, understands and agrees that:

(a) the grant of this Option is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of options, or benefits in lieu of options, even if options have been granted in the past;

 

- 6 -


(b) all decisions with respect to future options or other grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company;

(c) Participant is voluntarily participating in the Plan;

(d) this Option and any Shares acquired under the Plan, and the income and value of same, are not intended to replace any pension rights or compensation;

(e) this Option and any Shares acquired under the Plan, and the income and value of same, are not part of normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement or welfare benefits or similar payments;

(f) the future value of the Shares underlying this Option is unknown, indeterminable, and cannot be predicted with certainty;

(g) if the underlying Shares do not increase in value, this Option will have no value;

(h) if Participant exercises this Option and acquires Shares, the value of such Shares may increase or decrease in value, even below the Exercise Price;

(i) unless otherwise provided in the Plan or by the Company in its discretion, this Option and the benefits evidenced by this Agreement do not create any entitlement to have this Option or any such benefits transferred to, or assumed by, another company nor to be exchanged, cashed out or substituted for, in connection with any corporate transaction affecting the Common Stock; and

(j) the following provisions apply only if Participant is providing services outside the U.S.:

(i) No claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from forfeiture of this Option resulting from the termination of Participant as a Service Provider (for any reason whatsoever, whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is employed or the terms of Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any), and in consideration of the grant of this Option to which Participant is otherwise not entitled, Participant irrevocably agrees never to institute any claim against the Company, the Employer or any other Parent or Subsidiary, waives his or her ability, if any, to bring any such claim, and releases the Company, the Employer and any other Parent or Subsidiary from any such claim; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is allowed by a court of competent jurisdiction, then, by participating in the Plan, Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have agreed not to pursue such claim and agree to execute any and all documents necessary to request dismissal or withdrawal of such claim; and

(ii) Participant acknowledges and agrees that neither the Company, the Employer nor any other Parent or Subsidiary shall be liable for any foreign exchange rate fluctuation between Participant’s local currency and the U.S. Dollar that may affect the value of this Option or of any amounts due to Participant pursuant to the exercise of this Option or the subsequent sale of any Shares acquired upon exercise.

 

- 7 -


8. Data Privacy . Participant hereby explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of Participant’s personal data as described in this Agreement and any other option grant materials (“Data”) by and among, as applicable, the Employer, the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing Participant’s participation in the Plan.

Participant understands that the Company and the Employer may hold certain personal information about Participant, including, but not limited to, Participant’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any shares of stock or directorships held in the Company, details of all options or any other entitlement to shares of stock awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in Participant’s favor, for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan.

Participant understands that Data will be transferred to such stock plan service provider as may be selected by the Company from time to time, which is assisting the Company with the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. Participant understands that the recipients of Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere, and that the recipient’s country ( e.g. , the United States) may have different data privacy laws and protections than Participant’s country. Participant understands that if he or she resides outside the United States, he or she may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of Data by contacting his or her local human resources representative. Participant authorizes the Company and any possible recipients which may assist the Company (presently or in the future) with implementing, administering and managing the Plan to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purposes of implementing, administering and managing Participant’s participation in the Plan. Participant understands that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage Participant’s participation in the Plan. Participant understands that if he or she resides outside the United States, he or she may, at any time, view Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing his or her local human resources representative. Further, Participant understands that he or she is providing the consents herein on a purely voluntary basis. If Participant do not consent, or if Participant later seeks to revoke his or her consent, his or her employment status or service and career with the Employer will not be adversely affected; the only consequence of refusing or withdrawing Participant’s consent is that the Company would not be able to grant Participant options or other equity awards or administer or maintain such awards. Therefore, Participant understands that refusing or withdrawing his or her consent may affect Participant’s ability to participate in the Plan. For more information on the consequences of Participant’s refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, Participant understands that he or she may contact his or her local human resources representative.

9. Rights as Stockholder . Neither Participant nor any person claiming under or through Participant will have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder of the Company in respect of

 

- 8 -


any Shares deliverable hereunder unless and until certificates representing such Shares will have been issued, recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agents or registrars, and delivered to Participant. After such issuance, recordation and delivery, Participant will have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to voting such Shares and the receipt of dividends and distributions on such Shares.

10. No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF THIS OPTION PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY OR THE EMPLOYER, AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND WILL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY OR THE EMPLOYER TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

11. Address for Notices . Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of this Agreement will be addressed to the Company at Box, Inc., 4440 El Camino Real, Los Altos, CA 94022, or at such other address as the Company may hereafter designate in writing.

12. Non-Transferability of Option . This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant.

13. Binding Agreement . Subject to the limitation on the transferability of this Option contained herein, this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

14. Additional Conditions to Issuance of Shares . If at any time the Company will determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration, qualification or rule compliance of the Shares upon any securities exchange or under any state, federal or foreign law, the tax code and related regulations or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory authority is necessary or desirable as a condition to the purchase by, or issuance of Shares to, Participant (or his or her estate) hereunder, such purchase or issuance will not occur unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, rule compliance, consent or approval will have been completed, effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. The Company has sole discretion in its efforts to meet the requirements of any such state, federal or foreign law or securities exchange and to obtain any such consent or approval of any such governmental authority or securities exchange. Assuming such compliance, for purposes of the Tax-Related Items, the Exercised Shares will be considered transferred to Participant on the date the Option is exercised with respect to such Exercised Shares.

 

- 9 -


15. Administrator Authority . The Administrator will have the power to interpret the Plan and this Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules (including, but not limited to, the determination of whether or not any Shares subject to the Option have vested). All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith will be final and binding upon Participant, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the Administrator will be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or this Agreement.

16. Electronic Delivery and Acceptance . The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to options awarded under the Plan or future options that may be awarded under the Plan by electronic means or request Participant’s consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through any on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company.

17. Captions . Captions provided herein are for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.

18. Agreement Severable . In the event that any provision in this Agreement will be held invalid or unenforceable, such provision will be severable from, and such invalidity or unenforceability will not be construed to have any effect on, the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

19. No Advice Regarding Grant . The Company is not providing any tax, legal or financial advice, nor is the Company making any recommendations regarding Participant’s participation in the Plan, or Participant’s acquisition or sale of the underlying Shares. Participant is hereby advised to consult with his or her own personal tax, legal and financial advisors regarding his or her participation in the Plan before taking any action related to the Plan.

20. Modifications to the Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties on the subjects covered. Participant expressly warrants that he or she is not accepting this Agreement in reliance on any promises, representations, or inducements other than those contained herein. Modifications to this Agreement or the Plan can be made only in an express written contract executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or this Agreement, the Company reserves the right to revise this Agreement as it deems necessary or advisable for any legal or administrative reasons, in its sole discretion and without the consent of Participant, including but not limited to the compliance with Code Section 409A.

21. Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan . By accepting this Award, Participant expressly warrants that he or she has received an option under the Plan, and has received, read and understood a description of the Plan. Participant understands that the Plan is discretionary in nature, is established voluntarily by the Company and may be amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time.

 

- 10 -


22. Governing Law and Venue . This Agreement will be governed by the laws of California, without giving effect to the conflict of law principles thereof. For purposes of litigating any dispute that arises under this Option or this Agreement, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the jurisdiction of the State of California , and agree that such litigation will be conducted in the courts of Santa Clara County, California, or the federal courts for the United States for the Northern District of California, and no other courts, where this Option is made and/or to be performed.

23. Language . If Participant has received this Agreement, or any other document related to this Option and/or the Plan translated into a language other than English and if the meaning of the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control.

24. Insider Trading Restrictions/Market Abuse Laws . Participant acknowledges that, depending on Participant’s country, Participant may be subject to insider trading restrictions and/or market abuse laws, which may affect his or her ability to acquire or sell the Shares or rights to the Shares under the Plan during such times as Participant is considered to have “inside information” regarding the Company (as defined by the laws in Participant’s country). Any restrictions under these laws or regulations are separate from and in addition to any restrictions that may be imposed under any applicable Company insider trading policy. Participant acknowledges that it is Participant’s responsibility to comply with any applicable restrictions, and Participant is advised to speak to his or her personal advisor on this matter.

25. Country-Specific Terms and Conditions . Notwithstanding any provisions in this Agreement, this Option shall be subject to the Country-Specific Terms and Conditions for Participant’s country attached to this Agreement as Exhibit B . Moreover, if Participant relocates to one of the countries included therein, the terms and conditions for such country will apply to Participant to the extent the Company determines that the application of such terms and conditions is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons. The Country-Specific Terms and Conditions constitute part of this Agreement.

26. Waiver . Participant acknowledges that a waiver by the Company of breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement, or of any subsequent breach by Participant or any other participant.

 

- 11 -


EXHIBIT B

COUNTRY-SPECIFIC

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

Certain capitalized terms used but not defined in these Country-Specific Terms and Conditions (“Country-Specific Terms”) have the meanings set forth in the Plan and/or in the Agreement.

Terms and Conditions

These Country-Specific Terms include additional terms and conditions that govern the Option granted to Participant under the Plan if he or she resides and/or works in one of the countries listed below. If Participant is a citizen or resident (or is considered as such for local law purposes) of a country other than the country in which Participant is currently residing and/or working, or if Participant relocates to another country after the grant of the Option, the Company shall, in its discretion, determine to what extent these Country-Specific Terms contained herein shall be applicable to Participant.

Notifications

These Country-Specific Terms may also include information regarding exchange controls and certain other issues of which Participant should be aware with respect to participation in the Plan. The information is based on the securities, exchange control, and other laws in effect in the respective countries as of January 2015. Such laws are often complex and change frequently. As a result, the Company strongly recommends that Participant not rely on the information in these Country-Specific Terms as the only source of information relating to the consequences of his or her participation in the Plan because the information may be out of date at the time Participant exercises the Option or sells Shares acquired under the Plan.

In addition, the information contained herein is general in nature and may not apply to Participant’s particular situation, and the Company is not in a position to assure Participant of a particular result. Accordingly, Participant is advised to seek appropriate professional advice as to how the relevant laws in his or her country may apply to Participant’s situation.

Finally, if Participant is a citizen or resident (or is considered as such for local law purposes) of a country other than the country in which Participant is currently residing and/or working, or if Participant relocates to another country after the grant of the Option, the notifications contained herein may not be applicable to Participant in the same manner.

 

- 1 -


AUSTRALIA

Terms and Conditions

Limitations on Exercise . This provision supplements Sections 2 and 4 of the Agreement:

If the Option vests and becomes exercisable when the Fair Market Value per Share is equal to or less than the Exercise Price for the Option, Participant shall not be permitted to exercise the vested Option. In such event, the vested Option may be exercised starting on the U.S. business day following the first period of thirty (30) consecutive days on which the Fair Market Value per Share has exceeded the Exercise Price for the Option.

Finally, notwithstanding the Expiration Date, any portion of the Options that has not become exercisable pursuant to the preceding paragraph within six years and 11 months following the Date of Grant shall automatically expire.

For the avoidance of doubt, this entire provision applies equally to any unvested portion of the Option held by Participant if Participant transfers to Australia after the grant of the Option, unless otherwise determined by the Company in its sole discretion.

Notifications

Securities Law Notification . If Participant acquires Shares under the Plan and subsequently offers the Shares for sale to a person or entity resident in Australia, such an offer may be subject to disclosure requirements under Australian law and Participant should obtain legal advice regarding any applicable disclosure requirements prior to making any such offer.

DENMARK

Terms and Conditions

Danish Stock Option Act . By participating in the Plan, Participant acknowledges having received a Danish translation of an “Employer Statement,” which is being provided to comply with the Danish Stock Option Act.

Notifications

Foreign Asset Reporting Information . Participant understands that he or she may hold Shares acquired under the Plan in a safety-deposit account ( e.g. , a brokerage account) with either a Danish bank or with an approved foreign broker or bank. If the shares are held with a non-Danish broker or bank, Participant is required to inform the Danish Tax Administration about the safety-deposit account. For this purpose, Participant must file a Declaration V ( Erklaering V ) with the Danish Tax Administration. The bank/broker and Participant must sign the Declaration V. By signing the Declaration V, the bank/broker undertakes an obligation, without further request each year not later than on February 1 of the year following the calendar year to which the information relates, to

 

- 2 -


forward certain information to the Danish Tax Administration concerning the content of the safety-deposit account. In the event that the applicable broker or bank with which the safety-deposit account is held does not wish to, or, pursuant to the laws of the country in question, is not allowed to assume such obligation to report, Participant acknowledges that he or she is solely responsible for providing certain details regarding the foreign brokerage or bank account and any Shares acquired at exercise and held in such account to the Danish Tax Administration as part of Participant’s annual income tax return. By signing the Form V, Participant at the same time authorizes the Danish Tax Administration to examine the account. A sample of the Declaration V can be found at the following website: www.skat.dk/getFile.aspx?Id=47392 .

In addition, when Participant opens a deposit account or a brokerage account for the purpose of holding cash outside Denmark, the bank or brokerage account, as applicable, will be treated as a deposit account because cash can be held in the account. Therefore, Participant must also file a Declaration K ( Erklaering K ) with the Danish Tax Administration. The bank/broker and Participant must sign the Declaration K. By signing the Declaration K, the bank/broker undertakes an obligation, without further request each year, not later than on February 1 of the year following the calendar year to which the information relates, to forward certain information to the Danish Tax Administration concerning the content of the deposit account. In the event that the applicable financial institution (broker or bank) with which the account is held, does not wish to, or, pursuant to the laws of the country in question, is not allowed to assume such obligation to report, Participant acknowledges that Participant is solely responsible for providing certain details regarding the foreign brokerage or bank account to the Danish Tax Administration as part of Participant’s annual income tax return. By signing the Declaration K, Participant at the same time authorizes the Danish Tax Administration to examine the account. A sample of Declaration K can be found at the following website: www.skat.dk/getFile.aspx?Id=42409&newwindow=true .

FRANCE

Terms and Conditions

Language Consent . In accepting the Option, Participant confirms having read and understood the documents relating to the Option (the Plan and the Agreement including this Exhibit B), which were provided in English. Participant accepts the terms of those documents accordingly.

Consentement de la Langue. En acceptant cette Option, le Participant confirme avoir lu et compris les documents relatifs à cette Option (le Plan et le Contrat d’Option incluant cette Annexe B), qui lui ont été remis en langue anglaise. Le Participant accepte les termes de ces documents en conséquence.

Notifications

Foreign Asset/Account Reporting Information . Participant is required to report all foreign accounts (whether open, current or closed) to the French tax authorities when filing his or her annual tax return.

 

- 3 -


GERMANY

Notifications

Exchange Control Notification . Cross-border payments in excess of €12,500 must be reported electronically to the German Federal Bank. The online filing portal can be accessed at the website of the German Federal Bank. Participants are advised to consult a personal legal advisor to ensure compliance with applicable reporting obligations.

JAPAN

Notifications

Foreign Asset/Account Reporting Information . Participant is required to report details of any assets held outside of Japan as of December 31st (including Shares acquired under the Plan), to the extent such assets have a total net fair market value exceeding ¥50 million. Such report will be due by March 15th each year. Participant should consult with his or her personal tax advisor to determine if the reporting obligation applies to Participant’s personal situation.

NETHERLANDS

No country-specific terms apply.

UNITED KINGDOM

Terms and Conditions

Tax-Related Items . The following provision supplements Section 6 of the Agreement:

Participant agrees that if the Employer or the Company does not withhold or otherwise collect the full amount of income tax that Participant owes due to the exercise of the Option or release, assignment or cancellation of the Option (the “ Chargeable Event ”) from Participant within ninety (90) days after the end of the tax year in which the Chargeable Event arose or such other period specified in Section 222(1)(c) of the United Kingdom Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003 (the “ Due Date ”), the amount of any uncollected income tax will constitute a loan owed by Participant to the Employer, effective on the Due Date. Participant agrees that the loan will bear interest at the then-current official rate of Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs (“ HMRC ”), it will be immediately due and repayable, and the Company or the Employer may recover it at any time thereafter by any of the means referred to in Section 6 of the Agreement.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Participant is a director or executive officer of the Company (within the meaning of Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act), Participant will not be eligible for such a loan to cover the income tax due. In the event that Participant is such a director or executive officer and the income tax is not collected from or paid by Participant by the Due Date, the amount of any uncollected income tax may constitute a benefit to Participant on which additional income tax and NICs may be payable. Participant will be responsible for reporting and paying any income tax due

 

- 4 -


on this additional benefit directly to HMRC under the self-assessment regime and for paying the Company or the Employer, as applicable, for the amount of any employee NICs due on this additional benefit which may be recovered from Participant by the Company or the Employer at any time thereafter by any of the means referred to in Section 6 of the Agreement.

If Participant fails to comply with Participant’s obligations in connection with the income tax as described in this section, the Company may refuse to deliver the Shares subject to the Option.

Joint Election for Transfer of Liability for Employer National Insurance Contributions . If Participant is a tax resident in the United Kingdom, the grant of the Option is conditional upon Participant’s agreement to accept liability for any secondary Class 1 national insurance contributions (“ NICs ”) which may be payable by the Employer in connection with any event giving rise to tax liability in relation to the option (“ Employer NICs ”). The Employer NICs may be collected by the Company or the Employer using any of the methods described in Section 6 of the Agreement. Without prejudice to the foregoing, Participant agrees to execute a joint election with the Company or the Employer (a “ Joint Election ”), the form of such Joint Election being formally approved by HMRC, and any other consent or elections required to accomplish the transfer of the Employer NICs to Participant. Participant further agrees to execute such other elections as may be required by any successor to the Company and/or the Employer for the purpose of continuing the effectiveness of Participant’s Joint Election. If Participant does not complete the Joint Election prior to exercise of Participant’s Option, or if approval of the Joint Election is withdrawn by HMRC and a new Joint Election is not entered into, Participant’s Option shall become null and void and may not be exercised, without any liability to the Company or its Subsidiaries. Participant must enter into the Joint Election attached to this Country Addendum, concurrent with the execution of the Agreement, or at such subsequent time as may be designated by the Company.

UNITED STATES

Notifications

Alternative Minimum Tax . To the extent the Option has been designated as an Incentive Stock Option, assuming Participant is a U.S. taxpayer, Participant may be subject to the alternative minimum tax at the time of exercise of such Incentive Stock Option.

 

- 5 -


[REQUIRED IF JOINT ELECTION WILL BE ACCEPTED ELECTRONICALLY]

Important Note on the Election to Transfer Employer NICs

If you are liable for National Insurance contributions (“NICs”) in the UK in connection with your participation in the Box, Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, you are required to enter into an Election to transfer to you any liability for employer’s NICs that may arise in connection with your participation in the Plan.

By entering into the Election:

 

    you agree that any employer’s NICs liability that may arise in connection with your participation in the Plan will be transferred to you;

 

    you authorise your employer to recover an amount sufficient to cover this liability by such methods including, but not limited to, deductions from your salary or other payments due or the sale of sufficient shares acquired pursuant to your awards; and

 

    you acknowledge that even if you have clicked on the “ACCEPT” box where indicated, the Company or your employer may still require you to sign a paper copy of this Election (or a substantially similar form) if the Company determines such is necessary to give effect to the Election.

Please read the Election carefully.

Please print and keep a copy of the Election for your records.

 

- 6 -


BOX, INC.

2015 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

Election To Transfer the Employer’s National Insurance Liability to the Employee

This Election is between:

 

A. The individual who has obtained authorised access to this Election (the “ Employee ”), who is employed by one of the employing companies listed in the attached schedule (the “ Employer ”) and who is eligible to receive stock options (“ Awards ”) pursuant to the Box, Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), and

 

B. Box, Inc. , 4440 El Camino Real, Los Altos, CA 94022, USA (the “ Company ”), which may grant Awards under the Plan and is entering into this Election on behalf of the Employer.

 

  1. Introduction

1.1 This Election relates to all Awards granted to the Employee under the Plan on or after [date] up to the termination date of the Plan.

1.2 In this Election the following words and phrases have the following meanings:

 

  (a) Chargeable Event ” means, in relation to the Awards:

(i) the acquisition of securities pursuant to Awards (within section 477(3)(a) of ITEPA);

(ii) the assignment or release of the Awards in return for consideration (within section 477(3)(b) of ITEPA);

(iii) the receipt of a benefit in connection with the Awards other than a benefit within (i) or (ii) above (within section 477(3)(c) of ITEPA);

(iv) post-acquisition charges relating to the Awards, restricted stock and/or shares acquired pursuant to the Awards (within section 427 of ITEPA); and/or

(v) post-acquisition charges relating to the Awards, restricted stock and/or shares acquired pursuant to the Awards (within section 439 of ITEPA).

 

  (b) ITEPA ” means the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003.

 

  (c) SSCBA ” means the Social Security Contributions and Benefits Act 1992.

1.3 This Election relates to the employer’s secondary Class 1 National Insurance Contributions (the “ Employer’s Liability ”) which may arise on the occurrence of a Chargeable Event in respect of the Awards pursuant to section 4(4)(a) and/or paragraph 3B(1A) of Schedule 1 of the SSCBA.

 

- 7 -


1.4 This Election does not apply in relation to any liability, or any part of any liability, arising as a result of regulations being given retrospective effect by virtue of section 4B(2) of either the SSCBA, or the Social Security Contributions and Benefits (Northern Ireland) Act 1992.

1.5 This Election does not apply to the extent that it relates to relevant employment income which is employment income of the earner by virtue of Chapter 3A of Part VII of ITEPA (employment income: securities with artificially depressed market value).

 

  2. The Election

The Employee and the Company jointly elect that the entire liability of the Employer to pay the Employer’s Liability on the Chargeable Event is hereby transferred to the Employee. The Employee understands that, by signing or electronically accepting this Election, he or she will become personally liable for the Employer’s Liability covered by this Election. This Election is made in accordance with paragraph 3B(1) of Schedule 1 to SSCBA.

 

  3. Payment of the Employer’s Liability

3.1 The Employee hereby authorises the Company and/or the Employer to collect the Employer’s Liability from the Employee at any time after the Chargeable Event:

 

  (i) by deduction from salary or any other payment payable to the Employee at any time on or after the date of the Chargeable Event; and/or

 

  (ii) directly from the Employee by payment in cash or cleared funds; and/or

 

  (iii) by arranging, on behalf of the Employee, for the sale of some of the securities which the Employee is entitled to receive in respect of the Awards; and/or

 

  (iv) by any other means specified in the applicable award agreement.

3.2 The Company hereby reserves for itself and the Employer the right to withhold the transfer of any securities to the Employee in respect of the Awards until full payment of the Employer’s Liability is received.

3.3 The Company agrees to procure the remittance by the Employer of the Employer’s Liability to HM Revenue & Customs on behalf of the Employee within 14 days after the end of the UK tax month during which the Chargeable Event occurs (or within 17 days after the end of the UK tax month during which the Chargeable Event occurs, if payments are made electronically).

 

  4. Duration of Election

4.1 The Employee and the Company agree to be bound by the terms of this Election regardless of whether the Employee is transferred abroad or is not employed by the Employer on the date on which the Employer’s Liability becomes due.

4.2 Any reference to the Company and/or the Employer shall include that entity’s successors in title and assigns as permitted in accordance with the terms of the Plan and relevant award agreement. This Election will continue in effect in respect of any awards which replace the Awards in circumstances where section 483 of ITEPA applies.

 

- 8 -


4.3 This Election will continue in effect until the earliest of the following:

 

  (i) the Employee and the Company agree in writing that it should cease to have effect;

 

  (ii) on the date the Company serves written notice on the Employee terminating its effect;

 

  (iii) on the date HM Revenue & Customs withdraws approval of this Election; or

 

  (iv) after due payment of the Employer’s Liability in respect of the entirety of the Awards to which this Election relates or could relate, such that the Election ceases to have effect in accordance with its terms.

Acceptance by the Employee

The Employee acknowledges that, by clicking on the “ACCEPT” box in the online acceptance screen, the Employee agrees to be bound by the terms of this Election.

OR:

The Employee acknowledges that, by signing this Election, the Employee agrees to be bound by the terms of this Election.

 

Name  

 

Signature  

 

Date  

 

Acceptance by the Company

The Company acknowledges that, by signing this Election or arranging for the scanned signature of an authorised representative to appear on this Election, the Company agrees to be bound by the terms of this Election.

 

Signature for and on      
behalf of the Company    

 

 
Position    

 

 
Date    

 

 

 

- 9 -


SCHEDULE OF EMPLOYER COMPANIES

The following are employer companies to which this Election may apply:

For each company, provide the following details:

 

Name of Company:    Box.com (UK) Ltd
Registered Office:    64 North Row, London W1K 7LL
Company Registration Number:    08097316
Corporation Tax District:    Euston District
Corporation Tax Reference:    673 73432 29543
PAYE Reference:    475/KA 80221

 

- 10 -


EXHIBIT C

BOX, INC.

2015 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

Box, Inc.

4440 El Camino Real

Los Altos, CA 94022

USA

Attention: Stock Administration

1. Exercise of Option . Effective as of today,             ,         , the undersigned (“Purchaser”) hereby elects to purchase                  shares (the “Shares”) of the Common Stock of Box, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Global Stock Option Agreement dated          (including any exhibits and terms and conditions thereto, the “Agreement”). The purchase price for the Shares will be $        , as required by the Agreement.

2. Delivery of Payment . Purchaser herewith delivers to the Company, or otherwise makes adequate arrangements satisfactory to the Company, the full purchase price of the Shares and any Tax-Related Items (as defined in the Agreement) to be paid in connection with the exercise of the Option.

3. Representations of Purchaser . Purchaser acknowledges that Purchaser has received, read and understood the Plan and the Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

4. Rights as Stockholder . Until the issuance (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company) of the Shares, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Shares subject to the Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares so acquired will be issued to Purchaser as soon as practicable after exercise of the Option. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance, except as provided in Section 14 of the Plan.

5. Tax Consultation . Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Purchaser’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted with any tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 

- 1 -


6. Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The Plan and Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan and the Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Purchaser with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to Purchaser’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Purchaser. This Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California.

 

Submitted by:     Accepted by:
PURCHASER     BOX, INC.

 

   

 

Signature     By

 

   

 

Print Name     Its
Address :    

 

   

 

   
   

 

    Date Received

 

- 2 -


BOX, INC.

2015 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

GLOBAL RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Box, Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) will have the same defined meanings in this Global Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, including the Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Grant (the “Notice of Grant”), the Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Grant, attached hereto as Exhibit A , and the Country-Specific Terms and Conditions, attached hereto as Exhibit B (collectively this “Award Agreement”).

NOTICE OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANT

 

Participant:  

 

 
Address:  

 

 
 

 

 

Participant has been granted the right to receive an Award of Restricted Stock Units, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, as follows:

 

Grant Number  

 

 
Date of Grant  

 

 
Vesting Commencement Date  

 

 
Number of Restricted Stock Units  

 

 

Vesting Schedule :

Subject to any acceleration provisions contained in the Plan or set forth below, the Restricted Stock Units will vest in accordance with the following schedule:

[The Restricted Stock Units will vest as to 1/4 of the Restricted Stock Units on the first RSU Quarterly Vesting Date that is on or after the one year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through such date. On each of the next 12 RSU Quarterly Vesting Dates, 1/16 of the number of RSUs granted will vest, subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through each such date.]

“RSU Quarterly Vesting Date” means the first trading day on or following the 20th of the month of each of March, June, September, and December of any given year.

 

-1-


In the event Participant ceases to be a Service Provider for any or no reason before Participant vests in the Restricted Stock Units, the Restricted Stock Units and Participant’s right to acquire any Shares hereunder will immediately terminate.

For purposes of this Award, Participant’s status as a Service Provider will be considered terminated as of the date Participant is no longer actively providing services to Box, Inc. (the “Company”) or any Parent or Subsidiary (regardless of the reason for such termination and whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is employed or the terms of Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any), and unless otherwise expressly provided in this Award Agreement or determined by the Company, Participant’s right to vest in this Award under the Plan, if any, will terminate as of such date and will not be extended by any notice period ( e.g ., Participant’s period of service would not include any contractual notice period or any period of “garden leave” or similar period mandated under employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is employed or the terms of Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any). The Administrator shall have the exclusive discretion to determine when Participant is no longer actively providing services for purposes of his or her Award grant (including whether Participant may still be considered to be providing services while on a leave of absence).

By Participant’s signature and the signature of the representative of the Company below, Participant and the Company agree that this Award of Restricted Stock Units is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, including exhibits hereto, all of which are made a part of this document. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Award Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Award Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and this Award Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions relating to the Plan and this Award Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated above.

 

PARTICIPANT:     BOX, INC.

 

   

 

Signature     By

 

   

 

Print Name     Title

 

-2-


EXHIBIT A

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANT

1. Grant . The Company hereby grants to the individual named in the Notice of Grant (the “Participant”) under the Plan an Award of Restricted Stock Units, subject to all of the terms and conditions in this Award Agreement and the Plan, which are incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 19(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of this Award Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan will prevail.

2. Company’s Obligation to Pay . Each Restricted Stock Unit represents the right to receive a Share on the date it vests. Unless and until the Restricted Stock Units will have vested in the manner set forth in Sections 3 or 4 of this Award Agreement, Participant will have no right to payment of any such Restricted Stock Units. Prior to the actual payment of any vested Restricted Stock Units, such Restricted Stock Units will represent an unsecured obligation of the Company, payable (if at all) only from the general assets of the Company. Any Restricted Stock Units that vest in accordance with Sections 3 or 4 of this Award Agreement will be paid to Participant (or in the event of Participant’s death, to his or her estate) in whole Shares, subject to Participant satisfying any Tax-Related Items as set forth in Section 7 of this Award Agreement. Subject to the provisions of Section 4 of this Award Agreement, such vested Restricted Stock Units shall be paid in whole Shares as soon as practicable after vesting, but in each such case within the period of sixty (60) days following the vesting date. In no event will Participant be permitted, directly or indirectly, to specify the taxable year of the payment of any Restricted Stock Units payable under this Award Agreement.

3. Vesting Schedule . Except as provided in Section 4 of this Award Agreement, and subject to Section 5 of this Award Agreement, the Restricted Stock Units awarded by this Award Agreement will vest in accordance with the vesting provisions set forth in the Notice of Grant. Restricted Stock Units scheduled to vest on a certain date or upon the occurrence of a certain condition will not vest in accordance with any of the provisions of this Award Agreement unless Participant will have been continuously a Service Provider from the Date of Grant until the date such vesting occurs.

4. Administrator Discretion . The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the unvested Restricted Stock Units at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan. If so accelerated, such Restricted Stock Units will be considered as having vested as of the date specified by the Administrator. For U.S. taxpayers, the payment of Shares vesting pursuant to this Section 4 shall in all cases be paid at a time or in a manner that is exempt from, or complies with, Section 409A.

Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or this Award Agreement to the contrary, if the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the Restricted Stock Units is accelerated in connection with Participant’s termination as a Service Provider (provided that such termination is a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A, as determined by the Company), other than due to death , and if (x) Participant is a “specified

 

-3-


employee” within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of such termination as a Service Provider and (y) the payment of such accelerated Restricted Stock Units will result in the imposition of additional tax under Section 409A if paid to Participant on or within the six (6) month period following Participant’s termination as a Service Provider, then the payment of such accelerated Restricted Stock Units will not be made until the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of Participant’s termination as a Service Provider, unless Participant dies following his or her termination as a Service Provider, in which case, the Restricted Stock Units will be paid in Shares to Participant’s estate as soon as practicable following his or her death. It is the intent of this Award Agreement that it and all payments and benefits hereunder be exempt from, or comply with, the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the Restricted Stock Units provided under this Award Agreement or Shares issuable thereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to be so exempt or so comply. Each payment payable under this Award Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2). For purposes of this Award Agreement, “Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code, and any final U.S. Treasury Regulations and U.S. Internal Revenue Service guidance thereunder, as each may be amended from time to time.

5. Forfeiture upon Termination of Status as a Service Provider . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Award Agreement, the balance of the Restricted Stock Units that have not vested as of the time of Participant’s termination as a Service Provider for any or no reason and Participant’s right to acquire any Shares hereunder will immediately terminate.

For purposes of this Award of Restricted Stock Units, Participant’s status as a Service Provider will be considered terminated as of the date Participant is no longer actively providing services to the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary (regardless of the reason for such termination and whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is employed or the terms of Participant’s employment agreement, if any), and unless otherwise expressly provided in this Award Agreement or determined by the Company, Participant’s right to vest in the Restricted Stock Units under the Plan, if any, will terminate as of such date and will not be extended by any notice period ( e.g ., Participant’s period of service would not include any contractual notice period or any period of “garden leave” or similar period mandated under employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is employed or the terms of Participant’s employment agreement, if any); the Administrator shall have the exclusive discretion to determine when Participant is no longer actively providing services for purposes of this Award of Restricted Stock Units (including whether Participant may still be considered to be providing services while on a leave of absence).

6. Death of Participant . Any distribution or delivery to be made to Participant under this Award Agreement will, if Participant is then deceased, be made to Participant’s designated beneficiary, if so allowed by the Administrator in its sole discretion, or if no beneficiary survives Participant, the administrator or executor of Participant’s estate. Any such transferee must furnish the Company with (a) written notice of his or her status as transferee, and (b) evidence satisfactory to the Company to establish the validity of the transfer and compliance with any laws or regulations pertaining to said transfer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Participant is employed outside the United States, Participant is not permitted to designate a beneficiary under this Award Agreement.

 

-4-


7. Responsibility for Taxes . Participant acknowledges that, regardless of any action taken by the Company or, if different, Participant’s employer (the “Employer”), the ultimate liability for all income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, fringe benefits tax, payment on account or other tax-related items related to Participant’s participation in the Plan and legally applicable to Participant (“Tax-Related Items”), is and remains Participant’s responsibility and may exceed the amount actually withheld by the Company or the Employer. Further, notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Award Agreement, no Shares will be issued to Participant, unless and until satisfactory arrangements (as determined by the Administrator) will have been made by Participant with respect to the payment of any Tax-Related Items which the Company determines must be withheld with respect to such Shares. Prior to vesting and/or settlement of the Restricted Stock Units, Participant will pay or make adequate arrangements satisfactory to the Company and/or the Employer to satisfy all Tax-Related Items. In this regard, Participant authorizes the Company and/or the Employer to withhold all applicable tax withholding obligations legally payable by Participant from his or her wages or other cash compensation paid to Participant by the Company and/or the Employer or from proceeds of the sale of Shares. Alternatively, or in addition, if permissible under applicable local law, the Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit or require Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation, in whole or in part (without limitation) by (a) paying cash, (b) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable Shares having a fair market value equal to the minimum amount required to be withheld, (c) delivering to the Company already vested and owned Shares having a fair market value equal to the amount required to be withheld, or (d) selling a sufficient number of such Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant through such means as the Company may determine in its sole discretion (whether through a broker or otherwise) equal to the amount required to be withheld either through a voluntary sale or through a mandatory sale arranged by the Company (on Participant’s behalf pursuant to this authorization). To the extent determined appropriate by the Company in its discretion, it will have the right (but not the obligation) to satisfy any Tax-Related Items by reducing the number of Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant and, until determined otherwise by the Company, this will be the method by which such tax withholding obligations are satisfied.

Participant hereby agrees that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or Participant’s Restricted Stock Units in a manner that minimizes Participant’s liabilities for Tax-Related Items and that the Company and the Employer make no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with any aspect of Participant’s Restricted Stock Units, including, but not limited to, the grant, vesting or settlement of the Restricted Stock Units, the subsequent sale of Shares acquired pursuant to such settlement or the receipt of any dividends. Participant acknowledges that regardless of any action taken by the Company or the Employer, the ultimate liability for Tax-Related Items is Participant’s and remains Participant’s responsibility and may exceed any amount withheld by the Company or the Employer. In addition, if Participant is subject to Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction between the Date of Grant and the date of any relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, Participant acknowledges that the Company and/or the Employer (or former employer, as applicable) may be required to withhold or account for Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction.

 

-5-


8. Nature of Grant . In accepting the award, Participant acknowledges, understands and agrees that:

(a) the Plan is established voluntarily by the Company, it is discretionary in nature and it may be modified, amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time, to the extent permitted by the Plan;

(b) the Award of Restricted Stock Units is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future awards of Restricted Stock Units, or benefits in lieu of Restricted Stock Units, even if Restricted Stock Units have been awarded in the past;

(c) all decisions with respect to future Restricted Stock Units or other awards, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company;

(d) Participant is voluntarily participating in the Plan;

(e) the Award of Restricted Stock Units and the Shares subject to the Restricted Stock Units, and the income and value of same, are not intended to replace any pension rights or compensation;

(f) the Award of Restricted Stock Units and the Shares subject to the Restricted Stock Units, and the income and value of same, are not part of normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement or welfare benefits or similar payments;

(g) the future value of the underlying Shares is unknown, indeterminable and cannot be predicted with certainty;

(h) unless otherwise provided in the Plan or by the Company in its discretion, the Restricted Stock Units and the benefits evidenced by this Award Agreement do not create any entitlement to have the Restricted Stock Units or any such benefits transferred to, or assumed by, another company nor be exchanged, cashed out or substituted for, in connection with any corporate transaction affecting the Common Stock; and

(i) the following provisions apply only if Participant is providing services outside the United States:

(i) no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from forfeiture of the Restricted Stock Units resulting from the termination of Participant as a Service Provider (for any reason whatsoever whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is employed or the terms of Participant’s employment agreement, if any), and in consideration of the award of the Restricted Stock Units to which Participant is otherwise not entitled, Participant irrevocably agrees never to institute any claim against the Company, the Employer or any

 

-6-


other Parent or Subsidiary, waives his or her ability, if any, to bring any such claim, and releases the Company, the Employer or any other Parent or Subsidiary from any such claim; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is allowed by a court of competent jurisdiction, then, by participating in the Plan, Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have agreed not to pursue such claim and agrees to execute any and all documents necessary to request dismissal or withdrawal of such claim;; and

(ii) Participant acknowledges and agrees that neither the Company, the Employer nor any Parent or Subsidiary shall be liable for any foreign exchange rate fluctuation between Participant’s local currency and the United States Dollar that may affect the value of the Restricted Stock Units or of any amounts due to Participant pursuant to the settlement of the Restricted Stock Units or the subsequent sale of any Shares acquired upon settlement.

9. Data Privacy . Participant hereby explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of Participant’s personal data as described in this Award Agreement and any other grant materials (“Data”) by and among, as applicable, the Employer, the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing Participant’s participation in the Plan.

Participant understands that the Company and the Employer may hold certain personal information about Participant, including, but not limited to, Participant’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any shares of stock or directorships held in the Company, details of all Restricted Stock Units or any other entitlement to shares of stock awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in Participant’s favor, for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan.

Participant understands that Data will be transferred to such stock plan service provider as may be selected by the Company from time to time, which is assisting the Company with the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. Participant understands that the recipients of Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere, and that the recipients’ country ( e.g. , the United States) may have different data privacy laws and protections than Participant’s country. Participant understands that if he or she resides outside the United States, he or she may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of Data by contacting his or her local human resources representative. Participant authorizes the Company and any possible recipients which may assist the Company (presently or in the future) with implementing, administering and managing the Plan to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purpose of implementing, administering and managing his or her participation in the Plan. Participant understands that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage Participant’s participation in the Plan. Participant understands if he or she resides outside the United States, he or she may, at any time, view Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing his or her local human resources representative. Further, Participant understands that he or she is providing the consents herein on a purely voluntary basis. If

 

-7-


Participant does not consent, or if Participant later seeks to revoke his or her consent, his or her employment status or service and career with the Employer will not be adversely affected; the only consequence of refusing or withdrawing Participant’s consent is that the Company would not be able to grant Participant Restricted Stock Units or other equity awards or administer or maintain such awards. Therefore, Participant understands that refusing or withdrawing his or her consent may affect Participant’s ability to participate in the Plan. For more information on the consequences of Participant’s refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, Participant understands that he or she may contact his or her local human resources representative.

10. Rights as Stockholder . Neither Participant nor any person claiming under or through Participant will have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder of the Company in respect of any Shares deliverable hereunder unless and until certificates representing such Shares will have been issued, recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agents or registrars, and delivered to Participant. After such issuance, recordation and delivery, Participant will have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to voting such Shares and the receipt of dividends and distributions on such Shares.

11. No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF THE RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY OR THE EMPLOYER, AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS AWARD OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AWARD AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND WILL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY OR THE EMPLOYER TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

12. Address for Notices . Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of this Award Agreement will be addressed to the Company at Box, Inc., 4440 El Camino Real, Los Altos, CA 94022, USA or at such other address as the Company may hereafter designate in writing.

13. Grant is Not Transferable . Except to the limited extent provided in Section 6, this grant and the rights and privileges conferred hereby may not be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and may not be subject to sale under execution, attachment or similar process. Upon any attempt to transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of this grant, or any right or privilege conferred hereby, or upon any attempted sale under any execution, attachment or similar process, this grant and the rights and privileges conferred hereby immediately will become null and void.

 

-8-


14. Binding Agreement . Subject to the limitation on the transferability of this grant contained herein, this Award Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

15. Additional Conditions to Issuance of Shares . If at any time the Company will determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration, qualification or rule compliance of the Shares upon any securities exchange or under any state, federal or foreign law, the tax code and related regulations or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory authority is necessary or desirable as a condition to the issuance of Shares to Participant (or his or her estate) hereunder, such issuance will not occur unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, rule compliance, consent or approval will have been completed, effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. Where the Company determines that the delivery of the payment of any Shares will violate any state, federal or foreign securities or exchange laws or other applicable laws, the Company will defer delivery until the earliest date at which the Company reasonably anticipates that the delivery of Shares will no longer cause such violation. The Company has sole discretion in its efforts to meet the requirements of any such local, state, federal or foreign law or securities exchange and to obtain any such consent or approval of any such governmental authority or securities exchange.

16. Administrator Authority . The Administrator will have the power to interpret the Plan and this Award Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules (including, but not limited to, the determination of whether or not any Restricted Stock Units have vested). All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith will be final and binding upon Participant, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the Administrator will be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or this Award Agreement.

17. Electronic Delivery and Acceptance . The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to Restricted Stock Units awarded under the Plan or future Restricted Stock Units that may be awarded under the Plan by electronic means or request Participant’s consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through any on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company.

18. Captions . Captions provided herein are for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Award Agreement.

19. Agreement Severable . In the event that any provision in this Award Agreement will be held invalid or unenforceable, such provision will be severable from, and such invalidity or unenforceability will not be construed to have any effect on, the remaining provisions of this Award Agreement.

20. No Advice Regarding Grant . The Company is not providing any tax, legal or financial advice, nor is the Company making any recommendations regarding Participant’s

 

-9-


participation in the Plan, or Participant’s acquisition or sale of the underlying Shares. Participant is hereby advised to consult with his or her own personal tax, legal and financial advisors regarding his or her participation in the Plan before taking any action related to the Plan.

21. Modifications to the Award Agreement . This Award Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties on the subjects covered. Participant expressly warrants that he or she is not accepting this Award Agreement in reliance on any promises, representations, or inducements other than those contained herein. Modifications to this Award Agreement or the Plan can be made only in an express written contract executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or this Award Agreement, the Company reserves the right to revise this Award Agreement as it deems necessary or advisable for any legal or administrative reasons, in its sole discretion and without the consent of Participant, including but not limited to the compliance with Section 409A.

22. Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan . By accepting this award, Participant expressly warrants that he or she has received an Award of Restricted Stock Units under the Plan, and has received, read and understood a description of the Plan. Participant understands that the Plan is discretionary in nature and may be amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time.

23. Governing Law and Venue . This Award Agreement will be governed by the laws of California, without giving effect to the conflict of law principles thereof. For purposes of litigating any dispute that arises under this Award of Restricted Stock Units or this Award Agreement, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the jurisdiction of the State of California , and agree that such litigation will be conducted in the courts of Santa Clara County, California, or the federal courts for the United States for the Northern District of California, and no other courts, where the Award of Restricted Stock Units is made and/or to be performed.

24. Language . If Participant has received this Award Agreement, or any other document related to this Award of Restricted Stock Units and/or the Plan translated into a language other than English and if the meaning of the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control.

25. Insider Trading Restrictions/Market Abuse Laws . Participant acknowledges that, depending on Participant’s country, Participant may be subject to insider trading restrictions and/or market abuse laws, which may affect his or her ability to acquire or sell the Shares or rights to the Shares under the Plan during such times as Participant is considered to have “inside information” regarding the Company (as defined by the laws in Participant’s country). Any restrictions under these laws or regulations are separate from and in addition to any restrictions that may be imposed under any applicable Company insider trading policy. Participant acknowledges that it is Participant’s responsibility to comply with any applicable restrictions, and Participant is advised to speak to his or her personal advisor on this matter.

26. Country-Specific Terms and Conditions . Notwithstanding any provisions in this Award Agreement, this Award of Restricted Stock Units shall be subject to the Country-Specific Terms and Conditions for Participant’s country attached to this Award Agreement as Exhibit B . Moreover, if Participant relocates to one of the countries included therein, the terms and

 

-10-


conditions for such country will apply to Participant to the extent the Company determines that the application of such terms and conditions is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons. The Country-Specific Terms and Conditions constitute part of this Award Agreement.

27. Waiver . Participant acknowledges that a waiver by the Company of breach of any provision of this Award Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other provision of this Award Agreement, or of any subsequent breach by Participant or any other participant.

 

-11-


EXHIBIT B

COUNTRY-SPECIFIC

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

Certain capitalized terms used but not defined in these Country-Specific Terms and Conditions (“Country-Specific Terms”) have the meanings set forth in the Plan and/or in the Award Agreement.

Terms and Conditions

These Country-specific terms include additional terms and conditions that govern the Award of Restricted Stock Units granted to Participant under the Plan if he or she resides and/or works in one of the countries listed below. If Participant is a citizen or resident (or is considered as such for local law purposes) of a country other than the country in which Participant is currently residing and/or working, or if Participant relocates to another country after the award of the Restricted Stock Units, the Company shall, in its discretion, determine to what extent these Country-specific terms contained herein shall be applicable to Participant.

Notifications

These Country-specific terms may also include information regarding exchange controls and certain other issues of which Participant should be aware with respect to participation in the Plan. The information is based on the securities, exchange control, and other laws in effect in the respective countries as of January 2015. Such laws are often complex and change frequently. As a result, the Company strongly recommends that Participant not rely on the information in these Country-specific terms as the only source of information relating to the consequences of his or her participation in the Plan because the information may be out of date at the time Participant vests in the Restricted Stock Units or sells Shares acquired under the Plan.

In addition, the information contained herein is general in nature and may not apply to Participant’s particular situation, and the Company is not in a position to assure Participant of a particular result. Accordingly, Participant is advised to seek appropriate professional advice as to how the relevant laws in his or her country may apply to Participant’s situation.

Finally, if Participant is a citizen or resident (or is considered as such for local law purposes) of a country other than the country in which Participant is currently residing and/or working, or if Participant relocates to another country after the award of the Restricted Stock Units, the notifications contained herein may not be applicable to Participant in the same manner.

 

1


AUSTRALIA

Notifications

Securities Law Notification . If Participant acquires Shares under the Plan and subsequently offers the Shares for sale to a person or entity resident in Australia, such an offer may be subject to disclosure requirements under Australian law and Participant should obtain legal advice regarding any applicable disclosure requirements prior to making any such offer.

DENMARK

Terms and Conditions

Danish Stock Option Act . By participating in the Plan, Participant acknowledges having received a Danish translation of an “Employer Statement,” which is being provided to comply with the Danish Stock Option Act.

Notifications

Foreign Asset Reporting Information . Participant understands that he or she may hold Shares acquired under the Plan in a safety-deposit account ( e.g. , a brokerage account) with either a Danish bank or with an approved foreign broker or bank. If the shares are held with a non-Danish broker or bank, Participant is required to inform the Danish Tax Administration about the safety-deposit account. For this purpose, Participant must file a Declaration V ( Erklaering V ) with the Danish Tax Administration. The bank/broker and Participant must sign the Declaration V. By signing the Declaration V, the bank/broker undertakes an obligation, without further request each year not later than on February 1 of the year following the calendar year to which the information relates, to forward certain information to the Danish Tax Administration concerning the content of the safety-deposit account. In the event that the applicable broker or bank with which the safety-deposit account is held does not wish to, or, pursuant to the laws of the country in question, is not allowed to assume such obligation to report, Participant acknowledges that he or she is solely responsible for providing certain details regarding the foreign brokerage or bank account and any Shares acquired at vesting and held in such account to the Danish Tax Administration as part of Participant’s annual income tax return. By signing the Form V, Participant at the same time authorizes the Danish Tax Administration to examine the account. A sample of the Declaration V can be found at the following website: www.skat.dk/getFile.aspx?Id=47392 .

 

2


In addition, when Participant opens a deposit account or a brokerage account for the purpose of holding cash outside Denmark, the bank or brokerage account, as applicable, will be treated as a deposit account because cash can be held in the account. Therefore, Participant must also file a Declaration K ( Erklaering K ) with the Danish Tax Administration. The bank/broker and Participant must sign the Declaration K. By signing the Declaration K, the bank/broker undertakes an obligation, without further request each year, not later than on February 1 of the year following the calendar year to which the information relates, to forward certain information to the Danish Tax Administration concerning the content of the deposit account. In the event that the applicable financial institution (broker or bank) with which the account is held, does not wish to, or, pursuant to the laws of the country in question, is not allowed to assume such obligation to report, Participant acknowledges that Participant is solely responsible for providing certain details regarding the foreign brokerage or bank account to the Danish Tax Administration as part of Participant’s annual income tax return. By signing the Declaration K, Participant at the same time authorizes the Danish Tax Administration to examine the account. A sample of Declaration K can be found at the following website: www.skat.dk/getFile.aspx?Id=42409&newwindow=true .

FRANCE

Terms and Conditions

Language Consent . In accepting the Restricted Stock Units, Participant confirms having read and understood the documents relating to the Restricted Stock Units (the Plan and the Agreement including this Exhibit B), which were provided in English. Participant accepts the terms of those documents accordingly.

Consentement de la Langue. En acceptant l’attribution, le Participant confirme avoir lu et compris les documents relatifs à cette attribution (le Plan et le Contrat incluant cette Annexe B), qui lui ont été remis en langue anglaise. Le Participant accepte les termes de ces documents en conséquence.

Notifications

Foreign Asset/Account Reporting Information . Participant is required to report all foreign accounts (whether open, current or closed) to the French tax authorities when filing his or her annual tax return.

GERMANY

Notifications

Exchange Control Notification . Cross-border payments in excess of €12,500 must be reported electronically to the German Federal Bank. The online filing portal can be accessed at the website of the German Federal Bank. Participants are advised to consult a personal legal advisor to ensure compliance with applicable reporting obligations.

 

3


JAPAN

Notifications

Foreign Asset Reporting Information . Participant is required to report details of any assets held outside of Japan as of December 31st (including Shares acquired under the Plan), to the extent such assets have a total net fair market value exceeding ¥50 million. Such report will be due by March 15th each year. Participant should consult with his or her personal tax advisor to determine if the reporting obligation applies to Participant’s personal situation.

NETHERLANDS

No country-specific terms apply.

UNITED KINGDOM

Terms and Conditions

Tax-Related Items . The following provision supplements Section 7 of the Award Agreement:

Participant agrees that if the Employer or the Company does not withhold or otherwise collect the full amount of income tax that Participant owes due to the vesting of the Restricted Stock Units, assignment or cancellation of the Stock Units (the “ Chargeable Event ”) from Participant within ninety (90) days after the end of the tax year in which the Chargeable Event arose or such other period specified in Section 222(1)(c) of the United Kingdom Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003 (the “ Due Date ”), the amount of any uncollected income tax will constitute a loan owed by Participant to the Employer, effective on the Due Date. Participant agrees that the loan will bear interest at the then-current official rate of Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs (“ HMRC ”), it will be immediately due and repayable, and the Company or the Employer may recover it at any time thereafter by any of the means referred to in Section 7 of the Award Agreement.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Participant is a director or executive officer of the Company (within the meaning of Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act), Participant will not be eligible for such a loan to cover the income tax due. In the event that Participant is such a director or executive officer and the income tax is not collected from or paid by Participant by the Due Date, the amount of any uncollected income tax may constitute a benefit to Participant on which additional income tax and NICs may be payable. Participant will be responsible for reporting and paying any income tax due on this additional benefit directly to HMRC under the self-assessment regime and for reimbursing the Company or the Employer, as applicable, for the amount of any employee NICs due on this additional benefit which may be recovered from Participant by the Company or the Employer at any time thereafter by any of the means referred to in Section 7 of the Award Agreement.

If Participant fails to comply with his or her obligations in connection with the income tax as described in this section, the Company may refuse to deliver the Shares subject to the Stock Units.

 

4


Joint Election for Transfer of Liability for Employer National Insurance Contributions . If Participant is a tax resident in the United Kingdom, the grant of the Restricted Stock Units is conditional upon Participant’s agreement to accept liability for any secondary Class 1 national insurance contributions (“ NICs ”) which may be payable by the Employer in connection with any event giving rise to tax liability in relation to the Restricted Stock Units (“ Employer NICs ”). The Employer NICs may be collected by the Company or the Employer using any of the methods described in Section 7 of the Award Agreement. Without prejudice to the foregoing, Participant agrees to execute a joint election with the Company or the Employer (a “ Joint Election ”), the form of such Joint Election being formally approved by HMRC, and any other consent or elections required to accomplish the transfer of the Employer NICs to Participant. Participant further agrees to execute such other elections as may be required by any successor to the Company and/or the Employer for the purpose of continuing the effectiveness of Participant’s Joint Election. If Participant does not complete the Joint Election prior to vesting in Participant’s Restricted Stock Units, or if approval of the Joint Election is withdrawn by HMRC and a new Joint Election is not entered into, Participant’s Restricted Stock Units shall become null and void and may not be settled, without any liability to the Company or its Subsidiaries. Participant must enter into the Joint Election attached to this Exhibit B, concurrent with the execution of the Award Agreement, or at such subsequent time as may be designated by the Company.

UNITED STATES

Notifications

No country-specific terms apply.

 

5


[REQUIRED IF JOINT ELECTION WILL BE ACCEPTED ELECTRONICALLY]

Important Note on the Election to Transfer Employer NICs

If you are liable for National Insurance contributions (“NICs”) in the UK in connection with your participation in the Box, Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, you are required to enter into an Election to transfer to you any liability for employer’s NICs that may arise in connection with your participation in the Plan.

By entering into the Election:

 

    you agree that any employer’s NICs liability that may arise in connection with your participation in the Plan will be transferred to you;

 

    you authorise your employer to recover an amount sufficient to cover this liability by such methods including, but not limited to, deductions from your salary or other payments due or the sale of sufficient shares acquired pursuant to your awards; and

 

    you acknowledge that even if you have clicked on the “ACCEPT” box where indicated, the Company or your employer may still require you to sign a paper copy of this Election (or a substantially similar form) if the Company determines such is necessary to give effect to the Election.

Please read the Election carefully.

Please print and keep a copy of the Election for your records.

 

1


BOX, INC.

2015 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

Election To Transfer the Employer’s National Insurance Liability to the Employee

This Election is between:

 

A. The individual who has obtained authorised access to this Election (the “ Employee ”), who is employed by one of the employing companies listed in the attached schedule (the “ Employer ”) and who is eligible to receive restricted stock units (“ Awards ”) pursuant to the Box, Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), and

 

B. Box, Inc. , 4440 El Camino Real, Los Altos, CA 94022, USA (the “ Company ”), which may grant Awards under the Plan and is entering into this Election on behalf of the Employer.

 

  1. Introduction

1.1 This Election relates to all Awards granted to the Employee under the Plan on or after [date] up to the termination date of the Plan.

1.2 In this Election the following words and phrases have the following meanings:

 

  (a) Chargeable Event ” means, in relation to the Awards:

(i) the acquisition of securities pursuant to Awards (within section 477(3)(a) of ITEPA);

(ii) the assignment or release of the Awards in return for consideration (within section 477(3)(b) of ITEPA);

(iii) the receipt of a benefit in connection with the Awards other than a benefit within (i) or (ii) above (within section 477(3)(c) of ITEPA);

(iv) post-acquisition charges relating to the Awards, restricted stock and/or shares acquired pursuant to the Awards (within section 427 of ITEPA); and/or

(v) post-acquisition charges relating to the Awards, restricted stock and/or shares acquired pursuant to the Awards (within section 439 of ITEPA).

 

  (b) ITEPA ” means the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003.

 

  (c) SSCBA ” means the Social Security Contributions and Benefits Act 1992.

1.3 This Election relates to the employer’s secondary Class 1 National Insurance Contributions (the “ Employer’s Liability ”) which may arise on the occurrence of a Chargeable Event in respect of the Awards pursuant to section 4(4)(a) and/or paragraph 3B(1A) of Schedule 1 of the SSCBA.

 

2


1.4 This Election does not apply in relation to any liability, or any part of any liability, arising as a result of regulations being given retrospective effect by virtue of section 4B(2) of either the SSCBA, or the Social Security Contributions and Benefits (Northern Ireland) Act 1992.

1.5 This Election does not apply to the extent that it relates to relevant employment income which is employment income of the earner by virtue of Chapter 3A of Part VII of ITEPA (employment income: securities with artificially depressed market value).

 

  2. The Election

The Employee and the Company jointly elect that the entire liability of the Employer to pay the Employer’s Liability on the Chargeable Event is hereby transferred to the Employee. The Employee understands that, by signing or electronically accepting this Election, he or she will become personally liable for the Employer’s Liability covered by this Election. This Election is made in accordance with paragraph 3B(1) of Schedule 1 to SSCBA.

 

  3. Payment of the Employer’s Liability

3.1 The Employee hereby authorises the Company and/or the Employer to collect the Employer’s Liability from the Employee at any time after the Chargeable Event:

 

  (i) by deduction from salary or any other payment payable to the Employee at any time on or after the date of the Chargeable Event; and/or

 

  (ii) directly from the Employee by payment in cash or cleared funds; and/or

 

  (iii) by arranging, on behalf of the Employee, for the sale of some of the securities which the Employee is entitled to receive in respect of the Awards; and/or

 

  (iv) by any other means specified in the applicable award agreement.

3.2 The Company hereby reserves for itself and the Employer the right to withhold the transfer of any securities to the Employee in respect of the Awards until full payment of the Employer’s Liability is received.

3.3 The Company agrees to procure the remittance by the Employer of the Employer’s Liability to HM Revenue & Customs on behalf of the Employee within 14 days after the end of the UK tax month during which the Chargeable Event occurs (or within 17 days after the end of the UK tax month during which the Chargeable Event occurs, if payments are made electronically).

 

  4. Duration of Election

4.1 The Employee and the Company agree to be bound by the terms of this Election regardless of whether the Employee is transferred abroad or is not employed by the Employer on the date on which the Employer’s Liability becomes due.

4.2 Any reference to the Company and/or the Employer shall include that entity’s successors in title and assigns as permitted in accordance with the terms of the Plan and relevant award agreement. This Election will continue in effect in respect of any awards which replace the Awards in circumstances where section 483 of ITEPA applies.

 

3


4.3 This Election will continue in effect until the earliest of the following:

 

  (i) the Employee and the Company agree in writing that it should cease to have effect;

 

  (ii) on the date the Company serves written notice on the Employee terminating its effect;

 

  (iii) on the date HM Revenue & Customs withdraws approval of this Election; or

 

  (iv) after due payment of the Employer’s Liability in respect of the entirety of the Awards to which this Election relates or could relate, such that the Election ceases to have effect in accordance with its terms.

Acceptance by the Employee

The Employee acknowledges that, by clicking on the “ACCEPT” box in the online acceptance screen, the Employee agrees to be bound by the terms of this Election.

OR:

The Employee acknowledges that, by signing this Election, the Employee agrees to be bound by the terms of this Election.

 

Name  

 

Signature  

 

Date  

 

Acceptance by the Company

The Company acknowledges that, by signing this Election or arranging for the scanned signature of an authorised representative to appear on this Election, the Company agrees to be bound by the terms of this Election.

 

Signature for and on      
behalf of the Company    

 

 
Position    

 

 
Date    

 

 

 

4


SCHEDULE OF EMPLOYER COMPANIES

The following are employer companies to which this Election may apply:

For each company, provide the following details:

 

Name of Company:    Box.com (UK) Ltd
Registered Office:    64 North Row, London W1K 7LL
Company Registration Number:    08097316
Corporation Tax District:    Euston District
Corporation Tax Reference:    673 73432 29543
PAYE Reference:    475/KA 80221

 

5


BOX, INC.

2015 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Box, Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) will have the same defined meanings in this Notice of Restricted Stock Grant (the “Notice of Grant”) and the Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock Grant, attached hereto as Exhibit A (together, the “Agreement”).

NOTICE OF RESTRICTED STOCK GRANT

 

Participant Name:  

 

 
Address:  

 

 
 

 

 

Participant has been granted the right to receive an Award of Restricted Stock, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, as follows:

 

Grant Number  

 

 
Date of Grant  

 

 
Vesting Commencement Date  

 

 
Total Number of Shares Granted  

 

 

Vesting Schedule :

Subject to any acceleration provisions contained in the Plan or set forth below, the Restricted Stock will vest and the Company’s right to reacquire the Restricted Stock will lapse in accordance with the following schedule:

[The Restricted Stock will vest as to 1/4 of the Restricted Stock on the first Restricted Stock Quarterly Vesting Date that is on or after the one year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through such date. On each of the next 12 Restricted Stock Quarterly Vesting Dates, 1/16 of the number of Restricted Stock granted will vest, subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through each such date.]

“Restricted Stock Quarterly Vesting Date” means the first trading day on or following the 20th of the month of each of March, June, September, and December of any given year.

By Participant’s signature and the signature of the representative of Box, Inc. (the “Company”) below, Participant and the Company agree that this Award of Restricted Stock is

 

-1-


granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions relating to the Plan and Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

PARTICIPANT     BOX, INC.

 

   

 

Signature    

 

   

 

Print Name    
Address :    

 

   

 

   

 

-2-


EXHIBIT A

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF RESTRICTED STOCK GRANT

1. Grant of Restricted Stock . The Company hereby grants to the Participant named in the Notice of Grant (the “Participant”) under the Plan for past services and as a separate incentive in connection with his or her services and not in lieu of any salary or other compensation for his or her services, an Award of Shares of Restricted Stock, subject to all of the terms and conditions in this Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 19(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan will prevail.

2. Escrow of Shares .

(a) All Shares of Restricted Stock will, upon execution of this Agreement, be delivered and deposited with an escrow holder designated by the Company (the “Escrow Holder”). The Shares of Restricted Stock will be held by the Escrow Holder until such time as the Shares of Restricted Stock vest or the date Participant ceases to be a Service Provider.

(b) The Escrow Holder will not be liable for any act it may do or omit to do with respect to holding the Shares of Restricted Stock in escrow while acting in good faith and in the exercise of its judgment.

(c) Upon Participant’s termination as a Service Provider for any reason, the Escrow Holder, upon receipt of written notice of such termination, will take all steps necessary to accomplish the transfer of the unvested Shares of Restricted Stock to the Company. Participant hereby appoints the Escrow Holder with full power of substitution, as Participant’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact with irrevocable power and authority in the name and on behalf of Participant to take any action and execute all documents and instruments, including, without limitation, stock powers which may be necessary to transfer the certificate or certificates evidencing such unvested Shares of Restricted Stock to the Company upon such termination.

(d) The Escrow Holder will take all steps necessary to accomplish the transfer of Shares of Restricted Stock to Participant after they vest following Participant’s request that the Escrow Holder do so.

(e) Subject to the terms hereof, Participant will have all the rights of a stockholder with respect to the Shares while they are held in escrow, including without limitation, the right to vote the Shares and to receive any cash dividends declared thereon.

(f) In the event of any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares, the Shares of Restricted Stock will be increased, reduced or otherwise changed, and by virtue of any such change Participant will in his or her capacity as owner of unvested Shares of Restricted Stock be entitled to new or additional or different shares

 

-3-


of stock, cash or securities (other than rights or warrants to purchase securities); such new or additional or different shares, cash or securities will thereupon be considered to be unvested Shares of Restricted Stock and will be subject to all of the conditions and restrictions which were applicable to the unvested Shares of Restricted Stock pursuant to this Agreement. If Participant receives rights or warrants with respect to any unvested Shares of Restricted Stock, such rights or warrants may be held or exercised by Participant, provided that until such exercise any such rights or warrants and after such exercise any shares or other securities acquired by the exercise of such rights or warrants will be considered to be unvested Shares of Restricted Stock and will be subject to all of the conditions and restrictions which were applicable to the unvested Shares of Restricted Stock pursuant to this Agreement. The Administrator in its absolute discretion at any time may accelerate the vesting of all or any portion of such new or additional shares of stock, cash or securities, rights or warrants to purchase securities or shares or other securities acquired by the exercise of such rights or warrants.

(g) The Company may instruct the transfer agent for its Common Stock to place a legend on the certificates representing the Restricted Stock or otherwise note its records as to the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Agreement.

3. Vesting Schedule . Except as provided in Section 4, and subject to Section 5, the Shares of Restricted Stock awarded by this Agreement will vest in accordance with the vesting provisions set forth in the Notice of Grant. Shares of Restricted Stock scheduled to vest on a certain date or upon the occurrence of a certain condition will not vest in Participant in accordance with any of the provisions of this Agreement, unless Participant will have been continuously a Service Provider from the Date of Grant until the date such vesting occurs.

4. Administrator Discretion . The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the unvested Restricted Stock at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan. If so accelerated, such Restricted Stock will be considered as having vested as of the date specified by the Administrator.

5. Forfeiture upon Termination of Status as a Service Provider . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Agreement, the balance of the Shares of Restricted Stock that have not vested at the time of Participant’s termination as a Service Provider for any reason will be forfeited and automatically transferred to and reacquired by the Company at no cost to the Company upon the date of such termination and Participant will have no further rights thereunder. Participant will not be entitled to a refund of the price paid for the Shares of Restricted Stock, if any, returned to the Company pursuant to this Section 5. Participant hereby appoints the Escrow Agent with full power of substitution, as Participant’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact with irrevocable power and authority in the name and on behalf of Participant to take any action and execute all documents and instruments, including, without limitation, stock powers which may be necessary to transfer the certificate or certificates evidencing such unvested Shares to the Company upon such termination of service.

6. Death of Participant . Any distribution or delivery to be made to Participant under this Agreement will, if Participant is then deceased, be made to Participant’s designated beneficiary, or if no beneficiary survives Participant, the administrator or executor of Participant’s estate. Any such transferee must furnish the Company with (a) written notice of his or her status as transferee, and (b) evidence satisfactory to the Company to establish the validity of the transfer and compliance with any laws or regulations pertaining to said transfer.

 

-4-


7. Withholding of Taxes . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Agreement, no certificate representing the Shares of Restricted Stock may be released from the escrow established pursuant to Section 2, unless and until satisfactory arrangements (as determined by the Administrator) will have been made by Participant with respect to the payment of income, employment and other taxes which the Company determines must be withheld with respect to such Shares. The Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit or require Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation, in whole or in part (without limitation) by (a) paying cash, (b) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable Shares having a fair market value equal to the minimum amount required to be withheld, (c) delivering to the Company already vested and owned Shares having a fair market value equal to the amount required to be withheld, or (d) selling a sufficient number of such Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant through such means as the Company may determine in its sole discretion (whether through a broker or otherwise) equal to the amount required to be withheld. To the extent determined appropriate by the Company in its discretion, it will have the right (but not the obligation) to satisfy any tax withholding obligations by reducing the number of Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant and, until determined otherwise by the Company, this will be the method by which such tax withholding obligations are satisfied. If Participant fails to make satisfactory arrangements for the payment of any required tax withholding obligations hereunder at the time any applicable Shares otherwise are scheduled to vest pursuant to Sections 3 or 4 or tax withholding obligations related to the applicable Shares otherwise are due, Participant will permanently forfeit such Shares and the Shares will be returned to the Company at no cost to the Company.

8. Rights as Stockholder . Neither Participant nor any person claiming under or through Participant will have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder of the Company in respect of any Shares deliverable hereunder unless and until certificates representing such Shares will have been issued, recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agents or registrars, and delivered to Participant or the Escrow Agent. Except as provided in Section 2(f), after such issuance, recordation and delivery, Participant will have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to voting such Shares and receipt of dividends and distributions on such Shares.

9. No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF THE SHARES OF RESTRICTED STOCK PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS RESTRICTED STOCK OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND WILL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE

 

-5-


COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

10. Address for Notices . Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of this Agreement will be addressed to the Company at Box, Inc., 4440 El Camino Real, Los Altos, California 94022, or at such other address as the Company may hereafter designate in writing.

11. Grant is Not Transferable . Except to the limited extent provided in Section 6, the unvested Shares subject to this grant and the rights and privileges conferred hereby will not be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and will not be subject to sale under execution, attachment or similar process. Upon any attempt to transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of any unvested Shares of Restricted Stock subject to this grant, or any right or privilege conferred hereby, or upon any attempted sale under any execution, attachment or similar process, this grant and the rights and privileges conferred hereby immediately will become null and void.

12. Binding Agreement . Subject to the limitation on the transferability of this grant contained herein, this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

13. Additional Conditions to Release from Escrow . The Company will not be required to issue any certificate or certificates for Shares hereunder or release such Shares from the escrow established pursuant to Section 2 prior to fulfillment of all the following conditions: (a) the admission of such Shares to listing on all stock exchanges on which such class of stock is then listed; (b) the completion of any registration or other qualification of such Shares under any state or federal law or under the rulings or regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental regulatory body or the securities exchange on which the Shares are then registered, which the Administrator will, in its absolute discretion, deem necessary or advisable; (c) the obtaining of any approval or other clearance from any state or federal governmental agency, which the Administrator will, in its absolute discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable; and (d) the lapse of such reasonable period of time following the date of grant of the Restricted Stock as the Administrator may establish from time to time for reasons of administrative convenience.

14. Plan Governs . This Agreement is subject to all terms and provisions of the Plan. In the event of a conflict between one or more provisions of this Agreement and one or more provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will govern. Capitalized terms used and not defined in this Agreement will have the meaning set forth in the Plan.

15. Administrator Authority . The Administrator will have the power to interpret the Plan and this Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules (including, but not limited to, the determination of whether or not any Shares of Restricted Stock have vested). All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith will be final and binding upon Participant, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the Administrator will be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or this Agreement.

 

-6-


16. Electronic Delivery . The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to the Shares of Restricted Stock awarded under the Plan or future Restricted Stock that may be awarded under the Plan by electronic means or request Participant’s consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through any on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company.

17. Captions . Captions provided herein are for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.

18. Agreement Severable . In the event that any provision in this Agreement will be held invalid or unenforceable, such provision will be severable from, and such invalidity or unenforceability will not be construed to have any effect on, the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

19. Modifications to the Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties on the subjects covered. Participant expressly warrants that he or she is not accepting this Agreement in reliance on any promises, representations, or inducements other than those contained herein. Modifications to this Agreement or the Plan can be made only in an express written contract executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or this Agreement, the Company reserves the right to revise this Agreement as it deems necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion and without the consent of Participant, to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) or to otherwise avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition under Section 409A of the Code in connection to this Award of Restricted Stock.

20. Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan . By accepting this Award, Participant expressly warrants that he or she has received an Award of Restricted Stock under the Plan, and has received, read and understood a description of the Plan. Participant understands that the Plan is discretionary in nature and may be amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time.

21. Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed by the laws of California, without giving effect to the conflict of law principles thereof. For purposes of litigating any dispute that arises under this Award of Restricted Stock or this Agreement, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the jurisdiction of the State of California , and agree that such litigation will be conducted in the courts of Santa Clara County, California, or the federal courts for the United States for the Northern District of California, and no other courts, where this Award of Restricted Stock is made and/or to be performed.

 

-7-

Exhibit 10.3

BOX, INC.

2015 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

1. Purpose . The purpose of the Plan is to provide employees of the Company and its Designated Companies with an opportunity to purchase Common Stock through accumulated Contributions. The Company intends for the Plan to have two components: a Code Section 423 Component (“ 423 Component ”) and a non-Code Section 423 Component (“ Non-423 Component ”). The Company’s intention is to have the 423 Component of the Plan qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code. The provisions of the 423 Component, accordingly, will be construed so as to extend and limit Plan participation on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis consistent with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code. In addition, this Plan authorizes the grant of an option to purchase shares of Common Stock under the Non-423 Component that does not qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code; such an option will be granted pursuant to rules, procedures or sub-plans adopted by the Administrator designed to achieve tax, securities laws or other objectives for Eligible Employees and the Company. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Non-423 Component will operate and be administered in the same manner as the 423 Component.

2. Definitions .

(a) “ Administrator ” means the Board or any Committee designated by the Board to administer the Plan pursuant to Section 14.

(b) “ Affiliate ” means any entity, other than a Subsidiary, in which the Company has an equity or other ownership interest.

(c) “ Applicable Laws ” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity-based awards and the related issuance of shares of Common Stock under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where options are, or will be, granted under the Plan.

(d) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(e) “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“ Person ”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than 50% of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection, the acquisition of additional stock by any one Person, who is considered to own more than 50% of the total voting power of the stock of the Company will not be considered a Change in Control; or


(ii) A change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any 12-month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this subsection (ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or

(iii) A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 50% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection, the following will not constitute a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets: (A) a transfer to an entity that is controlled by the Company’s stockholders immediately after the transfer, or (B) a transfer of assets by the Company to: (1) a stockholder of the Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to the Company’s stock, (2) an entity, 50% or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company, (3) a Person, that owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the Company, or (4) an entity, at least 50% of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person described in this subsection (iii)(B)(3). For purposes of this subsection, gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

For purposes of this definition, persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change in Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Code Section 409A, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final U.S. Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time.

Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change in Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

(f) “ Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Reference to a specific section of the Code or U.S. Treasury Regulation thereunder will include such section or regulation, any valid regulation or other official applicable guidance promulgated under such section, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such section or regulation.

 

2


(g) “ Committee ” means a committee of the Board appointed in accordance with Section 14 hereof.

(h) “ Common Stock ” means the Class A common stock of the Company.

(i) “ Company ” means Box, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.

(j) “ Compensation ” means an Eligible Employee’s base straight time gross earnings (including any 13th month payments), commissions, payments for incentive compensation, bonuses and other similar compensation, and payments for overtime. Any retroactive adjustment payment will be considered Compensation for the Purchase Period in which it is paid. For clarity, Compensation shall not include any auto allowance, cost of living allowance, domestic partner fringe benefits, taxable education reimbursements, ex-patriot allowances, expense reimbursements, group term life payments, equity compensation, per diem, prizes or gifts, accrued paid time off that is paid at termination, referral bonuses, relocation payments, severance, sign-on bonuses, and/or spot bonuses. The Administrator, in its discretion, may, on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis, establish a different definition of Compensation for a subsequent Purchase Period.

(k) “ Contributions ” means the payroll deductions and other additional payments that the Company may permit to be made by a Participant as required by Applicable Laws or determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, to fund the exercise of options granted pursuant to the Plan.

(l) “ Designated Company ” means any Subsidiary or Affiliate that has been designated by the Administrator from time to time in its sole discretion as eligible to participate in the Plan. For purposes of the 423 Component, only the Company and its Subsidiaries may be Designated Companies, provided, however that at any given time, a Subsidiary that is a Designated Company under the 423 Component shall not be a Designated Company under the Non-423 Component.

(m) “ Director ” means a member of the Board.

(n) “ Eligible Employee ” means any individual who is an employee providing services to the Company or a Designated Company and is customarily employed for at least 20 hours per week and more than 5 months in any calendar year by the Employer, or any lesser number of hours per week and/or number of months in any calendar year established by the Administrator (if required under applicable local law) for purposes of any separate Offering or for Eligible Employees participating in the Non-423 Component. For purposes of the Plan and any given Offering, if an employee is on the payroll of a given entity while providing services in another jurisdiction, then the employee’s Employer will be deemed to be the entity paying wages to the employee and the employee will be eligible for the same Offering as other Eligible Employees of the Employer. For purposes of the Plan, the employment relationship will be treated as continuing intact while the individual is on sick leave or other leave of absence that the Employer and the Company approve or is legally protected under Applicable Laws. Where the period of leave exceeds 3 months and the individual’s right to reemployment is not guaranteed either by statute or by contract, the employment relationship will be deemed to have terminated 3 months and 1 day following the commencement of

 

3


such leave. The Administrator, in its discretion, from time to time may, prior to an Enrollment Date for all options to be granted on such Enrollment Date in an Offering, determine (on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis or as otherwise permitted by Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2) that the definition of Eligible Employee will or will not include an individual if he or she: (i) has not completed at least 2 years of service since his or her last hire date (or such lesser period of time as may be determined by the Administrator in its discretion), (ii) customarily works not more than 20 hours per week (or such lesser period of time as may be determined by the Administrator in its discretion), (iii) customarily works not more than 5 months per calendar year (or such lesser period of time as may be determined by the Administrator in its discretion), (iv) is a highly compensated employee within the meaning of Section 414(q) of the Code, or (v) is a highly compensated employee within the meaning of Section 414(q) of the Code with compensation above a certain level or is an officer or subject to the disclosure requirements of Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, provided the exclusion is applied with respect to each Offering in an identical manner to all highly compensated individuals of the Employer whose Employees are participating in that Offering. Each exclusion shall be applied with respect to an Offering in a manner complying with U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(e)(2)(ii).

(o) “ Employer ” means the employer of the applicable Eligible Employee(s).

(p) “ Enrollment Date ” means the first day of each Offering Period.

(q) “ Exchange Act ” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, including the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(r) “ Exercise Date ” means the last day of each Purchase Period occurring on September 15 and March 15 of each year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the first Exercise Date under the Plan will be September 15, 2015.

(s) “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date and unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) The closing sales price for Common Stock as quoted on the New York Stock Exchange on the date of determination (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(ii) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value thereof will be determined in good faith by the Administrator; or

(iii) For purposes of the Enrollment Date of the first Offering Period under the Plan, the Fair Market Value will be the initial price to the public as set forth in the final prospectus included within the registration statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the initial public offering of the Common Stock (the “ Registration Statement ”).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the determination date for the Fair Market Value occurs on a non-Trading Day (i.e., a weekend or holiday), the Fair Market Value will be the price as determined under subsection (i) above on the immediately preceding Trading Day, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator.

 

4


(t) “ Fiscal Year ” means the fiscal year of the Company.

(u) “ New Exercise Date ” means a new Exercise Date if the Administrator shortens any Offering Period then in progress.

(v) “ Offering ” means an offer under the Plan of an option that may be exercised during an Offering Period as further described in Section 4. Unless otherwise specified by the Administrator, each Offering under the Plan to the Eligible Employees of the Company or a Subsidiary shall be deemed a separate Offering, even if the dates of the applicable Offering Periods of each such Offering are identical, and the provisions of the Plan will separately apply to each Offering. To the extent permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(a)(1), the terms of each Offering need not be identical provided that the terms of the Plan and an Offering together satisfy U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(a)(2) and (a)(3).

(w) “ Offering Periods ” means the periods of approximately 24 months during which an option granted pursuant to the Plan may be exercised, (i) commencing on September 16 and March 16 of each year and (ii) terminating on September 15 / March 15, approximately 24 months later); provided, however, that the first Offering Period under the Plan will commence with the first Trading Day on or after the date on which the Securities and Exchange Commission declares the Company’s Registration Statement effective and will end on March 15, 2017 (subject to Section 4(b)), and provided, further, that the second Offering Period under the Plan will commence on March 16, 2015. The duration and timing of Offering Periods may be changed pursuant to Sections 4 and 20.

(x) “ Parent ” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(y) “ Participant ” means an Eligible Employee that participates in the Plan.

(z) “ Plan ” means this Box, Inc. 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

(aa) “ Purchase Period ” means the approximately 6 month period: (i) commencing on September 16 and March 16 of each year and (ii) ending on March 15 and September 15 of the following year.

(bb) “ Purchase Price ” means an amount equal to 85% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the Enrollment Date or on the Exercise Date, whichever is lower; provided however, that the Purchase Price may be determined for subsequent Offering Periods by the Administrator subject to compliance with Section 423 of the Code (or any successor rule or provision or any other Applicable Law, regulation or stock exchange rule) or pursuant to Section 20.

(cc) “ Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

(dd) “ Trading Day ” means a day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading.

 

5


(ee) “ U.S. Treasury Regulations ” means the Treasury regulations of the Code. Reference to a specific Treasury Regulation or Section of the Code shall include such Treasury Regulation or Section, any valid regulation promulgated under such Section, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such Section or regulation.

3. Eligibility .

(a) First Offering Period . Any individual who is an Eligible Employee immediately prior to the first Offering Period will be automatically enrolled in the first Offering Period.

(b) Subsequent Offering Periods . Any Eligible Employee on a given Enrollment Date subsequent to the first Offering Period will be eligible to participate in the Plan, subject to the requirements of Section 5.

(c) Non-U.S. Employees . Eligible Employees who are citizens or residents of a non-U.S. jurisdiction (without regard to whether they also are citizens or residents of the United States or resident aliens (within the meaning of Section 7701(b)(1)(A) of the Code)) may be excluded from participation in the Plan or an Offering if the participation of such Eligible Employees is prohibited under the laws of the applicable jurisdiction or if complying with the laws of the applicable jurisdiction would cause the Plan or an Offering to violate Section 423 of the Code. In the case of the Non-423 Component, Eligible Employees may be excluded from participation in the Plan or an Offering if the Administrator has determined that participation of such Eligible Employee is not advisable or practicable.

(d) Limitations . Any provisions of the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, no Eligible Employee will be granted an option under the Plan (i) to the extent that, immediately after the grant, such Eligible Employee (or any other person whose stock would be attributed to such Eligible Employee pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) would own capital stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company and/or hold outstanding options to purchase such stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of the capital stock of the Company or of any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, or (ii) to the extent that his or her rights to purchase stock under all employee stock purchase plans (as defined in Section 423 of the Code) of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company accrues at a rate, which exceeds $25,000 worth of stock (determined at the Fair Market Value of the stock at the time such option is granted) for each calendar year in which such option is outstanding at any time, as determined in accordance with Section 423 of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

4. Offering Periods .

(a) Timing and Duration . The Plan will be implemented by overlapping Offering Periods with a new Offering Period commencing on September 16 and March 16 each year, or on such other date as the Administrator will determine; provided, however, that the first Offering Period under the Plan will commence with the date upon which the Company’s Registration Statement is declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission and end on March 15, 2017 (subject to Section 4(b)), and provided, further, that the second Offering Period under the Plan will

 

6


commence on March 16, 2015. The Administrator will have the power to change the duration of Offering Periods (including the commencement dates thereof) with respect to future Offerings without stockholder approval if such change is announced prior to the scheduled beginning of the first Offering Period to be affected thereafter; provided, however, that no Offering Period may last more than 27 months.

(b) Automatic Transfer to Low Price Offering Period . To the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, if the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the Enrollment Date of the immediately following Offering Period is lower than the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the Enrollment Date of the existing Offering Period, then all Participants in the existing Offering Period will be automatically withdrawn from such Offering Period immediately after the exercise of their option on the Exercise Date of the existing Offering Period and automatically re-enrolled in the immediately following Offering Period as of the first day thereof.

5. Participation .

(a) First Offering Period . An Eligible Employee will be entitled to continue to participate in the first Offering Period pursuant to Section 3(a) only if such individual submits a subscription agreement authorizing Contributions in a form determined by the Administrator (which may be similar to the form attached hereto as Exhibit A or through an electronic enrollment process, to the extent permissible by Applicable Laws) (the “ Subscription Agreement ”) to the Company’s designated plan administrator (i) no earlier than the effective date of the Form S-8 registration statement with respect to the issuance of Common Stock under this Plan and (ii) no later than the 15 th day of the month following the effective date of such S-8 registration statement or such other period of time as the Administrator may determine (the “ Enrollment Window ”). For the first Offering Period, Contributions will commence as of the first payroll date immediately following the expiration of the Enrollment Window. An Eligible Employee’s failure to submit the Subscription Agreement during the Enrollment Window will result in the automatic termination of such individual’s participation in the first Offering Period.

(b) Subsequent Offering Periods . An Eligible Employee may participate in the Plan pursuant to Section 3(b) by (i) submitting to the Company’s stock administration office (or its designee), on or before a date determined by the Administrator prior to an applicable Enrollment Date, a properly completed Subscription Agreement authorizing Contributions in the form provided by the Administrator for such purpose, or (ii) following an electronic or other enrollment procedure determined by the Administrator. Notwithstanding the first sentence of this Section 3(b), if an Eligible Employee has become a Participant in the Plan for a previous Offering Period, then Participant will continue to be enrolled in the Offering Period that immediately follows the expiration of the previous Offering Period under the same terms as his or her outstanding Subscription Agreement unless terminated as provided in Section 10.

6. Contributions .

(a) At the time a Participant enrolls in the Plan pursuant to Section 5, he or she will elect to have Contributions (in the form of payroll deductions or otherwise, to the extent permitted by the Administrator) made on each pay day during the Offering Period in an amount not exceeding 15% of the Compensation, which he or she receives on each pay day during the Offering

 

7


Period; provided, however, that should a pay day occur on an Exercise Date, a Participant will have any payroll deductions made on such day applied to his or her account under the current Purchase Period or Offering Period. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may permit all Participants in a specified Offering to contribute amounts to the Plan through payment by cash, check or other means set forth in the Subscription Agreement prior to each Exercise Date of each Purchase Period. A Participant’s Subscription Agreement will remain in effect for successive Purchase Periods unless terminated as provided in Section 10 hereof.

(b) In the event Contributions are made in the form of payroll deductions, such payroll deductions for a Participant will commence on the first pay day following the Enrollment Date and will end on the last pay day prior to the Exercise Date of such Offering Period to which such authorization is applicable, unless sooner terminated by the Participant as provided in Section 10 hereof; provided, however, that for the first Offering Period, payroll deductions will commence on the first pay day on or following the end of the Enrollment Window.

(c) All Contributions made for a Participant will be credited to his or her account under the Plan and Contributions will be made in whole percentages only. A Participant may not make any additional payments into such account.

(d) A Participant may discontinue his or her participation in the Plan as provided in Section 10. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, for each Purchase Period, a Participant may decrease and/or increase the rate of his or her Contributions once during the Purchase Period by (i) properly completing and submitting to the Company’s stock administration office or its designee (or through an electronic process, to the extent permissible by Applicable Laws), on or before a date determined by the Administrator prior to an applicable Exercise Date, a new Subscription Agreement authorizing the change in Contribution rate in the form provided by the Administrator for such purpose, or (ii) following an electronic or other procedure prescribed by the Administrator. For clarity, a Participant may decrease his or her Contribution rate to any whole percentage, including 0%. Any decrease in Contribution rate made pursuant to this Section 6(d) will be effective in accordance with the Company’s stock administration policies as then in effect. Any increase in Contribution rate will be effective as of the commencement of the next Purchase Period; provided, that the election to increase the Contribution rate is made prior to the expiration of open enrollment for that period. If a Participant has not followed such procedures to change the rate of Contributions, the rate of his or her Contributions will continue at the originally elected rate throughout the Purchase Period and future Purchase Periods (unless terminated as provided in Section 10). The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, further limit the nature and/or number of Contribution rate changes that may be made by Participants during any Purchase Period, and may establish such other conditions or limitations as it deems appropriate for Plan administration.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent necessary to comply with Section 423(b)(8) of the Code and Section 3(d), a Participant’s Contributions may be decreased unilaterally by the Company to 0% at any time during a Purchase Period. Subject to Section 423(b)(8) of the Code and Section 3(d) hereof, Contributions will recommence at the rate originally elected by the Participant effective as of the beginning of the first Purchase Period scheduled to end in the following calendar year, unless terminated by the Participant as provided in Section 10.

 

8


(f) Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary in the Plan, the Administrator may allow Eligible Employees to participate in the Plan via cash contributions instead of payroll deductions if (i) payroll deductions are not permitted under applicable local law, or (ii) the Administrator determines that cash contributions are permissible under Section 423 of the Code, or (iii) such Eligible Employees will participate in the Non-423 Component.

(g) At the time the option is exercised, in whole or in part, or at the time some or all of the Common Stock issued under the Plan is disposed of (or any other time that a taxable event related to the Plan occurs), the Participant must make adequate provision for the Company’s or Employer’s federal, state, local or any other tax liability payable to any authority including taxes imposed by jurisdictions outside of the U.S., national insurance, social security or other tax withholding obligations, if any, which arise upon the exercise of the option or the disposition of the Common Stock (or any other time that a taxable event related to the Plan occurs). At any time, the Company or the Employer may, but will not be obligated to, withhold from the Participant’s compensation the amount necessary for the Company or the Employer to meet applicable withholding obligations, including any withholding required to make available to the Company or the Employer any tax deductions or benefits attributable to sale or early disposition of Common Stock by the Eligible Employee. In addition, the Company or the Employer may, but will not be obligated to, withhold from the proceeds of the sale of Common Stock or any other method of withholding the Company or the Employer deems appropriate to the extent permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(f).

7. Grant of Option . On the Enrollment Date of each Offering Period, each Eligible Employee participating in such Offering Period will be granted an option to purchase on each Exercise Date during such Offering Period (at the applicable Purchase Price) up to a number of shares of Common Stock determined by dividing such Eligible Employee’s Contributions accumulated prior to such Exercise Date and retained in the Eligible Employee’s account as of the Exercise Date by the applicable Purchase Price; provided that in no event will an Eligible Employee be permitted to purchase during each Purchase Period more than 3,000 shares of Common Stock (subject to any adjustment pursuant to Section 19); and provided further that such purchase will be subject to the limitations set forth in Sections 3(d) and 13. The Eligible Employee may accept the grant of such option (i) with respect to the first Offering Period by submitting a properly completed Subscription Agreement in accordance with the requirements of Section 5 on or before the last day of the Enrollment Window, and (ii) with respect to any subsequent Offering Period under the Plan, by electing to participate in the Plan in accordance with the requirements of Section 5. The Administrator may, for future Offering Periods, increase or decrease, in its absolute discretion, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that an Eligible Employee may purchase during each Purchase Period of an Offering Period. Exercise of the option will occur as provided in Section 8, unless the Participant has withdrawn pursuant to Section 10. The option will expire on the last day of the Offering Period.

8. Exercise of Option .

(a) Unless a Participant withdraws from the Plan as provided in Section 10, his or her option for the purchase of shares of Common Stock will be exercised automatically on the Exercise Date, and the maximum number of full shares subject to the option will be purchased for such Participant at the applicable Purchase Price with the accumulated Contributions from his or her

 

9


account. No fractional shares of Common Stock will be purchased; any Contributions accumulated in a Participant’s account, which are not sufficient to purchase a full share will be retained in the Participant’s account for the subsequent Purchase Period or Offering Period, subject to earlier withdrawal by the Participant as provided in Section 10. Any other funds left over in a Participant’s account after the Exercise Date will be returned to the Participant. During a Participant’s lifetime, a Participant’s option to purchase shares hereunder is exercisable only by him or her.

(b) If the Administrator determines that, on a given Exercise Date, the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which options are to be exercised may exceed (i) the number of shares of Common Stock that were available for sale under the Plan on the Enrollment Date of the applicable Offering Period, or (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock available for sale under the Plan on such Exercise Date, the Administrator may in its sole discretion (x) provide that the Company will make a pro rata allocation of the shares of Common Stock available for purchase on such Enrollment Date or Exercise Date, as applicable, in as uniform a manner as will be practicable and as it will determine in its sole discretion to be equitable among all Participants exercising options to purchase Common Stock on such Exercise Date, and continue all Offering Periods then in effect or (y) provide that the Company will make a pro rata allocation of the shares available for purchase on such Enrollment Date or Exercise Date, as applicable, in as uniform a manner as will be practicable and as it will determine in its sole discretion to be equitable among all Participants exercising options to purchase Common Stock on such Exercise Date, and terminate any or all Offering Periods then in effect pursuant to Section 20. The Company may make a pro rata allocation of the shares available on the Enrollment Date of any applicable Offering Period pursuant to the preceding sentence, notwithstanding any authorization of additional shares for issuance under the Plan by the Company’s stockholders subsequent to such Enrollment Date.

(c) In its sole discretion, the Administrator may establish procedures that may allow a Participant to make an irrevocable election to make an immediate same-day sale of shares acquired on a given Exercise Date; provided, however, that any election under this Section 8(c) must be made during an open trading window under the rules and regulations for insider trading.

9. Delivery . As soon as reasonably practicable after each Exercise Date on which a purchase of shares of Common Stock occurs, the Company will arrange the delivery to each Participant of the shares purchased upon exercise of his or her option in a form determined by the Administrator (in its sole discretion) and pursuant to rules established by the Administrator. The Company may permit or require that shares be deposited directly with a broker designated by the Company or to a designated agent of the Company, and the Company may utilize electronic or automated methods of share transfer. The Company may require that shares be retained with such broker or agent for a designated period of time and/or may establish other procedures to permit tracking of disqualifying dispositions of such shares or to facilitate compliance with Applicable Laws. No Participant will have any voting, dividend, or other stockholder rights with respect to shares of Common Stock subject to any option granted under the Plan until such shares have been purchased and delivered to the Participant as provided in this Section 9.

10. Withdrawal .

(a) A Participant may withdraw all but not less than all the Contributions credited to his or her account and not yet used to exercise his or her option under the Plan at any time by

 

10


submitting to the Company’s stock administration office (or its designee) a written notice of withdrawal in the form determined by the Administrator for such purpose (which may be similar to the form attached hereto as Exhibit B . All of the Participant’s Contributions credited to his or her account will be paid to such Participant promptly after receipt of notice of withdrawal and such Participant’s option for the Offering Period will be automatically terminated, and no further Contributions for the purchase of shares will be made for such Offering Period. If a Participant withdraws from an Offering Period, Contributions will not resume at the beginning of the succeeding Offering Period, unless the Participant re-enrolls in the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.

(b) A Participant’s withdrawal from an Offering Period will not have any effect upon his or her eligibility to participate in any similar plan that may hereafter be adopted by the Company or in succeeding Offering Periods that commence after the termination of the Offering Period from which the Participant withdraws.

11. Termination of Employment . Unless otherwise required by Applicable Laws, if a Participant ceases to be an Eligible Employee, for any reason, he or she will be deemed to have elected to withdraw from the Plan and the Contributions credited to such Participant’s account during the Offering Period but not yet used to purchase shares of Common Stock under the Plan will be returned to such Participant or, in the case of his or her death, to the person or persons entitled thereto under Section 15, and such Participant’s option will be automatically terminated. A Participant whose employment transfers between entities through a termination with an immediate rehire (with no break in service) by the Company or a Designated Company shall not be treated as terminated under the Plan; however, if a Participant transfers from an Offering under the 423 Component to the Non-423 Component, the exercise of the option shall be qualified under the 423 Component only to the extent it complies with Section 423 of the Code.

12. Interest . No interest will accrue on the Contributions of a Participant in the Plan, except as may be required by Applicable Law, as determined by the Company, and if so required by the laws of a particular jurisdiction, shall apply to all Participants in the relevant Offering under the 423 Component, except to the extent otherwise permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(f).

13. Stock .

(a) Subject to adjustment upon changes in capitalization of the Company as provided in Section 19 hereof, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that will be made available for sale under the Plan will be 2,500,000 shares of Common Stock, plus an annual increase to be added on the first day of each Fiscal Year beginning with the 2016 Fiscal Year equal to the least of (i) 2,500,000 shares of Common Stock, (ii) one percent (1%) of the outstanding shares of all classes of the Company’s common stock on the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year, or (iii) an amount determined by the Administrator.

(b) Until the shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), a Participant will only have the rights of an unsecured creditor with respect to such shares, and no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to such shares.

(c) Shares of Common Stock to be delivered to a Participant under the Plan will be registered in the name of the Participant or in the name of the Participant and his or her spouse.

 

11


14. Administration . The Plan will be administered by the Board or a Committee appointed by the Board, which Committee will be constituted to comply with Applicable Laws. The Administrator will have full and exclusive discretionary authority to construe, interpret and apply the terms of the Plan, to designate separate Offerings under the Plan, to designate Subsidiaries and Affiliates as participating in the 423 Component or Non-423 Component, to determine eligibility, to adjudicate all disputed claims filed under the Plan and to establish such procedures that it deems necessary for the administration of the Plan (including, without limitation, to adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit the participation in the Plan by employees who are foreign nationals or employed outside the U.S., the terms of which sub-plans may take precedence over other provisions of this Plan, with the exception of Section 13(a) hereof, but unless otherwise superseded by the terms of such sub-plan, the provisions of this Plan shall govern the operation of such sub-plan). Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, the Employees eligible to participate in each sub-plan will participate in a separate Offering or in the Non-423 Component. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrator is specifically authorized to adopt rules and procedures regarding eligibility to participate, the definition of Compensation, handling of Contributions, making of Contributions to the Plan (including, without limitation, in forms other than payroll deductions), establishment of bank or trust accounts to hold Contributions, payment of interest, conversion of local currency, obligations to pay payroll tax, determination of beneficiary designation requirements, withholding procedures and handling of stock certificates that vary with applicable local requirements. The Administrator also is authorized to determine that, to the extent permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(f), the terms of an option granted under the Plan or an Offering to citizens or residents of a non-U.S. jurisdiction will be less favorable than the terms of options granted under the Plan or the same Offering to employees resident solely in the U.S. Every finding, decision and determination made by the Administrator will, to the full extent permitted by law, be final and binding upon all parties.

15. Designation of Beneficiary .

(a) If permitted by the Administrator, a Participant may file a designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any shares of Common Stock and cash, if any, from the Participant’s account under the Plan in the event of such Participant’s death subsequent to an Exercise Date on which the option is exercised but prior to delivery to such Participant of such shares and cash. In addition, if permitted by the Administrator, a Participant may file a designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any cash from the Participant’s account under the Plan in the event of such Participant’s death prior to exercise of the option. If a Participant is married and the designated beneficiary is not the spouse, spousal consent will be required for such designation to be effective.

(b) Such designation of beneficiary may be changed by the Participant at any time by notice in a form determined by the Administrator. In the event of the death of a Participant and in the absence of a beneficiary validly designated under the Plan who is living at the time of such Participant’s death, the Company will deliver such shares and/or cash to the executor or administrator of the estate of the Participant, or if no such executor or administrator has been appointed (to the knowledge of the Company), the Company, in its discretion, may deliver such shares and/or cash to the spouse or to any one or more dependents or relatives of the Participant, or if no spouse, dependent or relative is known to the Company, then to such other person as the Company may designate.

(c) All beneficiary designations will be in such form and manner as the Administrator may designate from time to time. Notwithstanding Sections 15(a) and (b) above, the Company and/or the Administrator may decide not to permit such designations by Participants in non-U.S. jurisdictions to the extent permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(f).

 

12


16. Transferability . Neither Contributions credited to a Participant’s account nor any rights with regard to the exercise of an option or to receive shares of Common Stock under the Plan may be assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of in any way (other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as provided in Section 15 hereof) by the Participant. Any such attempt at assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition will be without effect, except that the Company may treat such act as an election to withdraw funds from an Offering Period in accordance with Section 10 hereof.

17. Use of Funds . The Company may use all Contributions received or held by it under the Plan for any corporate purpose, and the Company will not be obligated to segregate such Contributions except under Offerings or for Participants in the Non-423 Component for which Applicable Laws require that Contributions to the Plan by Participants be segregated from the Company’s general corporate funds and/or deposited with an independent third party. Until shares of Common Stock are issued, Participants will only have the rights of an unsecured creditor with respect to such Contributions.

18. Reports . Individual accounts will be maintained for each Participant in the Plan. Statements of account will be given to participating Eligible Employees at least annually, which statements will set forth the amounts of Contributions, the Purchase Price, the number of shares of Common Stock purchased and the remaining cash balance, if any.

19. Adjustments, Dissolution, Liquidation, Merger or Change in Control .

(a) Adjustments . In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Common Stock, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Common Stock occurs, the Administrator, in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, will, in such manner as it may deem equitable, adjust the number and class of Common Stock that may be delivered under the Plan, the Purchase Price per share and the number of shares of Common Stock covered by each option under the Plan that has not yet been exercised, and the numerical limits of Sections 7 and 13.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, any Offering Period then in progress will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed dissolution or liquidation without an Exercise Date or a New Exercise Date, unless provided otherwise by the Administrator. The Administrator will notify each Participant in writing or electronically, and prior to the proposed dissolution or liquidation, each Participant will be deemed withdrawn from the Offering Period as provided in Section 10 hereof.

 

13


(c) Merger or Change in Control . In the event of a merger or Change in Control, each outstanding option will be assumed or an equivalent option substituted by the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation. In the event that the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the option, the Offering Period with respect to which such option relates will be shortened by setting a New Exercise Date on which such Offering Period shall end. The New Exercise Date will occur before the date of the Company’s proposed merger or Change in Control. The Administrator will notify each Participant in writing or electronically prior to the New Exercise Date, that the Exercise Date for the Participant’s option has been changed to the New Exercise Date and that the Participant’s option will be exercised automatically on the New Exercise Date, unless prior to such date the Participant has withdrawn from the Offering Period as provided in Section 10 hereof.

20. Amendment or Termination .

(a) The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may amend, suspend, or terminate the Plan, or any part thereof, at any time and for any reason. If the Plan is terminated, the Administrator, in its discretion, may elect to terminate all outstanding Offering Periods either immediately or upon completion of the purchase of shares of Common Stock on the next Exercise Date (which may be sooner than originally scheduled, if determined by the Administrator in its discretion), or may elect to permit Offering Periods to expire in accordance with their terms (and subject to any adjustment pursuant to Section 19). If the Offering Periods are terminated prior to expiration, all amounts then credited to Participants’ accounts that have not been used to purchase shares of Common Stock will be returned to the Participants (without interest thereon, except as otherwise required under Applicable Laws, as further set forth in Section 12 hereof) as soon as administratively practicable.

(b) Without stockholder consent and without limiting Section 20(a), the Administrator will be entitled to change the Offering Periods or Purchase Periods, designate separate Offerings, limit the frequency and/or number of changes in the amount withheld during an Offering Period, establish the exchange ratio applicable to amounts withheld in a currency other than U.S. dollars, permit Contributions in excess of the amount designated by a Participant in order to adjust for delays or mistakes in the Company’s processing of properly completed Contribution elections, establish reasonable waiting and adjustment periods and/or accounting and crediting procedures to ensure that amounts applied toward the purchase of Common Stock for each Participant properly correspond with Contribution amounts, and establish such other limitations or procedures as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion advisable that are consistent with the Plan.

(c) In the event the Administrator determines that the ongoing operation of the Plan may result in unfavorable financial accounting consequences, the Administrator may, in its discretion and, to the extent necessary or desirable, modify, amend or terminate the Plan to reduce or eliminate such accounting consequence including, but not limited to:

(i) amending the Plan to conform with the safe harbor definition under the Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor thereto), including with respect to an Offering Period underway at the time;

 

14


(ii) altering the Purchase Price for any Offering Period or Purchase Period including an Offering Period or Purchase Period underway at the time of the change in Purchase Price;

(iii) shortening any Offering Period or Purchase Period by setting a New Exercise Date, including an Offering Period or Purchase Period underway at the time of the Administrator action;

(iv) reducing the maximum percentage of Compensation a Participant may elect to set aside as Contributions; and

(v) reducing the maximum number of Shares a Participant may purchase during any Offering Period or Purchase Period.

Such modifications or amendments will not require stockholder approval or the consent of any Plan Participants.

21. Notices . All notices or other communications by a Participant to the Company under or in connection with the Plan will be deemed to have been duly given when received in the form and manner specified by the Company at the location, or by the person, designated by the Company for the receipt thereof.

22. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares . Shares of Common Stock will not be issued with respect to an option unless the exercise of such option and the issuance and delivery of such shares pursuant thereto will comply with all applicable provisions of law, domestic or foreign, including, without limitation, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Exchange Act, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the shares may then be listed, and will be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

As a condition to the exercise of an option, the Company may require the person exercising such option to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required by any of the aforementioned applicable provisions of law.

23. Code Section 409A . The 423 Component of the Plan is exempt from the application of Code Section 409A and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so be exempt from Code Section 409A. In furtherance of the foregoing and notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, if the Administrator determines that an option granted under the Plan may be subject to Code Section 409A or that any provision in the Plan would cause an option under the Plan to be subject to Code Section 409A, the Administrator may amend the terms of the Plan and/or of an outstanding option granted under the Plan, or take such other action the Administrator determines is necessary or appropriate, in each case, without the Participant’s consent, to exempt any outstanding

 

15


option or future option that may be granted under the Plan from or to allow any such options to comply with Code Section 409A, but only to the extent any such amendments or action by the Administrator would not violate Code Section 409A. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no liability to a Participant or any other party if the option to purchase Common Stock under the Plan that is intended to be exempt from or compliant with Code Section 409A is not so exempt or compliant or for any action taken by the Administrator with respect thereto. The Company makes no representation that the option to purchase Common Stock under the Plan is compliant with Code Section 409A.

24. Term of Plan . The Plan will become effective upon the earlier to occur of its adoption by the Board or its approval by the stockholders of the Company. It will continue in effect for a term of 20 years, unless sooner terminated under Section 20.

25. Stockholder Approval . The Plan will be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within 12 months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. Such stockholder approval will be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under Applicable Laws.

26. Governing Law . The Plan shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of California (except its choice-of-law provisions).

27. No Right to Employment . Participation in the Plan by a Participant shall not be construed as giving a Participant the right to be retained as an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate, as applicable. Furthermore, the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate may dismiss a Participant from employment at any time, free from any liability or any claim under the Plan.

28. Severability . If any provision of the Plan is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable for any reason in any jurisdiction or as to any Participant, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as to such jurisdiction or Participant as if the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had not been included.

29. Compliance with Applicable Laws . The terms of this Plan are intended to comply with all Applicable Laws and will be construed accordingly.

30. Tax Qualification . Although the Company may endeavor to (a) qualify an option for specific tax treatment under the laws of the United States or jurisdictions outside of the United States or (b) avoid adverse tax treatment ( e.g ., under Section 409A of the Code), the Company makes no representation to that effect and expressly disavows any covenant to maintain favorable or avoid unfavorable tax treatment, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan. The Company shall be unconstrained in its corporate activities without regard to any potential negative tax impact on Participants under the Plan.

 

16


EXHIBIT A

BOX, INC.

2015 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

GLOBAL SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

         Original Application    Enrollment Date:                     
         Change in Payroll Deduction Rate   

1.                                          hereby elects to participate in the Box, Inc. (the “ Company ”) 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ Plan ”) and subscribes to purchase shares of the Company’s Common Stock in accordance with this subscription agreement, including the addendum (attached hereto) (the “ Country Addendum ”) containing country-specific terms and conditions (collectively, this “ Agreement ”) and the Plan. Capitalized terms not defined in this Agreement but defined in the Plan have the same definitions as in the Plan.

2. I hereby authorize payroll deductions from each paycheck in the amount of     % of my Compensation on each payday (from 0 to 15%) during the Offering Period in accordance with the Plan. (Please note that no fractional percentages are permitted.)

3. I understand I may increase and reduce my Contributions rate once , and only once, during a Purchase Period. Any increase in my Contribution rate will only be effective for the following Purchase Period; provided, that I have timely submitted my change prior to the end of open enrollment for the following period. Any decrease in my Contribution rate will be effective in accordance with the Company’s stock administration policies then in effect.

4. I understand that said payroll deductions will be accumulated for the purchase of shares of Common Stock at the applicable Purchase Price determined in accordance with the Plan. I understand that if I do not withdraw from an Offering Period, any accumulated payroll deductions will be used to automatically exercise my option and purchase Common Stock under the Plan.

5. I have received a copy of the complete Plan and its accompanying prospectus. I understand that my participation in the Plan is in all respects subject to the terms of the Plan.

6. Shares of Common Stock purchased for me under the Plan should be issued in the name(s) of                                          (Eligible Employee or Eligible Employee and Spouse only).

7. I understand that if I am a U.S. taxpayer participating in the 423 Component of the Plan and I dispose of any shares of Common Stock received by me pursuant to the Plan within 2 years after the Offering Date (the first day of the Offering Period during which I purchased such shares) or 1 year after the Exercise Date, I will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as having received ordinary income at the time of such disposition in an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of the shares at the time such shares were purchased by me over the price that I paid for the shares. To the extent that my shares acquired under the Plan are not held with a broker

 

17


designated by the Company, I hereby agree to notify the Company in writing within 30 days after the date of any disposition of my shares and I will make adequate provision for U.S. federal, state or other tax withholding obligations, if any, which arise upon the disposition of the Common Stock . The Company may, but will not be obligated to, withhold from my compensation the amount necessary to meet any applicable withholding obligation including any withholding necessary to make available to the Company any tax deductions or benefits attributable to sale or early disposition of Common Stock by me. If I dispose of such shares at any time after the expiration of the 2-year and 1-year holding periods, I understand that I will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as having received income only at the time of such disposition, and that such income will be taxed as ordinary income only to the extent of an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the excess of the fair market value of the shares at the time of such disposition over the Purchase Price which I paid for the shares, or (b) 15% of the fair market value of the shares on the first day of the Offering Period. The remainder of the gain, if any, recognized on such disposition will be taxed as capital gain.

I understand that if I am a U.S. taxpayer participating in the Non-423 Component of the Plan, the tax treatment under Code Section 423(b) will not apply and I will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as having received ordinary income on the Exercise Date in an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of the shares on the Exercise Date over the Purchase Price which I paid for the shares.

8. I acknowledge that, regardless of any action taken by the Company or, if different, the Employer, the ultimate liability for all income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, fringe benefits tax, payment on account or other tax-related items related to my participation in the Plan and legally applicable to me (“ Tax-Related Items ”) is and remains my responsibility and may exceed the amount actually withheld by the Company or the Employer. I further acknowledge that the Company and/or the Employer (a) make no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with any aspect of the Plan, including, but not limited to, the grant of options, the purchase of shares of Common Stock, the issuance of Common Stock purchased, the sale of shares of Common Stock purchased under the Plan or the receipt of any dividends; and (b) do not commit to and are under no obligation to structure the terms of the grant of options or any aspect of the Plan to reduce or eliminate my liability for Tax-Related Items or achieve any particular tax result. Further, if I am subject to Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction, I acknowledge that the Company and/or the Employer (or former employer, as applicable) may be required to withhold or account for Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction.

Prior to the purchase of shares of Common Stock under the Plan, I agree to make adequate arrangements satisfactory to the Company and/or the Employer to satisfy all Tax-Related Items. In this regard, I authorize the Company and/or the Employer to satisfy the obligations with regard to all Tax-Related Items by withholding from my wages or other cash compensation payable to me by the Company and/or the Employer. If the obligations for Tax-Related Items cannot be satisfied by withholding from my wages or other cash compensation as contemplated herein, then I authorize the Company and/or the Employer or their respective agents to satisfy the obligations with regard to all Tax-Related Items by withholding from proceeds of the sale of shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of the option, either through a voluntary sale or through a mandatory sale arranged by the Company (on my behalf pursuant to this authorization without further consent). If shares of Common Stock are sold to satisfy obligations for Tax-Related Items, I acknowledge that I will receive a refund of any over-withheld amount in cash and will have no entitlement to the Common Stock equivalent.

 

18


Finally, I agree to pay to the Company or the Employer any amount of Tax-Related Items that the Company or the Employer may be required to withhold or account for as a result of my participation in the Plan that cannot be satisfied by the means previously described. The Company may refuse to purchase or deliver the shares or the proceeds of the sale of shares of Common Stock, if I fail to comply with my obligations in connection with the Tax-Related Items.

9. By enrolling and participating in the Plan, I acknowledge, understand and agree that: (a) the Plan is established voluntarily by the Company and it is discretionary in nature; (b) the grant of the option is voluntary and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future rights to purchase shares of Common Stock, or benefits in lieu of options, even if options have been granted in the past; (c) all decisions with respect to future options or other grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company; (d) the grant of options and my participation in the Plan shall not create a right to employment or be interpreted as forming an employment or service contract with the Company, the Employer or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company and shall not interfere with the ability of the Company, the Employer or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company to terminate my employment relationship (if any); (e) I am voluntarily participating in the Plan; (f) the Plan and the shares of Common Stock purchased under the Plan are not intended to replace any pension rights or compensation; (g) the Plan and the shares of Common Stock subject to the Plan and the income and value of same, are not part of normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, end-of-service payments, bonuses, holiday pay, long-service awards, pension or retirement or welfare benefits or similar payments; (h) the future value of the underlying shares of Common Stock is unknown, indeterminable and cannot be predicted with certainty and the value of the shares of Common Stock purchased under the Plan may increase or decrease in the future, even below the Purchase Price; (i) no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from forfeiture of options under the Plan resulting from termination of my employment with the Company or the Employer (for any reason whatsoever, whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where I am employed or the terms of my employment agreement, if any) and in consideration of the grant of the option and the issuance of shares of Common Stock under the Plan to which I am otherwise not entitled, I irrevocably agree never to institute any claim against the Company, its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or the Employer, waive my ability, if any, to bring any such claim, and release the Company, its Subsidiaries and Affiliates and the Employer from any such claim; (j) in the event of termination of my employment (for any reason whatsoever, whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where I am employed or the terms of my employment agreement, if any), unless otherwise provided in the Plan or determined by the Administrator, my right to participate in the Plan and my right to purchase shares of Common Stock, if any, will terminate effective as of the date I cease to be actively employed and will not be extended by any notice period (e.g., employment would not include any contractual notice or any period of “garden leave” or similar period mandated under employment laws in the jurisdiction where I am employed or the terms of my employment agreement, if any); the Company’s chief human resources officer or other person performing that function or, with respect to executive officers, the Board, shall have the exclusive discretion to determine when I am no longer actively employed for purposes of my option; and (k) neither the Company, the Employer nor any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, shall be liable for any foreign exchange rate fluctuation between my

 

19


local currency and the United States Dollar that may affect the value of the shares of Common Stock or any amounts due pursuant to the purchase of the shares of Common Stock or the subsequent sale of any shares purchased under the Plan.

10. The Company is not providing any tax, legal or financial advice, nor is the Company making any recommendations regarding my participation in the Plan, or my purchase or sale of the underlying shares of Common Stock. I am hereby advised to consult with my own personal tax, legal and financial advisors regarding my participation in the Plan before taking any action related to the Plan.

11. I acknowledge that, depending on my country of residence, I may be subject to insider trading restrictions and/or market abuse laws, which may affect my ability to acquire or sell shares of Common Stock or rights to shares of Common Stock under the Plan during such times as I am considered to have “inside information” regarding the Company (as defined by the laws in my country). Any restrictions under these laws or regulations are separate from and in addition to any restrictions that may be imposed under any applicable Company insider trading policy. I acknowledge that it is my responsibility to comply with any applicable restrictions and that I am advised to speak to my personal legal advisor on this matter.

12. I hereby voluntarily consent to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of my personal data as described in this Agreement and any other Plan participation materials (“Data”) by and among, as applicable, the Employer, the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing my participation in the Plan.

I understand that the Company and the Employer may hold certain personal information about me, including, but not limited to, my name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any shares of stock or directorships held in the Company, details of all options under the Plan or any other entitlement to shares of stock awarded, cancelled, exercised, vested, unvested, or outstanding in my favor, for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan.

I understand that Data will be transferred to Charles Schwab & Co., Inc., or such stock plan service provider as may be selected by the Company in the future, which is assisting the Company, with the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. I understand that the recipients of the Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere, and that the recipients’ country (e.g., the United States) may have different data privacy laws and protections than my country. I understand that if I reside outside the United States, I may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the Data by contacting my local human resources representative. I authorize the Company, the Company’s broker and any other possible recipients which may assist the Company, (presently or in the future) with implementing, administering and managing the Plan to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purpose of implementing, administering and managing my participation in the Plan. I understand that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage my participation in the Plan. I understand that if I reside outside the United States I may, at any time, request access to Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or

 

20


withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing my local human resources representative. Further, I understand that I am providing the consents herein on a purely voluntary basis. If I do not consent, or if I later seek to revoke my consent, my employment status or service with the Employer will not be adversely affected; the only consequence of refusing or withdrawing my consent is that the Company would not be able to grant the right to purchase shares of Common Stock under the Plan to me or other equity awards or administer or maintain such awards. Therefore, I understand that refusing or withdrawing my consent may affect my ability to participate in the Plan. For more information on the consequences of my refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, I understand that I may contact my local human resources representative.

13. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without regard to the conflict of law provisions, as provided in the Plan. For purposes of any action, lawsuit or other proceedings brought to enforce this Agreement, relating to it, or arising from it, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the nonexclusive jurisdiction and venue of the state and federal courts located in the State of California.

14. If I have received this Agreement or any other document related to the Plan translated into a language other than English and if the meaning of the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control.

15. The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to current or future participation in the Plan by electronic means. I hereby consent to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agree to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company.

16. The provisions of this Agreement are severable and if any one or more provisions are determined to be illegal or otherwise unenforceable, in whole or in part, the remaining provisions shall nevertheless be binding and enforceable.

17. Notwithstanding any provisions in this Agreement, the grant of my option shall be subject to any terms and conditions set forth in any Country Addendum to this Agreement for my country. Moreover, if I relocate to one of the countries included in the Country Addendum, the special terms and conditions for such country will apply to me, to the extent the Company determines that the application of such terms and conditions is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons. The Country Addendum constitutes part of this Agreement.

18. The Company, at its option, may elect to terminate, suspend or modify the terms of the Plan at any time, to the extent permitted by the Plan. I agree to be bound by such termination, suspension or modification regardless of whether notice is given to me of such event, subject in any case to my right to timely withdraw from the Plan in accordance with the Plan withdrawal procedures then in effect. In addition, the Company reserves the right to impose other requirements on my participation in the Plan, on any shares of Common Stock purchased under the Plan, to the extent the Company determines it is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons, and to require me to sign any additional agreements or undertakings that may be necessary to accomplish the foregoing.

 

21


19. I acknowledge that a waiver by the Company of breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement, or of any subsequent breach by me or any other Participant.

20. I understand that the Company may require that shares (i) be deposited directly with a broker designated by the Company and (ii) be retained with such broker or agent for a designated period of time (iii) and/or may establish other procedures to permit tracking of disqualifying dispositions of such shares.

21. I hereby agree to be bound by the terms of the Plan. The effectiveness of this Subscription Agreement is dependent upon my eligibility to participate in the Plan.

 

Employee’s Social Security Number or Non-U.S. Tax Identification Number:    

 

Employee’s Address:  

 

 

 

 

 

I UNDERSTAND THAT THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT WILL REMAIN IN EFFECT THROUGHOUT SUCCESSIVE OFFERING PERIODS UNLESS TERMINATED BY ME.

 

Dated:  

 

   

 

      Signature of Employee

 

22


ADDENDUM

COUNTRY-SPECIFIC TERMS AND CONDITIONS TO

BOX, INC. 2015 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

GLOBAL SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

Terms and Conditions

This Addendum, which is part of the Agreement, includes additional or different terms and conditions that govern my participation in the Plan and that will apply to me if I am working in one of the countries listed below. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms set forth in this Addendum shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Plan or the Agreement, as applicable.

If I am a citizen or resident of a country other than the one in which I am currently working, am considered a resident of another country for local law purposes or transfer employment and/or residency between countries after the Enrollment Date, the Company shall, in its sole discretion, determine to what extent the terms and conditions included herein will apply to me under these circumstances.

Notifications

This Addendum also includes information regarding securities, exchange control and certain other issues of which I should be aware with respect to my participation in the Plan. The information is based on the securities, exchange control and other laws in effect in the respective countries as of January 2015. Such laws are often complex and change frequently. As a result, the Company strongly recommends that I not rely on the information in this Addendum as the only source of information relating to the consequences of my participation in the Plan because such information may be outdated when the shares of Common Stock are purchased and/or when I sell any shares purchased under the Plan.

In addition, the information contained herein is general in nature and may not apply to my particular situation. As a result, the Company is not in a position to assure me of any particular result. The Company therefore advises me to seek appropriate professional advice as to how the relevant laws in my country may apply to my particular situation.

Finally, if I am a citizen or resident of a country other than that in which I currently am working, am considered a resident of another country for local law purposes or transfer employment and/or residency to a different country after the Enrollment Date, the notifications contained herein may not apply in the same manner to me.

AUSTRALIA

Notifications

Securities Law Information . If I acquire shares of Common Stock under the Plan and offer the shares for sale to a person or entity resident in Australia, the offer may be subject to disclosure requirements under Australian law, and I should obtain legal advice regarding any applicable disclosure obligations prior to making any such offer.

 

23


DENMARK

Terms and Conditions

Danish Stock Option Act . By participating in the Plan, I acknowledge that I have received a Danish translation of an “Employer Statement,” which is being provided to comply with the Danish Stock Option Act.

Notifications

Foreign Asset Reporting Information . I understand that I may hold shares of Common Stock acquired under the Plan in a safety-deposit account ( e.g. , a brokerage account) with either a Danish bank or with an approved foreign broker or bank. If the shares are held with a non-Danish broker or bank, I am required to inform the Danish Tax Administration about the safety-deposit account. For this purpose, I must file a Declaration V ( Erklaering V ) with the Danish Tax Administration. The bank/broker and I must sign the Declaration V. By signing the Declaration V, the bank/broker undertakes an obligation, without further request each year not later than on February 1 of the year following the calendar year to which the information relates, to forward certain information to the Danish Tax Administration concerning the content of the safety-deposit account. In the event that the applicable broker or bank with which the safety-deposit account is held does not wish to, or, pursuant to the laws of the country in question, is not allowed to assume such obligation to report, I acknowledge that I am solely responsible for providing certain details regarding the foreign brokerage or bank account and any shares of Common Stock acquired at purchase and held in such account to the Danish Tax Administration as part of my annual income tax return. By signing the Form V, I at the same time authorize the Danish Tax Administration to examine the account. A sample of the Declaration V can be found at the following website: www.skat.dk/getFile.aspx?Id=47392 .

In addition, when I open a deposit account or a brokerage account for the purpose of holding cash outside Denmark, the bank or brokerage account, as applicable, will be treated as a deposit account because cash can be held in the account. Therefore, I must also file a Declaration K ( Erklaering K ) with the Danish Tax Administration. The bank/broker and I must sign the Declaration K. By signing the Declaration K, the bank/broker undertakes an obligation, without further request each year, not later than on February 1 of the year following the calendar year to which the information relates, to forward certain information to the Danish Tax Administration concerning the content of the deposit account. In the event that the applicable financial institution (broker or bank) with which the account is held, does not wish to, or, pursuant to the laws of the country in question, is not allowed to assume such obligation to report, I acknowledge that I am solely responsible for providing certain details regarding the foreign brokerage or bank account to the Danish Tax Administration as part of my annual income tax return. By signing the Declaration K, I at the same time authorize the Danish Tax Administration to examine the account. A sample of Declaration K can be found at the following website: www.skat.dk/getFile.aspx?Id=42409&newwindow=true .

 

24


FRANCE

Terms and Conditions

Payroll Deduction Authorization. This provision translates Section 2 of the Subscription Agreement:

I hereby authorize payroll deductions from each paycheck in the amount of     % of my Compensation on each payday (from 0 to 15%) during the Offering Period in accordance with the Plan. (Please note that no fractional percentages are permitted.)

Autorisation de prélèvements sur salaires. Le paragraphe suivant met en œuvre la Section 2 du Formulaire de Participation:

J’autorise par la présente un prélèvement sur salaires à un taux de     % (taux compris entre 0 et 15%) effectué à chaque paiement de mon salaire durant la Période d’Offre compte tenu du Plan. (Veuillez noter que le taux choisi doit être arrondi, sans chiffre après la virgule).

Language Consent.  By enrolling in the Plan, either by signing the Agreement or by using the Company’s online enrollment procedures with Charles Schwab & Co., Inc., or such stock plan service provider as may be selected by the Company in the future, I agree to be bound by, and understand that my participation in the Plan is in all respects subject to, the terms of the Plan and this Agreement. I confirm having read and understood the documents relating to the Plan (the Plan and this Agreement) which were provided to me in the English language. I accept the terms of those documents accordingly.

Langue utilisée. En acceptant de participer au Plan, soit en signant le Formulaire soit en utilisant les procédure de participation en ligne de la Société auprès de Charles Schwab & Co., Inc., ou auprès de tout autre gestionnaire de plan que la Société pourrait choisir à l’avenir, j’accepte d’être lié et je comprends que ma participation au Plan est telle que décrite dans le Plan et ce Formulaire. Je confirme avoir lu et compris les documents relatifs au Plan (le Plan et ce Formulaire) qui ont été communiqués en langue anglaise. J’accepte les termes de ces documents en connaissance de cause.

Notifications

Foreign Asset Reporting Information . If I hold securities (including shares of Common Stock purchased under the Plan) or maintain a foreign bank account, I am required to report the maintenance of such to the French tax authorities when filing my annual tax return.

GERMANY

Notifications

Exchange Control Information . Cross-border payments in excess of €12,500 must be reported electronically to the German Federal Bank. The online filing portal can be accessed at www.bundesbank.de . I understand that it is my responsibility to comply with this reporting obligation and that I should consult with my personal tax advisor in this regard.

 

25


JAPAN

Notifications

Foreign Asset Reporting Information . I understand that I will be required to report details of any assets held outside of Japan as of December 31st (including any shares of Common Stock acquired under the Plan) to the extent such assets have a total net fair market value exceeding ¥50,000,000. Such report will be due by March 15th each year. I understand that I should consult with my personal tax advisor as to whether the reporting obligation applies to me and whether I will be required to report details of any outstanding options under the Plan, shares of Common Stock and/or cash held by me in the report.

NETHERLANDS

Notifications

 

 

LOGO

UNITED KINGDOM

Terms and Conditions

Tax-Related Items . The following provision supplements Section 8 of the Agreement:

I agree that, if I do not pay or the Company or the Employer does not withhold from me, the full amount of income tax that I owe in connection with the option within 90 days after the end of the tax year in which the event giving rise to the income tax liability arose or such other period specified in Section 222(1)(c) of the U.K. Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003 (the “ Due Date ”), the amount of any uncollected income tax will constitute a loan owed by me to the Company and/or the Employer, effective on the Due Date. I agree that the loan will bear interest at the then-current official HMRC rate, it will be immediately due and repayable, and the Company and/or the Employer may recover it at any time thereafter by any of the means referred to in Section 8 of the Agreement.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if I am an executive officer or director within the meaning of Section 13(k) of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the terms of the immediately foregoing provision will not apply. In the event that I am an executive officer or director and the income tax is not collected or paid by me by the Due Date, the amount of any uncollected income tax may constitute a benefit to me on which additional income tax and National Insurance contributions (“ NICs ”) may be payable. I acknowledge that I will be responsible for reporting and paying any income tax due on this additional benefit directly to HMRC under the self-assessment regime and for reimbursing the Company or the Employer (as applicable) for the value of any employee NICs due on this additional benefit, which the Company or the Employer may recover from me at any time thereafter by any of the means set forth in Section 8 of the Agreement.

 

26


Joint Election for Transfer of Liability for Employer National Insurance Contributions . As a condition of participation in the Plan and the purchase of shares of Common Stock, I agree to accept any liability for secondary Class 1 NICs which may be payable by the Company and/or the Employer in connection with the option and any event giving rise to Tax-Related Items (the “ Employer NICs ”). The Employer NICs may be collected by the Company or the Employer using any of the methods described in Section 8 of the Agreement. Without prejudice to the foregoing, I agree to execute a joint election with the Company or the Employer (a “ Joint Election ”), the form of such Joint Election being formally approved by HMRC, and any other consent or elections required to accomplish the transfer of the Employer NICs to me. I further agree to execute such other elections as may be required by any successor to the Company and/or the Employer for the purpose of continuing the effectiveness of my Joint Election. I understand that if I do not complete the Joint Election prior to the Exercise Date, or if approval of the Joint Election is withdrawn by HMRC and a new Joint Election is not entered into, I will not be entitled to purchase shares of Common Stock or receive any benefit under the Plan, without any liability to the Company or the Employer. I understand that I must enter into the Joint Election attached to this Country Addendum, concurrent with the execution of the Agreement, or at such subsequent time as may be designated by the Company.

 

27


Important Note on the Election to Transfer Employer NICs

If you are liable for National Insurance contributions (“NICs”) in the UK in connection with your participation in the Box, Inc. 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, you are required to enter into an Election to transfer to you any liability for employer’s NICs that may arise in connection with your participation in the Plan.

By entering into the Election:

 

    you agree that any employer’s NICs liability that may arise in connection with your participation in the Plan will be transferred to you;

 

    you authorise your employer to recover an amount sufficient to cover this liability by such methods including, but not limited to, deductions from your salary or other payments due or the sale of sufficient shares acquired pursuant to your awards; and

 

    you acknowledge that even if you have clicked on the “ACCEPT” box where indicated, the Company or your employer may still require you to sign a paper copy of this Election (or a substantially similar form) if the Company determines such is necessary to give effect to the Election.

Please read the Election carefully.

Please print and keep a copy of the Election for your records.

 

28


BOX, INC.

2015 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

Election To Transfer the Employer’s National Insurance Liability to the Employee

This Election is between:

 

A. The individual who has obtained authorised access to this Election (the “ Employee ”), who is employed by one of the employing companies listed in the attached schedule (the “ Employer ”) and who is eligible to participate in the Box, Inc. 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ Plan ”), and

 

B. Box, Inc. , 4440 El Camino Real, Los Altos, CA 94022, USA (the “ Company ”), which may grant rights to purchase shares of Common Stock under the Plan and is entering into this Election on behalf of the Employer.

Introduction

This Election relates to all rights to purchase shares of Common Stock granted to the Employee under the Plan on or after [date] up to the termination date of the Plan.

In this Election the following words and phrases have the following meanings:

Chargeable Event ” means, in relation to the purchase rights:

the acquisition of securities pursuant to the purchase rights (within section 477(3)(a) of ITEPA);

the assignment or release of the purchase rights in return for consideration (within section 477(3)(b) of ITEPA);

the receipt of a benefit in connection with the purchase rights other than a benefit within (i) or (ii) above (within section 477(3)(c) of ITEPA);

post-acquisition charges relating to the purchase rights and/or the shares acquired pursuant to the purchase rights (within section 427 of ITEPA); and/or

post-acquisition charges relating to the purchase rights and/or the shares acquired pursuant to the purchase rights (within section 439 of ITEPA).

ITEPA ” means the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003.

SSCBA ” means the Social Security Contributions and Benefits Act 1992.

This Election relates to the employer’s secondary Class 1 National Insurance Contributions (the “ Employer’s Liability ”) which may arise on the occurrence of a Chargeable Event in respect of the purchase rights pursuant to section 4(4)(a) and/or paragraph 3B(1A) of Schedule 1 of the SSCBA.

This Election does not apply in relation to any liability, or any part of any liability, arising as a result of regulations being given retrospective effect by virtue of section 4B(2) of either the SSCBA, or the Social Security Contributions and Benefits (Northern Ireland) Act 1992.

 

29


This Election does not apply to the extent that it relates to relevant employment income which is employment income of the earner by virtue of Chapter 3A of Part VII of ITEPA (employment income: securities with artificially depressed market value).

The Election

The Employee and the Company jointly elect that the entire liability of the Employer to pay the Employer’s Liability on the Chargeable Event is hereby transferred to the Employee. The Employee understands that, by signing or electronically accepting this Election, he or she will become personally liable for the Employer’s Liability covered by this Election. This Election is made in accordance with paragraph 3B(1) of Schedule 1 to SSCBA.

Payment of the Employer’s Liability

The Employee hereby authorises the Company and/or the Employer to collect the Employer’s Liability from the Employee at any time after the Chargeable Event:

 

  (i) by deduction from salary or any other payment payable to the Employee at any time on or after the date of the Chargeable Event; and/or

 

  (ii) directly from the Employee by payment in cash or cleared funds; and/or

 

  (iii) by arranging, on behalf of the Employee, for the sale of some of the securities which the Employee is entitled to receive in respect of the purchase rights; and/or

 

  (iv) by any other means specified in the applicable award agreement.

The Company hereby reserves for itself and the Employer the right to withhold the transfer of any securities to the Employee in respect of the purchase rights until full payment of the Employer’s Liability is received.

The Company agrees to procure the remittance by the Employer of the Employer’s Liability to HM Revenue & Customs on behalf of the Employee within 14 days after the end of the UK tax month during which the Chargeable Event occurs (or within 17 days after the end of the UK tax month during which the Chargeable Event occurs, if payments are made electronically).

Duration of Election

The Employee and the Company agree to be bound by the terms of this Election regardless of whether the Employee is transferred abroad or is not employed by the Employer on the date on which the Employer’s Liability becomes due.

Any reference to the Company and/or the Employer shall include that entity’s successors in title and assigns as permitted in accordance with the terms of the Plan and relevant award agreement. This Election will continue in effect in respect of any awards which replace the purchase rights in circumstances where section 483 of ITEPA applies.

This Election will continue in effect until the earliest of the following:

 

  (i) the Employee and the Company agree in writing that it should cease to have effect;

 

30


  (ii) on the date the Company serves written notice on the Employee terminating its effect;

 

  (iii) on the date HM Revenue & Customs withdraws approval of this Election; or

 

  (iv) after due payment of the Employer’s Liability in respect of the entirety of the purchase rights to which this Election relates or could relate, such that the Election ceases to have effect in accordance with its terms.

Acceptance by the Employee

The Employee acknowledges that, by clicking on the “ACCEPT” box in the online acceptance screen, the Employee agrees to be bound by the terms of this Election.

OR:

The Employee acknowledges that, by signing this Election, the Employee agrees to be bound by the terms of this Election.

 

Name  

 

Signature  

 

Date  

 

Acceptance by the Company

The Company acknowledges that, by signing this Election or arranging for the scanned signature of an authorised representative to appear on this Election, the Company agrees to be bound by the terms of this Election.

 

Signature for and on      
behalf of the Company      

 

Position   

 

  
Date   

 

  

 

31


SCHEDULE OF EMPLOYER COMPANIES

The following are employer companies to which this Election may apply:

For each company, provide the following details:

 

Name of Company:    Box.com (UK) Ltd
Registered Office:    64 North Row, London W1K 7LL
Company Registration Number:    08097316
Corporation Tax District:    Euston District
Corporation Tax Reference:    673 73432 29543
PAYE Reference:    475/KA 80221

 

32


EXHIBIT B

BOX, INC.

2015 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

NOTICE OF WITHDRAWAL

The undersigned participant in the Offering Period of the Box, Inc. 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan that began on             ,         (the “ Enrollment Date ”) hereby notifies the Company that he or she hereby withdraws from the Offering Period. He or she hereby directs the Company to pay to the undersigned as promptly as practicable all the payroll deductions credited to his or her account with respect to such Offering Period. The undersigned understands and agrees that his or her option for such Offering Period will be automatically terminated. The undersigned understands further that no further payroll deductions will be made for the purchase of shares in the current Offering Period and the undersigned will be eligible to participate in succeeding Offering Periods only by delivering to the Company a new Agreement.

 

Name and Address of Participant:

 

 

 

Signature:  

 

Date:  

 

 

33

Exhibit 10.4

BOX, INC.

2011 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

SECTION 1. PURPOSE

The purpose of the Box, Inc. 2011 Equity Incentive Plan is to attract, retain and motivate employees, officers, directors, consultants, agents, advisors and independent contractors of the Company and its Related Companies by providing them the opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company and to align their interests and efforts to the long-term interests of the Company’s stockholders.

SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS

Certain capitalized terms used in the Plan have the meanings set forth in Appendix A.

SECTION 3. ADMINISTRATION

3.1 Administration of the Plan

The Plan shall be administered by the Board. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may delegate concurrent responsibility for administering the Plan, including with respect to designated classes of Eligible Persons, to a committee or committees (which term includes subcommittees) consisting of one or more members of the Board, subject to such limitations as the Board deems appropriate. If and so long as the Common Stock is registered under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Exchange Act, the Board shall consider in selecting the members of any committee acting as Plan Administrator, with respect to any persons subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, the provisions regarding “non-employee directors” as contemplated by Rule 16b-3(b)(3) under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision thereto. Members of any committee shall serve for such term as the Board may determine, subject to removal by the Board at any time. All references in the Plan to the “ Plan Administrator ” shall be, as applicable, to the Board or any committee to whom the Board has delegated authority to administer the Plan.

3.2 Administration and Interpretation by Plan Administrator

(a) Except for the terms and conditions explicitly set forth in the Plan, and to the extent permitted by applicable law, the Plan Administrator shall have full power and exclusive authority, subject to such orders or resolutions not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan as may from time to time be adopted by the Board or a committee composed of members of the Board, to (i) select the Eligible Persons to whom Awards may from time to time be granted under the Plan; (ii) determine the type or types of Award to be granted to each Participant under the Plan; (iii) determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be covered by each Award granted under the Plan; (iv) determine the terms and conditions of any Award granted under the Plan; (v) approve the forms of notice or agreement for use under the Plan; (vi) determine whether, to what extent and under what circumstances Awards


may be settled in cash, shares of Common Stock or other property or canceled or suspended; (vii) interpret and administer the Plan and any instrument evidencing an Award, notice or agreement executed or entered into under the Plan; (viii) establish such rules and regulations as it shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan; (ix) delegate ministerial duties to such of the Company’s employees as it so determines; (x) institute and determine the terms and conditions of an Exchange Program; and (xi) make any other determination and take any other action that the Plan Administrator deems necessary or desirable for administration of the Plan.

(b) The effect on the vesting of an Award of a Company-approved leave of absence or a Participant’s reduction in hours of employment or service shall be determined by the Company’s chief human resources officer or other person performing that function or, with respect to directors or executive officers, by the Board, whose determination shall be final.

(c) Decisions of the Plan Administrator shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons, including the Company, any Participant, any stockholder and any Eligible Person. A majority of the members of the Plan Administrator may determine its actions.

SECTION 4. SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

4.1 Authorized Number of Shares

Subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in Section 14.1, a maximum of 23,490,327 shares of Common Stock shall be available for issuance under the Plan. Shares issued under the Plan shall be drawn from authorized and unissued shares or shares now held or subsequently acquired by the Company as treasury shares.

4.2 Share Usage

(a) Shares of Common Stock covered by an Award shall not be counted as used unless and until they are actually issued and delivered to a Participant. If any Award lapses, expires, terminates or is canceled prior to the issuance of shares thereunder or if shares of Common Stock are issued under the Plan to a Participant and thereafter are forfeited to or otherwise reacquired by the Company, the shares subject to such Awards and the forfeited or reacquired shares shall again be available for issuance under the Plan. Any shares of Common Stock (i) tendered by a Participant or retained by the Company as full or partial payment to the Company for the purchase price of an Award or to satisfy tax withholding obligations in connection with an Award, or (ii) covered by an Award that is settled in cash or in a manner such that some or all of the shares covered by the Award are not issued, shall be available for Awards under the Plan. The number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan shall not be reduced to reflect any dividends or dividend equivalents that are reinvested into additional shares of Common Stock or credited as additional shares of Common Stock subject or paid with respect to an Award.

(b) The Plan Administrator shall also, without limitation, have the authority to grant Awards as an alternative to or as the form of payment for grants or rights earned or due under other compensation plans or arrangements of the Company.

 

2


(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Plan Administrator may grant Substitute Awards under the Plan. In the event that a written agreement between the Company and an Acquired Entity pursuant to which merger or consolidation is completed is approved by the Board and that agreement sets forth the terms and conditions of the substitution for or assumption of outstanding awards of the Acquired Entity, those terms and conditions shall be deemed to be the action of the Plan Administrator without any further action by the Plan Administrator, and the persons holding such awards shall be deemed to be Participants.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Section 4.2 to the contrary, the maximum number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of Incentive Stock Options shall equal the aggregate share number stated in Section 4.1, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 14.1.

SECTION 5. ELIGIBILITY

An Award may be granted to any employee, officer or director of the Company or a Related Company whom the Plan Administrator from time to time selects. An Award may also be granted to any consultant, agent, advisor or independent contractor for bona fide services rendered to the Company or any Related Company that (a) are not in connection with the offer and sale of the Company’s securities in a capital-raising transaction and (b) do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities.

SECTION 6. AWARDS

6.1 Form, Grant and Settlement of Awards

The Plan Administrator shall have the authority, in its sole discretion, to determine the type or types of Awards to be granted under the Plan. Such Awards may be granted either alone or in addition to or in tandem with any other type of Award. Any Award settlement may be subject to such conditions, restrictions and contingencies as the Plan Administrator shall determine.

6.2 Evidence of Awards

Awards granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by a written, including an electronic, instrument that shall contain such terms, conditions, limitations and restrictions as the Plan Administrator shall deem advisable and that are not inconsistent with the Plan.

6.3 Dividends and Distributions

Participants may, if the Plan Administrator so determines, be credited with dividends or dividend equivalents paid with respect to shares of Common Stock underlying an Award in a manner determined by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion. The Plan Administrator may apply any restrictions to the dividends or dividend equivalents that the Plan Administrator deems appropriate. The Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, may

 

3


determine the form of payment of dividends or dividend equivalents, including cash, shares of Common Stock, Restricted Stock or Stock Units. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the right to any dividends or dividend equivalents declared and paid on the number of shares underlying an Option or Stock Appreciation Right may not be contingent, directly or indirectly, on the exercise of the Option or Stock Appreciation Right, and must comply with or qualify for an exemption under Section 409A. Also notwithstanding the foregoing, the right to any dividends or dividend equivalents declared and paid on Restricted Stock must (a) be paid at the same time they are paid to other stockholders and (b) comply with or qualify for an exemption under Section 409A.

SECTION 7. OPTIONS

7.1 Grant of Options

The Plan Administrator may grant Options designated as Incentive Stock Options or Nonqualified Stock Options.

7.2 Option Exercise Price

Options shall be granted with an exercise price per share not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the Grant Date (and not less than the minimum exercise price required by Section 422 of the Code with respect to Incentive Stock Options), except in the case of Substitute Awards. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Plan Administrator may grant Nonqualified Stock Options with an exercise price per share of less than the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the Grant Date if the Option meets all the requirements for Awards that are considered “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A.

7.3 Term of Options

Subject to earlier termination in accordance with the terms of the Plan and the instrument evidencing the Option, the maximum term of an Option (the “ Option Term ”) shall be ten years from the Grant Date. For Incentive Stock Options, the Option Term shall be as specified in Section 8.4.

7.4 Exercise of Options

The Plan Administrator shall establish and set forth in each instrument that evidences an Option the time at which, or the installments in which, the Option shall vest and become exercisable, any of which provisions may be waived or modified by the Plan Administrator at any time. If not so established in the instrument evidencing the Option, the Option shall vest and become exercisable according to the following schedule, which may be waived or modified by the Plan Administrator at any time:

 

4


Period of Participant’s Continuous

Employment or Service With the

Company or Its Related Companies

From the Vesting Commencement Date

   Portion of Total Option That
Is Vested and Exercisable

After 1 year

   1/4 th

After each additional one-month period of continuous service completed thereafter

   An additional 1/48 th

After 4 years

   100%

To the extent an Option has vested and become exercisable, the Option may be exercised in whole or from time to time in part by delivery to or as directed or approved by the Company of a properly executed stock option exercise agreement or notice, in a form and in accordance with procedures established by the Plan Administrator, setting forth the number of shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised, the restrictions imposed on the shares purchased under such exercise agreement or notice, if any, and such representations and agreements as may be required by the Plan Administrator, accompanied by payment in full as described in Section 7.5. An Option may be exercised only for whole shares and may not be exercised for less than a reasonable number of shares at any one time, as determined by the Plan Administrator.

7.5 Payment of Exercise Price

The exercise price for shares purchased under an Option shall be paid in full to the Company by delivery of consideration equal to the product of the Option exercise price and the number of shares purchased. Such consideration must be paid before the Company will issue the shares being purchased and must be in a form or a combination of forms acceptable to the Plan Administrator for that purchase, which forms may include:

(a) cash;

(b) check or wire transfer;

(c) having the Company withhold shares of Common Stock that would otherwise be issued on exercise of the Option that have an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the aggregate exercise price of the shares being purchased under the Option;

(d) tendering (either actually or, if and so long as the Common Stock is registered under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Exchange Act, by attestation) shares of Common Stock owned by the Participant that have an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the aggregate exercise price of the shares being purchased under the Option;

 

5


(e) if and so long as the Common Stock is registered under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Exchange Act, and to the extent permitted by law, delivery of a properly executed exercise agreement or notice, together with irrevocable instructions to a brokerage firm designated or approved by the Company to deliver promptly to the Company the aggregate amount of proceeds to pay the Option exercise price and any tax withholding obligations that may arise in connection with the exercise, all in accordance with the regulations of the Federal Reserve Board; or

(f) such other consideration as the Plan Administrator may permit.

In addition, to assist a Participant (including directors and executive officers) in acquiring shares of Common Stock pursuant to an Option granted under the Plan, the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion and to the extent permitted by applicable law, may authorize, either at the Grant Date or at any time before the acquisition of Common Stock pursuant to the Option, (i) the payment by a Participant of the purchase price of the Common Stock by a promissory note or (ii) the guarantee by the Company of a loan obtained by the Participant from a third party. At the discretion of the Plan Administrator, such notes or loans may be full or partial recourse. Subject to the foregoing, the Plan Administrator shall in its sole discretion specify the terms of any loans or loan guarantees, including the interest rate and terms of and security for repayment.

7.6 Effect of Termination of Service

The Plan Administrator shall establish and set forth in each instrument that evidences an Option whether the Option shall continue to be exercisable, and the terms and conditions of such exercise, after a Termination of Service, any of which provisions may be waived or modified by the Plan Administrator at any time. If not so established in the instrument evidencing the Option, the Option shall be exercisable according to the following terms and conditions, which may be waived or modified by the Plan Administrator at any time:

(a) Any portion of an Option that is not vested and exercisable on the date of a Participant’s Termination of Service shall expire on such date.

(b) Any portion of an Option that is vested and exercisable on the date of a Participant’s Termination of Service shall expire on the earliest to occur of:

(i) if the Participant’s Termination of Service occurs for reasons other than Cause, Retirement, Disability or death, the date that is three months after such Termination of Service;

(ii) if the Participant’s Termination of Service occurs by reason of Retirement, Disability or death, the one-year anniversary of such Termination of Service; and

(iii) the Option Expiration Date.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant dies after the Participant’s Termination of Service but while an Option is otherwise exercisable, the portion of the Option that is vested and exercisable on the date of such Termination of Service shall expire upon the earlier to occur of (y) the Option Expiration Date and (z) the one-year anniversary of the date of death, unless the Plan Administrator determines otherwise.

 

6


Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent required by applicable law, unless employment or services are terminated for Cause, the right to exercise an Option in the event of Termination of Service, to the extent that the Participant is otherwise entitled to exercise an Option on the date of Termination of Service, shall be

a. at least six months from the date of a Participant’s Termination of Service if termination was caused by death or Disability; and

b. at least 30 days from the date of a Participant’s Termination of Service if termination was caused by other than death or Disability;

c. but in no event later than the Option Expiration Date.

Also notwithstanding the foregoing, in case a Participant’s Termination of Service occurs for Cause, all Options granted to the Participant shall automatically expire upon first notification to the Participant of such termination, unless the Plan Administrator determines otherwise. If a Participant’s employment or service relationship with the Company is suspended pending an investigation of whether the Participant shall be terminated for Cause, all the Participant’s rights under any Option shall likewise be suspended during the period of investigation. If any facts that would constitute termination for Cause are discovered after a Participant’s Termination of Service, any Option then held by the Participant may be immediately terminated by the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion.

SECTION 8. INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan to the contrary, the terms and conditions of any Incentive Stock Options shall in addition comply in all respects with Section 422 of the Code or any successor provision, and any applicable regulations thereunder, including, to the extent required thereunder, the following:

8.1 Dollar Limitation

To the extent the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the Grant Date) of Common Stock with respect to which a Participant’s Incentive Stock Options become exercisable for the first time during any calendar year (under the Plan and all other stock option plans of the Company and its parent and subsidiary corporations) exceeds $100,000, such portion in excess of $100,000 shall be treated as a Nonqualified Stock Option. In the event the Participant holds two or more such Options that become exercisable for the first time in the same calendar year, such limitation shall be applied on the basis of the order in which such Options are granted.

 

7


8.2 Eligible Employees

Individuals who are not employees of the Company or one of its parent or subsidiary corporations may not be granted Incentive Stock Options.

8.3 Exercise Price

Incentive Stock Options shall be granted with an exercise price per share not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the Grant Date and, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of the stock of the Company or of its parent or subsidiary corporations (a “ Ten Percent Stockholder ”), shall be granted with an exercise price per share not less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the Grant Date. The determination of more than 10% ownership shall be made in accordance with Section 422 of the Code.

8.4 Option Term

Subject to earlier termination in accordance with the terms of the Plan and the instrument evidencing the Option, the maximum term of an Incentive Stock Option shall not exceed ten years, and in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder, shall not exceed five years.

8.5 Exercisability

An Option designated as an Incentive Stock Option shall cease to qualify for favorable tax treatment as an Incentive Stock Option to the extent it is exercised (if permitted by the terms of the Option) (a) more than three months after the date of a Participant’s termination of employment if termination was for reasons other than death or disability, (b) more than one year after the date of a Participant’s termination of employment if termination was by reason of disability, or (c) more than six months following the first day of a Participant’s leave of absence that exceeds three months, unless the Participant’s reemployment rights are guaranteed by statute or contract.

8.6 Taxation of Incentive Stock Options

In order to obtain certain tax benefits afforded to Incentive Stock Options under Section 422 of the Code, the Participant must hold the shares acquired upon the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option for two years after the Grant Date and one year after the date of exercise. A Participant may be subject to the alternative minimum tax at the time of exercise of an Incentive Stock Option. The Participant shall give the Company prompt notice of any disposition of shares acquired on the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option prior to the expiration of such holding periods.

 

8


8.7 Code Definitions

For the purposes of this Section 8, “disability,” “parent corporation” and “subsidiary corporation” shall have the meanings attributed to those terms for purposes of Section 422 of the Code.

8.8 Promissory Notes

The amount of any promissory note delivered pursuant to Section 7.5 in connection with an Incentive Stock Option shall bear interest at a rate specified by the Plan Administrator, but in no case less than the rate required to avoid imputation of interest (taking into account any exceptions to the imputed interest rules) for federal income tax purposes.

SECTION 9. STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

9.1 Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights

The Plan Administrator may grant Stock Appreciation Rights to Participants at any time on such terms and conditions as the Plan Administrator shall determine in its sole discretion. An SAR may be granted in tandem with an Option or alone (“ freestanding ”). The grant price of a tandem SAR shall be equal to the exercise price of the related Option. The grant price of a freestanding SAR shall be established in accordance with procedures for Options set forth in Section 7.2. An SAR may be exercised upon such terms and conditions and for the term as the Plan Administrator determines in its sole discretion; provided, however, that, subject to earlier termination in accordance with the terms of the Plan and the instrument evidencing the SAR, the maximum term of a freestanding SAR shall be ten years, and in the case of a tandem SAR, (a) the term shall not exceed the term of the related Option and (b) the tandem SAR may be exercised for all or part of the shares subject to the related Option upon the surrender of the right to exercise the equivalent portion of the related Option, except that the tandem SAR may be exercised only with respect to the shares for which its related Option is then exercisable.

9.2 Payment of SAR Amount

Upon the exercise of an SAR, a Participant shall be entitled to receive payment in an amount determined by multiplying: (a) the difference between the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of exercise over the grant price of the SAR by (b) the number of shares with respect to which the SAR is exercised. At the discretion of the Plan Administrator as set forth in the instrument evidencing the Award, the payment upon exercise of an SAR may be in cash, in shares, in some combination thereof or in any other manner approved by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion.

 

9


9.3 Waiver of Restrictions

The Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, may waive any other terms, conditions or restrictions on any SAR under such circumstances and subject to such terms and conditions as the Plan Administrator shall deem appropriate.

SECTION 10. STOCK AWARDS, RESTRICTED STOCK AND STOCK UNITS

10.1 Grant of Stock Awards, Restricted Stock and Stock Units

The Plan Administrator may grant Stock Awards, Restricted Stock and Stock Units on such terms and conditions and subject to such repurchase or forfeiture restrictions, if any, which may be based on continuous service with the Company or a Related Company or the achievement of any performance goals, as the Plan Administrator shall determine in its sole discretion, which terms, conditions and restrictions shall be set forth in the instrument evidencing the Award.

10.2 Vesting of Restricted Stock and Stock Units

Upon the satisfaction of any terms, conditions and restrictions prescribed with respect to Restricted Stock or Stock Units, or upon a Participant’s release from any terms, conditions and restrictions of Restricted Stock or Stock Units, as determined by the Plan Administrator (a) the shares of Restricted Stock covered by each Award of Restricted Stock shall become freely transferable by the Participant subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, the instrument evidencing the Award, and applicable securities laws, and (b) Stock Units shall be paid in shares of Common Stock or, if set forth in the instrument evidencing the Awards, in cash or a combination of cash and shares of Common Stock. Any fractional shares subject to such Awards shall be paid to the Participant in cash.

10.3 Waiver of Restrictions

The Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, may waive the repurchase or forfeiture period and any other terms, conditions or restrictions on any Restricted Stock or Stock Unit under such circumstances and subject to such terms and conditions as the Plan Administrator shall deem appropriate.

SECTION 11. OTHER STOCK OR CASH-BASED AWARDS

Subject to the terms of the Plan and such other terms and conditions as the Plan Administrator deems appropriate, the Plan Administrator may grant other incentives payable in cash or in shares of Common Stock under the Plan.

SECTION 12. WITHHOLDING

The Company may require the Participant to pay to the Company the amount of (a) any taxes that the Company is required by applicable federal, state, local or foreign law to withhold with respect to the grant, vesting or exercise of an Award (“ tax withholding obligations ”) and (b) any amounts due from the Participant to the Company or to any Related Company

 

10


(“ other obligations ”). Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Company shall not be required to issue any shares of Common Stock or otherwise settle an Award under the Plan until such tax withholding obligations and other obligations are satisfied.

The Plan Administrator may permit or require a Participant to satisfy all or part of the Participant’s tax withholding obligations and other obligations by (a) paying cash to the Company, (b) having the Company withhold an amount from any cash amounts otherwise due or to become due from the Company to the Participant, (c) having the Company withhold a number of shares of Common Stock that would otherwise be issued to the Participant (or become vested, in the case of Restricted Stock) having a Fair Market Value equal to the tax withholding obligations and other obligations, or (d) surrendering a number of shares of Common Stock the Participant already owns having a value equal to the tax withholding obligations and other obligations. The value of the shares so withheld or tendered may not exceed the employer’s minimum required tax withholding rate.

SECTION 13. ASSIGNABILITY

No Award or interest in an Award may be sold, assigned, pledged (as collateral for a loan or as security for the performance of an obligation or for any other purpose) or transferred by a Participant or made subject to attachment or similar proceedings otherwise than by will or by the applicable laws of descent and distribution, except to the extent the Participant designates one or more beneficiaries on a Company-approved form who may exercise the Award or receive payment under the Award after the Participant’s death. During a Participant’s lifetime, an Award may be exercised only by the Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing and to the extent permitted by Section 422 of the Code, the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, may permit a Participant to assign or transfer an Award, subject to such terms and conditions as the Plan Administrator shall specify.

SECTION 14. ADJUSTMENTS

14.1 Adjustment of Shares

In the event, at any time or from time to time, a stock dividend, stock split, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, distribution to stockholders other than a normal cash dividend, or other change in the Company’s corporate or capital structure results in (a) the outstanding shares of Common Stock, or any securities exchanged therefor or received in their place, being exchanged for a different number or kind of securities of the Company or any other company or (b) new, different or additional securities of the Company or any other company being received by the holders of shares of Common Stock, then the Plan Administrator shall make proportional adjustments in (i) the maximum number and kind of securities available for issuance under the Plan; (ii) the maximum number and kind of securities issuable as Incentive Stock Options as set forth in Section 4.2(d); and (iii) the number and kind of securities that are subject to any outstanding Award and the per share price of such securities, without any change in the aggregate price to be paid therefor. The determination by the Plan Administrator as to the terms of any of the foregoing adjustments shall be conclusive and binding.

 

11


Notwithstanding the foregoing, the issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, for cash or property, or for labor or services rendered, either upon direct sale or upon the exercise of rights or warrants to subscribe therefor, or upon conversion of shares or obligations of the Company convertible into such shares or other securities, shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, outstanding Awards. Also notwithstanding the foregoing, a dissolution or liquidation of the Company or a Change of Control shall not be governed by this Section 14.1 but shall be governed by Sections 14.2 and 14.3, respectively.

14.2 Dissolution or Liquidation

To the extent not previously exercised or settled, and unless otherwise determined by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion, Awards shall terminate immediately prior to the dissolution or liquidation of the Company. To the extent a vesting condition, forfeiture provision or repurchase right applicable to an Award has not been waived by the Plan Administrator, the Award shall be forfeited immediately prior to the consummation of the dissolution or liquidation.

14.3 Change of Control

(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, unless the Plan Administrator determines otherwise with respect to a particular Award in the instrument evidencing the Award or in a written employment, services or other agreement between the Participant and the Company or a Related Company, in the event of a Change of Control, if and to the extent an outstanding Award is not converted, assumed, substituted for or replaced by the Successor Company, then effective immediately prior to the Change of Control, such Award shall become vested and exercisable or payable, and applicable restrictions or forfeiture provisions shall lapse, with respect to 25% of shares subject to the then-unvested or restricted portion of such Award, and then such Award shall terminate upon effectiveness of the Change of Control. If and to the extent the Successor Company converts, assumes, substitutes for or replaces an outstanding Award, the vesting and/or exercisability restrictions and/or forfeiture and/or repurchase provisions applicable to such Award shall not be accelerated or lapse, and all such vesting and/or exercisability restrictions and/or forfeiture and/or repurchase provisions shall continue with respect to any shares of the Successor Company or other consideration that may be received with respect to such Award.

(b) For the purposes of Section 14.3(a), an Award shall be considered converted, assumed, substituted for or replaced by the Successor Company if following the Change of Control the Award confers the right to purchase or receive, for each share of Common Stock subject to the Award immediately prior to the Change of Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the Change of Control by holders of Common Stock for each share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a

 

12


majority of the outstanding shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the Change of Control is not solely common stock of the Successor Company, the Plan Administrator may, with the consent of the Successor Company, provide for the consideration to be received pursuant to the Award, for each share of Common Stock subject thereto, to be solely common stock of the Successor Company substantially equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the Change of Control. The determination of such substantial equality of value of consideration shall be made by the Plan Administrator, and its determination shall be conclusive and binding.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, may instead provide in the event of a Change of Control that a Participant’s outstanding Awards shall terminate upon or immediately prior to such Change of Control and that each such Participant shall receive, in exchange therefor, a cash payment equal to the amount (if any) by which (i) the Acquisition Price multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock subject to such outstanding Awards (either to the extent then vested and exercisable, or subject to restrictions and/or forfeiture provisions, or whether or not then vested and exercisable, or subject to restrictions and/or forfeiture provisions, as determined by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion) exceeds (ii) if applicable, the respective aggregate exercise, grant or purchase price payable with respect to shares of Common Stock subject to such Awards.

(d) For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Section 14.3 requires all Awards to be treated similarly.

14.4 Further Adjustment of Awards

Subject to Sections 14.2 and 14.3, the Plan Administrator shall have the discretion, exercisable at any time before a sale, merger, consolidation, reorganization, liquidation, dissolution or change of control of the Company, as defined by the Plan Administrator, to take such further action as it determines to be necessary or advisable with respect to Awards. Such authorized action may include (but shall not be limited to) establishing, amending or waiving the type, terms, conditions or duration of, or restrictions on, Awards so as to provide for earlier, later, extended or additional time for exercise, lifting restrictions and other modifications, and the Plan Administrator may take such actions with respect to all Participants, to certain categories of Participants or only to individual Participants. The Plan Administrator may take such action before or after granting Awards to which the action relates and before or after any public announcement with respect to such sale, merger, consolidation, reorganization, liquidation, dissolution or change of control that is the reason for such action.

14.5 No Limitations

The grant of Awards shall in no way affect the Company’s right to adjust, reclassify, reorganize or otherwise change its capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, liquidate or sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

 

13


14.6 Fractional Shares

In the event of any adjustment in the number of shares covered by any Award, each such Award shall cover only the number of full shares resulting from such adjustment.

14.7 Section 409A

Subject to Section 18.5, but notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, (a) any adjustments made pursuant to this Section 14 to Awards that are considered “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A shall be made in compliance with the requirements of Section 409A and (b) any adjustments made pursuant to this Section 14 to Awards that are not considered “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A shall be made in such a manner as to ensure that after such adjustment the Awards either (i) continue not to be subject to Section 409A or (ii) comply with the requirements of Section 409A.

SECTION 15. FIRST REFUSAL AND OTHER RIGHTS; TRANSFER

RESTRICTIONS

15.1 First Refusal Rights

Until the date on which the initial registration of the Common Stock under Section 12(b) or

12(g) of the Exchange Act first becomes effective, the Company shall have the right of first refusal with respect to any proposed sale or other disposition by a Participant of any shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to an Award. Such right of first refusal shall be exercisable in accordance with the terms and conditions established by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the agreement evidencing the Participant’s receipt of the shares or, if applicable, in a shareholders agreement or other similar agreement.

15.2 Other Rights and Transfer Restrictions

Until the date on which the initial registration of the Common Stock under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Exchange Act first becomes effective, the Plan Administrator may require a Participant, as a condition to receiving shares under the Plan, to become a party to a stock purchase agreement and/or a shareholders agreement or other similar agreement, in the form designated by the Plan Administrator, pursuant to which Participant grants to the Company and/or its other shareholders certain rights, including but not limited to co-sale rights, and agrees to certain other transfer restrictions with respect to the Shares acquired by Participant under the Plan.

15.3 General

The Company’s rights under this Section 15 are assignable by the Company at any time.

 

14


SECTION 16. MARKET STANDOFF

In the event of an underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, including the Company’s initial public offering, no person may sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer for value or otherwise agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to any shares issued pursuant to an Award granted under the Plan without the prior written consent of the Company or its underwriters. Such limitations shall be in effect for such period of time as may be requested by the Company or such underwriters; provided, however, that in no event shall such period exceed (a) 180 days after the effective date of the registration statement for such public offering or (b) such longer period requested by the underwriters as is necessary to comply with regulatory restrictions on the publication of research reports (including, but not limited to, NYSE Rule 472 or NASD Conduct Rule 2711, or any successor rules). The limitations of this Section 16 shall in all events terminate two years after the effective date of the Company’s initial public offering.

In the event of any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other change affecting the Company’s outstanding Common Stock effected as a class without the Company’s receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities distributed with respect to the shares issued under the Plan shall be immediately subject to the provisions of this Section 16, to the same extent the shares issued under the Plan are at such time covered by such provisions.

In order to enforce the limitations of this Section 16, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares until the end of the applicable standoff period.

SECTION 17. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

17.1 Amendment, Suspension or Termination

The Board may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan or any portion of the Plan at any time and in such respects as it shall deem advisable; provided, however, that, to the extent required by applicable law, regulation or stock exchange rule, stockholder approval shall be required for any amendment to the Plan. Subject to Section 17.3, the Board may amend the terms of any outstanding Award, prospectively or retroactively.

17.2 Term of the Plan

The Plan shall terminate upon the earlier of ten years after (a) the adoption of the Plan by the Board and (b) the approval of the Plan by the stockholders. After the Plan is terminated, no future Awards may be granted, but Awards previously granted shall remain outstanding in accordance with their applicable terms and conditions and the Plan’s terms and conditions.

 

15


17.3 Consent of Participant

The amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan or a portion thereof or the amendment of an outstanding Award shall not, without the Participant’s consent, materially adversely affect any rights under any Award theretofore granted to the Participant under the Plan. Any change or adjustment to an outstanding Incentive Stock Option shall not, without the consent of the Participant, be made in a manner so as to constitute a “modification” that would cause such Incentive Stock Option to fail to continue to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any adjustments made pursuant to Section 14 shall not be subject to these restrictions.

Subject to Section 18.5, but notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Board shall have broad authority to amend the Plan or any outstanding Award without the consent of the Participant to the extent the Board deems necessary or advisable to comply with, or take into account, changes in applicable tax laws, securities laws, accounting rules or other applicable law, rule or regulation.

SECTION 18. GENERAL

18.1 No Individual Rights

No individual or Participant shall have any claim to be granted any Award under the Plan, and the Company has no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Participants under the Plan.

Furthermore, nothing in the Plan or any Award granted under the Plan shall be deemed to constitute an employment contract or confer or be deemed to confer on any Participant any right to continue in the employ of, or to continue any other relationship with, the Company or any Related Company or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Related Company to terminate a Participant’s employment or other relationship at any time, with or without cause.

18.2 Issuance of Shares

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Company shall have no obligation to issue or deliver any shares of Common Stock under the Plan or make any other distribution of benefits under the Plan unless, in the opinion of the Company’s counsel, such issuance, delivery or distribution would comply with all applicable laws (including, without limitation, the requirements of the Securities Act or the laws of any state or foreign jurisdiction) and the applicable requirements of any securities exchange or similar entity.

The Company shall be under no obligation to any Participant to register for offering or resale or to qualify for exemption under the Securities Act, or to register or qualify under the laws of any state or foreign jurisdiction, any shares of Common Stock, security or interest in a security paid or issued under, or created by, the Plan, or to continue in effect any such registrations or qualifications if made.

 

16


As a condition to the exercise of an Option or any other receipt of Common Stock pursuant to an Award under the Plan, the Company may require (a) the Participant to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise or receipt that such shares are being purchased or received only for the Participant’s own account and without any present intention to sell or distribute such shares and (b) such other action or agreement by the Participant as may from time to time be necessary to comply with the federal, state and foreign securities laws. At the option of the Company, a stop-transfer order against any such shares may be placed on the official stock books and records of the Company, and a legend indicating that such shares may not be pledged, sold or otherwise transferred, unless an opinion of counsel is provided (concurred in by counsel for the Company) stating that such transfer is not in violation of any applicable law or regulation, may be stamped on stock certificates to ensure exemption from registration. The Plan Administrator may also require the Participant to execute and deliver to the Company a purchase agreement or such other agreement as may be in use by the Company at such time that describes certain terms and conditions applicable to the shares.

To the extent the Plan or any instrument evidencing an Award provides for issuance of stock certificates to reflect the issuance of shares of Common Stock, the issuance may be effected on a noncertificated basis, to the extent not prohibited by applicable law or the applicable rules of any stock exchange.

18.3 Indemnification

Each person who is or shall have been a member of the Board, or a committee appointed by the Board in accordance with Section 3.1 shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from any loss, cost, liability or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by such person in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit or proceeding to which such person may be a party or in which such person may be involved by reason of any action taken or failure to act under the Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by such person in settlement thereof, with the Company’s approval, or paid by such person in satisfaction of any judgment in any such claim, action, suit or proceeding against such person, unless such loss, cost, liability or expense is a result of such person’s own willful misconduct or except as expressly provided by statute; provided, however, that such person shall give the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before such person undertakes to handle and defend it on such person’s own behalf.

The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such person may be entitled under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or of any power that the Company may have to indemnify or hold harmless.

18.4 No Rights as a Stockholder

Unless otherwise provided by the Plan Administrator or in the instrument evidencing the Award or in a written employment, services or other agreement, no Award, other than a Stock Award, shall entitle the Participant to any cash dividend, voting or other right of a stockholder unless and until the date of issuance under the Plan of the shares that are the subject of such Award.

 

17


18.5 Compliance with Laws and Regulations

In interpreting and applying the provisions of the Plan, any Option granted as an Incentive Stock Option pursuant to the Plan shall, to the extent permitted by law, be construed as an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

The Plan and Awards granted under the Plan are intended to be exempt from the requirements of Section 409A to the maximum extent possible, whether pursuant to the short-term deferral exception described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4), the exclusion applicable to stock options, stock appreciation rights and certain other equity-based compensation under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(5), or otherwise. To the extent Section 409A is applicable to the Plan or any Award granted under the Plan, it is intended that the Plan and any Awards granted under the Plan comply with the deferral, payout, plan termination and other limitations and restrictions imposed under Section 409A. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or any Award granted under the Plan to the contrary, the Plan and any Award granted under the Plan shall be interpreted, operated and administered in a manner consistent with such intentions; provided, however, that the Plan Administrator makes no representations that Awards granted under the Plan shall be exempt from or comply with Section 409A and makes no undertaking to preclude Section 409A from applying to Awards granted under the Plan. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, and notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or any Award granted under the Plan to the contrary, with respect to any payments and benefits under the Plan or any Award granted under the Plan to which Section 409A applies, all references in the Plan or any Award granted under the Plan to the termination of the Participant’s employment or service are intended to mean the Participant’s “separation from service,” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) to the extent necessary to avoid subjecting the Participant to the imposition of any additional tax under Section 409A. In addition, if the Participant is a “specified employee,” within the meaning of Section 409A, then to the extent necessary to avoid subjecting the Participant to the imposition of any additional tax under Section 409A, amounts that would otherwise be payable under the Plan or any Award granted under the Plan during the six-month period immediately following the Participant’s “separation from service,” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i), shall not be paid to the Participant during such period, but shall instead be accumulated and paid to the Participant (or, in the event of the Participant’s death, the Participant’s estate) in a lump sum on the first business day after the earlier of the date that is six months following the Participant’s separation from service or the Participant’s death. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Plan Administrator, to the extent it deems necessary or advisable in its sole discretion, reserves the right, but shall not be required, to unilaterally amend or modify the Plan and any Award granted under the Plan so that the Award qualifies for exemption from or complies with Section 409A.

 

18


18.6 Participants in Other Countries or Jurisdictions

Without amending the Plan, the Plan Administrator may grant Awards to Eligible Persons who are foreign nationals on such terms and conditions different from those specified in the Plan, as may, in the judgment of the Plan Administrator, be necessary or desirable to foster and promote achievement of the purposes of the Plan and shall have the authority to adopt such modifications, procedures, subplans and the like as may be necessary or desirable to comply with provisions of the laws or regulations of other countries or jurisdictions in which the Company or any Related Company may operate or have employees to ensure the viability of the benefits from Awards granted to Participants employed in such countries or jurisdictions, meet the requirements that permit the Plan to operate in a qualified or tax efficient manner, comply with applicable foreign laws or regulations and meet the objectives of the Plan.

18.7 No Trust or Fund

The Plan is intended to constitute an “unfunded” plan. Nothing contained herein shall require the Company to segregate any monies or other property, or shares of Common Stock, or to create any trusts, or to make any special deposits for any immediate or deferred amounts payable to any Participant, and no Participant shall have any rights that are greater than those of a general unsecured creditor of the Company.

18.8 Successors

All obligations of the Company under the Plan with respect to Awards shall be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all the business and/or assets of the Company.

18.9 Severability

If any provision of the Plan or any Award is determined to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, or as to any person, or would disqualify the Plan or any Award under any law deemed applicable by the Plan Administrator, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to applicable laws, or, if it cannot be so construed or deemed amended without, in the Plan Administrator’s determination, materially altering the intent of the Plan or the Award, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction, person or Award, and the remainder of the Plan and any such Award shall remain in full force and effect.

18.10 Choice of Law and Venue

The Plan, all Awards granted thereunder and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant hereto, to the extent not otherwise governed by the laws of the United States, shall be governed by the laws of the State of California without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law. Participants irrevocably consent to the nonexclusive jurisdiction and venue of the state and federal courts located in the State of California.

 

19


18.11 Financial Reports

To the extent required by applicable law, the Company shall provide annual financial statements of the Company to each Participant. Such financial statements need not be audited and need not be issued to key persons whose duties within the Company assure them access to equivalent information.

18.12 Legal Requirements

The granting of Awards and the issuance of shares of Common Stock under the Plan is subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

SECTION 19. EFFECTIVE DATE

The effective date (the “ Effective Date ”) is the date on which the Plan is adopted by the Board. If the stockholders of the Company do not approve the Plan within 12 months after the Board’s adoption of the Plan, any Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan will be treated as Nonqualified Stock Options. To the extent required under applicable law, any Award exercised before the stockholders of the Company approve the Plan shall be rescinded if the stockholders of the Company do not approve the Plan by the later of (a) within 12 months before or after the date on which the Board adopts the Plan and (b) prior to or within

12 months of the date on which any Award under the Plan is granted in California.

 

20


APPENDIX A

DEFINITIONS

As used in the Plan:

Acquired Entity ” means any entity acquired by the Company or a Related Company or with which the Company or a Related Company merges or combines.

Acquisition Price ” means the fair market value of the securities, cash or other property, or any combination thereof, receivable or deemed receivable upon a Change of Control in respect of a share of Common Stock, as determined by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion.

Award ” means any Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Stock Award, Restricted Stock, Stock

Unit or cash-based award or other incentive payable in cash or in shares of Common Stock, as may be designated by the Plan Administrator from time to time.

Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

Cause ,” unless otherwise defined in the instrument evidencing an Award or in a written employment, services or other agreement between the Participant and the Company or a Related Company, means dishonesty, fraud, serious or willful misconduct, unauthorized use or disclosure of confidential information or trade secrets, violation of a noncompetition agreement or conduct prohibited by law (except minor violations), in each case as determined by the Company’s chief human resources officer or other person performing that function or, in the case of directors and executive officers, the Board, whose determination shall be conclusive and binding.

Change of Control ,” unless the Plan Administrator determines otherwise with respect to an Award at the time the Award is granted or unless otherwise defined for purposes of an Award in a written employment, services or other agreement between the Participant and the Company or a Related Company, means consummation of:

(a) a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into any other company or other entity;

(b) a sale, in one transaction or a series of transactions undertaken with a common purpose, of at least a majority of the Company’s outstanding voting securities; or

(c) a sale, lease, exchange or other transfer, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, undertaken with a common purpose of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.


Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change of Control shall not include (i) a merger or consolidation of the Company in which the holders of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to the merger or consolidation hold at least a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Successor Company immediately after the merger or consolidation; (ii) a sale, lease, exchange or other transfer of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to a majority-owned subsidiary company; (iii) a transaction undertaken for the principal purpose of restructuring the capital of the Company, including, but not limited to, reincorporating the Company in a different jurisdiction, converting the Company to a limited liability company or creating a holding company; or (iv) any transaction that the Board determines is not a Change in Control for purposes of the Plan.

Where a series of transactions undertaken with a common purpose is deemed to be a Change of Control, the date of such Change of Control shall be the date on which the last of such transactions is consummated.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

Common Stock ” means the Class B Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company.

Company ” means Box, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

Disability ,” unless otherwise defined by the Plan Administrator for purposes of the Plan or in the instrument evidencing an Award or in a written employment, services or other agreement between the Participant and the Company or a Related Company, means a mental or physical impairment of the Participant that is expected to result in death or that has lasted or is expected to last for a continuous period of 12 months or more and that causes the Participant to be unable to perform his or her material duties for the Company or a Related Company and to be engaged in any substantial gainful activity, in each case as determined by the Company’s chief human resources officer or other person performing that function or, in the case of directors and executive officers, the Board, each of whose determination shall be conclusive and binding.

Effective Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 19.

Eligible Person ” means any person eligible to receive an Award as set forth in Section 5.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

Exchange Program ” means a program under which (i) outstanding Awards are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for awards of the same type (which may have higher or lower exercise prices and different terms), awards of a different type, and/or cash, (ii) Participants would have the opportunity to transfer any outstanding Awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the Plan Administrator, and/or (iii) the exercise price of an outstanding Award is increased or reduced. The Plan Administrator will determine the terms and conditions of any Exchange Program in its sole discretion.

Fair Market Value ” means the per share fair market value of the Common Stock as established in good faith by the Plan Administrator or, if the Common Stock is publicly traded, the closing price for the Common Stock on any given date during regular trading, or if not trading on that date, such price on the last preceding date on which the Common Stock was traded, unless determined otherwise by the Plan Administrator using such methods or procedures as it may establish.


Grant Date ” means the later of (a) the date on which the Plan Administrator completes the corporate action authorizing the grant of an Award or such later date specified by the Plan Administrator and (b) the date on which all conditions precedent to an Award have been satisfied, provided that conditions to the exercisability or vesting of Awards shall not defer the Grant Date.

Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option granted with the intention that it qualify as an “incentive stock option” as that term is defined for purposes of Section 422 of the Code or any successor provision.

Nonqualified Stock Option ” means an Option other than an Incentive Stock Option.

Option ” means a right to purchase Common Stock granted under Section 7.

Option Expiration Date ” means the last day of the maximum term of an Option.

Option Term ” means the maximum term of an Option as set forth in Section 7.3.

Participant ” means any Eligible Person to whom an Award is granted.

Plan ” means the Box, Inc. 2011 Equity Incentive Plan.

Plan Administrator ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.

Related Company ” means any entity that, directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by or is under common control with the Company.

Restricted Stock ” means an Award of shares of Common Stock granted under Section 10, the rights of ownership of which are subject to restrictions prescribed by the Plan Administrator.

Retirement ,” unless otherwise defined in the instrument evidencing the Award or in a written employment, services or other agreement between the Participant and the Company or a Related Company, means “Retirement” as defined for purposes of the Plan by the Plan Administrator or the Company’s chief human resources officer or other person performing that function or, if not so defined, means Termination of Service on or after the date the Participant reaches “normal retirement age,” as that term is defined in Section 411(a)(8) of the Code.

Section 409A ” means Section 409A of the Code.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

Stock Appreciation Right ” or “ SAR ” means a right granted under Section 9.1 to receive the excess of the Fair Market Value of a specified number of shares of Common Stock over the grant price.


Stock Award ” means an Award of shares of Common Stock granted under Section 10, the rights of ownership of which are not subject to restrictions prescribed by the Plan Administrator.

Stock Unit ” means an Award denominated in units of Common Stock granted under Section 10.

Substitute Awards ” means Awards granted or shares of Common Stock issued by the Company in substitution or exchange for awards previously granted by an Acquired Entity.

Successor Company ” means the surviving company, the successor company, the acquiring company or its parent, as applicable, in connection with a Change of Control.

Termination of Service ” means a termination of employment or service relationship with the Company or a Related Company for any reason, whether voluntary or involuntary, including by reason of death, Disability or Retirement. Any question as to whether and when there has been a Termination of Service for the purposes of an Award and the cause of such Termination of Service shall be determined by the Company’s chief human resources officer or other person performing that function or, with respect to directors and executive officers, by the Board, whose determination shall be conclusive and binding. Transfer of a Participant’s employment or service relationship between the Company and any Related Company shall not be considered a Termination of Service for purposes of an Award. Unless the Board determines otherwise, a Termination of Service shall be deemed to occur if the Participant’s employment or service relationship is with an entity that has ceased to be a Related Company. A Participant’s change in status from an employee of the Company or a Related Company to a nonemployee director, consultant, advisor or independent contractor of the Company or a Related Company, or a change in status from a nonemployee director, consultant, advisor or independent contractor of the Company or a Related Company to an employee of the Company or a Related Company, shall not be considered a Termination of Service.

Vesting Commencement Date ” means the Grant Date or such other date selected by the Plan Administrator as the date from which an Award begins to vest.


BOX, INC.

2011 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE

Box, Inc. (the “ Company ”) hereby grants to you an Option (the “ Option ”) to purchase shares of the Company’s Class B Common Stock under the Company’s 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”). The Option is subject to all the terms and conditions set forth in this Stock Option Grant Notice (this “ Grant Notice ”), in the Stock Option Agreement and in the Plan, which are attached to and incorporated into this Grant Notice in their entirety.

 

Participant :   

 

  
Grant Date :   

 

  
Vesting Commencement Date :   

 

  
Number of Shares Subject to Option :   

 

  
Exercise Price (per Share) :   

 

  
Option Expiration Date :   

 

   (subject to earlier termination in
   accordance with the terms of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement)
Type of Option :    ¨   Incentive Stock Option *    ¨   Nonqualified Stock Option
Vesting and Exercisability Schedule :    [insert vesting schedule]   

Additional Terms/Acknowledgement : You acknowledge receipt of, and understand and agree to, this Grant Notice, the Stock Option Agreement and the Plan. You further acknowledge that as of the Grant Date, this Grant Notice, the Stock Option Agreement and the Plan set forth the entire understanding between you and the Company regarding the Option and supersede all prior oral and written agreements on the subject [with the exception of the following agreements:                     ] .

 

BOX, INC.     PARTICIPANT
     

 

By:  

 

                                   Signature
Its:  

 

     
      Date:  

 

Attachments :     Address:  

 

1.      Stock Option Agreement

     

 

2.      2011 Equity Incentive Plan

    Taxpayer ID:  

 

 

* See Sections 3 and 4 of the Stock Option Agreement.


BOX, INC.

2011 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Pursuant to your Stock Option Grant Notice (the “ Grant Notice ”) and this Stock Option Agreement (this “ Agreement ”), Box, Inc. (the “ Company ”) has granted you an Option under its 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Class B Common Stock indicated in your Grant Notice (the “ Shares ”) at the exercise price indicated in your Grant Notice. Capitalized terms not defined in this Agreement but defined in the Plan have the same definitions as in the Plan.

The details of the Option are as follows:

1. Vesting and Exercisability . Subject to the limitations contained herein, the Option will vest and become exercisable as provided in your Grant Notice, provided that vesting will cease upon your Termination of Service and the unvested portion of the Option will terminate.

2. Securities Law Compliance . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, you may not exercise the Option unless the Shares issuable upon exercise are registered under the Securities Act or, if such Shares are not then so registered, the Company has determined that such exercise and issuance would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The exercise of the Option must also comply with other applicable laws and regulations governing the Option, and you may not exercise the Option if the Company determines that such exercise would not be in material compliance with such laws and regulations.

3. Incentive Stock Option Qualification . If so designated in your Grant Notice, all or a portion of the Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under federal income tax law, but the Company does not represent or guarantee that the Option qualifies as such.

If the Option has been designated as an Incentive Stock Option and the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the grant date) of the shares of Common Stock subject to the portions of the Option and all other Incentive Stock Options you hold that first become exercisable during any calendar year exceeds $100,000, any excess portion will be treated as a Nonqualified Stock Option, unless the Internal Revenue Service changes the rules and regulations governing the $100,000 limit for Incentive Stock Options. A portion of the Option may be treated as a Nonqualified Stock Option if certain events cause exercisability of the Option to accelerate.

4. Notice of Disqualifying Disposition . To the extent the Option has been designated as an Incentive Stock Option, to obtain certain tax benefits afforded to Incentive Stock Options, you must hold the Shares issued upon the exercise of the Option for two years after the Grant Date and one year after the date of exercise. By accepting the Option,


you agree to promptly notify the Company if you dispose of any of the Shares within one year from the date you exercise all or part of the Option or within two years from the Grant Date.

5. Alternative Minimum Tax . You may be subject to the alternative minimum tax at the time of exercise of an Incentive Stock Option.

6. Independent Tax Advice . You should obtain tax advice when exercising the Option and prior to the disposition of the Shares.

7. Method of Exercise . You may exercise the Option by giving written notice to the Company, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, which will state your election to exercise the Option and the number of Shares for which you are exercising the Option. The written notice must be accompanied by full payment of the exercise price for the number of Shares you are purchasing. You may make this payment in any combination of the following: (a) by cash; (b) by check acceptable to the Company; (c) if permitted by the Plan Administrator for Nonqualified Stock Options, by having the Company withhold shares of Common Stock that would otherwise be issued on exercise of the Option that have a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of the Option equal to the exercise price of the Option; (d) if permitted by the Plan Administrator, by using shares of Common Stock you already own; (e) if the Common Stock is registered under the Exchange Act and to the extent permitted by law, by instructing a broker to deliver to the Company the total payment required, all in accordance with the regulations of the Federal Reserve Board; or (f) by any other method permitted by the Plan Administrator.

8. First Refusal Rights; Other Transfer Restrictions . So long as the Common Stock is not registered under the Exchange Act, the Plan Administrator may, in its sole discretion at the time of exercise, require you to sign a stock purchase agreement and/or a shareholders agreement or other similar agreement, in the form designated by the Plan Administrator, pursuant to which you will grant to the Company and/or its stockholders certain rights, including, but not limited to, co-sale and/or first refusal rights, and agree to certain other transfer restrictions, with respect to the Shares acquired by you upon exercise of the Option. Upon request to the Company, you may review a current form of any such agreement(s) prior to exercise of the Option.

9. Market Standoff . You agree that any Shares received upon exercise of the Option will be subject to the market standoff restrictions on transfer set forth in the Plan.

10. Treatment Upon Termination of Employment or Service Relationship . The unvested portion of the Option will terminate automatically and without further notice immediately upon your Termination of Service. You may exercise the vested portion of the Option as follows:

(a) General Rule . You must exercise the vested portion of the Option on or before the earlier of (i) three months after your Termination of Service and (ii) the Option Expiration Date.

 

-2-


(b) Retirement or Disability . In the event of your Termination of Service due to Retirement or disability, you must exercise the vested portion of the Option on or before the earlier of (i) one year after your Termination of Service and (ii) the Option Expiration Date.

(c) Death . In the event of your Termination of Service due to your death, the vested portion of the Option must be exercised on or before the earlier of (i) one year after your Termination of Service and (ii) the Option Expiration Date. If you die after your Termination of Service but while the Option is still exercisable, the vested portion of the Option may be exercised until the earlier of (x) one year after the date of death and (y) the Option Expiration Date.

(d) Cause . The vested portion of the Option will automatically expire at the time the Company first notifies you of your Termination of Service for Cause, unless the Plan Administrator determines otherwise. If your employment or service relationship is suspended pending an investigation of whether you will be terminated for Cause, all your rights under the Option likewise will be suspended during the period of investigation. If any facts that would constitute termination for Cause are discovered after your Termination of Service, any Option you then hold may be immediately terminated by the Plan Administrator.

The Option must be exercised within three months after termination of employment for reasons other than death or disability and one year after termination of employment due to disability to qualify for the beneficial tax treatment afforded Incentive Stock Options. For purposes of the preceding, “disability” has the meaning attributed to that term for purposes of Section 422 of the Code.

It is your responsibility to be aware of the date the Option terminates.

11. Limited Transferability . During your lifetime only you can exercise the Option. The Option is not transferable except by will or by the applicable laws of descent and distribution. The Plan provides for exercise of the Option by a beneficiary designated on a Company-approved form or the personal representative of your estate. Notwithstanding the foregoing and to the extent permitted by the Plan and Section 422 of the Code, the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, may permit you to assign or transfer the Option, subject to such terms and conditions as specified by the Plan Administrator.

12. Withholding Taxes . As a condition to the exercise of any portion of the Option, you must make such arrangements as the Company may require for the satisfaction of any federal, state, local or foreign tax withholding obligations that may arise in connection with such exercise.

13. Option Not an Employment or Service Contract . Nothing in the Plan or this Agreement will be deemed to constitute an employment contract or confer or be deemed to confer any right for you to continue in the employ of, or to continue any other relationship with, the Company or any Related Company or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Related Company to terminate your employment or other relationship at any time, with or without Cause.

 

-3-


14. No Right to Damages. You will have no right to bring a claim or to receive damages if you are required to exercise the vested portion of the Option within three months (one year in the case of Retirement, Disability or death) of your Termination of Service or if any portion of the Option is cancelled or expires unexercised. The loss of existing or potential profit in the Option will not constitute an element of damages in the event of your Termination of Service for any reason even if the termination is in violation of an obligation of the Company or a Related Company to you.

15. Binding Effect. This Agreement will inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company and be binding upon you and your heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

16. Section 409A Compliance. Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan or this Agreement to the contrary, the Plan Administrator may, at any time and without your consent, modify the terms of the Option as it determines appropriate to avoid the imposition of interest or penalties under Section 409A of the Code; provided, however, that the Plan Administrator makes no representations that the Option shall be exempt from or comply with Section 409A of the Code and makes no undertaking to preclude Section 409A of the Code from applying to the Option.

[Non-US Residents only: 17. Limitation on Rights; No Right to Future Grants; Extraordinary Item of Compensation . By entering into this Agreement and accepting the grant of the Option evidenced hereby, you acknowledge that: (a) the Plan is discretionary in nature and may be amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time; (b) the grant of the Option is a one-time benefit which does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of options, or benefits in lieu of options; (c) all determinations with respect to any such future grants, including, but not limited to, the times when options will be granted, the number of shares subject to each option, the option price, and the time or times when each option will be exercisable, will be at the sole discretion of the Company; (d) your participation in the Plan is voluntary; (e) the value of the Option is an extraordinary item of compensation which is outside the scope of your employment contract, if any; (f) the Option is not part of normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating any benefits, severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, end of service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits or similar payments, and you will have no entitlement to compensation or damages as a consequence of your forfeiture of any unvested portion of the Option as a result of your Termination of Service for any reason; (g) the vesting of the Option ceases upon your Termination of Service for any reason except as may otherwise be explicitly provided in the Plan or this Agreement or otherwise permitted by the Plan Administrator; (h) the future value of the Shares underlying the Option is unknown and cannot be predicted with certainty; (i) if the Shares underlying the Option do not increase in value, the Option will have no value; and (j) in the event that you are not a direct employee of the Company, the grant of the Option will not be interpreted to form an employment or other relationship with the Company.

 

-4-


18. Employee Data Privacy . By entering into this Agreement and accepting the Option, you (a) explicitly and unambiguously consent to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of any of your personal data that is necessary to facilitate the implementation, administration and management of the Option and the Plan; (b) understand that the Company and your employer may, for the purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan, hold certain personal information about you, including, but not limited to, your name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title and details of all awards or entitlement to the Common Stock granted to you under the Plan or otherwise (“ Data ”); (c) understand that Data may be transferred to any third parties assisting in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan, including any broker with whom the Shares issued upon vesting of the Option may be deposited, and that these recipients may be located in your country or elsewhere, and that the recipient’s country may have different data privacy laws and protections than your country; (d) waive any data privacy rights you may have with respect to the Data; and (e) authorize the Company, its Related Companies and its agents to store and transmit such information in electronic form.]

 

-5-


BOX, INC.

EARLY EXERCISE NOTICE AND STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

2011 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

By your signature and the signature of the representative of Box, Inc. (the  “Company” ) below, you ( “Purchaser” ) and the Company agree that you are purchasing shares of the Company’s Class B Common Stock subject to the terms and conditions of this Early Exercise Notice and Stock Purchase Agreement (the “ Agreement ”), the agreement(s) evidencing the applicable Option(s) (the “ Option Agreement(s) ”) and the Company’s 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), which is attached to and incorporated into this Exercise Notice in its entirety.

 

Purchaser:   

 

Address:   

 

  

 

Taxpayer I.D. number:   

 

Total number of shares for which Option is being exercised now (these shares are referred to below as “Shares”):   

 

Total exercise price for Shares:   

$

  
Type of Option:    [ISO or NSO]
Exercise price per share:   

$

Total number of shares subject to Option:   

 

 

1. Early Exercise for Unvested Shares                      (Purchaser must initial here if this Section 1 applies.)

By initialing this Section 1, Purchaser hereby acknowledges that all or a portion of the Shares being purchased under this Agreement are not vested as of the date of exercise according to the vesting schedule contained in the Option Agreement. Any Shares purchased hereunder pursuant to the exercise of any portion of the Option that is unvested as of the date of exercise will be considered unvested shares (the “ Unvested Shares ”). The Unvested Shares will vest (and to the extent so vested cease to be Unvested Shares) in accordance with the vesting schedule contained in the Option Agreement. Purchaser hereby grants to the Company a right to repurchase the Unvested Shares (the “ Repurchase Right for Unvested Shares ”) for so long as they remain Unvested Shares, subject to the terms and conditions set forth below.

Purchaser understands that the Company will not accept this Early Exercise Notice unless Purchaser properly completes, executes and returns to the Company an election under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), in connection with Purchaser’s exercise of the Option for Unvested Shares, as discussed further in Section 7.


2. Payment of Exercise Price

Prior to or concurrently with the delivery of this Agreement to the Company, Purchaser has delivered the exercise price for the Shares in accordance with the terms of the Plan and the Option Agreement.

 

3. Securities Law Compliance

3.1 Purchaser represents and warrants that Purchaser (a) has been furnished with a copy of the Plan and all information which Purchaser deems necessary to evaluate the merits and risks of the purchase of the Shares, (b) has had the opportunity to ask questions and receive answers concerning the information received about the Shares and the Company, and (c) has been given the opportunity to obtain any additional information Purchaser deems necessary to verify the accuracy of any information obtained concerning the Shares and the Company.

3.2 Purchaser hereby confirms that Purchaser has been informed that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or any state securities laws pursuant to exemptions from registration. Purchaser further confirms that Purchaser understands that the reliance by the Company on such exemptions is predicated in part on the truth and accuracy of the statements by Purchaser in this Agreement.

3.3 Purchaser hereby represents and warrants that Purchaser is purchasing the Shares for Purchaser’s own account, for investment purposes only, and not with a view towards the distribution or public offering of all or any part of the Shares.

3.4 Purchaser hereby confirms that Purchaser understands that because the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act, Purchaser must continue to bear the economic risk of the investment for an indefinite period of time and the Shares cannot be sold unless the Shares are subsequently registered or an exemption from registration is available.

3.5 Purchaser hereby agrees that Purchaser will in no event sell or distribute all or any part of the Shares only pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and if (a) there is an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws covering any such transaction involving the Shares or (b) the Company receives an opinion of Purchaser’s legal counsel (concurred in by legal counsel for the Company) stating that such transaction is exempt from registration or, in the Company’s sole discretion, the Company otherwise satisfies itself that such transaction is exempt from registration.


3.6 Purchaser hereby consents to the placing of a legend on Purchaser’s certificate(s) as set forth in Section 8 and to the placing of a stop-transfer order on the books of the Company and with any transfer agents against the Shares until the Shares may be legally resold or distributed.

3.7 Purchaser hereby confirms that Purchaser understands that at the present time Rule 144 of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”) may not be relied on for the resale or distribution of the Shares by Purchaser. Purchaser understands that the Company has no obligation to Purchaser to register the Shares with the SEC and has not represented to Purchaser that it will so register the Shares.

3.8 Purchaser confirms that Purchaser has been advised, prior to Purchaser’s purchase of the Shares, that neither the offering of the Shares nor any offering materials have been reviewed by any administrator under the Securities Act or any other applicable securities act (the “Acts”) and that the Shares have not been registered under any of the Acts and therefore cannot be resold unless they are registered under the Acts or unless an exemption from such registration is available.

3.9 Purchaser hereby agrees to indemnify the Company and hold it harmless from and against any loss, claim or liability, including attorneys’ fees or legal expenses, incurred by the Company as a result of any breach by Purchaser of, or any inaccuracy in, any representation, warranty or statement made by Purchaser in this Agreement or the breach by Purchaser of any terms or conditions of this Agreement.

 

4. Transfer Restrictions

4.1 Restrictions on Transfer. Shares will not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, encumbered or otherwise disposed of in contravention of the provisions of this Agreement. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Shares may not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, encumbered or otherwise disposed of without the Company’s prior written consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld. If the Company consents to such sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or other disposal of the Shares, Purchaser agrees to (a) pay the Company a transfer processing fee of $3,500 per transaction (whereby transfers to separate transferees shall be deemed to be separate transactions); and (b) provide an opinion of Purchaser’s legal counsel and the counsel of the transferee (concurred in by legal counsel for the Company) stating that such transaction is exempt from registration under applicable securities laws or, in the Company’s sole discretion, the Company otherwise satisfies itself that such transaction is exempt from registration under applicable securities laws. Such restrictions on transfer, however, will not apply to a transfer to the Company in pledge as security for any purchase-money indebtedness incurred by Purchaser in connection with the acquisition of the Shares.

4.2 Transferee Obligations. Each person (other than the Company) to whom the Shares are transferred must, as a condition precedent to the validity of such transfer, acknowledge in writing to the Company that such person is bound by the provisions of this Agreement, to the same extent the Shares would be so subject if retained by Purchaser.


4.3 Market Standoff. In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, including the Company’s initial public offering, Purchaser or any transferee (either being referred to herein as “Purchaser”) agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, assign, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose or transfer for value or agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to, any Shares without the prior written consent of the Company or its underwriters. Such limitations shall be in effect for such period of time as may be requested by the Company or such underwriters; provided, however, that in no event shall such period exceed (a) 180 days after the effective date of the registration statement for such public offering or (b) such longer period requested by the underwriters as is necessary to comply with regulatory restrictions on the publication of research reports (including, but not limited to, NYSE Rule 472 or NASD Conduct Rule 2711). This market standoff provision will be in effect no longer than two years after the effective date of the Company’s initial public offering.

In the event of any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other change affecting the Company’s outstanding Common Stock effected as a class without the Company’s receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities distributed with respect to the Shares shall be immediately subject to the provisions of this Section 4.3, to the same extent the Shares are at such time covered by such provisions.

In order to enforce the limitations of this Section 4.3, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Shares until the end of the applicable standoff period.

4.4 Additional Condition for Significant Shareholders. If upon the purchase of Shares pursuant to this Agreement Purchaser will hold 1% of more of the Company’s outstanding shares of Common Stock, Purchaser must become a party to the Company’s Fifth Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement dated as of October 5, 2011, or the current version of such agreement (the “ Co-Sale Agreement ”), as a “Founder” for purposes of the Co-Sale Agreement; provided however, that (a) the 120-day time period for the Right of First Refusal for the Shares pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement will run concurrently with any right of first refusal under the Co-Sale Agreement; and (b) the Right of First Refusal for the Shares pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement shall only apply to the Shares that are not purchased by the Company and/or the investors in the Company pursuant to the terms of the Co-Sale Agreement.


5. Company’s Right of First Refusal

Before any Shares held by Purchaser may be sold or otherwise transferred (including any assignment, pledge, encumbrance or other disposition of the Shares, but not a transfer to the Company in pledge as security for any purchase-money indebtedness incurred by Purchaser in connection with the acquisition of the Shares), the Company will have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 5 (the “ Right of First Refusal ”). The Company shall have the right to assign all or any portion of its Right of First Refusal to any current stockholder of the Company, any other third party or any combination of any of the foregoing, in its sole discretion. Such Right of First Refusal will terminate on the initial registration of the Common Stock under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Exchange Act.

5.1 In the event Purchaser desires to accept a bona fide third-party offer for the sale or transfer of any or all of the Shares, Purchaser will promptly deliver to the Company a written notice (the “ Notice ”) stating the terms and conditions of any proposed sale or transfer, including (a) Purchaser’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares, (b) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (the “ Proposed Transferee ”), (c) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee, and (d) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which Purchaser proposes to transfer the Shares (the “ Offered Price ”). Purchaser will provide satisfactory proof that the disposition of such shares to such Proposed Transferee would not be in contravention of the provisions of Section 4 and Purchaser will offer to sell the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s), as the case may be.

5.2 At any time within 120 days after receipt of the Notice, the Company or one or more of its assignees or both may, by giving written notice to Purchaser, elect to purchase all or any portion of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with Section 5.3.

5.3 The purchase price for the Shares purchased under this Section 5 will be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the noncash consideration will be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

5.4 Payment of the purchase price will be made, in the discretion of the Plan Administrator, either (a) in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of Purchaser to the Company or such assignee, or by any combination thereof, within 120 days after receipt of the Notice or (b) in the manner and at the time(s) set forth in the Notice.

5.5 If any of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or one or more of its assignee as provided in this Section 5, then, subject to the terms and conditions of Section 4, Purchaser may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price; provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated


within 150 days after the date of the Notice; and provided, further, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Agreement, including without limitation, this Section 5 will continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, or if Purchaser proposes to change the price or other terms to make them more favorable to the Proposed Transferee, a new Notice will be given to the Company, and the Company or its assignee will again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by Purchaser may be sold or otherwise transferred.

 

6. Company’s Repurchase Right for Unvested Shares

6.1 By executing this Agreement, Purchaser grants to the Company a Repurchase Right for Unvested Shares that the Company may exercise on the earlier of (a) the date Purchaser ceases to be employed by or provide services to the Company or a Related Company for any reason whatsoever, including, without limitation, termination with or without Cause, or by reason of Retirement, Disability or death and (b) the date Purchaser or Purchaser’s legal representative attempts to sell, exchange, transfer, pledge or otherwise dispose of any Unvested Shares.

6.2 The Company may exercise the Repurchase Right for Unvested Shares by giving Purchaser written notice within 60 days after (a) the date of such termination of employment with or services to the Company or a Related Company (or exercise of the Option, if later) or (b) the date the Company has received notice of an attempted disposition. If the Company fails to give notice within such 60-day period, the Repurchase Right for Unvested Shares will terminate, unless, to the extent permitted by applicable law, Purchaser and the Company have extended the time for the exercise of the Repurchase Right for Unvested Shares.

6.3 Payment to Purchaser by the Company will be made in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or any portion of outstanding indebtedness of Purchaser to the Company, or by any combination thereof, within 30 days after the date the Company mails the written notice of exercise of the Repurchase Right for Unvested Shares. No interest will be paid on such amount. The purchase price for each share being repurchased by the Company will be an amount equal to Purchaser’s original cost per share, as adjusted as provided in the Plan. Purchaser will deliver the properly endorsed Shares of stock being repurchased to the Company at the same time the Company delivers the purchase price to Purchaser.

6.4 Purchaser hereby authorizes and directs the Company’s Secretary (or other authorized officer) or transfer agent to transfer to the Company or its assignee any Unvested Shares as to which the Repurchase Right for Unvested Shares is exercised.

6.5 The Repurchase Right for Unvested Shares will remain in full force and effect in the event of a Change of Control, except that the Repurchase Right for Unvested Shares will automatically lapse if and to the same extent that the vesting of outstanding Options accelerates in connection with the Change of Control.


6.6 The Company may at any time require Purchaser to deposit any certificate or certificates evidencing the Unvested Shares with an agent designated by the Company under the terms and conditions of escrow and security agreements approved by the Company.

 

7. Section 83(b) Election

If the Option is exercised for Unvested Shares, Purchaser understands that under Section 83(a) of the Code, the excess of the Fair Market Value of the Unvested Shares on the date the forfeiture restrictions lapse over the exercise price paid for such Shares will be taxed, on the date such forfeiture restrictions lapse, as alternative minimum taxable income for an Incentive Stock Option or as ordinary income for a Nonqualified Stock Option, subject to payroll and withholding tax and tax reporting, as applicable. For this purpose, the term “ forfeiture restrictions ” means the right of the Company to buy back the Unvested Shares pursuant to the Repurchase Right for Unvested Shares set forth in Section 6. Purchaser understands that he or she may elect under Section 83(b) of the Code to be taxed at the time the Unvested Shares are acquired upon exercise of the Option, rather than when and as the Unvested Shares cease to be subject to the forfeiture restrictions. Such election (an “83(b) Election ”) must be filed with the Internal Revenue Service within 30 days from the date the Option is exercised, even if the Fair Market Value of the Unvested Shares on the date the Option is exercised equals the exercise price (and thus no tax is payable). Purchaser understands that making an 83(b) Election is a condition of the Early Exercise and that Purchaser must return the original of the 83(b) election to the Company and the Company will file the 83(b) Election with the Internal Revenue Service. Purchaser understands that, for an Incentive Stock Option, if Purchaser disposes of the Shares within one year of the date of exercise of the Option or two years of the date of grant of the Option, Purchaser may recognize additional compensation income for regular tax purposes. The 83(b) Election does not have any effect for regular tax purposes, and therefore the amount of any such compensation income is determined by reference to the Fair Market Value of the Unvested Shares as of each vesting date.

Purchaser understands that there is a risk the Internal Revenue Service might challenge the Plan Administrator’s determination of the Fair Market Value of the Shares. Purchaser also understands that (a) he or she will not be entitled to a deduction for any ordinary income previously recognized as a result of the 83(b) Election if the Unvested Shares are subsequently forfeited to the Company, and (b) the 83(b) Election may cause Purchaser to recognize more compensation income than he or she would have otherwise recognized if the Internal Revenue Service determines that the value of the Unvested Shares on the date the Option is exercised is higher than the Fair Market Value of the Shares on that date as determined by the Plan Administrator and/or the value of the Unvested Shares subsequently declines.


THE FORM FOR MAKING AN 83(B) ELECTION IS ATTACHED TO THIS AGREEMENT AS AN EXHIBIT. PURCHASER UNDERSTANDS THAT FAILURE TO RETURN THE ORIGINAL 83(B) ELECTION TO THE COMPANY WITH THE EARLY EXERCISE NOTICE WILL CAUSE THE EARLY EXERCISE NOTICE TO BE INVALID AND NO EARLY EXERCISE WILL OCCUR. Purchaser further understands that an additional copy of the 83(b) Election form must be filed with Purchaser’s federal income tax return for the calendar year in which the date of this Agreement falls. Purchaser acknowledges that the foregoing is only a summary of the federal income tax laws that apply to the purchase of the Unvested Shares under this Agreement and does not purport to be complete. PURCHASER FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE COMPANY HAS DIRECTED PURCHASER TO SEEK INDEPENDENT ADVICE REGARDING THE APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF THE CODE, THE INCOME TAX LAWS OF ANY MUNICIPALITY, STATE OR FOREIGN COUNTRY IN WHICH PURCHASER MAY RESIDE, AND THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASER’S DEATH.

Purchaser agrees to execute and deliver to the Company with this Agreement the original 83(b) Election attached hereto as Exhibit A-1 (for alternative minimum taxable income purposes in connection with the early exercise of an Incentive Stock Option) or Exhibit A-2 (for income tax purposes in connection with the early exercise of a Nonqualified Stock Option).

 

8. Legends

Purchaser understands and agrees that the Shares are subject to certain restrictions on transfer and first refusal and/or repurchase rights, as set forth in this Agreement. Purchaser understands that the certificate(s) representing the Shares will bear legends in substantially the following forms:

“The securities represented by this certificate are subject to certain restrictions on public resale and transfer and first refusal and/or repurchase rights held by the issuer and/or its assignee(s) and may not be sold, assigned, transferred, encumbered or in any way disposed of except as set forth in a stock purchase agreement between the issuer and the original purchaser of these shares, a copy of which may be obtained at the principal office of the issuer. Such transfer restrictions and first refusal and/or repurchase rights are binding on transferees of these shares.”

“The securities represented by this certificate have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), or under applicable state securities laws. These securities are subject to restrictions on transferability and resale and may not be transferred or resold except as permitted under the Act and applicable state securities laws, pursuant to registration or exemption therefrom. Investors should be aware that they may be required to bear the financial risks of this investment for an indefinite period of time. The issuer of these securities may require an opinion of counsel in form and substance satisfactory to the issuer to the effect that the proposed transfer or resale is in compliance with the Act and any applicable state securities laws.”


9. Stop-Transfer Notices

Purchaser understands and agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to in this Agreement, the Company may issue appropriate “stop-transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records. The Company will not be required to (a) transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or transferred in violation of the provisions of this Agreement or (b) treat as the owner of the Shares, or otherwise accord voting, dividend or liquidation rights to, any transferee to whom the Shares have been transferred in contravention of this Agreement.

 

10. Independent Tax Advice

Purchaser acknowledges that determining the actual tax consequences to each particular Purchaser of exercising the Option or disposing of the Shares may be complicated. These tax consequences will depend, in part, on Purchaser’s specific situation and may also depend on the resolution of currently uncertain tax law, and other variables not within the control of the Company. Purchaser is aware that Purchaser should consult a competent and independent tax advisor for a full understanding of the specific tax consequences to Purchaser prior to exercising the Option or disposing of the Shares. Prior to exercising the Option, Purchaser either has consulted with a competent tax advisor independent of the Company to obtain tax advice concerning the exercise of the Option in light of Purchaser’s specific situation or has had the opportunity to consult with such a tax advisor but chose not to do so.

 

11. Withholding and Disposition of Shares

As described in the Option Agreement, Purchaser will make arrangements satisfactory to the Company for the payment of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that arise upon purchase of the Shares. Purchaser agrees to notify the Company if any Shares are disposed of within one year hereof or two years of the Grant Date.

 

12. Assignment Separate From Certificate; Book Entry Registration of the Shares

12.1 As security for the faithful performance of this Agreement, Purchaser agrees, upon execution of this Agreement, to deliver a stock power in the form attached to this Agreement as Exhibit B , executed by Purchaser and by Purchaser’s spouse, if any (with the transferee, certificate number, date and number of Shares left blank), along with any certificate(s) evidencing shares issued to Purchaser, to the Secretary of the Company or its designee (“ Escrow Holder ”), who is hereby appointed to hold such stock power and any such certificate(s) in escrow and to take all such actions and to effectuate all such transfers


and/or releases of such Shares as are in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Purchaser and the Company agree that Escrow Holder shall not be liable to any party to this Agreement (or to any other party) for any actions or omissions unless Escrow Holder is grossly negligent relative thereto. Escrow Holder may rely on any letter, notice or other document executed by any signature purported to be genuine and may rely on advice of counsel and obey any order of any court with respect to the transactions contemplated in this Agreement. The Shares shall be released from escrow upon termination of the Repurchase Right for Unvested Shares; provided, however, that such release shall not affect the rights of the Company with respect to any pledge of Shares to the Company.

12.2 At the Company’s election, the Company may issue the Shares by registering the Shares in book entry form with the Company’s transfer agent in Purchaser’s name and noting the applicable restrictions will be noted in the records of the Company’s transfer agent in the book entry system.

 

13. General Provisions

13.1 Assignment. The Company may assign its Right of First Refusal and/or repurchase rights at any time, in whole or in part, whether or not such rights are then exercisable, to any person or entity selected by the Company’s Board of Directors, including, without limitation, one or more stockholders of the Company.

13.2 Notices . Any notice required in connection with (a) the Company’s Right of First Refusal and/or repurchase rights or (b) the disposition of any Shares covered thereby will be given in writing and will be deemed effective upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the U.S. mail, registered or certified, postage prepaid and addressed to the party entitled to such notice at the address indicated in this Agreement or at such other address as such party may designate by 10 days’ advance written notice under this Section 13.2 to all other parties to this Agreement.

13.3 No Waiver. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement will be valid unless in writing and signed by the person against whom such waiver is sought to be enforced, nor will failure to enforce any right hereunder constitute a continuing waiver of the same or a waiver of any other right hereunder.

13.4 Cancellation of Shares. If the Company or its assignees will make available, at the time and place and in the amount and form provided in this Agreement, the consideration for the Shares to be purchased by the Company pursuant to the exercise of the Company’s Right of First Refusal and/or repurchase rights in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, then, from and after such time, the person from whom such Shares are to be repurchased will no longer have any rights as a Purchaser of such Shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration in accordance with this Agreement). Such Shares will be deemed purchased in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement and the Company or its assignees will be deemed the owner and Purchaser of such Shares, whether or not the certificates therefor have been delivered as required by this Agreement.


13.5 Undertaking. Purchaser hereby agrees to take whatever additional action and execute whatever additional documents the Company may deem necessary or advisable in order to carry out or effect one or more of the obligations or restrictions imposed on either Purchaser or the Shares pursuant to the express provisions of this Agreement.

13.6 Agreement Is Entire Contract. This Agreement constitutes the entire contract between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement is made pursuant to the provisions of the Plan and will in all respects be construed in conformity with the express terms and provisions of the Plan.

13.7 Successors and Assigns. The provisions of this Agreement will inure to the benefit of, and be binding on, the Company and its successors and assigns and Purchaser and Purchaser’s legal representatives, heirs, legatees, distributees, assigns and transferees by operation of law, whether or not any such person will have become a party to this Agreement and agreed in writing to join herein and be bound by the terms and conditions hereof.

13.8 No Employment or Service Contract. Nothing in this Agreement will affect in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company, or a Related Company, to terminate Purchaser’s employment or services on behalf of the Company, for any reason, with or without cause.

13.9 Stockholder of Record. Purchaser will be recorded as a stockholder of the Company and will have, subject to the provisions of this Agreement and the Plan, all the rights of a stockholder with respect to the Shares.

13.10 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but which, upon execution, will constitute one and the same instrument.

13.11 Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

[Signature pages follow]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date indicated below.

 

BOX, INC.

a Delaware corporation

By:                                                                                                   
Title:                                                                                               

Address:                                                                                         

 

Date:                                                                                               

 

Purchaser

 

Printed Name

By his or her signature below, the spouse of Purchaser, if such Purchaser is legally married as of the date of his or her execution of this Agreement, acknowledges that he or she has read this Agreement and the Plan and is familiar with the terms and provisions of this Agreement and of the Plan, and agrees to be bound by all the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Plan.

 

Dated:                                                                                             

 

 

Spouse’s Signature

 

Printed Name

By his or her signature below, Purchaser represents that he or she is not legally married as of the date of executing this Agreement.

 

Dated:                                                                                             

 

Purchaser’s Signature


RECEIPT

                     hereby acknowledges receipt from [Purchaser Name] in payment for                      shares of Class B Common Stock of Box, Inc., a Delaware corporation, of $                     in the form of

 

  ¨    Cash
  ¨    Check (personal, cashier’s or bank certified)
  ¨                             shares of the Company’s Common Stock, fair market value $             per share, held by the Purchaser for a period of at least six months
  ¨    Copy of irrevocable instructions to broker
  ¨    Other:                                

 

Exercise Date:                                             By:                                                                   
FMV on such date: $                                             For: Box, Inc.


EXHIBIT A-1

ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b)

OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986

(For Incentive Stock Options)

The undersigned taxpayer hereby elects, pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to include in taxpayer’s alternative minimum taxable income for the current taxable year the amount of any compensation taxable to taxpayer in connection with taxpayer’s receipt of the property described below:

 

1. The name, address, taxpayer identification number and taxable year of the undersigned are as follows:

NAME OF TAXPAYER:                                                                                    

NAME OF SPOUSE:                                                                                          

ADDRESS:                                                                                                          

 

                                                                                                                           

IDENTIFICATION NO. OF TAXPAYER:                                                       

IDENTIFICATION NO. OF SPOUSE:                                                             

TAXABLE YEAR: 2013                                                                                  

 

2. The property with respect to which the election is made is described as follows: the unvested portion of                     shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of Box, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”).

 

3. The date on which the property was transferred is: [DATE]

 

4. The property is subject to the following restrictions:

The property is subject to a repurchase right pursuant to which the Company has the right to acquire the property at the original purchase price if for any reason taxpayer’s service with the Company is terminated. The Company’s repurchase right lapses in a series of installments over a -4-year period ending on [DATE].

 

5. The aggregate fair market value at the time of transfer, determined without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which by its terms will never lapse, of such property is: $                     

 

6. The amount (if any) paid for such property is: $                     

The undersigned has submitted a copy of this statement to the person for whom the services were performed in connection with the undersigned’s receipt of the above-described property. The undersigned is the person performing the services in connection with the transfer of said property.

The undersigned understands that the foregoing election may not be revoked except with the consent of the Commissioner.

 

Dated:                                  

 

Purchaser

  

Dated:                               

  

 

Spouse of Purchaser

  


EXHIBIT A-2

ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b)

OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986

(For Nonqualified Stock Options)

The undersigned taxpayer hereby elects, pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to include in taxpayer’s gross income for the current taxable year the amount of any compensation taxable to taxpayer in connection with taxpayer’s receipt of the property described below:

 

1. The name, address, taxpayer identification number and taxable year of the undersigned are as follows:

 

NAME OF TAXPAYER:                                                                                    
NAME OF SPOUSE:                                                                                             
ADDRESS:                                                                                                               
                                                                                                                                    
IDENTIFICATION NO. OF TAXPAYER:                                                   
IDENTIFICATION NO. OF SPOUSE:                                                           
TAXABLE YEAR: [YEAR]   

 

2. The property with respect to which the election is made is described as follows: the unvested portion of                      shares of Class B Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of Box, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”).

 

3. The date on which the property was transferred is: [DATE]

 

4. The property is subject to the following restrictions:

 

     The property is subject to a repurchase right pursuant to which the Company has the right to acquire the property at the original purchase price if for any reason taxpayer’s service with the Company is terminated. The Company’s repurchase right lapses in a series of installments over a four-year period ending on [DATE].

 

5. The aggregate fair market value at the time of transfer, determined without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which by its terms will never lapse, of such property is: $                     

 

6. The amount (if any) paid for such property is: $                     

The undersigned has submitted a copy of this statement to the person for whom the services were performed in connection with the undersigned’s receipt of the above-described property. The undersigned is the person performing the services in connection with the transfer of said property.

The undersigned understands that the foregoing election may not be revoked except with the consent of the Commissioner.

 

Dated:                           

 

Purchaser

     

 

Dated:                            Spouse of Purchaser


Distribution of Copies

 

1. Return the original to the Company with your properly executed Early Exercise Notice. The Company will file the original with the Internal Revenue Service Center where your taxpayer’s income tax return is filed and retain a copy for itself. Filing will be made by no later than 30 days after the date the property was transferred.

 

2. Attach one copy to your income tax return for the taxable year in which the property was transferred.


EXHIBIT B

STOCK POWER AND ASSIGNMENT

SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE

FOR VALUE RECEIVED and pursuant to that certain Early Exercise Notice and Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of                     ,         , the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto                      shares of the Class B Common Stock of Box, Inc., a Delaware corporation, standing in the undersigned’s name on the books of said corporation represented by Certificate No.              delivered herewith, and does hereby irrevocably constitute the Secretary of said corporation as attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution, to transfer said stock on the books of said corporation.

 

Dated:                                                                                                                          
Signature:                                                                                                                   
Please print name:                                                                                                   
Spouse’s signature, if any:                                                                                   
Please print name:                                                                                                   

Please see Section 12 of the Early Exercise Notice and Stock Purchase Agreement for information on completing this form.

 

-2-


BOX, INC.

2011 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION EXERCISE NOTICE

By your signature and the signature of the representative of Box, Inc. (the “ Company ”) below, you and the Company agree that you are purchasing shares of the Company’s Class B Common Stock subject to the terms and conditions of this Stock Option Exercise Notice (the “ Exercise Notice ”), the agreement(s) evidencing the applicable Option(s) (the “ Option Agreement(s) ”) and the Company’s 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), as well as the terms and conditions of the Stock Purchase Agreement (this “ Agreement ”), which is attached to and incorporated into this Exercise Notice in its entirety.

 

Purchaser :  

 

Address :  

 

Taxpayer I.D. number :  

 

Total number of shares for which Option is being exercised now (these shares are referred to below as “Shares”) :  

 

Total exercise price for Shares :   $  

 

(Note: If you are exercising more than one stock option under this Agreement, please complete Attachment A instead of completing the following four items) :
Option Grant Date :  

 

Type of Option :     ¨ Incentive Stock Option
    ¨ Nonqualified Stock Option
Exercise price per share :   $  

 

Total number of shares subject to Option :  

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Exercise Notice on the date indicated below.

 

BOX, INC .     PARTICIPANT
By:  

 

   

 

Its:  

 

    Signature
Date:  

 

    Date:                                                                                                       
      ¨ Check Box if Not Legally Married
Attachment :     PARTICIPANT’S SPOUSE
1. Stock Purchase Agreement    
     

 

      Signature
      Print Name:                                                                                             


BOX, INC.

2011 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to your Stock Option Exercise Notice (the “ Exercise Notice ”) and this Stock Purchase Agreement (this “ Agreement ”), you and Box, Inc. (the “ Company ”) agree that you are purchasing the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock set forth on the Exercise Notice and subject to the terms and conditions of the agreement(s) evidencing the applicable Option(s) (the “ Option Agreement(s) ”), the Exercise Notice, the Company’s 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) and this Agreement as set forth below. Capitalized terms not defined in this Agreement but defined in the Plan have the same definitions as in the Plan.

The details of this Agreement are as follows:

 

1. Payment of Exercise Price

Prior to or concurrently with the delivery of this Agreement to the Company, you have delivered the exercise price for the Shares in accordance with the terms of the Plan and the Option Agreement.

 

2. Securities Law Compliance

2.1 You represent and warrant that you (a) have been furnished with a copy of the Plan and all information which you deem necessary to evaluate the merits and risks of the purchase of the Shares, (b) have had the opportunity to ask questions and receive answers concerning the information received about the Shares and the Company, and (c) have been given the opportunity to obtain any additional information you deem necessary to verify the accuracy of any information obtained concerning the Shares and the Company.

2.2 You hereby confirm that you have been informed that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), or any state securities laws pursuant to exemptions from registration. You further confirm that you understand that the reliance by the Company on such exemptions is predicated in part on the truth and accuracy of the statements by you in this Agreement.

2.3 You hereby represent and warrant that you are purchasing the Shares for your own account, for investment purposes only, and not with a view towards the distribution or public offering of all or any part of the Shares.

2.4 You hereby confirm that you understand that because the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act, you must continue to bear the economic risk of the investment for an indefinite period of time and the Shares cannot be sold unless the Shares are subsequently registered or an exemption from registration is available.

2.5 You hereby agree that you will in no event sell or distribute all or any part of the Shares only pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and if (a) there is an effective registration


statement under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws covering any such transaction involving the Shares or (b) the Company receives an opinion of your legal counsel (concurred in by legal counsel for the Company) stating that such transaction is exempt from registration or, in the Company’s sole discretion, the Company otherwise satisfies itself that such transaction is exempt from registration.

2.6 You hereby consent to the placing of a legend on your certificate(s) as set forth in Section 5 and to the placing of a stop-transfer order on the books of the Company and with any transfer agents against the Shares until the Shares may be legally resold or distributed.

2.7 You hereby confirm that you understand that at the present time Rule 144 of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”) may not be relied on for the resale or distribution of the Shares by you. You understand that the Company has no obligation to you to register the Shares with the SEC and has not represented to you that it will so register the Shares.

2.8 You confirm that you have been advised, prior to your purchase of the Shares, that neither the offering of the Shares nor any offering materials have been reviewed by any administrator under the Securities Act or any other applicable securities act (the “ Acts ”) and that the Shares have not been registered under any of the Acts and therefore cannot be resold unless they are registered under the Acts or unless an exemption from such registration is available.

2.9 You hereby agree to indemnify the Company and hold it harmless from and against any loss, claim or liability, including attorneys’ fees or legal expenses, incurred by the Company as a result of any breach by you of, or any inaccuracy in, any representation, warranty or statement made by you in this Agreement or the breach by you of any terms or conditions of this Agreement.

 

3. Transfer Restrictions

3.1 Restrictions on Transfer . Shares will not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, encumbered or otherwise disposed of in contravention of the provisions of this Agreement. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Shares may not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, encumbered or otherwise disposed of without the Company’s prior written consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld. If the Company consents to such sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or other disposal of the Shares, you agree to (a) pay the Company a transfer processing fee of $3,500 per transaction (whereby transfers to separate transferees shall be deemed to be separate transactions); and (b) provide an opinion of your legal counsel and the counsel of the transferee (concurred in by legal counsel for the Company) stating that such transaction is exempt from registration under applicable securities laws or, in the Company’s sole discretion, the Company otherwise satisfies itself that such transaction is exempt from registration under applicable securities laws. Such restrictions on transfer, however, will not apply to a transfer to the Company in pledge as security for any purchase-money indebtedness incurred by you in connection with the acquisition of the Shares.

3.2 Transferee Obligations . Each person (other than the Company) to whom the Shares are transferred must, as a condition precedent to the validity of such transfer, acknowledge in writing to the Company that such person is bound by the provisions of this Agreement, to the same extent the Shares would be so subject if retained by you.

 

-2-


3.3 Market Standoff . In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, including the Company’s initial public offering, you or any transferee (either being referred to herein as “you”) agree not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, assign, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose or transfer for value or agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to, any Shares without the prior written consent of the Company or its underwriters. Such limitations shall be in effect for such period of time as may be requested by the Company or such underwriters; provided, however, that in no event shall such period exceed (a) 180 days after the effective date of the registration statement for such public offering or (b) such longer period requested by the underwriters as is necessary to comply with regulatory restrictions on the publication of research reports (including, but not limited to, NYSE Rule 472 or NASD Conduct Rule 2711). This market standoff provision will be in effect no longer than two years after the effective date of the Company’s initial public offering.

In the event of any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other change affecting the Company’s outstanding Common Stock effected as a class without the Company’s receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities distributed with respect to the Shares shall be immediately subject to the provisions of this Section 3.3, to the same extent the Shares are at such time covered by such provisions.

In order to enforce the limitations of this Section 3.3, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Shares until the end of the applicable standoff period.

3.4 Additional Condition for Significant Shareholders . If upon the purchase of Shares pursuant to this Agreement you will hold 1% of more of the Company’s outstanding shares of Common Stock, you must become a party to the Company’s Fifth Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement dated as of October 5, 2011, or the current version of such agreement (the “ Co-Sale Agreement ”), as a “Founder” for purposes of the Co-Sale Agreement; provided however, that (a) the 120-day time period for the Right of First Refusal for the Shares pursuant to Section 4 of this Agreement will run concurrently with any right of first refusal under the Co-Sale Agreement; and (b) the Right of First Refusal for the Shares pursuant to Section 4 of this Agreement shall only apply to the Shares that are not purchased by the Company and/or the investors in the Company pursuant to the terms of the Co-Sale Agreement.

 

4. Company’s Right of First Refusal

Before any Shares held by you may be sold or otherwise transferred (including any assignment, pledge, encumbrance or other disposition of the Shares, but not a transfer to the Company in pledge as security for any purchase-money indebtedness incurred by you in connection with the acquisition of the Shares), the Company will have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 4 (the “ Right of First Refusal ”). The Company shall have the right to assign all or any portion of its Right of First

 

-3-


Refusal to any current stockholder of the Company, any other third party or any combination of any of the foregoing, in its sole discretion. Such Right of First Refusal will terminate on the initial registration of the Common Stock under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Exchange Act.

4.1 In the event you desire to accept a bona fide third-party offer for the sale or transfer of any or all of the Shares, you will promptly deliver to the Company a written notice (the Notice ) stating the terms and conditions of any proposed sale or transfer, including (a) your bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares, (b) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (the Proposed Transferee ), (c) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee, and (d) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which you propose to transfer the Shares (the Offered Price ). You will provide satisfactory proof that the disposition of such shares to such Proposed Transferee would not be in contravention of the provisions of Section 3 and you will offer to sell the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s), as the case may be.

4.2 At any time within 120 days after receipt of the Notice, the Company or one or more of its assignees or both may, by giving written notice to you, elect to purchase all or any portion of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with Section 4.3.

4.3 The purchase price for the Shares purchased under this Section 4 will be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the noncash consideration will be determined by the Board in good faith.

4.4 Payment of the purchase price will be made, in the discretion of the Plan Administrator, either (a) in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any of your outstanding indebtedness to the Company or such assignee(s), or by any combination thereof, within 120 days after receipt of the Notice or (b) in the manner and at the time(s) set forth in the Notice.

4.5 If any of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or one or more of its assignees as provided in this Section 4, then, subject to the terms and conditions of Section 3, you may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price; provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within 150 days after the date of the Notice; and provided, further, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Agreement, including without limitation, this Section 4 will continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, or if you propose to change the price or other terms to make them more favorable to the Proposed Transferee, a new Notice will be given to the Company, and the Company or its assignee will again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by you may be sold or otherwise transferred.

 

-4-


5. Legends

You understand and agree that the Shares are subject to first refusal rights and other transfer restrictions, as set forth in this Agreement. You understand that the certificate(s) representing the Shares will bear legends in substantially the following forms:

“The securities represented by this certificate are subject to certain restrictions on public resale and transfer and first refusal rights held by the issuer and/or its assignee(s) and may not be sold, assigned, transferred, encumbered or in any way disposed of except as set forth in a stock purchase agreement between the issuer and the original purchaser of these shares, a copy of which may be obtained at the principal office of the issuer. Such transfer restrictions and first refusal rights are binding on transferees of these shares.”

“The securities represented by this certificate have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”), or under applicable state securities laws. These securities are subject to restrictions on transferability and resale and may not be transferred or resold except as permitted under the Act and applicable state securities laws, pursuant to registration or exemption therefrom. Investors should be aware that they may be required to bear the financial risks of this investment for an indefinite period of time. The issuer of these securities may require an opinion of counsel in form and substance satisfactory to the issuer to the effect that the proposed transfer or resale is in compliance with the Act and any applicable state securities laws.”

 

6. Stop-Transfer Notices

You understand and agree that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to in this Agreement, the Company may issue appropriate “stop-transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records. The Company will not be required to (a) transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or transferred in violation of the provisions of this Agreement or (b) treat as the owner of the Shares, or otherwise accord voting, dividend or liquidation rights to, any transferee to whom the Shares have been transferred in contravention of this Agreement.

 

7. Independent Tax Advice

You acknowledge that determining the actual tax consequences to you of exercising the Option or disposing of the Shares may be complicated. These tax consequences will depend, in part, on your specific situation and may also depend on the resolution of currently uncertain tax law, and other variables not within the control of the Company. You are aware that you should consult a competent and independent tax advisor for a full understanding of the specific tax consequences to you prior to exercising the Option or disposing of the Shares. Prior to exercising the Option, you either have consulted with a competent tax advisor independent of the Company to obtain tax advice concerning the exercise of the Option in light of your specific situation or have had the opportunity to consult with such a tax advisor but chose not to do so.

 

-5-


8. Withholding and Disposition of Shares

As described in the Option Agreement, you will make arrangements satisfactory to the Company for the payment of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that arise upon purchase of the Shares. If you are exercising an Incentive Stock Option, you agree to notify the Company if any Shares are disposed of within one year from the date hereof or two years from the Grant Date.

 

9. General Provisions

9.1 Assignment . The Company may assign its Right of First Refusal at any time, in whole or in part, whether or not such rights are then exercisable, to any person or entity selected by the Board, including, without limitation, one or more stockholders of the Company.

9.2 Notices . Any notice required in connection with (a) the Company’s Right of First Refusal or (b) the disposition of any Shares covered thereby will be given in writing and will be deemed effective upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the U.S. mail, registered or certified, postage prepaid and addressed to the party entitled to such notice at the address indicated in this Agreement or at such other address as such party may designate by 10 days’ advance written notice under this Section 9.2 to all other parties to this Agreement.

9.3 No Waiver . No waiver of any provision of this Agreement will be valid unless in writing and signed by the person against whom such waiver is sought to be enforced, nor will failure to enforce any right hereunder constitute a continuing waiver of the same or a waiver of any other right hereunder.

9.4 Cancellation of Shares . If the Company or its assignees will make available, at the time and place and in the amount and form provided in this Agreement, the consideration for the Shares to be purchased by the Company pursuant to the exercise of the Company’s Right of First Refusal in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, then, from and after such time, you will no longer have any rights as a purchaser of such Shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration in accordance with this Agreement). Such Shares will be deemed purchased in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement and the Company or its assignees will be deemed the owner and purchaser of such Shares, whether or not the certificates therefor have been delivered as required by this Agreement.

9.5 Undertaking . You hereby agree to take whatever additional action and execute whatever additional documents the Company may deem necessary or advisable in order to carry out or effect one or more of the obligations or restrictions imposed on either you or the Shares pursuant to the express provisions of this Agreement.

9.6 Agreement Is Entire Contract . This Agreement constitutes the entire contract between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement is made pursuant to the provisions of the Plan and will in all respects be construed in conformity with the express terms and provisions of the Plan.

9.7 Successors and Assigns . The provisions of this Agreement will inure to the benefit of, and be binding on, the Company and its successors and assigns and you and your

 

-6-


legal representatives, heirs, legatees, distributees, assigns and transferees by operation of law, whether or not any such person will have become a party to this Agreement and agreed in writing to join herein and be bound by the terms and conditions hereof.

9.8 No Employment or Service Contract . Nothing in this Agreement will affect in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company, or a Related Company, to terminate your employment or services on behalf of the Company, for any reason, with or without cause.

9.9 Stockholder of Record . You will be recorded as a stockholder of the Company and will have, subject to the provisions of this Agreement and the Plan, all the rights of a stockholder with respect to the Shares.

9.10 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but which, upon execution, will constitute one and the same instrument.

9.11 Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

 

-7-


ATTACHMENT A

(To be completed only if you are exercising more than one Option)

Please complete for each Option you are exercising.

 

Option Grant Date

  

Type of Option:

Incentive Stock Option  ( ISO )

Nonqualified Stock Option

( NSO )

(please circle one)

  

Exercise Price

Per Share

  

Number of Shares

to be Exercised

   ISO/NSO    $   
   ISO/NSO    $   
   ISO/NSO    $   
   ISO/NSO    $   
   ISO/NSO    $   


RECEIPT FOR ISO EXERCISE

                    hereby acknowledges receipt from                     (“ Purchaser ”) in payment for                 shares of Common Stock of Box, Inc., a Delaware corporation, of $        in the form of

 

  ¨ Cash

 

  ¨ Check (personal, cashier’s or bank certified)

 

  ¨                 shares of the Company’s Common Stock, fair market value $        per share, held by the Purchaser

 

  ¨ Copy of irrevocable instructions to broker

 

  ¨ Other:                    

 

Exercise Date:                    

    By:  

 

(Date Company receives both the executed      
Exercise Notice and payment)      
Per share FMV on such date:     For: Box, Inc.
$                  


RECEIPT FOR NSO EXERCISE

                    hereby acknowledges receipt from                     (“ Purchaser ”) in payment for                 shares of Common Stock of Box, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and applicable tax withholding, of $        in the form of

 

  ¨ Cash

 

  ¨ Check (personal, cashier’s or bank certified)

 

  ¨                 shares of the Company’s Common Stock, fair market value $        per share, withheld by the Company but otherwise issuable on exercise of an option

 

  ¨                 shares of the Company’s Common Stock, fair market value $        per share, held by the Purchaser

 

  ¨ Copy of irrevocable instructions to broker

 

  ¨ Other:                    

 

Exercise Date:                           By:  

 

(Date Company receives both the executed      
Exercise Notice and payment)      
Per share FMV on such date:     For: Box, Inc.
$                  


BOX, INC.

2011 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

GLOBAL STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Pursuant to your Stock Option Grant Notice (the “ Grant Notice ”) and this stock option agreement, including the addendum (attached hereto as Exhibit A ) (the “ Country Addendum ”) containing country-specific terms and conditions (collectively, this “ Agreement ”), Box, Inc. (the “ Company ”) has granted you an Option under its 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock indicated in your Grant Notice (the “ Shares ”) at the exercise price indicated in your Grant Notice. Capitalized terms not defined in this Agreement but defined in the Plan have the same definitions as in the Plan.

The details of the Option are as follows:

1. Vesting and Exercisability . Subject to the limitations contained herein, the Option will vest and become exercisable as provided in your Grant Notice, provided that vesting will cease upon your Termination of Service (as defined in the Plan and further described in Section 9 of this Agreement) and the unvested portion of the Option will terminate.

2. Securities Law Compliance . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, you may not exercise the Option unless the Shares issuable upon exercise are registered under the Securities Act or, if such Shares are not then so registered, the Company has determined that such exercise and issuance would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The exercise of the Option must also comply with other applicable laws and regulations governing the Option, and you may not exercise the Option if the Company determines that such exercise would not be in material compliance with such laws and regulations. You understand that the Company is under no obligation to register or qualify the Shares with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or any state or foreign securities commission or to seek approval or clearance from any governmental authority for the issuance or sale of the Shares. Finally, you agree that the Company shall have unilateral authority to amend this Agreement without your consent to the extent necessary to comply with securities or other laws applicable to the offer of the Option or the issuance of Shares.

3. Incentive Stock Option Qualification . If you are a U.S. taxpayer and if so designated in your Grant Notice, all or a portion of the Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under U.S. federal income tax law, but the Company does not represent or guarantee that the Option qualifies as such.

If the Option has been designated as an Incentive Stock Option and the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the Grant Date) of the shares of Common Stock subject to the portions of the Option and all other Incentive Stock Options you hold that first become exercisable during any calendar year exceeds $100,000, any excess portion will be treated as a Nonqualified Stock Option, unless the Internal Revenue Service changes the rules and regulations governing the $100,000 limit for Incentive Stock Options. A portion of the Option may be treated as a Nonqualified Stock Option if certain events cause exercisability of the Option to accelerate.


4. Notice of Disqualifying Disposition . To the extent the Option has been designated as an Incentive Stock Option, assuming you are a U.S. taxpayer, to obtain certain tax benefits afforded to Incentive Stock Options, you must hold the Shares issued upon the exercise of the Option for two years after the Grant Date and one year after the date of exercise. If you are a U.S. taxpayer and the Option has been designated as an Incentive Stock Option, by accepting the Option, you agree to promptly notify the Company if you dispose of any of the Shares within one year from the date you exercise all or part of the Option or within two years from the Grant Date.

5. Independent Advice Regarding Grant . The Company is not providing any tax, legal or financial advice, nor is the Company making any recommendations regarding your participation in the Plan, or your acquisition or sale of Shares. You should obtain your own personal tax, legal and financial advice when exercising the Option and prior to the disposition of the Shares.

6. Method of Exercise . You may exercise the Option by giving written notice to the Company, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, which will state your election to exercise the Option and the number of Shares for which you are exercising the Option. The written notice must be accompanied by full payment of the exercise price for the number of Shares you are purchasing. You may make this payment in any combination of the following: (a) by cash; (b) by check acceptable to the Company; (c) if permitted by the Plan Administrator for Nonqualified Stock Options, by having the Company withhold shares of Common Stock that would otherwise be issued on exercise of the Option that have a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of the Option equal to the exercise price of the Option; (d) if permitted by the Plan Administrator, by using shares of Common Stock you already own; (e) if the Common Stock is registered under the Exchange Act and to the extent permitted by law, by instructing a broker to deliver to the Company the total payment required, all in accordance with the regulations of the Federal Reserve Board; or (f) by any other method permitted by the Plan Administrator.

7. First Refusal Rights; Other Transfer Restrictions . So long as the Common Stock is not registered under the Exchange Act, the Plan Administrator may, in its sole discretion at the time of exercise, require you to sign a stock purchase agreement and/or a shareholders agreement or other similar agreement, in the form designated by the Plan Administrator, pursuant to which you will grant to the Company and/or its stockholders certain rights, including, but not limited to, co-sale and/or first refusal rights, and agree to certain other transfer restrictions, with respect to the Shares acquired by you upon exercise of the Option. Upon request to the Company, you may review a current form of any such agreement(s) prior to exercise of the Option.

8. Market Standoff . You agree that any Shares received upon exercise of the Option will be subject to the market standoff restrictions on transfer set forth in the Plan.

9. Treatment Upon Termination of Employment or Service Relationship . The unvested portion of the Option will terminate automatically and without further notice immediately upon your Termination of Service. For purposes of the Option, the effective date of

 

2


your Termination of Service will be the date you are no longer actively providing services to the Company or one of its Related Companies, regardless of the reason for such termination or whether or not such termination is later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where you are employed or the terms of your employment agreement, if any. Further, unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or determined by the authorized parties at the Company (as identified below and in the Plan), (a) your right to vest in the Option under the Plan, if any, will terminate as of such effective date of Termination of Service; and (b) the period (if any) during which you may exercise your Option after your Termination of Service will commence on such effective date, such that your right to vest in or exercise your Option, as applicable, will not be extended by any notice period during which you are not actively providing services ( e.g ., your period of service would not include any contractual notice period or any period of “garden leave” or similar period mandated under employment laws in the jurisdiction where you are employed or the terms of your employment agreement, if any). The Company’s chief human resources officer or other person performing that function or, with respect to directors and executive officers, the Board, shall have the exclusive discretion to determine when you are no longer actively providing services for purposes of your Option grant. In the event of your Termination of Service, you may exercise the vested portion of the Option as follows:

(a) General Rule . You must exercise the vested portion of the Option on or before the earlier of (i) three months after your Termination of Service and (ii) the Option Expiration Date.

(b) Retirement or Disability . In the event of your Termination of Service due to Retirement or disability, you must exercise the vested portion of the Option on or before the earlier of (i) one year after your Termination of Service and (ii) the Option Expiration Date.

(c) Death . In the event of your Termination of Service due to your death, the vested portion of the Option must be exercised on or before the earlier of (i) one year after your Termination of Service and (ii) the Option Expiration Date. If you die after your Termination of Service but while the Option is still exercisable, the vested portion of the Option may be exercised until the earlier of (x) one year after the date of death and (y) the Option Expiration Date.

(d) Cause . The vested portion of the Option will automatically expire at the time the Company first notifies you of your Termination of Service for Cause, unless the Plan Administrator determines otherwise. If your employment or service relationship is suspended pending an investigation of whether you will be terminated for Cause, all your rights under the Option likewise will be suspended during the period of investigation. If any facts that would constitute termination for Cause are discovered after your Termination of Service, any Option you then hold may be immediately terminated by the Plan Administrator.

The Option must be exercised within three months after termination of employment for reasons other than death or disability and one year after termination of employment due to disability to qualify for the beneficial tax treatment afforded Incentive Stock Options. For purposes of the preceding, “disability” has the meaning attributed to that term for purposes of Section 422 of the Code.

 

3


It is your responsibility to be aware of the date the Option terminates.

10. Limited Transferability . During your lifetime only you can exercise the Option. The Option is not transferable except by will or by the applicable laws of descent and distribution. The Plan provides for exercise of the Option by a beneficiary designated on a Company-approved form or the personal representative of your estate; however, if you are employed outside the United States, you are not permitted to designate a beneficiary under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing and to the extent permitted by the Plan and Section 422 of the Code, the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, may permit you to assign or transfer the Option, subject to such terms and conditions as specified by the Plan Administrator.

11. Responsibility for Tax-Related Items .

(a) Prior to any relevant taxable or tax withholding event that arises in connection with your Option, you agree to make adequate arrangements satisfactory to the Company and/or the entity to which you are providing services, if different, (the “ Employer ”) to satisfy all applicable income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, fringe benefits tax, payment on account or other tax-related items related to your participation in the Plan and legally applicable to you or deemed by the Company or the Employer in their discretion to be an appropriate charge to you even if legally applicable to the Company or the Employer (“ Tax-Related Items ”). In this regard, you authorize the Company and/or the Employer, or their respective agents, at their discretion, to satisfy the obligations with regard to all Tax-Related Items by (i) withholding from your payroll and any other amounts payable to you by the Company or the Employer, (ii) requiring you to pay cash to the Company or to the Employer; (iii) having the Company withhold a number of Shares that would otherwise be issued to you having a Fair Market Value equal to the obligation for Tax-Related Items; (iv) your surrendering of a number of Shares you already own having a value equal to the obligation for Tax-Related Items; (v) if the Common Stock is registered under the Exchange Act, withholding from the proceeds of a “cashless exercise” pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board (either through a voluntary sale or through a mandatory sale arranged by the Company on your behalf pursuant to this authorization); or (vi) any other withholding method that may be approved by the Plan Administrator. Depending on the withholding method, the Company may withhold or account for Tax-Related Items by considering applicable minimum statutory withholding amounts or other applicable withholding rates, including maximum applicable rates, in which case you will receive a refund of any over-withheld amount in cash and will have no entitlement to the Common Stock equivalent. If the obligation for Tax-Related Items is satisfied by withholding in Shares, for tax purposes, you are deemed to have been issued the full number of Shares subject to the exercised Option, notwithstanding that a number of the Shares are held back solely for the purpose of paying the Tax-Related Items. Finally, you agree that the Company may refuse to issue or deliver Shares to you if you fail to comply with your obligations in connection with the Tax-Related Items.

 

4


(b) You hereby agree that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or your Option in a manner that minimizes your liabilities for Tax-Related Items and that the Company and/or the Employer make no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with any aspect of your Option, including, but not limited to, the grant, vesting or exercise of your Option, the subsequent sale of Shares acquired pursuant to such exercise or the receipt of any dividends. You acknowledge that, regardless of any action taken by the Company or the Employer, the ultimate liability for Tax-Related Items is and remains your responsibility and may exceed any amount withheld by the Company or the Employer. Further, if you are subject to Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction between the Grant Date and the date of any relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, you acknowledge that the Company and/or the Employer (or former employer, as applicable) may be required to withhold or account for Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction. Further, if you are a U.S. taxpayer, you acknowledge that this Option is exempt from Section 409A of the Code only if the exercise price per share specified in the Grant Notice is at least equal to the “fair market value” per share of the Common Stock on the Grant Date and there is no other impermissible deferral of compensation associated with the Option. Because the Common Stock is not traded on an established securities market, the Fair Market Value is determined by the Board, perhaps in consultation with an independent valuation firm retained by the Company. You acknowledge that there is no guarantee that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with the valuation as determined by the Board, and you (or any other parties having rights under the Option) shall not make any claim against the Company, the Employer or any of their officers, directors, employees or Related Companies in the event that the Internal Revenue Service asserts that the valuation determined by the Board is less than the “fair market value” as subsequently determined by the Internal Revenue Service.

12. Option Not an Employment or Service Contract . Nothing in the Plan or this Agreement will be deemed to constitute an employment contract or confer or be deemed to confer any right for you to continue in the employ of, or to continue any other relationship with, the Company or any Related Company or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Related Company to terminate your employment or other relationship at any time, with or without Cause.

13. Nature of Grant . In accepting your Option, you acknowledge, understand and agree that:

(a) the Plan is established voluntarily by the Company, is discretionary in nature, and may be amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time, to the extent permitted by the Plan;

(b) the grant of your Option is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of options, or benefits in lieu of options, even if options have been granted in the past;

(c) all decisions with respect to future option or other grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company;

 

5


(d) you are voluntarily participating in the Plan;

(e) your Option and the Shares subject to your Option are not intended to replace any pension rights or compensation;

(f) your Option and the Shares subject to your Option, and the income and value of same, are not part of normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement or welfare benefits or similar payments;

(g) the future value of the Shares underlying your Option is unknown, indeterminable, and cannot be predicted;

(h) if the underlying Shares do not increase in value, your Option will have no value;

(i) if you exercise your Option and acquire Shares, the value of such Shares may increase or decrease in value, even below the exercise price;

(j) no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from forfeiture of your Option resulting from your Termination of Service (for any reason whatsoever, whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where you are employed or the terms of your employment agreement, if any), and, in consideration of the grant of your Option to which you are otherwise not entitled, you irrevocably agree never to institute any claim against the Company or any Related Companies, waive your ability, if any, to bring any such claim, and release the Company and any Related Companies from any such claim; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is allowed by a court of competent jurisdiction, then, by participating in the Plan, you shall be deemed irrevocably to have agreed not to pursue such claim and agree to execute any and all documents necessary to request dismissal or withdrawal of such claim;

(k) unless otherwise provided in the Plan or by the Company in its discretion, your Option and the benefits evidenced by this Agreement do not create any entitlement to have your Option or any such benefits transferred to, or assumed by, another company nor to be exchanged, cashed out or substituted for, in connection with any corporate transaction affecting the Shares; and

(l) the following provisions apply only if you are providing services outside the United States:

 

  (i) notwithstanding Section 13(f) above, your Option and the Shares subject to your Option, and the income and value of same, are not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purpose; and

 

  (ii) you acknowledge and agree that neither the Company, the Employer nor any Related Companies shall be liable for any foreign exchange rate fluctuation between your local currency and the United States Dollar that may affect the value of your Option or of any amounts due to you pursuant to the exercise of your Option or the subsequent sale of any Shares acquired upon exercise.

 

6


14. Data Privacy. You hereby explicitly and unambiguously consent to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of your personal data as described in this Agreement and any other Option grant materials (“Data”) by and among, as applicable, the Company any Related Companies for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing your participation in the Plan.

You understand that the Company and the Employer may hold certain personal information about you, including, but not limited to, your name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any Shares or directorships held in the Company, details of all Options or any other entitlement to shares of Common Stock awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in your favor, for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan.

You understand that Data will be transferred to such broker and/or stock plan service provider as may be designated by the Company presently or in the future, which is assisting the Company with the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. You understand that the recipients of the Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere, and that the recipient’s country (e.g., the United States) may have different data privacy laws and protections than your country. You understand that if you reside outside the United States, you may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the Data by contacting your local human resources representative. You authorize the Company, the designated stock plan service provider and any other possible recipients which may assist the Company (presently or in the future) with implementing, administering and managing the Plan to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purposes of implementing, administering and managing your participation in the Plan. You understand that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage your participation in the Plan. You understand that if you reside outside the United States, you may, at any time, view Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing your local human resources representative. Further, you understand that you are providing the consents herein on a purely voluntary basis. If you do not consent, or if you later seek to revoke your consent, your employment status or service and career with the Employer will not be adversely affected; the only adverse consequence of refusing or withdrawing your consent is that the Company would not be able to grant you the Option or other equity awards or administer or maintain such awards. Therefore, you understand that refusing or withdrawing your consent may affect your ability to participate in the Plan. For more information on the consequences of your refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, you understand that you may contact your local human resources representative.

15. Governing Law and Venue . The Option grant and the provisions of this Agreement are governed by, and subject to, the laws of the State of California, without regard to the conflict of law provisions, as provided in the Plan. For purposes of any action, lawsuit or

 

7


other proceedings brought to enforce this Agreement, relating to it, or arising from it, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the nonexclusive jurisdiction and venue of the state and federal courts located in the State of California.

16. Notices; Electronic Delivery and Acceptance . Any notices provided for in your Option or the Plan shall be given in writing (including electronically) and shall be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by the Company to you, fourteen (14) days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to you at the last address you provided to the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to participation in the Plan and this Option by electronic means or to request your consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. By accepting the Option you consent to receive such documents by electronic delivery and, if requested, to agree to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company.

17. Language . If you have received this Agreement, or any other document related to your Option and/or the Plan translated into a language other than English and if the meaning of the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control.

18. Severability . The provisions of this Agreement are severable and if any one or more provisions are determined to be illegal or otherwise unenforceable, in whole or in part, the remaining provisions shall nevertheless be binding and enforceable.

19. Country Addendum . Notwithstanding any provisions in this Agreement, your Option shall be subject to any special terms and conditions set forth in any Country Addendum to this Agreement for your country. Moreover, if you relocate to one of the countries included in the Country Addendum, the special terms and conditions for such country will apply to you, to the extent the Company determines that the application of such terms and conditions is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons. The Country Addendum constitutes part of this Agreement.

20. Waiver . You acknowledge that a waiver by the Company of breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement, or of any subsequent breach by you or any other Participant.

21. Imposition of Other Requirements . The Company reserves the right to impose other requirements on your participation in the Plan, on your Option and on any Shares purchased upon exercise of your Option, to the extent the Company determines it is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons, and to require you to sign any additional agreements or undertakings that may be necessary to accomplish the foregoing.

22. No Right to Damages . You will have no right to bring a claim or to receive damages if you are required to exercise the vested portion of the Option within three months (one year in the case of Retirement, disability or death) of your Termination of Service or if any portion of the Option is cancelled or expires unexercised. The loss of existing or potential profit in the Option will not constitute an element of damages in the event of your Termination of Service for any reason even if the termination is in violation of an obligation of the Company or a Related Company to you.

 

8


23. Binding Effect . This Agreement will inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company and be binding upon you and your heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

24. Section 409A Compliance . Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan or this Agreement to the contrary, the Plan Administrator may, at any time and without your consent, modify the terms of the Option as it determines appropriate to avoid the imposition of interest or penalties under Section 409A of the Code; provided, however, that the Plan Administrator makes no representations that the Option shall be exempt from or comply with Section 409A of the Code and makes no undertaking to preclude Section 409A of the Code from applying to the Option.

 

9


Exhibit A

ADDENDUM

COUNTRY-SPECIFIC TERMS AND CONDITIONS TO

BOX, INC. 2011 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

GLOBAL STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Terms and Conditions

This Country Addendum includes special terms and conditions that govern your Option if you work in one of the countries listed below. If you are a citizen or resident of a country other than the country in which you are currently working (or are considered as such for local law purposes), or if you transfer to another country after the grant of the Option, the Company shall, in its discretion, determine to what extent the terms and conditions contained herein shall be applicable to you.

Notifications

This Country Addendum also includes information regarding securities laws, exchange controls, tax and certain other issues of which you should be aware with respect to your participation in the Plan. The information is based on the securities, exchange control, tax and other laws in effect in the respective countries as of August 2013. Such laws are often complex and change frequently. The Company strongly recommends that you not rely on the information contained herein as the only source of information relating to the consequences of your participation in the Plan because the information may be out of date at the time you exercise the Option or at the time you sell any Shares acquired under the Plan. In addition, the information is general in nature and may not apply to your particular situation, and the Company is not in a position to assure you of any particular result; therefore, you are advised to seek appropriate professional advice as to how the relevant laws in your country may apply to your individual situation.

If you are a citizen or resident of a country other than the country in which you are currently working (or are considered as such for local law purposes), or if you transfer to another country after the grant of the Option, the notifications contained herein may not be applicable to you.

Capitalized terms, unless explicitly defined in this Country Addendum, shall have the meanings given to them in the Agreement or in the Plan.

AUSTRALIA

Terms and Conditions

Limitations on Exercise . This provision supplements Section 1 of the Agreement:

Your Option shall vest in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in the Grant Notice provided, however, in no event shall you vest in or exercise the Option unless and until a date which is the earlier of the date (the “ Liquidity Date ”) on which: (a) the Company’s Shares are

 

10


publicly traded, quoted or listed on a recognized exchange or national securities market and are no longer subject to a market standoff restricting the sale or disposal of the Shares; (b) the Company undergoes a Change of Control as described in Section 14.3 of the Plan; or (c) your Termination of Service for any reason. You must continue to provide services to the Company or one of its Related Companies through each of the vesting dates and the Liquidity Date established in the preceding sentence to vest and be entitled to exercise the Option. Should the Liquidity Date occur after any of the vesting dates set forth in the vesting schedule in the Grant Notice, you shall receive credit for any vesting that would have occurred under the vesting schedule once the Liquidity Date occurs and shall continue to vest in accordance with the vesting schedule thereafter, unless your Termination of Service (in which case you shall have the post-termination period as provided in Section 9 of the Agreement to exercise any vested Option).

Furthermore, if the Options vest and become exercisable when the Fair Market Value per Share is equal to or less than the exercise price for the Option, you shall not be permitted to exercise the vested Options. In such event, the vested Options may be exercised starting on the U.S. business day following the first period of [thirty (30)] consecutive days on which the Fair Market Value per Share has exceeded the exercise price for the Options.

Finally, notwithstanding the Expiration Date, the Options shall automatically expire in the event that the Options have not become exercisable pursuant to the preceding paragraphs within [six years and 11 months] following the Grant Date.

For the avoidance of doubt, this entire provision applies equally to any unvested Options held by you if you transfer to Australia after the grant of the Option, unless otherwise determined by the Company in its sole discretion.

Notifications

Securities Law Notification . If you acquire Shares under the Plan and subsequently offer the Shares for sale to a person or entity resident in Australia, such an offer may be subject to disclosure requirements under Australian law, and you should obtain legal advice regarding any applicable disclosure requirements prior to making any such offer.

BRAZIL

Terms and Conditions

Compliance with Law and Nature of Award Acknowledgment . By accepting the Option, you agree that you will comply with all applicable Brazilian laws, including, without limitation, that you will pay any and all applicable Tax-Related Items associated with the exercise of the Option and/or the sale of any Shares obtained as a result of such exercise. You further agree that, for all legal purposes, (a) the benefits provided to you under the Plan are the result of commercial transactions unrelated to your employment; (b) the Plan is not a part of the terms and conditions of your employment; and (c) the income from the Option, if any, is not part of your remuneration from employment.

 

11


Notifications

Exchange Control Notification . If you are resident or domiciled in Brazil, you will be required to submit an annual declaration of assets and rights held outside of Brazil to the Central Bank of Brazil if the aggregate value of such assets and rights is US$100,000 or more. Assets and rights that must be reported include Shares acquired under the Plan.

FRANCE

Terms and Conditions

French-qualified Option under the French Option Plan . The Option is granted under and is subject to the terms of the French Option Plan and is intended to qualify for specific tax and social security treatment under Section L. 225-177 to L. 225-186-1 of the French Commercial Code, as amended. The Company does not undertake to maintain the qualified status of the Option and you will not be entitled to damages of any nature whatsoever if the Option becomes disqualified. References to the “Plan” used in this Agreement shall include the French Option Plan. Capitalized terms that are not defined in this Agreement have the meanings given to them in the Plan or, as applicable, in the French Option Plan.

Option Term . The term of each Option shall be as stated in this Agreement provided, however, that the Option term shall be no longer than [nine and one half (9 1/2) years]. The Option term will be extended only in the event of your death, but in no event will any Option be exercisable beyond six (6) months following the date of death.

Termination by Reason of Death . This provision replaces Section 9(c) of the Agreement and supersedes any other terms of Section 9 that are inconsistent with it:

In the event of your Termination of Service due to your death, any unexpired Options that are not fully vested at the time of death will become fully vested and exercisable for a period of six (6) months following the date of death. If you die after your Termination of Service but while the Option is still exercisable, the vested portion of the Option may be exercised for a period of six (6) months following the date of death.

Non-transferability . Notwithstanding Section 10 of the Agreement, Options may not be transferred or assigned except in the event of your death.

Language Consent . By accepting the Option, you confirm having read and understood the documents relating to the grant (the Plan, French Option Plan and the Agreement, including this Country Addendum on Exhibit A) which were provided in the English language. You accept the terms of these documents accordingly.

En acceptant cette Option, vous confirmez avoir lu et compris les documents relatifs à cette attribution (le Plan, the Plan pour la France et ce Contrat, incluant l’annexe A) qui vous ont été remis en langue anglaise. Vous en acceptez les termes en connaissance de cause.

 

12


Notifications

Exchange Control Alert . You may hold Shares or cash acquired as a result of your participation in the Plan outside of France provided that you annually declare all foreign bank and stock accounts, whether open, current, or closed, together with your personal income tax returns. Failure to report triggers significant penalties. You must also declare to the customs and excise authorities any cash or securities you import to or export from France without the use of a financial institution when the value of the cash or securities is equal to or exceeds €10,000 (2013). Please note that this alert is accurate as of August 13, 2013 and the exchange controls applicable to your participation in the Plan may change in the future. It is your obligation to comply with the exchange controls applicable to you, not the Company’s nor the Employer’s.

GERMANY

Notifications

Exchange Control Information . Cross-border payments, including any payments you may make in connection with the exercise of your Option or the repatriation of sale proceeds into Germany, in excess of €12,500 must be reported monthly to the German Federal Bank. You are responsible for satisfying the reporting obligation and should be able to obtain a copy of the form used for this purpose from the German bank you use to carry out the fund transfer.

JAPAN

Notifications

Foreign Asset Reporting Information . You are required to report details of any assets held outside of Japan as of December 31st (including Shares acquired under the Plan), to the extent such assets have a total net fair market value exceeding ¥50 million. Such report will be due by March 15th each year. You should consult with your personal tax advisor to determine if the reporting obligation applies to your personal situation.

SINGAPORE

Notifications

Securities Law Information . The grant of the Option under the Plan is being made pursuant to the “Qualifying Person” exemption” under section 273(1)(f) of the Securities and Futures Act (Chapter 289, 2006 Ed.) (“ SFA ”) and is not made with a view to the Shares being subsequently offered for sale to any other party. The Plan has not been lodged or registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. You should note that the Option is subject to section 257 of the SFA and that you will not be able to make (a) any subsequent sale of the Shares in Singapore or (b) any offer of such subsequent sale of the Shares subject to the Option in Singapore, unless such sale or offer is made pursuant to the exemptions under Part XIII Division (1) Subdivision (4) (other than section 280) of the SFA (Chapter 289, 2006 Ed.).

 

13


Director Notification Information . If you are a director, associate director or shadow director of a Related Company in Singapore, you are subject to certain notification requirements under the Singapore Companies Act. Among these requirements is an obligation to notify the Related Company in Singapore in writing when you receive an interest ( e.g. , Options, Shares) in the Company or any Related Companies (including when you sell Shares acquired through exercise of the Option). In addition, you must notify the Related Company in Singapore when you sell or receive Shares of the Company or any Related Company (including when you sell or receive Shares acquired under the Plan). These notifications must be made within two (2) business days of acquiring or disposing of any interest in the Company or any Related Company. In addition, a notification must be made of your interests in the Company or any Related Company within two business days of becoming a director.

UNITED KINGDOM

Terms and Conditions

Tax-Related Items . The following provision supplements Section 11 of the Agreement:

You agree that if the Employer or the Company does not withhold or otherwise collect the full amount of income tax that you owe due to the exercise of the Option or release, assignment or cancellation of the Option (the “ Chargeable Event ”) from you within ninety (90) days after the Chargeable Event or such other period specified in Section 222(1)(c) of the United Kingdom Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003 (the “ Due Date ”), the amount of any uncollected income tax will constitute a loan owed by you to the Employer, effective on the Due Date. You agree that the loan will bear interest at the then-current official rate of Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs (“ HMRC ”), it will be immediately due and repayable, and the Company or the Employer may recover it at any time thereafter by any of the means referred to in Section 11 of the Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if you are a director or executive officer of the Company (within the meaning of Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act), you will not be eligible for such a loan to cover the income tax due. In the event that you are such a director or executive officer and the income tax is not collected from or paid by you by the Due Date, the amount of any uncollected income tax may constitute a benefit to you on which additional income tax and NICs may be payable. You will be responsible for reporting and paying any income tax due on this additional benefit directly to HMRC under the self-assessment regime and for reimbursing the Company or the Employer, as applicable, for the amount of any employee NICs due on this additional benefit which may be recovered from you by the Company or the Employer at any time thereafter by any of the means referred to in Section 11 of the Agreement.

If you fail to comply with your obligations in connection with the income tax as described in this section, the Company may refuse to deliver the Shares subject to the Option.

Section 431 Election . You agree that you are required, as a condition of the exercise of the Option, to enter into a joint election with the Company or the Employer pursuant to section 431 of the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003 (or such other election as the Company may direct for the same purpose) electing that the market value of the Shares to be acquired on exercise of the Option be calculated as if they were not “restricted securities.” You must enter into the form of election attached to this Country Addendum, concurrent with the execution of the Agreement or at such subsequent time as may be designated by the Company.

 

14


Joint Election for Transfer of Liability for Employer National Insurance Contributions . If you are a tax resident in the United Kingdom, the grant of the Option is conditional upon your agreement to accept liability for any secondary Class 1 national insurance contributions (“ NICs ”) which may be payable by the Employer in connection with any event giving rise to tax liability in relation to the option (“ Employer NICs ”). The Employer NICs may be collected by the Company or the Employer using any of the methods described in Section 11 of the Agreement. Without prejudice to the foregoing, you agree to execute a joint election with the Company or the Employer (a “ Joint Election ”), the form of such Joint Election being formally approved by HMRC, and any other consent or elections required to accomplish the transfer of the Employer NICs to you. You further agree to execute such other elections as may be required by any successor to the Company and/or the Employer for the purpose of continuing the effectiveness of your Joint Election. If you do not complete the Joint Election prior to exercise of your Option, or if approval of the Joint Election is withdrawn by HMRC and a new Joint Election is not entered into, your Option shall become null and void and may not be exercised, without any liability to the Company or its Affiliates. You must enter into the Joint Election attached to this Country Addendum, concurrent with the execution of the Agreement, or at such subsequent time as may be designated by the Company.

UNITED STATES

Notifications

Alternative Minimum Tax . To the extent the Option has been designated as an Incentive Stock Option, assuming you are a U.S. taxpayer, you may be subject to the alternative minimum tax at the time of exercise of such Incentive Stock Option.

 

15


B OX , I NC .

2011 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

G LOBAL O PTION A GREEMENT

Joint Election under s431 ITEPA 2003 for full or partial disapplication of Chapter 2 Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003

One Part Election

 

1. Between

 

the Participant:

 

 

 

whose National Insurance Number is

 

 

 

and

   

the Company (who is the Participant’s employer):

 

 

 

of Company Registration Number

 

 

 

 

2. Purpose of Election

This joint election is made pursuant to section 431(1) or 431(2) Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003 ( ITEPA ) and applies where employment-related securities, which are restricted securities by reason of section 423 ITEPA, are acquired.

The effect of an election under section 431(1) is that, for the relevant Income Tax and National Insurance Contributions (“ NICs ”) purposes, the employment-related securities and their market value will be treated as if they were not restricted securities and that sections 425 to 430 ITEPA do not apply. An election under section 431(2) will ignore one or more of the restrictions in computing the charge on acquisition. Additional Income Tax will be payable (with PAYE and NICs where the securities are Readily Convertible Assets).

 

Should the value of the securities fall following the acquisition, it is possible that Income Tax/NICs that would have arisen because of any future chargeable event (in the absence of an election) would have been less than the Income Tax/NICs due by reason of this election. Should this be the case, there is no Income Tax/NICs relief available under Part 7 of ITEPA 2003; nor is it available if the securities acquired are subsequently transferred, forfeited or revert to the original owner.


3. Application

This joint election is made not later than fourteen (14) days after the date of acquisition of the securities by the Participant and applies to:

 

Number of securities:    All securities to be acquired by Participant pursuant to the Option granted on [insert grant date] under the terms of the Box, Inc. 2011 Equity Incentive Plan.
Description of securities:    Shares of Common Stock
Name of issuer of securities:    Box, Inc.

to be acquired by the Participant after [date] under the terms of the Box, Inc. 2011 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

4. Extent of Application

This election disapplies to

S.431(1) ITEPA: All restrictions attaching to the securities

 

5. Declaration

This election will become irrevocable upon the later of its signing or the acquisition (and each subsequent acquisition) of employment-related securities to which this election applies.

In signing this joint election, we agree to be bound by its terms as stated above.

 

 

  

    /    /            

  
Signature (Participant)   

Date

  

 

  

    /    /            

  
Signature (for and on behalf of the Company)   

Date

  

 

     
Position in company      

Note : Where the election is in respect of multiple acquisitions, prior to the date of any subsequent acquisition of a security it may be revoked by agreement between the participant and employer in respect of that and any later acquisition.

 

- 2-


DATED      201  

 

BOX, INC.

- and -

BOX.COM(UK) LTD

- and -

[PARTICIPANT]

 

 

JOINT ELECTION

 

 


JOINT ELECTION

 

THIS JOINT ELECTION is made on   201 [ ]

BETWEEN

 

(1) BOX, INC. whose registered office is at 4440 El Camino Real, Los Altos, CA 94022 (the “Company”); and

 

(2) BOX.COM(UK) LTD registered in England and Wales with company number 08097316 whose registered office is at 5 New Street Square, London EC4A 3TW (the “Employer”); and

 

(3) [INSERT NAME OF PARTICIPANT] of [ insert address of Participant ] whose National Insurance number is [ insert National Insurance number ] (the “Participant” which shall include his executors or administrators in the case of his death).

INTRODUCTION

 

(A) The Participant may be granted options from time to time (each one an “Option”) to acquire shares of common stock in the Company (the “Shares”) on terms to be set out in stock option agreements to be issued to the Participant and which will be subject to Box, Inc. UK Sub-Plan to the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).

 

(B) The grant of the Option may take place before or after the Participant has executed this joint election (the “Joint Election”). The Joint Election is in an approved format. The exercise, cancellation, release, assignment or other disposal of an Option is subject to the Participant entering into this Joint Election.

 

(C) The Participant is currently an employee of the Employer.

 

(D) The exercise, release, cancellation, assignment or other disposal of an Option (a “Trigger Event”) (whether in whole or in part), may result in the Employer or, if and to the extent that there is a change in law, any other company or person who becomes the secondary contributor for National Insurance contributions (“NIC”) purposes at the time of such Trigger Event having a liability to pay employer’s (secondary) Class I NICs (or any tax or social security premiums which may be introduced in substitution or in addition thereto) in respect of such Trigger Event.

 

(E) Where the context so admits, any reference in this Joint Election:

 

  (i) to the singular number shall be construed as if it referred also to the plural number and vice versa;

 

  (ii) to the masculine gender shall be construed as though it referred also to the feminine gender;

 

  (iii) to a statute or statutory provision shall be construed as if it referred also to that statute or provision as for the time being amended or re-enacted; and

 

  (iv) Shares means shares of Class B common stock of the Company.


AGREED TERMS

 

1. Joint Election

 

1.1 It is a condition of the exercise, cancellation, release, assignment or other disposal of an Option that the Participant has entered into this Joint Election with the Employer.

 

1.2 The Participant, the Company and the Employer elect to transfer the liability (the “Liability”) for all of the employer’s (Secondary) Class I NICs, referred to in (D) above and charged on payments or other benefits arising on a Trigger Event and treated as remuneration and earnings pursuant to section 4(4)(a) of the Social Security Contributions and Benefit Act 1992 (“SSCBA”) to the Participant. This Joint Election is made pursuant to an arrangement authorised by paragraph 3B, Schedule 1 of the SSCBA.

 

1.3 This Joint Election does not apply in relation to any liability, or any part of any liability, arising as a result of regulations being given retrospective effect by virtue of section 4B(2) of the Social Security Contributions and Benefits Act 1992 or the Social Security Contributions and Benefits (Northern Ireland) Act 1992.

 

1.4 This Joint Election will not apply to the extent that it relates to relevant employment income which is employment income of the earner by virtue of Chapter 3A of Part 7 of Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003 (“ITEPA”) ( employment income: securities with artificially depressed market value ).

 

2. Restriction on registration until liability paid by Participant

The Participant hereby agrees that no Shares shall be registered in his name until he has met the Liability as a result of a Trigger Event in accordance with this Joint Election.

 

3. Payment

 

3.1 Where, in relation to an Option, the Participant is liable, or is in accordance with current practice at the date of the Trigger Event believed by the Employer to be liable (where it is believed that the shares under option are readily convertible assets), to account to HM Revenue & Customs for the Liability, the Participant and the Employer agree that, upon receipt of the funds to meet the Liability from the Participant, that such funds to meet the Liability shall be paid to the Collector of Taxes or other relevant taxation authority by the Employer on the Participant’s behalf within 14 days of the end of the income tax month in which the gain on the Option was made (“the 14 day period”) and for the purposes of securing payment of the Liability the Participant will on the occurrence of a Trigger Event:

 

  (a) pay to the Employer a cash amount equal to the Liability; and/or

 

  (b) suffer a deduction from salary or other remuneration due to the Participant such deduction being in an amount not exceeding the Liability; and/or

 

  (c) at the request of the Company enter into such arrangement or arrangements necessary or expedient with such person or persons (including the appointment of a nominee on behalf of the Participant) to effect the sale of Shares acquired through the exercise of the Option to cover all or any part of the Liability and use the proceeds to pay the Employer a cash amount equal to the Liability.


3.2 The Employer shall pass all monies it has collected from the Participant in respect of the Liability to the Collector of Taxes by no later than 14 days after the end of the income tax month in which the Trigger Event occurred.

 

4. Termination of Joint Election

 

4.1 This Joint Election shall cease to have effect on the occurrence of any of the following:

 

  (a) if the terms of this Joint Election are satisfied in the reasonable opinion of the Company, the Employer and the Participant;

 

  (b) if the Company, the Employer and the Participant jointly agree in writing to revoke this Joint Election;

 

  (c) if HM Revenue & Customs withdraws approval of this Joint Election so far as it relates to share options covered by the Joint Election but not yet granted;

 

  (d) if the Options lapse or no Option is otherwise capable of being exercised pursuant to the Plan; and/or

 

  (e) if the Company and/or the Employer serve notice on the Participant that the Joint Election is to cease to have effect.

 

5. Further assurance

 

5.1 The Company, Employer and the Participant shall do all such things and execute all such documents as may be necessary or desirable to ensure that this Joint Election complies with all relevant legislation and/or HM Revenue & Customs requirements.

 

5.2 The Participant shall notify the Employer in writing of any Trigger Event which occurs in relation to an Option within three days of such Trigger Event.

 

5.3 The Company intends, as soon as practicable, to notify the Employer of the Participant’s intention of exercising an Option and shall provide the Employer with such information available to the Company to enable the Employer to calculate the Liability arising on the Trigger Event.

 

6. Secondary Contributor

The Employer enters into this Joint Election on its own behalf and on behalf of the Company, or, if and to the extent that there is a change in law, any other company or person who is or becomes a secondary contributor for NIC purposes in respect of this Option. It is agreed that the Employer can enforce the terms of this Joint Election against the Participant on behalf of any such company.

 

7. Binding Effect

 

7.1 The Participant agrees to be bound by the terms of this Joint Election and for the avoidance of doubt the Participant shall continue to be bound by the terms of this Joint Election regardless of which country the Participant is working in when the Liability arises and regardless of whether the Participant is an employee of the Employer when the Liability arises.

 

7.2 The Employer and the Company agree to be bound by the terms of this Joint Election and for the avoidance of doubt the Employer and Company shall continue to be bound by the terms of this Joint Election regardless of which country the Participant is working in when the Liability arises and regardless of whether the Participant is an employee of the Employer when the Liability arises.


8. Governing Law

 

8.1 This Joint Election shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law and the parties irrevocably submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the English Courts to settle any claims, disputes or issues which may arise out of this deed.


This Joint Election has been executed and delivered as a deed on the date written above.

 

SIGNED as a DEED

     )      

by BOX, INC.

     )      

acting by the under-mentioned

     )      

person(s) acting on the authority

     )      

of the Company in accordance

     )      

with the laws of the territory of

     )      

its incorporation:

     )      

Authorised signatory

 

Signed as a DEED

     )      

by BOX.COM(UK) LTD

     )      

acting by:

     )      

Director

In the presence of:

Witness Signature:

Name:

Address:

Occupation:

 

SIGNED as a DEED

     )      

by [insert name of Participant]

     )      

in the presence of:

Witness signature:

Name:

Address:

Occupation:


Neither this document, nor any stock option agreement connected with it, is an approved prospectus for the purposes of section 85(1) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (“FSMA”) and no offer of transferable securities to the public (for the purposes of section 102B of FSMA) is being made in connection with the UK Sub-Plan to the Box, Inc. 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Sub-Plan”). The Sub-Plan is exclusively available to bona fide employees and former employees of Box, Inc; Box.com(UK) Ltd and any other UK Subsidiary.

UK SUB-PLAN TO THE

BOX, INC.

2011 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

Additional Terms and Conditions for Options received by Participants resident in the UK

 

1. The purpose of this Sub-Plan is to provide incentives for present and future UK tax resident employees of Box, Inc., Box.com (UK) Ltd and any other UK Subsidiary through the grant of options over shares of Class B Common Stock of Box, Inc. (the “Company”).

 

2. Capitalized terms are defined in the Company’s 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), subject to the provisions of this Sub-Plan.

 

3. References to Incentive Stock Options and Nonqualified Stock Options shall not apply to Options granted under the Sub-Plan.

 

4. The Options granted under this Sub-Plan shall be Unapproved Options.

 

5. This Sub-Plan is governed by the Plan and all its provisions shall be identical to those of the Plan SAVE THAT (i) “Sub-Plan” shall be substituted for “Plan” where applicable and (ii) the following provisions shall be as stated in this Sub-Plan in order to accommodate the specific requirements of the laws of England and Wales:

 

6. SECTION 1. Purpose

 

  The words “officers, directors, consultants, agents, advisors and independent contractors” shall be deleted and replaced with the words “officers and full-time directors”.

 

7. SECTION 4. Shares Subject to the Plan

 

  Section 4.2(d) shall be deleted in its entirety.

 

8. SECTION 5. Eligibility

 

  The words “officer or director” in the first sentence of this section shall be deleted and replaced with the words “officer or director”.

 

  The second sentence (starting with the words “An award may also be granted to any consultant” and ending at the end of the subsection) shall be deleted in its entirety.

 

9. SECTION 6. Awards

 

  The words “shares of Common Stock, Restricted Stock or Stock Units” and the words “or Stock Appreciation Right” shall be deleted from subsection 6.3 (Dividends and Distributions) and the final sentence (beginning “Also notwithstanding”) shall also be deleted.


10. SECTION 7. Options

In section 7.1 (Grant of Options), the words “Incentive Stock Options or Nonqualified Stock” shall be deleted and replaced with the word “Unapproved”.

In section 7.2 (Option Exercise Price), the words “(and not less than the minimum exercise price required by Section 422 of the Code with respect to Incentive Stock Options)” and the words “Nonqualified Stock” shall be deleted.

In section 7.3 (Term of Options), the second sentence beginning with “For Incentive Stock Options” shall be deleted in its entirety.

In section 7.4 (Exercise of Options), the words “and delivery of the signed Joint Election and signed Section 431 Election” shall be inserted following the words “executed stock option exercise agreement or notice”.

The word “check” shall be replaced with the word “cheque” in subsection 7.5(b) (Payment of Exercise Price).

Subsections 7.5(c) and 7.5(d) shall be deleted in their entirety.

In subsection 7.5(e), the words “the regulations of the Federal Reserve Board; or” shall be deleted and replaced with the words “any applicable laws”.

The final paragraph of section 7.5 (beginning “In addition, to assist”) shall be deleted.

In section 7.6 (Effect of Termination of Service) the words “or service” in the final paragraph shall be deleted.

 

11. SECTION 8. Incentive Stock Option Limitations

This section shall be deleted in its entirety.

 

12. SECTION 9. Stock Appreciation Rights

This section shall be deleted in its entirety.

 

13. SECTION 10. Stock Awards, Restricted Stock and Stock Units

This section shall be deleted in its entirety.

 

14. SECTION 11. Other Stock or Cash-Based Awards

This section shall be deleted in its entirety.

 

15. SECTION 12. Withholding

This section shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“In the event that the Company or any Related Company determines that it is required to account to HM Revenue & Customs for any Option Tax Liability or Secondary NIC Liability (under the Stock Option Agreement) arising from the grant, exercise, assignment, release, cancellation or any other disposal of an Option or arising out of the acquisition, retention and disposal of the shares acquired pursuant to the Option, the Participant, as a condition to the issue of Common Stock in connection with the exercise of an Option, or on the grant, assignment, release or cancellation of an Option, shall make such arrangements satisfactory to the Company to enable it or any Related Company to satisfy any requirement to account for any Option Tax Liability


(and, if applicable, any Secondary NIC Liability) that may arise in connection with the Option or the award of Common Stock pursuant to it including, but not limited to, arrangements satisfactory to the Company for withholding Common Stock that would otherwise be issued pursuant to the Stock Option Agreement to the Participant.”

 

16. SECTION 13. Assignability

This section shall be replaced with the following: “No Award or interest in an Award may be transferred otherwise than to the Participant’s Personal Representatives on the Participant’s death. During a Participant’s lifetime, an Award may be exercised only by the Participant.”

 

17. SECTION 14. Adjustments

The words “the maximum number and kind of securities issuable as Incentive Stock Options as set forth in Section 4.2(d); and” shall be deleted from subsection 14.1 (Adjustment of Shares).

 

18. SECTION 17. Amendment and Termination

The first sentence shall be deleted and replaced with the following: “The Plan shall terminate upon the termination of the Box, Inc. 2011 Equity Incentive Plan.”

In subsection 17.3 (Consent of Participant), the second sentence beginning with the words “Any change or adjustment” shall be deleted in its entirety.

 

19. SECTION 18. General

The words “at any time, with or without cause” shall be deleted from subsection 18.1 (No Individual Rights).

The first sentence of subsection 18.5 (Compliance with Laws and Regulations) beginning with the words “In interpreting and applying” and ending at the end of the paragraph shall be deleted in its entirety.

 

20. SECTION 19. Effective Date

The second and third sentence, beginning with the words “If the stockholders of the Company do not approve” and ending at the end of the paragraph, shall be deleted in their entirety.

 

21. APPENDIX A. Definitions

The following definitions shall be deleted:

“Incentive Stock Option”; “Nonqualified Stock Option”; “Restricted Stock”; “Stock Appreciation Right”; “Stock Award”; and “Stock Unit”.

The following definitions shall be added:

Data ” means certain personal information about the Participant, including but not limited to, name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number, salary, nationality, job title, any stock, units or directorships held in the Company or any Related Company, details of all options or other entitlement to shares awarded, cancelled, exercised, vested, unvested, or outstanding in the Participant’s favour.


Data Recipients ” means third parties assisting the Company in the implementation, administration, and management of the Plan.

ITEPA ” means the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003.

Joint Election ” means an election (in such terms and such form as provided in paragraphs 3A and 3B of Schedule 1 to the Social Security Contributions and Benefits Act 1992), which has been approved by HM Revenue & Customs for the transfer of the whole of or any liability of the Secondary Contributor for any Secondary NIC Liability.

Option Tax Liability ” means any liability or obligation of the Company and/or any Related Company to account (or pay) for income tax (under the UK withholding system of PAYE (pay as you earn)) or any other taxation provisions and primary class 1 National Insurance Contributions in the United Kingdom to the extent arising from the grant, exercise, assignment, release, cancellation or any other disposal of an Option or arising out of the acquisition, retention and disposal of the Common Stock acquired under this Plan.

Personal Representative ” means the personal representative(s) of a Participant (being either the executors of his will or if he dies intestate the duly appointed administrator(s) of his estate) who have provided to the Board evidence of their appointment as such.

Secondary Contributor ” means a person or company who has a liability to account (or pay) the Secondary NIC Liability to HM Revenue and Customs.

Secondary NIC Liability ” means any liability to employer’s Class 1 National Insurance Contributions to the extent arising from the grant, exercise, release or cancellation of an Option or arising out of the acquisition, retention and disposal of the Common Stock acquired pursuant to an Option.

Section 431 Election ” means an election made under section 431 of ITEPA.

Taxable Event ” means any occasion on which an Option Tax Liability or Secondary NIC Liability arises in connection with an Option or any award of Common Stock under it.

UK Subsidiary ” means a Related Company of the Company which is incorporated in the UK.

Unapproved Option ” means an option over shares in the Company that is neither an HM Revenue & Customs approved company share option (under Schedule 4 ITEPA) nor an enterprise management incentive (EMI) option which meets the requirements of Schedule 5 ITEPA.

The following definitions shall be amended to read as follows:

Award ” means any Option as may be awarded by the Plan Administrator from time to time.

Plan ” means the UK Sub-Plan to the Box, Inc. 2011 Equity Incentive Plan.

Termination of Service ” means a termination of employment relationship with the Company or a Related Company for any reason, whether voluntary or involuntary, including by reason of death, Disability or Retirement. Any question as to whether and when there has been a Termination of Service for the purposes of an Award and the cause of such Termination of Service shall be determined by the Company’s chief human resources officer or other person performing that function or, with respect to


directors and executive officers, by the Board, whose determination shall be conclusive and binding. Transfer of a Participant’s employment relationship between the Company and any Related Company shall not be considered a Termination of Service for purposes of an Award. Unless the Board determines otherwise, a Termination of Service shall be deemed to occur if the Participant’s employment relationship is with an entity that has ceased to be a Related Company.


French Option Sub-Plan to the Box, Inc.

2011 Equity Incentive Plan

 

1. Introduction .

The Board of Directors (the “Board” ) of Box, Inc. (the “Company”) has established the Box, Inc. 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (the “U.S. Plan” ), for the benefit of certain persons, including employees, officers, directors, consultants, agents, advisors, and independent contractors of the Company and its Related Companies (as defined in the U.S. Plan), including its French Related Companies of which the Company holds directly or indirectly at least 10% of the share capital (each a “French Entity” and collectively the “French Entities” ).

Sections 3.2 and 18.6 of the U.S. Plan specifically authorize the Board or a committee composed of members of the Board appointed by the Board to administer the U.S. Plan (the “Plan Administrator” ) to establish sub-plans to the U.S. Plan to meet requirements that permit the Plan to operate in a qualified or tax efficient manner. The Plan Administrator has determined that it is advisable to establish a French sub-plan to the U.S. Plan for the purpose of permitting stock options granted to employees of French Entities to qualify for certain qualified tax and social security treatment available for such grants in France. The Plan Administrator, therefore, hereby establishes rules under the U.S. Plan for the purpose of granting stock options which qualify for the specific tax and social security treatment in France applicable to stock options granted under Sections L. 225-177 to L. 225-186-1 of the French Commercial Code, as amended (“ French-qualified Options ”), to qualifying persons who are resident in France for French tax purposes and/or subject to the French social security regime (the “ French Participants ”).

The terms of the U.S. Plan, as set out in Appendix 1 hereto, shall, subject to the modifications in the following rules, constitute the Rules of the Box, Inc. 2011 Equity Incentive Plan, for the Grant of Options to Participants in France (the “French Option Plan” ).

Under the French Option Plan, qualifying employees will be granted French-qualified Options only as defined in Section 2 hereunder. The provisions of the U.S. Plan permitting the grant of Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units or dividend equivalent rights are not applicable to grants made under the French Option Plan.


2. Definitions .

Capitalized terms used in this French Option Plan without definition shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the U.S. Plan. The terms set forth below shall have the following meanings:

(a) The term “ Closed Period ” shall mean a closed period as set forth in Section L. 225-177 of the French Commercial Code, as amended, which includes:

 

  (i) the 20-trading day period following the issuance of a dividend ( i.e ., the ex-dividend date) or a general right to subscribe to shares ( i.e ., a rights offering);

 

  (ii) the 10-trading day period before and after the disclosure to the public of the consolidated financial statements or the annual statements of the Company; and

 

  (iii) the period as from the date the corporate management of the Company becomes aware of information that could, if it were disclosed to the public, have a material effect on the trading price of the Common Stock, until 10 trading days after the day such information is disclosed to the public.

If, after adoption of the French Option Plan, the French Commercial Code is amended to modify the definition and/or applicability of the Closed Periods to French-qualified Options, such amendments shall become applicable to any French-qualified Options granted under this French Option Plan to the extent required under French law.

(b) The term “ Exercise Price ” shall mean the price to acquire a Share pursuant to the exercise of a French-qualified Option.

(c) The term “ Grant Date ” shall mean the date on which the Plan Administrator both:

 

  (i) designates the French Participant; and

 

  (ii) specifies the terms and conditions of the French-qualified Option, including the number of Shares, the method for determining the Exercise Price, the vesting conditions and any restrictions on the transferability of the Shares subject to the French-qualified Option.

(d) The term “ Option ” shall include both:

 

  (i) purchase stock options (rights to acquire Shares repurchased by the Company prior to the date on which the Option becomes exercisable); and

 

  (ii) subscription stock options (rights to subscribe for newly issued Shares).

 

2


3. Eligibility .

(a) Notwithstanding any other term of this French Option Plan, French-qualified Options may be granted only to employees or corporate officers of the French Entities who hold less than ten percent (10%) of the share capital of the Company.

(b) Subject to Section 3(c) below, the following persons shall be eligible to receive, at the discretion of the Plan Administrator, French-qualified Options under this French Option Plan, provided they also satisfy the eligibility conditions of Section 5 of the U.S. Plan:

 

  (i) any French Participant who, on the Grant Date and to the extent required under French law, is (A) employed under the terms and conditions of an employment contract (“ contrat de travail ”) by a French Entity, or and only after an Initial Public Offering (“ IPO ”) of the Company ( i.e ., when the Shares are publicly traded on a recognized exchange) (B) a managing corporate officer (as described in 3(c) below) of a French Entity, and

 

  (ii) to the extent permissible under French tax and social security laws, including guidelines and specific tax or social security rulings issued by French tax and social security authorities, any individual who is otherwise employed by the Company or a Related Company even if the individual is not a French tax resident and/or subject to the French social security contribution regime on the Grant Date but who may be considered (as determined by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion) as a French Participant for purposes of this French Option Plan.

(c) After an IPO of the company, French-qualified Options may not be issued to corporate officers of a French Entity other than the managing corporate officers ( i.e. , Président du Conseil d’Administration , Directeur Général , Directeur Général Délégué , Membre du Directoire , Gérant de Sociétés par actions ), unless the corporate officer is employed under the terms of an employment contract ( “contrat de travail” ) by a French Entity, as defined by French law and in accordance with applicable French rules.

 

4. Grant of Option .

After an IPO, French-qualified Options may not be granted during a Closed Period to the extent such Closed Periods are applicable to French-qualified Options granted by the Company.

 

5. Modifications to Terms and Conditions of Option.

Notwithstanding any provision in the U.S. Plan, the terms and conditions of the French-qualified Options (Exercise Price, number of underlying Shares and vesting conditions) may not be modified after the Grant Date, except as provided under Sections 7, 8 and 9 of the French Option Plan, or as otherwise in keeping with French law applicable to French-qualified Options. Any other modification permitted under the U.S. Plan may result in the Options no longer constituting French-qualified Options.

 

3


6. Exercise Price of Option .

(a) The method for determining the Exercise Price shall be fixed by the Plan Administrator on the Grant Date. The Exercise Price shall be stated in the Stock Option Agreement or other grant materials distributed to Participants.

(b) Prior to the Shares being publicly traded on a recognized exchange, the Exercise Price shall be no less than the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the Grant Date.

(c) After the Shares become publicly traded on a recognized exchange, in no event shall the Exercise Price be less than the greatest of:

 

  (i) with respect to purchase stock options: the higher of either 80% of the average of the prices of the Shares during the 20 trading days immediately preceding the Grant Date or 80% of the average of the purchase price paid for such Shares by the Company;

 

  (ii) with respect to subscription stock options: 80% of the average of the prices of the Shares during the 20 trading days immediately preceding the Grant Date; or

 

  (iii) 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share, as determined on the Grant Date.

(d) Upon exercise of an Option, payment of the full Exercise Price and any required withholding tax or social security contributions shall be paid by any of the methods set forth in the Stock Option Agreement, except that the Exercise Price may not be paid by delivery, surrender or attestation to the ownership of previously owned Shares.

 

7. Exercise of Option .

(a) The French-qualified Option shall vest and be exercisable pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in the U.S. Plan, the French Option Plan and the Stock Option Agreement delivered to each French Participant.

To the extent necessary to obtain the specific tax and social security treatment applicable to French-qualified Options, the Plan Administrator may, in its discretion, restrict the vesting and/or exercisability of the Option and/or the sale of Shares until the expiration of any applicable holding period. Any such restriction shall be set forth in the Stock Option Agreement to be delivered to each French Participant.

(b) Unless otherwise required or permitted under French law applicable to French-qualified Options, in the event a French Participant dies while he or she is actively employed by the Company or any Related Company, his or her French-qualified Options may thereafter be exercised in full (whether such Options were vested or unvested at the time of death) by his or her heirs only during the six-month period following death.

 

4


(c) Unless otherwise required or permitted under French law applicable to French-qualified Options, in the event a French Participant dies following Termination of Service, his or her outstanding vested French-qualified Options may be exercised by his or her heirs only during the six-month period following death.

The six-month exercise period described in Sections 7(b) and (c) above will apply without regard to the term of the French-qualified Option. Any French-qualified Option which remains unexercised shall expire six months following the date of the French Participant’s death.

(d) The Shares acquired upon exercise of the French-qualified Option shall be recorded in an account in the name of the French Participant with a broker or in such other manner as the Company may otherwise determine in order to ensure compliance with applicable law and any applicable holding periods.

(e) After an IPO and to the extent applicable to French-qualified Options granted by the Company, a specific holding period for the Shares underlying the Option or a restriction on exercise of the French-qualified Option may be imposed upon any French Participant who qualifies as a managing corporate officer of the Company as defined under French law (comparable functions to the French “ mandataires sociaux, i.e., Président du Conseil d’Administration , Directeur Général , Directeur Général Délégué , Membre du Directoire , Gérant de Sociétés par actions ).

 

8. Adjustments Upon Changes in Capital Structure and Change of Control .

Adjustments to the French-qualified Options and/or the underlying Shares shall be made to preclude the dilution or enlargement of benefits under the French-qualified Options in the event of certain transactions by the Company, as set forth in Section L. 225-181 of the French Commercial Code, as amended, as well as in the event of a repurchase of Shares by the Company at a price higher than the stock trading price on the open market pursuant to the provisions of Section L. 228-99 of the French Commercial Code, as amended and specific decrees.

In the event of a change in capital structure or Change of Control as set forth in Section 14 of the U.S. Plan, adjustments to the terms and conditions of the French-qualified Options and/or the underlying Shares may be made only in accordance with the U.S. Plan and pursuant to applicable French legal and tax rules.

Nevertheless, the Plan Administrator may, in its sole discretion, determine to make adjustments in the case of a transaction for which adjustments are not expressly authorized under French law, in which case the Options may no longer qualify as French-qualified Options.

Assumption or substitution of Options in the case of a Change of Control, as well as an acceleration of the vesting and exercisability of the French-qualified Options or any other mechanism implemented upon such Change of Control, or in any other event, may result in the Options no longer constituting French-qualified Options.

 

5


9. Disqualification of the Option .

If the Options or underlying Shares are modified, adjusted or administered in a manner in keeping with the terms of the U.S. Plan or as mandated as a matter of law or by decision of the Company’s stockholders or the Board or the Plan Administrator, and the modification, adjustment or administration is contrary to the terms and conditions of this French Option Plan, the Options may no longer qualify for specific tax and social security treatment in France. If the Option no longer qualifies for specific tax and social security treatment in France, the French Participants must pay the French Participants’ portion of social security contributions resulting from the Option.

If the Options no longer qualify as French-qualified Options, the Plan Administrator may, provided it is authorized to do so under the U.S. Plan, and in its sole discretion, determine to lift, shorten or terminate certain restrictions applicable to the Options or to the sale of the Shares underlying the Options, which may have been imposed under this French Option Plan or in the Stock Option Agreement.

 

10. Interpretation .

It is intended that Options granted under the French Option Plan shall qualify for the specific tax and social security treatment applicable to stock options granted under Sections L. 225-177 to L. 225-186-1 of the French Commercial Code, as amended, and in accordance with the relevant provisions set forth by French tax law and the French tax administration, but no undertaking is made by the Company to maintain such status.

The terms of the French Option Plan shall be interpreted in accordance with the relevant provisions set forth by French tax and social security laws and relevant guidelines published by the French tax and social security administrations and subject to the fulfillment of any applicable legal, tax and reporting obligations.

In the event of any conflict between the provisions of the French Option Plan and the U.S. Plan, the provisions of this French Option Plan shall control for any grants of Options made thereunder to French Participants.

 

11. Employment Rights .

The adoption of this French Option Plan shall not confer upon the French Participants or any employees of a French Entity, any employment rights and shall not be construed as a part of any employment contracts that a French Entity has with its employees.

 

6


12. Non-Transferability .

Notwithstanding any provision in the U.S. Plan to the contrary and, except in the case of death and in accordance with applicable laws, the French-qualified Options shall not be transferred to any third party. In addition, the French-qualified Options are exercisable only by the French Participant during the lifetime of the French Participant.

 

13. Stockholder Authorization .

The stockholders of the Company have approved the Plan in accordance with applicable U.S. laws but, for purposes of the French Option grants, such approval must be renewed at least every seventy-six (76) months, until there is an IPO.

 

14. Amendments .

Subject to the terms of the U.S. Plan, the Board or Plan Administrator reserves the right to amend or terminate the French Option Plan at any time in accordance with applicable French law.

 

15. Effective Date .

The French Option Plan is effective as of [date] 2013.

 

7


Appendix 1

[U.S. Plan]

 

8

Exhibit 10.5

BOX, INC.

2006 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

SECTION 1. PURPOSE

The purpose of the Box, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan is to attract, retain and motivate employees, officers, directors, consultants, agents, advisors and independent contractors of the Company and its Related Companies by providing them the opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company and to link their interests and efforts to the long-term interests of the Company’s stockholders.

SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS

Certain terms used in the Plan have the meanings set forth in Appendix A.

SECTION 3. ADMINISTRATION

3.1 Administration of the Plan

The Plan shall be administered by the board of directors of the Company (the “ Board ”)

3.2 Administration and Interpretation by Plan Administrator

(a) Except for the terms and conditions explicitly set forth in the Plan, the Plan Administrator shall have full power and exclusive authority, to the extent permitted by applicable law and subject to such orders or resolutions not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan as may from time to time be adopted by the Board or a committee comprised of members of the Board, to (i) select the Eligible Persons to whom Awards may from time to time be granted under the Plan; (ii) determine the type or types of Award to be granted to each Participant under the Plan; (iii) determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be covered by each Award granted under the Plan; (iv) determine the terms and conditions of any Award granted under the Plan; (v) approve the forms of notice or agreement for use under the Plan; (vi) determine whether, to what extent and under what circumstances Awards may be settled in cash, shares of Common Stock or other property or canceled or suspended; (vii) determine whether, to what extent and under what circumstances cash, shares of Common Stock, other property and other amounts payable with respect to an Award shall be deferred either automatically or at the election of the Participant; (viii) interpret and administer the Plan and any instrument evidencing an Award or notice or agreement entered into under the Plan; (ix) establish such rules and regulations as it shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan; (x) delegate ministerial duties to such of the Company’s employees as it so determines; (xi) institute and determine the terms and conditions of an Exchange Program; and (xii) make any other determination and take any other action that the Plan Administrator deems necessary or desirable for administration of the Plan.


(b) The effect on the vesting of an Award of a Company-approved leave of absence or a Participant’s working less than full-time shall be determined by the Company’s chief human resources officer or other person performing that function or, with respect to directors or executive officers, by the Board, whose determination shall be final.

(c) Decisions of the Plan Administrator shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons, including the Company, any Participant, any stockholder and any Eligible Person. A majority of the members of the Plan Administrator may determine its actions.

SECTION 4. SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

4.1 Authorized Number of Shares

Subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in Section 14.1, a maximum of 12,037,605 shares of Common Stock shall be available for issuance under the Plan. Shares issued under the Plan shall be drawn from authorized and unissued shares or shares now held or subsequently acquired by the Company as treasury shares.

4.2 Share Usage

(a) Shares of Common Stock covered by an Award shall not be counted as used unless and until they are actually issued and delivered to a Participant. If any Award lapses, expires, terminates or is canceled prior to the issuance of shares thereunder or if shares of Common Stock are issued under the Plan to a Participant and thereafter are forfeited to or otherwise reacquired by the Company, the shares subject to such Awards and the forfeited or reacquired shares shall again be available for issuance under the Plan. Any shares of Common Stock (i) tendered by a Participant or retained by the Company as full or partial payment to the Company for the purchase price of an Award or to satisfy tax withholding obligations in connection with an Award or (ii) covered by an Award that is settled in cash or in a manner such that some or all of the shares covered by the Award are not issued, shall be available for Awards under the Plan. The number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan shall not be reduced to reflect any dividends or dividend equivalents that are reinvested into additional shares of Common Stock or credited as additional shares of Common Stock subject or paid with respect to an Award.

(b) The Plan Administrator shall also, without limitation, have the authority to grant Awards as an alternative to or as the form of payment for grants or rights earned or due under other compensation plans or arrangements of the Company.

(c) Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Plan Administrator may grant Substitute Awards under the Plan. In the event that a written agreement between the Company and an Acquired Entity pursuant to which a merger or consolidation is completed is approved by the Board and said agreement sets forth the terms and conditions of the substitution for or assumption of outstanding awards of the Acquired Entity, said terms and conditions shall be deemed to be the action of the Plan Administrator without any further action by the Plan Administrator, except as may be required for compliance with Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, and the persons holding such awards shall be deemed to be Participants.

 

2


(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the maximum number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of Incentive Stock Options shall equal the aggregate share number stated in Section 4.1, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 14.1.

SECTION 5. ELIGIBILITY

An Award may be granted to any employee, officer or director of the Company or a Related Company whom the Plan Administrator from time to time selects. An Award may also be granted to any consultant, agent, advisor or independent contractor for bona fide services rendered to the Company or any Related Company that (a) are not in connection with the offer and sale of the Company’s securities in a capital-raising transaction and (b) do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities.

SECTION 6. AWARDS

6.1 Form, Grant and Settlement of Awards

The Plan Administrator shall have the authority, in its sole discretion, to determine the type or types of Awards to be granted under the Plan. Such Awards may be granted either alone, in addition to, or in tandem with, any other type of Award. Any Award settlement may be subject to such conditions, restrictions and contingencies as the Plan Administrator shall determine.

6.2 Evidence of Awards

Awards granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by a written, including an electronic, agreement that shall contain such terms, conditions, limitations and restrictions as the Plan Administrator shall deem advisable and that are not inconsistent with the Plan.

6.3 Deferrals

The Plan Administrator may permit or require a Participant to defer receipt of the payment of any Award. If any such deferral election is permitted or required, the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall establish rules and procedures for such payment deferrals, which may include the grant of additional Awards or provisions for the payment or crediting of interest or dividend equivalents, including converting such credits to deferred stock unit equivalents.

6.4 Dividends and Distributions

Participants may, if the Plan Administrator so determines, be credited with dividends paid with respect to shares underlying an Award in a manner determined by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion. The Plan Administrator may apply any restrictions to the

 

3


dividends or dividend equivalents that the Plan Administrator deems appropriate. The Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, may determine the form of payment of dividends or dividend equivalents, including cash, shares of Common Stock, Restricted Stock or Stock Units.

SECTION 7. OPTIONS

7.1 Grant of Options

The Plan Administrator may grant Options designated as Incentive Stock Options or Nonqualified Stock Options.

7.2 Option Exercise Price

The exercise price for shares purchased under an Option shall be as determined by the Plan Administrator, but shall not be less than the minimum exercise price required by Section 8.3 with respect to Incentive Stock Options except in the case of Substitute Awards.

7.3 Term of Options

Subject to earlier termination in accordance with the terms of the Plan and the instrument evidencing the Option, the maximum term of an Option (the “ Option Term ”) shall be as established for that Option by the Plan Administrator or, if not so established, shall be ten years from the Grant Date. For Incentive Stock Options, the Option Term shall be as specified in Section 8.4.

7.4 Exercise of Options

The Plan Administrator shall establish and set forth in each instrument that evidences an Option the time at which, or the installments in which, the Option shall vest and become exercisable, any of which provisions may be waived or modified by the Plan Administrator at any time. If not so established in the instrument evidencing the Option, the Option shall vest and become exercisable according to the following schedule, which may be waived or modified by the Plan Administrator at any time:

 

Period of Participant’s Continuous

Employment or Service With the

Company or Its Related Companies

From the Vesting Commencement Date

   Portion of Total Option That
Is Vested and Exercisable

After 1 year

   1/4

Each additional one-month period of continuous service completed thereafter

   An additional 1/48

After 4 years

   100%

 

4


To the extent an Option has vested and become exercisable, the Option may be exercised in whole or from time to time in part by delivery to the Company of a properly executed stock option exercise agreement or notice, in a form and in accordance with procedures established by the Plan Administrator, setting forth the number of shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised, the restrictions imposed on the shares purchased under such exercise agreement or notice, if any, and such representations and agreements as may be required by the Plan Administrator, accompanied by payment in full as described in Sections 7.5 and 12. An Option may be exercised only for whole shares and may not be exercised for less than a reasonable number of shares at any one time, as determined by the Plan Administrator.

7.5 Payment of Exercise Price

The exercise price for shares purchased under an Option shall be paid in full to the Company by delivery of consideration equal to the product of the Option exercise price and the number of shares purchased. Such consideration must be paid before the Company will issue the shares being purchased and must be in a form or a combination of forms acceptable to the Plan Administrator for that purchase, which forms may include:

(a) cash;

(b) check or wire transfer;

(c) tendering (either actually or, if and as so long as the Common Stock is registered under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Exchange Act, by attestation) shares of Common Stock already owned by the Participant, which on the day prior to the exercise date have a Fair Market Value equal to the aggregate exercise price of the shares being purchased under the Option (such shares must have been owned by the Participant for at least six months or any shorter period necessary to avoid a charge to the Company’s earnings for financial reporting purposes);

(d) if and so long as the Common Stock is registered under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Exchange Act, and to the extent permitted by law, delivery of a properly executed exercise agreement or notice, together with irrevocable instructions to a brokerage firm designated or approved by the Company to deliver promptly to the Company the aggregate amount of proceeds to pay the Option exercise price and any withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with the exercise, all in accordance with the regulations of the Federal Reserve Board; or

(e) such other consideration as the Plan Administrator may permit.

In addition, to assist a Participant (including directors and executive officers) in acquiring shares of Common Stock pursuant to an Award granted under the Plan, the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, may authorize, either at the Grant Date or at any time before the acquisition of Common Stock pursuant to the Award, (i) the payment by a Participant of the purchase price of the Common Stock by a promissory note or (ii) the

 

5


guarantee by the Company of a loan obtained by the Participant from a third party. Such notes or loans must be full recourse to the extent necessary to avoid charges to the Company’s earnings for financial reporting purposes. Subject to the foregoing, the Plan Administrator shall in its sole discretion specify the terms of any loans or loan guarantees, including the interest rate and terms of and security for repayment.

7.6 Effect of Termination of Service

The Plan Administrator shall establish and set forth in each instrument that evidences an Option whether the Option shall continue to be exercisable, and the terms and conditions of such exercise, after a Termination of Service, any of which provisions may be waived or modified by the Plan Administrator at any time. If not so established in the instrument evidencing the Option, the Option shall be exercisable according to the following terms and conditions, which may be waived or modified by the Plan Administrator at any time:

(a) Any portion of an Option that is not vested and exercisable on the date of a Participant’s Termination of Service shall expire on such date.

(b) Any portion of an Option that is vested and exercisable on the date of a Participant’s Termination of Service shall expire on the earliest to occur of

(i) if the Participant’s Termination of Service occurs for reasons other than Cause, Retirement, Disability or death, the date that is three months after such Termination of Service;

(ii) if the Participant’s Termination of Service occurs by reason of Retirement, Disability or death, the one-year anniversary of such Termination of Service; and

(iii) the last day of the Option Term (the “ Option Expiration Date ”).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant dies after the Participant’s Termination of Service but while an Option is otherwise exercisable, the portion of the Option that is vested and exercisable on the date of such Termination of Service shall expire upon the earlier to occur of (y) the Option Expiration Date and (z) the one-year anniversary of the date of death, unless the Plan Administrator determines otherwise.

Also notwithstanding the foregoing, in case a Participant’s Termination of Service occurs for Cause, all Options granted to the Participant shall automatically expire upon first notification to the Participant of such termination, unless the Plan Administrator determines otherwise. If a Participant’s employment or service relationship with the Company is suspended pending an investigation of whether the Participant shall be terminated for Cause, all the Participant’s rights under any Option shall likewise be suspended during the period of investigation. If any facts that would constitute termination for Cause are discovered after a Participant’s Termination of Service, any Option then held by the Participant may be immediately terminated by the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion.

 

6


(c) A Participant’s change in status from an employee to a nonemployee director, consultant, advisor or independent contractor or a change in status from a nonemployee director, consultant, advisor or independent contractor to an employee, shall not be considered a Termination of Service for purposes of this Section 7.6.

SECTION 8. INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, the terms and conditions of any Incentive Stock Options shall in addition comply in all respects with Section 422 of the Code, or any successor provision, and any applicable regulations thereunder, including, to the extent required thereunder, the following:

8.1 Dollar Limitation

To the extent the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the Grant Date) of Common Stock with respect to which a Participant’s Incentive Stock Options become exercisable for the first time during any calendar year (under the Plan and all other stock option plans of the Company and its parent and subsidiary corporations) exceeds $100,000, such portion in excess of $100,000 shall be treated as a Nonqualified Stock Option. In the event the Participant holds two or more such Options that become exercisable for the first time in the same calendar year, such limitation shall be applied on the basis of the order in which such Options are granted.

8.2 Eligible Employees

Individuals who are not employees of the Company or one of its parent or subsidiary corporations may not be granted Incentive Stock Options.

8.3 Exercise Price

The exercise price of an Incentive Stock Option shall be at least 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the Grant Date, and in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of the stock of the Company or of its parent or subsidiary corporations (a “ Ten Percent Stockholder ”), shall not be less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the Grant Date. The determination of more than 10% ownership shall be made in accordance with Section 422 of the Code.

8.4 Option Term

Subject to earlier termination in accordance with the terms of the Plan and the instrument evidencing the Option, the Option Term of an Incentive Stock Option shall not exceed ten years, and in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder, shall not exceed five years.

 

7


8.5 Exercisability

An Option designated as an Incentive Stock Option shall cease to qualify for favorable tax treatment as an Incentive Stock Option to the extent it is exercised (if permitted by the terms of the Option) (a) more than three months after the date of a Participant’s Termination of Service if termination was for reasons other than death or Disability, (b) more than one year after the date of a Participant’s Termination of Service if termination was by reason of Disability, or (c) after the Participant has been on leave of absence for more than 90 days, unless the Participant’s reemployment rights are guaranteed by statute or contract.

8.6 Taxation of Incentive Stock Options

In order to obtain certain tax benefits afforded to Incentive Stock Options under Section 422 of the Code, the Participant must hold the shares acquired upon the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option for two years after the Grant Date and one year after the date of exercise.

A Participant may be subject to the alternative minimum tax at the time of exercise of an Incentive Stock Option. The Participant shall give the Company prompt notice of any disposition of shares acquired on the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option prior to the expiration of such holding periods.

8.7 Code Definitions

For the purposes of this Section 8, “disability,” “parent corporation” and “subsidiary corporation” shall have the meanings attributed to those terms for purposes of Section 422 of the Code.

8.8 Promissory Notes

The amount of any promissory note delivered pursuant to Section 7.5 in connection with an Incentive Stock Option shall bear interest at a rate specified by the Plan Administrator, but in no case less than the rate required to avoid imputation of interest (taking into account any exceptions to the imputed interest rules) for federal income tax purposes.

SECTION 9. STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

9.1 Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights

The Plan Administrator may grant Stock Appreciation Rights to Participants at any time on such terms and conditions as the Plan Administrator shall determine in its sole discretion. An SAR may be granted in tandem with an Option or alone (“ freestanding ”). The grant price of a tandem SAR shall be equal to the exercise price of the related Option. The grant price of a freestanding SAR shall be established in accordance with procedures for Options set forth in Section 7.2. An SAR may be exercised upon such terms and conditions and for the term as the Plan Administrator determines in its sole discretion; provided, however, that, subject to earlier termination in accordance with the terms of the Plan and the instrument evidencing

 

8


the SAR, the term of a freestanding SAR shall be as established for that SAR by the Plan Administrator or, if not so established, shall be ten years, and in the case of a tandem SAR, (a) the term shall not exceed the term of the related Option and (b) the tandem SAR may be exercised for all or part of the shares subject to the related Option upon the surrender of the right to exercise the equivalent portion of the related Option, except that the tandem SAR may be exercised only with respect to the shares for which its related Option is then exercisable.

9.2 Payment of SAR Amount

Upon the exercise of an SAR, a Participant shall be entitled to receive payment in an amount determined by multiplying: (a) the difference between the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock for the date of exercise over the grant price of the SAR by (b) the number of shares with respect to which the SAR is exercised. At the discretion of the Plan Administrator as set forth in the instrument evidencing the Award, the payment upon exercise of an SAR may be in cash, in shares, in some combination thereof or in any other manner approved by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion.

SECTION 10. STOCK AWARDS, RESTRICTED STOCK AND STOCK UNITS

10.1 Grant of Stock Awards, Restricted Stock and Stock Units

The Plan Administrator may grant Stock Awards, Restricted Stock and Stock Units on such terms and conditions and subject to such repurchase or forfeiture restrictions, if any, which may be based on continuous service with the Company or a Related Company or the achievement of any performance goals, as the Plan Administrator shall determine in its sole discretion, which terms, conditions and restrictions shall be set forth in the instrument evidencing the Award.

10.2 Vesting of Restricted Stock and Stock Units

Upon the satisfaction of any terms, conditions and restrictions prescribed with respect to Restricted Stock or Stock Units, or upon a Participant’s release from any terms, conditions and restrictions of Restricted Stock or Stock Units, as determined by the Plan Administrator, and subject to the provisions of Section 13, (a) the shares of Restricted Stock covered by each Award of Restricted Stock shall become freely transferable by the Participant, and (b) Stock Units shall be paid in shares of Common Stock or, if set forth in the instrument evidencing the Awards, in cash or a combination of cash and shares of Common Stock. Any fractional shares subject to such Awards shall be paid to the Participant in cash.

10.3 Waiver of Restrictions

Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, may waive the repurchase or forfeiture period and any other terms, conditions or restrictions on any Restricted Stock or Stock Unit under such circumstances and subject to such terms and conditions as the Plan Administrator shall deem appropriate.

 

9


SECTION 11. OTHER STOCK OR CASH-BASED AWARDS

Subject to the terms of the Plan and such other terms and conditions as the Plan Administrator deems appropriate, the Plan Administrator may grant other incentives payable in cash or in shares of Common Stock under the Plan as it determines.

SECTION 12. WITHHOLDING

The Company may require the Participant to pay to the Company the amount of (a) any taxes that the Company is required by applicable federal, state, local or foreign law to withhold with respect to the grant, vesting or exercise of an Award (“ tax withholding obligations ”) and (b) any amounts due from the Participant to the Company or to any Related Company (“ other obligations ”). The Company shall not be required to issue any shares of Common Stock or otherwise settle an Award under the Plan until such tax withholding obligations and other obligations are satisfied.

The Plan Administrator may permit or require a Participant to satisfy all or part of the Participant’s tax withholding obligations and other obligations by (a) paying cash to the Company, (b) having the Company withhold an amount from any cash amounts otherwise due or to become due from the Company to the Participant, (c) having the Company withhold a number of shares of Common Stock that would otherwise be issued to the Participant (or become vested in the case of Restricted Stock) having a Fair Market Value equal to the tax withholding obligations and other obligations, or (d) surrendering a number of shares of Common Stock the Participant already owns having a value equal to the tax withholding obligations and other obligations. The value of the shares so withheld may not exceed the employer’s minimum required tax withholding rate, and the value of the shares so tendered may not exceed such rate to the extent the Participant has owned the tendered shares for less than six months if such limitation is necessary to avoid a charge to the Company for financial reporting purposes.

SECTION 13. ASSIGNABILITY

No Award or interest in an Award may be sold, assigned, pledged (as collateral for a loan or as security for the performance of an obligation or for any other purpose) or transferred by a Participant or made subject to attachment or similar proceedings otherwise than by will or by the applicable laws of descent and distribution, except to the extent the Participant designates one or more beneficiaries on a Company-approved form who may exercise the Award or receive payment under the Award after the Participant’s death. During a Participant’s lifetime, an Award may be exercised only by the Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing and to the extent permitted by Section 422 of the Code, the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, may permit a Participant to assign or transfer an Award, subject to such terms and conditions as the Plan Administrator shall specify.

 

10


SECTION 14. ADJUSTMENTS

14.1 Adjustment of Shares

In the event, at any time or from time to time, a stock dividend, stock split, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, distribution to stockholders other than a normal cash dividend, or other change in the Company’s corporate or capital structure results in (a) the outstanding shares of Common Stock, or any securities exchanged therefor or received in their place, being exchanged for a different number or kind of securities of the Company or any other company or (b) new, different or additional securities of the Company or any other company being received by the holders of shares of Common Stock, then the Plan Administrator shall make proportional adjustments in: (i) the maximum number and kind of securities available for issuance under the Plan; (ii) the maximum number and kind of securities issuable as Incentive Stock Options as set forth in Section 4.2(d); and (iii) the number and kind of securities that are subject to any outstanding Award and the per share price of such securities, without any change in the aggregate price to be paid therefor. The determination by the Plan Administrator as to the terms of any of the foregoing adjustments shall be conclusive and binding.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, for cash or property, or for labor or services rendered, either upon direct sale or upon the exercise of rights or warrants to subscribe therefor, or upon conversion of shares or obligations of the Company convertible into such shares or other securities, shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, outstanding Awards. Also notwithstanding the foregoing, a dissolution or liquidation of the Company or a Company Transaction shall not be governed by this Section 14.1 but shall be governed by Sections 14.2 and 14.3, respectively.

14.2 Dissolution or Liquidation

To the extent not previously exercised or settled, and unless otherwise determined by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion, Options, Stock Appreciation Rights and Stock Units shall terminate immediately prior to the dissolution or liquidation of the Company. To the extent a vesting condition, forfeiture provision or repurchase right applicable to an Award has not been waived by the Plan Administrator, the Award shall be forfeited immediately prior to the consummation of the dissolution or liquidation.

14.3 Company Transaction

14.3.1 Effect of a Company Transaction

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, unless the Plan Administrator shall determine otherwise at the time of grant with respect to a particular Award, in the event of a Company Transaction that is not a Related Party Transaction, 25% of the unvested portion of the outstanding Awards shall become fully and immediately exercisable or payable, and all applicable deferral and restriction limitations or forfeiture

 

11


provisions shall lapse, immediately prior to the Company Transaction, unless such Awards are assumed or substituted for by the Successor Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to outstanding Options or Stock Appreciation Rights, the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, may instead provide that such Awards shall terminate upon consummation of such Company Transaction and that each such Participant shall receive, in exchange therefor, a cash payment equal to the amount (if any) by which (a) the Acquisition Price multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock subject to such outstanding Options or SARs (either to the extent then vested and exercisable or whether or not then vested and exercisable, as determined by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion) exceeds (b) the respective aggregate exercise price for such Options or grant price for such SARs. If and to the extent the Successor Company assumes or substitutes outstanding Awards, the forfeiture provisions applicable to such Awards shall not lapse, and all such restrictions shall continue with respect to any shares of the Successor Company or other consideration that may be issued in exchange or in substitution for such Awards.

14.3.2 Assumption or Substitution

For the purposes of this Section 14.3, an Award shall be considered assumed or substituted for if following the Company Transaction an option or right confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Common Share subject to the Award immediately prior to the Company Transaction, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the Company Transaction by holders of Common Stock for each share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the Company Transaction is not solely common stock of the Successor Company, the Plan Administrator may, with the consent of the Successor Company, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Option, for each share of Common Stock subject thereto, to be solely common stock of the Successor Company substantially equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the Company Transaction. The determination of such substantial equality of value of consideration shall be made by the Plan Administrator and its determination shall be conclusive and binding.

14.4 Further Adjustment of Awards

Subject to Sections 14.2 and 14.3, the Plan Administrator shall have the discretion, exercisable at any time before a sale, merger, consolidation, reorganization, liquidation, dissolution or change in control of the Company, as defined by the Plan Administrator, to take such further action as it determines to be necessary or advisable with respect to Awards. Such authorized action may include (but shall not be limited to) establishing, amending or waiving the type, terms, conditions or duration of, or restrictions on, Awards so as to provide for earlier, later, extended or additional time for exercise, lifting restrictions and other modifications, and the Plan Administrator may take such actions with respect to all Participants, to certain categories of Participants or only to individual Participants. The Plan Administrator may take such action before or after granting Awards to which the action relates and before or after any public announcement with respect to such sale, merger, consolidation, reorganization, liquidation, dissolution or change in control that is the reason for such action.

 

12


14.5 No Limitations

The grant of Awards shall in no way affect the Company’s right to adjust, reclassify, reorganize or otherwise change its capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, liquidate or sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

14.6 Fractional Shares

In the event of any adjustment in the number of shares covered by any Award, each such Award shall cover only the number of full shares resulting from such adjustment.

SECTION 15. FIRST REFUSAL RIGHTS

15.1 First Refusal Rights

Until the date on which the initial registration of the Common Stock under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Exchange Act first becomes effective, the Company shall have the right of first refusal with respect to any proposed sale or other disposition by a Participant of any shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to an Award. Such right of first refusal shall be exercisable in accordance with the terms and conditions established by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the stock purchase agreement evidencing the purchase of the shares.

15.2 General

The Company may not exercise its first refusal rights under Section 15.1 earlier than six months and one day following the date the shares were purchased by a Participant (or any shorter period determined by the Company to be sufficient to avoid a charge to the Company’s earnings for financial reporting purposes or required by applicable law).

The Company’s first refusal rights under this Section 15 are assignable by the Company at any time.

SECTION 16. MARKET STANDOFF

In the event of an underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, including the Company’s initial public offering, no person may sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer for value or otherwise agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to any shares issued pursuant to an Award granted under the Plan without the prior written consent of the Company or its underwriters. Such limitations shall be in effect for such period of time as may be requested by the Company or such underwriters; provided,

 

13


however, that in no event shall such period exceed 180 days after the effective date of the registration statement, plus, if requested by the Company, an extension of up to an additional 37 days to enable compliance with NYSE Rule 472 or NASD Conduct Rule 2711. The limitations of this Section 16 shall in all events terminate two years after the effective date of the Company’s initial public offering.

In the event of any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other change affecting the Company’s outstanding Common Stock effected as a class without the Company’s receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities distributed with respect to the purchased shares shall be immediately subject to the provisions of this Section 16, to the same extent the purchased shares are at such time covered by such provisions.

In order to enforce the limitations of this Section 16, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the purchased shares until the end of the applicable standoff period.

SECTION 17. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

17.1 Amendment, Suspension or Termination

The Board may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan or any portion of the Plan at any time and in such respects as it shall deem advisable; provided, however, that, to the extent required by applicable law, regulation or stock exchange rule, stockholder approval shall be required for any amendment to the Plan. Subject to Section 17.3, the Board may amend the terms of any outstanding Award, prospectively or retroactively.

17.2 Term of the Plan

The Plan shall have no fixed expiration date. After the Plan is terminated, no future Awards may be granted, but Awards previously granted shall remain outstanding in accordance with their applicable terms and conditions and the Plan’s terms and conditions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Incentive Stock Options may be granted more than ten years after the later of (a) the adoption of the Plan by the Board and (b) the adoption by the Board of any amendment to the Plan that constitutes the adoption of a new plan for purposes of Section 422 of the Code.

17.3 Consent of Participant

The amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan or a portion thereof or the amendment of an outstanding Award shall not, without the Participant’s consent, materially adversely affect any rights under any Award theretofore granted to the Participant under the Plan. Any change or adjustment to an outstanding Incentive Stock Option shall not, without the consent of the Participant, be made in a manner so as to constitute a “modification” that would cause such Incentive Stock Option to fail to continue to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any adjustments made pursuant to Section 14 shall not be subject to these restrictions.

 

14


SECTION 18. GENERAL

18.1 No Individual Rights

No individual or Participant shall have any claim to be granted any Award under the Plan, and the Company has no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Participants under the Plan.

Furthermore, nothing in the Plan or any Award granted under the Plan shall be deemed to constitute an employment contract or confer or be deemed to confer on any Participant any right to continue in the employ of, or to continue any other relationship with, the Company or any Related Company or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Related Company to terminate a Participant’s employment or other relationship at any time, with or without cause.

18.2 Issuance of Shares

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Company shall have no obligation to issue or deliver any shares of Common Stock under the Plan or make any other distribution of benefits under the Plan unless, in the opinion of the Company’s counsel, such issuance, delivery or distribution would comply with all applicable laws (including, without limitation, the requirements of the Securities Act or the laws of any state or foreign jurisdiction) and the applicable requirements of any securities exchange or similar entity.

The Company shall be under no obligation to any Participant to register for offering or resale or to qualify for exemption under the Securities Act, or to register or qualify under the laws of any state or foreign jurisdiction, any shares of Common Stock, security or interest in a security paid or issued under, or created by, the Plan, or to continue in effect any such registrations or qualifications if made.

As a condition to the exercise of an Option or any other receipt of Common Stock pursuant to an Award under the Plan, the Company may require (a) the Participant to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise or receipt that such shares are being purchased or received only for the Participant’s own account and without any present intention to sell or distribute such shares and (b) such other action or agreement by the Participant as may from time to time be necessary to comply with the federal, state and foreign securities laws. At the option of the Company, a stop-transfer order against any such shares may be placed on the official stock books and records of the Company, and a legend indicating that such shares may not be pledged, sold or otherwise transferred, unless an opinion of counsel is provided (concurred in by counsel for the Company) stating that such transfer is not in violation of any applicable law or regulation, may be stamped on stock certificates to ensure exemption from registration. The Plan Administrator may also require the Participant to execute and deliver to the Company a purchase agreement or such other agreement as may be in use by the Company at such time that describes certain terms and conditions applicable to the shares.

 

15


To the extent the Plan or any instrument evidencing an Award provides for issuance of stock certificates to reflect the issuance of shares of Common Stock, the issuance may be effected on a noncertificated basis, to the extent not prohibited by applicable law or the applicable rules of any stock exchange.

18.3 Indemnification

Each person who is or shall have been a member of the Board shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from any loss, cost, liability or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by such person in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit or proceeding to which such person may be a party or in which such person may be involved by reason of any action taken or failure to act under the Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by such person in settlement thereof, with the Company’s approval, or paid by such person in satisfaction of any judgment in any such claim, action, suit or proceeding against such person; provided, however, that such person shall give the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before such person undertakes to handle and defend it on such person’s own behalf. Notwithstanding the prior sentence, the indemnification provisions of this Section 18.3 shall not apply if such loss, cost, liability or expense is a result of such person’s own willful misconduct.

The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such person may be entitled under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or of any power that the Company may have to indemnify or hold harmless.

18.4 No Rights as a Stockholder

Unless otherwise provided by the Plan Administrator or in the instrument evidencing the Award or in a written employment, services or other agreement, no Option, Stock Appreciation Right or Stock Unit shall entitle the Participant to any cash dividend, voting or other right of a stockholder unless and until the date of issuance under the Plan of the shares that are the subject of such Award.

18.5 Compliance With Laws and Regulations

In interpreting and applying the provisions of the Plan, any Option granted as an Incentive Stock Option pursuant to the Plan shall, to the extent permitted by law, be construed as an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

 

16


18.6 Participants in Other Countries or Jurisdictions

Without amending the Plan, the Plan Administrator may grant Awards to eligible persons who are foreign nationals on such terms and conditions different from those specified in the Plan, which may, in the judgment of the Plan Administrator, be necessary or desirable to foster and promote achievement of the purposes of the Plan and shall have the authority to adopt such modifications, procedures, subplans and the like as may be necessary or desirable to comply with provisions of the laws or regulations of other countries or jurisdictions in which the Company or any Related Company may operate or have employees to ensure the viability of the benefits from Awards granted to Participants employed in such countries or jurisdictions, meet the requirements that permit the Plan to operate in a qualified or tax efficient manner, comply with applicable foreign laws or regulations and meet the objectives of the Plan.

18.7 No Trust or Fund

The Plan is intended to constitute an “unfunded” plan. Nothing contained herein shall require the Company to segregate any monies or other property, or shares of Common Stock, or to create any trusts, or to make any special deposits for any immediate or deferred amounts payable to any Participant, and no Participant shall have any rights that are greater than those of a general unsecured creditor of the Company.

18.8 Successors

All obligations of the Company under the Plan with respect to Awards shall be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all the business and/or assets of the Company.

18.9 Severability

If any provision of the Plan or any Award is determined to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, or as to any person, or would disqualify the Plan or any Award under any law deemed applicable by the Plan Administrator, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to applicable laws, or, if it cannot be so construed or deemed amended without, in the Plan Administrator’s determination, materially altering the intent of the Plan or the Award, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction, person or Award, and the remainder of the Plan and any such Award shall remain in full force and effect.

18.10 Choice of Law and Venue

The Plan, all Awards granted thereunder and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant hereto, to the extent not otherwise governed by the laws of the United States, shall be governed by the laws of the State of Washington without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law. Participants irrevocably consent to the nonexclusive jurisdiction and venue of the state and federal courts located in the State of Washington.

 

17


18.11 Legal Requirements

The granting of Awards and the issuance of shares of Common Stock under the Plan is subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

18.12 Appendix Provisions

Participants who are residents of the State of California shall be subject to the additional terms and conditions set forth in Appendix B to the Plan until such time as the Common Stock becomes a “listed” security under the Securities Act.

SECTION 19. EFFECTIVE DATE

The effective date (the “ Effective Date ”) is the date on which the Plan is adopted by the Board. If the stockholders of the Company do not approve the Plan within 12 months after the Board’s adoption of the Plan, any Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan will be treated as Nonqualified Stock Options.

 

18


APPENDIX A

Acquired Entity ” means any entity acquired by the Company or a Related Company or with which the Company or a Related Company merges or combines.

Acquisition Price ” means the fair market value of the securities, cash or other property, or any combination thereof, receivable upon consummation of a Company Transaction in respect of a share of Common Stock.

Award ” means any Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Stock Award, Restricted Stock, Stock Unit or cash-based award or other incentive payable in cash or in shares of Common Stock, as may be designated by the Plan Administrator from time to time.

Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

Cause ,” unless otherwise defined in the instrument evidencing an Award or in a written employment, services or other agreement between the Participant and the Company or a Related Company, means dishonesty, fraud, serious or willful misconduct, unauthorized use or disclosure of confidential information or trade secrets, violation of a noncompetition agreement, or conduct prohibited by law (except minor violations), in each case as determined by the Company’s chief human resources officer or other person performing that function or, in the case of directors and executive officers, the Board, whose determination shall be conclusive and binding.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

Common Stock ” means the common stock, no par value, of the Company.

Company ” means Box, Inc., a Washington corporation.

Company Transaction ,” unless otherwise defined in the instrument evidencing the Award or in a written employment, services or other agreement between the Participant and the Company or a Related Company, means consummation of:

(a) a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into any other company or other entity;

(b) a sale in one transaction or a series of transactions undertaken with a common purpose of at least a majority in voting power of the Company’s outstanding voting securities; or

(c) a sale, lease, exchange or other transfer in one transaction or a series of related transactions undertaken with a common purpose of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

 

A-1


Where a series of transactions undertaken with a common purpose is deemed to be a Company Transaction, the date of such Company Transaction shall be the date on which the last of such transactions is consummated.

Disability ,” unless otherwise defined by the Plan Administrator or in the instrument evidencing the Award or in a written employment, services or other agreement between the Participant and the Company or a Related Company, means a mental or physical impairment of the Participant that is expected to result in death or that has lasted or is expected to last for a continuous period of 12 months or more and that causes the Participant to be unable to perform his or her material duties for the Company or a Related Company and to be engaged in any substantial gainful activity, in each case as determined by the Company’s chief human resources officer or other person performing that function or, in the case of directors and executive officers, the Board, each of whose determination shall be conclusive and binding.

Effective Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 19.

Eligible Person ” means any person eligible to receive an Award as set forth in Section 5.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

Exchange Program ” means a program under which (i) outstanding Awards are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for awards of the same type (which may have higher or lower exercise prices and different terms), awards of a different type, and/or cash, (ii) Participants would have the opportunity to transfer any outstanding Awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the Plan Administrator, and/or (iii) the exercise price of an outstanding Award is increased or reduced. The Plan Administrator will determine the terms and conditions of any Exchange Program in its sole discretion.

Fair Market Value ” means the per share fair market value of the Common Stock as established in good faith by the Plan Administrator or, if the Common Stock is publicly traded, the average of the high and low trading prices for the Common Stock on any given date during regular trading, or if not trading on that date, such price on the last preceding date on which the Common Stock was traded, unless determined otherwise by the Plan Administrator using such methods or procedures as it may establish.

Grant Date ” means the later of (a) the date on which the Plan Administrator completes the corporate action authorizing the grant of an Award or such later date specified by the Plan Administrator or (b) the date on which all conditions precedent to an Award have been satisfied, provided that conditions to the exercisability or vesting of Awards shall not defer the Grant Date.

Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option granted with the intention that it qualify as an “incentive stock option” as that term is defined for purposes of Section 422 of the Code or any successor provision.

Nonqualified Stock Option ” means an Option other than an Incentive Stock Option.

Option ” means a right to purchase Common Stock granted under Section 7.

Option Expiration Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.6.

Option Term ” means the maximum term of an Option as set forth in Section 7.3.

Participant ” means any Eligible Person to whom an Award is granted.

 

A-2


Plan ” means the Box, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan.

Plan Administrator ” means the Board.

Related Company ” means any entity that, directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by or is under common control with the Company.

Related Party Transaction ” means (a) a merger or consolidation of the Company in which the holders of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to the merger or consolidation hold at least a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Successor Company immediately after the merger or consolidation; (b) a sale, lease, exchange or other transfer of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to a majority-owned subsidiary company; or (c) a transaction undertaken for the principal purpose of restructuring the capital of the Company, including, but not limited to, reincorporating the Company in a different jurisdiction, converting the Company to a limited liability company or creating a holding company.

Restricted Stock ” means an Award of shares of Common Stock granted under Section 10, the rights of ownership of which are subject to restrictions prescribed by the Plan Administrator.

Retirement ,” unless otherwise defined in the instrument evidencing the Award or in a written employment, services or other agreement between the Participant and the Company or a Related Company, means “retirement” as defined for purposes of the Plan by the Plan Administrator or the Company’s chief human resources officer or other person performing that function or, if not so defined, means Termination of Service on or after the date the Participant reaches “normal retirement age,” as that term is defined in Section 411(a)(8) of the Code.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

Stock Appreciation Right ” or “ SAR ” means a right granted under Section 9.1 to receive the excess of the Fair Market Value of a specified number of shares of Common Stock over the grant price.

Stock Award ” means an Award of shares of Common Stock granted under Section 10, the rights of ownership of which are not subject to restrictions prescribed by the Plan Administrator.

Stock Unit ” means an Award denominated in units of Common Stock granted under Section 10.

Substitute Awards ” means Awards granted or shares of Common Stock issued by the Company in substitution or exchange for awards previously granted by an Acquired Entity.

 

A-3


“Successor Company” means the surviving company, the successor company, the acquiring company or its parent, as applicable, in connection with a Company Transaction.

Termination of Service ” means a termination of employment or service relationship with the Company or a Related Company for any reason, whether voluntary or involuntary, including by reason of death, Disability or Retirement. Any question as to whether and when there has been a Termination of Service for the purposes of an Award and the cause of such Termination of Service shall be determined by the Company’s chief human resources officer or other person performing that function or, with respect to directors and executive officers, by the Board, whose determination shall be conclusive and binding. Transfer of a Participant’s employment or service relationship between the Company and any Related Company shall not be considered a Termination of Service for purposes of an Award. Unless the Board determines otherwise, a Termination of Service shall be deemed to occur if the Participant’s employment or service relationship is with an entity that has ceased to be a Related Company.

Vesting Commencement Date ” means the Grant Date or such other date selected by the Plan Administrator as the date from which an Award begins to vest.

 

A-4


APPENDIX B

TO THE BOX, INC.

2006 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

(For California Residents Only)

This Appendix to the Box, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) shall have application only to Participants who are residents of the State of California. Capitalized terms contained herein shall have the same meanings given to them in the Plan, unless otherwise provided in this Appendix. Notwithstanding any provision contained in the Plan to the contrary and to the extent required by applicable law, the following terms and conditions shall apply to all Awards granted to residents of the State of California, until such time as the Common Stock becomes a “listed security” under the Securities Act:

1. Nonqualified Stock Options shall have an exercise price that is not less than 85% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock at the Grant Date, except that the exercise price shall be at least 110% of the Fair Market Value in the case of any person who owns stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or its parent or subsidiary companies.

2. The purchase price for any shares of Common Stock that may be purchased under the Plan (“ Stock Purchase Rights ”) shall be at least 85% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock at the time the Participant is granted the Stock Purchase Right or at the time the purchase is consummated. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the purchase price shall be at least 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock at the time the Participant is granted the Stock Purchase Right or at the time the purchase is consummated in the case of any person who owns stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or its parent or subsidiary companies.

3. Options shall have a term of not more than ten years from the Grant Date.

4. Awards shall be nontransferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and to the extent permitted by Section 422 of the Code, the Plan Administrator, in its discretion, may permit distribution of an Option to an inter vivos or testamentary trust in which the Option is to be passed to beneficiaries upon the death of the trustor (settlor), or by gift to “immediate family” as that term is defined in Rule 16a-1(e) under the Exchange Act.

5. Options shall become exercisable at the rate of at least 20% per year over five years from the date the Option is granted, subject to reasonable conditions such as continued employment. However, in the case of an Option granted to officers, directors or consultants of the Company or a Related Company, the Option may become fully exercisable, subject to reasonable conditions such as continued employment, at any time or during any period established by the Company or a Related Company.

 

B-1


6. Unless employment or services are terminated for Cause, the right to exercise an Option in the event of Termination of Service, to the extent that the Participant is otherwise entitled to exercise an Option on the date of Termination of Service, shall be

a. at least six months from the date of a Participant’s Termination of Service if termination was caused by death or Disability; and

b. at least 30 days from the date of a Participant’s Termination of Service if termination of employment was caused by other than death or Disability;

c. but in no event later than the Option Expiration Date.

7. No Award may be granted to a resident of California more than ten years after the earlier of the date of adoption of the Plan and the date the Plan is approved by the stockholders.

8. Any Award exercised before stockholder approval is obtained shall be rescinded if stockholder approval is not obtained within 12 months before or after the Plan is adopted. Such shares shall not be counted in determining whether such approval is obtained.

9. The Company shall provide annual financial statements of the Company to each California resident holding an outstanding Award under the Plan. Such financial statements need not be audited and need not be issued to key employees whose duties at the Company assure them access to equivalent information.

10. Any right of repurchase on behalf of the Company in the event of a Participant’s Termination of Service shall be (a) at a purchase price that is not less than the Fair Market Value of the securities upon Termination of Service, and the right to repurchase shall be exercised for cash or cancellation of purchase money indebtedness for the shares within 90 days of Termination of Service (or in the case of securities issued upon exercise of Options after the date of Termination of Service, within 90 days after the date of the exercise), and the right shall terminate when the Company’s securities become publicly traded; or (b) at the original purchase price, provided that the right to repurchase at the original purchase price lapses at the rate of at least 20% of the shares per year over five years from the date the Option or Stock Purchase Right is granted (without respect to the date the Option or Stock Purchase Right was exercised or became exercisable) and the right to repurchase shall be exercised for cash or cancellation of purchase money indebtedness for the shares within 90 days of Termination of Service (or in the case of securities issued upon exercise of Options after the date of Termination of Service, within 90 days after the date of the exercise). In addition to the restrictions set forth in clauses (a) and (b), the securities held by an officer, director or consultant of the Company or a Related Company may be subject to additional or greater restrictions.

 

B-2


BOX, INC.

2006 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE

Box, Inc. (the “ Company ”) hereby grants to Participant an Option (the “ Option ”) to purchase shares of the Company’s Common Stock. The Option is subject to all the terms and conditions set forth in this Stock Option Grant Notice (this “ Grant Notice ”) and in the Stock Option Agreement and the Company’s 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), which are attached to and incorporated into this Grant Notice in their entirety.

 

Participant:    <<Optionee>>
Grant Date:    <<Grant_Date>>
Vesting Commencement Date:    <<VestDate>>
Number of Shares Subject to Option:    <<NoShares>>
Exercise Price (per Share):    <<Price>>
Option Expiration Date:    <<Expiration>> (subject to earlier termination in accordance with the terms of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement)
Type of Option:    ¨ Incentive Stock Option *    ¨ Nonqualified Stock Option
Vesting and Exercisability Schedule:    <<Vesting_Schedule>>   

Additional Terms/Acknowledgement : The undersigned Participant acknowledges receipt of, and understands and agrees to, this Grant Notice, the Stock Option Agreement and the Plan. Participant further acknowledges that as of the Grant Date, this Grant Notice, the Stock Option Agreement and the Plan set forth the entire understanding between Participant and the Company regarding the Option and supersede all prior oral and written agreements on the subject [, with the exception of the following agreements:                     ] .

 

BOX, INC.:     PARTICIPANT:
By:  

 

   

 

Its:  

 

    Signature  
      Date:  

 

Attachments:     Address:  

 

1.      Stock Option Agreement

   

 

2.      2006 Stock Incentive Plan

    Taxpayer ID:                                                                                       

 

 

*   See Sections 3 and 4 of the Stock Option Agreement.


BOX, INC.

2006 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Pursuant to your Stock Option Grant Notice (the “ Grant Notice ”) and this Stock Option Agreement, Box, Inc. has granted you an Option under its 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock indicated in your Grant Notice (the “ Shares ”) at the exercise price indicated in your Grant Notice. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined in this Stock Option Agreement but defined in the Plan have the same definitions as in the Plan.

The details of the Option are as follows:

1. Vesting and Exercisability . Subject to the limitations contained herein, the Option will vest and become exercisable as provided in your Grant Notice, provided that vesting will cease upon your Termination of Service and the unvested portion of the Option will terminate.

2. Securities Law Compliance . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, you may not exercise the Option unless the Shares issuable upon exercise are registered under the Securities Act or, if such Shares are not then so registered, the Company has determined that such exercise and issuance would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The exercise of the Option must also comply with other applicable laws and regulations governing the Option, and you may not exercise the Option if the Company determines that such exercise would not be in material compliance with such laws and regulations.

3. Incentive Stock Option Qualification . If so designated in your Grant Notice, all or a portion of the Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under federal income tax law, but the Company does not represent or guarantee that the Option qualifies as such.

If the Option has been designated as an Incentive Stock Option and the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the grant date) of the shares of Common Stock subject to the portions of the Option and all other Incentive Stock Options you hold that first become exercisable during any calendar year exceeds $100,000, any excess portion will be treated as a Nonqualified Stock Option, unless the Internal Revenue Service changes the rules and regulations governing the $100,000 limit for Incentive Stock Options. A portion of the Option may be treated as a Nonqualified Stock Option if certain events cause exercisability of the Option to accelerate.

4. Notice of Disqualifying Disposition . To the extent the Option has been designated as an Incentive Stock Option, to obtain certain tax benefits afforded to Incentive Stock Options, you must hold the Shares issued upon the exercise of the Option for two years after the Grant Date and one year after the date of exercise. You may be subject to the alternative minimum tax at the time of exercise. You should obtain tax advice when exercising the Option and prior to the disposition of the Shares. By accepting the Option, you agree to promptly notify the Company if you dispose of any of the Shares within one year from the date you exercise all or part of the Option or within two years from the Grant Date.


5. Method of Exercise . You may exercise the Option by giving written notice to the Company, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, which will state your election to exercise the Option and the number of Shares for which you are exercising the Option. The written notice must be accompanied by full payment of the exercise price for the number of Shares you are purchasing. You may make this payment in any combination of the following: (a) by cash; (b) by check acceptable to the Company; (c) if permitted by the Plan Administrator, by having shares of Common Stock that would otherwise be issued to you upon exercise of the Option withheld to pay the exercise price; (d) if permitted by the Plan Administrator, by using shares of Common Stock you have owned for at least six months; (e) if the Common Stock is registered under the Exchange Act and to the extent permitted by law, by instructing a broker to deliver to the Company the total payment required, all in accordance with the regulations of the Federal Reserve Board; or (f) by any other method permitted by the Plan Administrator.

6. Repurchase and First Refusal Rights . So long as the Common Stock is not registered under the Exchange Act, the Company may, in its sole discretion at the time of exercise, require you to sign a stock purchase agreement, in the form to be provided, pursuant to which you will grant to the Company certain repurchase and/or first refusal rights to purchase the Shares acquired by you upon exercise of the Option. Upon request to the Company, you may review a current form of this agreement prior to exercise of the Option.

7. Market Standoff . By exercising the Option you agree that the Shares will be subject to the market standoff restrictions on transfer set forth in the Plan.

8. Treatment Upon Termination of Employment or Service Relationship . The unvested portion of the Option will terminate automatically and without further notice immediately upon termination of your employment or service relationship with the Company or a Related Company for any reason (“ Termination of Service ”). You may exercise the vested portion of the Option as follows:

(a) General Rule . You must exercise the vested portion of the Option on or before the earlier of (i) three months after your Termination of Service and (ii) the Option Expiration Date;

(b) Retirement or Disability . If your employment or service relationship terminates due to Retirement or Disability, you must exercise the vested portion of the Option on or before the earlier of (i) one year after your Termination of Service and (ii) the Option Expiration Date.

(c) Death . If your employment or service relationship terminates due to your death, the vested portion of the Option must be exercised on or before the earlier of (i) one year after your Termination of Service and (ii) the Option Expiration Date. If you die after your Termination of Service but while the Option is still exercisable, the vested portion of the Option may be exercised until the earlier of (x) one year after the date of death and (y) the Option Expiration Date; and

(d) Cause . The vested portion of the Option will automatically expire at the time the Company first notifies you of your Termination of Service for Cause, unless the Plan

 

-2-


Administrator determines otherwise. If your employment or service relationship is suspended pending an investigation of whether you will be terminated for Cause, all your rights under the Option likewise will be suspended during the period of investigation. If any facts that would constitute termination for Cause are discovered after your Termination of Service, any Option you then hold may be immediately terminated by the Plan Administrator.

The Option must be exercised within three months after termination of employment for reasons other than death or Disability and one year after termination of employment due to Disability to qualify for the beneficial tax treatment afforded Incentive Stock Options.

It is your responsibility to be aware of the date the Option terminates.

9. Limited Transferability . During your lifetime only you can exercise the Option. The Option is not transferable except by will or by the applicable laws of descent and distribution. The Plan provides for exercise of the Option by a beneficiary designated on a Company-approved form or the personal representative of your estate. Notwithstanding the foregoing and to the extent permitted by Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, may permit you to assign or transfer the Option, subject to such terms and conditions as specified by the Plan Administrator.

10. Withholding Taxes . As a condition to the exercise of any portion of an Option, you must make such arrangements as the Company may require for the satisfaction of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with such exercise.

11. Option Not an Employment or Service Contract . Nothing in the Plan or any Award granted under the Plan will be deemed to constitute an employment contract or confer or be deemed to confer any right for you to continue in the employ of, or to continue any other relationship with, the Company or any Related Company or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Related Company to terminate your employment or other relationship at any time, with or without Cause.

12. No Right to Damages . You will have no right to bring a claim or to receive damages if you are required to exercise the vested portion of the Option within three months (one year in the case of Retirement, Disability or death) of your Termination of Service or if any portion of the Option is cancelled or expires unexercised. The loss of existing or potential profit in Awards will not constitute an element of damages in the event of your Termination of Service for any reason even if the termination is in violation of an obligation of the Company or a Related Company to you.

13. Binding Effect . This Agreement will inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company and be binding upon you and your heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

14. Section 409A Compliance . Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, the Plan Administrator may, at any time and without your consent, modify the terms of the Option as it determines appropriate to avoid the imposition of additional taxes under Section 409A of the Code.

 

-3-


[For non-US Residents only]:

15. Limitation on Rights; No Right to Future Grants; Extraordinary Item of Compensation . By entering into this Agreement and accepting the grant of the Option evidenced hereby, you acknowledge: (a) that the Plan is discretionary in nature and may be suspended or terminated by the Company at any time; (b) that the grant of the Option is a one-time benefit which does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of options, or benefits in lieu of options; (c) that all determinations with respect to any such future grants, including, but not limited to, the times when options will be granted, the number of shares subject to each option, the option price, and the time or times when each option will be exercisable, will be at the sole discretion of the Company; (d) that your participation in the Plan is voluntary; (e) that the value of the Option is an extraordinary item of compensation which is outside the scope of your employment contract, if any; (f) that the Option is not part of normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating any severance, resignation, redundancy, end of service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits or similar payments; (g) that the vesting of the Option ceases upon your Termination of Service for any reason except as may otherwise be explicitly provided in the Plan or this Agreement or otherwise permitted by the Plan Administrator; (h) that the future value of the Shares underlying the Option is unknown and cannot be predicted with certainty; and (i) that if the Shares underlying the Option do not increase in value, the Option will have no value.

16. Employee Data Privacy . By entering this Agreement, you (a) authorize the Company and your employer, if different, and any agent of the Company administering the Plan or providing Plan recordkeeping services, to disclose to the Company or any of its affiliates any information and data the Company requests in order to facilitate the grant of the Option and the administration of the Plan; (b) waive any data privacy rights you may have with respect to such information; and (c) authorize the Company and its agents to store and transmit such information in electronic form.

 

-4-


BOX, INC.

2006 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE AND STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

By your signature and the signature of the representative of Box, Inc. (the “ Company ”) below, you and the Company agree that you are purchasing shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), the agreement evidencing the applicable Option (the “ Option Agreement ”) and this Exercise Notice and Stock Purchase Agreement (this “ Agreement ”). Capitalized terms that are not defined in this Agreement have the meanings given to them in the Plan.

 

Purchaser:      Employee Name
Address:     

Address

 

Address

Taxpayer I.D. number:       
Total number of shares for which Option is being exercised now (these shares are referred to below as “Shares”):       
Total exercise price for Shares:      Amount
(Note: If you are exercising more than one stock option under this Agreement, please complete Attachment A instead of completing the following four items):     
Option Grant Number:      Number
Option Grant Date      Date
Vesting Start Date      Date
Type of Option:     

¨   Incentive Stock Option

¨   Nonqualified Stock Option

Exercise price per share:      $                     
Total number of shares subject to Option:      Shares

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date indicated below.

 

BOX, INC.         PARTICIPANT

By:

         

 

Its:

             Signature

Date:

          Date:      

 

  

 

     ¨ Check Box if Not Legally Married   

 

        PARTICIPANT’S SPOUSE
       

 

 

  

 

    

 

   Signature
        Print Name:   

 


BOX, INC.

2006 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

1. Payment of Exercise Price

Prior to or concurrently with the delivery of this Agreement to the Company, you have delivered the exercise price for the Shares in accordance with the terms of the Plan and the Option Agreement.

2. Securities Law Compliance

2.1 You represent and warrant that you (a) have been furnished with a copy of the Plan and all information which you deem necessary to evaluate the merits and risks of the purchase of the Shares, (b) have had the opportunity to ask questions and receive answers concerning the information received about the Shares and the Company, and (c) have been given the opportunity to obtain any additional information you deem necessary to verify the accuracy of any information obtained concerning the Shares and the Company.

2.2 You hereby confirm that you have been informed that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), or any state securities laws pursuant to exemptions from registration. You further confirm that you understand that the reliance by the Company on such exemptions is predicated in part on the truth and accuracy of the statements by you in this Agreement.

2.3 You hereby represent and warrant that you are purchasing the Shares for your own account, for investment purposes only, and not with a view towards the distribution or public offering of all or any part of the Shares.

2.4 You hereby confirm that you understand that because the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act, you must continue to bear the economic risk of the investment for an indefinite period of time and the Shares cannot be sold unless the Shares are subsequently registered or an exemption from registration is available.

2.5 You hereby agree that you will in no event sell or distribute all or any part of the Shares only pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and if (a) there is an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws covering any such transaction involving the Shares or (b) the Company receives an opinion of your legal counsel (concurred in by legal counsel for the Company) stating that such transaction is exempt from registration or, in the Company’s sole discretion, the Company otherwise satisfies itself that such transaction is exempt from registration.

2.6 You hereby consent to the placing of a legend on your certificate(s) as set forth in Section 5 and to the placing of a stop-transfer order on the books of the Company and with any transfer agents against the Shares until the Shares may be legally resold or distributed.

2.7 You hereby confirm that you understand that at the present time Rule 144 of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”) may not be relied on for the resale or distribution of the Shares by you. You understand that the Company has no obligation to you to register the Shares with the SEC and has not represented to you that it will so register the Shares.


2.8 You confirm that you have been advised, prior to your purchase of the Shares, that neither the offering of the Shares nor any offering materials have been reviewed by any administrator under the Securities Act or any other applicable securities act (the “ Acts ”) and that the Shares have not been registered under any of the Acts and therefore cannot be resold unless they are registered under the Acts or unless an exemption from such registration is available.

2.9 You hereby agree to indemnify the Company and hold it harmless from and against any loss, claim or liability, including attorneys’ fees or legal expenses, incurred by the Company as a result of any breach by you of, or any inaccuracy in, any representation, warranty or statement made by you in this Agreement or the breach by you of any terms or conditions of this Agreement.

3. Transfer Restrictions

3.1 Restrictions on Transfer . Shares will not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, encumbered or otherwise disposed of in contravention of the provisions of this Agreement. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Shares may not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, encumbered or otherwise disposed of without the Company’s prior written consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld. If the Company’ consents to such sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or other disposal of the Shares, you agree to (a) pay the Company a transfer processing fee of $3,500 per transaction (whereby transfers to separate transferees shall be deemed to be separate transactions); and (b) provide an opinion of your legal counsel and the counsel of the transferee (concurred in by legal counsel for the Company) stating that such transaction is exempt from registration under applicable securities laws or, in the Company’s sole discretion, the Company otherwise satisfies itself that such transaction is exempt from registration under applicable securities laws. Such restrictions on transfer, however, will not apply to a transfer to the Company in pledge as security for any purchase-money indebtedness incurred by you in connection with the acquisition of the Shares.

3.2 Transferee Obligations. Each person (other than the Company) to whom the Shares are transferred must, as a condition precedent to the validity of such transfer, acknowledge in writing to the Company that such person is bound by the provisions of this Agreement, to the same extent the Shares would be so subject if retained by you.

3.3 Market Standoff . In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, including the Company’s initial public offering, you or any transferee (either being referred to herein as “you”) agree not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, assign, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose or transfer for value or agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to, any Shares without the prior written consent of the Company or its underwriters. Such limitations shall be in effect for such period of time as may be requested by the Company or its underwriters; provided, however, that in no event shall such period exceed (a) 180 days after the effective date of the registration statement for such public offering or (b) such longer period requested by the underwriter as is necessary to comply with regulatory restrictions on the publication of research reports (including, but not limited to, NYSE Rule 472 or NASD Conduct Rule 2711). This market standoff provision will be in effect no longer than two years after the effective date of the Company’s initial public offering.


In the event of any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other change affecting the Company’s outstanding Common Stock effected as a class without the Company’s receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities distributed with respect to the Shares shall be immediately subject to the provisions of this Section 3.3, to the same extent the Shares are at such time covered by such provisions.

In order to enforce the limitations of this Section 3.3, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Shares until the end of the applicable standoff period.

3.4 Additional Condition for Significant Shareholders . If upon the purchase of Shares pursuant to this Agreement you will hold 1% of more of the Company’s outstanding shares of Common Stock, you must become a party to the Company’s Fifth Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement dated as of October 5, 2011, or the current version of such agreement (the “ Co-Sale Agreement ”), as a “Founder” for purposes of the Co-Sale Agreement; provided however, that (a) the 120-day time period for the Right of First Refusal for the Shares pursuant to Section 4 of this Agreement will run concurrently with any right of first refusal under the Co-Sale Agreement; and (b) the Right of First Refusal for the Shares pursuant to Section 4 of this Agreement shall only apply to the Shares that are not purchased by the Company and/or the investors in the Company pursuant to the terms of the Co-Sale Agreement.

4. Company’s Right of First Refusal

Before any Shares held by you may be sold or otherwise transferred (including any assignment, pledge, encumbrance or other disposition of the Shares, but not a transfer to the Company in pledge as security for any purchase-money indebtedness incurred by you in connection with the acquisition of the Shares), the Company will have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 4 (the “ Right of First Refusal ”). The Company shall have the right to assign all or any portion of its Right of First Refusal to any current stockholder of the Company, any other third party or any combination of any of the foregoing, in its sole discretion. Such Right of First Refusal will terminate on the initial registration of the Common Stock under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Exchange Act.

4.1 In the event you desire to accept a bona fide third-party offer for the sale or transfer of any or all of the Shares, you will promptly deliver to the Company a written notice (the “ Notice ”) stating the terms and conditions of any proposed sale or transfer, including (a) your bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares, (b) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (the “ Proposed Transferee ”), (c) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee, and (d) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which you propose to transfer the Shares (the “ Offered Price ”). You will provide satisfactory proof that the disposition of such shares to such Proposed Transferee would not be in contravention of the provisions of Section 3 and you will offer to sell the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s), as the case may be.

4.2 At any time within 120 days after receipt of the Notice, the Company or one or more of its assignees or both may, by giving written notice to you, elect to purchase all or any portion of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with Section 4.3.

4.3 The purchase price for the Shares purchased under this Section 4 will be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the noncash consideration will be determined by the Board in good faith.


4.4 Payment of the purchase price will be made, in the discretion of the Plan Administrator, either (a) in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any of your outstanding indebtedness to the Company or such assignee(s), or by any combination thereof, within 120 days after receipt of the Notice or (b) in the manner and at the time(s) set forth in the Notice.

4.5 If any of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or one or more of its assignees as provided in this Section 4, subject to the terms and conditions of Section 3, then you may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price; provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within 150 days after the date of the Notice; and provided, further, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Agreement, including without limitation, this Section 4 will continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, or if you propose to change the price or other terms to make them more favorable to the Proposed Transferee, a new Notice will be given to the Company, and the Company or its assignee will again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by you may be sold or otherwise transferred.

5. Legends

You understand and agree that the Shares are subject to first refusal rights and other transfer restrictions, as set forth in this Agreement. You understand that the certificate(s) representing the Shares will bear legends in substantially the following forms:

“The securities represented by this certificate are subject to certain restrictions on public resale and transfer and first refusal rights held by the issuer and/or its assignee(s) and may not be sold, assigned, transferred, encumbered or in any way disposed of except as set forth in a stock purchase agreement between the issuer and the original purchaser of these shares, a copy of which may be obtained at the principal office of the issuer. Such transfer restrictions and first refusal rights are binding on transferees of these shares.”

“The securities represented by this certificate have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), or under applicable state securities laws. These securities are subject to restrictions on transferability and resale and may not be transferred or resold except as permitted under the Act and applicable state securities laws, pursuant to registration or exemption therefrom. Investors should be aware that they may be required to bear the financial risks of this investment for an indefinite period of time. The issuer of these securities may require an opinion of counsel in form and substance satisfactory to the issuer to the effect that the proposed transfer or resale is in compliance with the Act and any applicable state securities laws.”

6. Stop-Transfer Notices; Book Entry Registration of Shares

6.1 You understand and agree that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to in this Agreement, the Company may issue appropriate “stop-transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records. The Company will not be required to (a) transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or transferred in violation of the provisions of this Agreement or (b) treat as the owner of the Shares, or otherwise accord voting, dividend or liquidation rights to, any transferee to whom the Shares have been transferred in contravention of this Agreement.


6.2 The Company may issue the Shares by registering the Shares in book entry form with the Company’s transfer agent in your name in which case the applicable restrictions will be noted in the records of the Company’s transfer agent in the book entry system.

7. Independent Tax Advice

You acknowledge that determining the actual tax consequences to you of exercising the Option or disposing of the Shares may be complicated. These tax consequences will depend, in part, on your specific situation and may also depend on the resolution of currently uncertain tax law, and other variables not within the control of the Company. You are aware that you should consult a competent and independent tax advisor for a full understanding of the specific tax consequences to you prior to exercising the Option or disposing of the Shares. Prior to exercising the Option, you either have consulted with a competent tax advisor independent of the Company to obtain tax advice concerning the exercise of the Option in light of your specific situation or have had the opportunity to consult with such a tax advisor but chose not to do so.

8. Withholding and Disposition of Shares

As described in the Option Agreement, you will make arrangements satisfactory to the Company for the payment of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that arise upon purchase of the Shares. If you are exercising an Incentive Stock Option, you agree to notify the Company if any Shares are disposed of within one year from the date hereof or two years from the Grant Date.

9. General Provisions

9.1 Assignment. The Company may assign its Right of First Refusal at any time, in whole or in part, whether or not such rights are then exercisable, to any person or entity selected by the Board, including, without limitation, one or more stockholders of the Company.

9.2 Notices . Any notice required in connection with (a) the Company’s first refusal rights or (b) the disposition of any Shares covered thereby will be given in writing and will be deemed effective upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the U.S. mail, registered or certified, postage prepaid and addressed to the party entitled to such notice at the address indicated in this Agreement or at such other address as such party may designate by 10 days’ advance written notice under this Section 9.2 to all other parties to this Agreement.

9.3 No Waiver . No waiver of any provision of this Agreement will be valid unless in writing and signed by the person against whom such waiver is sought to be enforced, nor will failure to enforce any right hereunder constitute a continuing waiver of the same or a waiver of any other right hereunder.

9.4 Cancellation of Shares . If the Company or its assignees will make available, at the time and place and in the amount and form provided in this Agreement, the consideration for the Shares to be purchased by the Company pursuant to the exercise of the Company’s first refusal rights in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, then, from and after such time, you will no longer have any rights as a purchaser of such Shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration in accordance with this Agreement). Such Shares will be deemed purchased in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement and the Company or its assignees will be deemed the owner and purchaser of such Shares, whether or not the certificates therefor have been delivered as required by this Agreement.


9.5 Purchaser Undertaking. You hereby agree to take whatever additional action and execute whatever additional documents the Company may deem necessary or advisable in order to carry out or effect one or more of the obligations or restrictions imposed on either you or the Shares pursuant to the express provisions of this Agreement.

9.6 Agreement Is Entire Contract . This Agreement constitutes the entire contract between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement is made pursuant to the provisions of the Plan and will in all respects be construed in conformity with the express terms and provisions of the Plan.

9.7 Successors and Assigns . The provisions of this Agreement will inure to the benefit of, and be binding on, the Company and its successors and assigns and you and your legal representatives, heirs, legatees, distributees, assigns and transferees by operation of law, whether or not any such person will have become a party to this Agreement and agreed in writing to join herein and be bound by the terms and conditions hereof.

9.8 No Employment or Service Contract . Nothing in this Agreement will affect in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company, or a Related Company, to terminate your employment or services on behalf of the Company, for any reason, with or without cause.

9.9 Stockholder of Record . You will be recorded as a stockholder of the Company and will have, subject to the provisions of this Agreement and the Plan, all the rights of a stockholder with respect to the Shares.

9.10 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but which, upon execution, will constitute one and the same instrument.

9.11 Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

[Signature pages follow]


BOX, INC.
By:                                                                                                  
Title:                                                                                              
Address:                                                                                         
                                                                                                         
Date:                                                                                                
                                                                                                         
Purchaser
                                                                                                         
Printed Name

By his or her signature below, your spouse, if you are legally married as of the date of your execution of this Agreement, acknowledges that he or she has read this Agreement and the Plan and is familiar with the terms and provisions of this Agreement and of the Plan, and agrees to be bound by all the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Plan.

 

Dated:                                                                                             
                                                                                                         
Spouse’s Signature
                                                                                                         
Printed Name

By his or her signature below, you represent that you are not legally married as of the date of executing this Agreement.

 

Dated:                                                                                            
                                                                                                         
Purchaser’s Signature


ATTACHMENT A

(To be completed only if you are exercising more than one Option)

Please complete for each Option you are exercising.

 

Option Grant Date

  

Type of Option:

Incentive Stock Option (“ ISO ”)

Nonqualified Stock Option (“ NSO ”)
(please circle one)

  

Exercise Price

Per Share

  

Number of Shares

to be Exercised

   ISO/NSO    $   
   ISO/NSO    $   
   ISO/NSO    $   
   ISO/NSO    $   
   ISO/NSO    $   


RECEIPT FOR ISO EXERCISE

                                              hereby acknowledges receipt from                                                   (“ Purchaser ”) in payment for                      shares of Class A Common Stock of Box, Inc., a Delaware corporation, of $                                  in the form of

 

  ¨ Cash

 

  ¨ Check (personal, cashier’s or bank certified)

 

  ¨                      shares of the Company’s Common Stock, fair market value $                      per share, held by the Purchaser

 

  ¨ Copy of irrevocable instructions to broker

 

  ¨ Other:                                                              

 

Exercise Date: 

      By:       

(Date Company receives both the executed Exercise Notice and payment)

     

Per share FMV on such date: $                                 

      For: Box, Inc.  


LOGO

RECEIPT FOR NSO EXERCISE

                                                  hereby acknowledges receipt from                                                   (“ Purchaser ”) in payment for                      shares of Class A Common Stock of Box, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and applicable tax withholding, of $                          in the form of

 

  ¨ Cash

 

  ¨ Check (personal, cashier’s or bank certified)

 

  ¨                      shares of the Company’s Common Stock, fair market value $                      per share, withheld by the Company but otherwise issuable on exercise of an option

 

  ¨                      shares of the Company’s Common Stock, fair market value $                      per share, held by the Purchaser

 

  ¨ Copy of irrevocable instructions to broker

 

  ¨ Other:                                                                  

 

Exercise Date: 

      By:       

(Date Company receives both the executed Exercise Notice and payment)

     

Per share FMV on such date: $                                 

      For: Box, Inc.  


BOX, INC.

2006 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK AWARD NOTICE

Box, Inc. (the “ Company ”) hereby grants to you a Stock Award (the “ Award ”) for shares of the Company’s common stock under the Company’s 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”). The Award is subject to all the terms and conditions set forth in this Stock Award Notice (the “ Award Notice ”) and in the Stock Award Agreement and the Plan, which are attached to and incorporated into the Award Notice in their entirety.

 

Participant:  

 

 
Grant Date:  

 

 
Number of Shares Subject to the Award (the “ Shares ”):  

 

 
Fair Market Value Per Share on Grant Date:   $  
Purchase Price (per Share)   $  
Vesting Schedule:   [insert vesting schedule]  

Additional Terms/Acknowledgement : You acknowledge receipt of, and understand and agree to, the Award Notice, the Stock Award Agreement and the Plan. You further acknowledge that as of the Grant Date, the Award Notice, the Stock Award Agreement and the Plan set forth the entire understanding between you and the Company regarding the Award and supersede all prior oral and written agreements on the subject[, with the exception of the following agreements:                     ].

 

BOX, INC.     PARTICIPANT

 

   

 

By:  

 

    [Name]  

 

Title:  

 

    Taxpayer ID:                                                                                     
      Address:  

 

       

 

      ¨ Check Box if Not Legally Married
Attachments:     PARTICIPANT’S SPOUSE

1.      Stock Award Agreement

     

2.      2006 Stock Incentive Plan

   

 

      Signature
      Print Name:                                                                                  


BOX, INC.

2006 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT

Pursuant to your Stock Award Notice (the “ Award Notice ”) and this Award Agreement (this “ Agreement ”), Box, Inc. (the “ Company ”) has granted you a Stock Award (the “ Award ”) under its 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) for the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) indicated in your Award Notice. Capitalized terms not defined in this Agreement but defined in the Plan have the same definitions as in the Plan.

The details of the Award are as follows:

 

  1. Vesting

[insert vesting schedule]

 

  2. Consideration for Award

[insert consideration amount]

 

  3. Securities Law Compliance

3.1 You represent and warrant that you (a) have been furnished with a copy of the Plan and all information which you deem necessary to evaluate the merits and risks of receipt of the Shares, (b) have had the opportunity to ask questions and receive answers concerning the information received about the Shares and the Company, and (c) have been given the opportunity to obtain any additional information you deem necessary to verify the accuracy of any information obtained concerning the Shares and the Company.

3.2 You hereby confirm that you have been informed that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act, or any state securities laws pursuant to exemptions from registration. You further confirm that you understand that the reliance by the Company on such exemptions is predicated in part on the truth and accuracy of the statements by you in this Agreement.

3.3 You hereby represent and warrant that you are receiving the Shares for your own account, for investment purposes only, and not with a view towards the distribution or public offering of all or any part of the Shares.

3.4 You hereby confirm that you understand that because the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act, you must continue to bear the economic risk of the investment for an indefinite period of time and the Shares cannot be sold unless the Shares are subsequently registered or an exemption from registration is available.


3.5 You hereby agree that you will in no event sell or distribute all or any part of the Shares unless (a) there is an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws covering any such transaction involving the Shares or (b) the Company receives an opinion of your legal counsel (concurred in by legal counsel for the Company) stating that such transaction is exempt from registration or the Company otherwise satisfies itself that such transaction is exempt from registration. You understand that the Company has no obligation to you to register the Shares with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”) and has not represented to you that it will so register the Shares.

3.6 You hereby consent to the placing of a legend on your certificate(s) as set forth in Section 6 and to the placing of a stop-transfer order on the books of the Company and with any transfer agents against the Shares until the Shares may be legally resold or distributed.

3.7 You hereby confirm that you understand that at the present time Rule 144 of the SEC may not be relied on for the resale or distribution of the Shares by you. You understand that the Company has no obligation to you to register the Shares with the SEC and has not represented to you that it will so register the Shares.

3.8 You hereby confirm that you have been advised, prior to your receipt of the Shares, that neither the offering of the Shares nor any offering materials have been reviewed by any administrator under the Securities Act or any other applicable securities act (the “ Acts ”) and that the Shares have not been registered under any of the Acts and therefore cannot be resold unless they are registered under the Acts or unless an exemption from such registration is available.

3.9 You hereby agree to indemnify the Company and hold it harmless from and against any loss, claim or liability, including attorneys’ fees or legal expenses, incurred by the Company as a result of any breach by you of, or any inaccuracy in, any representation, warranty or statement made by you in this Agreement or the breach by you of any terms or conditions of this Agreement.

 

  4. Transfer Restrictions

4.1 Restrictions on Transfer of Shares . The Shares may not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, encumbered or otherwise disposed of in contravention of the provisions of this Agreement. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, such restrictions on transfer, however, will not apply to (a) a gratuitous transfer of the Shares, provided, and only if, you obtain the Company’s prior written consent to such transfer, (b) a transfer of title to the Shares effected pursuant to your will or laws of intestate succession, or (c) a transfer to the Company in pledge as a security for any purchase-money indebtedness incurred by you in connection with the acquisition of the Shares.

4.2 Transferee Obligations . Each person (other than the Company) to whom the Shares are transferred by means of one of the permitted transfers specified in Section 4.1 must, as a condition precedent to the validity of such transfer, acknowledge in writing to the Company that such person is bound by the provisions of this Agreement, to the same extent the Shares would be so subject if retained by you.

 

-2-


4.3 Market Standoff . In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, including the Company’s initial public offering, you, or any transferee, agree not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer for value or otherwise agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to any Shares without the prior written consent of the Company or its underwriters. Such limitations will be in effect for such period of time as may be requested by the Company or such underwriters; provided, however, that in no event will such period exceed (a) 180 days after the effective date of the registration statement for such public offering or (b) such longer period requested by the underwriters as is necessary to comply with regulatory restrictions on the publication of research reports (including, but not limited to, NYSE Rule 472 or NASD Conduct Rule 2711). The limitations of this Section 4.3 will in all events terminate two years after the effective date of the Company’s initial public offering.

In the event of any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other change affecting the Company’s outstanding Common Stock effected as a class without the Company’s receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities distributed with respect to the Shares will be immediately subject to the provisions of this Section 4.3, to the same extent the Shares are at such time covered by such provisions.

In order to enforce the limitations of this Section 4.3, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Shares until the end of the applicable standoff period.

 

  5. Right of First Refusal

5.1 Right of First Refusal . Before you may sell or otherwise transfer any of the Shares (including any assignment, pledge, encumbrance or other disposition of the Shares), the Company or its assignee will have an assignable right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 5 (the “ Right of First Refusal ”). Such Right of First Refusal will terminate on the initial registration of the Company’s common stock under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Exchange Act.

5.2 Notice to the Company . In the event you desire to accept a bona fide third-party offer for the sale or transfer of any or all of the Shares, you will promptly deliver to the Company a written notice (the “ Notice ”) stating the terms and conditions of any proposed sale or transfer, including (a) your bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares, (b) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (the “ Proposed Transferee ”), (c) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee, and (d) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which you propose to transfer the Shares (the “ Offered Price ”). You will provide satisfactory proof that the disposition of such shares to such Proposed Transferee would not be in contravention of the provisions of Section 4 and you will offer to sell the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company.

5.3 Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within 30 days after receipt of the Notice, the Company or its assignee may, by giving written notice to you, elect to purchase all or any portion of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with Section 5.4.

 

-3-


5.4 Purchase Price . The purchase price for the Shares purchased under this Section 5 will be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the noncash consideration will be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

5.5 Payment of Purchase Price . Payment of the purchase price will be made, in the discretion of the Plan Administrator, either (a) in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any of your outstanding indebtedness to the Company or such assignee, or by any combination thereof, within 30 days after receipt of the Notice or (b) in the manner and at the time(s) set forth in the Notice.

5.6 Effect of Transfer; Right of First Refusal Continues . If any of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee as provided in this Section 5, then you may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price; provided, that such sale or other transfer is consummated within 60 days after the date of the Notice, and provided further that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 5 will continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, or if you propose to change the price or other terms to make them more favorable to the Proposed Transferee, a new Notice will be given to the Company, and the Company or its assignee will again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by you may be sold or otherwise transferred.

 

  6. Legends

You understand and agree that the Shares are subject to first refusal rights as set forth in this Agreement. You understand that any certificate(s) representing the Shares will bear legends in substantially the following form:

“The securities represented by this certificate are subject to certain restrictions on public resale and transfer and first refusal rights held by the issuer and/or its assignee(s) and may not be sold, assigned, transferred, encumbered or in any way disposed of except as set forth in a stock award agreement between the issuer and the original purchaser of these shares, a copy of which may be obtained at the principal office of the issuer. Such transfer restrictions and first refusal rights are binding on transferees of these shares.”

“The securities represented by this certificate have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”), or under applicable state securities laws. These securities are subject to restrictions on transferability and resale and may not be transferred or resold except as permitted under the Act and applicable state securities laws, pursuant to registration or exemption therefrom. Investors should be aware that they may be required to bear the financial risks of this investment for an indefinite period of time. The issuer of these securities may require an opinion of counsel in form and substance satisfactory to the issuer to the effect that the proposed transfer or resale is in compliance with the Act and any applicable state securities laws.”

 

-4-


  7. Stop-Transfer Notices

You understand and agree that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to in this Agreement, the Company may issue appropriate “stop-transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records. The Company will not be required to (a) transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or transferred in violation of the provisions of this Agreement or (b) treat as the owner of the Shares, or otherwise accord voting, dividend or liquidation rights to, any transferee to whom the Shares have been transferred in contravention of this Agreement.

 

  8. Independent Tax Advice

You acknowledge that determining the actual tax consequences to you of receiving or disposing of the Shares may be complicated. These tax consequences will depend, in part, on your specific situation and may also depend on other variables not within the control of the Company. You are aware that you should consult a competent and independent tax advisor for a full understanding of the specific tax consequences to you of receiving or disposing of the Shares. Prior to executing the Award Notice, you either have consulted with a competent tax advisor independent of the Company to obtain tax advice concerning the receipt or disposition of the Shares in light of your specific situation or you have had the opportunity to consult with such a tax advisor but chose not to do so.

 

  9. General Provisions

9.1 Assignment . The Company may assign its first refusal rights at any time, whether or not such rights are then exercisable, to any person or entity selected by the Company’s Board of Directors, including, without limitation, one or more of the Company’s stockholders.

9.2 No Waiver . No waiver of any provision of this Agreement will be valid unless in writing and signed by the person against whom such waiver is sought to be enforced, nor will failure to enforce any right hereunder constitute a continuing waiver of the same or a waiver of any other right hereunder.

9.3 Cancellation of Shares . If the Company or its assignees exercises the Company’s first refusal rights in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, then, from and after such time, the person from whom such Shares are to be sold will no longer have any rights as a recipient of such Shares, such Shares will be deemed purchased in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement, and the Company or its assignees will be deemed the owner and recipient of such Shares, whether or not any certificates therefor have been delivered as required by this Agreement.

9.4 Undertaking . You hereby agree to take whatever additional action and execute whatever additional documents the Company may deem necessary or advisable in order to carry out or effect one or more of the obligations or restrictions imposed on either you or the Shares pursuant to the express provisions of this Agreement.

 

-5-


9.5 Agreement Is Entire Contract . This Agreement and the Award Notice constitute the entire contract between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior oral and written agreements on the subject. This Agreement and the Award Notice are made pursuant to the provisions of the Plan and will in all respects be construed in conformity with the express terms and provisions of the Plan.

9.6 Successors and Assigns . The provisions of this Agreement will inure to the benefit of, and be binding on, the Company and its successors and assigns and you and your legal representatives, heirs, legatees, distributees, assigns and transferees by operation of law, whether or not any such person will have become a party to this Agreement and agreed in writing to join herein and be bound by the terms and conditions hereof.

9.7 No Employment or Service Contract . Nothing in this Agreement will affect in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company, or a Related Company, to terminate your employment or services on behalf of the Company, for any reason, with or without Cause.

9.8 Stockholder of Record . You will be recorded as a stockholder of the Company and will have, subject to the provisions of this Agreement and the Plan, all the rights of a stockholder with respect to the Shares.

9.9 Counterparts . The Award Notice may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but which, upon execution, will constitute one and the same instrument.

9.10 Governing Law . To the extent not otherwise governed by the laws of the United States, this Agreement will be construed and administered in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of California without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

 

-6-

Exhibit 10.8

 

LOGO

B OX , I NC .

Confirmatory Employment Letter

December 19, 2014

Aaron Levie

c/o Box, Inc.

4440 El Camino Real

Los Altos, CA 94022

Dear Aaron:

This letter agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into between Box, Inc. (the “ Company ” or “ we ”) and you. This Agreement is effective as of the date signed below (the “ Effective Date ”). The purpose of this Agreement is to confirm the current terms and conditions of your employment.

1. Position . Your current title is Chief Executive Officer. This is a full-time position. While you render services to the Company, you will not engage in any other employment, consulting or other business activity (whether full-time or part-time) that would create a conflict of interest with the Company. By signing this Agreement, you confirm to the Company that you have no contractual commitments or other legal obligations that would prohibit you from performing your duties for the Company.

2. Cash Compensation .

(a) Base Salary . Your current annual base salary as of the Effective Date is $155,000 per year, less applicable withholding, which will be paid in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll procedures.

(b) Annual Incentive Compensation . Your annual target incentive compensation for fiscal year 2015 is equal to 50% of your annual base salary, less applicable withholding.

You should note that the Company reserves the right to modify salaries and/or incentive compensation opportunities from time to time as it deems necessary.

3. Employee Benefits . As a full-time employee, you will continue to be eligible to participate in the Company’s standard benefits as in effect from time to time, on the same basis as


Aaron Levie

December 19, 2014

Page 2

 

those benefits are generally made available to other similarly situated employees of the company, and subject to the Company’s policies. Such benefits are subject to change, and may be supplemented, altered, or eliminated, in part or entirely. Any eligibility to participate in such benefits plans, as well as the terms thereof, shall be as set forth in the governing documents for such plans, or there are no such governing documents, in the Company’s policies.

4. Severance & Change of Control Benefits . As an executive of the Company, you will be eligible to receive severance and change of control benefits under certain circumstances pursuant to a Change in Control and Severance Agreement to be entered into between you and the Company, in substantially the form of the Company’s standard agreements with its executives (the “ Severance Agreement ”). Accordingly, your potential severance and change of control benefits and the terms and conditions thereof shall be set forth in the Severance Agreement.

5. Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement . As an employee of the Company, you will continue to have access to certain confidential information of the Company and you may, during the course of your employment, develop certain information or inventions that will be the property of the Company. To protect the interests of the Company, your acceptance of this letter reaffirms that the terms of the Company’s Employment, Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement that you executed in connection with your hire (the “ Confidentiality Agreement ”) continue to be in effect.

6. Employment Relationship . Employment with the Company is for no specific period of time. Your employment with the Company continues to be “at will,” meaning that either you or the Company may terminate your employment at any time and for any reason, with or without cause. Any contrary representations that may have been made to you are superseded by this Agreement. This is the full and complete Agreement between you and the Company on this term. Although your job duties, title, compensation and benefits, as well as the Company’s personnel policies and procedures, may change from time to time, the “at will” nature of your employment may only be changed in an express written agreement signed by you and a duly authorized officer of the Company (other than you).

7. Tax Matters .

(a) Withholding . All forms of compensation referred to in this letter agreement are subject to reduction to reflect applicable withholding and payroll taxes and other deductions required by law.

(b) Section 409A . The Company intends that all payments and benefits provided under this Agreement or otherwise are exempt from, or comply with, the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any guidance promulgated thereunder (“ Section 409A ”) so that none of the payments or benefits will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities will be interpreted to so be exempt or comply.


Aaron Levie

December 19, 2014

Page 3

 

(c) Tax Advice . You are encouraged to obtain your own tax advice regarding your compensation from the Company. You agree that the Company does not have a duty to design its compensation policies in a manner that minimizes your tax liabilities, and you will not make any claim against the Company or its Board or Compensation Committee related to tax liabilities arising from your compensation.

8. Entire Agreement, Amendment and Enforcement . This Agreement, the Severance Agreement and the Confidentiality Agreement supersede and replace any prior agreements, representations or understandings (whether written, oral, implied or otherwise) between you and the Company and constitute the complete agreement between you and the Company regarding the subject matter set forth herein. This Agreement may not be amended or modified, except by an express written agreement signed by both you and a duly authorized officer of the Company. The terms of this Agreement and the resolution of any disputes as to the meaning, effect, performance or validity of this Agreement or arising out of, related to, or in any way connected with, this Agreement, your employment with the Company or any other relationship between you and the Company (the “ Disputes ”) will be governed by California law, excluding laws relating to conflicts or choice of law. You and the Company submit to the exclusive personal jurisdiction of the federal and state courts located in California in connection with any Dispute or any claim related to any Dispute.

* * * * *

We are extremely excited about your continued employment with the Company!

Please indicate your acceptance of this Agreement, and confirmation that it contains our complete agreement regarding the terms and conditions of your employment, by signing the bottom portion of this Agreement and returning a copy to me.

 

Very truly yours,
B OX , I NC .
By:   /s/ Evan Wittenberg

I have read and accept this Agreement:

 

/s/ Aaron Levie
Aaron Levie

 

Dated:   12/19/2014

Exhibit 10.9

 

LOGO

B OX , I NC .

Confirmatory Employment Letter

December 19, 2014

Dan Levin

c/o Box, Inc.

4440 El Camino Real

Los Altos, CA 94022

Dear Dan:

This letter agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into between Box, Inc. (the “ Company ” or “ we ”) and you. This Agreement is effective as of the date signed below (the “ Effective Date ”). The purpose of this Agreement is to confirm the current terms and conditions of your employment.

1. Position . Your current title is President and Chief Operating Officer. This is a full-time position. While you render services to the Company, you will not engage in any other employment, consulting or other business activity (whether full-time or part-time) that would create a conflict of interest with the Company. By signing this Agreement, you confirm to the Company that you have no contractual commitments or other legal obligations that would prohibit you from performing your duties for the Company.

2. Cash Compensation .

(a) Base Salary . Your current annual base salary as of the Effective Date is $275,000 per year, less applicable withholding, which will be paid in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll procedures.

(b) Annual Incentive Compensation . Your annual target incentive compensation for fiscal year 2015 is equal to 50% of your annual base salary, less applicable withholding.

You should note that the Company reserves the right to modify salaries and/or incentive compensation opportunities from time to time as it deems necessary.

3. Employee Benefits . As a full-time employee, you will continue to be eligible to participate in the Company’s standard benefits as in effect from time to time, on the same basis as


Dan Levin

December 19, 2014

Page 2

 

those benefits are generally made available to other similarly situated employees of the company, and subject to the Company’s policies. Such benefits are subject to change, and may be supplemented, altered, or eliminated, in part or entirely. Any eligibility to participate in such benefits plans, as well as the terms thereof, shall be as set forth in the governing documents for such plans, or there are no such governing documents, in the Company’s policies.

4. Severance & Change of Control Benefits . As an executive of the Company, you will be eligible to receive severance and change of control benefits under certain circumstances pursuant to a Change in Control and Severance Agreement to be entered into between you and the Company, in substantially the form of the Company’s standard agreements with its executives (the “ Severance Agreement ”). Accordingly, your potential severance and change of control benefits and the terms and conditions thereof shall be set forth in the Severance Agreement.

5. Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement . As an employee of the Company, you will continue to have access to certain confidential information of the Company and you may, during the course of your employment, develop certain information or inventions that will be the property of the Company. To protect the interests of the Company, your acceptance of this letter reaffirms that the terms of the Company’s Employment, Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement that you executed in connection with your hire (the “ Confidentiality Agreement ”) continue to be in effect.

6. Employment Relationship . Employment with the Company is for no specific period of time. Your employment with the Company continues to be “at will,” meaning that either you or the Company may terminate your employment at any time and for any reason, with or without cause. Any contrary representations that may have been made to you are superseded by this Agreement. This is the full and complete Agreement between you and the Company on this term. Although your job duties, title, compensation and benefits, as well as the Company’s personnel policies and procedures, may change from time to time, the “at will” nature of your employment may only be changed in an express written agreement signed by you and a duly authorized officer of the Company (other than you).

7. Tax Matters .

(a) Withholding . All forms of compensation referred to in this letter agreement are subject to reduction to reflect applicable withholding and payroll taxes and other deductions required by law.

(b) Section 409A . The Company intends that all payments and benefits provided under this Agreement or otherwise are exempt from, or comply with, the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any guidance promulgated thereunder (“ Section 409A ”) so that none of the payments or benefits will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities will be interpreted to so be exempt or comply.


Dan Levin

December 19, 2014

Page 3

 

(c) Tax Advice . You are encouraged to obtain your own tax advice regarding your compensation from the Company. You agree that the Company does not have a duty to design its compensation policies in a manner that minimizes your tax liabilities, and you will not make any claim against the Company or its Board or Compensation Committee related to tax liabilities arising from your compensation.

8. Entire Agreement, Amendment and Enforcement . This Agreement, the Severance Agreement and the Confidentiality Agreement supersede and replace any prior agreements, representations or understandings (whether written, oral, implied or otherwise) between you and the Company and constitute the complete agreement between you and the Company regarding the subject matter set forth herein. This Agreement may not be amended or modified, except by an express written agreement signed by both you and a duly authorized officer of the Company. The terms of this Agreement and the resolution of any disputes as to the meaning, effect, performance or validity of this Agreement or arising out of, related to, or in any way connected with, this Agreement, your employment with the Company or any other relationship between you and the Company (the “ Disputes ”) will be governed by California law, excluding laws relating to conflicts or choice of law. You and the Company submit to the exclusive personal jurisdiction of the federal and state courts located in California in connection with any Dispute or any claim related to any Dispute.

* * * * *

We are extremely excited about your continued employment with the Company!

Please indicate your acceptance of this Agreement, and confirmation that it contains our complete agreement regarding the terms and conditions of your employment, by signing the bottom portion of this Agreement and returning a copy to me.

 

Very truly yours,
B OX , I NC .
By:   /s/ Evan Wittenberg

I have read and accept this Agreement:

 

/s/ Daniel J Levin
Dan Levin

 

Dated:   12/21/2014

Exhibit 10.10

 

LOGO

B OX , I NC .

Confirmatory Employment Letter

December 19, 2014

Dylan Smith

c/o Box, Inc.

4440 El Camino Real

Los Altos, CA 94022

Dear Dylan:

This letter agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into between Box, Inc. (the “ Company ” or “ we ”) and you. This Agreement is effective as of the date signed below (the “ Effective Date ”). The purpose of this Agreement is to confirm the current terms and conditions of your employment.

1. Position . Your current title is Chief Financial Officer. This is a full-time position. While you render services to the Company, you will not engage in any other employment, consulting or other business activity (whether full-time or part-time) that would create a conflict of interest with the Company. By signing this Agreement, you confirm to the Company that you have no contractual commitments or other legal obligations that would prohibit you from performing your duties for the Company.

2. Cash Compensation .

(a) Base Salary . Your current annual base salary as of the Effective Date is $250,000 per year, less applicable withholding, which will be paid in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll procedures.

(b) Annual Incentive Compensation . In addition, your annual target incentive compensation for fiscal 2015 is equal to 50% of your annual base salary, less applicable withholding.

You should note that the Company reserves the right to modify salaries and/or incentive compensation opportunities from time to time as it deems necessary.

3. Employee Benefits . As a full-time employee, you will continue to be eligible to participate in the Company’s standard benefits as in effect from time to time, on the same basis as


Dylan Smith

December 19, 2014

Page 2

 

those benefits are generally made available to other similarly situated employees of the company, and subject to the Company’s policies. Such benefits are subject to change, and may be supplemented, altered, or eliminated, in part or entirely. Any eligibility to participate in such benefits plans, as well as the terms thereof, shall be as set forth in the governing documents for such plans, or there are no such governing documents, in the Company’s policies.

4. Severance & Change of Control Benefits . As an executive of the Company, you will be eligible to receive severance and change of control benefits under certain circumstances pursuant to a Change in Control and Severance Agreement to be entered into between you and the Company, in substantially the form of the Company’s standard agreements with its executives (the “ Severance Agreement ”). Accordingly, your potential severance and change of control benefits and the terms and conditions thereof shall be set forth in the Severance Agreement.

5. Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement . As an employee of the Company, you will continue to have access to certain confidential information of the Company and you may, during the course of your employment, develop certain information or inventions that will be the property of the Company. To protect the interests of the Company, your acceptance of this letter reaffirms that the terms of the Company’s Employment, Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement that you executed in connection with your hire (the “ Confidentiality Agreement ”) continue to be in effect.

6. Employment Relationship . Employment with the Company is for no specific period of time. Your employment with the Company continues to be “at will,” meaning that either you or the Company may terminate your employment at any time and for any reason, with or without cause. Any contrary representations that may have been made to you are superseded by this Agreement. This is the full and complete Agreement between you and the Company on this term. Although your job duties, title, compensation and benefits, as well as the Company’s personnel policies and procedures, may change from time to time, the “at will” nature of your employment may only be changed in an express written agreement signed by you and a duly authorized officer of the Company (other than you).

7. Tax Matters .

(a) Withholding . All forms of compensation referred to in this letter agreement are subject to reduction to reflect applicable withholding and payroll taxes and other deductions required by law.

(b) Section 409A . The Company intends that all payments and benefits provided under this Agreement or otherwise are exempt from, or comply with, the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any guidance promulgated thereunder (“ Section 409A ”) so that none of the payments or benefits will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities will be interpreted to so be exempt or comply.


Dylan Smith

December 19, 2014

Page 3

 

(c) Tax Advice . You are encouraged to obtain your own tax advice regarding your compensation from the Company. You agree that the Company does not have a duty to design its compensation policies in a manner that minimizes your tax liabilities, and you will not make any claim against the Company or its Board or Compensation Committee related to tax liabilities arising from your compensation.

8. Entire Agreement, Amendment and Enforcement . This Agreement, the Severance Agreement and the Confidentiality Agreement supersede and replace any prior agreements, representations or understandings (whether written, oral, implied or otherwise) between you and the Company and constitute the complete agreement between you and the Company regarding the subject matter set forth herein. This Agreement may not be amended or modified, except by an express written agreement signed by both you and a duly authorized officer of the Company. The terms of this Agreement and the resolution of any disputes as to the meaning, effect, performance or validity of this Agreement or arising out of, related to, or in any way connected with, this Agreement, your employment with the Company or any other relationship between you and the Company (the “ Disputes ”) will be governed by California law, excluding laws relating to conflicts or choice of law. You and the Company submit to the exclusive personal jurisdiction of the federal and state courts located in California in connection with any Dispute or any claim related to any Dispute.

* * * * *

We are extremely excited about your continued employment with the Company!

Please indicate your acceptance of this Agreement, and confirmation that it contains our complete agreement regarding the terms and conditions of your employment, by signing the bottom portion of this Agreement and returning a copy to me.

 

Very truly yours,
B OX , I NC .
By:   /s/ Evan Wittenberg

I have read and accept this Agreement:

 

/s/ Dylan Smith
Dylan Smith

 

Dated:   12/19/2014

Exhibit 10.11

 

LOGO

B OX , I NC .

Confirmatory Employment Letter

December 19, 2014

Peter McGoff

c/o Box, Inc.

4440 El Camino Real

Los Altos, CA 94022

Dear Peter:

This letter agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into between Box, Inc. (the “ Company ” or “ we ”) and you. This Agreement is effective as of the date signed below (the “ Effective Date ”). The purpose of this Agreement is to confirm the current terms and conditions of your employment.

1. Position . Your current title is Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary. This is a full-time position. While you render services to the Company, you will not engage in any other employment, consulting or other business activity (whether full-time or part-time) that would create a conflict of interest with the Company. By signing this Agreement, you confirm to the Company that you have no contractual commitments or other legal obligations that would prohibit you from performing your duties for the Company.

2. Cash Compensation .

(a) Base Salary . Your current annual base salary as of the Effective Date is $290,000 per year, less applicable withholding, which will be paid in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll procedures.

(b) Annual Incentive Compensation . Your annual target incentive compensation for fiscal year 2015 is equal to 40% of your annual base salary, less applicable withholding.

You should note that the Company reserves the right to modify salaries and/or incentive compensation opportunities from time to time as it deems necessary.


Peter McGoff

December 19, 2014

Page 2

 

3. Employee Benefits . As a full-time employee, you will continue to be eligible to participate in the Company’s standard benefits as in effect from time to time, on the same basis as those benefits are generally made available to other similarly situated employees of the company, and subject to the Company’s policies. Such benefits are subject to change, and may be supplemented, altered, or eliminated, in part or entirely. Any eligibility to participate in such benefits plans, as well as the terms thereof, shall be as set forth in the governing documents for such plans, or there are no such governing documents, in the Company’s policies.

4. Severance & Change of Control Benefits . As an executive of the Company, you will be eligible to receive severance and change of control benefits under certain circumstances pursuant to a Change in Control and Severance Agreement to be entered into between you and the Company, in substantially the form of the Company’s standard agreements with its executives (the “ Severance Agreement ”). Accordingly, your potential severance and change of control benefits and the terms and conditions thereof shall be set forth in the Severance Agreement.

5. Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement . As an employee of the Company, you will continue to have access to certain confidential information of the Company and you may, during the course of your employment, develop certain information or inventions that will be the property of the Company. To protect the interests of the Company, your acceptance of this letter reaffirms that the terms of the Company’s Employment, Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement that you executed in connection with your hire (the “ Confidentiality Agreement ”) continue to be in effect.

6. Employment Relationship . Employment with the Company is for no specific period of time. Your employment with the Company continues to be “at will,” meaning that either you or the Company may terminate your employment at any time and for any reason, with or without cause. Any contrary representations that may have been made to you are superseded by this Agreement. This is the full and complete Agreement between you and the Company on this term. Although your job duties, title, compensation and benefits, as well as the Company’s personnel policies and procedures, may change from time to time, the “at will” nature of your employment may only be changed in an express written agreement signed by you and a duly authorized officer of the Company (other than you).

7. Tax Matters .

(a) Withholding . All forms of compensation referred to in this letter agreement are subject to reduction to reflect applicable withholding and payroll taxes and other deductions required by law.

(b) Section 409A . The Company intends that all payments and benefits provided under this Agreement or otherwise are exempt from, or comply with, the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any guidance promulgated thereunder (“ Section 409A ”) so that none of the payments or benefits will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities will be interpreted to so be exempt or comply.


Peter McGoff

December 19, 2014

Page 3

 

(c) Tax Advice . You are encouraged to obtain your own tax advice regarding your compensation from the Company. You agree that the Company does not have a duty to design its compensation policies in a manner that minimizes your tax liabilities, and you will not make any claim against the Company or its Board or Compensation Committee related to tax liabilities arising from your compensation.

8. Entire Agreement, Amendment and Enforcement . This Agreement, the Severance Agreement and the Confidentiality Agreement supersede and replace any prior agreements, representations or understandings (whether written, oral, implied or otherwise) between you and the Company, including, but not limited to your offer letter with the Company dated March 5, 2012, and constitute the complete agreement between you and the Company regarding the subject matter set forth herein. This Agreement may not be amended or modified, except by an express written agreement signed by both you and a duly authorized officer of the Company. The terms of this Agreement and the resolution of any disputes as to the meaning, effect, performance or validity of this Agreement or arising out of, related to, or in any way connected with, this Agreement, your employment with the Company or any other relationship between you and the Company (the “ Disputes ”) will be governed by California law, excluding laws relating to conflicts or choice of law. You and the Company submit to the exclusive personal jurisdiction of the federal and state courts located in California in connection with any Dispute or any claim related to any Dispute.

* * * * *

We are extremely excited about your continued employment with the Company!

Please indicate your acceptance of this Agreement, and confirmation that it contains our complete agreement regarding the terms and conditions of your employment, by signing the bottom portion of this Agreement and returning a copy to me.

 

Very truly yours,
B OX , I NC .
By:   /s/ Evan Wittenberg

I have read and accept this Agreement:

 

/s/ Peter McGoff
Peter McGoff

 

Dated:   12/23/2014

Exhibit 10.12

 

LOGO

B OX , I NC .

Confirmatory Employment Letter

December 19, 2014

Graham Younger

c/o Box, Inc.

4440 El Camino Real

Los Altos, CA 94022

Dear Graham:

This letter agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into between Box, Inc. (the “ Company ” or “ we ”) and you. This Agreement is effective as of the date signed below (the “ Effective Date ”). The purpose of this Agreement is to confirm the current terms and conditions of your employment.

1. Position . Your current title is Executive Vice President, Worldwide Field Operations. This is a full-time position. While you render services to the Company, you will not engage in any other employment, consulting or other business activity (whether full-time or part-time) that would create a conflict of interest with the Company. By signing this Agreement, you confirm to the Company that you have no contractual commitments or other legal obligations that would prohibit you from performing your duties for the Company.

2. Cash Compensation .

(a) Base Salary . Your current annual base salary as of the Effective Date is $300,000 per year, less applicable withholding, which will be paid in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll procedures.

(b) Annual Incentive Compensation . Your annual target incentive compensation for fiscal year 2015 is equal to 100% of your annual base salary, less applicable withholding.

You should note that the Company reserves the right to modify salaries and/or incentive compensation opportunities from time to time as it deems necessary.


Graham Younger

December 19, 2014

Page 2

 

3. Employee Benefits . As a full-time employee, you will continue to be eligible to participate in the Company’s standard benefits as in effect from time to time, on the same basis as those benefits are generally made available to other similarly situated employees of the company, and subject to the Company’s policies. Such benefits are subject to change, and may be supplemented, altered, or eliminated, in part or entirely. Any eligibility to participate in such benefits plans, as well as the terms thereof, shall be as set forth in the governing documents for such plans, or there are no such governing documents, in the Company’s policies.

4. Severance & Change of Control Benefits . As an executive of the Company, you will be eligible to receive severance and change of control benefits under certain circumstances pursuant to a Change in Control and Severance Agreement to be entered into between you and the Company, in substantially the form of the Company’s standard agreements with its executives (the “ Severance Agreement ”). Accordingly, your potential severance and change of control benefits and the terms and conditions thereof shall be set forth in the Severance Agreement.

5. Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement . As an employee of the Company, you will continue to have access to certain confidential information of the Company and you may, during the course of your employment, develop certain information or inventions that will be the property of the Company. To protect the interests of the Company, your acceptance of this letter reaffirms that the terms of the Company’s Employment, Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement that you executed in connection with your hire (the “ Confidentiality Agreement ”) continue to be in effect.

6. Employment Relationship . Employment with the Company is for no specific period of time. Your employment with the Company continues to be “at will,” meaning that either you or the Company may terminate your employment at any time and for any reason, with or without cause. Any contrary representations that may have been made to you are superseded by this Agreement. This is the full and complete Agreement between you and the Company on this term. Although your job duties, title, compensation and benefits, as well as the Company’s personnel policies and procedures, may change from time to time, the “at will” nature of your employment may only be changed in an express written agreement signed by you and a duly authorized officer of the Company (other than you).

7. Tax Matters .

(a) Withholding . All forms of compensation referred to in this letter agreement are subject to reduction to reflect applicable withholding and payroll taxes and other deductions required by law.

(b) Section 409A . The Company intends that all payments and benefits provided under this Agreement or otherwise are exempt from, or comply with, the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any guidance promulgated thereunder (“ Section 409A ”) so that none of the payments or benefits will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities will be interpreted to so be exempt or comply.


Graham Younger

December 19, 2014

Page 3

 

(c) Tax Advice . You are encouraged to obtain your own tax advice regarding your compensation from the Company. You agree that the Company does not have a duty to design its compensation policies in a manner that minimizes your tax liabilities, and you will not make any claim against the Company or its Board or Compensation Committee related to tax liabilities arising from your compensation.

8. Entire Agreement, Amendment and Enforcement . This Agreement, the Severance Agreement and the Confidentiality Agreement supersede and replace any prior agreements, representations or understandings (whether written, oral, implied or otherwise) between you and the Company, including, but not limited to your original offer letter with the Company, and constitute the complete agreement between you and the Company regarding the subject matter set forth herein. This Agreement may not be amended or modified, except by an express written agreement signed by both you and a duly authorized officer of the Company. The terms of this Agreement and the resolution of any disputes as to the meaning, effect, performance or validity of this Agreement or arising out of, related to, or in any way connected with, this Agreement, your employment with the Company or any other relationship between you and the Company (the “ Disputes ”) will be governed by California law, excluding laws relating to conflicts or choice of law. You and the Company submit to the exclusive personal jurisdiction of the federal and state courts located in California in connection with any Dispute or any claim related to any Dispute.

* * * * *

We are extremely excited about your continued employment with the Company!

Please indicate your acceptance of this Agreement, and confirmation that it contains our complete agreement regarding the terms and conditions of your employment, by signing the bottom portion of this Agreement and returning a copy to me.

 

Very truly yours,
B OX , I NC .
By:   /s/ Evan Wittenberg

I have read and accept this Agreement:

 

/s/ Graham Younger
Graham Younger

 

Dated:   12/21/2014

Exhibit 10.18

OFFICE LEASE

KILROY REALTY

CROSSING/900

REDWOOD CITY PARTNERS, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company,

as Landlord,

and

BOX, INC.,

a Delaware corporation,

as Tenant.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

ARTICLE 1

   PREMISES, BUILDINGS, PROJECT, AND COMMON AREAS      9   

ARTICLE 2

   LEASE TERM; OPTION TERMS      18   

ARTICLE 3

   BASE RENT      22   

ARTICLE 4

   ADDITIONAL RENT      24   

ARTICLE 5

   USE OF PREMISES      36   

ARTICLE 6

   SERVICES AND UTILITIES      41   

ARTICLE 7

   REPAIRS      45   

ARTICLE 8

   ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS      47   

ARTICLE 9

   COVENANT AGAINST LIENS      50   

ARTICLE 10

   INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE      51   

ARTICLE 11

   DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION      56   

ARTICLE 12

   NONWAIVER      59   

ARTICLE 13

   CONDEMNATION      60   

ARTICLE 14

   ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING      60   

ARTICLE 15

   SURRENDER OF PREMISES; OWNERSHIP AND REMOVAL OF TRADE FIXTURES      67   

ARTICLE 16

   HOLDING OVER      67   

ARTICLE 17

   ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES; FINANCIAL STATEMENTS      68   

ARTICLE 18

   SUBORDINATION      69   

ARTICLE 19

   DEFAULTS; REMEDIES      70   

ARTICLE 20

   COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT      73   

ARTICLE 21

   LETTER OF CREDIT      73   

ARTICLE 22

   EMERGENCY GENERATOR      80   

ARTICLE 23

   SIGNS      81   

 

(i)


ARTICLE 24

   COMPLIANCE WITH LAW      84   

ARTICLE 25

   LATE CHARGES      85   

ARTICLE 26

   LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO CURE DEFAULT; PAYMENTS BY TENANT      86   

ARTICLE 27

   ENTRY BY LANDLORD      86   

ARTICLE 28

   TENANT PARKING      87   

ARTICLE 29

   MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS      89   

EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES

 

EXHIBIT A-1

 

OUTLINE OF PREMISES

  

EXHIBIT A-2

 

OUTLINE OF OFFSITE PROJECT

  

EXHIBIT A-3

 

OUTLINE OF TERRACE

  

EXHIBIT B

 

WORK LETTER

  

SCHEDULE 1 TO WORK LETTER

   BASE BUILDING PLANS   

SCHEDULE 2 TO WORK LETTER

   BASE BUILDING DEFINITION   

SCHEDULE 3 TO WORK LETTER

   DELIVERY CONDITION   

SCHEDULE 4 TO WORK LETTER

   CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE   

EXHIBIT C

 

NOTICE OF LEASE TERM DATES

  

EXHIBIT D

 

RULES AND REGULATIONS

  

EXHIBIT E

 

FORM OF TENANT’S ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

  

EXHIBIT F-1

 

FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT

  

EXHIBIT F-2

 

EXAMPLE CALCULATION OF L-C BURNDOWN

  

EXHIBIT G-1

 

DEPICTION AND GENERAL LOCATIONS OF TENANT’S SIGNAGE

  

EXHIBIT G-2

 

GENERAL LOCATIONS OF LANDLORD’S SIGNAGE

  

EXHIBIT H

 

MARKET RENT DETERMINATION FACTORS

  

EXHIBIT I

 

VISITOR PARKING AREA

  

 

(ii)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

    

Page

Abatement Amount

   23

Abatement Condition

   23

Abatement Event

   44

Abatement Notice

   44

Accountant

   35

Additional Allowance

   Exhibit B

Additional Monthly Base Rent

   Exhibit B

Additional Rent

   24

Advocate Arbitrators

   20

Alterations

   47

Amendment

   Exhibit B

Appealable Tax Expenses

   31

Appeals Notice

   31

Applicable Laws

   85

Approved Working Drawings

   Exhibit B

Arbitration Agreement

   20

Architect

   119

Audit Period

   35

Bank

   74

Bank Credit Threat

   75

Bank Prime Loan

   85

Bankruptcy Code

   75

Base Building

   48, Exhibit B

Base Building Code

   Exhibit B

Base Building Plans

   Exhibit B

Base Building Punch List Items

   Exhibit B

Base Rent

   23

Base, Shell and Core

   Exhibit B

Briefs

   21

Brokers

   93

BS/BS Exception

   45

Building

   Summary

Building A

   Summary

Building A Delivery Condition Termination Date

   Exhibit B

Building A Delivery Failure Termination Notice

   Exhibit B

Building A First Rent Abatement Delivery Condition Date

   Exhibit B

Building A Late Delivery Date Abatements

   Exhibit B

Building A Lease Commencement Date

   Summary

Building A Lease Year

   18

Building A Premises

   Summary

Building A Second Rent Abatement Delivery Condition Date

   Exhibit B

Building A Termination Effective Date

   Exhibit B

Building B

   Summary

Building B Delivery Condition Termination Date

   Exhibit B

 

(iii)


Building B Delivery Failure Termination Notice

   Exhibit B

Building B First Rent Abatement Delivery Condition Date

   Exhibit B

Building B Late Delivery Date Abatements

   Exhibit B

Building B Lease Commencement Date

   Summary

Building B Premises

   Summary

Building B Second Rent Abatement Delivery Condition Date

   Exhibit B

Building B Termination Effective Date

   Exhibit B

Building Common Areas,

   10

Building Hours

   41

Building Structure

   45

Building Systems

   45

Buildings

   Summary

Burn Down Date

   78

Cafeteria

   39

Cafeteria Facilities

   39

Casualty

   56

Child Care Facility

   37

Child Care Provider

   37

Child Care Users

   37

Code

   Exhibit B

CofO

   Exhibit B

CofO Item

   Exhibit B

Common Areas

   10

Comparable Area

   Exhibit H

Comparable Buildings

   171

Comparable Term

   Exhibit H

Comparable Transactions

   Exhibit H

Concessions

   Exhibit H

Construction Covenant

   114

Construction Drawings

   Exhibit B

Construction Period

   53

Contemplated Effective Date

   63

Contemplated Transfer Space

   63

Contract

   Exhibit B

Contractor

   Exhibit B

Control,

   66

Controlled Account

   79

Controlled Account Agreement

   79

Controlled Account Deposit

   79

Controlled Bank

   79

Coordination Fee

   Exhibit B

Cosmetic Alterations

   48

Cost Pool

   32

Damage Termination Date

   59

Damage Termination Notice

   59

Delay Notice

   Exhibit B

 

(iv)


Delivery Condition

   Exhibit B

Delivery Date

   Exhibit B

Direct Expenses

   24

Economic Terms

   12

Electronic Project Sign

   83

Emergency

   47

Energy Disclosure Information

   101

Energy Disclosure Requirements

   101

Engineers

   Exhibit B

Environmental Laws

   97

Environmental Permits

   97

Estimate

   34

Estimate Statement

   34

Estimated Construction Dates

   Exhibit B

Estimated Direct Expenses

   34

Excess

   33

Exercise Notice

   19

Expense Year

   24

FDIC

   77

Final Condition

   Exhibit B

Final Condition Date

   Exhibit B

Final Costs

   Exhibit B

Final Retention

   Exhibit B

Final Space Plan

   Exhibit B

Final Working Drawings

   Exhibit B

First Offer Notice

   12

First Offer Space

   12

First Offer Term

   13

First Rebuttals

   21

Fitness Center

   40

Fitness Center Provider

   40

Fitness Center Users

   40

Fixed Period

   77

Force Majeure

   92

Force Majeure Delay

   Exhibit B

Generator

   80

Generator Area

   80

Hazardous Material(s)

   96

Holidays

   41

Hunter Storm

   13

HVAC

   41

Identification Requirements

   96

Improvement Allowance

   Exhibit B

Improvement Allowance Items

   Exhibit B

Improvements

   Exhibit B

Initial L-Cs

   73

 

(v)


Intention to Transfer Notice

   63

Interest Rate

   85

Intervening Lease

   15

KRC

   13

Landlord

   Summary

Landlord Caused Delay

   Exhibit B

Landlord Parties

   51, 52

Landlord Rent Abatement Acceleration Election

   23

Landlord Repair Notice

   57

Landlord Response Notice

   19

Landlord Use Rights

   17

Landlord’s Twelve Month Warranty

   9

Landlord’s Event Use Rights

   17

Landlord’s Initial Statement

   22

Landlord’s Option Rent Calculation

   19

Landlord’s Project Costs

   52

Landlord’s Repair Estimate Notice

   57

Late Payment Notice

   85

L-C

   73

L-C Amount

   73

L-C Burn Down Amount

   78

LC Expiration Date

   75

L-C Reduction Conditions

   78

Lease

   Summary

Lease Commencement Date

   18

Lease Commencement Date Delay

   Exhibit B

Lease Expiration Date

   18

Lease Term

   18

Lines

   96

Lobbies

   11

Lobby

   11

Management Fee Percentage

   29

Market Rent

   Exhibit H

Merger Notice

   84

Net Equivalent Lease Rate

   Exhibit H

net operating cashflow

   78

Net Worth

   66

Neutral Arbitrator

   20

Notices

   92

Objectionable Content

   84

Objectionable Name

   82

Office Space Leasing Requirement

   11

Offsite First Offer Notice

   14

Offsite First Offer Space

   14

Offsite Landlord

   14

Offsite Project

   14

 

(vi)


Offsite Superior Right Holders

   14

Operating Expenses

   25

Option Rent

   19

Option Term

   19

Original Improvements

   54

Original Tenant

   12

OSHPD

   38

Outside Agreement Date

   19

Outside Restoration Date

   58

Over-Allowance Amount

   Exhibit B

Parking Covenant

   88

Penetrating Work

   102

Permitted Chemicals

   97

Permitted Occupants

   66

Permitted Signage

   82

Permitted Transferee

   65

Permitted Transferee Assignee

   66

Permitted Use

   Summary

Premises

   9

Project

   10

Project Common Areas

   10

Proposition 13

   30

Receivership

   77

Reduction Date

   78

Reminder Notice

   47

Renewal Allowance

   Exhibit H

Renovations

   95

Rent Abatement Period

   23

Rent

   24

Restricted Common Area Modifications

   11

Restricted Party

   84

Retail Space

   Summary

Rooftop Equipment

   99

Rules and Regulations

   36

Ruling

   22

Second Rebuttals

   21

Secured Areas

   87

Security Deposit Laws

   76

Security Holder

   69

Sensor Areas

   100

Six Month Period

   64

SNDA

   69

Specialty Improvements

   50

Statement

   33

Subject Space

   61

Substantial Completion of the Improvements

   Exhibit B

 

(vii)


Substitution Notice

   84

Summary

   Summary

Tax Expenses

   30

TCCs

   9

Tenant

   Summary

Tenant Construction Delay

   Exhibit B

Tenant Damage

   9

Tenant Energy Use Disclosure

   102

Tenant Parties

   51

Tenant Rent Abatement Acceleration Election

   24

Tenant’s Agents

   Exhibit B

Tenant’s Exercise Period

   12

Tenant’s Initial Statement

   22

Tenant’s Offsite Exercise Period

   14

Tenant’s Rebuttal Statement

   22

Tenant’s Security System

   43

Tenant’s Share

   32

Tenant’s Signage

   82

Terrace

   16

Terrace Users

   17

Third Party Contractor

   56

Transfer

   64

Transfer Costs

   63

Transfer Notice

   61

Transfer Premium

   63

Transferee

   61

Transfers

   61

Underlying Documents

   26

Unused L-C Proceeds

   77

Water Sensors

   100

Wellness Center

   37

Wellness Center Provider

   38

Wellness Center Users

   37

Work Letter

   9

 

(viii)


CROSSING/900

OFFICE LEASE

This Office Lease (the “ Lease ”), dated as of the date set forth in Section 1 of the Summary of Basic Lease Information (the “ Summary ”), below, is made by and between REDWOOD CITY PARTNERS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and BOX, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

SUMMARY OF BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

 

               TERMS OF LEASE   

DESCRIPTION

1.        Date:

   September 15, 2014.

2.        Premises:

( Article 1 )

  

2.1      Buildings:

   That certain six (6) story office building (“ Building A ”) to be located at 900 Jefferson Avenue, Redwood City, California, and that certain four (4) story office building (“ Building B ”), each of which also include a ground floor below the storied levels described of above, to be located at 900 Middlefield Avenue, Redwood City, California. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that Building A contains a total of 226,197 rentable square feet of space, and Building B contains a total of 113,015 rentable square feet of space. The term “ Building ” as used in this Lease shall refer to Building A or Building B, and the term “ Buildings ” shall refer to both Building A and Building B.

2.2      Premises:

   A stipulated total of 334,212 rentable square feet of space, consisting of the entirety of Building A (the “ Building A Premises ”), as further depicted on Exhibit A-1 to the Lease, and the entirety of Building B (the “ Building B Premises ”), as further depicted on Exhibit A-1 to the Lease, excluding the stipulated 5,000 rentable square feet of retail space (the “ Retail Space ”) on the ground floor of Building B, in the approximate location shown on Exhibit A-1 attached hereto.

 

1


  

The Building A Premises shall consist of a stipulated total of 226,197 rentable square feet, as follows:

 

Ground

Floor: 12,560 rentable square feet

Floor 1: 36,177 rentable square feet

Floor 2: 35,492 rentable square feet

Floor 3: 35,492 rentable square feet

Floor 4: 35,492 rentable square feet

Floor 5: 35,492 rentable square feet

Floor 6: 35,492 rentable square feet

 

The Building B Premises shall consist of a stipulated total of 108,015 rentable square feet, as follows:

 

Ground

Floor: 5,715 rentable square feet

Floor 1: 25,575 rentable square feet

Floor 2: 25,575 rentable square feet

Floor 3: 25,575 rentable square feet

Floor 4: 25,575 rentable square feet

2.3      Project:

   The Buildings and the Common Areas shall be the components of an office project known as Crossing/900, as further set forth in Section 1.1.2 of this Lease.

3.        Lease Term

( Article 2 ):

  

3.1      Length of Term:

   Approximately eleven (11) years and six (6) months from the Building B Lease Commencement Date (as that term is defined in Section 3.2.2 of this Summary below).

3.2      Lease Commencement Dates:

   Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge that Landlord shall be constructing the Base Building, as that term is defined in Section 1 of Exhibit B , attached hereto, with respect to each Building and delivering the same to Tenant in the Delivery Condition, as that term is defined in Section 1 of Exhibit B .

3.2.1  Building A Lease Commencement Date:

   The “ Building A Lease Commencement Date ” shall be the latest to occur of: (i) July 1,

 

2


   2015, (ii) the date that occurs six (6) months following the Delivery Date (as that term is defined in Section 1.2 of Exhibit B ), with respect to the Building A Premises, and (iii) the applicable Final Condition Date (as that term is defined in Section 1.3 of Exhibit B ).

3.2.2  Building B Lease Commencement Date:

   The “ Building B Lease Commencement Date ” shall be the latest to occur of: (i) January 1, 2017, (ii) the date that occurs six (6) months following the Delivery Date, with respect to the Building B Premises, and (iii) the applicable Final Condition Date.

3.3      Lease Expiration Date:

   The last day of the one hundred thirty-eighth (138 th ) full calendar month following the Building B Commencement Date; subject to extension of the Lease Expiration Date by Tenant’s exercise of one or both of the extension options granted under Section 2.2 of this Lease below.

3.4      Option Term(s):

   Two (2) five (5)-year option(s) to renew, as more particularly set forth in Section 2.2 of this Lease.

4.        Base Rent ( Article 3 ):

  

4.1      Building A Premises:

  

 

Period During Lease Term

     Annual
Base Rent*
       Monthly
Installment
of Base Rent*
       Monthly
Rental Rate
per Rentable
Square Foot
 

Building A Lease
Commencement Date –

              
Building A Lease Year 1      $ 11,807,483.40         $ 983,956.95         $ 4.35

Building A Lease Year 2

     $ 12,161,707.92         $ 1,013,475.66         $ 4.48   

Building A Lease Year 3

     $ 12,526,559.16         $ 1,043,879.93         $ 4.61   

Building A Lease Year 4

     $ 12,902,355.96         $ 1,075,196.33         $ 4.75   

Building A Lease Year 5

     $ 13,289,426.64         $ 1,107,452.22         $ 4.90   

Building A Lease Year 6

     $ 13,688,109.48         $ 1,140,675.79         $ 5.04   

Building A Lease Year 7

     $ 14,098,752.72         $ 1,174,896.06         $ 5.19   

Building A Lease Year 8

     $ 14,521,715.28         $ 1,210,142.94         $ 5.35   

 

3


Building A Lease Year 9

     $ 14,957,366.76         $ 1,246,447.23         $ 5.51   

Building A Lease Year 10

     $ 15,406,087.80         $ 1,283,840.65         $ 5.68   

Building A Lease Year 11

     $ 15,868,270.44         $ 1,322,355.87         $ 5.85   

Building A Lease Year 12

     $ 16,344,318.60         $ 1,362,026.55         $ 6.02   

Building A Lease Year 13 –
Lease Expiration Date

     $ 16,834,648.20         $ 1,402,887.35         $ 6.20   

 

* Subject to the Abatement Amount (as defined in Section 3.2 below).

The initial Monthly Installment of Base Rent amount was calculated by multiplying the initial Monthly Rental Rate per Rentable Square Foot amount by the number of rentable square feet of space in the Building A Premises, and the initial Annual Base Rent amount was calculated by multiplying the initial Monthly Installment of Base Rent amount by twelve (12). In all subsequent Base Rent payment periods during the Lease Term commencing on the first (1 st ) day of Building A Lease Year 2, the calculation of each Monthly Installment of Base Rent amount reflects an annual increase of three percent (3%) and each Annual Base Rent amount was calculated by multiplying the corresponding Monthly Installment of Base Rent amount by twelve (12).

4.2 Building B Premises:

 

Period During Lease Term

     Annual
Base Rent
       Monthly
Installment of
Base Rent
       Monthly
Rental Rate
per Rentable
Square Foot
 

Building B Lease
Commencement Date –

              

Building A Lease Year 2

     $ 5,807,534.52         $ 483,961.21         $ 4.48   

Building A Lease Year 3

     $ 5,981,760.60         $ 498,480.05         $ 4.61   

Building A Lease Year 4

     $ 6,161,213.40         $ 513,434.45         $ 4.75   

Building A Lease Year 5

     $ 6,346,049.76         $ 528,837.48         $ 4.90   

Building A Lease Year 6

     $ 6,536,431.20         $ 544,702.60         $ 5.04   

Building A Lease Year 7

     $ 6,732,524.16         $ 561,043.68         $ 5.19   

Building A Lease Year 8

     $ 6,934,499.88         $ 577,874.99         $ 5.35   

Building A Lease Year 9

     $ 7,142,534.88         $ 595,211.24         $ 5.51   

Building A Lease Year 10

     $ 7,356,810.96         $ 613,067.58         $ 5.68   

Building A Lease Year 11

     $ 7,577,515.32         $ 631,459.61         $ 5.85   

Building A Lease Year 12

     $ 7,804,840.80         $ 650,403.40         $ 6.02   

Building A Lease Year 13
– Lease Expiration Date

     $ 8,038,986.00         $ 669,915.50         $ 6.20   

 

4


The initial Monthly Installment of Base Rent amount was calculated by multiplying the initial Monthly Rental Rate per Rentable Square Foot amount by the number of rentable square feet of space in the Building B Premises, and the initial Annual Base Rent amount was calculated by multiplying the initial Monthly Installment of Base Rent amount by twelve (12). In all subsequent Base Rent payment periods during the Lease Term commencing on the first (1 st ) day of Building A Lease Year 2, the calculation of each Monthly Installment of Base Rent amount reflects an annual increase of three percent (3%) and each Annual Base Rent amount was calculated by multiplying the corresponding Monthly Installment of Base Rent amount by twelve (12).

 

5.        Operating Expenses and Tax Expenses

( Article4 ):

   This is a TRIPLE NET lease and as such, the provisions contained in this Lease are intended to pass on to Tenant and reimburse Landlord for the costs and expenses reasonably associated with this Lease and the Project, and Tenant’s operation therefrom. To the extent such costs and expenses payable by Tenant cannot be charged directly to, and paid by, Tenant, such costs and expenses shall be paid by Landlord but reimbursed by Tenant as Additional Rent.

6.        Tenant’s Share

( Article4 ):

   100% (which was calculated by dividing the number of square feet of space in the Premises by the number of rentable square feet of space in the Project, excluding the Retail Space).

7.        Permitted Use

( Article5 ):

   Tenant shall use the Premises solely for general office, research and development, and other incidental uses to the extent all such uses are consistent with first-class office buildings (including those occupied by technology-oriented office space users) in the market in which the Project is located (the “ Permitted Use ”); provided, however, that notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth hereinabove, and as more particularly set forth in the Lease, Tenant shall be responsible for operating and maintaining the Premises pursuant to, and in no event may Tenant’s Permitted Use violate, (A) Landlord’s Rules and Regulations, as that term is set forth in Section 5.2 of this Lease, subject to the limitations on modifications to the Rules and Regulations set forth in Section 5.2 of this Lease, (B) all Applicable Laws, as that term is set forth in Article 24 of

 

5


   this Lease, and (C) the Underlying Documents (as that term is defined in Section 4.2.4 of this Lease).

8.        Letter of Credit

( Article 21 ):

   $25,000,000, subject to reduction as set forth in Article 21 below, and subject to increase as set forth in Section 2.1 of the Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit B .

9.        Parking Passes

( Article 28 ):

   Three (3) passes per each 1,000 rentable square feet of the Premises (i.e., one thousand three (1,003) unreserved parking passes for the entire initial Premises), subject to the TCCs of Article 28 of the Lease.

10.      Address of Tenant

( Section 29.18 ):

  

Box, Inc.

4440 El Camino Real

Los Altos, California 94022

Attention: Peter McGoff, Esq.

Telephone Number: (650) 209-3407

E-mail: pete@box.com

 

with copies to:

 

Box, Inc.

4440 El Camino Real

Los Altos, California 94022

Attention:

Telephone Number:

E-mail:

 

and

 

Reed Smith LLP

101 Second Street, Suite 1800

San Francisco, California 94105

Attention: Charles H. Seaman, Esq.

Telephone: (415) 543-8700

E-mail: cseaman@reedsmith.com

 

(Prior to the Building A Lease Commencement Date)

and

  

Box, Inc.

900 Jefferson Avenue

Redwood City, California

Attention: Peter McGoff, Esq.

 

6


  

Telephone Number: (650) 209-3407

E-mail: pete@box.com

 

with copies to:

 

Reed Smith LLP

101 Second Street, Suite 1800

San Francisco, California 94105

Attention: Charles H. Seaman, Esq.

Telephone: (415) 543-8700

E-mail: cseaman@reedsmith.com

 

(After the Building A Lease Commencement Date)

11.      Address of Landlord

( Section 29.18 ):

  

Redwood City Partners, LLC

c/o Kilroy Realty Corporation

12200 West Olympic Boulevard, Suite 200

Los Angeles, California 90064

Attention: Legal Department

 

with copies to:

 

Kilroy Realty Corporation

12200 West Olympic Boulevard, Suite 200

Los Angeles, California 90064

Attention: Mr. John Fucci

 

and

 

Kilroy Realty Corporation

100 First Street

Office of the Building, Suite 250

San Francisco, California 94105

Attention: Regional Vice-President, Northern California

 

and

 

Allen Matkins Leck Gamble Mallory & Natsis LLP

1901 Avenue of the Stars, Suite 1800

Los Angeles, California 90067

Attention: Anton N. Natsis, Esq.

 

7


12.      Broker(s)

( Section 29.24 ):

 

Representing Tenant:

 

Cornish & Carey Commercial Newmark Knight Frank

  

Representing Landlord:

 

Cassidy Turley

13.      Improvement Allowance

( Section 2 of Exhibit B ):

   An amount equal to $70.00 per rentable square foot of the Premises for a total of $23,394,840.00, subject to increase by the Additional Allowance as defined in Section 2.1 of the Work Letter.

 

8


ARTICLE 1 

PREMISES, BUILDINGS, PROJECT, AND COMMON AREAS

1.1 Premises, Buildings, Project and Common Areas .

1.1.1 The Premises . Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord the premises set forth in Section 2.2 of the Summary (the Premises ). The outline of the Premises is set forth in Exhibit A-1 attached hereto, and each floor or floors of the Premises has the number of rentable square feet as set forth in Section 2.2 of the Summary. The parties hereto agree that the lease of the Premises is upon and subject to the terms, covenants and conditions (the “ TCCs ”) herein set forth, and each of Landlord and Tenant covenants as a material part of the consideration for this Lease to keep and perform each and all of such TCCs by it to be kept and performed and that this Lease is made upon the condition of such performance. The parties hereto hereby acknowledge that the purpose of Exhibit A-1 is to show the approximate location of the Building A Premises in Building A, only, and the approximate location of the Building B Premises in Building B, only, and such Exhibit is not meant to constitute an agreement, representation or warranty as to the construction of the Premises, the precise area thereof or the specific location of the Common Areas, as that term is defined in Section 1.1.3 , below, or the elements thereof or of the accessways to the Premises or the Project, as that term is defined in Section 1.1.2 , below. Except as specifically set forth in this Lease and in the Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit B (the Work Letter ), Tenant shall accept the Premises in its existing “as-is” condition and Landlord shall not be obligated to provide or pay for any improvement work or services related to the improvement of the Premises. Tenant also acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty regarding the condition of the Premises, the Buildings or the Project or with respect to the suitability of any of the foregoing for the conduct of Tenant’s business, except as specifically set forth in this Lease and the Work Letter. The taking of possession of any portion of the Premises by Tenant shall conclusively establish that such portion of the Premises and associated elements of the Building in which such portion of the Premises is situated, were at such time in good and sanitary order, condition and repair (subject, however, to any Base Building Punchlist Items (as that term is defined in Section 1.3 of the Work Letter). Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the applicable Lease Commencement Date, each Base Building, as that term is defined in Section 8.2 of this Lease, shall be in good working condition and repair and in compliance with Applicable Laws, to the extent required to allow the legal occupancy of the Premises for the Permitted Use, and the Base Building Plans (as defined in, and required by, Section 1.1 of the Work Letter), and Landlord hereby covenants that each Base Building shall remain in good working condition for a period of twelve (12) months following the applicable Final Condition Date applicable to such Building pursuant to the TCCs of this Section 1.1.1 . Landlord shall, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense (which shall not be deemed an Operating Expense, as that term is defined in Section 4.2.4 ), repair or replace any failed or inoperable portion of such Base Building during such twelve (12) month period ( Landlord’s Twelve Month Warranty ), provided that the need to repair or replace was not caused by the misuse, misconduct, damage, destruction, omissions, and/or negligence (collectively, Tenant Damage ) of Tenant, its subtenants and/or assignees, if any, or any company which it acquired, sold or merged with Tenant, or any Tenant Parties, as that term is

 

9


defined in Section 10.1 , below, or by any modifications, Alterations, as that term is defined in Section 8.1 below, or improvements (including the Improvements, as that term is defined in Section 2.1 of the Work Letter) constructed by or on behalf of Tenant. Landlord’s Twelve Month Warranty shall not be deemed to require Landlord to replace any portion of any Base Building, as opposed to repair such portion of such Base Building, unless prudent commercial property management practices dictate replacement rather than repair of the item in question. To the extent repairs which Landlord is required to make pursuant to this Section 1.1.1 are necessitated in part by Tenant Damage and not covered by Landlord’s insurance, then Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for an equitable proportion of the cost of such repair. If it is determined that either Base Building (or any portion thereof) was not in good working condition and repair as of the applicable Final Condition Date, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any damages, but Landlord, at no cost to Tenant, shall promptly commence such work or take such other action as may be necessary to place the same in good working condition and repair, and shall thereafter diligently pursue the same to completion; and Landlord shall repair any damage to the Original Improvements arising in connection with Landlord’s work.

1.1.2 The Buildings and the Project . The Premises is a part of the Buildings set forth in Section 2.1 of the Summary. The Buildings are the principle components of an office project to be known as Crossing/900 . The term Project , as used in this Lease, shall mean (i) the Buildings and the Common Areas, and (ii) the land (which is improved with landscaping, parking structures and/or other facilities and improvements) upon which the Buildings and the Common Areas are located.

1.1.3 Common Areas .

1.1.3.1 In General . Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right to use in common with other tenants in the Project, and subject to the rules and regulations referred to in Article 5 of this Lease, those portions of the Project which are provided, from time to time, for use in common by Landlord, Tenant and any other tenants of the Project (such areas are collectively referred to herein as the Common Areas ). The Common Areas shall consist of the Project Common Areas and the Building Common Areas (as both of those terms are defined below). The term Project Common Areas ,” as used in this Lease, shall mean the portion of the Project located outside of the Buildings and not reserved for the exclusive use of Landlord or any tenants of the Retail Space. The term Building Common Areas ,” as used in this Lease, shall mean the portions of the Common Areas located within the Buildings and not leased to Tenant or other tenants in the Building, including, with respect to Building A, the shuttle elevators and public lobbies and hallways leading to the exterior of the Building (as opposed to the Lobbies (as that term is defined in Section 1.1.3.2 below)), and with respect to Building B, the ground floor hallway(s) providing access from the Retail Space to the restrooms. The parties acknowledge and agree that the retail tenant and their customers and invitees shall be permitted at all times to access the Common Area restrooms located on the ground floor of Building B (with access controlled by use of a keypad or card access system installed by Landlord as part of Landlord’s construction of the Base Building). Subject to the terms of Sections 1.5 and 1.1.3.2 below, the manner in which the Common Areas are maintained and operated shall be at the reasonable discretion of Landlord (but shall at least be consistent with the manner in which the common areas of the Comparable Buildings, as that term is defined on Exhibit H , attached hereto, are maintained and operated) and the use thereof shall be subject to such Rules and Regulations (as

 

10


that term is defined in Section 5.2 below), provided that such Rules and Regulations do not unreasonably interfere with the rights granted to Tenant under this Lease and the Permitted Use. Landlord agrees that, if Tenant so elects and appoints a representative, Landlord shall meet and confer with Tenant’s representative on approximately a quarterly basis regarding the manner in which the Common Areas are operated and maintained; provided, however, any suggestions or requests made by Tenant’s representative shall not be binding on Landlord. Landlord reserves the right to close temporarily, make alterations or additions to, or change the location of elements of the Project and the Common Areas; provided that, in connection therewith, Landlord shall perform such closures, alterations, additions or changes in a commercially reasonable manner and, in connection therewith, shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize any material interference with Tenant’s use of and access to the Premises and those Common Areas (including parking facilities) necessary for the full use and enjoyment of the Premises. In addition, so long as no parties other than Tenant and/or its “Permitted Transferees,” as that term is defined in Section 14.8 , below, are directly leasing from Landlord any portion of the office space within the Building (the Office Space Leasing Requirement ), then Landlord shall not, except to the extent required by Applicable Law that is not related to the Retail Space, after the initial construction of the Building, materially modify (A) access from or to, the ground floor lobby of the Building, (B) the location of the Retail Space or its access off the Lobby (as that term is defined in Section 1.1.3.2 below) of Building B, (C) the location and access to and from the project parking facilities from the street and the Buildings, or (D) the hardscape, softscape and furniture on the Terrace, as defined in Section 1.5 below (collectively, Restricted Common Area Modifications ), without first obtaining Tenant’s prior written consent, which may be withheld, conditioned or delayed in Tenant’s reasonable discretion; provided, however, to the extent a Restricted Common Area Modification is required by Applicable Law and is solely related to the Retail Space or the Project parking facilities, then Landlord shall inform Tenant of such Restricted Common Area Modification and Tenant may provide Landlord with comments regarding such Restricted Common Area Modifications but Tenant shall not have the right to approve or disapprove such Restricted Common Area Modifications. Except when and where Tenant’s right of access is specifically excluded in this Lease, Tenant shall have the right of access to the Premises, the Buildings, and the Project parking facility twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week during the Lease Term, as that term is defined in Section 2.1 , below.

1.1.3.2 Lobbies . So long as Tenant is satisfying the Office Space Leasing Requirement, the ground floor lobby areas of each Building (as identified on Exhibit A-1 attached hereto) (each a Lobby , collectively, the Lobbies ) shall be deemed to be part of the “Premises” under this Lease, and, notwithstanding any provision to the contrary set forth in this Lease, all of the TCCs of this Lease (except as set forth in this Section 1.1.3.2 below) applicable to the Premises shall apply with respect to the Lobbies, including without limitation, Tenant’s repair and maintenance obligations set forth in Section 7.2 below, and Tenant’s obligations relating to compliance with Applicable Laws set forth in Article 24 below. At anytime that Tenant is no longer satisfying the Office Space Leasing Requirement with respect to a particular Building, the Lobby of such Building shall become Building Common Areas, as well such other areas on each floor as are required for multi-tenant use. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary set forth in this Lease: (i) Tenant may only use the Lobbies for ingress and egress to and from the exterior of each Building and the elevators, or such other use as permitted by Landlord in its reasonable discretion, and which use is consist

 

11


with the lobby areas of other Comparable Buildings occupied by a single-tenant office user, (ii) Tenant shall have the right to make Improvements to the Lobbies in accordance with the terms of the Work Letter, (iii) any Alterations (including any Cosmetic Alterations, as that term is defined in Section 8.1 below) made by Tenant to the Lobbies shall require Landlord’s consent, not to be unreasonably withheld, or delayed, and (iv) Landlord and Landlord’s Terrace Users (as defined in Section 1.5 below) shall have the right to enter the Lobbies in order to obtain access to the Terrace during the exercise of Landlord’s Use Rights.

1.2 Stipulation of Rentable Square Feet of Premises and Buildings . For purposes of this Lease, rentable square feet of the Premises shall be deemed as set forth in Section 2.2 of the Summary and the rentable square feet of the Buildings shall be deemed as set forth in Section 2.1 of the Summary. In the event of a recapture by Landlord under Section 14.4 of this Lease below, the rentable square footage shall be revised proportionately on a floor-by-floor basis. Absent such recapture, there shall be no changes to the stipulated rentable area of the Premises and the Buildings.

1.3 Right of First Offer on Retail Space . During the initial Lease Term and any Option Term, Landlord hereby grants to the named Tenant in this Lease (the Original Tenant ) and its Permitted Transferee Assignee (as defined in Section 14.8 below) a one-time right of first offer with respect to the Retail Space, but only in the event Landlord, in its sole discretion, elects to offer the Retail Space for use as office space (the First Offer Space ). Tenant’s right of first offer shall be on the TCCs set forth in this Section 1.3 .

1.3.1 Procedure for Offer . Subject to the TCCs of this Section 1.3 , Landlord shall notify Tenant (the First Offer Notice ) from time to time when the First Offer Space or any portion thereof will become available for lease to third parties, subject to the rights of any Superior Right Holder. Pursuant to such First Offer Notice, Landlord shall offer to lease to Tenant the then available First Offer Space. The First Offer Notice shall describe the space so offered to Tenant and the base rent, operating expense obligations, measurement of rentable square footage, condition of the base building upon delivery to Tenant, free rent and improvement allowances (collectively, the Economic Terms ) and other fundamental material economic terms upon which Landlord is willing to lease such space to Tenant.

1.3.2 Procedure for Acceptance . If Tenant wishes to exercise Tenant’s right of first offer with respect to the space described in the First Offer Notice, then within fifteen (15) business days of delivery of the First Offer Notice to Tenant ( Tenant’s Exercise Period ), Tenant shall deliver notice to Landlord of Tenant’s election to exercise its right of first offer with respect to the entire space described in the First Offer Notice on the Material Economic Terms contained in such First Offer Notice. If Tenant does not so notify Landlord within such fifteen (15) business day period, then Landlord shall be free to lease the space described in the First Offer Notice to anyone to whom Landlord desires on any terms Landlord desires; provided, however, Landlord shall not lease such First Offer Space to a third party on Economic Terms less than ninety percent (90%) as favorable to Landlord as the Economic Terms offered in such First Offer Notice to Tenant (as determined using a Net Equivalent Lease Rate, as defined in Exhibit H attached hereto), without first providing Tenant with a new First Offer Notice on such reduced Economic Terms. If Landlord provides such a new First Offer Notice to Tenant, Tenant’s Exercise Period with respect to such new First Offer Notice shall be a period of five (5)

 

12


business days. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant must elect to exercise its right of first offer, if at all, with respect to all of the space offered by Landlord to Tenant at any particular time, and Tenant may not elect to lease only a portion thereof.

1.3.3 Construction In First Offer Space . Unless otherwise provided in the applicable First Offer Notice, Tenant shall take the First Offer Space in its “as is” condition, and the construction of improvements in the First Offer Space shall comply with the TCCs of Article 8 o f this Le ase. Any improvement allowance to which Tenant may be entitled shall be as set forth in the First Offer Notice. However, Landlord shall deliver the First Offer Space to Tenant in a broom clean condition, free of personal property.

1.3.4 Amendment to Lease . If Tenant timely exercises Tenant’s right to lease the First Offer Space as set forth herein, then Landlord and Tenant shall within thirty (30) days thereafter execute an amendment to this Lease for such First Offer Space upon the TCCs as set forth in the First Offer Notice and this Section 1.3 . Notwithstanding the foregoing, the failure of Landlord and Tenant to execute and deliver such First Offer Space amendment shall not affect an otherwise valid exercise of Tenant’s first offer rights or the parties’ rights and responsibilities in respect thereof. Unless otherwise provide in the applicable First Offer Notice, Tenant shall commence payment of rent for the First Offer Space, and the term of Tenant’s lease of the First Offer Space shall commence, upon the date of delivery of the First Offer Space to Tenant and shall terminate conterminously with Tenant’s lease of the remainder of the Premises on the Lease Expiration Date (as the same may be extended pursuant to Section 2.2 below), or on the date that is five (5) years following the date of the commencement of Tenant’s lease of the First Offer Space, whichever is longer. The length of the term of Tenant’s lease of the First Offer Space shall be referred to herein as the First Offer Term .

1.3.5 Termination of Right of First Offer . Tenant’s rights under this Section 1.3 shall be personal to the Original Tenant and its Permitted Transferee Assignee and may only be exercised by the Original Tenant or its Permitted Transferee Assignee (and not any other assignee, or any sublessee or other transferee of the Original Tenant’s interest in this Lease) if the Original Tenant or its Permitted Transferee Assignee occupies at least fifty percent (50%) of the rentable square footage of the initial Building B Premises leased by Tenant under this Lease (subject to the last sentence of Section 14.4 below). For purposes of this Lease, Tenant shall be deemed to be occupying any portion of the Premises that is not then subleased to a third party (other than a Permitted Transferee). The right of first offer granted herein shall terminate as to particular First Offer Space upon the failure by Tenant to exercise its right of first offer with respect to such First Offer Space as offered by Landlord. Tenant shall not have the right to lease First Offer Space, as provided in this Section 1.3 , if, as of the date of the attempted exercise of any right of first offer by Tenant, or, at Landlord’s option, as of the scheduled date of delivery of such First Offer Space to Tenant, Tenant is in monetary or material non-monetary default under this Lease (beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure period set forth in this Lease).

1.4 Right of First Offer on the Offsite Project . Commencing upon the date, if at all, that Landlord, or Kilroy Realty Corporation ( KRC ), or HS Middlefield, LLC, a California limited liability company, or Hunter/Storm, LLC, a California limited liability company (collectively, Hunter Storm ), or any affiliate of either or both of KRC and Hunter Storm (an

 

13


entity which at any time is controlled by, controls, or is under common control with, KRC or Hunter Storm) (collectively the “ Offsite Landlord ”), acquires the so-called “library site” located at the southwest corner of Jefferson Avenue and Middlefield Avenue in the City, which is currently owned by the City (the “ Offsite Project ”), as depicted on Exhibit A-2 attached hereto, and continuing through the initial Lease Term and any Option Term(s), Offsite Landlord grants to Original Tenant and its Permitted Transferee Assignee an on-going right of first offer with respect to any office space constructed at the Offsite Project (the “ Offsite First Offer Space ”). Neither Landlord nor Offsite Landlord shall have any liability or responsibility to Tenant for any failure or election not to acquire the Offsite Project, but Landlord shall be liable to Tenant for the failure of Offsite Landlord to comply with Tenant’s rights under this Section 1.4 . Notwithstanding the foregoing, such right of first offer shall be subordinate to all rights of other tenants under Intervening Leases, as that term is defined in Section 1.4.5 , below, such tenants are collectively referred to as the “ Offsite Superior Right Holders ”. Tenant’s right of first offer shall be on the TCCs set forth in this Section 1.4 .

1.4.1 Procedure for Offer . Subject to the TCCs of this Section 1.4 , Offsite Landlord shall notify Tenant (the “ Offsite First Offer Notice ”) from time to time prior to Offsite Landlord entering into a binding agreement with a third party to lease the Offsite First Offer Space or any portion thereof, subject to the rights of any Offsite Superior Right Holder. Pursuant to such Offsite First Offer Notice, Offsite Landlord shall offer to lease to Tenant the then available Offsite First Offer Space. The Offsite First Offer Notice shall describe the space so offered to Tenant, the Economic Terms and other fundamental material economic terms upon which Offsite Landlord is willing to lease such space to Tenant.

1.4.2 Procedure for Acceptance . If Tenant wishes to exercise Tenant’s right of first offer with respect to the space described in the Offsite First Offer Notice, then within fifteen (15) business days of delivery of the Offsite First Offer Notice to Tenant (“ Tenant’s Offsite Exercise Period ”), Tenant shall deliver notice to Offsite Landlord of Tenant’s election to exercise its right of first offer with respect to the entire space described in the Offsite First Offer Notice on the Economic Terms contained in such Offsite First Offer Notice. If Tenant does not so notify Offsite Landlord within such fifteen (15) business day period, then Offsite Landlord shall be free to lease the space described in the Offsite First Offer Notice to anyone to whom Offsite Landlord desires on any terms Offsite Landlord desires and any such lease shall become an Intervening Lease; provided, however, Offsite Landlord shall not lease such Offsite First Offer Space to a third party on Economic Terms less than ninety percent (90%) as favorable to Offsite Landlord as the Economic Terms offered in such Offsite First Offer Notice to Tenant (as determined using a Net Equivalent Lease Rate, as defined in Exhibit H attached hereto), without first providing Tenant with a new Offsite First Offer Notice on such reduced Economic Terms. If Offsite Landlord provides such a new Offsite First Offer Notice to Tenant, Tenant’s Offsite Exercise Period with respect to such new First Offer Notice shall be a period of ten (10) days. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant must elect to exercise its right of first offer, if at all, with respect to all of the space offered by Offsite Landlord to Tenant at any particular time, and Tenant may not elect to lease only a portion thereof.

1.4.3 Construction In Offsite First Offer Space . Unless otherwise provided in the Offsite First Offer Notice, Tenant shall take the Offsite First Offer Space in its “as is” condition. Any improvement allowance to which Tenant may be entitled shall be as set forth in the Offsite First Offer Notice. However, Offsite Landlord shall deliver the Offsite First Offer Space to Tenant in a broom clean condition, free of personal property.

 

14


1.4.4 Lease . If Tenant timely exercises Tenant’s right to lease the Offsite First Offer Space as set forth herein, then Offsite Landlord and Tenant shall promptly execute separate lease for such Offsite First Offer Space upon the TCCs as set forth in the Offsite First Offer Notice and this Section 1.4 , and the non-business oriented terms of this Lease (including, without limitation, Article 8 ) given the terms of the Offsite First Offer Notice and the potential nature of the Offsite Project as a multi-tenant office project. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the failure of Offsite Landlord and Tenant to execute and deliver such Offsite First Offer Space lease shall not affect an otherwise valid exercise of Tenant’s first offer rights or the parties’ rights and responsibilities in respect thereof. The rentable square footage of any Offsite First Offer Space leased by Tenant shall be determined by Offsite Landlord in accordance with Offsite Landlord’s then current standard of measurement for the Offsite Project. Unless otherwise provided in the Offsite First Offer Notice, Tenant shall commence payment of rent for the Offsite First Offer Space, and the term of Tenant’s lease of the Offsite First Offer Space shall commence and shall terminate as of the dates set forth in the Offsite First Offer Notice.

1.4.5 Termination of Right of First Offer . Tenant’s rights under this Section 1.4 shall be personal to the Original Tenant and its Permitted Transferee Assignee and may only be exercised by the Original Tenant or its Permitted Transferee Assignee (and not any other assignee, or any sublessee or other transferee of the Original Tenant’s interest in this Lease) if the Original Tenant or its Permitted Transferee Assignee occupies at least fifty percent (50%) of the rentable square footage of the initial Premises leased by Tenant under this Lease (subject to the last sentence of Section 14.4 below). The right of first offer granted herein shall terminate in its entirety upon (i) the transfer or sale of the Offsite Project by the current owner (i.e., the City) to any entity other than Offsite Landlord, (ii) the transfer or sale of the Project other than to an Offsite Landlord, or (iii) following Offsite Landlord’s acquisition of the Offsite Project, the transfer or sale of the Offsite Project (other than to another Offsite Landlord). The right of first offer granted herein shall not terminate as to particular Offsite First Offer Space upon the failure by Tenant to exercise its right of first offer with respect to such Offsite First Offer Space as offered by Offsite Landlord and Offsite Landlord shall re-offer such space to Tenant upon the expiration or earlier termination of any lease (an “ Intervening Lease ”) entered into by Offsite Landlord prior to the Offsite ROFO Expiration following Tenant’s failure to timely exercise its right to lease the Offsite First Offer Space, subject, however, to Offsite Landlord’s right to renew or expand any such Intervening Lease, provided that such Intervening Lease contains a renewal or expansion right (but irrespective of whether any such renewal or expansion right is exercised strictly in accordance with its terms or pursuant to a lease amendment or a new lease). Tenant shall not have the right to lease Offsite First Offer Space, as provided in this Section 1.4 , if, as of the date of the attempted exercise of any right of first offer by Tenant, or, at Offsite Landlord’s option, as of the scheduled date of delivery of such Offsite First Offer Space to Tenant, Tenant is in monetary or material non-monetary default under this Lease (beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure period set forth in this Lease).

1.4.6 Cooperation . Subject to the TCCs of this Section 1.4.6 , Offsite Landlord and Tenant agree to mutually cooperate to work together in connection with Offsite Landlord’s efforts to acquire title to the Offsite Project and Offsite Landlord’s the proposed development of

 

15


the Offsite Project for the benefit of Offsite Landlord with respect to Offsite Project. All such actions shall be at Offsite Landlord’s sole cost and expense. Offsite Landlord acknowledges and agrees that Tenant shall have no obligation to retain consultants, pursue litigation or perform any other action under this Section 1.4.6 that would require Tenant to incur out of pocket costs. So long as Tenant’s right to lease the Offsite First Offer Space as set forth in this Section 1.4 remains in effect, Tenant and any affiliated entity shall not actively pursue acquisition of the Offsite Project, whether by itself or as an investor or participant with any third-party, nor otherwise actively cooperate with any prospective third-party in connection with the purchase, ground lease, master lease or investment in the Offsite Project. The TCCs of this Section 1.4.6 (and the parties’ respective obligations set forth herein) shall terminate upon the termination of Tenant’s right to lease the Offsite First Offer Space pursuant to Section 1.4.5 above, but shall be suspended during the effective period of a binding agreement between the City and any entity other than Offsite Landlord for the exclusive right to negotiate for the acquisition, ground lease, or master lease of the Offsite Project, or for the acquisition, ground lease, or master lease of the Offsite Project. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right, from time to time, to inquire with Landlord in writing as to whether any Offsite Landlord is then using or continuing to use commercially reasonable efforts to pursue the acquisition, ground lease, or master lease, of the Offsite Project, and Landlord shall respond to Tenant, in good faith, within thirty (30) days of receipt of such inquiry, which notice shall (if applicable) provide reasonable detail concerning the steps Offsite Landlord is then engaged in, or anticipating engaging in, to pursue the acquisition, ground lease, or master lease of the Offsite Project. In the event Landlord notifies Tenant that no Offsite Landlord is then pursuing acquisition of the Offsite Project, pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, then the TCCs of this Section 1.4.6 (and the parties’ respective obligations set forth herein) shall terminate as of the date of Landlord’s notice. Likewise, if Landlord responds to Tenant’s inquiry that it is then using or continuing to use commercially reasonable efforts to pursue the Offsite Project but fails to achieve, within a reasonable period of time, any of the steps detailed in Landlord’s notice, then the TCCs of this Section 1.4.6 (and the parties’ respective obligations set forth herein) shall terminate.

1.5 Terrace . Tenant shall have the right to use, on an exclusive basis, but subject to Landlord Use Rights (as defined hereinbelow), the terrace located between the Buildings with entrances at the first floor level (not the ground floor level) of the Project, shown on Exhibit A-3 attached hereto (collectively, the “ Terrace ”), which Terrace shall, for purposes of this Lease, be deemed part of the Common Areas. If Landlord recaptures one or more full floors of the Premises pursuant to Section 14.4 below or Tenant otherwise fails to directly lease from Landlord one (1) or more full floors within either Building, Tenant’s use of the Terrace shall be on a non-exclusive basis, however, thereafter, Tenant shall have the right to schedule temporary exclusive use of the Terrace with Landlord from time to time for particular events, subject to the scheduled use of the Terrace by Landlord and other tenants of the Project, as reasonably determined by Landlord on a proportionate basis, taking into consideration the amount of rentable square feet then leased by Tenant at the Project. Tenant’s use of the Terrace shall be subject to such reasonable rules and regulations as may be prescribed by Landlord from time to time. Following the expiration of the Construction Period, Tenant may make Alterations to the Terrace, and may install or place on the Terrace certain furniture, fixtures, plants, graphics, signs or insignias, subject to Landlord’s prior consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided, however, following the termination of Tenant’s exclusive rights to use the Terrace, Tenant shall remove all such furniture, plants, graphics signs

 

16


or insignia, and other personal property, and repair any damage caused by such removal, the parties acknowledging that Tenant shall not be obligated to remove any Alterations (as defined in Section 8.1 below) installed by Tenant and approved by Landlord. Landlord shall have the right to temporarily close the Terrace or limit access thereto from time to time (i) in connection with Landlord’s maintenance or repair of the Terrace or Buildings and (ii) during Tenant’s period of exclusive use of the Terrance, no more than three (3) events within any twelve (12) month period (but at any time of the day not to exceed twelve (12) hours on any one occasion, not including set up and take down time), for other reasonable purposes, including, without limitation, for events hosted by or on behalf of Landlord at any time (collectively “ Landlord Use Rights ”, with Landlord’s Use Rights under item (ii) referred to herein as “ Landlord’s Event Use Rights ”); provided, however, that Landlord shall provide reasonable advance written notice to Tenant of the date(s) and the anticipated period of closure or limited use of the Terrace, and in the case of Landlord’s Event Use Rights, Landlord shall schedule any such use of the Terrace in consultation with Tenant so as to avoid conflicts with any particular pre-planned use of the Terrace by Tenant for an event that does not occur routinely and, to the extent necessary (as reasonably determined by Landlord), shall provide its own security services for such events at its own cost (and not as an element of Direct Expenses). The foregoing limitation on Landlord’s Event Use Rights shall not apply following the termination of Tenant’s exclusive use of the Terrace, and instead, Landlord’s right to use the Terrace for events shall be subject to scheduling and availability as set forth in this Section 1.5 above. So long as Tenant is satisfying the Office Space Leasing Requirement, if Landlord utilizes a security service other than the service generally providing services to the Premises on behalf of Tenant, Tenant shall have the right to approve such supplier of security services employed or engaged in connection with Landlord’s Event Use Rights, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Reasonable advance written notice shall be not less than fifteen (15) days for Landlord’s Event Use Rights. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that (A) Tenant shall be responsible for supervising and controlling access to the Terrace by Tenant’s employees, officers, directors, shareholders, agents, representatives, contractors and invitees (the “ Terrace Users ”) and Landlord shall be responsible for supervising and controlling access to the Terrace by Landlord’s Terrace Users; and (B) Landlord is not responsible for supervising and controlling access to the Terrace, except in connection with Landlord’s exercise of Landlord’s Use Rights. Except to the extent arising as a consequence of the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord: (I) Tenant assumes the risk for any loss, claim, damage or liability arising out of the use or misuse of the Terrace by Tenant’s Terrace Users, and Tenant releases and discharges Landlord from and against any such loss, claim, damage or liability; (II) Tenant further agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord and the Landlord Parties, harmless from and against any and all losses and claims relating to or arising out of the use or misuse of the Terrace by Tenant or Tenant’s Terrace Users (subject, however, to Section 10.3.2.4 below). Except to the extent arising as a consequence of the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant: (y) Landlord assumes the risk for any loss, claim, damage or liability arising out of the use or misuse of the Terrace by Landlord’s Terrace Users, and Landlord releases and discharges Tenant from and against any such loss, claim, damage or liability; (z) Landlord further agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Tenant and the Tenant Parties, harmless from and against any and all losses and claims relating to or arising out of the use or misuse of the Terrace by Landlord or Landlord’s Terrace Users. Neither party shall have any liability or responsibility to monitor the use, or manner of use, by the Terrace Users of the other party. Tenant’s rights under this Section 1.5 shall be personal to the Original Tenant and its Permitted Transferee Assignee and may only be exercised by the Original Tenant or its Permitted Transferee Assignee and their respective subtenants.

 

17


ARTICLE 2

LEASE TERM; OPTION TERMS

2.1 Initial Lease Term . The TCCs and provisions of this Lease shall be effective as of the date of this Lease. The term of this Lease (the “ Lease Term ”) shall be as set forth in Section 3.1 of the Summary, shall commence on the Building A Lease Commencement Date with respect to the Building A Premises and shall commence on the Building B Lease Commencement date with respect to the Building B Premises (the Building A Lease Commencement Date and the Building B Lease Commencement Date may each be referred to herein as the “ Lease Commencement Date ”), and shall terminate on the date set forth in Section 3.3 of the Summary (the “ Lease Expiration Date ”) unless this Lease is sooner terminated as hereinafter provided or extended pursuant to Section 2.2 below. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary set forth in this Lease, Tenant shall have the right to occupy the Premises prior to the applicable Lease Commencement Date for the conduct of its business, provided that (A) a temporary certificate of occupancy or its equivalent shall have been issued by the appropriate governmental authorities for each such portion to be occupied, and (B) all of the TCCs of this Lease shall apply as though the applicable Lease Commencement Date had occurred (although the applicable Lease Commencement Date shall not actually occur until the occurrence of the same pursuant to the TCCs of the second sentence of this Section 2.1 ) upon such occupancy of a portion of the Premises by Tenant, the parties acknowledging that during any such period of early occupancy Tenant shall be obligated to pay (i) Base Rent, (ii) Tenant’s Share of the annual Direct Expenses and (iii) any other Additional Rent due under this Lease, applicable to the entirety of any floor (including any portion thereof) of the Premises occupied by Tenant prior to the applicable Lease Commencement Date for the conduct of its business, notwithstanding the Rent Abatement set forth in Section 3.2 below. Tenant’s entry into the Premises for the purposes of designing, constructing and installing the Improvements or installing and testing furniture, fixtures, and equipment in the Premises, shall not constitute the conduct of business by Tenant for purposes of the preceding sentence. For purposes of this Lease, the term “ Building A Lease Year ” shall mean each consecutive twelve (12) calendar month period during the Lease Term; provided, however, that the first Building A Lease Year shall commence on the Building A Lease Commencement Date and end on the last day of the month in which the first anniversary of the Building A Lease Commencement Date occurs (or if the Building A Lease Commencement Date is the first day of a calendar month, then the first Building A Lease Year shall commence on the Building A Lease Commencement Date and end on the day immediately preceding the first anniversary of the Building A Lease Commencement Date), and the second and each succeeding Building A Lease Year shall commence on the first day of the next calendar month; and further provided that the last Building A Lease Year shall end on the Lease Expiration Date. At any time during the Lease Term, Landlord may deliver to Tenant a notice in the form as set forth in Exhibit C , attached hereto, as a confirmation only of the information set forth therein, which Tenant shall execute and return to Landlord within ten (10) business days of receipt thereof, provided that if such notice is not factually correct, then Tenant shall make such changes as are necessary to make such notice factually correct and shall thereafter return such notice to Landlord within said ten (10) business day period.

 

18


2.2 Option Terms .

2.2.1 Option Right . Landlord hereby grants the Original Tenant and its Permitted Transferee Assignee, two (2) options to extend the Lease Term for the entire Premises, each by a period of five (5) years (each, an “ Option Term ”). Such option shall be exercisable only by Notice (as that term is defined in Section 29.18 of this Lease) delivered by Tenant to Landlord as provided below, provided that, as of the date of delivery of such Notice, Tenant is not then in monetary or material non-monetary default under this Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure period. Upon the proper exercise of such option to extend, the Lease Term (including the Lease Expiration Date), as it applies to the entire Premises, shall be extended for a period of five (5) years. The rights contained in this Section 2.2 shall only be exercised by the Original Tenant or any Permitted Transferee Assignee (and not any other assignee, sublessee or other transferee of the Original Tenant’s interest in this Lease) if Original Tenant and/or its Permitted Transferee Assignee is in occupancy of at least sixty-seven percent (67%) of the rentable square footage of the initial Premises leased by Tenant under this Lease (subject to the last sentence of Section 14.4 below).

2.2.2 Option Rent . The Rent payable by Tenant during the Option Term (the “ Option Rent ”) shall be equal to the Market Rent, and determined pursuant to, Exhibit H attached hereto. The calculation of the Market Rent shall be derived from a review of, and comparison to, the Net Equivalent Lease Rates of the Comparable Transactions, as those terms are defined in Exhibit H .

2.2.3 Exercise of Option . The option contained in this Section 2.2 shall be exercised by Tenant, if at all, only in the manner set forth in this Section 2.2 . Tenant shall deliver notice (the “ Exercise Notice ”) to Landlord not more than eighteen (18) months nor less than fifteen (15) months prior to the expiration of the then Lease Term, stating that Tenant is exercising its option. If Tenant delivers the Exercise Notice, Landlord shall deliver notice (the “ Landlord Response Notice ”) to Tenant on or before the date which is thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of the Exercise Notice, setting forth Landlord’s good faith calculation of the Market Rent (the “ Landlord’s Option Rent Calculation ”). Within fifteen (15) business days of its receipt of the Landlord Response Notice, Tenant may, at its option, accept the Market Rent contained in the Landlord’s Option Rent Calculation. If Tenant does not affirmatively accept or Tenant rejects the Market Rent specified in the Landlord’s Option Rent Calculation, the parties shall follow the procedure set forth in Section 2.2.4 below, and the Market Rent shall be determined in accordance with the TCCs of Section 2.2.4 below.

2.2.4 Determination of Market Rent . In the event Tenant timely exercises its option to extend the Lease but rejects Landlord’s Option Rent Calculation set forth in the Landlord Response Notice pursuant to Section 2.2.3 , above, then Landlord and Tenant shall attempt to agree upon the Option Rent using good-faith efforts. If Landlord and Tenant fail to reach agreement upon the Option Rent applicable to the Option Term on or before the date that is ninety (90) days prior to the expiration of the initial Lease Term in the case of the first Option Term and the date that is ninety (90) days prior to the expiration of the first Option Term in the case of the second Option Term (each an “ Outside Agreement Date ”), then the Market Rent (and therefore, the Option Rent) shall be determined by arbitration pursuant to the TCCs of this Section 2.2.4 . Each party shall make a separate best and final determination of the Option Rent,

 

19


within five (5) days following the applicable Outside Agreement Date and supply a copy of such determination to the other party, and both such determinations shall be submitted to arbitration in accordance with Section 2.2.4.1 through Section 2.2.4.4 , below. Notwithstanding the foregoing, either party may, but notice delivered to the other within two (2) business days after receipt of the other party’s best and final determination of the Option Rent, accept the other party’s Option Rent determination; and, in such case, the accepted determination shall be the Option Rent for the applicable Option Term and no arbitration shall be required under this Section 2.2.4 .

2.2.4.1 Landlord and Tenant shall each appoint one arbitrator who shall by profession be a MAI appraiser who shall have been active over the ten (10) year period ending on the date of such appointment in the appraising first class office properties in the vicinity of the Project. The determination of the arbitrators shall be limited solely to the issue area of whether Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted Option Rent is the closest to the actual Option Rent as determined by the arbitrators, taking into account the requirements of Section 2.2.2 of this Lease. Each such arbitrator shall be appointed within fifteen (15) days after the Outside Agreement Date. Landlord and Tenant may consult with their selected arbitrators prior to appointment and may select an arbitrator who is favorable to their respective positions (including an arbitrator who has previously represented Landlord and/or Tenant, as applicable). The arbitrators so selected by Landlord and Tenant shall be deemed “ Advocate Arbitrators .”

2.2.4.2 The two Advocate Arbitrators so appointed shall be specifically required pursuant to an engagement letter within ten (10) days of the date of the appointment of the last appointed Advocate Arbitrator to agree upon and appoint a third arbitrator (“ Neutral Arbitrator ”) who shall be qualified under the same criteria set forth hereinabove for qualification of the two Advocate Arbitrators except that (i) the Neutral Arbitrator may be a licensed real estate broker or real estate lawyer who shall have been active over the ten (10) year period ending on the date of such appointment in the leasing of first class office properties in the vicinity of the Project, (ii) neither Landlord nor Tenant (or such party’s Advocate Arbitrator) may, directly or indirectly, consult with the Neutral Arbitrator prior or subsequent to his or her appearance, and (iii) the Neutral Arbitrator cannot be someone who has represented Landlord or Tenant (or any affiliate of Landlord or Tenant) during the five (5) year period prior to such appointment. The Neutral Arbitrator shall be retained via an engagement letter jointly prepared by Landlord’s counsel and Tenant’s counsel.

2.2.4.3 Within ten (10) days following the appointment of the Neutral Arbitrator, Landlord and Tenant shall enter into an arbitration agreement (the “ Arbitration Agreement ”) which shall set forth the following:

2.2.4.3.1 Each of Landlord’s and Tenant’s best and final and binding determination of the Option Rent exchanged by the parties pursuant to Section 2.2.4 , above;

2.2.4.3.2 An agreement to be signed by the Neutral Arbitrator, the form of which agreement shall be attached as an exhibit to the Arbitration Agreement, whereby the Neutral Arbitrator shall agree to undertake the arbitration and render a decision in accordance with the TCCs of this Lease, as modified by the Arbitration Agreement, and shall require the Neutral Arbitrator to demonstrate to the reasonable satisfaction of the parties that the Neutral Arbitrator has no conflicts of interest with either Landlord or Tenant;

 

20


2.2.4.3.3 Instructions to be followed by the Neutral Arbitrator when conducting such arbitration;

2.2.4.3.4 That Landlord and Tenant shall each have the right to submit to the Neutral Arbitrator (with a copy to the other party), on or before the date that occurs fifteen (15) days following the appointment of the Neutral Arbitrator, an advocate statement (and any other information such party deems relevant) prepared by or on behalf of Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be, in support of Landlord’s or Tenant’s respective determination of Option Rent (the “ Briefs ”);

2.2.4.3.5 That within five (5) business days following the exchange of Briefs, Landlord and Tenant shall each have the right to provide the Neutral Arbitrator (with a copy to the other party) with a written rebuttal to the other party’s Brief (the “ First Rebuttals ”); provided, however, such First Rebuttals shall be limited to the facts and arguments raised in the other party’s Brief and shall identify clearly which argument or fact of the other party’s Brief is intended to be rebutted;

2.2.4.3.6 That within five (5) business days following the parties’ receipt of each other’s First Rebuttal, Landlord and Tenant, as applicable, shall each have the right to provide the Neutral Arbitrator (with a copy to the other party) with a written rebuttal to the other party’s First Rebuttal (the “ Second Rebuttals ”); provided, however, such Second Rebuttals shall be limited to the facts and arguments raised in the other party’s First Rebuttal and shall identify clearly which argument or fact of the other party’s First Rebuttal is intended to be rebutted;

2.2.4.3.7 The date, time and location of the arbitration, which shall be mutually and reasonably agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant, taking into consideration the schedules of the Neutral Arbitrator, the Advocate Arbitrators, Landlord and Tenant, and each party’s applicable consultants, which date shall in any event be within forty-five (45) days following the appointment of the Neutral Arbitrator;

2.2.4.3.8 That no discovery shall take place in connection with the arbitration, other than to verify the factual information that is presented by Landlord or Tenant;

2.2.4.3.9 That the Neutral Arbitrator shall not be allowed to undertake an independent investigation or consider any factual information other than presented by Landlord or Tenant, except that the Neutral Arbitrator shall be permitted to visit the Project and the buildings containing the Comparable Transactions;

2.2.4.3.10 The specific persons that shall be allowed to attend the arbitration;

 

21


2.2.4.3.11 Tenant shall have the right to present oral arguments to the Neutral Arbitrator at the arbitration for a period of time not to exceed three (3) hours (“ Tenant’s Initial Statement ”);

2.2.4.3.12 Following Tenant’s Initial Statement, Landlord shall have the right to present oral arguments to the Neutral Arbitrator at the arbitration for a period of time not to exceed three (3) hours (“ Landlord’s Initial Statement ”);

2.2.4.3.13 Following Landlord’s Initial Statement, Tenant shall have up to two (2) additional hours to present additional arguments and/or to rebut the arguments of Landlord (“ Tenant’s Rebuttal Statement ”);

2.2.4.3.14 Following Tenant’s Rebuttal Statement, Landlord shall have up to two (2) additional hours to present additional arguments and/or to rebut the arguments of Tenant;

2.2.4.3.15 That, not later than ten (10) days after the date of the arbitration, the Neutral Arbitrator shall render a decision (the “ Ruling ”) indicating whether Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted Option Rent is closer to the Market Rent;

2.2.4.3.16 That following notification of the Ruling, Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted Option Rent determination, whichever is selected by the Neutral Arbitrator as being closer to the Market Rent, shall become the then applicable Option Rent; and

2.2.4.3.17 That the decision of the Neutral Arbitrator, as embodied in the Ruling, shall be binding on Landlord and Tenant.

2.2.4.3.18 If a date by which an event described in Section 2.2.4.3 , above, is to occur falls on a weekend or a holiday, the date shall be deemed to be the next business day.

2.2.4.4 In the event that the Option Rent shall not have been determined pursuant to the TCCs hereof prior to the commencement of the Option Term, Tenant shall be required to pay the Option Rent in Landlord’s best and final determination, and upon the final determination of the Option Rent, the payments made by Tenant shall be reconciled with the actual amounts due, and the appropriate party shall make any corresponding payment to the other party.

ARTICLE 3

BASE RENT

3.1 In General . Tenant shall pay, without prior notice or demand, to Landlord or Landlord’s agent at the management office of the Project, or, at Landlord’s option, at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing (by notice delivered not less than thirty (30) days prior to the date such change is effective), by a check or electronic transfer for currency which, at the time of payment, is legal tender for private or public debts in the United

 

22


States of America, base rent (“ Base Rent ”) as set forth in Section 4 of the Summary, payable in equal monthly installments as set forth in Section 4 of the Summary, in advance on or before the first day of each and every calendar month during the Lease Term, without any setoff or deduction whatsoever, except as expressly provided in this Lease. In accordance with Section 4 of the Summary, any increases in Base Rent shall occur on the first day of the applicable Lease Month. The parties acknowledge, however, that Tenant shall pay Base Rent for each calendar month of the Lease Term (or a prorated portion of a calendar month, as applicable), even though the first Lease Month may pertain to a period longer than one (1) calendar month. The Base Rent for the first full month of the Lease Term, with respect to the Building A Premises and the Building B Premises, which occurs after the expiration of any free rent period shall be paid at the time of Tenant’s execution of this Lease. If any payment of Rent is for a period which is shorter than one month, the Rent for any such fractional month shall accrue on a daily basis during such fractional month and shall total an amount equal to the product of (i) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in such fractional month and the denominator of which is the actual number of days occurring in such calendar month, and (ii) the then-applicable Monthly Installment of Base Rent. All other payments or adjustments required to be made under the TCCs of this Lease that require proration on a time basis shall be prorated on the same basis.

3.2 Rent Abatement . Provided that Tenant is not then in monetary or material non-monetary default of this Lease, and subject to the TCCs of this Section 3.2 below, then during the last six (6) full calendar months of the Lease Term with respect to the Building A Premises (the “ Rent Abatement Period ”), Tenant shall not be obligated to pay any Base Rent or Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses otherwise attributable to the Building A Premises during such Rent Abatement Period (collectively, the “ Abatement Amount ”). Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing Rent Abatement has been granted to Tenant as additional consideration for entering into this Lease, and for agreeing to pay the Rent and perform the TCCs otherwise required under this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall have the right, at Landlord’s option, on a month by month basis commencing on the Building A Lease Commencement Date, to accelerate any remaining Rent Abatement Amount relating to a full month during the Rent Abatement Period for the Building A Premises forward, to apply to the Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses that would otherwise be due with respect to the next occurring month of the Lease Term for the Building A Premises (the “ Landlord Rent Abatement Acceleration Election ”), in which case Tenant shall have no obligation to pay Base Rent or Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses attributable to such next occurring month of the Lease Term for the Building A Premises, and the Rent Abatement Amount that is accelerated forward shall no longer be applicable during the Rent Abatement Period. Landlord may make such election on a month by month basis with respect to each of the months of the Rent Abatement Period. In addition, commencing on the Building A Lease Commencement Date, if Landlord has not exercised the Landlord Rent Abatement Acceleration Election on or before the date that the next installment of Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses is due under the Lease, and provided that this Lease has not been terminated as a result of any default of Tenant or rejection of this Lease in bankruptcy (the “ Abatement Condition ”), then Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant’s option, on a month by month basis commencing on the Building A Lease Commencement Date, to accelerate any Rent Abatement Amount for the Building A Premises relating to a full month during the Rent Abatement Period for the Building A Premises forward to apply to the Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses that would otherwise be due with respect to the next occurring month of the Lease Term for the Building A Premises (the

 

23


Tenant Rent Abatement Acceleration Election ) , in which case Tenant shall have no obligation to pay Base Rent or Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses attributable in such next occurring month of the Lease Term for the Building A Premises, and the Rent Abatement Amount that is accelerated forward shall no longer be applicable during the Rent Abatement Period. Tenant may not elect to accelerate more than one (1) month of such Rent Abatement at any particular time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, as long as the Abatement Condition is satisfied, if Tenant fails to deliver notice to Landlord exercising the Tenant Rent Abatement Acceleration Election for a particular month of the Lease Term, then Tenant shall be deemed to have elected to exercise the Tenant Rent Abatement Acceleration Election for such month without the requirement of providing notice to Landlord. Notwithstanding the different monetary amount of one (1) full calendar month at the end of the Lease Term from the monetary amount of one (1) full calendar month at the beginning of the Lease Term, the value of any full month of Rent Abatement, whether accelerated by Landlord or by Tenant, shall be equal to one (1) full month of Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses with respect to the Building A Premises at the time it is applied.

ARTICLE 4

ADDITIONAL RENT

4.1 In General . In addition to paying the Base Rent specified in Article 3 of this Lease, Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Share of the annual Direct Expenses, as those terms are defined in Sections 4.2.6 and 4.2.2 , respectively, of this Lease. Such payments by Tenant, together with any and all other amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to the TCCs of this Lease, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Additional Rent ,” and the Base Rent and the Additional Rent are herein collectively referred to as “ Rent .” All amounts due under this Article 4 as Additional Rent shall be payable for the same periods and in the same manner as the Base Rent, except insofar as Tenant is entitled to notice as a pre-condition to the duty to pay Additional Rent and provided that Tenant shall have no obligation to pay any Additional Rent under this Article 4 during the Construction Period, subject to the repayment obligations set forth in Section 10.1.2.3.2 below. Without limitation on other obligations which survive the expiration of the Lease Term, the obligations of Tenant to pay, and the obligations of Landlord to reconcile and refund excess payments of, the Additional Rent provided for in this Article 4 shall survive the expiration of the Lease Term.

4.2 Definitions of Key Terms Relating to Additional Rent . As used in this Article 4 , the following terms shall have the meanings hereinafter set forth:

4.2.1 Intentionally Deleted.

4.2.2 Direct Expenses shall mean Operating Expenses and Tax Expenses.

4.2.3 Expense Year shall mean each calendar year in which any portion of the Lease Term falls, through and including the calendar year in which the Lease Term expires, provided that Landlord, upon notice to Tenant, may change the Expense Year from time to time to any other twelve (12) consecutive month period, and, in the event of any such change, Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses shall be equitably adjusted for any Expense Year involved in any such change.

 

24


4.2.4 Operating Expenses shall mean all expenses, costs and amounts of every kind and nature which Landlord pays or accrues during any Expense Year because of or in connection with the ownership, management, maintenance, security, repair, replacement, renovation, restoration or operation of the Project, or any portion thereof, in accordance with sound real estate management and accounting practices, consistently applied, it being agreed that Landlord’s recovery of Operating Expenses shall be without any component of profit or other mark-up to Landlord (except as expressly permitted in this Lease). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Operating Expenses shall specifically include any and all of the following: (i) the cost of supplying all utilities, the cost of operating, repairing, replacing, maintaining, renovating and restoring the utility, telephone, mechanical, sanitary, storm drainage, and elevator systems, and the cost of maintenance and service contracts in connection therewith; (ii) the cost of licenses, certificates, permits and inspections and the cost of contesting any governmental enactments which may affect Operating Expenses, and the costs incurred in connection with a governmentally mandated transportation system management program or similar program; (iii) the cost of all insurance carried by Landlord in connection with the Project; (iv) the cost of landscaping, relamping, and all supplies, tools, equipment and materials used in the operation, repair and maintenance of the Project, or any portion thereof; (v) subject to item (r) below, costs incurred in connection with the parking areas servicing the Project; (vi) fees and other costs, including management fees, consulting fees, legal fees and accounting fees, of all contractors and consultants in connection with the management, operation, maintenance, replacement, renovation, repair and restoration of the Project; (vii) payments under any equipment rental agreements and the fair rental value of any management office space (and if such management office, whether located at the Project or elsewhere, is shared with other buildings owned by Landlord and Landlord’s affiliates, then such fair rental value shall be equitably prorated between the Building and such other buildings); provided that as long as the Office Space Leasing Requirement is satisfied, any such management office space shall not be located in the Project, and, in any event, the size of any such management office space shall be comparable to the size of the management offices of the landlords of the Comparable Buildings, with adjustment where appropriate for the size of the applicable project; (viii) wages, salaries and other compensation and benefits, including taxes levied thereon, of all persons engaged in the operation, maintenance and security of the Project (other than the person, regardless of title, above the level of the person who supervises property managers that manage the Project and other projects of Landlord and affiliates of Landlord, which person Landlord refers to as a “Senior Asset Manager”); (ix) costs under any instrument pertaining to the sharing of costs by the Project; (x) operation, repair, maintenance, renovation, replacement and restoration of all systems and equipment and components thereof of the Project; (xi) the cost of janitorial, alarm, security and other services (excluding the cost of providing janitorial to the Premises and the premises of other tenants of the Project (since Tenant is separately paying for the cost of janitorial to its Premises pursuant to Section 6.1.5 of the Lease)), replacement, renovation, restoration and repair of wall and floor coverings, ceiling tiles and fixtures in Common Areas, maintenance, replacement, renovation, repair and restoration of curbs and walkways, repair to roofs and re-roofing (but excluding repairs to the roof structures, except as otherwise permitted as a capital expenditure pursuant to the terms of this Section 4.2.4 ); (xii) amortization of the cost of acquiring or the rental expense of personal property used in the maintenance, operation and

 

25


repair of the Project, or any portion thereof (which amortization calculation shall include interest at the Interest Rate, as that term is set forth in Article 25 of this Lease); (xiii) the cost of capital improvements or other costs incurred in connection with the Project - (A) which are intended to reduce Operating Expenses or enhance the environmental sustainability of the Property’s operations (it being understood, however, that the amortized amount of such capital improvements to reduce Operating Expenses or enhance sustainability shall not exceed the reasonably estimated cost savings to be achieved thereby over the amortization period), (B) that are required under any governmental law or regulation by a federal, state or local governmental agency, except for capital repairs, replacements or other improvements to remedy a condition existing prior to the Building A Lease Commencement Date which an applicable governmental authority, if it had knowledge of such condition prior to the Building A Lease Commencement Date, would have then required to be remedied pursuant to then-current governmental laws or regulations in their form existing as of the Building A Lease Commencement Date and pursuant to the then-current interpretation of such governmental laws or regulations by the applicable governmental authority as of the Building A Lease Commencement Date, or (C) that are requested or approved in advance by Tenant and relate to the safety or security of the Project; provided, however, that any capital expenditure shall be amortized with interest at the Interest Rate over (X) its useful life as determined in accordance with sound real estate management and accounting practices, consistently applied, or (Y) with respect to those items included under item (A) above, their recovery/payback period as determined in accordance with sound real estate management and accounting practices, consistently applied; (xiv) costs, fees, charges or assessments imposed by, or resulting from any mandate imposed on Landlord by, any federal, state or local government for fire and police protection, trash removal, community services, or other services which do not constitute Tax Expenses as that term is defined in Section 4.2.5 , below; (xv) payments under any present or future easement, license, operating agreement, declaration, restrictive covenant, or instrument pertaining to the use, operation, and sharing of costs by the Project (collectively, Underlying Documents ”) and (xvi) costs of any additional services not provided to the Project as of the Building A Lease Commencement Date but which are thereafter provided by Landlord at Tenant’s request. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of this Lease, Operating Expenses shall not, however, include:

(a) costs, including marketing costs, legal fees, space planners’ fees, advertising and promotional expenses, and brokerage fees incurred in connection with the original construction or development, or original or future leasing of the Project, and costs, including permit, license and inspection costs, incurred with respect to the installation of improvements made for Tenant or other tenants occupying space in the Project or incurred in renovating or otherwise improving, decorating, painting or redecorating vacant space for Tenant or tenants or other occupants of the Project (excluding, however, such costs relating to any Project Common Areas, including parking facilities, so long as the work is of general application and not for the benefit of any particular tenant of the Project), and costs for the repair or replacement of any structural portion of the Buildings and costs covered by warranties of manufacturers or made necessary as a result of defects in the original design, workmanship or materials;

(b) except as set forth in items (xii), (xiii), and (xiv) above, capital expenditures depreciation, interest and principal payments on mortgages and other debt costs, if any, penalties and interest;

 

26


(c) costs for which the Landlord is reimbursed, or would have been reimbursed if Landlord had carried the insurance Landlord is required to carry pursuant to this Lease or would have been reimbursed if Landlord had used commercially reasonable efforts to collect such amounts, by Tenant or any other tenant or occupant of the Project or by insurance by its carrier or any tenant’s carrier or by anyone else (except to the extent of deductibles), and electric power costs (other than for which Tenant or any tenant directly contracts with the local public service company, or reimburses Landlord for directly based on a submeter reading);

(d) any bad debt loss, rent loss, or reserves for bad debts or rent loss;

(e) costs associated with the operation of the business of the partnership or entity which constitutes the Landlord, as the same are distinguished from the costs of operation of the Project (which shall specifically include, but not be limited to, accounting costs associated with the operation of the Project). Costs associated with the operation of the business of the partnership or entity which constitutes the Landlord include costs of partnership accounting and legal matters, costs of defending any lawsuits with any mortgagee (except as the actions of the Tenant may be in issue), costs of selling, syndicating, financing, mortgaging or hypothecating any of the Landlord’s interest in the Project, and costs incurred in connection with any disputes between Landlord and its employees, partners, members or other stakeholders, between Landlord and Project management, or between Landlord and other tenants or occupants, and Landlord’s general corporate overhead and general and administrative expenses;

(f) the wages and benefits of any employee who does not devote substantially all of his or her employed time to the Project unless such wages and benefits are prorated to reflect time spent on operating and managing the Project vis-a-vis time spent on matters unrelated to operating and managing the Project; provided, that in no event shall Operating Expenses for purposes of this Lease include wages and/or benefits attributable to personnel above the level of the person, regardless of title, who supervises property managers that manage the Project and other projects of Landlord and affiliates of Landlord, which person Landlord refers to as a “Senior Asset Manager”;

(g) amounts paid as rental for the Project (or any portion thereof) under any ground or underlying lease;

(h) overhead and profit increment paid to the Landlord or to subsidiaries or affiliates of the Landlord for services in the Project to the extent the same exceeds the costs of such services rendered by equally qualified, unaffiliated third parties on a competitive basis;

(i) any compensation paid to clerks, attendants or other persons in commercial concessions operated by the Landlord, provided that any compensation paid to parking attendants at the Project shall be includable as an Operating Expense (provided that as long as the Office Space Leasing Requirement is satisfied, Landlord shall not include the costs of any parking attendants at the Project in Operating Expenses; and if the Office Space Leasing Requirement is not satisfied, the inclusion in Operating Expenses of parking attendants shall be subject to the limitation in Section 4.2.4(r) below);

 

27


(j) rentals and other related expenses incurred in leasing air conditioning systems, elevators or other equipment which if purchased the cost of which would be excluded from Operating Expenses as a capital cost, except equipment not affixed to the Project which is used in providing janitorial or similar services and, further excepting from this exclusion such equipment rented or leased to remedy or ameliorate an emergency condition in the Project ;

(k) all items and services for which Tenant or any other tenant in the Project reimburses Landlord, provided that Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to collect such reimbursable amounts, or which Landlord provides selectively to one or more tenants (other than Tenant) without reimbursement;

(l) costs, other than those incurred in ordinary maintenance and repair, for sculpture, paintings, fountains or other objects of art;

(m) any costs expressly excluded from Operating Expenses elsewhere in this Lease;

(n) rent for office space occupied by Project management personnel to the extent the size or rental rate of such office space exceeds the size or fair market rental value of office space occupied by management personnel of the Comparable Buildings, subject to the limitations specified in item (vii) above;

(o) costs to the extent arising from the active negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its agents, employees, vendors, contractors, or providers of materials or services;

(p) costs incurred to comply with laws relating to the removal of hazardous material (as defined under Applicable Laws) which was in existence in the Buildings or on the Project prior to the Building A Lease Commencement Date, and was of such a nature that a federal, State or municipal governmental authority, if it had then had knowledge of the presence of such hazardous material, in the state, and under the conditions that it then existed in the Buildings or on the Project, would have then required the removal of such hazardous material or other remedial or containment action with respect thereto, but only to the extent those laws were then being actively enforced by the applicable government authority; and costs incurred to remove, remedy, contain, or treat hazardous material, which hazardous material is brought into the Buildings or onto the Project after the date hereof by Landlord or any other tenant of the Project or any other third party;

(q) costs of repair or replacement of any items covered by Landlord’s Twelve Month Warranty set forth in Section 1.1.1 above;

(r) in connection with the use of the Project parking facilities by the public as more particularly set forth in Section 28.2 below, (i) the incremental amounts of variable costs (as opposed to fixed costs) that are incurred and directly attributable to the public’s use of the Project parking facilities (and excluding normal transient parking during hours when public parking is not permitted) due to the increased volume and hours of parking involved in such public use (including, without limitation, parking attendants and security personnel), and (ii) other fixed costs that are incurred and directly attributable to the public’s use of the Project parking facilities, as reasonably and equitably determined by Landlord;

 

28


(s) electric power costs and janitorial costs for tenant spaces in the Project (but the foregoing shall not limit the electric power and janitorial component of Expenses applicable to the Common Areas), but only if Tenant is contracting and directly for such utilities with respect to the Premises;

(t) tax penalties as a result of Landlord’s refusal, inability, or other failure to pay taxes;

(u) any amounts Landlord would be entitled to recover directly from other tenants or occupants of the Project if their leases or occupancy agreements contained provisions comparable to those in this Lease which allow Landlord to recover directly from Tenant (and not as an item of Operating Expenses) costs of providing excess or after hours utilities, taxes on personal property, trade fixtures and improvements in excess of building standard, increased insurance premiums caused by usage and other similar expenditures;

(v) At any time that Tenant continues to lease the entirety of the initial Premises, any management fee which exceeds two and 25/100ths percent (2.25%) (the Management Fee Percentage ”) of the gross revenues from the Project (exclusive of public parking revenues incurred in connection with the public’s use of the Project parking facilities as required under the Underlying Documents, and excluding normal transient parking), adjusted and grossed up to reflect a one hundred percent (100%) occupancy of both Buildings (after the occurrence of the Building A Lease Commencement Date and Building B Lease Commencement Date, as applicable) with all tenants paying full rent, as contrasted with free rent, half-rent and the like, including all tenants paying full Base Rent, Additional Rent, and any parking fees payable by Tenant or other tenants (but not the public in connection with the public’s use of the Project parking facilities as required under the Underlying Documents, and excluding normal transient parking) for any calendar year or portion thereof; provided, that at any time that Tenant is no longer satisfying the Office Space Leasing Requirement, the Management Fee Percentage shall equal three percent (3%);

(w) Incremental, variable costs and expenses of every kind and nature attributable to Landlord’s Event Use Rights; or

(x) Costs otherwise includable in the Operating Expenses where Tenant elects to provide or contract for a service Landlord otherwise would contract or provide for under this Lease.

If, at any time that the Office Space Leasing Requirement is not being met, Landlord is not furnishing any particular work or service (the cost of which, if performed by Landlord, would be included in Operating Expenses) to a tenant who has undertaken to perform such work or service in lieu of the performance thereof by Landlord, Operating Expenses shall be deemed to be increased by an amount equal to the additional Operating Expenses which would reasonably have been incurred during such period by Landlord if it had at its own expense furnished such work or service to such tenant. During the period prior to the Building B

 

29


Commencement Date, and thereafter, if at any time that the Office Space Leasing Requirement is not being met, if the Project is not at least one hundred percent (100%) occupied during all or a portion of any Expense Year, Landlord may elect to make an appropriate adjustment to the components of Operating Expenses for such year to determine the amount of Operating Expenses that would have been incurred had the Project been one hundred percent (100%) occupied; and the amount so determined shall be deemed to have been the amount of Operating Expenses for such year. Except with respect to the management fee permitted pursuant to item (v) above, in no event shall any adjustments to Operating Expenses in any calendar year result in Landlord receiving from Tenant and other tenants more than one hundred percent (100%) of the cost of the actual Operating Expenses paid by Landlord in any such calendar year.

4.2.5 Taxes .

4.2.5.1 Tax Expenses shall mean all federal, state, county, or local governmental or municipal taxes, fees, charges or other impositions of every kind and nature, whether general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, (including, without limitation, real estate taxes, general and special assessments, transit taxes, leasehold taxes or taxes based upon the receipt of rent, including gross receipts or sales taxes applicable to the receipt of rent, unless required to be paid by Tenant, personal property taxes imposed upon the fixtures, machinery, equipment, apparatus, systems and equipment, appurtenances, furniture and other personal property used in connection with the Project, or any portion thereof), which shall be paid or accrued during any Expense Year (without regard to any different fiscal year used by such governmental or municipal authority) because of or in connection with the ownership, leasing and operation of the Project, or any portion thereof (including, without limitation, the land upon which the Buildings are located).

4.2.5.2 Tax Expenses shall include, without limitation: (i) Any tax on the rent, right to rent or other income from the Project, or any portion thereof, or as against the business of leasing the Project, or any portion thereof; (ii) Any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge in addition to, or in substitution, partially or totally, of any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge previously included within the definition of real property tax, it being acknowledged by Tenant and Landlord that Proposition 13 was adopted by the voters of the State of California in the June 1978 election (“ Proposition 13 ”) and that assessments, taxes, fees, levies and charges may be imposed by governmental agencies for such services as fire protection, street, sidewalk and road maintenance, refuse removal and for other governmental services formerly provided without charge to property owners or occupants, and, in further recognition of the decrease in the level and quality of governmental services and amenities as a result of Proposition 13, Tax Expenses shall also include any governmental or private assessments or the Project’s contribution towards a governmental or private cost-sharing agreement for the purpose of augmenting or improving the quality of services and amenities normally provided by governmental agencies (provided, however, that any private cost sharing agreement executed after the full execution and delivery of this Lease must be approved in writing by Tenant (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) before any costs thereunder may be included in Tax Expenses); (iii) Any assessment, tax, fee, levy, or charge allocable to or measured by the area of the Premises or the Rent payable hereunder, including, without limitation, any business or gross income tax or excise tax with respect to the receipt of such rent, or upon or with respect to the possession, leasing, operating, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or

 

30


occupancy by Tenant of the Premises, or any portion thereof; (iv) Any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge, upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party, creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Premises; and (v) all of the real estate taxes and assessments imposed upon or with respect to the Buildings and all of the real estate taxes and assessments imposed on the land and improvements comprising the Project.

4.2.5.3 Any costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) reasonably incurred by Landlord in attempting to protest, reduce or minimize Tax Expenses shall be included in Tax Expenses in the Expense Year such expenses are paid. Refunds of Tax Expenses shall be credited against Tax Expenses and refunded to Tenant regardless of when received, based on the Expense Year to which the refund is applicable. If Tax Expenses for any period during the Lease Term or any extension thereof are increased after payment thereof for any reason, including, without limitation, error or reassessment by applicable governmental or municipal authorities, Tenant shall pay Landlord upon demand Tenant’s Share of any such increased Tax Expenses included by Landlord as Tax Expenses pursuant to the TCCs of this Lease. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 4.2.5 (except as set forth in Section 4.2.5.2 , above), there shall be excluded from Tax Expenses (i) all excess profits taxes, franchise taxes, gift taxes, capital stock taxes, inheritance and succession taxes, estate taxes, documentary transfer taxes (whether due upon recordation of a deed or transfer of interests in Landlord), assessments or taxes pertaining to the existence or future receipt of entitlements to construct additional rentable space in the Project, federal and state income taxes, and other taxes to the extent applicable to Landlord’s general or net income (as opposed to rents, receipts or income attributable to operations at the Project), (ii) any item that otherwise would qualify as Tax Expenses to the extent such item is a tax on the revenue received by Landlord in connection with the provision of public parking in the Project; (iii) any items included as Operating Expenses, and (iv) any items paid by Tenant under Section 4.5 of this Lease. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, only Landlord may institute proceedings to reduce Tax Expenses and the filing of any such proceeding by Tenant without Landlord’s consent shall constitute an event of default by Tenant under this Lease if the filing is not dismissed within any applicable notice and cure period under this Lease. Tenant may request from Landlord whether or not Landlord intends to file an appeal of any portion of Tax Expenses which are appealable by Landlord (the Appealable Tax Expenses ”) for any tax fiscal year. Landlord shall deliver written notice to Tenant within ten (10) days after such request indicating whether Landlord intends to file an appeal of Appealable Tax Expenses for such tax fiscal year. If Landlord indicates that Landlord will not file an appeal of such Tax Expenses, then Tenant may provide Landlord with written notice (“ Appeals Notice ”) at least thirty (30) days prior to the final date in which an appeal must be filed, requesting that Landlord file an appeal. Upon receipt of the Appeals Notice, Landlord shall promptly file such appeal and thereafter Landlord shall diligently prosecute such appeal to completion. Tenant may at any time in its sole discretion direct Landlord to terminate an appeal it previously elected pursuant to an Appeals Notice. In the event Tenant provides an Appeals Notice to Landlord and the resulting appeal reduces the Tax Expenses for the tax fiscal year in question as compared to the original bill received for such tax fiscal year and such reduction is greater than the costs for such appeal, then the costs for such appeal shall be included in Tax Expenses and passed through to the tenants of the Project. Alternatively, if the appeal does not result in a reduction of Tax Expenses for such tax fiscal year or if the reduction of Tax Expenses is less than the costs of the appeal, then Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, within thirty (30) days

 

31


after written demand, for any and all costs reasonably incurred by Landlord which are not covered by the reduction in connection with such appeal. Tenant’s failure to timely deliver an Appeals Notice shall waive Tenant’s rights to request an appeal of the applicable Tax Expenses for such tax fiscal year. In addition, Tenant’s obligations to reimburse Landlord for the costs of the appeal pursuant to this Section shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease in the event the appeal is not concluded until after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. Upon request, Landlord agrees to keep Tenant apprised of all tax protest filings and proceedings undertaken by Landlord to obtain a reduction or refund of Tax Expenses.

4.2.6 Tenant’s Share shall mean the percentage set forth in Section 6 of the Summary. Tenant’s Share shall be decreased proportionately if Landlord exercises any recapture right under Section 14.4 below, or if Tenant otherwise fails to satisfy the Office Space Leasing Requirement.

4.3 Allocation of Direct Expenses .

4.3.1 Method of Allocation . The parties acknowledge that the Premises is a part of a two (2) building project and that the costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Project (i.e., the Direct Expenses) should be shared between the tenants of a particular Building and the tenants of the other Building in the Project (it being acknowledged, however, that Building A shall be treated as a single-tenant building so long as Tenant continues to satisfying the Office Space Leasing Requirement with respect to Building A). Accordingly, as set forth in Section 4.2 above, Direct Expenses (which consists of Operating Expenses and Tax Expenses) are determined annually for the Project as a whole, and a portion of the Direct Expenses, which portion shall be determined on an equitable basis, shall be allocated to a particular Building (as opposed to the other Building in the Project) and such portion shall be the Direct Expenses applicable to such Building for purposes of this Lease. Such portion of Direct Expenses allocated to the tenants of a particular Building shall include all Direct Expenses attributable solely to such Building and an equitable portion of the Direct Expenses attributable to the Project as a whole. For purposes of allocating Direct Expenses during the Lease Term, those Direct Expenses not reasonably attributable exclusively to a particular Building in the Project shall be allocated on a rentable area basis, except where otherwise dictated by prudent commercial property management practices or to achieve an equitable and customary allocation of Direct Expenses. In allocating Direct Expenses among the Buildings in the Project, Landlord must in any event conform to prudent commercial property management practices observed by owners of Comparable Buildings.

4.3.2 Cost Pools . The parties acknowledge that certain of the costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Project ( i.e. , the Direct Expenses) should be separately allocated to the office space and the Retail Space. Direct Expenses shall be allocated between the office space and Retail Space (each, a Cost Pool ”) based on the estimated benefit derived by the space which is the subject of the Cost Pool, and such allocations shall be reasonably determined by Landlord; provided, however, that the parties specifically agree that a percentage of the janitorial costs applicable to the Common Areas on the ground floor of Building B accessible and used by Tenant and the tenant(s) of the Retail Space (or their invitees and visitors) shall be allocated to the Retail Space Cost Pool, which percentage shall be based on the rentable square feet of space on the ground floor leased by the tenant(s) of the Retail Space, as compared

 

32


to the aggregate total rentable square feet of space on the ground floor leased by Tenant and such tenant(s) of the Retail Space. Accordingly, Direct Expenses shall be charged to the Retail Space and the office space by virtue of the creation of Cost Pools. Direct Expenses and Tax Expenses which apply equally to the Retail Space and the office space (such as Landlord’s insurance costs), as reasonably determined by Landlord, shall be allocated to the office space Cost Pool and the Retail Space Cost Pool based on the square footage of each of those spaces, respectively, compared to the total square footage of a Building. Any costs allocated to a Cost Pool (e.g. the Retail Space Cost Pool) which does not include a portion of the Premises shall be excluded from the definition of Direct Expenses for the purposes of this Lease.

4.4 Calculation and Payment of Additional Rent . Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in the manner set forth in Section 4.4.1 , below, and as Additional Rent, Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses for each Expense Year.

4.4.1 Statement of Actual Direct Expenses and Payment by Tenant . Landlord shall give to Tenant following the end of each Expense Year, a statement (the Statement ”) which shall state in general major categories the Direct Expenses incurred or accrued for such preceding Expense Year, and which shall indicate the amount of Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver such Statement to Tenant on or before May 1 following the end of the Expense Year to which such Statement relates. Upon request from Tenant, Landlord shall provide a reasonable amount of additional numerical breakdowns with respect to the expenses incurred by Landlord with respect to any of the general major categories. Upon receipt of the Statement for each Expense Year commencing or ending during the Lease Term, Tenant shall pay, within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Statement, the full amount of Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses for such Expense Year, less the amounts, if any, paid during such Expense Year as Estimated Direct Expenses, as that term is defined in Section 4.4.2 , below, and if Tenant paid more as Estimated Direct Expenses than the actual Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses (an Excess ”) , Tenant shall receive a credit in the amount of such Excess against Rent next due under this Lease. The failure of Landlord to timely furnish the Statement for any Expense Year shall not prejudice Landlord or Tenant from enforcing its rights under this Article 4 . Even though the Lease Term has expired and Tenant has vacated the Premises, when the final determination is made of Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses for the Expense Year in which this Lease terminates, if Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses is greater than the amount of Estimated Direct Expenses previously paid by Tenant to Landlord, Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Statement, pay to Landlord such amount, and if Tenant paid more as Estimated Direct Expenses than the actual Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses (again, an Excess), Landlord shall, within thirty (30) days, deliver a check payable to Tenant in the amount of such Excess. The provisions of this Section 4.4.1 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term. Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, Tenant shall not be responsible for Tenant’s Share of any Direct Expenses attributable to any Expense Year which are first billed to Tenant more than one (1) calendar year after the end of the Expense Year to which such Direct Expenses relate, except and only to the extent such Direct Expenses are not reasonably discoverable or quantifiable (including, without limitation, if Landlord did not receive a bill for such Direct Expense) by Landlord on or before the date that occurs six (6) months before such 1-year deadline.

 

33


4.4.2 Statement of Estimated Direct Expenses . In addition, Landlord shall give Tenant a yearly expense estimate statement (the “ Estimate Statement ”) which shall set forth in general major categories Landlord’s reasonable estimate (the “ Estimate ”) of what the total amount of Direct Expenses for the then-current Expense Year shall be and the estimated Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses (the “ Estimated Direct Expenses ”). Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver such Estimate Statement to Tenant on or before May 1 following the end of the Expense Year to which such Estimate Statement relates. The failure of Landlord to timely furnish the Estimate Statement for any Expense Year shall not preclude Landlord from enforcing its rights to collect any Estimated Direct Expenses under this Article 4 , nor shall Landlord be prohibited from revising any Estimate Statement or Estimated Direct Expenses theretofore delivered to the extent necessary. Thereafter, Tenant shall pay, within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Estimate Statement, a fraction of the Estimated Direct Expenses for the then-current Expense Year (reduced by any amounts paid pursuant to the second to last sentence of this Section 4.4.2 ). Such fraction shall have as its numerator the number of months which have elapsed in such current Expense Year, including the month of such payment, and twelve (12) as its denominator. Until a new Estimate Statement is furnished (which Landlord shall have the right to deliver to Tenant at any time), Tenant shall pay monthly, with the monthly Base Rent installments, an amount equal to one-twelfth (1/12) of the total Estimated Direct Expenses set forth in the previous Estimate Statement delivered by Landlord to Tenant. Throughout the Lease Term Landlord shall maintain complete and accurate records with respect to Direct Expenses in accordance with generally accepted real estate accounting and management practices, consistently applied.

4.5 Taxes and Other Charges for Which Tenant Is Directly Responsible .

4.5.1 Tenant shall be liable for and shall pay before delinquency, taxes levied against Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures and any other personal property located in or about the Premises. If any such taxes on Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures and any other personal property are levied against Landlord or Landlord’s property or if the assessed value of Landlord’s property is increased by the inclusion therein of a value placed upon such equipment, furniture, fixtures or any other personal property and if Landlord pays the taxes based upon such increased assessment, which Landlord shall have the right to do regardless of the validity thereof but only under proper protest if requested by Tenant, Tenant shall upon demand repay to Landlord the taxes so levied against Landlord or the proportion of such taxes resulting from such increase in the assessment, as the case may be.

4.5.2 If the improvements in the Premises, whether installed and/or paid for by Landlord or Tenant and whether or not affixed to the real property so as to become a part thereof, are assessed for real property tax purposes at a valuation higher than the valuation at which building standard improvements are assessed, then the Tax Expenses levied against Landlord or the property by reason of such excess assessed valuation shall be deemed to be taxes levied against personal property of Tenant and shall be governed by the provisions of Section 4.5.1 , above, provided that any excess assessed valuation resulting from improvements by other tenants in the Project will be deemed taxes levied against the personal property of such tenants and excluded from Operating Expenses. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that the valuation of Landlord’s “building standard” improvements shall be equal to Seventy and 00/100 Dollars ($70.00) per rentable square foot.

 

34


4.5.3 Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, Tenant shall pay prior to delinquency any (i) rent tax or sales tax, service tax, transfer tax or value added tax, or any other applicable tax on the rent or services herein or otherwise respecting this Lease, (ii) taxes assessed upon or with respect to the possession, leasing, operation, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant of the Premises or any portion of the Project, including the Project parking facility; or (iii) taxes assessed upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Premises.

4.6 Landlord’s Records . Upon Tenant’s written request given not more than one hundred eighty (180) days after Tenant’s receipt of a Statement for a particular Expense Year, and provided that Tenant is not then in monetary or material non-monetary default under this Lease beyond the applicable notice and cure period provided in this Lease, specifically including, but not limited to, the timely payment of Additional Rent (whether or not the same is the subject of the audit contemplated herein), Landlord shall furnish Tenant with such reasonable supporting documentation in connection with said Direct Expenses as Tenant may reasonably request. Landlord shall provide said documentation to Tenant within forty-five (45) days after Tenant’s written request therefor. Within one hundred eighty (180) days after receipt of a Statement by Tenant (the “ Audit Period ”), if Tenant disputes the amount of Direct Expenses set forth in the Statement, an independent certified public accountant (which accountant (A) is a member of a nationally or regionally recognized certified public accounting firm which has previous experience in auditing financial operating records of landlords of office buildings, (B) shall not already be providing primary accounting and/or lease administration services to Tenant and shall not have provided primary accounting and/or lease administration services to Tenant in the past three (3) years, and (C) is not working on a contingency fee basis (i.e., Tenant must be billed based on the actual time and materials that are incurred by the certified public accounting firm in the performance of the audit)), designated and paid for by Tenant, may, after reasonable notice to Landlord and at reasonable times, audit Landlord’s records with respect to the Statement at Landlord’s corporate offices in California, provided that ( i ) Tenant is not then in monetary or material non-monetary default under this Lease (beyond any applicable notice and cure periods provided under this Lease), and ( ii ) Tenant has paid all amounts required to be paid under the applicable Estimate Statement and Statement (but Tenant shall be deemed to have paid the same “under protest”). In connection with such audit, Tenant and Tenant’s certified public accounting firm shall execute a commercially reasonable confidentiality agreement regarding such audit. Any audit report prepared by Tenant’s certified public accounting firm shall be delivered concurrently to Landlord and Tenant within the Audit Period. Tenant’s failure to audit the amount of Direct Expenses set forth in any Statement within the Audit Period shall be waive Tenant’s right or ability to audit the amounts set forth in such Statement; provided, however, if Landlord revises a Statement after delivering the same to Tenant (which revision shall be done, if at all, within one (1) year after Landlord delivers the initial Statement for such Expense Year), then Tenant shall continue to have the right to dispute such revisions for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days after Landlord delivers such revised Statement to Tenant. If after such audit, Tenant still disputes such Direct Expenses, an audit to determine the proper amount shall be made, at Tenant’s expense, by an independent certified public accountant (the “ Accountant ”) mutually and reasonably selected by Landlord and Tenant; provided that if such audit by the Accountant proves that Direct Expenses set forth in the particular Statement were overstated by more than five percent (5%), then the cost of the Accountant and the cost of such audit shall be paid for by Landlord. Tenant hereby acknowledges that Tenant’s sole right to audit Landlord’s

 

35


records and to contest the amount of Direct Expenses payable by Tenant shall be as set forth in this Section 4.7 , and Tenant hereby waives any and all other rights pursuant to Applicable Laws to audit such records and/or to contest the amount of Direct Expenses payable by Tenant.

ARTICLE 5

USE OF PREMISES

5.1 Permitted Use . Tenant shall use the Premises solely for the Permitted Use set forth in Section 7 of the Summary and Tenant shall not use or permit the Premises or the Project to be used for any other purpose or purposes whatsoever without the prior written consent of Landlord, which may be withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion.

5.2 Prohibited Uses . The uses prohibited under this Lease shall include, without limitation, use of the Premises or a portion thereof for (i) offices of any agency or bureau of the United States or any state or political subdivision thereof; (ii) offices or agencies of any foreign governmental or political subdivision thereof; (iii) offices of any health care professionals or service organization; (iv) schools or other training facilities which are not ancillary to corporate, executive or professional office use; (v) retail or restaurant uses or an employee-only food preparation service facilities (other than limited food services such as coffee bars, snack bars and other similar uses intended to serve Tenant and Tenant’s employees and invitees), except as permitted by the Underlying Documents (including any modifications thereto, subject to Section 5.3 below) and the TCCs of Section 5.6 below; and (vi) broadcast facilities, radio and/or television stations. Tenant further covenants and agrees that it shall not use, or suffer or permit any person or persons to use, the Premises or any part thereof for any use or purpose contrary to the Rules and Regulations (as defined hereinbelow); or in violation of Applicable Laws, including, without limitation, any Environmental Laws relating to Hazardous Materials (as those terms are defined in Section 29.33.1 below). Tenant agrees to comply with all rules and regulations of the Buildings and the Project as set forth on Exhibit D attached hereto (the “ Rules and Regulations ”). Landlord shall have no right to modify the Rules and Regulations, except to the extent such modifications are consistent with the rules and regulations promulgated by the landlords of the Comparable Buildings and Tenant’s level of occupancy of the Building. To the extent of any conflict between the terms and conditions of this Lease and the terms and conditions set forth in the Rules and Regulations, the terms and conditions of this Lease shall control. Landlord shall enforce the Rules and Regulations in a non-discriminatory manner. Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises which will in any way damage the reputation of the Project or obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants or occupants of the Buildings, or injure or annoy them or use or allow the Premises to be used for any improper, unlawful or objectionable purpose, nor shall Tenant cause, maintain or permit any nuisance in, on or about the Premises. Tenant shall comply with all recorded covenants, conditions, and restrictions now or hereafter affecting the Project.

5.3 Underlying Documents . So long as Tenant is satisfying the Office Space Leasing Requirement, then following the date of the full execution and delivery of this Lease, Landlord shall not modify or amend the Underlying Documents in a manner that would materially interfere with Tenant’s use of, or access to, the Premises, or Tenant’s rights and obligations under this Lease, without Tenant’s prior written consent, not to be unreasonably

 

36


withheld, conditioned, or delayed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties acknowledge that Landlord shall continue to have the right to amend the Parking Covenant in accordance with the TCCs of Section 28.2 below.

5.4 Child Care Facility . Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, may desire to designate a portion of the Premises for the operation of a child care facility (the “ Child Care Facility ”), subject to receipt of all applicable governmental approvals and compliance with all applicable Laws and the Underlying Documents. The Child Care Facility shall be of a reasonable size to provide child care services to the Child Care Users. The Child Care Facility shall be for the exclusive use of Tenant, Tenant’s employees, Transferees, independent contractors in the Premises, and Permitted Occupants (collectively, the “ Child Care Users ”) and Tenant shall not make the Child Care Facility available to other tenants or occupants of the Project (or their employees) or to members of the general public. If Tenant elects to operate the Child Care Facility, then Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts, at no cost to Landlord, to cooperate with Tenant to obtain all governmental approvals required for operation of the Child Care Facility, to the extent Landlord’s cooperation is required as owner of the Project. Tenant or Tenant’s third party operator of the Child Care Facility (either to be known as the “ Child Care Provider ”) shall use commercially reasonable efforts to notify all Child Care Users that Landlord is not responsible for, nor affiliated with, the operation of the Child Care Facility. Landlord shall have no responsibility with respect to the quality, care or services provided by the Child Care Facility, or for any acts or omissions of any Child Care Provider in connection with the operation of the Child Care Facility, except to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or the Landlord Parties. Furthermore, Tenant hereby agrees that the Landlord Parties shall not be liable for, and are hereby released from any responsibility for any loss, cost, damage, expense or liability, either to person or property, arising from the use of the Child Care Facility by any Child Care Users, except to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or the Landlord Parties. The right to operate the Child Care Facility in the Premises pursuant to this Section 5.4 is personal to the Original Tenant, its Permitted Transferee Assignee, any approved assignee of Tenant’s entire interest in this Lease pursuant to Article 14 below, and any subtenant subleasing the entirety of the then existing Premises for substantially the remainder of the Lease Term, pursuant to Article 14 below. If Tenant sublets all or any portion of the Premises, then as to the portion of the Premises sublet, upon such subletting and until the expiration of such sublease, the right to operate the Child Care Facility in such portion of the Premises shall simultaneously terminate and be of no further force or effect.

5.5 Wellness Center . Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, may desire to designate a portion of the Premises for the operation of a corporate sponsored wellness center providing health services (the “ Wellness Center ”), subject to receipt of all applicable governmental approvals and compliance with all applicable Laws, including without limitation “OSHPD” (defined below), to the extent applicable to the Wellness Center, and the requirements of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 and codified at 45 C.F.R. parts 160 and 164 to the extent applicable to the Wellness Center, and the Underlying Documents. The Wellness Center may not be used as a fitness center or gym. The Wellness Center shall be for the exclusive use of Tenant, Tenant’s employees, Transferees, independent contractors in the Premises, and Permitted Occupants (collectively, the “ Wellness Center Users ”) and Tenant shall not make the Wellness Center available to other tenants or

 

37


occupants of the Project (or their employees) or to members of the general public. The Wellness Center shall be of a reasonable size to provide services to the Wellness Center Users. Tenant or Tenant’s third party operator of the Wellness Center (either to be known as the “ Wellness Center Provider ”) shall use commercially reasonable efforts to notify all Wellness Center Users that Landlord is not responsible for, nor affiliated with, the operation of the Wellness Center. Landlord shall have no responsibility with respect to the quality, care or services provided by the Wellness Center, or for any acts or omissions of any Wellness Center Provider in connection with the operation of the Wellness Center, except to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or the Landlord Parties. Furthermore, Tenant, for Tenant and for all Wellness Center Users and Wellness Center Providers, hereby agrees that the Landlord Parties shall not be liable for, and are hereby released from any responsibility for any loss, cost, damage, expense or liability, either to person or property, arising from the use of the Wellness Center by any Wellness Center Users, except to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or the Landlord Parties. If Tenant elects to operate the Wellness Center, then Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts, at no cost to Landlord, to cooperate with Tenant to obtain all governmental approvals required for operation of the Wellness Center, to the extent Landlord’s cooperation is required as owner of the Building. Without limiting the provisions in Sections 5.1 or this Section 5.5 above, Tenant agrees not to engage in or permit the Premises to be used for the practice of radiology or pathology, or to use or maintain any x-ray equipment, machines or devices, radiological or diagnostic imaging equipment, machines or devices (including without limitation any magnetic resonance imaging or computerized tomography equipment) or any other electrical or electromagnetic medical equipment, machines or devices, radiation therapy, nuclear medicine, diagnostic ultrasound, clinical laboratory, or pathology laboratory in the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion. Tenant specifically agrees that it shall not be permitted to perform any abortion services from the Premises. If any of the services provided from the Wellness Center result in protests or demonstrations at the Project, Tenant shall discontinue such services upon notice from Landlord. Tenant shall not allow any employee to reside in or remain in the Wellness Center on an overnight or in-patient basis. Tenant shall not use any apparatus, machinery or device in or about the Wellness Center which would make any noise or set up any vibration outside of the Premises. All walls, ceilings, floors and doors of any rooms used for examination, diagnosis, testing or therapy shall be properly shielded and shall comply with all applicable Laws. Landlord shall not be liable for, and Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord from and against any liabilities, damages, claims, liabilities, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising in connection with any failure of the operation of the Wellness Center to comply with any requirements of the California Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development (“ OSHPD ”) or other similar governmental entities. In the event any compliance with the requirements of OSHPD or any similar governmental entity is necessary in connection with the operation of the Wellness Center, Tenant shall be solely responsible for the cost of making any alterations or taking other necessary actions to cause such compliance and Landlord shall have no liability in connection therewith. Tenant’s obligations under this Section 5.5 are cumulative and in addition to all other obligations of Tenant under this Lease. The right to operate the Wellness Center in the Premises pursuant to this Section 5.5 is personal to the Original Tenant, its Permitted Transferee Assignee, any approved assignee of Tenant’s entire interest in this Lease pursuant to Article 14 below, and any subtenant subleasing the entirety of the then existing

 

38


Premises for substantially the remainder of the Lease Term, pursuant to Article 14 below. If Tenant sublets all or any portion of the Premises, then as to the portion of the Premises sublet, upon such subletting and until the expiration of such sublease, the right to operate the Wellness Center in such portion of the Premises shall simultaneously terminate and be of no further force or effect.

5.6 Cafeteria . To the extent permitted by the Underlying Document (as the same may be modified), the parties acknowledge that the Premises may contain a cafeteria for use by Tenant and its employees, Transferees, independent contractors in the Premises, and Permitted Occupants (the “ Cafeteria ”). Landlord acknowledges and agrees that Tenant shall have no obligation to construct or to operate the Cafeteria. To the extent that Tenant operates the Cafeteria, such operation shall be in compliance with all Applicable Laws and Tenant shall obtain and maintain the approval of all applicable governmental authorities and all necessary permits and licenses from such applicable governmental authorities, to operate the Cafeteria. No cooking odors shall be emitted from the Premises other than through ventilation equipment and systems installed therein to service the Cafeteria in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.6 . The Cafeteria shall be for the exclusive use of Tenant and its employees, Transferees, independent contractors in the Premises, and Permitted Occupants, and in connection with Tenant’s use of the Cafeteria, Tenant shall not sell any food or beverages in or from the Premises at any time and/or serve any food and beverages in or from the Premises at any time to the general public. Prior to making any alterations or improvements to the Premises and installing any cooking, ventilation, air conditioning, grease traps, kitchen and other equipment in or for the Premises with respect to the Cafeteria (collectively, the “ Cafeteria Facilities ”), Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, for Landlord’s prior approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld (provided that it shall be deemed reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to the extent the Cafeteria does not comply with all Applicable Laws, or it adversely affects the Building Structure or the Building Systems, or the Cafeteria is not consistent with cafeterias located in Comparable Buildings), detailed plans and specifications therefor, and Tenant shall only install such Cafeteria Facilities (and make any subsequent modifications thereto) as are approved by Landlord in accordance with such plans and specifications therefor approved by Landlord. Except as expressly set forth to the contrary in this Lease, all of the Cafeteria Facilities shall be installed by Tenant, at its expense, subject to and in compliance with the provisions of Article 8 below and in compliance with all Applicable Laws and shall be considered an Alteration (as defined below). The Cafeteria and the Cafeteria Facilities therein shall be maintained and operated by Tenant, at Tenant’s expense: (i) in first-class order, condition and repair; (ii) consistent with the character of the Buildings as first class office buildings; and (iii) in compliance with all Applicable Laws, such reasonable rules and regulations as may be adopted by Landlord from time to time, and the other provisions of this Lease. In accordance with the TCCs of Section 6.1.3 below, Tenant shall have the sole responsibility, at its expense, for providing all janitorial service (including wet and dry trash removal) for and cleaning of the Cafeteria (and the Cafeteria Facilities therein), as well as all exhaust vents therefor, and shall pay for all cleaning costs incurred by Landlord in cleaning any affected portions of the Buildings or Project resulting from Tenant’s operation of the Cafeteria. In addition, Tenant shall pay for all actual and reasonable out-of-pocket increased costs incurred by Landlord with respect to the management, operation, maintenance and repair of the Buildings resulting from Tenant’s operation of the Cafeteria, within thirty (30) days of receiving an invoice therefor.

 

39


5.7 Fitness Center . Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, may desire to designate a portion of the Premises for the operation of a fitness center (the “ Fitness Center ”), subject to receipt of all applicable governmental approvals and compliance with all Applicable Laws, and the Underlying Documents, which may include, without limitation, the following primary uses: weight and aerobic training, personal training, aerobics, free weights, and installation of treadmills, stationary bicycles, elliptical machines, and stair-climbing machines, and shall in no event include installation or operation of a swimming pool, sauna or whirlpool facilities. Prior to Tenant’s installation of Fitness Center in the Premises, in addition to the TCCs of Article 8 of the Lease or the TCCs of the Work Letter (if constructed by Tenant as part of the Improvements), Tenant shall submit Tenant’s plans and specifications for the Fitness Center to Landlord and to a structural engineer approved by Landlord; provided, however, that Landlord may withhold such consent in its sole and absolute discretion if the installation of the Fitness Center would require the installation of bracing or other structural support. In addition, Landlord, in its sole discretion, may require the installation of emergency drainage and Water Sensors (as that term is defined in Section 29.37 below) in connection with the installation of any shower facilities in the Fitness Center, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. The Fitness Center shall be for the exclusive use of Tenant, Tenant’s employees, Transferees, independent contractors in the Premises and Permitted Occupants (collectively, the “ Fitness Center Users ”) and Tenant shall not make the Fitness Center available to other tenants or occupants of the Project (or their employees) or to members of the general public. The Fitness Center shall be of a reasonable size to provide fitness services to the Fitness Center Users. Tenant or Tenant’s third party operator of the Fitness Center (either to be known as the “ Fitness Center Provider ”) shall use commercially reasonable efforts to notify all Fitness Center Users that Landlord is not responsible for, nor affiliated with, the operation of the Fitness Center. Landlord shall have no responsibility with respect to the quality, care or services provided by the Fitness Center, or for any acts or omissions of any Fitness Center Provider in connection with the operation of the Fitness Center, except to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or the Landlord Parties. Furthermore, Tenant, for Tenant and for all Fitness Center Users and Fitness Center Providers, hereby agrees that the Landlord Parties shall not be liable for, and are hereby released from any responsibility for any loss, cost, damage, expense or liability, either to person or property, arising from the use of the Fitness Center by any Fitness Center Users, except to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or the Landlord Parties. If Tenant elects to operate the Fitness Center, then Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts, at no cost to Landlord, to cooperate with Tenant to obtain all governmental approvals required for operation of the Fitness Center, to the extent Landlord’s cooperation is required as owner of the Building. Tenant’s obligations under this Section 5.7 are cumulative and in addition to all other obligations of Tenant under this Lease. The right to operate the Fitness Center in the Premises pursuant to this Section 5.7 is personal to the Original Tenant, its Permitted Transferee Assignee, any approved assignee of Tenant’s entire interest in this Lease pursuant to Article 14 below, and any subtenant subleasing the entirety of the then existing Premises for substantially the remainder of the Lease Term, pursuant to Article 14 below. If Tenant sublets all or any portion of the Premises, then as to the portion of the Premises sublet, upon such subletting and until the expiration of such sublease, the right to operate the Fitness Center in such portion of the Premises shall simultaneously terminate and be of no further force or effect.

 

40


ARTICLE 6

SERVICES AND UTILITIES

6.1 Standard Tenant Services . Landlord shall provide the following services on all days (unless otherwise stated below) during the Lease Term, provided that notwithstanding anything to the contrary elsewhere in this Lease, Tenant shall have no obligation to pay any costs under this Article 6 during the Construction Period.

6.1.1 HVAC . Subject to reasonable changes implemented by Landlord and all governmental rules, regulations and guidelines applicable thereto, Landlord shall provide heating, ventilation and air conditioning (“ HVAC ”) when necessary for normal comfort for normal office use in the Premises from 8:00 A.M. to 6:00 P.M. Monday through Friday (collectively, the “ Building Hours ”), except for the date of observation of New Year’s Day, President’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day and, at Landlord’s discretion, other locally or nationally recognized holidays (collectively, the “ Holidays ”). If Tenant desires to use HVAC during non-Building Hours, Tenant shall give Landlord reasonable prior notice (which may be telephonic) of Tenant’s desired use in order to supply such HVAC, and Landlord shall supply such HVAC to Tenant at Landlord’s actual incremental cost to supply HVAC service to Tenant outside of Building Hours (which shall be treated as Additional Rent), including the cost of increased depreciation on the Base Building HVAC equipment. Landlord shall give Tenant not less than sixty (60) days prior written notice of any increase in such HVAC charge, together with documentation reasonably supporting such increase. Landlord shall not charge Tenant a start up fee for use of the non-Building Hours HVAC, nor will Tenant’s usage of the same be subject to any minimum usage requirements.

6.1.2 Other Utilities . Landlord shall provide adequate electrical wiring and facilities for connection to Tenant’s lighting fixtures and incidental use equipment. Landlord shall provide city water from the regular Building outlets for drinking, lavatory and toilet purposes in the Building Common Areas. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Lease, Tenant shall have the right to contract for and pay directly to the utility company pursuant to the utility company’s separate meters (or to Landlord in the event Landlord provides submeters instead of the utility company’s meters), the cost of all electricity, gas, water and sewer services provided to and/or consumed in the Premises (including normal and excess consumption and including the cost of electricity to operate the HVAC air handlers), which electricity, gas, water and sewer services shall be separately metered (as described above or otherwise equitably allocated and directly charged by Landlord to Tenant and other tenants of the Buildings). Tenant shall pay such cost (including the cost of such meters or submeters) within ten (10) days after demand and as Additional Rent under this Lease (and not as part of the Operating Expenses), which demand shall be accompanied by reasonable supporting documentation. As part of Operating Expenses, unless Tenant elects to do so at Tenant’s cost, Landlord shall replace lamps, starters and ballasts for Building standard lighting fixtures within the Premises. In addition, Tenant shall be responsible for, and bear the cost of replacement of lamps, starters and ballasts for non-Building standard lighting fixtures within the Premises.

6.1.3 Janitorial . Landlord shall provide janitorial services for the Common Areas and not for the Premises. In the event Landlord provides janitorial services for the Retail

 

41


Space, then the costs of providing such services shall be excluded from Operating Expenses. Tenant shall perform all janitorial services and other cleaning within the Premises in a standard consistent with janitorial services provided in Comparable Buildings, including without limitation, day porter service (including light bulb maintenance and restroom fixtures maintenance), interior window cleaning, cleaning supplies deliveries and stocking, restroom cleaning, other cleaning (including pressure washing, carpet cleaning, etc.), waste and trash removal, and exterminating and pest control. Without Landlord’s prior consent, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed, Tenant shall not use (and upon notice from Landlord shall cease using) janitorial service providers and suppliers who would, in Landlord’s reasonable and good faith judgment, disturb labor harmony with the workforce or trades engaged in performing other work, labor or services in or about the Buildings or the Common Areas. Landlord hereby consents to Tenant’s use of Nexsation Janitorial to provide janitorial services to the Premises, notwithstanding that Nexsation Janitorial uses non-union labor as of the date of this Lease. Landlord may revoke such consent only in case of material labor disharmony and, if Landlord revokes such consent, Tenant shall terminate its contract with Nexsation Janitorial within the time period for termination specified in its contract, such time period not to exceed thirty (30) days.

6.1.4 Passenger Elevators; Freight Elevators, Loading Dock . Landlord shall provide non-attended automatic passenger elevator service during the Building Hours, and shall have at least one elevator available at all other times. Landlord shall provide freight elevator service and access to any Building loading docks during the Building Hours, without charge to Tenant, and subject to scheduling by Landlord (and during construction of the Improvements use of the freight elevator shall be governed by the terms of Section 6.5 of the Work Letter). For so long as Tenant is satisfying the Office Space Leasing Requirement, Tenant shall have exclusive use of the passenger and freight elevators in each Building servicing the office floors of each Building, except that Landlord and Landlord’s Terrace Users shall have the right to utilize the passenger elevators during Landlord’s exercise of Landlord’s Use Rights for the Terrace, subject to Tenant’s reasonable approval of a security protocol. In addition, for so long as Tenant is satisfying the Office Space Leasing Requirement, Tenant shall have exclusive use of the loading dock area in Building A. Tenant’s use of the loading dock area in Building B shall be non-exclusive and the tenants of the Retail Space shall have the right to use such loading dock area, provided that such right shall not be deemed a right of access or entry to the Premises. Tenant shall have the right to “brand” passenger elevators subject to Landlord’s approval (i.e., to install Tenant’s name or logo within the elevators), which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, provided that Tenant shall not use an Objectionable Name, as defined in Section 23.5.2 , below, in any of the elevators. At the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease or when Tenant is no longer satisfying the Office Space Leasing Requirement, Tenant shall remove any such branding and restore the passenger elevators to the condition existing immediately prior to the placement of such branding, ordinary wear and tear excepted.

6.1.5 Security Systems . As part of the construction of each Base Building Landlord shall install an access-control system for the applicable Building, which system shall initially include access card readers on the doors providing access to (i) the main points of entry to such Building on the ground floor of such Building, (ii) the bike locker storage rooms in the Project parking facility, and (iii) the shower rooms located in Building A. Notwithstanding the foregoing, but subject to Landlord’s obligation to provide security personnel to the Project

 

42


parking facilities as set forth in Section 28.2 below, Landlord shall not provide any other security equipment and shall not provide any security personnel to the Buildings and, in no case, shall Landlord be liable for personal injury or property damage for any lack of security in the Buildings or for any error with regard to the admission to or exclusion from the Buildings or Project of any person. Landlord hereby agrees that Tenant shall have the right to install a card key security system and security cameras (“ Tenant’s Security System ”) in the Premises and in the Project parking facility and to connect such system to Landlord’s access-control system for the Buildings. Tenant’s Security Systems shall be subject to Landlord’s prior review and approval (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), and the installation thereof shall be deemed an Alteration and shall performed pursuant to Article 8 of this Lease, below (or pursuant to the Work Letter if installed as part of the Improvements contemplated thereunder). In addition, Tenant shall coordinate the selection, installation and operation of Tenant’s Security System with Landlord, and Landlord likewise shall cooperate with Tenant, in order to ensure that Tenant’s Security System is compatible with Landlord’s Building security systems and equipment, and to the extent that Tenant’s Security System is not compatible with Landlord’s Building systems and equipment, Tenant shall not be entitled to install and/or operate the Tenant’s Security System. Tenant shall be solely responsible, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, for the installation, monitoring, operation and removal of Tenant’s Security System.

Tenant shall cooperate fully with Landlord at all times and abide by all customary regulations and requirements that Landlord may reasonably prescribe for the proper functioning and protection of the HVAC, electrical, mechanical and plumbing systems. However, such regulations and requirements shall not unreasonably interfere with the ability of such systems to operating in accordance with manufacturer specifications.

6.2 Overstandard Tenant Use . Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), use heat-generating machines, machines other than normal fractional horsepower office machines, or equipment or lighting other than Building standard lights in the Premises, which may affect the temperature otherwise maintained by the air conditioning system normally furnished for the Premises by Landlord pursuant to the TCCs of Section 6.1 of this Lease. If such consent is given, Landlord shall have the right to require installation of supplementary air conditioning units or other facilities in the Premises, including supplementary or additional metering devices, and the cost thereof, including the cost of installation, operation and maintenance, increased wear and tear on existing equipment and other similar charges, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord within thirty (30) days after billing by Landlord, which billing shall be accompanied by reasonable supporting documentation. Tenant’s use of electricity shall never exceed the capacity of the feeders to the Project or the risers or wiring installation.

6.3 Interruption of Use . Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable for damages, by abatement of Rent or otherwise, for failure to furnish or delay in furnishing any service (including telephone and telecommunication services), or for any diminution in the quality or quantity thereof, when such failure or delay or diminution is occasioned, in whole or in part, by breakage, repairs, replacements, or improvements, by any strike, lockout or other labor trouble, by inability to secure electricity, gas, water, or other fuel at the Buildings or Project after reasonable effort to do so, by any riot or other dangerous condition, emergency, accident or casualty whatsoever, by act or default of Tenant or other parties, or by any other cause beyond

 

43


Landlord’s reasonable control; and such failures or delays or diminution shall never be deemed to constitute an eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use and possession of the Premises or relieve Tenant from paying Rent or performing any of its obligations under this Lease , except as otherwise provided in Section 6.4 or elsewhere in the Lease. Furthermore, Landlord shall not be liable under any circumstances for a loss of, or injury to, property or for injury to, or interference with, Tenant’s business, including, without limitation, loss of profits, however occurring, through or in connection with or incidental to a failure to furnish any of the services or utilities as set forth in this Article 6 .

6.4 Abatement Event . In the event that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises or any portion thereof, as a result of (i) any repair, maintenance or alteration performed by Landlord, or which Landlord failed to perform, after the Lease Commencement Date and required by this Lease, which substantially interferes with Tenant’s use of the Premises, or (ii) any failure of Landlord to provide services, utilities or access to the Premises as required by this Lease, Tenant shall give Landlord notice (the “ Abatement Notice ”), specifying such failure to perform by Landlord (the “ Abatement Event ”). If Landlord does not cure such Abatement Event within five (5) business days after receipt of the Abatement Notice, Tenant may, upon written notice to Landlord, immediately abate Rent payable under this Lease for that portion of the Premises rendered untenantable and not used by Tenant, for the period beginning on the date five (5) business days after the Abatement Notice to the earlier of the date Landlord cures such Abatement Event or the date Tenant recommences the full use of such portion of the Premises. Furthermore, in the event that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, a portion of the Premises for a period of time in excess of five (5) business days and the remaining portion of the Premises is not sufficient to allow Tenant to effectively conduct its business therein, and if Tenant does not conduct its business from such remaining portion, then for such time after expiration of five (5) business day period during which Tenant is so prevented from effectively conducting its business therein, the Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses for the entire Premises shall be abated entirely for such time as Tenant continues to be so prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises. If, however, Tenant reoccupies any portion of the Premises during such period, the Rent allocable to such reoccupied portion, based on the proportion that the rentable area of such reoccupied portion of the Premises bears to the total rentable area of the Premises, shall be payable by Tenant from the date Tenant reoccupies such portion of the Premises. Such right to abate Rent for an Abatement Event as set forth in this Section 6.4 , shall be Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy at law or in equity to abate Rent. Except as provided in this Section 6.4 , nothing contained herein shall be interpreted to mean that Tenant is excused from paying Rent due hereunder.

6.5 Supplemental HVAC . Subject to Landlord’s prior consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, Tenant shall have the right to install a supplemental HVAC system serving all or any portion of the Premises. Any such supplemental HVAC system shall be installed pursuant to the terms of Article 8 and shall be deemed an Alteration for purposes of this Lease; provided, however, it shall be deemed reasonable for Landlord to withhold its approval to the extent any such installation would materially interfere with, or materially increase the cost of, Landlord’s maintenance or operation of the applicable Building, unless Tenant agrees to pay for such increased costs. Any such supplemental HVAC system installed by Tenant shall utilize the applicable Building’s chilled or condenser water, at Landlord’s actual cost without markup. If Tenant connects into the applicable Building’s chilled

 

44


or condenser water system pursuant to the terms of the foregoing sentence, then Landlord shall install a submetering device at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, which shall measure the flow of chilled or condenser water to the Premises, and Tenant shall pay Landlord for Tenant’s use of chilled or condenser water at Landlord’s actual cost. Tenant shall bear all costs of the equipment, and all costs of installation and removal thereof.

ARTICLE 7

REPAIRS

7.1 Landlord’s Repair and Maintenance Obligations . Landlord shall maintain in good condition and operating order and keep in good repair and condition, in a manner consistent with the owners or landlords of the Comparable Buildings, the structural portions of the Buildings, including the foundation, floor/ceiling slabs, roof structure (as opposed to roof membrane), curtain wall, exterior glass and mullions, columns, beams, shafts (including elevator shafts), stairs, stairwells, elevator cabs, men’s and women’s washrooms, Building mechanical, electrical and telephone closets, and all Building Common Areas, parking areas, and exterior Project signage (collectively, “Building Structure ) and the Base Building mechanical, electrical, life safety, plumbing, sprinkler systems and HVAC systems which were not constructed by Tenant Parties (collectively, the “Building Systems ) and the Project Common Areas, including landscaping. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall be required to repair the Building Structure and/or the Building Systems to the extent caused due to Tenant’s use of the Premises for other than normal and customary business office operations, unless and to the extent such damage is covered by insurance carried or required to be carried by Landlord pursuant to Article 10 and to which the waiver of subrogation is applicable (such obligation to the extent applicable to Tenant as qualified and conditioned, will hereinafter be defined as the “BS/BS Exception ”) .

7.2 Tenant’s Repair and Maintenance Obligations . Tenant shall, at Tenant’s own expense, keep the Premises, including all improvements, fixtures, equipment, interior window coverings, and furnishings therein, and the floor or floors of the Building on which the Premises is located, in good order, repair and condition at all times during the Lease Term, but such obligation shall not extend to the Building Structure and the Building Systems (except pursuant to the BS/BS Exception). In addition, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s own expense, but under the supervision and subject to the prior approval of Landlord, and within any reasonable period of time specified by Landlord, promptly and adequately repair all damage to the Premises and replace or repair all damaged, broken, or worn fixtures and appurtenances, but such obligation shall not extend to the Building Structure and the Building Systems except pursuant to the BS/BS Exception (and which are not covered by Landlord’s Twelve Month Warranty), except for damage caused by ordinary wear and tear, damage due to Casualty (as defined in Section 11.1 below) or condemnation which is not Tenant’s obligation to repair hereunder, or otherwise beyond the reasonable control of Tenant; provided however, that, at Landlord’s option, or if Tenant fails to make such repairs, Landlord may, after written notice to Tenant and Tenant’s failure to commence repair within five (5) days thereafter and provided that Tenant is not contesting its obligation to make such repairs, but need not, make such repairs and replacements, in accordance with Section 7.3 below, and Tenant shall pay Landlord the cost thereof, including a percentage of the cost thereof (to be uniformly established for the Buildings and/or the Project)

 

45


sufficient to reimburse Landlord for all overhead, general conditions, fees and other costs or expenses arising from Landlord’s involvement with such repairs and replacements forthwith upon being billed for same. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, during the Construction Period, any repairs of the initial Improvements to the Premises shall be governed by the TCCs of the Work Letter and not the TCCs of this Article 7 . If, during the Construction Period, Tenant incurs any repair costs not related to the initial Improvements to the Premises, Landlord shall, upon five (5) business days following receipt of notice from Tenant, along with an invoice therefor, pay all fees and costs incurred in connection with the repairs and Tenant shall have no obligation to pay any such fees or costs during the Construction Period, subject to the repayment obligations set forth in Section 10.1.2.3.2 .

7.3 Other Terms . Landlord may, upon reasonable prior notice to Tenant (or without notice in the case of an emergency), enter the Premises at all reasonable times to make such repairs, alterations, improvements or additions to the Premises or to the Project or to any equipment located in the Project as Landlord shall desire or deem necessary or as Landlord may be required to do by governmental or quasi-governmental authority or court order or decree; provided, however, except for (i) emergencies, (ii) repairs, alterations, improvements or additions required by governmental or quasi-governmental authorities or court order or decree, or (iii) repairs which are the obligation of Tenant hereunder, any such entry into the Premises by Landlord shall be performed in a manner so as not to materially interfere with Tenant’s use of, or access to, the Premises; provided that, with respect to items (i) through (iii) above, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to not materially interfere with Tenant’s use of, or access to, the Premises. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights under and benefits of subsection 1 of Section 1932 and Sections 1941 and 1942 of the California Civil Code or under any similar law, statute, or ordinance now or hereafter in effect.

7.4 Tenant’s Right to Make Repairs . Notwithstanding any of the TCCs set forth in this Lease to the contrary, if Tenant provides notice (or oral notice in the event of an Emergency, as that term is defined, below) to Landlord of an event or circumstance which pursuant to the TCCs of this Lease requires the action of Landlord with respect to repair and/or maintenance required on any full floor of a Building on which Premises are leased by Tenant, and which event or circumstance materially and adversely affects the conduct of Tenant’s business from the Premises, and Landlord fails to commence corrective action within a reasonable period of time, given the circumstances, after the receipt of such Notice, but in any event not later than thirty (30) days after receipt of such Notice, then Tenant may proceed to take the required action upon delivery of an additional ten (10) days’ Notice to Landlord specifying that Tenant is taking such required action (provided, however, that the initial thirty (30) day Notice and the subsequent ten (10) day Notice shall not be required in the event of an Emergency) and if such action was required under the TCCs of this Lease to be taken by Landlord and was not commenced by Landlord within such ten (10) day period and thereafter diligently pursued to completion, then Tenant shall be entitled to take such action on behalf of Landlord, in which case Tenant shall receive prompt reimbursement by Landlord of Tenant’s reasonable and actual costs and expenses in taking such action, plus interest thereon at the Interest Rate. In the event Tenant takes such action, Tenant shall use only those contractors used by Landlord in the Buildings for work unless such contractors are unwilling or unable to perform, or timely perform, such work, in which event Tenant may utilize the services of any other qualified contractor which performs similar work in Comparable Buildings. Promptly following completion of any work undertaken by

 

46


Tenant pursuant to the TCCs of this Section 7.4 , Tenant shall deliver a reasonably detailed invoice of the work completed, the materials used and the costs relating thereto. If Landlord does not deliver a detailed written objection to Tenant within thirty (30) days after receipt of an invoice from Tenant, then Tenant shall be entitled to deduct from Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease, the amount set forth in such invoice. If, however, Landlord delivers to Tenant, within thirty (30) days after receipt of Tenant’s invoice, a written objection to the payment of such invoice, setting forth with reasonable particularity Landlord’s reasons for its claim that such action did not have to be taken by Landlord pursuant to the TCCs of this Lease or that the charges are excessive (in which case Landlord shall pay the amount it contends would not have been excessive), then Tenant shall not then be entitled to such deduction from Rent, and Tenant may institute legal proceedings against Landlord to collect the amount set forth in the subject invoice; provided that under no circumstances shall Tenant be allowed to terminate this Lease based upon a such default by Landlord. If Tenant receives a final judgment against Landlord (whether by virtue of Landlord’s failure to appeal or unsuccessful appeal of such judgment), Tenant may offset and deduct the amount of the judgment (including all fees, expenses and reasonable attorneys’ fees actually incurred by Tenant in connection with such legal proceedings, to the extent included in such judgment), from the Base Rent next due and owing under this Lease. For purposes of this Article 7 , an “ Emergency ” shall mean an event threatening immediate and material danger to people located in a Building or immediate, material damage to a Building, Building Systems, Building Structure, Improvements, Alterations or Tenant’s personal property valued at more than $250,000, or the immediate and material impairment of Tenant’s use of all or a substantial portion of the Premises within a particular Building.

ARTICLE 8

ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS

8.1 Landlord’s Consent to Alterations . Tenant may not make any improvements, alterations, additions or changes to the Premises or any mechanical, plumbing or HVAC facilities or systems pertaining to the Premises (collectively, the “Alterations ) without first procuring the prior written consent of Landlord to such Alterations, which consent shall be requested by Tenant not less than fifteen (15) business days prior to the commencement thereof, and which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld by Landlord, provided it shall be deemed reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to any Alteration which adversely affects the structural portions or the systems or equipment of the Buildings or is visible from the exterior of the Buildings. If Landlord disapproves of any proposed Alterations, Landlord shall respond, in writing, stating the grounds for such disapproval, within ten (10) business days after receipt of Tenant’s request for approval of the proposed Alterations. If Landlord fails to respond with its approval or disapproval within ten (10) business days after receipt of Tenant’s request, then Tenant may send Landlord a reminder notice setting forth such failure containing the following sentence at the top of such notice in bold, capitalized font at least twelve (12) points in size: “LANDLORD’S FAILURE TO RESPOND TO THIS NOTICE WITHIN FIVE (5) BUSINESS DAYS SHALL RESULT IN LANDLORD’S DEEMED APPROVAL OF TENANT’S ALTERATION (the “ Reminder Notice ”). Any such Reminder Notice shall include a complete copy of Tenant’s plans and specification for such Alteration. If Landlord fails to respond within five (5) business days after receipt of a Reminder Notice, then Tenant’s Alteration for which Tenant requested Landlord’s approval shall be deemed approved by

 

47


Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall be permitted to make Alterations following ten (10) business days’ notice to Landlord, but without Landlord’s prior consent, to the extent that such Alterations do not (i) adversely affect the Building Systems, exterior appearance of the Buildings, or Building Structure, (ii) adversely affect the value of the Premises or Buildings, (iii) require a building or construction permit, or (iv) cost more than one (1) months’ Base Rent (at the rate in effect from time-to-time) (the “ Cosmetic Alterations ”). Any Improvements contemplated by the Work Letter shall be governed by the TCCs of the Work Letter and not the TCCs of this Article 8 .

8.2 Manner of Construction . Landlord may impose, as a condition of its consent to any and all Alterations or repairs of the Premises or about the Premises, such requirements as Landlord reasonably may require, including, but not limited to, the requirement that Tenant utilize for such purposes only contractors reasonably approved by Landlord, and any removal and/or restoration obligations required to be performed pursuant to the TCCs of Section 8.5 of this Lease. If Landlord shall give its consent, the consent shall be deemed conditioned upon Tenant acquiring a permit to do the work from appropriate governmental agencies, the furnishing of a copy of such permit to Landlord prior to the commencement of the work, and the compliance by Tenant with all conditions of said permit in a prompt and expeditious manner. If such Alterations will involve the use of or disturb Hazardous Materials existing in the Premises (the existence of which is known, or should be known to Tenant), Tenant shall comply with Landlord’s reasonable and customary rules and regulations concerning such hazardous materials or substances. Tenant shall construct such Alterations and perform such repairs in a good and workmanlike manner, in conformance with any and all applicable federal, state, county or municipal laws, rules and regulations and pursuant to a valid building permit, issued by the city in which the Project is located (or other applicable governmental authority), all in conformance with Landlord’s reasonable construction rules and regulations. In the event Tenant performs any Alterations in the Premises which require or give rise to governmentally required changes to the Base Building, then Landlord shall, at Tenant’s expense, make such changes to the Base Building. Since Landlord currently anticipates obtaining a LEED certification for Building Design and Construction applicable to the base, shell and core of the Project (all in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion), Tenant expressly acknowledges and agrees that without limitation as to other grounds for Landlord withholding its consent to any proposed Alteration, Landlord shall have the right to withhold its consent to any proposed Alteration in the event that such Alteration is not compatible with such certification or recertification of the base, shell and core of the Project under such LEED rating system (or other applicable certification standard) for Building Design and Construction. The foregoing shall not be construed to permit Landlord to require Tenant to obtain a LEED certification for Interior Design and Construction applicable to its Improvements or Alterations, or to permit Landlord to withhold its consent to any Alteration that would restrict Landlord’s ability to obtain a LEED certification for Interior Design and Construction. The “Base Building shall include the Building Structure, and the Common Area restrooms, elevators, exit stairwells and the Building Systems located in the internal core of the Buildings on the floor or floors on which the Premises is located. In performing the work of any such Alterations, Tenant shall have the work performed in such manner so as not to obstruct access to the Project or any portion thereof, by any other tenant of the Project, and so as not to obstruct the business of Landlord or other tenants in the Project. Tenant shall retain any union trades to the extent designated by Landlord or to the extent required by the Underlying Documents. Further, Tenant shall not use (and upon notice from Landlord shall cease using)

 

48


contractors, services, workmen, labor, materials or equipment that, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, would disturb labor harmony with the workforce or trades engaged in performing other work, labor or services in or about the Buildings or the Common Areas. In addition to Tenant’s obligations under Article 9 of this Lease, upon completion of any Alterations, Tenant agrees to cause a Notice of Completion to be recorded in the office of the Recorder of the County of San Mateo in accordance with Section 8182 of the Civil Code of the State of California or any successor statute, and as a condition precedent to the enforceability and validity of Landlord’s consent, Tenant shall deliver to the management office for the Project a reproducible copy of the “as built” and CAD drawings of the Alterations, to the extent applicable, as well as all permits, approvals and other documents issued by any governmental agency in connection with the Alterations.

8.3 Payment for Improvements . With respect to payments to be made to Tenant’s contractors for any Alterations, Tenant shall (i) comply with Landlord’s requirements for final lien releases and waivers in connection with Tenant’s payment for work to contractors, and (ii) sign Landlord’s standard contractor’s rules and regulations. In addition, in connection with all Alterations other than Cosmetic Alterations, Tenant shall pay Landlord an oversight fee equal to five percent (5%) of the “hard” costs of the work, and reimburse Landlord for Landlord’s reasonable, actual, out-of-pocket costs and expenses actually incurred in connection with Landlord’s review of such work.

8.4 Construction Insurance . In addition to the requirements of Article 10 of this Lease, in the event that Tenant makes any Alterations, prior to the commencement of such Alterations, Tenant shall provide Landlord with evidence that Tenant carries “Builder’s Risk” insurance in an amount reasonably approved by Landlord covering the construction of such Alterations, and such other insurance as Landlord may reasonably require, it being understood and agreed that all of such Alterations shall be insured by Tenant pursuant to Article 10 of this Lease immediately upon completion thereof. In addition, other than in connection with any Cosmetic Alterations or other Alterations which cost no more than two (2) months Base Rent at the rate then in effect, Landlord may, in its reasonable discretion, require Tenant to obtain a lien and completion bond or some alternate form of security satisfactory to Landlord in an amount sufficient to ensure the lien-free completion of such Alterations and naming Landlord as a co-obligee.

8.5 Specialty Improvements . Landlord may, by written notice to Tenant prior to the end of the Lease Term, or given following any earlier termination of this Lease, require Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, to remove any Specialty Improvements (defined hereinbelow) in the Premises (including, without limitation, the Improvements), and to repair any damage to the Premises and Buildings caused by such removal and return the affected portion of the Premises to its condition existing before the installation of such Specialty Improvements; provided, however, if, in connection with its notice to Landlord with respect to any such Specialty Improvements (including any Improvements), ( x ) Tenant requests Landlord’s decision with regard to the removal of such Specialty Improvements, and ( y ) Landlord thereafter agrees in writing to waive the removal requirement with regard to such Specialty Improvements, then Tenant shall not be required to so remove such Specialty Improvements; provided further, however, that if Tenant requests such a determination from Landlord and Landlord, within ten (10) business days following Landlord’s receipt of such request from Tenant with respect to

 

49


Specialty Improvements, fails to address the removal requirement with regard to such Specialty Improvements, Landlord shall be deemed to have agreed to waive the removal requirement with regard to such Specialty Improvements. If Tenant fails to complete such removal and/or to repair any damage caused by the removal of any Specialty Improvements, and/or to return the affected portion of the Premises to its condition existing before the installation of such Specialty Improvements, then Landlord may do so and may charge the cost thereof to Tenant. Tenant hereby protects, defends, indemnifies and holds Landlord harmless from any liability, cost, obligation, expense or claim of lien in any manner relating to the installation, placement, removal or financing of any such Alterations, improvements, fixtures and/or equipment in, on or about the Premises, which obligations of Tenant shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. “ Specialty Improvements ” means any Alterations or Improvements other than normal and customary general office improvements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “ Specialty Improvements ” (i) shall not include conference rooms, training space or Cosmetic Alterations and (ii) shall include (a) any Alterations or Improvements which affect the Base Building, (b) any fitness facility in the Premises, (c) the Cafeteria, and any kitchens, showers, restrooms, washrooms or similar facilities in the Premises that are not part of the Base Building, (d) any private/internal stairways in the Premises, as opposed to fire stairs (and Tenant shall be required to demolish and “cap” any such private/internal stairways at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease), (e) any Lines (as that term is defined in Section 29.32 below), (f) any other items, improvements or fixtures which Tenant is expressly required to remove pursuant to the terms of this Lease (including, without limitation, Tenant’s Generator, as that term is defined in Article 22 below), and (g) any improvements or alterations made by, or on behalf of Tenant to the Lobbies (and other areas of the Buildings that are, or will become Common Areas following Tenant no longer satisfying the Office Space Leasing Requirement), which identifies Tenant or is specific to the Lobby of a Building occupied by a single office tenant. Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its approval with respect to what Specialty Improvements Landlord may require Tenant to remove at the expiration of the Lease.

ARTICLE 9

COVENANT AGAINST LIENS

Tenant shall keep the Project and Premises free from any liens or encumbrances arising out of the work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by or on behalf of Tenant, and shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any claims, liabilities, judgments or costs (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs) arising out of same or in connection therewith. Tenant shall give Landlord notice at least twenty (20) days prior to the commencement of any such work on the Premises (or such additional time as may be necessary under Applicable Laws, or such lesser time as may be designated elsewhere in this Lease) to afford Landlord the opportunity of posting and recording appropriate notices of non-responsibility. Tenant shall remove any such lien or encumbrance by bond or otherwise within five (5) business days after notice by Landlord, and if Tenant shall fail to do so, Landlord may pay the amount necessary to remove such lien or encumbrance, without being responsible for investigating the validity thereof. The amount so paid shall be deemed Additional Rent under this Lease payable upon demand, without limitation as to other remedies available to Landlord under this Lease. Nothing contained in this Lease shall authorize Tenant to do any act which shall subject Landlord’s title to the Buildings or Premises to any liens or encumbrances whether

 

50


claimed by operation of law or express or implied contract. Any claim to a lien or encumbrance upon the Buildings or Premises arising in connection with any such work or respecting the Premises not performed by or at the request of Landlord shall be null and void, or at Landlord’s option shall attach only against Tenant’s interest in the Premises and shall in all respects be subordinate to Landlord’s title to the Project, Buildings and Premises.

ARTICLE 10

INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE

10.1 Indemnification and Waiver .

10.1.1 After Construction Period . The provisions of this Section 10.1.1 shall have limited application, as provided under Section 10.1.2 below, during the Construction Period (as defined hereinbelow). Except for the active negligence or willful misconduct of the Landlord or the Landlord Parties (as that term is defined below), Tenant hereby assumes all risk of damage to property or injury to persons in, upon or about the Premises from any cause whatsoever and agrees that Landlord, its partners, subpartners and their respective officers, agents, servants, employees, and independent contractors (collectively, “ Landlord Parties ”) shall not be liable for, and are hereby released from any responsibility for, any damage either to person or property or resulting from the loss of use thereof, which damage is sustained by Tenant or by other persons claiming through Tenant. Except to the extent arising from the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or the Landlord Parties, Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect, and hold harmless the Landlord Parties from and against any and all loss, cost, damage, expense and liability (including without limitation court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with or arising from: (i) any causes in, on or about the Premises; (ii) the use or occupancy of the Premises by Tenant or any person claiming under Tenant; (iii) any activity, work, or thing done, or permitted or suffered by Tenant in or about the Premises; (iv) any acts, omission, or negligence of Tenant or any person claiming under Tenant, or the contractors, agents, employees, invitees, or visitors of Tenant or any such person, in, on or about the Project (collectively, “ Tenant Parties ”); (v) any breach, violation, or non-performance by Tenant or any person claiming under Tenant or the employees, agents, contractors, invitees, or visitors of Tenant or any such person of any term, covenant, or provision of this Lease or any law, ordinance, or governmental requirement of any kind; (vi) any injury or damage to the person, property, or business of Tenant, its employees, agents, contractors, invitees, visitors, or any other person entering upon the Premises under the express or implied invitation of Tenant; or (vii) the placement of any personal property or other items within the Premises. Should Landlord be named as a defendant in any suit brought against Tenant in connection with or arising out of Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises, Tenant shall pay to Landlord its costs and expenses incurred in such suit, including without limitation, its actual professional fees such as appraisers’, accountants’ and attorneys’ fees. Landlord shall indemnify, defend, protect, and hold Tenant and the Tenant Parties harmless from any Claim that is imposed or asserted by any third party and arises from (a) any negligence or willful misconduct of any Landlord Party, or (b) any breach by Landlord of any representation, covenant or other term contained herein, except to the extent such Claim arises from the active negligence or willful misconduct of any Tenant Party. Further, Tenant’s agreement to indemnify Landlord and Landlord’s agreement to indemnify Tenant pursuant to this Section 10.1 are not intended and shall not relieve any insurance carrier of its

 

51


obligations under policies required to be carried pursuant to the provisions of this Lease, to the extent such policies cover the matters subject to Tenant’s and Landlord’s respective indemnification obligations; nor shall they supersede any inconsistent agreement of the parties set forth in any other provision of this Lease. The provisions of this Section 10.1 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease with respect to any claims or liability arising in connection with any event occurring prior to such expiration or termination.

10.1.2 During Construction Period . Notwithstanding anything set forth in the foregoing Section 10.1 or any other provision of this Lease or the Work Letter to the contrary, during the Construction Period only, the following provisions shall be applicable:

10.1.2.1 With respect to any indemnity obligation of Tenant arising at any time during the Construction Period only, (A) the term “ Landlord Parties ” shall mean and shall be limited to Redwood City Partners, LLC (or any entity that succeeds to the entire interest of Redwood City Partners, LLC as Landlord under this Lease) and shall not include any other person or entity; provided, however, that Landlord may include in any claim owed by Tenant to it any amount which Landlord shall pay or be obligated to indemnify any other person or entity, and (B) any indemnity obligation shall be limited to losses caused by, or arising as a result of any act or failure to act of, Tenant or Tenant’s employees, agents or contractors; and

10.1.2.2 Tenant’s liability under this Lease for Tenant’s actions or failures to act under the Lease during the Construction Period, including, without limitation, (A) Tenant’s indemnity obligations (calculated in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 840-40-55-10 through 13) plus (B) all Base Rent and Additional Rent obligations owed by or paid by Tenant, including any prepaid Base Rent paid by Tenant pursuant to the TCCs of Section 3.1 below (though the parties acknowledge that Tenant’s obligation to pay Base Rent and Additional Rent shall not occur until Tenant is obligated to pay the same pursuant to the terms of Articles 3 and 4 of this Lease) shall be limited to eighty-nine and five-tenths percent (89.5%) of “ Landlord’s Project Costs ” (defined hereinbelow), determined as of the date of Landlord’s claim for such amount owed by Tenant. As used herein, “Landlord’s Project Costs” shall mean the amount capitalized in the Project by Landlord in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, plus other costs related to the Project paid to third parties (other than lenders or owners of Landlord), excluding land acquisition costs, but including land carrying costs, such as interest or ground rent incurred during the construction period, and including all costs incurred by Landlord in connection with the development and construction of the Base Buildings and Common Areas of the Project.

10.1.2.3 For the avoidance of doubt, Landlord and Tenant agree that:

10.1.2.3.1 no claim by Landlord for Tenant’s repudiation of this Lease at any time shall be limited under this Section 10.1 ; and

10.1.2.3.2 if during the Construction Period, Landlord makes any claim against Tenant other than under Section 10.1.2.3.1 above, pertaining to any period after the Construction Period and the amount payable by Tenant for such claim is limited by the provisions of Section 10.1.2.2 above, the entire amount (to the extent not theretofore paid) shall be due with interest at the Interest Rate payable as Additional Rent evenly throughout the six (6) months immediately following the Construction Period.

 

52


10.1.2.3.3 Effective as of the expiration of the Construction Period, this Section 10.1.2 shall be of no further force or effect.

10.1.3 As used herein, “ Construction Period ” shall mean the period from the date that Landlord commences demolition work for the Project to the date that Landlord substantially completes construction of the Base Buildings and Common Areas of the Project in accordance with the Work Letter, regardless of the occurrence of any delays caused by Tenant.

10.2 Tenant’s Compliance With Landlord’s Fire and Casualty Insurance . Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, comply with Landlord’s insurance company’s or companies’ reasonable and customary requirements known to Tenant pertaining to the use of the Premises. If Tenant’s conduct or use of the Premises causes any increase in the premium for such insurance policies then Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any such increase. Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall comply with all rules, orders, regulations or requirements of the American Insurance Association (formerly the National Board of Fire Underwriters) and with any similar body.

10.3 Tenant’s Insurance . Throughout the Lease Term, Tenant shall maintain the following coverages in the following amounts. The required evidence of coverage must be delivered to Landlord on or before the date required under Section 10.4(I) sub-sections (x) and (y) , or Section 10.4(II) below (as applicable). Such policies shall be for a term of at least one (1) year, or the length of the remaining term of this Lease, whichever is less.

10.3.1 Commercial General Liability Insurance, including Broad Form contractual liability covering the insured against claims of bodily injury, personal injury and property damage (including loss of use thereof) based upon or arising out of Tenant’s operations, occupancy or maintenance of the Project and all areas appurtenant thereto. Such insurance shall be written on an “occurrence” basis. Landlord and any other party the Landlord so reasonably specifies that has a material financial interest in the Project, including Landlord’s managing agent, ground lessor and/or lender, if any, shall be named as additional insureds as their interests may appear using Insurance Service Organization’s form CG2011 (as revised from time to time) or a comparable form reasonably approved by Landlord. Tenant shall provide an endorsement or policy excerpt showing that Tenant’s coverage is primary and any insurance carried by Landlord shall be excess and non-contributing. The coverage shall also be extended to include damage caused by heat, smoke or fumes from a hostile fire. The policy shall not contain any intra-insured exclusions as between insured persons or organizations. This policy shall include coverage for all liabilities assumed under this Lease as an insured contract for the performance of all of Tenant’s indemnity obligations under this Lease. The limits of said insurance shall not, however, limit the liability of Tenant nor relieve Tenant of any obligation hereunder. Limits of liability insurance shall not be less than the following; provided, however, such limits may be achieved through the use of an Umbrella/Excess Policy:

 

Bodily Injury and Property Damage Liability

   $25,000,000 each occurrence

Personal Injury and Advertising Liability

   $25,000,000 each occurrence

Tenant Legal Liability/Damage to Rented Premises Liability

   $10,000,000

 

53


10.3.2 Property Insurance covering (i) all office furniture, personal property, business and trade fixtures, office equipment, free-standing cabinet work, movable partitions, merchandise and all other items of Tenant’s business personal property on the Premises installed by, for, or at the expense of Tenant, (ii) the Improvements, and any other improvements which exist in the applicable Premises as of the applicable Lease Commencement Date (excluding the Base Building) (the “ Original Improvements ”), and (iii) all Alterations performed in the Premises. Such insurance shall be written on a Special Form basis, for the full replacement cost value (subject to reasonable deductible amounts), without deduction for depreciation of the covered items and in amounts that meet any co-insurance clauses of the policies of insurance and shall include coverage for (a) all perils included in the CP 10 30 04 02 Coverage Special Form, (b) water damage from any cause whatsoever, including, but not limited to, sprinkler leakage, bursting, leaking or stoppage of any pipes, explosion, and backup or overflow from sewers or drains, and (c) terrorism (to the extent such terrorism insurance is available as a result of the Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002 (Pub. L. 107-297, 116 Stat. 2322), the Terrorism Risk Insurance Program Reauthorization Act of 2005 (Pub. l. 109-144), and the Terrorism Risk Insurance Program Reauthorization Act of 2007 (Pub. L. 110-160, 121 Stat. 183), any successor statute or regulation, or is otherwise available at commercially reasonable rates).

10.3.2.1 Increase in Project’s Property Insurance . Tenant shall pay for any increase in the premiums for the property insurance of the Project if said increase is caused by Tenant’s acts, omissions, use or occupancy of the Premises.

10.3.2.2 Property Damage . Unless this Lease is terminated, Tenant shall use the proceeds from any such insurance for the replacement of personal property, trade fixtures, Improvements, Original Improvements and Alterations; provided, however, that Tenant may make such alterations and substitutions to the Improvements, Original Improvements and Alterations as Tenant deems appropriate, subject to Landlord’s prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).

10.3.2.3 No Representation of Adequate Coverage . Landlord makes no representation that the limits or forms of coverage of insurance specified herein are adequate to cover Tenant’s property, business operations or obligations under this Lease.

10.3.2.4 Property Insurance Subrogation . Landlord and Tenant intend that their respective property loss risks shall be borne by insurance carriers to the extent above provided (and, in the case of Tenant, by an insurance carrier satisfying the requirements of Section 10.4(i) below), and Landlord and Tenant hereby agree to look solely to, and seek recovery only from, their respective insurance carriers in the event of a property loss to the

 

54


extent that such coverage is agreed to be provided hereunder. The parties each hereby waive all rights and claims against each other for such losses, and waive all rights of subrogation of their respective insurers. Landlord and Tenant hereby represent and warrant that their respective “all risk” property insurance policies include a waiver of (i) subrogation by the insurers, and (ii) all rights based upon an assignment from its insured, against Landlord and/or any of the Landlord Parties or Tenant and/or any of the Tenant Parties (as the case may be) in connection with any property loss risk thereby insured against. Tenant will cause all subtenants and licensees of the Premises claiming by, under, or through Tenant to execute and deliver to Landlord a waiver of claims similar to the waiver in this Section 10.3.2.4 and to obtain such waiver of subrogation rights endorsements, and Landlord shall, in return, provide a similar claims waiver and a waiver of subrogation rights endorsement for such subtenants and licensees. If either party hereto fails to maintain the waivers set forth in items (i) and (ii) above, the party not maintaining the requisite waivers shall indemnify, defend, protect, and hold harmless the other party for, from and against any and all claims, losses, costs, damages, expenses and liabilities (including, without limitation, court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising out of, resulting from, or relating to, such failure.

10.3.3 Business Income Interruption for one year (1) plus Extra Expense insurance in such amounts as will reimburse Tenant for actual direct or indirect loss of earnings attributable to the risks outlined in Section 10.3.2 above.

10.3.4 Worker’s Compensation or other similar insurance pursuant to all applicable state and local statutes and regulations, and Employer’s Liability with minimum limits of not less than $1,000,000 each accident/employee/disease.

10.3.5 Commercial Automobile Liability Insurance covering all Owned (if any), Hired, or Non-owned vehicles with limits not less than $1,000,000 combined single limit for bodily injury and property damage.

10.4 Form of Policies . The minimum limits of policies of insurance required of Tenant under this Lease shall in no event limit the liability of Tenant under this Lease. Such insurance shall (i) be issued by an insurance company having an AM Best rating of not less than A-VIII (or to the extent AM Best ratings are no longer available, then a similar rating from another comparable rating agency), or which is otherwise acceptable to Landlord and licensed to do business in the State of California, (ii) be in form and content reasonably acceptable to Landlord and complying with the requirements of Section 10.3 (including, Sections 10.3.1 through 10.3.5 ), (iii) Tenant shall not do or permit to be done anything which invalidates the required insurance policies. Tenant shall notify Landlord as soon as reasonably possible, but in any event not less than thirty (30) days prior to the effective date of (a) any cancellation of insurance policies required hereunder, and/or (b) any change that results in a material change in coverage terms or limits of insurance policies required hereunder. Tenant shall deliver said policy or policies or certificates thereof and applicable endorsements which meet the requirements of this Article 10 to Landlord on or before (I) the earlier to occur of: (x) the applicable Lease Commencement Date, and (y) the date Tenant and/or its employees, contractors and/or agents first enter the applicable Premises for occupancy, construction of improvements, alterations, or any other move-in activities, and (II) five (5) business days after the renewal of such policies. In the event Tenant shall fail to procure such insurance, or to deliver such policies

 

55


or certificates and applicable endorsements, Landlord may, at its option, after written notice to Tenant and Tenant’s failure to obtain such insurance within five (5) days thereafter, procure such policies for the account of Tenant and the sole benefit of Landlord, and the cost thereof shall be paid to Landlord within thirty (30) days after delivery to Tenant of bills therefor, which shall be accompanied by reasonable supporting documentation.

10.5 Additional Insurance Obligations . Tenant shall carry and maintain during the entire Lease Term, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, increased amounts of the insurance required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to this Article 10 and such other reasonable types of insurance coverage and in such reasonable amounts covering the Premises and Tenant’s operations therein, as may be reasonably requested by Landlord; provided, however, that (i) such new or increased amounts or types of insurance shall not exceed that required by landlords of the Comparable Buildings for tenants engaged in uses similar to the Permitted Use, and (ii) Landlord may not require Tenant to expand or increase its insurance coverage more than once during any two (2) calendar years of the initial Lease Term or any Option Term.

10.6 Third-Party Contractors . Tenant shall obtain and deliver to Landlord, Third Party Contractor’s certificates of insurance and applicable endorsements at least seven (7) business days prior to the commencement of work in or about the Premises by any vendor or any other third-party contractor (collectively, a “ Third Party Contractor ”). All such insurance shall (a) name Landlord as an additional insured under such party’s liability policies as required by Section 10.3.1 above and this Section 10.6 , (b) provide a waiver of subrogation in favor of Landlord under such Third Party Contractor’s commercial general liability insurance, (c) be primary and any insurance carried by Landlord shall be excess and non-contributing, and (d) comply with Landlord’s minimum insurance requirements.

10.7 Landlord’s Insurance . Landlord shall maintain the following insurance, together with such other insurance coverage as Landlord, in its reasonable judgment, may elect to maintain, the premiums of which shall be included in Operating Expenses: (a) Commercial General Liability insurance applicable to the Project, Buildings and Common Areas providing, on an occurrence basis, a minimum combined single limit of at least $3,000,000.00; (b) All Risk Property Insurance on the Buildings at replacement cost value as reasonably estimated by Landlord; (c) Worker’s Compensation insurance to the extent required by Applicable Laws; and (d) Employers Liability Coverage to the extent required by Applicable Laws. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 10.7 , the coverage and amounts of insurance carried by Landlord in connection with the Buildings shall, at a minimum, be comparable to the coverage and amounts of insurance which are carried by the landlords of the Comparable Buildings (provided that in no event shall Landlord be required to carry earthquake insurance).

ARTICLE 11

DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION

11.1 Repair of Damage to Premises by Landlord . The TCCs of this Article 11 shall not be applicable during the Construction Period. If the Base Building or any Common Areas serving or providing access to the Premises shall be damaged by a fire or any other casualty (collectively, a “ Casualty ”), Landlord shall promptly and diligently, subject to reasonable delays

 

56


for insurance adjustment or other matters beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, and subject to all other TCCs of this Article 11 , restore the Base Building and such Common Areas. Such restoration shall be to substantially the same condition of the Base Building and the Common Areas prior to the Casualty, except for modifications required by zoning and building codes and other laws. Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord upon the occurrence of any damage to the Premises resulting from a Casualty, and Tenant shall promptly inform its insurance carrier of any such damage. Upon notice (the “ Landlord Repair Notice ”) to Tenant from Landlord, Tenant shall assign to Landlord (or to any party designated by Landlord) all insurance proceeds payable to Tenant under Tenant’s property insurance required under items (ii) and (iii) of Section 10.3.2 of this Lease, and Landlord shall repair any injury or damage to the Improvements and the Original Improvements installed in the Premises and shall return such Improvements and the Original Improvements to their original condition; provided that if the cost of such repair by Landlord exceeds the amount of insurance proceeds received by Landlord from Tenant’s insurance carrier, as assigned by Tenant, the portion of the cost of such repairs which is not so covered by Tenant’s insurance proceeds shall be borne by Tenant and paid by Tenant (in proportion to the total cost of repair) as the repair or restoration work progresses. However, all such work will be competitively bid by Landlord. In the event that Landlord does not deliver the Landlord Repair Notice within sixty (60) days following the date the Casualty becomes known to Landlord, Tenant shall, using the proceeds of Tenant’s insurance (and at its sole cost and expense, to the extent in excess of such insurance) repair any injury or damage to the Improvements and the Original Improvements installed in the Premises and shall return such Improvements and Original Improvements to their original condition, or an alternate condition selected by Tenant (but subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, in accordance with the TCCs of Article 8 ). Whether or not Landlord delivers a Landlord Repair Notice, prior to the commencement of construction, Tenant shall submit to Landlord, for Landlord’s review and approval, all plans, specifications and working drawings relating thereto, and Landlord shall approve the general contractors selected by Tenant to perform such improvement work (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). Landlord shall not be liable for any inconvenience or annoyance to Tenant or its visitors, or injury to Tenant’s business resulting in any way from such damage or the repair thereof; provided however, that if such Casualty shall have damaged the Premises or Common Areas necessary to Tenant’s occupancy, and the Premises or a material portion thereof is not occupied by Tenant as a result thereof, then during the time and to the extent the Premises is unfit for occupancy, the Rent shall be abated in proportion to the ratio that the amount of rentable square feet of the Premises which is unfit for occupancy for the Permitted Use bears to the total rentable square feet of the Premises. In the event that Landlord shall not deliver the Landlord Repair Notice, Tenant’s right to rent abatement pursuant to the preceding sentence shall terminate as of the date which is reasonably determined by Landlord to be the date Tenant should have completed repairs to the Premises assuming Tenant used reasonable due diligence in connection therewith (taking into account any Force Majeure events or conditions affecting completion). The TCCs of this Section 11.1 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

11.2 Landlord’s Option to Repair . At any time, from time to time, after the date occurring sixty (60) days after the date of the damage, Tenant may request that Landlord inform Tenant of Landlord’s reasonable opinion of the date of completion of the repairs and Landlord shall respond to such request within five (5) business days (“ Landlord’s Repair Estimate Notice ”). Notwithstanding the TCCs of Section 11.1 of this Lease, Landlord may elect not to

 

57


rebuild and/or restore the Premises, Buildings and/or Project, and instead terminate this Lease, by notifying Tenant in writing of such termination within sixty (60) days after the date of discovery of the damage, such notice to include a termination date giving Tenant sixty (60) days to vacate the Premises, but Landlord may so elect only if the Buildings or Project shall be damaged by Casualty, and one or more of the following conditions is present: (i) in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, repairs cannot reasonably be completed within two hundred seventy (270) days after the date of discovery of the damage (when such repairs are made without the payment of overtime or other premiums); (ii) the holder of any mortgage on the Buildings or Project or ground lessor with respect to the Buildings or Project shall require that the insurance proceeds or any portion thereof be used to retire the mortgage debt, or shall terminate the ground lease, as the case may be; (iii) at least Seven Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($7,500,000.00) of the cost of repair of the damage is not fully covered by Landlord’s insurance policies, or would have been covered if Landlord’s insurance met the requirements of this Lease; or (iv) the damage occurs during the last twelve (12) months of the Lease Term (provided that Landlord terminates the leases of all tenants of the Buildings whose premises are similarly damaged by the casualty or, if Tenant is the sole occupant of the Buildings (exclusive of the Retail Space), Landlord may terminate this Lease only if the damage prevents or materially impairs Tenant’s use of all or a substantial portion of the Premises), unless Tenant exercises an unexpired option to extend the Lease Term on or before the earlier of the deadline for such option pursuant to Section 2.2 above or within fifteen (15) days after Landlord’s Repair Estimate Notice is delivered to Tenant); provided, however, that if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease pursuant to Landlord’s termination right as provided above, and the repairs cannot, in the reasonable opinion of Landlord, be completed within two hundred seventy (270) days after the date of discovery of the damage (when such repairs are made without the payment of overtime or other premiums), Tenant may elect, no earlier than thirty (30) days and not later than ninety (90) days after the date Landlord notifies Tenant of Landlord’s election to repair rather than to terminate this Lease, to terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord effective as of the date specified in the notice, which date shall not be less than thirty (30) days nor more than sixty (60) days after the date such notice is given by Tenant. Tenant also may terminate this Lease in case of damage during the last twelve (12) months of the Lease Term which prevents or materially impairs Tenant’s use of all or a substantial portion of the Premises and which cannot be repaired within sixty (60) days after commencement. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 11.2 , Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease under this Section 11.2 only if each of the following conditions is satisfied: (a) Tenant is not then in monetary or material non-monetary default under this Lease after the expiration of the applicable notice and cure periods; (b) as a result of the damage, Tenant is unable to use and does not use sixty-seven percent (67%) or more of the rentable area of the Premises to conduct its business. In the event this Lease is terminated in accordance with the TCCs of this Section 11.2 , Tenant shall pay to Landlord (or to any party designated by Landlord) a portion of insurance proceeds payable to Tenant under Tenant’s insurance required under items (ii) and (iii) of Section 10.3.2 of this Lease, which portion shall be equal to the then remaining unamortized amount (based on the Allowance being amortized over the initial Lease Term at an eight percent (8%) annual interest rate) of the Allowance. In addition, if such restoration is not substantially complete on or before the later of (i) the date that occurs twelve (12) months after the date of discovery of the damage, and (ii) the date that occurs ninety (90) days after the expiration of the estimated period of time to substantially complete such restoration, as set forth in Landlord’s Completion Notice (the “ Outside Restoration Date ”),

 

58


then Tenant shall have the additional right during the first ten (10) business days of each calendar month following the Outside Restoration Date until such repairs are complete, to terminate this Lease by delivery of written notice to Landlord (the “ Damage Termination Notice ”), which termination shall be effective on a date specified by Tenant in such Damage Termination Notice (the “ Damage Termination Date ”), which Damage Termination Date shall not be less than ten (10) business days, nor greater than thirty (30) days, following the date such Damage Termination Notice was delivered to Landlord. In the event Tenant fails to pursue such insurance proceeds within a reasonable amount of time following the termination of this Lease, then, upon written notice from Landlord, Tenant shall assign its rights to such proceeds to Landlord and Landlord shall have the right to pursue such proceeds on Tenant’s behalf, in which case, within thirty (30) days following Landlord’s receipt of such proceeds, Landlord shall deduct the amount owed to Landlord under this Section 11.2 (plus Landlord’s actual and reasonable out-of-pocket costs, if any, incurred by Landlord to receive such proceeds) and deliver the remainder to Tenant.

11.3 Waiver of Statutory Provisions . The provisions of this Lease, including this Article 11 , constitute an express agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to any and all damage to, or destruction of, all or any part of the Premises, the Buildings or the Project, and any statute or regulation of the State of California, including, without limitation, Sections 1932(2) and 1933(4) of the California Civil Code, with respect to any rights or obligations concerning damage or destruction in the absence of an express agreement between the parties, and any other statute or regulation, now or hereafter in effect, shall have no application to this Lease or any damage or destruction to all or any part of the Premises, the Buildings or the Project.

ARTICLE 12

NONWAIVER

No provision of this Lease shall be deemed waived by either party hereto unless expressly waived in a writing signed thereby. The waiver by either party hereto of any breach of any term, covenant or condition herein contained shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of same or any other term, covenant or condition herein contained. The subsequent acceptance of Rent hereunder by Landlord shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding breach by Tenant of any term, covenant or condition of this Lease, other than the failure of Tenant to pay the particular Rent so accepted, regardless of Landlord’s knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of acceptance of such Rent. No acceptance of a lesser amount than the Rent herein stipulated shall be deemed a waiver of Landlord’s right to receive the full amount due, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or payment or any letter accompanying such check or payment be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the full amount due. No receipt of monies by Landlord from Tenant after the termination of this Lease shall in any way alter the length of the Lease Term or of Tenant’s right of possession hereunder, or after the giving of any notice shall reinstate, continue or extend the Lease Term or affect any notice given Tenant prior to the receipt of such monies, it being agreed that after the service of notice or the commencement of a suit, or after final judgment for possession of the Premises, Landlord may receive and collect any Rent due, and the payment of said Rent shall not waive or affect said notice, suit or judgment.

 

59


ARTICLE 13

CONDEMNATION

If the whole or any part of the Premises, Buildings or Project shall be taken by power of eminent domain or condemned by any competent authority for any public or quasi-public use or purpose, or if any adjacent property or street shall be so taken or condemned, or reconfigured or vacated by such authority in such manner as to require the use, reconstruction or remodeling of any part of the Premises, Buildings or Project, or if Landlord shall grant a deed or other instrument in lieu of such taking by eminent domain or condemnation, Landlord shall have the option to terminate this Lease effective as of the date possession is required to be surrendered to the authority. If more than twenty percent (20%) of the rentable square feet of the Premises is taken, or if access to the Premises or Project parking facilities is substantially impaired, in each case for a period in excess of one hundred eighty (180) days, Tenant shall have the option to terminate this Lease effective as of the date possession is required to be surrendered to the authority. Tenant shall not because of such taking assert any claim against Landlord or the authority for any compensation because of such taking and Landlord shall be entitled to the entire award or payment in connection therewith, except that Tenant shall have the right to file any separate claim available to Tenant for any taking of Tenant’s personal property and fixtures belonging to Tenant and removable by Tenant upon expiration of the Lease Term pursuant to the TCCs of this Lease, any Improvement and Alterations paid for by Tenant without reimbursement, and for moving expenses, so long as such award does not diminish the award available to Landlord, its ground lessor with respect to the Buildings or Project or its mortgagee, and such award is payable separately to Tenant. All Rent shall be apportioned as of the date of such termination. If any part of the Premises shall be taken, and this Lease shall not be so terminated, the Rent shall be proportionately abated. Each of Landlord and Tenant hereby waives any and all rights it might otherwise have pursuant to Section 1265.130 of The California Code of Civil Procedure. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 13 , in the event of a temporary taking of all or any portion of the Premises for a period of one hundred and eighty (180) days or less, then this Lease shall not terminate but the Base Rent and the Additional Rent shall be abated for the period of such taking in proportion to the ratio that the amount of rentable square feet of the Premises taken bears to the total rentable square feet of the Premises. Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire award made in connection with any such temporary taking.

ARTICLE 14

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

14.1 Transfers . Except as otherwise specifically permitted in this Article 14 , Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, assign, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate, encumber, or permit any lien to attach to, or otherwise transfer, this Lease or any interest hereunder, permit any assignment, or other transfer of this Lease or any interest hereunder by operation of law, sublet the Premises or any part thereof, or enter into any license or concession

 

60


agreements or otherwise permit the occupancy or use of the Premises or any part thereof by any persons other than Tenant and its employees and contractors (all of the foregoing are hereinafter sometimes referred to collectively as “ Transfers ” and any person or entity to whom any Transfer is made or sought to be made is hereinafter sometimes referred to as a “ Transferee ”). If Tenant desires Landlord’s consent to any Transfer, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing, which notice (the “ Transfer Notice ”) shall include (i) the proposed effective date of the Transfer, which shall not be less than thirty (30) days nor more than two hundred seventy (270) days after the date of delivery of the Transfer Notice, (ii) a description of the portion of the Premises to be transferred (the “ Subject Space ”), (iii) all of the terms of the proposed Transfer and the consideration therefor, including calculation of the Transfer Premium, as that term is defined in Section 14.3 below, in connection with such Transfer, the name and address of the proposed Transferee, and a copy of all existing executed and/or proposed documentation pertaining to the proposed Transfer, including all existing operative documents to be executed to evidence such Transfer or the agreements incidental or related to such Transfer, provided that Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant to utilize Landlord’s commercially reasonable, standard consent to Transfer documents in connection with the documentation of Landlord’s consent to such Transfer, and (iv) current financial statements of the proposed Transferee certified by an officer, partner or owner thereof, and business credit references of the proposed Transferee and any other information required by Landlord which will enable Landlord to determine the financial responsibility, character, and reputation of the proposed Transferee, nature of such Transferee’s business and proposed use of the Subject Space. Any Transfer made without Landlord’s prior written consent shall, at Landlord’s option, be null, void and of no effect, and shall, at Landlord’s option, constitute a default by Tenant under this Lease. Whether or not Landlord consents to any proposed Transfer, Tenant shall pay Landlord’s review and processing fees, as well as any reasonable professional fees (including, without limitation, attorneys’, accountants’, architects’, engineers’ and consultants’ fees) incurred by Landlord, within thirty (30) days after written request by Landlord, provided that such fees shall not exceed Two Thousand Five Hundred and 00/100 Dollars ($2,500.00) for any such Transfer in the ordinary course of business.

14.2 Landlord’s Consent . Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to any proposed Transfer of the Subject Space to the Transferee on the terms specified in the Transfer Notice and shall grant or withhold such consent within twenty (20) days following the date upon which Landlord receives a “complete” Transfer Notice from Tenant (i.e., a Transfer Notice that includes all documents and information required pursuant to Section 14.1 of this Lease, above). If Landlord fails to timely deliver to Tenant notice of Landlord’s consent, or the withholding of consent, to a proposed Transfer, Tenant may send a second (2nd) notice to Landlord, which notice must contain the following inscription, in bold faced lettering: “ SECOND NOTICE DELIVERED PURSUANT TO ARTICLE 14 OF LEASE — FAILURE TO TIMELY RESPOND WITHIN THREE (3) BUSINESS DAYS SHALL RESULT IN DEEMED APPROVAL OF ASSIGNMENT OR SUBLEASE .” If Landlord fails to deliver notice of Landlord’s consent to, or the withholding of Landlord’s consent, to the proposed assignment or sublease within such three (3) business day period, Landlord shall be deemed to have approved the assignment or sublease in question. Without limitation as to other reasonable grounds for withholding consent, the parties hereby agree that it shall be reasonable under this Lease and under any Applicable Laws for Landlord to withhold consent to any proposed Transfer where one or more of the following apply:

14.2.1 The Transferee is of a character or reputation or engaged in a business which is not consistent with the quality of the Buildings or the Project;

 

61


14.2.2 The Transferee intends to use the Subject Space for purposes which are not permitted under this Lease;

14.2.3 The Transferee is either a governmental agency or instrumentality thereof;

14.2.4 The Transferee is not a party of reasonable financial worth and/or financial stability in light of the responsibilities to be undertaken in connection with the Transfer on the date consent is requested (but taking into consideration Tenant’s continuing liability under this Lease);

14.2.5 The Transferee is partially or wholly exempt from the payment of property taxes;

14.2.6 The terms of the proposed Transfer will allow the Transferee to exercise a right of renewal, right of expansion, right of first offer, or other similar right held by Tenant (or will allow the Transferee to occupy space leased by Tenant pursuant to any such right); or

14.2.7 The Transferee does not intend to occupy the entire Subject Space and conduct its business therefrom for a substantial portion of the term of the Transfer.

If Landlord consents to any Transfer pursuant to the TCCs of this Section 14.2 (and does not exercise any recapture rights Landlord may have under Section 14.4 of this Lease), Tenant may within two hundred seventy (270) days after Landlord’s consent, but not later than the expiration of said two hundred seventy (270)-day period, enter into such Transfer of the Premises or portion thereof, upon substantially the same TCCs as are set forth in the Transfer Notice furnished by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to Section 14.1 of this Lease, provided that if there are any changes in the TCCs from those specified in the Transfer Notice (i) such that Landlord would initially have been entitled to refuse its consent to such Transfer under this Section 14.2 , or (ii) which would cause the proposed Transfer to be more than ten percent (10%) more favorable to the Transferee (on a Net Equivalent Lease Rate) than the terms set forth in Tenant’s original Transfer Notice, Tenant shall again submit the Transfer to Landlord for its approval and other action under this Article 14 (including Landlord’s right of recapture, if any, under Section 14.4 of this Lease); provided, however, that Landlord must approve or reject the Transfer (or take such other action as may be permitted in connection therewith) within five (5) days after Tenant’s re-submission. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, if Tenant or any proposed Transferee claims that Landlord has unreasonably withheld or delayed its consent under this Section 14.2 or otherwise has breached or acted unreasonably under this Article 14 , their sole remedies shall be a shall be a suit for contract damages (subject to Section 29.13 below), or declaratory judgment and an injunction for the relief sought, and Tenant hereby waives the provisions of Section 1995.310 of the California Civil Code, or any successor statute, and all other remedies, including, without limitation, any right at law or equity to terminate this Lease.

 

62


14.3 Transfer Premium . If Landlord consents to a Transfer, as a condition thereto which the parties hereby agree is reasonable, Tenant shall pay to Landlord fifty percent (50%) of any Transfer Premium, as that term is defined in this Section 14.3 , received by Tenant from such Transferee. “ Transfer Premium ” shall mean all rent, additional rent or other consideration payable by such Transferee in connection with the Transfer in excess of the Rent and Additional Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease during the term of the Transfer on a per rentable square foot basis if less than all of the Premises is transferred. The Transfer Premium shall be calculated after first deducting the reasonable expenses incurred by Tenant for (i) any changes, alterations and improvements to the Premises in connection with the Transfer, (ii) any free base rent or other economic concessions reasonably provided to the Transferee, (iii) any brokerage commissions and reasonable legal fees and other professional fees incurred by Tenant in connection with the Transfer, and (iv) any amounts payable to Landlord under Section 14.1 above (collectively, “ Transfer Costs ”). “Transfer Premium” shall also include, but not be limited to, key money, bonus money or other cash consideration paid by Transferee to Tenant in connection with such Transfer, and any payment in excess of fair market value for services rendered by Tenant to Transferee or for assets, fixtures, inventory, equipment, or furniture transferred by Tenant to Transferee in connection with such Transfer. Tenant shall first recoup all Transfer Costs from the Transferee before any Transfer Premium must be paid to Landlord. No Transfer Premium shall apply in case of a Permitted Transfer (defined in Section 14.8 below).

14.4 Landlord’s Option as to Subject Space . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article 14 , except in the case of a Permitted Transfer or in the case of a sublease of all or any full floor portion of the Building B Premises entered into by Tenant prior to the first (1 st ) anniversary of the Building B Lease Commencement Date, if Tenant requests Landlord’s consent to a sublease (including any expansion rights of subtenant) of more than sixty-seven percent (67%) of the rentable square footage of the then existing Premises in either Building, or a sublease for a term (including any extension options of subtenant) of more than ninety percent (90%) of the balance of the Lease Term remaining on the Contemplated Effective Date (excluding any unexercised extension options), Tenant shall give Landlord notice (the “ Intention to Transfer Notice ”) of such contemplated Transfer (whether or not the contemplated Transferee or the terms of such contemplated Transfer have been determined). The Intention to Transfer Notice shall specify the portion of and amount of rentable square feet of the Premises which Tenant intends to Transfer (the “ Contemplated Transfer Space ”), the contemplated date of commencement of the contemplated Transfer (the “ Contemplated Effective Date ”), and the contemplated length of the term of such contemplated Transfer, and shall specify that such Intention to Transfer Notice is delivered to Landlord pursuant to this Section 14.4 in order to allow Landlord to elect to recapture the Contemplated Transfer Space, but only with respect to portions of the Contemplated Transfer Space that consist of a full-floor. Thereafter, Landlord shall have the option, by giving written notice to Tenant within thirty (30) days after receipt of any Intention to Transfer Notice, to recapture the Contemplated Transfer Space; and if Landlord timely exercises this option to recapture, Tenant may rescind its Intention to Transfer Notice (and avoid such recapture) by notice of rescission delivered to Landlord within seven (7) business days after delivery of Landlord’s notice to Tenant exercising such recapture option. If Landlord timely exercises such recapture option, and Tenant does not timely elect to rescind its Intention to Transfer Notice, such recapture shall cancel and terminate this Lease with respect to the Contemplated Transfer Space as of the Contemplated Effective Date

 

63


stated in the Intention to Transfer Notice. In the event of a recapture by Landlord, if this Lease shall be canceled with respect to less than the entire Premises, (A) the Rent reserved herein shall be prorated on the basis of the number of rentable square feet retained by Tenant in proportion to the number of rentable square feet contained in the Premises, (B) Tenant shall be relieved of any removal or restoration obligations with respect to the recapture space (including, without limitation, as to any Specialty Alterations), (C) Landlord and Tenant shall promptly enter into a lease amendment as set forth in Section  29.43 below, and (D) this Lease as so amended shall continue thereafter in full force and effect, and upon request of either party, the parties shall execute written confirmation of the same. If Landlord declines, or fails to elect in a timely manner to recapture the Contemplated Transfer Space under this Section 14.4 , then, subject to the other terms of this Article 14 , for a period of six (6) months (the “ Six Month Period ”) commencing on the last day of such thirty (30) day period, Landlord shall not have any right to recapture the Contemplated Transfer Space with respect to any Transfer consummated during the Six Month Period, provided that any such Transfer is substantially on the terms set forth in the Intention to Transfer Notice, and provided further that any such Transfer shall be subject to the remaining terms of this Article 14 . If such a Transfer is not so consummated within the Six Month Period (or if a Transfer is so consummated, then upon the expiration of the term of any Transfer of such Contemplated Transfer Space consummated within such Six Month Period), Tenant shall again be required to submit a new Intention to Transfer Notice to Landlord with respect any contemplated Transfer of the Contemplated Transfer Space, as provided above in this Section 14.4 . Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary set forth in this Lease, for purposes of determining whether Tenant is “occupying” sufficient rentable square feet in the Premises to be entitled to exercise its (i) rights of first offer set forth in Sections 1.3 and 1.4 above, (ii) its option to extend the Lease Term set forth in Section 2.2 above or (iii) its rights to Tenant’s Signage (as defined in Section 23. 5 below), the “initial Premises” shall be deemed to consist of the initial Premises less any space recaptured by Landlord pursuant to this Section 14.4 .

14.5 Effect of Transfer . If Landlord consents to a Transfer, (i) the TCCs of this Lease shall in no way be deemed to have been waived or modified, (ii) such consent shall not be deemed consent to any further Transfer by either Tenant or a Transferee, (iii) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, promptly after execution, an original executed copy of all documentation pertaining to the Transfer in form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, (iv) Tenant shall furnish upon Landlord’s request a complete statement, certified by an independent certified public accountant, or Tenant’s chief financial officer, setting forth in detail the computation of any Transfer Premium Tenant has derived and shall derive from such Transfer, and (v) no Transfer relating to this Lease or agreement entered into with respect thereto, whether with or without Landlord’s consent, shall relieve Tenant or any guarantor of the Lease from any liability under this Lease, including, without limitation, in connection with the Subject Space. Landlord or its authorized representatives shall have the right at all reasonable times to audit the books, records and papers of Tenant relating to any Transfer, and shall have the right to make copies thereof. If the Transfer Premium respecting any Transfer shall be found understated, Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days after demand, pay the deficiency, and if understated by more than two percent (2%), Tenant shall pay Landlord’s costs of such audit.

14.6 Additional Transfers . For purposes of this Lease, the term Transfer shall also include (i) if Tenant is a partnership, the withdrawal or change, voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law, of more than fifty percent (50%) or more of the partners, or transfer of more

 

64


than fifty percent (50%) or more of partnership interests, within a twelve (12)-month period, or the dissolution of the partnership without immediate reconstitution thereof, and (ii) if Tenant is a closely held corporation ( i.e. , whose stock is not publicly held and not traded through an exchange or over the counter), (A) the dissolution, merger, consolidation or other reorganization of Tenant or (B) the sale or other transfer of an aggregate of more than fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting shares of Tenant (other than to immediate family members by reason of gift or death), within a twelve (12)-month period, or (C) the sale, mortgage, hypothecation or pledge of an aggregate of more than fifty percent (50%) or more of the value of the unencumbered assets of Tenant within a twelve (12)-month period. The TCCs of this Section 14.6 shall not be applicable if stock in the entity which constitutes Tenant under this Lease (as opposed to an entity that controls Tenant) becomes publicly traded on NASDAQ or a national stock exchange.

14.7 Occurrence of Default . Any Transfer hereunder shall be subordinate and subject to the provisions of this Lease, and if this Lease shall be terminated during the term of any Transfer, Landlord shall have the right to: (i) treat such Transfer as cancelled and repossess the Subject Space by any lawful means, or (ii) require that such Transferee attorn to and recognize Landlord as its landlord under any such Transfer. If Tenant shall be in monetary or material non-monetary default under this Lease after any applicable notice and cure period, Landlord is hereby irrevocably authorized, as Tenant’s agent and attorney-in-fact, to direct any Transferee to make all payments under or in connection with the Transfer directly to Landlord (which Landlord shall apply towards Tenant’s obligations under this Lease) until such default is cured. Such Transferee shall rely on any representation by Landlord that Tenant is in default hereunder, without any need for confirmation thereof by Tenant. Upon any assignment, the assignee shall assume in writing all obligations and covenants of Tenant thereafter to be performed or observed under this Lease. No collection or acceptance of rent by Landlord from any Transferee shall be deemed a waiver of any provision of this Article 14 or the approval of any Transferee or a release of Tenant from any obligation under this Lease, whether theretofore or thereafter accruing. In no event shall Landlord’s enforcement of any provision of this Lease against any Transferee be deemed a waiver of Landlord’s right to enforce any term of this Lease against Tenant or any other person. If Tenant’s obligations hereunder have been guaranteed, Landlord’s consent to any Transfer shall not be effective unless the guarantor also consents to such Transfer.

14.8 Deemed Consent Transfers . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, (A) an assignment or subletting of all or a portion of the Premises to an affiliate of Tenant (an entity which at any time is controlled by, controls, or is under common control with, Tenant), (B) a sale of corporate shares of capital stock in Tenant in connection with an initial public offering of Tenant’s stock on a nationally-recognized stock exchange, (C) an assignment of the Lease to an entity which acquires all or substantially all of the stock or assets of Tenant, or (D) an assignment of the Lease to an entity which is the resulting entity of a merger or consolidation of Tenant during the Lease Term, shall not be deemed a Transfer requiring Landlord’s consent under this Article 14 (any such assignee or sublessee described in items (A) through (D) of this Section 14.8 hereinafter referred to as a “ Permitted Transferee ”), provided that (i) Tenant notifies Landlord at least thirty (30) days prior to the effective date of any such assignment or sublease (provided such notice and disclosure does not violate Applicable Laws or the terms of an agreement with the acquiring entity, in which event such notice and disclosure shall be made as soon as reasonably possible) and promptly supplies Landlord with any documents or information reasonably requested by Landlord regarding such Transfer or

 

65


Permitted Transferee as set forth above, (ii) Tenant is not in default, beyond the applicable notice and cure period, and such assignment or sublease is not a subterfuge by Tenant to avoid its obligations under this Lease, (iii) such Permitted Transferee shall be of a character and reputation consistent with the quality of the Buildings, (iv) with respect to a Permitted Transferee Assignee only, such Permitted Transferee shall have a tangible net worth (not including goodwill as an asset) computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“ Net Worth ”) at least equal to the greater of (1) the Net Worth of Original Tenant on the date of this Lease, and (2) the Net Worth of Tenant on the day immediately preceding the effective date of such assignment or sublease, (v) no assignment or sublease relating to this Lease, whether with or without Landlord’s consent, shall relieve Tenant from any liability under this Lease, and (vi) the liability of such Permitted Transferee under either an assignment or sublease shall be joint and several with Tenant. An assignee of Tenant’s entire interest in this Lease who qualifies as a Permitted Transferee may also be referred to herein as a “ Permitted Transferee Assignee .” “ Control ,” as used in this Section 14.8 , shall mean the ownership, directly or indirectly, of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting securities of, or possession of the right to vote, in the ordinary direction of its affairs, of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting interest in, any person or entity.

14.9 Occupancy by Others . Furthermore, and notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Article 14 , the Tenant shall have the right, without the receipt of Landlord’s consent and without payment to Landlord of the Transfer Premium, but on not less than five (5) business days prior written notice to Landlord, to permit the occupancy of up to ten percent (10%) of the rentable square footage of the Premises, pursuant to an occupancy agreement between Tenant and such occupant, which agreement must be approved in advance by Landlord (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), to any individual(s) or entity(ies) with an ongoing business relationship with Tenant (“ Permitted Occupants ”) . Such occupancy pursuant to this Section 14.9 shall include the use of a corresponding interior support area and other portions of the Premises which shall be common to Tenant and the Permitted Occupants, on and subject to the following conditions: (i) each individual or entity shall be of a character and reputation consistent with the quality of the Building and the Project; (ii) no individual or entity shall occupy a separately demised portion of the Premises or which contains an entrance to such portion of the Premises other than the primary entrance to the Premises; (iii) the rent, if any, paid by such occupants shall not be greater than the rent allocable on a pro rata basis to the portion of the Premises occupied by such occupants; (iv) such occupancy shall not be a subterfuge by Tenant to avoid its obligations under this Lease or the restrictions on Transfers pursuant to this Article 14 ; and (v) no such occupant shall be required to maintain the insurance coverage required to be maintained by Tenant hereunder (and, solely for the purposes of determining Tenant’s liability hereunder for the acts or omissions of such occupants and the applicability of Tenant’s insurance coverage towards such liability, any such occupant shall be deemed to be an employee of Tenant for the purposes of insurance and indemnity provisions of this Lease). Any occupancy permitted under this Section 14.9 shall not be deemed a Transfer under this Article 14 . Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such occupancy shall relieve Tenant from any liability under this Lease.

 

66


ARTICLE 15

SURRENDER OF PREMISES; OWNERSHIP AND

REMOVAL OF TRADE FIXTURES

15.1 Surrender of Premises . No act or thing done by Landlord or any agent or employee of Landlord during the Lease Term shall be deemed to constitute an acceptance by Landlord of a surrender of the Premises unless such intent is specifically acknowledged in writing by Landlord. The delivery of keys to the Premises to Landlord or any agent or employee of Landlord shall not constitute a surrender of the Premises or effect a termination of this Lease, whether or not the keys are thereafter retained by Landlord, and notwithstanding such delivery Tenant shall be entitled to the return of such keys at any reasonable time upon request until this Lease shall have been properly terminated. The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, whether accepted by Landlord or not, or a mutual termination hereof, shall not work a merger, and at the option of Landlord shall operate as an assignment to Landlord of all subleases or subtenancies affecting the Premises or terminate any or all such sublessees or subtenancies.

15.2 Removal of Tenant Property by Tenant . Upon the expiration of the Lease Term, or upon any earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall, subject to the provisions of this Article 15 , quit and surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord in as good order and condition as when Tenant took possession and as thereafter improved by Landlord and/or Tenant, reasonable wear and tear, damage due to Casualty or condemnation which is not Tenant’s obligation to repair hereunder, and repairs which are specifically made the responsibility of Landlord hereunder excepted. Upon such expiration or termination, in addition to Tenant’s obligations under Section 29.32 , below, Tenant shall, without expense to Landlord, remove or cause to be removed from the Premises all debris and rubbish, and such items of furniture, equipment, business and trade fixtures, free-standing cabinet work, server and telephone equipment, movable partitions and other articles of personal property owned by Tenant or installed or placed by Tenant at its expense in the Premises, and such similar articles of any other persons claiming under Tenant, as Landlord may, in its sole discretion, require to be removed, and Tenant shall repair at its own expense all damage to the Premises and Buildings resulting from such removal.

ARTICLE 16

HOLDING OVER

If Tenant holds over after the expiration of the Lease Term with the express written consent of Landlord, such tenancy shall be from month-to-month only, and shall not constitute a renewal hereof or an extension for any further term, and in such case Base Rent shall be payable at a monthly rate equal to one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of the Base Rent applicable during the last calendar month of the Lease Term during the first three (3) months immediately following the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term, or Option Term, if applicable, and one hundred fifty percent (150%) thereafter. Such month-to-month tenancy shall be subject to every other applicable term, covenant and agreement contained herein. If Tenant holds over after the expiration of the Lease Term without the express written consent of Landlord, such tenancy shall be a tenancy at sufferance, and shall not constitute a renewal hereof or an extension

 

67


for any further term, and in such case daily damages in any action to recover possession of the Premises shall be calculated at a daily rate equal to one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) the Base Rent applicable during the last calendar month of the Lease Term during the first three (3) months immediately following the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term, or Option Term, if applicable, and one hundred fifty percent (150%) thereafter. Nothing contained in this Article 16 shall be construed as consent by Landlord to any holding over by Tenant, and Landlord expressly reserves the right to require Tenant to vacate and deliver possession of the Premises to Landlord as provided in this Lease upon the expiration or other termination of this Lease. The provisions of this Article 16 shall not be deemed to limit or constitute a waiver of any other rights or remedies of Landlord provided herein or at law. If Tenant holds over without Landlord’s express written consent, and tenders payment of rent for any period beyond the expiration of the Lease Term by way of check (whether directly to Landlord, its agents, or to a lock box) or wire transfer, Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the cashing of such check or acceptance of such wire shall be considered inadvertent and not be construed as creating a month-to-month tenancy, provided Landlord refunds such payment to Tenant promptly upon learning that such check has been cashed or wire transfer received. Tenant acknowledges that any holding over without Landlord’s express written consent may compromise or otherwise affect Landlord’s ability to enter into new leases with prospective tenants regarding the Premises. Therefore, if Tenant fails to vacate and deliver the Premises upon the termination or expiration of this Lease, in addition to any other liabilities to Landlord accruing therefrom, Tenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against all claims made by any succeeding tenant founded upon such failure to vacate and deliver for more than thirty (30) days, and any losses suffered by Landlord, including lost profits, resulting from such failure to vacate and deliver. Tenant agrees that any proceedings necessary to recover possession of the Premises, whether before or after expiration of the Lease Term, shall be considered an action to enforce the terms of this Lease for purposes of the awarding of any attorney’s fees in connection therewith.

ARTICLE 17

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES; FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Within ten (10) business days following a request in writing by Landlord, Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord an estoppel certificate, which, as submitted by Landlord, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit E , attached hereto (or such other form as may be required by any prospective mortgagee or purchaser of the Project, or any portion thereof, provided that the content of such other form is strictly limited to factual matters), indicating therein any exceptions thereto that may exist at that time, and shall also contain any other information reasonably requested by Landlord or Landlord’s mortgagee or prospective mortgagee; provided, however, that if such estoppel certificate is not factually correct, then Tenant may make such changes as are necessary to make such estoppel certificate factually correct and shall thereafter return such signed estoppel certificate to Landlord within said ten (10) business day period. Any such certificate may be relied upon by any prospective mortgagee or purchaser of all or any portion of the Project. Tenant shall execute and deliver whatever other instruments may be reasonably required for such purposes. Landlord hereby agrees to provide to Tenant an estoppel certificate signed by Landlord, containing the same types of information, and within the same periods of time, as set forth above, with such changes as are reasonably

 

68


necessary to reflect that the estoppel certificate is being granted and signed by Landlord to Tenant, rather than from Tenant to Landlord or a lender. At any time during the Lease Term, Landlord may require Tenant to provide Landlord with a current quarterly financial statement and annual financial statements for the two (2) most recent years. Such statements shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and shall be audited by an independent certified public accountant from a nationally recognized certified public accounting firm, and shall include a consolidated balance sheet, consolidated income statement, and consolidated statement of cashflow. Landlord shall exercise commercially reasonable efforts to keep all such financial statements confidential, pursuant to the TCCs of Section 29.28 below. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that (i) stock in the entity which constitutes Tenant under this Lease (as opposed to an entity that controls Tenant or is otherwise an affiliate of Tenant) is publicly traded on NASDAQ or a national stock exchange, and (ii) Tenant has its own, separate and distinct 10K and 10Q filing requirements (as opposed joint or cumulative filings with an entity that controls Tenant or with entities which are otherwise affiliates of Tenant), then Tenant’s obligation to provide Landlord with a copy of its most recent current financial statement shall be deemed satisfied. Failure of Tenant to timely execute, acknowledge and deliver such estoppel certificate or other instruments shall constitute an acceptance of the Premises and an acknowledgment by Tenant that statements included in the estoppel certificate are true and correct, without exception.

ARTICLE 18

SUBORDINATION

Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that the Project is not currently subject to any ground or underlying lease or the lien of any mortgage, trust deed or other like encumbrances. Subject to satisfaction of the condition stated below, this Lease shall be subject and subordinate to all future ground or underlying leases of the Buildings or Project and to the lien of any mortgage, trust deed or other like encumbrances hereafter in force against the Buildings or Project or any part thereof, if any, and to all renewals, extensions, modifications, consolidations and replacements thereof, and to all advances made or hereafter to be made upon the security of such mortgages or trust deeds, unless the holders of such mortgages, trust deeds or other encumbrances, or the lessors under such ground lease or underlying leases (each, a “ Security Holder ”), require in writing that this Lease be superior thereto. Tenant covenants and agrees in the event any proceedings are brought for the foreclosure of any such mortgage or deed in lieu thereof (or if any ground lease is terminated), to attorn, without any deductions or set-offs whatsoever, to the lienholder or purchaser or any successors thereto upon any such foreclosure sale or deed in lieu thereof (or to the ground lessor), if so requested to do so by such purchaser or lienholder or ground lessor, and to recognize such purchaser or lienholder or ground lessor as the lessor under this Lease, provided such lienholder or purchaser or ground lessor shall agree to accept this Lease and not disturb Tenant’s occupancy, so long as Tenant timely pays the rent and observes and performs the TCCs of this Lease to be observed and performed by Tenant. Landlord’s interest herein may be assigned as security at any time to any lienholder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the subordination of this Lease to any future ground or underlying lease, mortgage, trust deed or other like encumbrances shall be subject to, and conditioned upon, Tenant’s receipt of a commercially reasonable non-disturbance agreement (a “ SNDA ”) in recordable form which provides in substance that so long as Tenant is not in default

 

69


under this Lease past applicable cure periods, its use and occupancy of the Premises shall not be disturbed, and except as provided below, Tenant’s express rights and remedies under this Lease shall be recognized, notwithstanding any default of Landlord under such ground or underlying lease, mortgage, trust deed or other like encumbrances. Any SNDA shall expressly provide that Tenant’s self-help right pursuant to Section 7.4 of this Lease for Landlord’s failure to make repairs required under this Lease shall remain in effect and upon any party succeeding to the interest of Landlord under this Lease. Tenant shall, within ten (10) business days of request by Landlord, execute such further instruments or assurances as Landlord may reasonably deem necessary to evidence or confirm the subordination or superiority of this Lease to any such mortgages, trust deeds, ground leases or underlying leases. Tenant waives the provisions of any current or future statute, rule or law which may give or purport to give Tenant any right or election to terminate or otherwise adversely affect this Lease and the obligations of the Tenant hereunder in the event of any foreclosure proceeding or sale. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Security Holder shall have entered into a separate subordination, attornment and non-disturbance agreement directly with Tenant governing Tenant’s obligation to attorn to the Security Holder or such successor in interest as lessor, the terms and provisions of such agreement shall supersede the provisions of this Subsection.

ARTICLE 19

DEFAULTS; REMEDIES

19.1 Events of Default . The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute a default of this Lease by Tenant:

19.1.1 Any failure by Tenant to pay any Rent or any other charge required to be paid under this Lease, or any part thereof, when due (unless cured by Tenant within five (5) days after written notice by Landlord to Tenant that such amount is past delinquent); or

19.1.2 Except where a specific time period is otherwise set forth for Tenant’s performance in this Lease, in which event the failure to perform by Tenant within such time period shall be a default by Tenant under this Section 19.1.2 , any failure by Tenant to observe or perform any other provision, covenant or condition of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant where such failure continues for thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant; provided that if the nature of such default is such that the same cannot reasonably be cured within a thirty (30) day period, Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default if it diligently commences such cure within such period and thereafter diligently proceeds to rectify and cure such default; or

19.1.3 To the extent permitted by law, (i) Tenant or any guarantor of this Lease being placed into receivership or conservatorship, or becoming subject to similar proceedings under Federal or State law, or (ii) a general assignment by Tenant or any guarantor of this Lease for the benefit of creditors, or (iii) the taking of any corporate action in furtherance of bankruptcy or dissolution whether or not there exists any proceeding under an insolvency or bankruptcy law, or (iv) the filing by or against Tenant or any guarantor of any proceeding under an insolvency or bankruptcy law, unless in the case of such a proceeding filed against Tenant or any guarantor the same is dismissed within sixty (60) days, or (v) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take

 

70


possession of all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant or any guarantor, unless possession is restored to Tenant or such guarantor within thirty (30) days, or (vi) any execution or other judicially authorized seizure of all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets located upon the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, unless such seizure is discharged within thirty (30) days; or

19.1.4 Abandonment pursuant to California Civil Code Section 1951.3; or

19.1.5 The failure by Tenant to observe or perform according to the provisions of Articles 5, 14, 17 or 18 of this Lease where such failure continues for more than three (3) business days after notice from Landlord.

The notice periods provided herein are in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice periods provided by law.

19.2 Remedies Upon Default . Upon the occurrence of any event of default by Tenant, Landlord shall have, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity (all of which remedies shall be distinct, separate and cumulative), the option to pursue any one or more of the following remedies, each and all of which shall be cumulative and nonexclusive, without any notice or demand whatsoever.

19.2.1 Terminate this Lease, in which event Tenant shall immediately surrender the Premises to Landlord, and if Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may, without prejudice to any other remedy which it may have for possession or arrearages in rent, enter upon and take possession of the Premises and expel or remove Tenant and any other person who may be occupying the Premises or any part thereof, without being liable for prosecution or any claim for damages therefor; and Landlord may recover from Tenant the following:

(a) The worth at the time of award of any unpaid rent which has been earned at the time of such termination; plus

(b) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

(c) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the Lease Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

(d) Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, specifically including but not limited to, brokerage commissions and advertising expenses incurred, expenses of remodeling the Premises or any portion thereof for a new tenant, whether for the same or a different use, and any special concessions made to obtain a new tenant; and

(e) At Landlord’s election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by Applicable Laws.

 

71


The term “ rent ” as used in this Section 19.2 shall be deemed to be and to mean all sums of every nature required to be paid by Tenant pursuant to the TCCs of this Lease, whether to Landlord or to others. As used in Sections 19.2.1(a) and (b) , above, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by allowing interest at the Interest Rate. As used in Section 19.2.1(c) , above, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent (1%).

19.2.2 Landlord shall have the remedy described in California Civil Code Section 1951.4 (lessor may continue lease in effect after lessee’s breach and abandonment and recover rent as it becomes due, if lessee has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations). Accordingly, if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease on account of any default by Tenant, Landlord may, from time to time, without terminating this Lease, enforce all of its rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover all rent as it becomes due.

19.2.3 Landlord shall at all times have the rights and remedies (which shall be cumulative with each other and cumulative and in addition to those rights and remedies available under Sections 19.2.1 and 19.2.2 , above, or any law or other provision of this Lease), without prior demand or notice except as required by Applicable Laws, to seek any declaratory, injunctive or other equitable relief, and specifically enforce this Lease, or restrain or enjoin a violation or breach of any provision hereof.

19.3 Subleases of Tenant . If Landlord elects to terminate this Lease on account of any default by Tenant, as set forth in this Article 19 , Landlord shall have the right to terminate any and all subleases, licenses, concessions or other consensual arrangements for possession entered into by Tenant and affecting the Premises or may, in Landlord’s sole discretion, succeed to Tenant’s interest in such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements. In the event of Landlord’s election to succeed to Tenant’s interest in any such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements, Tenant shall, as of the date of notice by Landlord of such election, have no further right to or interest in the rent or other consideration receivable thereunder.

19.4 Intentionally Omitted .

19.5 Efforts to Relet . No re-entry or repossession, repairs, maintenance, changes, alterations and additions, reletting, appointment of a receiver to protect Landlord’s interests hereunder, or any other action or omission by Landlord shall be construed as an election by Landlord to terminate this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession, or to accept a surrender of the Premises, nor shall same operate to release Tenant in whole or in part from any of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, unless express written notice of such intention is sent by Landlord to Tenant. Tenant hereby irrevocably waives any right otherwise available under any law to redeem or reinstate this Lease.

19.6 Landlord Default . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, Landlord shall be in default in the performance of any obligation required to be performed by Landlord pursuant to this Lease if Landlord fails to perform such obligation within thirty (30) days after the receipt of notice from Tenant specifying in detail Landlord’s failure to perform (or

 

72


if such default materially interferes with Tenant’s ability to use the Premises for the Permitted Use, then if Landlord fails to begin within a reasonable period of time given the nature of such default); provided, however, if the nature of Landlord’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are required for its performance, then Landlord shall not be in default under this Lease if it shall commence such performance within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently pursues the same to completion. Upon any such default by Landlord under this Lease, Tenant may, except as otherwise specifically provided in this Lease to the contrary, exercise any of its rights provided at law or in equity. Any award from a court or arbitrator in favor of Tenant requiring payment by Landlord which is not paid by Landlord within the time period directed by such award, may be offset by Tenant from Rent next due and payable under this Lease; provided, however, Tenant may not deduct the amount of the award against more than fifty percent (50%) of Base Rent next due and owing (until such time as the entire amount of such judgment is deducted) to the extent following a foreclosure or a deed-in-lieu of foreclosure.

ARTICLE 20

COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT

Landlord covenants that Tenant, on paying the Rent, charges for services and other payments herein reserved and on keeping, observing and performing all the other TCCs, provisions and agreements herein contained on the part of Tenant to be kept, observed and performed, shall, during the Lease Term, peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises subject to the TCCs, provisions and agreements hereof without interference by any persons lawfully claiming by or through Landlord. The foregoing covenant is in lieu of any other covenant express or implied.

ARTICLE 21

LETTER OF CREDIT

21.1 Delivery of Letter of Credit . Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, as protection for the full and faithful performance by Tenant of all of its obligations under this Lease and for all losses and damages Landlord may suffer (or which Landlord reasonably estimates that it may suffer) as a result of any breach or default by Tenant under this Lease, an unconditional, clean, irrevocable negotiable standby letter of credit (the “ L-C ”) in the amount set forth in Section 8 of the Summary (the “ L-C Amount ”), in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F-1 , payable in the City, running in favor of Landlord, drawn on one of the following banks: (i) Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., (ii) JP Morgan Chase, or (iii) Bank of America, or any other bank approved by Landlord in its sole discretion, and otherwise conforming in all respects to the requirements of this Article 21 , including, without limitation, all of the requirements of Section 21.2 below, all as set forth more particularly hereinbelow. Notwithstanding the foregoing, concurrently with Tenant’s execution of this Lease, Tenant shall provide four (4) L-C (the “ Initial L-Cs ”) in an aggregate total amount equal to the L-C Amount from the following issuers: (A) Credit Suisse, (B) JP Morgan Chase, (C) Bank of Montreal, and (D) Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.; provided, however, and subject to Section 21.8.2 herein, no later than ninety (90) days following Tenant’s initial public offering, Tenant shall replace the Initial L-Cs with one (1) L-C in the total L-C Amount from one of the Banks identified in items (i) through (iii) above, or another Bank approved by

 

73


Landlord in its sole discretion. So long as the foregoing Initial L-Cs are in place, each reference in this Lease to the “L-C” and to the “Bank” shall refer to each of the Initial L-Cs and each of the foregoing Banks identified in items (A) through (D) above. The issuer of the L-C shall be referred to herein as the “ Bank ”. Tenant shall pay all expenses, points and/or fees incurred by Tenant in obtaining and maintaining the L-C. In the event of an assignment by Tenant of its interest in the Lease (and irrespective of whether Landlord’s consent is required for such assignment), the acceptance of any replacement or substitute letter of credit by Landlord from the assignee shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, and the attorney’s fees incurred by Landlord in connection with such determination shall be payable by Tenant to Landlord within ten (10) days of billing.

21.2 In General . The L-C shall be “callable” at sight, permit partial draws and multiple presentations and drawings, and be otherwise subject to the Uniform Customs and Practices for Documentary Credits (1993-Rev), International Chamber of Commerce Publication #500, or the International Standby Practices-ISP 98, International Chamber of Commerce Publication #590. Tenant further covenants and warrants as follows:

21.2.1 Landlord Right to Transfer . The L-C shall provide that Landlord, its successors and assigns, may, at any time and without notice to Tenant and without first obtaining Tenant’s consent thereto, transfer (one or more times) all or any portion of its interest in and to the L-C to another party, person or entity, regardless of whether or not such transfer is separate from or as a part of the assignment by Landlord of its rights and interests in and to this Lease. In the event of a transfer of Landlord’s interest in the Buildings, Landlord shall transfer the L-C, in whole or in part, to the transferee and thereupon Landlord shall, without any further agreement between the parties, be released by Tenant from all liability therefor, and it is agreed that the provisions hereof shall apply to every transfer or assignment of the whole or any portion of said L-C to a new landlord. Except as limited during the Construction Period, subject to Section 21.8 , in connection with any such transfer of the L-C by Landlord, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, execute and submit to the Bank such applications, documents and instruments as may be necessary to effectuate such transfer, and Tenant shall be responsible for paying the Bank’s transfer and processing fees in connection therewith.

21.2.2 No Assignment by Tenant . Tenant shall neither assign nor encumber the L-C or any part thereof. Neither Landlord nor its successors or assigns will be bound by any assignment, encumbrance, attempted assignment or attempted encumbrance by Tenant in violation of this Section.

21.2.3 Replenishment . If, as a result of any drawing by Landlord on the L-C pursuant to its rights set forth in Section 21.3 below, the amount of the L-C shall be less than the L-C Amount, Tenant shall, within five (5) days after becoming aware of such draw, provide Landlord with (i) an amendment to the L-C restoring such L-C to the L-C Amount or (ii) additional L-Cs in an amount equal to the deficiency, which additional L-Cs shall comply with all of the provisions of this Article 21 , and if Tenant fails to comply with the foregoing, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 19.1 above, the same shall constitute an incurable default by Tenant under this Lease (without the need for any additional notice and/or cure period).

 

74


21.2.4 Renewal; Replacement . If the L-C expires earlier than the date (the “ LC Expiration Date ”) that is one hundred twenty (120) days after the expiration of the Lease Term, Tenant shall deliver a new L-C or certificate of renewal or extension to Landlord at least sixty (60) days prior to the expiration of the L-C then held by Landlord, without any action whatsoever on the part of Landlord, which new L-C shall be irrevocable and automatically renewable through the LC Expiration Date upon the same terms as the expiring L-C or such other terms as may be acceptable to Landlord in its sole discretion. In furtherance of the foregoing, Landlord and Tenant agree that the L-C shall contain a so-called “evergreen provision,” whereby the L-C will automatically be renewed unless at least sixty (60) days’ prior written notice of non-renewal is provided by the Bank to Landlord; provided, however, that the final expiration date identified in the L-C, beyond which the L-C shall not automatically renew, shall not be earlier than the LC Expiration Date. In the event that Landlord draws upon the L-C solely due to Tenant’s failure to renew the L-C at least thirty (30) days before its expiration, such failure shall not constitute a default hereunder and Tenant shall thereafter have the right to provide a substitute L-C that satisfies the requirements of this Lease, and Landlord shall concurrently refund the proceeds of the draw.

21.2.5 Bank’s Financial Condition . If, at any time during the Lease Term, subject to the TCCs of Section 21.8 below, the Bank’s long term credit rating is reduced below a long term issuer credit rating from Standard and Poor’s Professional Rating Service of A or a comparable rating from Moody’s Professional Rating Service (either, a “ Bank Credit Threat ”), then Landlord shall have the right to require that Tenant obtain from a different issuer a substitute L-C that complies in all respects with the requirements of this Article 21 , and Tenant’s failure to obtain such substitute L-C within ten (10) days following Landlord’s written demand therefor (with no other notice or cure or grace period being applicable thereto, notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary) shall entitle Landlord, or Landlord’s then managing agent, to immediately draw upon the then existing L- C in whole or in part, without notice to Tenant, as more specifically described in Section 21.3 and 21.6 below. Except as limited during the Construction Period, subject to Section 21.8 , Tenant shall be responsible for the payment of any and all costs incurred with the review of any replacement L-C (including without limitation Landlord’s reasonable attorneys’ fees), which replacement is required pursuant to this Section or is otherwise requested by Tenant.

21.3 Application of Letter of Credit . Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that Landlord is entering into this Lease in material reliance upon the ability of Landlord to draw upon the L-C as protection for the full and faithful performance by Tenant of all of its obligations under this Lease and for all losses and damages Landlord may suffer (or which Landlord reasonably estimates that it may suffer) as a result of any breach or default by Tenant under this Lease. Landlord, or its then managing agent, shall have the right to draw down an amount up to the face amount of the L-C if any of the following shall have occurred or be applicable: (A) such amount is past due to Landlord under the TCCs of this Lease, or (B) Tenant has filed a voluntary petition under the U. S. Bankruptcy Code or any state bankruptcy code (collectively, “ Bankruptcy Code ”), or (C) an involuntary petition has been filed against Tenant under the Bankruptcy Code, or (D) the Bank has notified Landlord that the L-C will not be renewed or extended through the LC Expiration Date and Tenant has not provided a replacement L-C meeting the requirements of this Article 21 within thirty (30) days prior to the then L-C Expiration Date, or (E) a Bank Credit Threat or Receivership (as such term is defined in

 

75


Section  21.6.1 below) has occurred and Tenant has failed to comply with the requirements of either Section 21.2.5 above or 21.6 below, as applicable. If Tenant shall breach any provision of this Lease or otherwise be in default hereunder or if any of the foregoing events identified in Sections 21.3(B) through (E)  shall have occurred, Landlord may, but without obligation to do so, and without notice to Tenant, draw upon the L-C, in part or in whole, and the proceeds may be applied by Landlord (i) to cure any breach or default of Tenant and/or to compensate Landlord for any and all damages of any kind or nature sustained or which Landlord reasonably estimates that it will sustain resulting from Tenant’s breach or default, (ii) against any Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease that is not paid when due and/or (iii) to pay for all losses and damages that Landlord has suffered or that Landlord reasonably estimates that it will suffer as a result of any breach or default by Tenant under this Lease. The use, application or retention of the L-C, or any portion thereof, by Landlord shall not prevent Landlord from exercising any other right or remedy provided by this Lease or by any Applicable Law, it being intended that Landlord shall not first be required to proceed against the L-C, and shall not operate as a limitation on any recovery to which Landlord may otherwise be entitled. Tenant agrees not to interfere in any way with payment to Landlord of the proceeds of the L-C, either prior to or following a “draw” by Landlord of any portion of the L-C, regardless of whether any dispute exists between Tenant and Landlord as to Landlord’s right to draw upon the L-C. No condition or term of this Lease shall be deemed to render the L-C conditional to justify the issuer of the L-C in failing to honor a drawing upon such L-C in a timely manner. Tenant agrees and acknowledges that (i) the L-C constitutes a separate and independent contract between Landlord and the Bank, (ii) Tenant is not a third party beneficiary of such contract, (iii) Tenant has no property interest whatsoever in the L-C or the proceeds thereof, and (iv) in the event Tenant becomes a debtor under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code, neither Tenant, any trustee, nor Tenant’s bankruptcy estate shall have any right to restrict or limit Landlord’s claim and/or rights to the L-C and/or the proceeds thereof by application of Section 502(b)(6) of the U. S. Bankruptcy Code or otherwise.

21.4 Letter of Credit not a Security Deposit . Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that in no event or circumstance shall the L-C or any renewal thereof or any proceeds thereof be (i) deemed to be or treated as a “security deposit” within the meaning of California Civil Code Section 1950.7, (ii) subject to the terms of such Section 1950.7, or (iii) intended to serve as a “security deposit” within the meaning of such Section 1950.7. The parties hereto (A) recite that the L-C is not intended to serve as a security deposit and such Section 1950.7 and any and all other laws, rules and regulations applicable to security deposits in the commercial context (“ Security Deposit Laws ”) shall have no applicability or relevancy thereto and (B) waive any and all rights, duties and obligations either party may now or, in the future, will have relating to or arising from the Security Deposit Laws. The parties agree that the foregoing waivers shall apply if, pursuant to Section 21.8, Landlord draws upon the L-C and deposits the same in a Security Deposit Bank as a Security Deposit (as those terms are described in Section 21.8 below).

21.5 Proceeds of Draw . In the event Landlord draws down on the L-C pursuant to Section 21.3(D) or (E)  above, the proceeds of the L-C may be held by Landlord and applied by Landlord against any Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease that is not paid when due (subject to any applicable notice and cure period) and/or to pay for all losses and damages that Landlord has suffered or that Landlord reasonably estimates that it will suffer as a result of any breach or default by Tenant under this Lease. Any unused proceeds shall constitute the property of

 

76


Landlord and need not be segregated from Landlord’s other assets. Tenant hereby (i) agrees that (A) Tenant has no property interest whatsoever in the proceeds from any such draw, and (B) such proceeds shall not be deemed to be or treated as a “security deposit” under the Security Deposit Laws, and (ii) waives all rights, duties and obligations either party may now or, in the future, will have relating to or arising from the Security Deposit Laws. Landlord agrees that the amount of any proceeds of the L-C received by Landlord, and not (a) applied against any Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease that was not paid when due or (b) used to pay for any losses and/or damages suffered by Landlord (or reasonably estimated by Landlord that it will suffer) as a result of any breach or default by Tenant under this Lease (the “ Unused L-C Proceeds ”), shall be paid by Landlord to Tenant (x) upon receipt by Landlord of a replacement L-C in the full L-C Amount, which replacement L-C shall comply in all respects with the requirements of this Article 21 , or (y) within thirty (30) days after the LC Expiration Date; provided, however, that if prior to the LC Expiration Date a voluntary petition is filed by Tenant, or an involuntary petition is filed against Tenant by any of Tenant’s creditors, under the Bankruptcy Code, then Landlord shall not be obligated to make such payment in the amount of the Unused L-C Proceeds until either all preference issues relating to payments under this Lease have been resolved in such bankruptcy or reorganization case or such bankruptcy or reorganization case has been dismissed.

21.6 Bank Placed Into Receivership . In the event the Bank is placed into receivership or conservatorship (any such event, a “ Receivership ”) by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any successor or similar entity (the “ FDIC ”), then, effective as of the date such Receivership occurs, the L-C shall be deemed to not meet the requirements of this Article 21 , and, within ten (10) business days following Landlord’s notice to Tenant of such Receivership, Tenant shall replace the L-C with a substitute L-C from a different Bank reasonably acceptable to Landlord and that complies in all respects with the requirements of this Article 21 . If Tenant fails to replace such L-C with a substitute L-C from a different issuer pursuant to the TCCs of this Section 21.6 , then, notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord shall have the right, at Landlord’s option, to declare Tenant in default of this Lease for which there shall be no notice or grace or cure periods being applicable thereto (other than the aforesaid ten (10) day period), in which event, Landlord shall have the right to pursue any and all remedies available to it under this Lease and at law, including, without limitation, treating any Receivership as a Bank Credit Threat and exercising Landlord’s remedies under Section 21.2.5 above, to the extent possible pursuant to then existing FDIC policy. Tenant shall be responsible for the payment of any and all costs incurred with the review of any replacement L- C (including without limitation Landlord’s reasonable attorneys’ fees), which replacement is required pursuant to this Section or is otherwise requested by Tenant.

21.7 Reduction of L-C Amount . The L-C Amount shall not be reduced during that period (the “ Fixed Period ”), commencing on the Building A Lease Commencement Date and expiring on the later of (i) the date of the expiration of the Rent Abatement Period and (ii) the Building B Lease Commencement Date. After the expiration of the Fixed Period, the L-C Amount shall be reduced on or after each Reduction Date (as defined in Section 21.7.1 below) to the extent that Tenant tenders to Landlord (a) evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord demonstrating the Tenant satisfies the L-C Reduction Conditions, as that term is defined in Section 21.7.3 below, and (b) a certificate of amendment to the existing L-C, conforming in all material respects to the requirements of this Article 21 , in the amount of the applicable L-C Amount as of such Reduction Date.

 

77


21.7.1 Letter of Credit Reductions . The L-C Amount shall be reduced on an annual basis pursuant to the following: On the First (1 st ) day of the first (1 st ) calendar month following the month in which the Fixed Period expires and the L-C Reduction Conditions are satisfied (the “ Burn Down Date ”), and on each anniversary of the Burn Down Date (each, a “ Reduction Date ”), provided Tenant satisfies the L-C Reduction Conditions, the L-C Amount shall be reduced by the L-C Burn Down Amount, as that term is defined in Section 21.7.2 below.

21.7.2 L-C Burn Down Amount . As used herein, the “ L-C Burn Down Amount ” shall mean an amount equal to (x) the L-C Amount in effect on the Burn Down Date, less Three Million and 00/100 Dollars ($3,000,000.00), divided by (y) the number of full years left during the initial Lease Term as of the Burn Down Date (which shall be determined by dividing the number of calendar months remaining in the initial Lease Term by 12, and rounding up to the next whole number). An example calculation of the Letter of Credit Burn Down Amount is attached hereto as Exhibit F-2 .

21.7.3 Letter of Credit Reduction Conditions . If Tenant is allowed to reduce the L-C Amount pursuant to the TCCs of this Section 21. 7, then Landlord shall reasonably cooperate with Tenant in order to effectuate such reduction. For purposes of this Section 21. 7, the “ L-C Reduction Conditions ” shall mean that Tenant is not then in default under this Lease, and either of the following conditions is satisfied, as demonstrated, in the case of item (i) below, by Tenant’s most recent year-end annual financial reports prepared and certified by an independent certified public accountant and delivered to Landlord within one hundred fifty (150) days following the end of the financial year in question: (i) Tenant has (A) a positive net operating cashflow (defined hereinbelow) of at least Seventy-Five Million and 00/100 Dollars ($75,000,000.00) for a period of at least six (6) calendar quarters and (B) a Tangible Net Worth of at least One Hundred Million and 00/100 Dollars ($100,000,000.00) or (ii) an initial public offering of Tenant’s stock on a national public exchange with an “equity market capitalization” of greater than Three Billion and 00/100 Dollars ($3,000,000,000.00). For purposes of this Section 21.7.3 , “ net operating cashflow ” shall mean cash flow from operating activities as stated in Tenant’s audited financials, as determined by generally accepted accounting principles, less dividends. In the event Tenant fails to deliver to Landlord evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord demonstrating the Tenant satisfies the L-C Reduction Conditions prior to the applicable Reduction Date, or if Tenant fails to deliver a certificate of amendment to the existing L-C as required by this Section 21.7 , then the L-C Amount shall not be reduced upon such applicable Reduction Date, but the TCCs of this Section 21. 7 shall remain effective and the L-C Amount shall thereafter be reduced, to the amount applicable to such Reduction Date (which reductions would be retroactive, and cumulative), on the date Tenant delivers to Landlord evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord demonstrating that Tenant has, once again, satisfied the L-C Reduction Conditions (provided that no such reductions shall be permitted in the event this Lease is terminated early as a result of a Tenant default under Article 19 of this Lease) for a period of at least six (6) calendar quarters. After Tenant has met the Letter of Credit Reduction Conditions set forth in item (A), above, but not item (B), above, upon request, Landlord shall have the right to inspect, at Tenant’s offices in Redwood City, California, Tenant’s current quarterly financial reports, provided that any reports made available to Landlord shall be certified as true and correct by Tenant’s chief financial officer, and at a minimum shall include an income statement, balance sheet and cash flow, and applicable notes thereto. Landlord shall exercise commercially reasonable efforts to keep all such information provided to Landlord under the preceding sentence confidential, pursuant to the TCCs of Section 29.28 below.

 

78


21.8 Construction Period .

21.8.1 Costs for Replacement or Re-Issuance of L-C . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article 21 or elsewhere in this Lease, during the Construction Period, Landlord shall, upon five (5) business days following receipt of notice from Tenant, along with an invoice therefor, pay all fees and costs incurred in connection with the replacement or reissuance of the L-C as a consequence of Landlord’s transfer of its interest in the L-C (subject to Section 21.2.1 ), a Bank Credit Threat, or the Bank’s placement into “Receivership” (as that term is defined in Section 21.6 below), and Tenant shall have no obligation to pay any such fees or costs; provided, however, that to the extent that Landlord has paid any such fees or costs or otherwise incurred any expense as a consequence of the replacement or reissuance of the L-C during the Construction Period, then at any time after the Construction Period, Landlord may submit a statement to Tenant of the amount of any such fees, costs or expenses incurred by Landlord during the Construction Period, and Tenant shall be obligated to pay such amount as Additional Rent hereunder within ten (10) days after Tenant’s receipt of such statement from Landlord; and further, provided, however, in no event shall Landlord’s payment of any of the foregoing fees or costs include the obligation to supply any collateral in connection with the replacement or reissuance of the L-C.

21.8.2 L-C Expiration, Bank Credit Threat, Receivership or Replacement of Initial L-Cs During Construction Period . Notwithstanding any contrary provisions of this Article 21 or elsewhere in this Lease, if, during the Construction Period, Tenant fails to provide a replacement L-C meeting the requirements of this Article 21 within thirty (30) days prior to the then L-C Expiration Date, a Bank Credit Threat occurs, the Bank is placed into Receivership, or Tenant fails to timely replace the Initial L-Cs with one (1) L-C within ninety (90) days following Tenant’s initial public offering pursuant to the TCCs of Section 21.1 above, then, (i) Tenant shall replace the L-C with a substitute L-C from a different issuer reasonably acceptable to Landlord and that complies in all respects with the requirements of this Article 21 (and it shall be deemed reasonable for Landlord to require such issuer to then be in satisfaction of the Credit Rating Threshold), or (ii) in the event Tenant demonstrates to Landlord that Tenant is reasonably unable to timely obtain a substitute L-C from a different issuer reasonably acceptable to Landlord and that complies in all respects with the requirements of this Article 21 , Landlord shall not draw on the L-C and instead Landlord and Tenant shall promptly enter into a commercially reasonable controlled account agreement (the “ Controlled Account Agreement ”) with the trust division of a national bank, selected by Landlord (the “ Controlled Bank ”) to set up a controlled account for the benefit of Landlord (the “ Controlled Account ”). Tenant shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with Landlord to set up the Controlled Account within ten (10) business days following the full execution and delivery of this Lease. The Controlled Account Agreement shall (A) require Landlord to instruct the Bank to deposit the entire L-C Amount into the Controlled Account, which proceeds (the “ Controlled Account Deposit ”) shall be held in the Controlled Account until receipt of a replacement L-C, (B) provide for any interest, if applicable, earned on the Controlled Account balance to be for the benefit of Tenant and only allow Landlord to make draws from the Controlled Account by presentation of similar documentation required by the Bank to draw on the L-C and for the same reasons as Landlord may draw on the

 

79


L-C pursuant to the TCCs of this Article 21 , and (C) provide Landlord with a security interest (with a UCC-1 filing) in the ownership interests, if any, that Tenant may have in the Controlled Account. In the event Landlord is unable to cause the Bank to deposit the L-C proceeds into the Controlled Account, then Tenant shall fund the Controlled Account with cash proceeds in an amount equal to the L-C Amount, in which case, Landlord shall promptly return the L-C to Tenant thereafter, and if Tenant fails to do so within the time periods specified in Sections 21.2.5 and 21.6 above for issuance of a substitute L-C, then Landlord may draw on the L-C pursuant to the terms of Sections 21.2.5 and 21.6 above and promptly thereafter deposit the proceeds in the Controlled Account. If a Controlled Account is created, upon the termination of the Construction Period, Tenant shall, at Landlord’s request, replace the Controlled Account with the appropriate L-C, in which case, promptly thereafter the funds in the Controlled Account shall be returned to Tenant by Controlled Bank. In the event the Controlled Account remains in place at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, and Tenant is in compliance with the covenants and obligations set forth in this Lease at the time of such expiration or termination, then Controlled Bank shall return to Tenant the Controlled Account Deposit, less any amounts necessary to reimburse Landlord for any sums to which Landlord is entitled under the TCCs of this Lease, within sixty (60) days following both such expiration or termination and Tenant’s vacation and surrender of the Premises. In the event of a transfer of Landlord’s interest in the Building, Landlord shall transfer Landlord’s interest, in whole or in part, in the Controlled Account to the transferee and thereupon Landlord shall, without any further agreement between the parties, be released by Tenant from all liability therefor, and it is agreed that the provisions hereof shall apply to every transfer or assignment of the whole or any portion of the Controlled Account Deposit to a new landlord.

ARTICLE 22

EMERGENCY GENERATOR

Subject to the TCCs hereof and Applicable Laws, Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant sole cost and expense but without any additional payment to Landlord, to install and operate an emergency generator (the “ Generator ”) in an area designated by Landlord (the “ Generator Area ”), in order to provide emergency electricity service to the Premises. Landlord shall deliver, and Tenant shall accept, the Generator Area in its “as-is”, “where-is” condition. In no event shall Tenant permit the Generator to interfere with normal and customary use or operation of the Project by Landlord or other tenants and/or occupants (including, without limitation, by means of noise or odor). Tenant shall be responsible for all maintenance and repairs in accordance with manufacturer specifications and compliance with Applicable Law obligations related to the Generator and acknowledges and agrees that Landlord shall have no responsibility in connection therewith and that Landlord shall not be liable for any damage that may occur with respect to the Generator. The Generator shall be used by Tenant only during (i) testing and regular maintenance, and (ii) the period of any electrical power outage in either Building. Tenant shall be entitled to operate the Generator, and such connections to either Building, for testing and regular maintenance at times reasonably approved by Landlord. Tenant shall comply with all reasonable requirements imposed by Landlord so that the Building Systems or other components of the Project are not adversely affected by the operation of the Generator. Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect, and hold harmless Landlord, its partners, subpartners and their respective officers, agents, servants, employees, and independent contractors from any and all

 

80


loss, cost, damage, expense and liability (including, without limitation, court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with or arising from any cause related to or connected with the use, operation or repair of the Generator, and/or any acts, omissions or negligence of Tenant or of any person claiming by, through or under Tenant, or of the contractors, agents, servants, employees, invitees, guests or licensees of Tenant or any such person, in connection with the Generator or any breach of the TCCs of this Article 22 , provided that the TCCs of the foregoing indemnity shall not apply to the active negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord. In the event that Tenant shall fail to comply with the requirements set forth herein, without limitation of Landlord’s other remedies, (i) Landlord shall have the right to terminate Tenant’s rights with respect to the Generator, and/or (ii) Landlord shall have the right, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to cure such breach, in which event Tenant shall be obligated to pay to Landlord, within ten (10) days following demand by Landlord, the amount expended by Landlord. In the event the location of the Generator is in the parking facilities, then Tenant’s right to rent the number of parking passes set forth in Section 9 of the Summary shall be reduced by the number of parking spaces and partial parking spaces affected by the Generator; provided that Tenant shall be required to pay the prevailing rate for each of the parking spaces and partial parking spaces affected by the Generator at such times during the Lease Term that Tenant is otherwise required to pay for the renting of its parking passes pursuant to Article 28 below.

ARTICLE 23

SIGNS

23.1 Full Floors . Subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed, Tenant, if the Premises comprise an entire floor of a Building, at its sole cost and expense, may install identification signage anywhere in the Premises including in the elevator lobby of the Premises, provided that such signs must not be visible from the exterior of either Building.

23.2 Multi-Tenant Floors . If other tenants occupy space on the floor on which the Premises is located, Tenant’s identifying signage shall be provided by Landlord, at Tenant’s cost, and such signage shall be comparable to that used by Landlord for other similar floors in the Building and shall comply with Landlord’s Building standard signage program.

23.3 Intentionally Omitted .

23.4 Prohibited Signage and Other Items . Any signs, notices, logos, pictures, names or advertisements which are installed and that have not been separately approved by Landlord may be removed without notice by Landlord at the sole expense of Tenant. Except as provided in Section 23.5 below, Tenant may not install any signs on the exterior or roof of the Project or the Common Areas. Any signs, window coverings, or blinds (even if the same are located behind the Landlord-approved window coverings for the Buildings), or other items visible from the exterior of the Premises or Buildings, shall be subject to the prior approval of Landlord, in its reasonable judgment.

23.5 Tenant’s Signage . Subject to the TCCs of this Section 23.5 , Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall have the exclusive right (except to the extent provided in this

 

81


Section 23.5 and in Section 23.6 below) to install, repair and maintain signage depicting Tenant’s name and/or logo on the exterior of the Buildings at the Project (“ Tenant’s Signage ”), consisting of one (1) Building top sign and one (1) eyebrow sign on each Building. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, Landlord shall have the right to install the following signage at the Project (collectively, the “ Permitted Signage ”): (i) any customary operational signage and signage identifying the Landlord, including without limitation, the Project identifying signage shown on Exhibit G-2 attached hereto, (ii) signage for any ground-floor retail tenants, including, eyebrow signage, façade signage (not to extend higher than the second floor), and fin signage, provided that the location of all such retail tenant signage is limited to the retail entrance and the façade near the retail entrance, and (iii) subject to Tenant’s reasonable approval, signage on the interior and exterior of the Project parking facilities.

23.5.1 Tenant’s Signage Specifications and Permits . Tenant’s Signage shall set forth Tenant’s name and logo as set forth on Exhibit G-1 , attached hereto, in the general locations shown on Exhibit G-1 . The graphics, materials, color, design, lettering, lighting, size, illumination, specifications and exact location of Tenant’s Signage shall be subject to the prior written approval of Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided, however, without limiting other reasons for which Landlord may reasonably withhold its approval, it shall be deemed reasonable for Landlord to withhold its approval of Tenant’s Signage if the same is inconsistent with, or otherwise not compatible with the quality, design and style of the Project, or if such signage unreasonably interferes with the Buildings’ exterior window cleaning systems or with the Permitted Signage. For purposes of this Section 23.5 , the reference to “name” shall mean name and/or logo, as the same may change from time to time. In addition, Tenant’s Signage shall be subject to Tenant’s receipt of all required governmental permits and approvals and shall be subject to all Applicable Laws and to any covenants, conditions and restrictions affecting the Project. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to assist Tenant in obtaining all necessary governmental permits and approvals for Tenant’s Signage. Tenant hereby acknowledges that, notwithstanding Landlord’s approval of Tenant’s Signage, Landlord has made no representation or warranty to Tenant with respect to the probability of obtaining all necessary governmental approvals and permits for Tenant’s Signage. In the event Tenant does not receive the necessary governmental approvals and permits for Tenant’s Signage initially, Tenant may continue its pursuit thereof and Tenant’s and Landlord’s rights and obligations under the remaining TCCs of this Lease shall be unaffected.

23.5.2 Objectionable Name or Logo . To the extent Tenant desires to change the name and/or logo from that set forth on Exhibit G , any new name and/or logo shall not have a name which relates to an entity which is of a character or reputation, or is associated with a political faction or orientation, which is inconsistent with the quality of the Project, or which would otherwise reasonably offend a landlord of a Comparable Buildings (an “ Objectionable Name ”). The parties hereby agree that the name “Box, Inc.” or any reasonable derivation thereof, shall not be deemed an Objectionable Name.

23.5.3 Termination of Right to Tenant’s Signage . The rights contained in this Section 23.5 may only be exercised by Original Tenant or its Permitted Transferee Assignee (and not any other assignee or any sublessee or other transferee of the Original Tenant’s interest in this Lease) if the Original Tenant and/or its Permitted Transferees are in occupancy of at least fifty percent (50%) of the initial Premises leased by Tenant under this Lease in the Building to which

 

82


Such Tenant’s Signage pertains (or with respect to any of Tenant’s Signage that pertains to the Project as a whole, then occupancy of at least fifty percent (50%) of the entire initial Premises), subject to the last sentence of Section 14.4 above. In no event shall Tenant have any right to Tenant’s Signage upon the occurrence of a default by Tenant under this Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure period set forth in this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with a sublease, pursuant to Article 14 above, of at least sixty-seven percent (67%) of the total rentable square footage of Building B with a sublease term equal to at least fifty percent (50%) of the then remaining Lease Term, Tenant may grant the subtenant under any such subtenant, the right to display its name on any Tenant’s Signage located on the exterior of Building B for the duration of such sublease, and subject to the TCCs of this Section 23.5 .

23.5.4 Cost and Maintenance . The costs of the actual signs comprising Tenant’s Signage and the installation, design, construction, and any and all other costs associated with Tenant’s Signage, including, without limitation, utility charges and hook-up fees, permits, and maintenance and repairs, shall be the sole responsibility of Tenant. Should Tenant’s Signage require repairs and/or maintenance, as determined in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, Landlord shall have the right to provide notice thereof to Tenant and Tenant shall cause such repairs and/or maintenance to be performed within thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice from Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense; provided, however, if such repairs and/or maintenance are reasonably expected to require longer than thirty (30) days to perform, Tenant shall commence such repairs and/or maintenance within such thirty (30) day period and shall diligently prosecute such repairs and maintenance to completion. Should Tenant fail to perform such repairs and/or maintenance within the periods described in the immediately preceding sentence, Landlord shall, upon the delivery of an additional ten (10) business days’ prior written notice, have the right to cause such work to be performed and to charge Tenant as additional rent for the cost (including a percentage of the cost thereof sufficient to reimburse Landlord for all overhead, general conditions, fees and other costs or expenses arising from Landlord’s involvement with such repairs and/or maintenance) of such work. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, cause Tenant’s Signage to be removed and shall cause the areas in which such Tenant’s Signage was located to be restored to the condition existing immediately prior to the placement of such Tenant’s Signage except for ordinary wear and tear. If Tenant fails to timely remove such Tenant’s Signage or to restore the areas in which such Tenant’s Signage was located, as provided in the immediately preceding sentence, then Landlord may perform such work, and all costs incurred by Landlord in so performing (including a percentage of the cost thereof sufficient to reimburse Landlord for all overhead, general conditions, fees and other costs or expenses arising from Landlord’s involvement with such repairs and/or maintenance) shall be reimbursed by Tenant to Landlord within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of an invoice therefor. The TCCs of this Section 23.5 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

23.6 Electronic Project Sign . The parties acknowledge that pursuant to the terms of the Underlying Documents, Landlord has the right, subject to City approval, to elect to install an electronic sign at the Project (the “ Electronic Project Sign ”), and that the City has the right to use up to twenty percent (20%) of the signs operational time to provide government related and/or public service messages. The election to construct the Electronic Project Sign shall be in Landlord’s sole discretion; provided, however, for the periods occurring (i) following full execution and delivery of this Lease through the first anniversary of the Building B

 

83


Commencement Date regardless of Tenant’s occupancy, and (ii) continuing thereafter throughout the Lease Term, but only so long as the Original Tenant or its Permitted Transferee Assignee (and not any other assignee, or any sublessee or other transferee of the Original Tenant’s interest in this Lease) continues to occupy at least fifty percent (50%) of the rentable square footage of the initial Premises leased by Tenant under this Lease, Landlord shall not construct the Electronic Project Sign without first obtaining Tenant’s prior written consent, which may be withheld in Tenant’s sole discretion. The Electronic Project Sign shall be installed at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, in a location next to Building B within the Project Common Areas reasonably determined by Landlord so as not to materially, adversely affect the visibility of any of Tenant’s exterior signage at the Project or to materially interfere with Tenant’s use of, access to, and visibility from, the Premises. Landlord shall be solely responsible for controlling the content of the Electronic Project Sign, except that Landlord shall not (and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to prevent the City from) displaying any Objectionable Content. As used herein, “ Objectionable Content ” shall mean any content which is generally considered pornographic, obscene or defamatory, or which contains information promoting or advertising any “Restricted Party.” For purposes hereof, the term “ Restricted Party ” shall mean the following list of Tenant’s competitors: (i) Microsoft, (ii) Dropbox, (iii) Google, (iv) Apple, (v) Accellion, (vi) Hightail, (vii) Citrix and (viii) EMC, together with any entity which (A) acquires all or substantially all of the stock, membership interests or assets of a Restricted Party, or (B) is the resulting entity of a merger or consolidation with such Restricted Party, and, in either case, which is identified by Tenant in a notice to Landlord (the “ Merger Notice ”), together with reasonably acceptable supporting documentation evidencing the same. Tenant may substitute Restricted Parties on the foregoing list of competitors during the month of January on an annual basis, by delivery of written notice to Landlord (the “ Substitution Notice ”); provided, however, that Tenant shall not be entitled to more than ten (10) Restricted Parties at any time. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary set forth in this Section 23.6 , the term “Restricted Party” shall not include any entity that has, as of the date of delivery of the Merger Notice or the Substitution Notice, a legal or contractual right to promote or advertise on the Electronic Project Sign. Furthermore, in the event Landlord elects to allow tenants of the Project to advertise or display their names on the Electronic Project Sign, then Tenant shall have the right to use its proportionate share of advertising and Landlord shall have the right, at Landlord’s election, to either charge Tenant Landlord’s prevailing rate charged to third parties for such advertising or include an equitable portion of the electricity costs and maintenance costs within Operating Expenses.

ARTICLE 24

COMPLIANCE WITH LAW

Landlord shall comply with all Applicable Laws relating to the Base Building, provided that compliance with such Applicable Laws is not the responsibility of Tenant under this Lease, and provided further that Landlord’s failure to comply therewith would prohibit Tenant from obtaining or maintaining a certificate of occupancy for the Premises, or would unreasonably and materially affect the safety of Tenant’s employees or create a significant health hazard for Tenant’s employees. Landlord shall be permitted to include in Operating Expenses any costs or expenses incurred by Landlord under this Article 24 to the extent not prohibited by the TCCs of Section 1.1.4 of Exhibit C . Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge that neither the Premises

 

84


nor the Buildings have undergone inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp). Tenant shall not do anything or suffer anything to be done in or about the Premises or the Project which will in any way conflict with any law, statute, ordinance or other governmental rule, regulation or requirement now in force or which may hereafter be enacted or promulgated, including, without limitation, any such governmental regulations related to disabled access (collectively, “ Applicable Laws ”). At its sole cost and expense, Tenant shall promptly comply with all Applicable Laws (including the making of any alterations to the Premises required by Applicable Laws) which relate to (i) Tenant’s use of the Premises, (ii) the Alterations or the Improvements in the Premises, or (iii) the Base Building, but, as to the Base Building, only to the extent such obligations are triggered by Tenant’s Alterations, the Improvements, or use of the Premises for non-general office use. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary within this Lease, Tenant shall not be obligated to incur any cost under this Article 24 during the Construction Period except to the extent that such cost may be related to Tenant’s construction of the initial Improvements to the Premises subject to the TCCs of the Work Letter. Should any standard or regulation now or hereafter be imposed on Landlord or Tenant by a state, federal or local governmental body charged with the establishment, regulation and enforcement of occupational, health or safety standards for employers, employees, landlords or tenants, then Tenant agrees, at its sole cost and expense, to comply promptly with such standards or regulations. The judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction or the admission of Tenant in any judicial action, regardless of whether Landlord is a party thereto, that Tenant has violated any of said governmental measures, shall be conclusive of that fact as between Landlord and Tenant.

ARTICLE 25

LATE CHARGES

If any installment of Rent or any other sum due from Tenant shall not be received by Landlord or Landlord’s designee within five (5) business days after written notice from Landlord (a “ Late Payment Notice ”) that such payment of Rent was not paid when due, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord a late charge equal to five percent (5%) of the overdue amount plus any attorneys’ fees incurred by Landlord by reason of Tenant’s failure to pay Rent and/or other charges when due hereunder; provided, however, in the event that Tenant has not received any Late Payment Notice(s) during the immediately preceding twelve (12) month period, then Landlord hereby agrees to waive, and Tenant shall not be required to pay, such amounts. The late charge shall be deemed Additional Rent and the right to require it shall be in addition to all of Landlord’s other rights and remedies hereunder or at law and shall not be construed as liquidated damages or as limiting Landlord’s remedies in any manner. In addition to the late charge described above, any Rent or other amounts owing hereunder which are not paid within ten (10) days after the date they are due shall bear interest from the date when due until paid at the Interest Rate. For purposes of this Lease, the “ Interest Rate ” shall be an annual rate equal to the lesser of (i) the annual “ Bank Prime Loan ” rate cited in the Federal Reserve Statistical Release Publication H.15(519), published weekly (or such other comparable index as Landlord and Tenant shall reasonably agree upon if such rate ceases to be published), plus two (2) percentage points, and (ii) the highest rate permitted by Applicable Law.

 

85


ARTICLE 26

LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO CURE DEFAULT; PAYMENTS BY TENANT

26.1 Landlord’s Cure . All covenants and agreements to be kept or performed by Tenant under this Lease shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and without any reduction of Rent, except to the extent, if any, otherwise expressly provided herein. If Tenant shall fail to perform any obligation under this Lease, and such failure shall continue in excess of the time allowed under Section 19.1.2 , above, unless a specific time period is otherwise stated in this Lease, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, make any such payment or perform any such act on Tenant’s part without waiving its rights based upon any default of Tenant and without releasing Tenant from any obligations hereunder.

26.2 Tenant’s Reimbursement . Except as may be specifically provided to the contrary in this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, upon delivery by Landlord to Tenant of statements therefor: (i) sums equal to expenditures reasonably made and obligations incurred by Landlord in connection with the remedying by Landlord of Tenant’s defaults pursuant to the provisions of Section 26.1 ; (ii) sums equal to all losses, costs, liabilities, damages and expenses referred to in Article 10 of this Lease; and (iii) sums equal to all expenditures made and obligations incurred by Landlord in collecting or attempting to collect the Rent or in enforcing or attempting to enforce any rights of Landlord under this Lease or pursuant to law, including, without limitation, all legal fees and other amounts so expended. Tenant’s obligations under this Section 26.2 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of the Lease Term.

ARTICLE 27

ENTRY BY LANDLORD

Landlord reserves the right at all reasonable times (during Building Hours with respect to items (i) and (ii) below) and upon at least twenty-four (24) hours prior notice to Tenant (except in the case of an emergency) to enter the Premises to (i) inspect them; (ii) show the Premises to prospective purchasers, or to current or prospective mortgagees, ground or underlying lessors or insurers, or during the last twelve (12) months of the Lease Term, to prospective tenants; (iii) post notices of nonresponsibility; or (iv) make reasonably necessary alterations, additions, improvements or repairs to the Premises or the Buildings (including structural alterations, repairs or improvements to the Buildings or the Base Building). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 27 , Landlord may enter the Premises at any time to (A) perform services required of Landlord; (B) take possession due to any breach of this Lease in the manner provided herein; and (C) perform any covenants of Tenant which Tenant fails to perform. Landlord may make any such entries without the abatement of Rent, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, and may take such reasonable steps as required to accomplish the stated purposes; provided, however, except for ( x ) emergencies, ( y ) repairs, alterations, improvements or additions required by Applicable Laws, governmental or quasi-governmental authorities or court order or decree, or ( z ) repairs which are the obligation of Tenant hereunder, any such entry shall be performed in a manner so as not to unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises and shall be performed after normal business hours whenever reasonably practical. With respect to items ( y ) and ( z ) above, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable

 

86


efforts to not materially interfere with Tenant’s use of, or access to, the Premises. Tenant shall additionally have the right to require that Landlord be accompanied by a representative of Tenant during any such entry so long as Tenant makes a representative available at commercially reasonable times. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Article 27 , Tenant may designate in writing certain reasonable areas of the Premises as “ Secured Areas ” should Tenant require such areas for the purpose of securing certain valuable property or confidential information. In connection with the foregoing, Landlord shall not enter such Secured Areas except in the event of an emergency. Landlord need not clean any area designated by Tenant as a Secured Area and shall only maintain or repair such secured areas to the extent (i) such repair or maintenance is required in order to maintain and repair the Base Building; (ii) as required by applicable Law, or (iii) in response to specific requests by Tenant and in accordance with a schedule reasonably designated by Tenant, subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval. Tenant hereby waives any claims for damages or for any injuries or inconvenience to or interference with Tenant’s business, lost profits, any loss of occupancy or quiet enjoyment of the Premises, and any other loss occasioned thereby. For each of the above purposes, Landlord shall at all times have a key with which to unlock all the doors in the Premises, excluding Tenant’s vaults, safes and Secured Areas designated in advance by Tenant. In an emergency, Landlord shall have the right to use any means that Landlord may deem proper to open the doors in and to the Premises. Any entry into the Premises by Landlord in the manner hereinbefore described shall not be deemed to be a forcible or unlawful entry into, or a detainer of, the Premises, or an actual or constructive eviction of Tenant from any portion of the Premises. No provision of this Lease shall be construed as obligating Landlord to perform any repairs, alterations or decorations except as otherwise expressly agreed to be performed by Landlord herein.

ARTICLE 28

TENANT PARKING

28.1 Tenant’s Use of the Project Parking Facilities . Tenant shall be entitled to use commencing on the Building A Lease Commencement Date (provided the applicable Final Condition Date has occurred), the amount of parking passes set forth in Section 9 of the Summary, which parking passes shall pertain to the Project parking facilities. Tenant’s parking passes shall be without charge for the initial Lease Term (excepting only any parking taxes or other charges imposed by governmental authorities in connection with the use of such parking, as more particularly contemplated below) and thereafter Tenant shall pay the market rate for its parking passes, which market rate shall be determined as part of the determination of Market Rent pursuant to Exhibit H attached hereto. If during any Option Term Tenant is required to pay to rent its parking passes then whether or not the parking passes are “must-take” passes shall be determined as part of Market Rent. Tenant shall be responsible for the full amount of any taxes imposed by any governmental authority in connection with its parking passes by Tenant or the use of the parking facility by Tenant. Tenant’s right to use the parking passes is subject to the rights created for the use of the parking facilities under the Underlying Documents (including, without limitation, the Parking Covenant, as that term is defined in Section 28.2 below). Tenant shall comply with all reasonable rules and regulations which are prescribed from time to time for the orderly operation and use of the parking facility where the parking passes are located, including any sticker or other identification system established by Landlord, Tenant’s cooperation in seeing that Tenant’s employees and visitors also comply with the Underlying

 

87


Documents and such rules and regulations. Subject to the limitations on the Restricted Common Area Modifications and without reducing the number of parking spaces in the parking facility available for Tenant’s use, Landlord specifically reserves the right to change the size, configuration, design, layout and all other aspects of the Project parking facility at any time and Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord may, without incurring any liability to Tenant and without any abatement of Rent under this Lease, from time to time, close-off or restrict access to the Project parking facility for purposes of permitting or facilitating any such construction, alteration or improvements; provided, however, that Landlord shall act reasonably to avoid (or, where unavoidable, to minimize) interference with Tenant’s use or access to the parking facilities. Furthermore, twenty-five (25) parking spaces in the parking structure nearest to the elevator (as reasonably designated by Landlord from within the outlined areas shown on Exhibit I attached hereto as Option 1 or Option 2, or any combination thereof) shall be “visitor reserved” for use by visitors to the Project, up to twenty (20) of which shall be specifically designated for use by the tenant(s) of the office element of the Project and up to five (5) of which shall be specifically designated for use by the tenant(s) of the Retail Space, and Tenant shall have the right to use its proportionate share of such visitor reserved spaces designated for use by the office element of the Project. Landlord may delegate its responsibilities hereunder to a parking operator in which case such parking operator shall have all the rights of control attributed hereby to the Landlord. The parking passes provided to Tenant pursuant to this Article 28 are provided to Tenant solely for use by Tenant’s own personnel and such passes may not be transferred, assigned, subleased or otherwise alienated by Tenant without Landlord’s prior approval; provided, however, that such approval shall not be required if the transfer, assignment or sublease of Tenant’s parking passes is on a pro rata basis in connection with a Transfer for which Landlord’s consent is given or deemed given. Tenant may, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, institute valet assisted parking, tandem parking stalls, or “stack” or “block” parking within the Project parking facility. In addition, at any time that Tenant is no longer satisfying the Office Space Leasing Requirement, Landlord may, as part of Operating Expenses, and at Landlord’s election, institute valet assisted parking, tandem parking stalls, or “stack” or “block” parking within the Project parking facility. Landlord shall install, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, conduit for up to thirty (30) electrical vehicle charging stations in the Project parking facilities; provided that Tenant shall otherwise be solely responsible, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense (or as a deduction from the Improvement Allowance or Additional Allowance), for installation of any electrical vehicle charging stations. In the event Tenant elects to install any such electrical vehicle charging stations, the same shall be designated for exclusive use by Tenant, except as required by Applicable Laws. In addition, so long as the public is entitled to use of the Project parking facility pursuant to the requirements of the Parking Covenant, Landlord shall provide at least one (1) roving security guard in the Project parking facilities on Mondays through Fridays, excluding Holidays, from 5:00 p.m. through at least one (1) hour after the parking facilities are closed to the public. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall in no case be liable for personal injury or property damage for any error with regard to the admission to or exclusion from the Project or the Project parking facilities of any person.

28.2 Parking Covenant . Tenant acknowledges that the Project, and Tenant’s use of the parking, is subject to that certain Parking Covenant and Agreement dated October 22, 2013 and recorded on October 22, 2013, as series number 2013148761 in the Official Records of the County of San Mateo (as the same may be amended, the “ Parking Covenant ”), which provides, among other things, that (i) two hundred and ninety (290) parking spaces in the parking facilities

 

88


be made available for public use on weekday nights and weekends, including up to four (4) hours of free parking on weekday nights and weekends for patrons of the cinema located in the general area surrounding the Project via a sticker or other validation system (including a transponder system) and (ii) the general public shall be entitled to park their vehicles in the Project parking facilities during the hours of 5:00 P.M. through 10:00 P.M. on weekdays, and all day on holidays and weekends (as further defined in the Parking Covenant). In connection with the foregoing, Landlord shall, at its sole cost and expense, install and implement access control measures (including, without limitation, one or more roll-down doors or roll-across gates to secure the parking facilities from vehicle and pedestrian access during hours when public parking is not permitted) and otherwise segregate the areas designated for public use in the Project parking facilities from the areas designated for use by tenants of the Project. Landlord will not permit use of the Project parking facility by the public, except as required by the Parking Covenant. Furthermore, subject to the requirements of Applicable Law, City requirements, and the Underlying Documents, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to reach an agreement with the City to amend the Parking Covenant in order to minimize material public interference with Tenant’s rights set forth in this Lease pertaining to the Project parking facilities, including, to the extent not already permitted under the Parking Covenant, approval to cause between three hundred (300) and five hundred (500) parking stalls in the Project parking facility to be designated for Tenant’s exclusive use and accessible only through a separate controlled access gate. The parties acknowledge that Landlord’s amendment to the Parking Covenant shall also include an extension of the public parking hours until 11:00 P.M. on weekdays, and that this amendment shall not be deemed prohibited by the terms of this Section 28.2 .

ARTICLE 29

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

29.1 Terms; Captions . The words “Landlord” and “Tenant” as used herein shall include the plural as well as the singular. The necessary grammatical changes required to make the provisions hereof apply either to corporations or partnerships or individuals, men or women, as the case may require, shall in all cases be assumed as though in each case fully expressed. The captions of Articles and Sections are for convenience only and shall not be deemed to limit, construe, affect or alter the meaning of such Articles and Sections.

29.2 Binding Effect . Subject to all other provisions of this Lease, each of the covenants, conditions and provisions of this Lease shall extend to and shall, as the case may require, bind or inure to the benefit not only of Landlord and of Tenant, but also of their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors or assigns, provided this clause shall not permit any assignment by Tenant contrary to the provisions of Article 14 of this Lease.

29.3 No Air Rights . No rights to any view or to light or air over any property, whether belonging to Landlord or any other person, are granted to Tenant by this Lease. If at any time any windows of the Premises is temporarily darkened or the light or view therefrom is obstructed by reason of any repairs, improvements, maintenance or cleaning in or about the Project, the same shall be without liability to Landlord and without any reduction or diminution of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

 

89


29.4 Modification of Lease . Should any current or prospective mortgagee or ground lessor for the Buildings or Project require a modification of this Lease, which modification will not cause an increased cost or expense to Tenant or in any other way materially and adversely change the rights and obligations of Tenant hereunder, then and in such event, Tenant agrees that this Lease may be so modified and agrees to execute (or make good faith comments to) whatever documents are reasonably required therefor and to deliver the same to Landlord within thirty (30) days following a request therefor. At the request of Landlord or any mortgagee or ground lessor, Tenant agrees to execute a short form of Lease and deliver the same to Landlord within thirty (30) days following the request therefor.

29.5 Transfer of Landlord’s Interest . Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has the right to transfer all or any portion of its interest in the Project or Buildings and in this Lease, and Tenant agrees that in the event of any such transfer, Landlord shall automatically be released from all liability under this Lease arising or accruing after the date of such transfer and Tenant agrees to look solely to such transferee for the performance of Landlord’s obligations hereunder after the date of transfer and such transferee shall be deemed to have fully assumed and be liable for all obligations of this Lease to be performed by Landlord, including the return of any Security Deposit, and Tenant shall attorn to such transferee. Tenant further acknowledges that Landlord may assign its interest in this Lease to a mortgage lender as additional security and agrees that such an assignment shall not release Landlord from its obligations hereunder and that Tenant shall continue to look to Landlord for the performance of its obligations hereunder.

29.6 Prohibition Against Recording or Publication . Neither this Lease, nor any memorandum, affidavit or other writing with respect thereto, shall be recorded or otherwise published by Tenant or by anyone acting through, under or on behalf of Tenant.

29.7 Landlord’s Title . Landlord’s title is and always shall be paramount to the title of Tenant. Nothing herein contained shall empower Tenant to do any act which can, shall or may encumber the title of Landlord.

29.8 Relationship of Parties . Nothing contained in this Lease shall be deemed or construed by the parties hereto or by any third party to create the relationship of principal and agent, partnership, joint venturer or any association between Landlord and Tenant.

29.9 Application of Payments . Landlord shall have the right to apply payments received from Tenant pursuant to this Lease, regardless of Tenant’s designation of such payments, to satisfy any obligations of Tenant hereunder, in such order and amounts as Landlord, in its sole discretion, may elect.

29.10 Time of Essence . Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every provision of this Lease in which time of performance is a factor.

29.11 Partial Invalidity . If any term, provision or condition contained in this Lease shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or the application of such term, provision or condition to persons or circumstances other than those with respect to which it is invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each and every other term, provision and condition of this Lease shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent possible permitted by law.

 

90


29.12 No Warranty . In executing and delivering this Lease, Tenant has not relied on any representations, including, but not limited to, any representation as to the amount of any item comprising Additional Rent or the amount of the Additional Rent in the aggregate or that Landlord is furnishing the same services to other tenants, at all, on the same level or on the same basis, or any warranty or any statement of Landlord which is not set forth herein or in one or more of the exhibits attached hereto. Except as otherwise set forth in this Lease, Tenant agrees that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty with respect to the physical condition of the Buildings, the Project, the land upon which the Buildings or the Project are located, or the Premises, or the expenses of operation of the Premises, the Buildings or the Project, or any other matter or thing affecting or related to the Premises, except as herein expressly set forth in the provisions of this Lease.

29.13 Landlord Exculpation . The liability of Landlord or the Landlord Parties to Tenant for any default by Landlord under this Lease or arising in connection herewith or with Landlord’s operation, management, leasing, repair, renovation, alteration or any other matter relating to the Project or the Premises shall be limited solely and exclusively to an amount which is equal to the lesser of (a) the interest of Landlord in the Project or (b) the equity interest Landlord would have in the Project if the Project was encumbered by third-party debt in an amount equal to sixty percent (60%) of the value of the Project, or (c) the net proceeds to Landlord from any sale, exchange or other transfer of the Project. Neither Landlord, nor any of the Landlord Parties shall have any personal liability therefor, and Tenant hereby expressly waives and releases such personal liability on behalf of itself and all persons claiming by, through or under Tenant. The limitations of liability contained in this Section 29.13 shall inure to the benefit of Landlord’s and the Landlord Parties’ present and future partners, beneficiaries, officers, directors, trustees, shareholders, agents and employees, and their respective partners, heirs, successors and assigns. Under no circumstances shall any present or future partner of Landlord (if Landlord is a partnership), or trustee or beneficiary (if Landlord or any partner of Landlord is a trust), have any liability for the performance of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, neither Landlord nor the Landlord Parties shall be liable under any circumstances for injury or damage to, or interference with, Tenant’s business, including but not limited to, loss of profits, loss of rents or other revenues, loss of business opportunity, loss of goodwill or loss of use, in each case, however occurring.

29.14 Entire Agreement . It is understood and acknowledged that there are no oral agreements between the parties hereto affecting this Lease and this Lease constitutes the parties’ entire agreement with respect to the leasing of the Premises and supersedes and cancels any and all previous negotiations, arrangements, brochures, agreements and understandings, if any, between the parties hereto (including, without limitation, any confidentiality agreement, letter of intent, request for proposal, or similar agreement previously entered into between Landlord and Tenant in anticipation of this Lease) or displayed by Landlord to Tenant with respect to the subject matter thereof, and none thereof shall be used to interpret or construe this Lease. None of the TCCs or provisions of this Lease can be modified, deleted or added to except in writing signed by the parties hereto.

 

91


29.15 Right to Lease . Landlord reserves the absolute right to effect such other tenancies in the Project as Landlord in the exercise of its sole business judgment shall determine to best promote the interests of the Buildings or Project. Tenant does not rely on the fact, nor does Landlord represent, that any specific tenant or type or number of tenants shall, during the Lease Term, occupy any space in the Buildings or Project. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with any lease entered into by Landlord with a retail tenant for the Retail Space, Landlord shall (i) require such retail tenant to be experienced and to use the Retail Space for uses consistent retail uses at Comparable Buildings, provided that the following uses shall be deemed acceptable: (a) restaurant or food service, (b) sundry, (c) financial services, and (d) coffee shop or café, and (ii) confer with Tenant, without obligation to obtain Tenant’s approval, and to the extent not prohibited by the terms of a confidentiality agreement to which Landlord is bound, with respect to the selection of retail tenants for the Retail Space.

29.16 Force Majeure . Any prevention, delay or stoppage due to strikes, lockouts, labor disputes, acts of God, inability to obtain services, labor, or materials or reasonable substitutes therefor, governmental actions, civil commotions, fire or other casualty, and other causes beyond the reasonable control of the party obligated to perform, except with respect to the obligations imposed with regard to Rent and other charges to be paid by Tenant pursuant to this Lease and except as to Tenant’s obligations under Articles 5 and 24 of this Lease (collectively, a Force Majeure ”), notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, shall excuse the performance of such party for a period equal to any such prevention, delay or stoppage and, therefore, if this Lease specifies a time period for performance of an obligation of either party, that time period shall be extended by the period of any delay in such party’s performance caused by a Force Majeure. For the avoidance of doubt, Tenant shall not incur any obligations to Landlord under this Section 29.16 during the Construction Period.

29.17 Waiver of Redemption by Tenant . Tenant hereby waives, for Tenant and for all those claiming under Tenant, any and all rights now or hereafter existing to redeem by order or judgment of any court or by any legal process or writ, Tenant’s right of occupancy of the Premises after any termination of this Lease.

29.18 Notices . All notices, demands, statements or communications (collectively, Notices ”) given or required to be given by either party to the other hereunder shall be in writing, shall be (A) delivered by a nationally recognized overnight courier, or (B) delivered personally. Any such Notice shall be delivered (i) to Tenant at the appropriate address set forth in Section 10 of the Summary, or to such other place as Tenant may from time to time designate in a Notice to Landlord; or (ii) to Landlord at the addresses set forth in Section 11 of the Summary, or to such other firm or to such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in a Notice to Tenant. Any Notice will be deemed given on the date of receipted delivery, of refusal to accept delivery, or when delivery is first attempted but cannot be made due to a change of address for which no Notice was given. If Tenant is notified of the identity and address of Landlord’s mortgagee or ground or underlying lessor, Tenant shall give to such mortgagee or ground or underlying lessor written notice of any default by Landlord under the terms of this Lease by registered or certified mail, and such mortgagee or ground or underlying lessor shall be given a reasonable opportunity to cure such default prior to Tenant’s exercising any remedy available to Tenant. The party delivering Notice shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide a courtesy copy of each such Notice to the receiving party via electronic mail.

 

92


29.19 Joint and Several . If there is more than one Tenant, the obligations imposed upon Tenant under this Lease shall be joint and several.

29.20 Authority . If Tenant is a corporation, trust or partnership, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant hereby represents and warrants that Tenant is a duly formed and existing entity qualified to do business in California and that Tenant has full right and authority to execute and deliver this Lease and that each person signing on behalf of Tenant is authorized to do so. In such event, Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after execution of this Lease, deliver to Landlord satisfactory evidence of such authority and, if a corporation, upon demand by Landlord, also deliver to Landlord satisfactory evidence of (i) good standing in Tenant’s state of incorporation and (ii) qualification to do business in California.

29.21 Attorneys’ Fees . In the event that either Landlord or Tenant should bring suit for the possession of the Premises, for the recovery of any sum due under this Lease, or because of the breach of any provision of this Lease or for any other relief against the other, then all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by the prevailing party therein shall be paid by the other party, which obligation on the part of the other party shall be deemed to have accrued on the date of the commencement of such action and shall be enforceable whether or not the action is prosecuted to judgment.

29.22 Governing Law; WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY . This Lease shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California. IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING HEREFROM, LANDLORD AND TENANT HEREBY CONSENT TO (I) THE JURISDICTION OF ANY COMPETENT COURT WITHIN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, (II) SERVICE OF PROCESS BY ANY MEANS AUTHORIZED BY CALIFORNIA LAW, AND (III) IN THE INTEREST OF SAVING TIME AND EXPENSE, TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY EITHER OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGAINST THE OTHER OR THEIR SUCCESSORS IN RESPECT OF ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS LEASE, THE RELATIONSHIP OF LANDLORD AND TENANT, TENANT’S USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES, AND/OR ANY CLAIM FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE, OR ANY EMERGENCY OR STATUTORY REMEDY. IN THE EVENT LANDLORD COMMENCES ANY SUMMARY PROCEEDINGS OR ACTION FOR NONPAYMENT OF BASE RENT OR ADDITIONAL RENT, TENANT SHALL NOT INTERPOSE ANY COUNTERCLAIM OF ANY NATURE OR DESCRIPTION (UNLESS SUCH COUNTERCLAIM SHALL BE MANDATORY) IN ANY SUCH PROCEEDING OR ACTION, BUT SHALL BE RELEGATED TO AN INDEPENDENT ACTION AT LAW.

29.23 Submission of Lease . Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of, option for or option to lease, and it is not effective as a lease or otherwise until execution and delivery by both Landlord and Tenant.

29.24 Brokers . Landlord and Tenant hereby warrant to each other that they have had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Lease, and Landlord shall pay any commissions due and owing to Tenant’s Broker as a result of this Lease pursuant to a separate written agreement between Landlord and Tenant’s Broker, excepting only the real estate brokers or agents specified in Section 12 of the Summary (the Brokers ”),

 

93


and that they know of no other real estate broker or agent who is entitled to a commission in connection with this Lease. Landlord shall pay the Brokers pursuant to the terms of separate commission agreements. Each party agrees to indemnify and defend the other party against and hold the other party harmless from any and all claims, demands, losses, liabilities, lawsuits, judgments, costs and expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees) with respect to any leasing commission or equivalent compensation alleged to be owing on account of any dealings with any real estate broker or agent, other than the Brokers, occurring by, through, or under the indemnifying party.

29.25 Independent Covenants . This Lease shall be construed as though the covenants herein between Landlord and Tenant are independent and not dependent and Tenant hereby expressly waives the benefit of any statute to the contrary and agrees, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, that if Landlord fails to perform its obligations set forth herein, Tenant shall not be entitled to make any repairs or perform any acts hereunder at Landlord’s expense or to any setoff of the Rent or other amounts owing hereunder against Landlord. Where Landlord agrees in this Lease to act reasonably in the granting of any consent or approval, Landlord also covenants not to unreasonably delay or condition such consent or approval.

29.26 Project or Building Name and Signage . Landlord shall have the right at any time to change the name of the Project or Buildings. Without Landlord’s prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), Tenant shall not use the name of the Project or Buildings in advertising or other publicity or for any purpose other than as the address of the business to be conducted by Tenant in the Premises.

29.27 Counterparts . This Lease may be executed in counterparts with the same effect as if both parties hereto had executed the same document. Both counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute a single lease.

29.28 Confidentiality . Tenant acknowledges that the content of this Lease and any related documents are confidential information. Tenant shall keep such confidential information strictly confidential and shall not disclose such confidential information to any person or entity other than Tenant’s financial, legal, and space planning consultants, prospective purchasers, prospective lenders, investors, or any independent auditors, third party’s designated to review Direct Expenses, its directors, officers, employees, attorneys, or proposed Transferees. Landlord acknowledges that the content of this Lease and any related documents (including financial statements provided by Tenant pursuant to Article 17 above) are confidential information. Landlord shall keep such confidential information strictly confidential and shall not disclose such confidential information to any person or entity other than Landlord’s financial, legal and space planning consultants, or its directors, officers, employees, attorneys, accountants, prospective lenders, prospective purchasers, and current and potential partners. Moreover, Landlord has advised Tenant that Landlord is obligated to regularly provide financial information concerning the Landlord and/or its affiliates (including Kilroy Realty Corporation, a public company whose shares of stock are listed on the New York Stock Exchange) to the shareholders of its affiliates, to the Federal Securities and Exchange Commission and other regulatory agencies, and to auditors and underwriters, which information may include the fact that Tenant is a tenant at the Project and summaries of financial information concerning leases, rents, costs and results of operations of its real estate business, including any rents or results of operations affected by this

 

94


Lease. To the extent Tenant is a publicly traded corporation, Tenant may be obligated to regularly provide financial information concerning Tenant and/or its affiliates to the shareholders of its affiliates, to the Federal Securities and Exchange Commission and other regulatory agencies, and to auditors and underwriters, which information may include summaries of financial information concerning leases, rents, costs and results of operations of its business, including any financial obligations set forth in this Lease. This provision shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease for one (1) year.

29.29 Transportation Management . Tenant shall fully comply with all present or future programs intended to manage parking, transportation or traffic in and around the Buildings, and in connection therewith, Tenant shall take responsible action for the transportation planning and management of all employees located at the Premises by working directly with Landlord, any governmental transportation management organization or any other transportation-related committees or entities.

29.30 Building Renovations . It is specifically understood and agreed that Landlord has made no representation or warranty to Tenant and has no obligation and has made no promises to alter, remodel, improve, renovate, repair or decorate the Premises, Buildings, or any part thereof and that no representations respecting the condition of the Premises or the Buildings have been made by Landlord to Tenant except as specifically set forth herein or in the Work Letter. However, subject to Tenant’s rights under Section 1.1.3 above, Tenant hereby acknowledges that Landlord may during the Lease Term renovate, improve, alter, or modify (collectively, the Renovations ”) the Project, the Buildings and/or the Premises including without limitation the parking structure, Common Areas, systems and equipment, roof, and structural portions of the same, which Renovations may include, without limitation, (i) installing sprinklers in the Building Common Areas and tenant spaces, (ii) modifying the Common Areas and tenant spaces to comply with Applicable Laws and regulations, including regulations relating to the physically disabled, seismic conditions, and building safety and security, and (iii) installing new floor covering, lighting, and wall coverings in the Common Areas, and in connection with any Renovations, Landlord may, among other things, erect scaffolding or other necessary structures in the Buildings, limit or eliminate access to portions of the Project, including portions of the Common Areas, or perform work in the Buildings, which work may create noise, dust or leave debris in the Buildings. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenants use of and access to the Premises in connection with the performance of any Renovations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant hereby agrees that such Renovations and Landlord’s actions in connection with such Renovations shall in no way constitute a constructive eviction of Tenant nor entitle Tenant to any abatement of Rent (other than in Section 6.4 above). Landlord shall have no responsibility or for any reason be liable to Tenant for any direct or indirect injury to or interference with Tenant’s business arising from the Renovations, nor shall Tenant be entitled to any compensation or damages from Landlord for loss of the use of the whole or any part of the Premises or of Tenant’s personal property or improvements resulting from the Renovations or Landlord’s actions in connection with such Renovations, or for any inconvenience or annoyance occasioned by such Renovations or Landlord’s actions, provided that the foregoing shall not limit Landlord’s liability, if any, pursuant to this Lease or Applicable Laws for personal injury and property damage to the extent caused by the active negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents, employees or contractors.

 

95


29.31 No Violation . Tenant hereby warrants and represents that neither its execution of nor performance under this Lease shall cause Tenant to be in violation of any agreement, instrument, contract, law, rule or regulation by which Tenant is bound, and Tenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless against any claims, demands, losses, damages, liabilities, costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, arising from Tenant’s breach of this warranty and representation.

29.32 Communications and Computer Lines . Tenant may install, maintain, replace, remove or use any communications or computer wires and cables (collectively, the “ Lines ”) at the Project in or serving the Premises, provided that (i) Tenant shall obtain Landlord’s prior written consent, use Landlord’s designated contractor for provision of cabling and riser management services (or, if Landlord does not have a designated contractor, then an experienced and qualified contractor reasonably approved in writing by Landlord), and comply with all of the other provisions of Articles 7 and 8 of this Lease, (ii) an acceptable number of spare Lines and space for additional Lines shall be maintained for existing and future occupants of the Project, as determined in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, (iii) the Lines therefor (including riser cables) shall be (x) appropriately insulated to prevent excessive electromagnetic fields or radiation, (y) surrounded by a protective conduit reasonably acceptable to Landlord, and (z) identified in accordance with the Identification Requirements, as that term is set forth hereinbelow, (iv) any new or existing Lines servicing the Premises shall comply with all applicable governmental laws and regulations, (v) as a condition to permitting the installation of new Lines, Tenant shall remove existing Lines located in or serving the Premises and repair any damage in connection with such removal, and (vi) Tenant shall pay all costs in connection therewith. All Lines shall be clearly marked with adhesive plastic labels (or plastic tags attached to such Lines with wire) to show Tenant’s name, suite number, telephone number and the name of the person to contact in the case of an emergency (A) every four feet (4’) outside the Premises (specifically including, but not limited to, the electrical room risers and other Common Areas), and (B) at the Lines’ termination point(s) (collectively, the “ Identification Requirements ”). Unless otherwise instructed by Landlord (by notice to Tenant delivered no later than ninety (90) days prior to the Lease Expiration Date or thirty (30) days following the earlier termination of this Lease, as applicable), Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, remove all Lines installed by Tenant, and repair any damage caused by such removal. In the event that Tenant fails to complete such removal and/or fails to repair any damage caused by the removal of any Lines, Landlord may do so and may charge the cost thereof to Tenant. Landlord reserves the right to require that Tenant remove any Lines located in or serving the Premises which are installed in violation of these provisions, or which are at any time (1) are in violation of any Applicable Laws, (2) are inconsistent with then-existing industry standards (such as the standards promulgated by the National Fire Protection Association (e.g., such organization’s “2002 National Electrical Code”)), or (3) otherwise represent a dangerous or potentially dangerous condition.

29.33 Hazardous Substances .

29.33.1 Definitions . For purposes of this Lease, the following definitions shall apply: Hazardous Material(s) shall mean any solid, liquid or gaseous substance or material that is described or characterized as a toxic or hazardous substance, waste, material, pollutant, contaminant or infectious waste, or any matter that in certain specified quantities would be injurious to the public health or welfare, or words of similar import, in any of the Environmental

 

96


Laws, or any other words which are intended to define, list or classify substances by reason of deleterious properties such as ignitability, corrosivity, reactivity, carcinogenicity, toxicity or reproductive toxicity and includes, without limitation, asbestos, petroleum (including crude oil or any fraction thereof, natural gas, natural gas liquids, liquefied natural gas, or synthetic gas usable for fuel, or any mixture thereof), petroleum products, polychlorinated biphenyls, urea formaldehyde, radon gas, nuclear or radioactive matter, medical waste, soot, vapors, fumes, acids, alkalis, chemicals, microbial matters (such as molds, fungi or other bacterial matters), biological agents and chemicals which may cause adverse health effects, including but not limited to, cancers and /or toxicity. Environmental Laws shall mean any and all federal, state, local or quasi-governmental laws (whether under common law, statute or otherwise), ordinances, decrees, codes, rulings, awards, rules, regulations or guidance or policy documents now or hereafter enacted or promulgated and as amended from time to time, in any way relating to (i) the protection of the environment, the health and safety of persons (including employees), property or the public welfare from actual or potential release, discharge, escape or emission (whether past or present) of any Hazardous Materials or (ii) the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of any Hazardous Materials.

29.33.2 Compliance with Environmental Laws . Landlord covenants that during the Lease Term, Landlord shall comply with all Environmental Laws in accordance with, and as required by, the TCCs of Article 24 of this Lease. Tenant represents and warrants that, except as herein set forth, it will not use, store or dispose of any Hazardous Materials in or on the Premises, except with the prior written consent of Landlord (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). However, notwithstanding the preceding sentence, Landlord agrees that Tenant may without further consent use, store and properly dispose of commonly available household cleaners and chemicals to maintain the Premises and Tenant’s routine office operations (such as printer toner and copier toner) (hereinafter the Permitted Chemicals ”) . Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that any or all of the Permitted Chemicals described in this paragraph may constitute Hazardous Materials. However, Tenant may use, store and dispose of same, provided that in doing so, Tenant fully complies with all Environmental Laws.

29.33.3 Tenant Hazardous Materials . Tenant will (i) obtain and maintain in full force and effect all Environmental Permits (as defined below) that may be required from time to time under any Environmental Laws applicable to Tenant or the Premises, and (ii) be and remain in compliance with all TCCs of all such Environmental Permits and with all other Environmental Laws. Environmental Permits means, collectively, any and all permits, consents, licenses, approvals and registrations of any nature at any time required pursuant to, or in order to comply with any Environmental Law. On or before the Building A Lease Commencement Date and on each annual anniversary of the Building A Lease Commencement Date thereafter, as well as at any other time following Tenant’s receipt of a reasonable request from Landlord (which, absent extraordinary circumstances, Landlord will not request more than twice in any twelve (12) month period), Tenant agrees to deliver to Landlord a list of all Hazardous Materials anticipated to be used by Tenant in the Premises and the quantities thereof. At any time following Tenant’s receipt of a request from Landlord, Tenant shall promptly complete a “hazardous materials questionnaire” using the form then-provided by Landlord. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant agrees to promptly remove from the Premises, the Buildings and the Project, at its sole cost and expense, any and all Hazardous

 

97


Materials, including any equipment or systems containing Hazardous Materials, which are installed, brought upon, stored, used, generated or released upon, in, under or about the Premises, the Buildings, and/or the Project or any portion thereof by Tenant and/or any Tenant Parties (such obligation to survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease). Nothing in this Lease shall impose any liability on Tenant for any Hazardous Materials in existence on the Premises, Buildings or Project prior to the Building A Lease Commencement Date or brought onto the Premises, Buildings or Project after the Building A Lease Commencement Date by any third parties not under Tenant’s control.

29.33.4 Landlord’s Right of Environmental Audit . Landlord may, upon reasonable notice to Tenant, be granted access to and enter the Premises no more than once annually to perform or cause to have performed an environmental inspection, site assessment or audit. Such environmental inspector or auditor may be chosen by Landlord, in its sole discretion, and be performed at Landlord’s sole expense. To the extent that the report prepared upon such inspection, assessment or audit, indicates the presence of Hazardous Materials in violation of Environmental Laws, or provides recommendations or suggestions to prohibit the release, discharge, escape or emission of any Hazardous Materials at, upon, under or within the Premises, or to comply with any Environmental Laws, Tenant shall promptly, at Tenant’s sole expense, comply with such recommendations or suggestions, including, but not limited to performing such additional investigative or subsurface investigations or remediation(s) as recommended by such inspector or auditor. Notwithstanding the above, if at any time, Landlord has actual notice or reasonable cause to believe that Tenant has violated, or permitted any violations of any Environmental Law, then Landlord will be entitled to perform its environmental inspection, assessment or audit at any time, notwithstanding the above mentioned annual limitation, and Tenant must reimburse Landlord for the cost or fees incurred for such as Additional Rent.

29.33.5 Indemnifications . Landlord agrees to indemnify, defend, protect and hold harmless the Tenant Parties from and against any liability, obligation, damage or costs, including without limitation, attorneys’ fees and costs, resulting directly or indirectly from any use, presence, removal or disposal of any Hazardous Materials to the extent such liability, obligation, damage or costs was a result of actions caused or knowingly permitted by Landlord or a Landlord Party. Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend, protect and hold harmless the Landlord Parties from and against any liability, obligation, damage or costs, including without limitation, attorneys’ fees and costs, resulting directly or indirectly from any use, presence, removal or disposal of any Hazardous Materials or breach of any provision of this section, to the extent such liability, obligation, damage or costs was a result of actions caused or permitted by Tenant or a Tenant Party.

 

98


29.34 Intentionally Omitted .

29.35 Office and Communications Services . Tenant, subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval, shall be permitted to contract with any provider of office and communications services (which may include, without limitation, cable or satellite television service) selected by Tenant for the provision of any or all of such services on such TCCs as Tenant and such provider may agree.

29.36 Rooftop Rights . In accordance with, and subject to, (A) reasonable construction rules and regulations promulgated by Landlord, (B) the Building standards therefor, and (C) the TCCs set forth in Article 8 of this Lease and this Section 29.36 , Tenant may install, repair, maintain and use, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, but without the payment of any Base Rent or similar fee or charge, one (1) GPS/GNSS Outdoor Antenna (Model 8230), one (1) WWVB Loop Antenna (Model 8219), and one (1) dipole antenna on the roof of each Building for the receiving of signals or broadcasts servicing the business conducted by Tenant from within the Premises (the Rooftop Equipment ”) . Tenant may add Rooftop Equipment, whether similar or dissimilar to that described in the preceding sentence and whether in substitution for or in addition to that described in the preceding sentence, subject to obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent, and subject to availability and compliance with the TCCs of this Section 29.36 . Any such additional or replacement Rooftop Equipment shall be of a reasonable size and weight and shall not require the installation of bracing or other structural support or affect Landlord’s roof warranties. Tenant shall be solely responsible for any and all costs incurred or arising in connection with the Rooftop Equipment, including but not limited to costs of electricity and insurance related to the Rooftop Equipment. Landlord makes no representations or warranties whatsoever with respect to the condition of the roof of the Buildings, or the fitness or suitability of the roof of the Buildings for the installation, maintenance and operation of the Rooftop Equipment, including, without limitation, with respect to the quality and clarity of any receptions and transmissions to or from the Rooftop Equipment and the presence of any interference with such signals whether emanating from the Buildings or otherwise. The physical appearance and the size of the Rooftop Equipment shall be subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval, the location of any such Rooftop Equipment shall be designated by Landlord and Landlord may require Tenant to install screening around such Rooftop Equipment, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, as reasonably designated by Landlord. Tenant shall service, maintain and repair such Rooftop Equipment, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. In the event Tenant elects to exercise its right to install the Rooftop Equipment, then Tenant shall give Landlord prior notice thereof. Tenant shall reimburse to Landlord the actual costs reasonably incurred by Landlord in approving such Rooftop Equipment. Tenant’s rights under this Section 29.36 shall terminate and shall be of no further force or effect upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease (as may be extended), or, in the event Tenant no longer occupies twenty percent (20%) of the rentable area of the Premises in the Building in question (it being acknowledged by Tenant that the amount of space available on the roof for Tenant’s Rooftop Equipment may be proportionately reduced to allow for use by Landlord, and other tenants and subtenants of the applicable Buildings, if any, and it being acknowledged by Landlord that Tenant’s rights under this Section 29.36 shall continue in the other Building so long as Tenant occupies twenty percent (20%) or more of the rentable area of the Premises in such Building). Prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall remove and restore the affected portion of the rooftop, the Buildings and the Premises to the condition the rooftop, the Buildings and the

 

99


Premises would have been in had no such Rooftop Equipment been installed (reasonable wear and tear and damage from Casualty and condemnation that is not Tenant’s obligation to repair pursuant to Article 11 , above excepted). Such Rooftop Equipment shall be installed pursuant to plans and specifications approved by Landlord (specifically including, without limitation, all mounting and waterproofing details), which approval will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided, however, that Landlord may withhold such consent in its sole and absolute discretion if the weight of the Rooftop Equipment would require the installation of bracing or other structural support or would affect Landlord’s roof warranties. Notwithstanding any such review or approval by Landlord, Tenant shall remain solely liable for any damage arising in connection with Tenant’s installation, use, maintenance and/or repair of such Rooftop Equipment, including, without limitation, any damage to a portion of the roof or roof membrane and any penetrations to the roof. Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that Landlord shall have no liability in connection with Tenant’s use, maintenance and/or repair of such Rooftop Equipment. Such Rooftop Equipment shall, in all instances, comply with applicable governmental laws, codes, rules and regulations. Tenant shall not be entitled to license its Rooftop Equipment to any third party, nor shall Tenant be permitted to receive any revenues, fees or any other consideration for the use of such Rooftop Equipment by a third party. Tenant’s right to install such Rooftop Equipment shall be exclusive, except that Tenant hereby expressly acknowledges Landlord’s continued right to itself utilize a portion of the rooftop of the Buildings, and to grant similar rights to other tenants, subtenants, and occupants of the Project (if any); provided, however, such Landlord (or tenants, subtenants, and occupants) use shall not materially interfere with (or preclude the installation of) Tenant’s Rooftop Equipment or impair any roof warranty. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Section 29.36 , in no event shall Tenant access the roof of the Buildings without first receiving Landlord’s prior consent (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). The rights contained in this Section 29.36 shall be personal to the Original Tenant and any Permitted Transferee Assignee, and may only be exercised by the Original Tenant and any Permitted Transferee Assignee and their respective Transferees.

29.37 Water Sensors . Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense (or as a deduction from the Improvement Allowance), be responsible for promptly installing web-enabled wireless water leak sensor devices designed to alert the Tenant on a twenty-four (24) hour seven (7) day per week basis if a water leak is occurring in the Premises (which water sensor device(s) located in the Premises shall be referred to herein as “ Water Sensors ”). The Water Sensors shall be installed in any areas in the Premises where water is utilized (such as sinks, pipes, faucets, water heaters, coffee machines, ice machines, water dispensers and water fountains), and in locations that may be designated from time to time by Landlord (the “ Sensor Areas ”). In connection with any Alterations affecting or relating to any Sensor Areas, Landlord may require Water Sensors to be installed or updated in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion. With respect to the installation of any such Water Sensors, Tenant shall obtain Landlord’s prior written consent, use an experienced and qualified contractor reasonably designated by Landlord, and comply with all of the other provisions of Article 8 of this Lease. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, pursuant to Article 7 of this Lease keep any Water Sensors located in the Premises (whether installed by Tenant or someone else) in good working order, repair and condition at all times during the Lease Term and comply with all of the other provisions of Article 7 of this Lease. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained herein, Landlord has neither an obligation to monitor, repair or otherwise maintain the Water Sensors,

 

100


nor an obligation to respond to any alerts it may receive from the Water Sensors or which may be generated from the Water Sensors. Upon the expiration of the Lease Term, or immediately following any earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall leave the Water Sensors in place together with all necessary user information such that the same may be used by a future occupant of the Premises ( e.g. , the Water Sensors shall be unblocked and ready for use by a third-party).

29.38 No Discrimination . Tenant covenants by and for itself, its heirs, executors, administrators and assigns, and all persons claiming under or through Tenant, and this Lease is made and accepted upon and subject to the following conditions: that there shall be no discrimination against or segregation of any person or group of persons, on account of gender, sexual orientation, marital status, race, color, religion, creed, national origin or ancestry in the leasing, subleasing, transferring, use, or enjoyment of the Premises, nor shall Tenant itself, or any person claiming under or through Tenant, establish or permit such practice or practices of discrimination or segregation with reference to the selection, location, number, use or occupancy, of tenants, lessees, sublessees, subtenants or vendees in the Premises.

29.39 LEED Certification . Subject to Section 1.5 of the Work Letter, Landlord may, in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, elect to apply to obtain or maintain a LEED certification for Building Design and Construction for the Project (or portion thereof). Landlord shall not seek to obtain LEED certification for Interior Design and Construction for the Project, without Tenant’s prior written consent, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. In the event that Landlord elects to pursue such an aforementioned certification for Building Design and Construction, and if Tenant permits Landlord to seek LEED certification for Interior Design and Construction for the Project, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, promptly cooperate with the Landlord’s efforts in connection therewith and provide Landlord with any documentation it may need in order to obtain or maintain the aforementioned certification (which cooperation may include, but shall not be limited to, Tenant complying with certain standards pertaining to the purchase of materials used in connection with any Alterations or improvements undertaken by the Tenant in the Project, the sharing of documentation pertaining to any Alterations or improvements undertaken by Tenant in the Project with Landlord, and the sharing of Tenant’s billing information pertaining to trash removal and recycling related to Tenant’s operations in the Project). Landlord’s costs to obtain LEED certification for Building Design and Construction shall be excluded from Operating Expenses and Landlord’s costs of applying for obtaining any LEED certification for Interior Design and Construction (or other similar certification) shall be included in Operating Expenses only where Tenant has permitted Landlord to obtain such LEED or similar certification.

29.40 Energy Performance Disclosure Information . Tenant acknowledges that pursuant to California Public Resources Code Section 25402.10 and the regulations adopted pursuant thereto (collectively the “ Energy Disclosure Requirements ”). Tenant hereby acknowledges prior receipt of the Data Verification Checklist, as defined in the Energy Disclosure Requirements (the “ Energy Disclosure Information ”), and agrees that Landlord has timely complied in full with Landlord’s obligations under the Energy Disclosure Requirements. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that (i) Landlord makes no representation or warranty regarding the energy performance of the Premises or the accuracy or completeness of the Energy Disclosure Information, (ii) the Energy Disclosure Information is for the current occupancy and use of the Premises and that the energy performance of the Premises may vary depending on future occupancy and/or use of the Premises, and (iii) Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant

 

101


for any errors or omissions in the Energy Disclosure Information. If and to the extent not prohibited by Applicable Laws, Tenant hereby waives any right Tenant may have to receive the Energy Disclosure Information, including, without limitation, any right Tenant may have to terminate this Lease as a result of Landlord’s failure to disclose such information. Further, Tenant hereby releases Landlord from any and all losses, costs, damages, expenses and/or liabilities relating to, arising out of and/or resulting from the Energy Disclosure Requirements, including, without limitation, any liabilities arising as a result of Landlord’s failure to disclose the Energy Disclosure Information to Tenant prior to the execution of this Lease. Tenant’s acknowledgment of the AS-IS condition of the Premises pursuant to the TCCs of this Lease shall be deemed to include the energy performance of the Premises. Tenant further acknowledges that pursuant to the Energy Disclosure Requirements, Landlord may be required to disclose information concerning Tenant’s energy usage at the Buildings to certain third parties, including, without limitation, prospective purchasers, lenders and tenants of the Buildings (the “ Tenant Energy Use Disclosure ”). Tenant hereby (A) consents to all such Tenant Energy Use Disclosures, and (B) acknowledges that Landlord shall not be required to notify Tenant of any Tenant Energy Use Disclosure. Further, Tenant hereby releases Landlord from any and all losses, costs, damages, expenses and liabilities relating to, arising out of and/or resulting from any Tenant Energy Use Disclosure. The TCCs of this Section 29.41 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

29.41 Green Cleaning/Recycling . To the extent a “green cleaning program” and/or a recycling program is implemented by Landlord in the Buildings and/or Project (each such program being subject to Tenant’s prior written approval, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, comply with the provisions of each of the foregoing programs (e.g., Tenant shall separate waste appropriately so that it can be efficiently processed by Landlord’s particular recycling contractors). To the extent Tenant fails to comply with any of Landlord’s recycling programs contemplated by the foregoing, Tenant shall be required to pay any contamination charges related to such non-compliance.

29.42 Open-Ceiling Plan . In the event that the Premises has an “open ceiling plan”, then Landlord and third parties leasing or otherwise using/managing or servicing space on the floor immediately above the Premises shall have the right to install, maintain, repair and replace mechanical, electrical and plumbing fixtures, devices, piping, ductwork and all other improvements through the floor above the Premises (which may penetrate through the ceiling of the Premises and be visible within the Premises during the course of construction and upon completion thereof) (as applicable, the “ Penetrating Work ”), as Landlord may determine in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion and with no approval rights being afforded to Tenant with respect thereto. Moreover, there shall be no obligation by Landlord or any such third party to enclose or otherwise screen any of such Penetrating Work from view within the Premises, whether during the course of construction or upon completion thereof. Since Tenant is anticipated to be occupying the Premises at the time the Penetrating Work is being performed, Landlord agrees that it shall (and shall cause third parties to) use commercially reasonable efforts to perform the Penetrating Work in a manner so as to attempt to minimize interference with Tenant’s use of the Premises; provided, however, such Penetrating Work may be performed during normal business hours, without any obligation to pay overtime or other premiums. Tenant hereby acknowledges that, notwithstanding Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises during

 

102


the performance of any such Penetrating Work, Tenant hereby agrees that the performance of such Penetrating Work shall in no way constitute a constructive eviction of Tenant nor entitle Tenant to any abatement of rent. Neither Landlord nor any of the Landlord Parties or any third parties performing the Penetrating Work shall be responsible for any direct or indirect injury to or interference with Tenant’s business arising from the performance of such Penetrating Work, nor shall Tenant be entitled to any compensation or damages from Landlord or any of the Landlord Parties or any third parties performing the Penetrating Work for loss of the use of the whole or any part of the Premises or of Tenant’s personal property or improvements resulting from the performance of the Penetrating Work, or for any inconvenience or annoyance occasioned by the Penetrating Work. In addition, Tenant hereby agrees to promptly and diligently cooperate with Landlord and any of the third parties performing the Penetrating Work in order to facilitate the applicable party’s performance of the particular Penetrating Work in an efficient and timely manner.

29.43 Multi-Tenant Lease Provisions . At any time that Tenant is no longer satisfying the Office Space Leasing Requirement (whether pursuant to Landlord’s exercise of its recapture rights under Section 14.4 above, Tenant’s election to terminate this Lease with respect to the Building B Premises under Section 1.7.4 of the Work Letter, or otherwise), Landlord and Tenant shall promptly enter into a lease amendment consistent with the TCCs of the Lease, but documenting the nature of the Project as no longer a single-tenant office project, including without limitation, as relates to the Lobbies no longer being considered part of the “Premises” as contemplated by Section 1.1.3.2 above (with appropriate adjustments to Base Rent and Tenant’s Share based on the stipulated number of rentable square feet on the floor of the Buildings which is no longer part of the Premises), and, if applicable, the Terrace no longer being available for Tenant’s exclusive use, as contemplated by Section 1.5 above.

 

103


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have caused this Lease to be executed the day and date first above written.

“LANDLORD”:

 

REDWOOD CITY PARTNERS, LLC

a Delaware limited liability company

By:

   

 

 

KR Redwood City Member, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company,

Its: Managing Member

    By:      Kilroy Realty, L.P.,
    a Delaware limited partnership
    Its: Sole Member
   

By:

  Kilroy Realty Corporation
      a Maryland corporation
      Its: General Partner
      By:   /s/ Jeffrey C. Hawken                    
      Name:   Jeffrey C. Hawken
      Its:   Executive Vice President and
        Chief Operating Officer
      By:   /s/ Robert E. Palmer                    
      Name:   Robert E. Palmer
      Its:   Senior Vice President, Operations

“TENANT”:

BOX, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

 

By:   /s/ Aaron Levie                    
Name:   Aaron Levie
Its:   CEO & Chairman
By:   /s/ Peter McGoff                    
Name:   Peter McGoff
Its:   SVP, General Counsel & Corporate Secretary

[ Signatures continue on next pages ]

 

104


Kilroy Realty Corporation, a Maryland corporation, based on the TCCs of this Lease, including Tenant’s covenants in Section 1.4.6 of this Lease, hereby agrees to perform the obligations of “KRC” under Section 1.4 of this Lease.

KILROY REALTY CORPORATION,

a Maryland corporation

 

By:  

/s/ Jeffrey C. Hawken

Name:   Jeffrey C. Hawken
Its:   Executive Vice President and
  Chief Operating Officer
By:  

/s/ Robert E. Palmer

Name:   Robert E. Palmer
Its:   Senior Vice President, Operations

HS MIDDLEFIELD, LLC, a California limited liability company, based on the TCCs of this Lease, including Tenant’s covenants in Section 1.4.6 of this Lease, hereby agrees to perform the obligations of “Hunter Storm” under Section 1.4 of this Lease.

HS MIDDLEFIELD, LLC,

a California limited liability company

 

By:      Technology Station Associates, LLC,
     a California limited liability company
     Its: Sole Member

 

      By:    Hunter/Storm/Univ. Station, LLC
      a California limited liability company
      Its: Managing Member

 

       By:    Hunter/Storm, Inc.
       a Delaware corporation
       Its: Manager

 

    By:   

/s/ Derek K. Hunter, Jr.

  
    Name:    Derek K. Hunter, Jr.   
    Its:    President   

 

    By:   

/s/ Edward D. Storm

  
    Name:    Edward D. Storm   
    Its:    Chief Executive Officer   

[ Signatures continue on next page ]

 

105


HUNTER/STORM, LLC, a California limited liability company, based on the TCCs of this Lease, including Tenant’s covenants in Section 1.4.6 of this Lease, hereby agrees to perform the obligations of “Hunter Storm” under Section 1.4 of this Lease.

HUNTER/STORM, LLC,

a California limited liability company

 

By:  

/s/ Derek K. Hunter, Jr.

  Derek K. Hunter, Jr.,
Its:   Member

 

By:  

/s/ Edward D. Storm

  Edward D. Storm,
Its:   Member

* NOTE:

If Tenant is a California corporation , then one of the following alternative requirements must be satisfied:

(A) This Lease must be signed by two (2) officers of such corporation: one being the chairman of the board, the president or a vice president, and the other being the secretary, an assistant secretary, the chief financial officer or an assistant treasurer. If one (1) individual is signing in two (2) of the foregoing capacities, that individual must identify the two (2) capacities.

(B) If the requirements of (A) above are not satisfied, then Tenant shall deliver to Landlord evidence in a form reasonably acceptable to Landlord that the signatory(ies) is (are) authorized to execute this Lease.

If Tenant is a corporation incorporated in a state other than California , then Tenant shall deliver to Landlord evidence in a form reasonably acceptable to Landlord that the signatory(ies) is (are) authorized to execute this Lease.

 

106


EXHIBIT A-1

CROSSING/900

OUTLINE OF PREMISES

EXHIBIT A-1

 

107


EXHIBIT A-2

CROSSING/900

OUTLINE OF OFFSITE PROJECT

EXHIBIT A-2

 

108


EXHIBIT A-3

CROSSING/900

OUTLINE OF TERRACE

EXHIBIT A-3

 

109


EXHIBIT B

CROSSING/900

WORK LETTER

This Work Letter shall set forth the TCCs relating to the construction of the Premises. This Work Letter is essentially organized chronologically and addresses the issues of the construction of the Premises, in sequence, as such issues will arise during the actual construction of the Premises. All references in this Work Letter to Articles or Sections of “this Lease” shall mean the relevant portions of Articles 1 through 29 of the Office Lease to which this Work Letter is attached as Exhibit B and of which this Work Letter forms a part, and all references in this Work Letter to Sections of “this Work Letter” shall mean the relevant portion of Sections 1 through 5 of this Work Letter.

SECTION 1

LANDLORD’S INITIAL CONSTRUCTION OF THE BASE BUILDING

1.1 Construction of Base Building; Lobbies .

1.1.1 Construction of Base Building . Landlord construct, at its sole cost and expense, and without deduction from the Improvement Allowance, the base, shell, and core of the Buildings, which base, shell and core shall be in compliance with Applicable Law, including without limitation, 2009 International Building Code, 2009 Uniform Mechanical Code, 2009 Uniform Plumbing Code, 2008 National Electrical Code, and the 2010 California Green Building Code, as amended by the State of California and the City (collectively “ Base Building Code ”) (to the extent necessary for Tenant to obtain and retain a CofO (as defined in Section 1.3 below) for the Premises for general office use) (collectively, the “ Base, Shell and Core ” and/or “ Base Building ”), in accordance with the plans and specifications referenced in Schedule 1 , attached hereto (the “ Base Building Plans ”). Additionally, to the extent not set forth in the version of the Base Building Plans referenced in Schedule 1 , Landlord shall make the necessary modifications to provide that the Base Building, as constructed by Landlord, shall comply with the Base Building Definition set forth in Schedule 2 . In the event of a conflict between Schedule 1 and Schedule 2 , Schedule 2 shall prevail. Landlord hereby reserves the right to modify the Base Building Plans as pertains to the Base, Shell and Core, and the Project Common Areas, provided that such modifications (A) are required to comply with Applicable Laws, (B) will not (i) materially and adversely affect Tenant’s Permitted Use, (ii) result in the use of materials, systems or components which are not of a materially equivalent or better quality than the materials, systems and components set forth in the Base Building Plans, or in the Lease, or (iii) adversely affect the occupancy density that is reasonably derivable from the occupancy level that could be accommodated in the Premises on a reasonable basis pursuant to the specifications and improvements shown on the original Base Building Plans, or (C) relate to re-routing the distribution of the fire sprinkler system, provided the same continues to comply with Base Building Code, and will not interfere with Tenant’s ability to timely design and construct its Improvements.

EXHIBIT B

 

110


1.1.2 Construction of Lobbies . Tenant shall be responsible for constructing all improvements to the Lobbies as part of the Improvements (as defined in Section 2.1 below), which construction shall be performed in accordance with the TCCs of this Work Letter, including Landlord’s right to review and approve all Construction Drawings (as defined in Section 3.1 below); provided that it shall be deemed reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to any Lobby Improvements that would (i) adversely affect Landlord’s ability to obtain Landlord’s anticipated LEED certification for Building Design and Construction for the Base, Shell and Core, or (ii) delay the critical path of construction of the Base, Shell and Core.

1.2 Delivery Condition . The “ Delivery Condition ” shall occur at such time as Landlord delivers the either the Building A Premises or the Building B Premises to Tenant, as applicable, for commencement of construction of the Improvements, and in compliance with the conditions set forth in Schedule 3 , attached hereto. Landlord shall provide Tenant with at least ten (10) business days prior notice of the date (the “ Delivery Date ”) the Building A Premises or the Building B Premises, as applicable, shall be delivered to Tenant in the Delivery Condition. The parties acknowledge and agree that the Delivery Condition does not reflect all work necessary to cause the Buildings to be in substantially completed Base, Shell and Core condition. As such, Landlord shall continue to be obligated to perform additional construction after the completion of the Delivery Condition to cause the Building A Premises and the Building B Premises, as applicable to be in Final Condition (as defined in Section 1.3 below). From and after the date Landlord delivers the applicable Premises to Tenant in the Delivery Condition, Landlord shall perform its work in the applicable Premises in a manner so as not to unreasonably delay Tenant in the completion of the Improvements.

1.3 Final Condition . The “ Final Condition ” of the applicable Building shall mean that (i) the Base, Shell and Core of the applicable Building has been substantially completed in accordance with the Base Building Plans (as the same may be modified in accordance with the TCCs of this Work Letter) and Base Building Code to the extent necessary for Landlord to obtain a certificate of occupancy or temporary certificate of occupancy, or legal equivalent (each, a “ CofO ”), for the applicable Base, Shell and Core, and (ii) the Common Areas have been substantially completed in accordance with the Base Building Plans (as the same may be modified in accordance with the TCCs of this Work Letter) and Base Building Code to the extent necessary for Landlord to obtain a CofO for the applicable Building, with the exception of any punch list items (the “ Base Building Punch List Items ”). The date that Landlord causes the Final Condition to occur with respect to a particular Building shall be referred to as the “ Final Condition Date ”. The Final Condition Date shall be deemed to occur on the date the Final Condition would have occurred but for any Tenant Construction Delay. For purposes of this Work Letter, the term “ Tenant Construction Delay ” shall mean any delays caused by Tenant’s physical alteration of the items of the Base, Shell and Core on any floor of the Premises, Tenant’s failure to complete or construct any portion of the Improvements (including temporary or permanent life-safety work or fire sprinkler work and the construction of the Lobbies), or Tenant’s utilization of non-union labor in connection with the construction of the Tenant Improvements (such altered item or item that Tenant fails to construct shall each be a “ CofO Item ”), which altered or unconstructed CofO Item interferes with Landlord’s ability to receive a CofO for the applicable Base, Shell and Core; provided that to the extent Landlord reasonably determines that the altered or unconstructed CofO Item will delay the issuance of the CofO for the applicable Base, Shell and Core, Landlord may, upon prior notice to Tenant, modify such

 

111


altered CofO Item or construct the unconstructed CofO Item, and deduct the cost thereof (as reasonably determined by Landlord) from the Improvement Allowance, in a manner necessary for Landlord to receive the CofO for the applicable Base, Shell and Core. For purposes of clarification, Base Building Punch List Items shall not include any items that would (A) materially interfere with the operation of Tenant’s business from the applicable Premises or (B) prevent Tenant from obtaining a CofO for the applicable Premises. Without limiting the foregoing, the Final Condition shall not be deemed to have occurred with respect to the applicable Building unless (I) Tenant has access to and from the applicable Building, the applicable Premises and the Project parking facilities, (II) Tenant has use of the Project parking facilities, (III) all Building Systems serving the applicable Premises (including restrooms) are complete and Landlord is providing services to the applicable Premises in accordance with the requirements of the Lease, and (IV) Tenant may conduct its business from the Premises without material interference. Furthermore, Landlord shall promptly and diligently proceed to fully complete all Base Building Punch List Items in a manner calculated to minimize interference with the operation of Tenant’s business at the Premises.

1.4 Construction Schedule . Landlord’s non-binding estimated construction schedule is as set forth on Schedule 4 , attached hereto. Notwithstanding anything set forth on Schedule 4 to the contrary, for purposes of the Lease and this Work Letter, the following dates shall be deemed the “ Estimated Construction Dates ”.

 

    Delivery Date for the entire Premises – February 1, 2015.

 

    Final Condition Date for the entire Premises – June 30, 2015.

Schedule 4 and the Estimated Construction Dates are set forth herein for informational purposes only and, except to the extent expressly set forth in the Lease or this Work Letter, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant if Landlord fails to meet one or more of the Estimated Construction Dates prior to the notice dates. If at any time during the construction process Landlord reasonably believes that Landlord will fail to meet any of the foregoing Estimated Construction Dates, Landlord shall promptly notify Tenant of the anticipated delay. If at any time during the construction process, Tenant reasonably believes that Landlord will fail to meet any of the Estimated Construction Dates, Tenant shall have the right to notify Landlord of such belief, and Landlord shall promptly provide a construction status update to Tenant.

1.5 LEED Compliance . Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that Landlord designed the Base Building to be compliant with certain LEED requirements for Building Design and Construction. Landlord has provided Tenant with the LEED compliance checklist delineating the credits Landlord intends to obtain. Upon request from Tenant, Landlord agrees to reasonably cooperate with Tenant and Tenant’s consultants to provide the required information, plans, specifications, documents, etc., for Tenant to obtain LEED certification for Interior Design and Construction with respect to the Improvements.

1.6 Base Building Punch List Items . Notwithstanding the fact that Substantial Completion has occurred, Landlord shall promptly and diligently prepare the Base Building Punch List Items in accordance with industry custom and practice, and shall instruct the Base Building contractor to fully complete all such Base Building Punch List Items as soon as reasonably practical.

 

112


1.7 Tenant’s Rights On Construction Failure .

1.7.1 Building A Premises Delivery Condition Failure Rent Abatement . If Landlord has not caused the Delivery Condition to be satisfied with respect to the Building A Premises on or before August 1, 2015 (“ Building A First Rent Abatement Delivery Condition Date ”), subject to extension by virtue of Force Majeure Delay, and any delays caused by Tenant, including any Tenant Construction Delay, then Tenant shall be entitled to a day-for-day abatement of Base Rent attributable to the Building A Premises for each day following the Building A First Rent Abatement Delivery Condition Date until the earlier to occur of: (i) the date upon which the Delivery Condition has been satisfied with respect to the Building A Premises, and (ii) August 31, 2015. If the Delivery Condition with respect to the Building A Premises has not been satisfied on or before September 1, 2015 (such day being the “ Building A Second Rent Abatement Delivery Condition Date ”), subject to extension by virtue of Force Majeure Delay, and any delays caused by Tenant, including any Tenant Construction Delay, Tenant shall be entitled to an abatement of Base Rent equal to twice the per diem Base Rent attributable to the Building A Premises for each day following the Building A Second Rent Abatement Delivery Condition Date until the date upon which the Delivery Condition has been satisfied with respect to the Building A Premises (the Base Rent abatements described herein with regard to the Building A Premises are referred to herein, collectively, as the “ Building A Late Delivery Date Abatements ”). Tenant shall immediately apply any accrued Building A Late Delivery Date Abatements against payments of Rent as they become due.

1.7.2 Building A Delivery Condition Failure Termination Right . Further, if the Delivery Condition with respect to the Building A Premises has not been satisfied by October 1, 2015 (the “ Building A Delivery Condition Termination Date ”), subject to extension by virtue of Force Majeure Delay, and any delays caused by Tenant, including any Tenant Construction Delay, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease, with respect to the Building A Premises only, by written notice to Landlord (“ Building A Delivery Failure Termination Notice ”) effective upon the date occurring five (5) business days following receipt by Landlord of the Building A Delivery Failure Termination Notice (the “ Building A Termination Effective Date ”), in which event, Landlord shall return any prepaid rent and surrender the L-C (and any draw proceeds or Security Deposit) proceeds forthwith to Tenant. Should the Delivery Condition with respect to the Building A Premises be satisfied prior to Tenant’s exercise of the foregoing termination right, however, such termination right shall, in such event, expire and be of no further force or effect upon such completion of the Delivery Condition with respect to the Building A Premises (provided that Tenant shall be entitled to receive all of the Building A Late Delivery Date Abatements). If Tenant delivers a Building A Delivery Failure Termination Notice to Landlord, then Landlord shall have the right to suspend the occurrence of the Building A Termination Effective Date for a period ending thirty (30) days after the Building A Termination Effective Date by delivering written notice to Tenant, prior to the Building A Termination Effective Date, that, in Landlord’s reasonable, good faith judgment, the Delivery Condition with respect to the Building A Premises will be satisfied within thirty (30) days after the Building A Termination Effective Date. If the Delivery Condition with respect to the Building A Premises is satisfied within such thirty (30) day suspension period, then

 

113


the Building A Delivery Failure Termination Notice shall be of no force or effect, but if the Delivery Condition with respect to the Building A Premises is not satisfied within such thirty (30) day suspension period, then this Lease shall terminate upon the expiration of such thirty (30) day suspension period. The Building A Termination Effective Date and the Building A Delivery Condition Termination Date shall be extended to the extent of any Force Majeure Delays, and any delays caused by Tenant. Upon any termination as set forth in this Section 1.7.2 , Landlord and Tenant shall be released from any and all liability to each other resulting under this Lease. Tenant’s rights to terminate this Lease, as set forth in this Section 1.7.2 , shall be Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy at law or in equity for the failure of the Delivery Condition with respect to the Building A Premises to have not been satisfied by the Building A Delivery Condition Termination Date.

1.7.3 Building B Premises Delivery Condition Failure Rent Abatement . If Landlord has not caused the Delivery Condition to be satisfied with respect to the Building B Premises on or before February 1, 2017 (“ Building B First Rent Abatement Delivery Condition Date ”), subject to extension by virtue of Force Majeure Delay, and any delays caused by Tenant, including any Tenant Construction Delay, then Tenant shall be entitled to a day-for-day abatement of Base Rent attributable to the Building B Premises for each day following the Building B First Rent Abatement Delivery Condition Date until the earlier to occur of: (i) the date upon which the Delivery Condition has been satisfied with respect to the Building B Premises, and (ii) February 28, 2017. If the Delivery Condition with respect to the Building B Premises has not been satisfied on or before March 1, 2017 (such day being the “ Building B Second Rent Abatement Delivery Condition Date ”), subject to extension by virtue of Force Majeure Delay, and any delays caused by Tenant, including any Tenant Construction Delay, Tenant shall be entitled to an abatement of Base Rent equal to twice the per diem Base Rent attributable to the Building B Premises for each day following the Building B Second Rent Abatement Delivery Condition Date until the until the date upon which the Delivery Condition has been satisfied with respect to the Building B Premises (the Base Rent abatements described herein with regard to the Building B Premises are referred to herein, collectively, as the “ Building B Late Delivery Date Abatements ”). Tenant shall immediately apply any accrued Building B Late Delivery Date Abatements against payments of Rent as they become due.

1.7.4 Building B Delivery Construction Covenant . Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to timely satisfy the Delivery Condition with respect to the Building B Premises following Landlord’s satisfaction of the Delivery Condition with respect to the Building A Premises in compliance with requirements of this Work Letter (the “ Construction Covenant ”). Further, if the Delivery Condition with respect to the Building B Premises has not been satisfied by April 1, 2018 (the “ Building B Delivery Condition Termination Date ”), subject to extension by virtue of Force Majeure Delay, and any delays caused by Tenant, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease, with respect to the Building B Premises only, by written notice to Landlord (“ Building B Delivery Failure Termination Notice ”) effective upon the date occurring five (5) business days following receipt by Landlord of the Building B Delivery Failure Termination Notice (the “ Building B Termination Effective Date ”), in which event, (i) the Lease Expiration Date with respect to the Building A Premises shall be equal to the last day of the one hundred thirty-eighth (138 th ) full calendar month following the Building B Termination Effective Date and (ii) Landlord shall return any prepaid rent pertaining to the Building B Premises forthwith to Tenant. Should the

 

114


Delivery Condition with respect to the Building B Premises be satisfied prior to Tenant’s exercise of the foregoing termination right, however, such termination right shall, in such event, expire and be of no further force or effect upon such completion of the Delivery Condition with respect to the Building B Premises (provided that Tenant shall be entitled to receive all of the Building B Late Delivery Date Abatements). If Tenant delivers a Building B Delivery Failure Termination Notice to Landlord, then Landlord shall have the right to suspend the occurrence of the Building B Termination Effective Date for a period ending thirty (30) days after the Building B Termination Effective Date by delivering written notice to Tenant, prior to the Building B Termination Effective Date, that, in Landlord’s reasonable, good faith judgment, the Delivery Condition with respect to the Building B Premises will be satisfied within thirty (30) days after the Building B Termination Effective Date. If the Delivery Condition with respect to the Building B Premises is satisfied within such thirty (30) day suspension period, then the Building B Delivery Failure Termination Notice shall be of no force or effect, but if the Delivery Condition with respect to the Building B Premises is not satisfied within such thirty (30) day suspension period, then this Lease shall terminate upon the expiration of such thirty (30) day suspension period. The Building B Termination Effective Date and the Building B Delivery Condition Termination Date shall be extended to the extent of any Force Majeure Delays, and any delays caused by Tenant. Upon any termination as set forth in this Section 1.7.4 , Landlord shall refund to Tenant any prepaid Rent for the Building B Premises and surrender the L-C (and any draw proceeds or Security Deposit) upon Tenant’s tender of a replacement L-C in the amount of $16,964,775.00 otherwise in compliance with the TCCs of Article 21 above, and Tenant shall be released from any and all liability to each other resulting under this Lease, including the Construction Covenant. Other than Tenant’s remedies for Landlord’s breach of the Construction Covenant, Tenant’s rights to terminate this Lease, as set forth in this Section 1.7.4 , shall be Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy at law or in equity for the failure of the Delivery Condition with respect to the Building B Premises to have not been satisfied by the Building B Delivery Condition Termination Date. In the event Tenant elects to terminate its lease of the Building B Premises pursuant to the TCCs of this Section 1.7.4 , Landlord and Tenant shall promptly enter into a lease amendment consistent with the TCCs of this Lease, including without limitation the modifications contemplated by Section 29.43 of this Lease, but documenting the nature of the Premises as no longer including the Building B Premises.

SECTION 2

IMPROVEMENTS

2.1 Improvement Allowance . Tenant shall be entitled to a one-time improvement allowance (the Improvement Allowance ) in the amount set forth in Section 13 of the Summary for the costs relating to the initial design and construction of the improvements, which are permanently affixed to the Premises (the Improvements ). Tenant shall construct the Improvements in the Building A Premises and Building B Premises, concurrently, with construction in each Building commencing as soon as reasonably practicable following the delivery of the applicable portion of the Premises to Tenant. Not less than approximately ninety percent (90%) of the Improvement Allowance (determined on a per rentable square foot basis) applicable to the Building A Premises shall be spent in the Building A Premises, and not less than approximately ninety percent (90%) of the Improvement Allowance (determined on a per rentable square foot basis) applicable to the Building B Premises shall be spent in the Building B

 

115


Premises. In no event shall Landlord be obligated to make disbursements pursuant to this Work Letter in the event that Tenant fails to immediately pay any portion of the Over-Allowance Amount, as defined in Section 4.2.1 , nor shall Landlord be obligated to pay a total amount which exceeds the Improvement Allowance. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any contrary provision of this Lease, all Improvements shall be deemed Landlord’s property under the TCCs of this Lease and in no event shall the Improvements include any construction of, or require any changes to, the Base Building, nor shall any portion of the Improvement Allowance be used to fund the costs of construction of the Base Building. Any unused portion of the Improvement Allowance applicable to the Building A Premises (determined on a per rentable square foot basis) remaining as of the first (1 st ) anniversary of the Building A Lease Commencement Date shall remain with Landlord and Tenant shall have no further right thereto and any unused portion of the Improvement Allowance (determined on a per rentable square foot basis) applicable to the Building B Premises remaining as of the first (1 st ) anniversary of the Building B Lease Commencement Date shall remain with Landlord and Tenant shall have no further right thereto. On or before the Building A Lease Commencement Date, Tenant shall be entitled, pursuant to a written notice delivered to Landlord, to a one-time increase (the Additional Allowance ) of the Improvement Allowance in an amount not to exceed $15.00 per rentable square foot of the Premises, for the costs relating to the initial design and construction of the Improvements. In the event Tenant exercises its right to use all or any portion of the Additional Allowance, (a) the monthly Base Rent for the Premises shall be increased by an amount equal to the Additional Monthly Base Rent, as that term is defined below, in order to repay the Additional Allowance to Landlord, (b) within five (5) business days following Tenant’s delivery of its notice electing to increase the Allowance, Tenant shall deliver a new L-C or an amendment to the existing L-C, in an amount equal to the proportionate increase in the Improvement Allowance, as compared to the L-C amount specified in Section 8 of the Summary of the Lease (i.e., if the Additional Allowance is equal to 1/6 of the Tenant Improvement Allowance, then the Letter of Credit shall increase by 1/6), and (c) the “Three Million and 00/100 Dollars ($3,000,000.00)” amount specified in Section 21.7.2 above shall be proportionately increased based on the ratio of the new L-C amount determined pursuant to item (b) above, as compared to the initial L-C amount specified in Section 8 of the Summary of the Lease. The Additional Monthly Base Rent shall be determined as the missing component of an annuity, which annuity shall have (i) the amount of the Additional Allowance which Tenant elects to utilize as the present value amount, (ii) one hundred thirty-eight (138) as the number of payments (i.e., the number of months in the initial Lease Term, following the Building B Lease Commencement Date during which Base Rent is payable), (iii) sixty-seven one-hundredths percent (.67%), which is equal to eight percent (8%) divided by twelve (12) months per year, as the monthly interest factor and (iv) the Additional Monthly Base Rent as the missing component of the annuity. In the event Tenant elects to utilize all or a portion of the Additional Allowance, then (a) all references in this Work Letter to the “Improvement Allowance”, shall be deemed to include the Additional Allowance which Tenant elects to utilize, (b) the parties shall promptly execute an amendment (the Amendment ) to this Lease setting forth the new amount of the Base Rent, L-C, and Improvement Allowance computed in accordance with this Section 2.1 , and (c) the additional amount of monthly Base Rent owing in accordance with this Section 2.1 for the first full month of the Lease Term which occurs after the expiration of any free rent period shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord at the time of Tenant’s execution of the Amendment.

 

116


2.2 Disbursement of the Improvement Allowance .

2.2.1 Improvement Allowance Items . Except as otherwise set forth in this Work Letter, the Improvement Allowance shall be disbursed by Landlord (each of which disbursements shall be made pursuant to Landlord’s disbursement process, including, without limitation, Landlord’s receipt of invoices for all costs and fees described herein) only for the following items and costs (collectively the Improvement Allowance Items ):

2.2.1.1 Payment of the fees of the Architect, the Engineers, as those terms are defined in Section 3.1 of this Work Letter, and other consultants (including any construction manager), in connection with space planning and design of the Improvements; the payment of plan check, permit and license fees relating to construction of the Improvements; the cost of built-in furniture for use in the Premises; the costs of acquisition and installation of Lines in the Premises; the costs of acquisition, installation, and permitting of Tenant’s Signage; the costs of acquisition and installation of computer, telephone, and other operating systems in the Premises (but in no event shall the total cumulative fees and costs for all of the foregoing items in this Section 2.2.1.1 exceed an aggregate amount equal to Ten and 00/100 Dollars ($10.00) per rentable square foot of the Premises);

2.2.1.2 Payment of the fees incurred by, and the cost of documents and materials supplied by, Landlord and Landlord’s consultants in connection with the preparation and review of the Construction Drawings, as that term is defined in Section 3.1 of this Work Letter;

2.2.1.3 The cost of construction of the Improvements (excluding Specialty Improvements and any other Improvements that do not meet the definition of “normal” office improvements for accounting purposes), including, without limitation, testing and inspection costs, freight elevator usage, hoisting and trash removal costs, and contractors’ fees and general conditions (except as such costs may be excused under other provisions of this Work Letter);

2.2.1.4 The cost of any changes to the Construction Drawings or Improvements required by all applicable building codes (the Code );

2.2.1.5 The cost of the Coordination Fee, as that term is defined in Section 4.2.2.1 of this Work Letter;

2.2.1.6 Sales and use taxes

2.2.1.7 Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may use up to ten percent (10%) of the Improvement Allowance and the Additional Allowance towards the costs of (i) permanently affixed improvements to the Wellness Center, Fitness Center and the Cafeteria, but only to the extent the same are considered “normal” office improvements for accounting purposes, and (ii) any other Improvements that are consistent with general office use, as reasonably determined by Landlord, but specifically excluding (a) Tenant’s Signage, and (b) Tenant’s Generator.

 

117


2.2.1.8 All other out-of-pocket costs to be expended by Landlord in connection with the construction of the Improvements.

2.2.2 Disbursement of Improvement Allowance . During the construction of the Improvements, Landlord shall make monthly disbursements of the Improvement Allowance for Improvement Allowance Items and shall authorize the release of monies as follows.

2.2.2.1 Monthly Disbursements . On or before the twentieth (20 th ) day of each calendar month, during the construction of the Improvements (or such other date as Landlord may designate), Tenant shall deliver to Landlord: (i) a request for payment of the Contractor, as that term is defined in Section 4.1.1 of this Work Letter, approved by Tenant, in a form to be provided by Landlord, showing the schedule, by trade, of percentage of completion of the Improvements in the Premises, detailing the portion of the work completed and the portion not completed; (ii) invoices from all of Tenant’s Agents, as that term is defined in Section 4.1.2 of this Work Letter, for labor rendered and materials delivered to the Premises; (iii) executed mechanic’s lien releases from all of Tenant’s Agents which shall comply with the appropriate provisions, as reasonably determined by Landlord, of California Civil Code Sections 8132, 8134, 8136 and 8138; and (iv) all other information reasonably requested by Landlord. Tenant’s request for payment shall be deemed Tenant’s acceptance and approval of the work furnished and/or the materials supplied as set forth in Tenant’s payment request. Thereafter, and provided that Tenant has paid the applicable percentage of the Over-Allowance Amount specified in Section 4.2.1 below, Landlord shall deliver a check to Tenant made jointly payable to Contractor and Tenant, or directly to Contractor at Landlord’s sole discretion, in payment of the lesser of: (A) the amounts so requested by Tenant, as set forth in this Section 2.2.2.1 , above, less a ten percent (10%) retention as to amounts payable under the contract for construction of the Improvements (the aggregate amount of such retentions to be known as the Final Retention ), and (B) the balance of any remaining available portion of the Improvement Allowance (not including the Final Retention), provided that Landlord does not dispute any request for payment based on non-compliance of any work with the Approved Working Drawings, as that term is defined in Section 3.4 below, or due to any substandard work, or for any other reason. Landlord’s payment of such amounts shall not be deemed Landlord’s approval or acceptance of the work furnished or materials supplied as set forth in Tenant’s payment request.

2.2.2.2   Final Retention . Subject to the provisions of this Work Letter, a check for the Final Retention payable jointly to Tenant and Contractor, or directly to Contractor at Landlord’s sole discretion, shall be delivered by Landlord to Tenant within thirty (30) days following the completion of construction of the Improvements, provided that (i) Tenant delivers to Landlord (a) paid invoices for all Improvements and related costs for which the Improvement Allowance is to be dispersed, (b) signed permits for all Improvements completed within the Premises, (c) properly executed unconditional mechanics lien releases in compliance with both California Civil Code Section 8134 and either Section 8136 or Section 8138 from Tenant’s contractor, subcontractors and material suppliers and any other party which has lien rights in connection with the construction of the Improvements, (ii) Landlord has determined that no substandard work exists which adversely affects the mechanical, electrical, plumbing, heating, ventilating and air conditioning, life-safety or other systems of the Buildings, the curtain wall of the Buildings, the structure or exterior appearance of the Buildings, or any other tenant’s use of such other tenant’s leased premises in the Buildings, (iii) Architect delivers to Landlord a

 

118


“Certificate of Substantial Completion”, in a form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, certifying that the construction of the Improvements in the Premises has been substantially completed, (iv) Tenant delivers to Landlord a “close-out package” in both paper and electronic forms (including, as-built drawings, and final record CADD files for the associated plans, warranties and guarantees from all contractors, subcontractors and material suppliers, and an independent air balance report); and (v) a certificate of occupancy, a temporary certificate of occupancy or its equivalent is issued to Tenant for the Premises.

2.2.2.3   Other Terms . Landlord shall only be obligated to make disbursements from the Improvement Allowance to the extent costs are incurred by Tenant for Improvement Allowance Items. All Improvement Allowance Items for which the Improvement Allowance has been made available shall be deemed Landlord’s property under the TCCs of this Lease.

2.3 Building Standards . Landlord has established or may establish specifications for certain Building standard components to be used in the construction of the Improvements in the Premises. The quality of Improvements shall be equal to or of greater quality than the quality of such Building standards, provided that Landlord may, at Landlord’s option, require the Improvements to comply with certain Building standards. Landlord may make changes to said specifications for Building standards from time to time. Removal requirements regarding the Improvements are addressed in Article 8 of this Lease.

2.4 Water Sensors . In connection with the construction of the Improvements pursuant to the TCCs of this Work Letter, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense (which may be deducted from the Improvement Allowance in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.2 of this Work Letter), install Water Sensors (as more particularly contemplated by the TCCs of Section 29.37 of this Lease). The Water Sensors so installed by Tenant shall be subject to the TCCs set forth in Section 29.37 of this Lease.

SECTION 3

CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS

3.1 Selection of Architect/Construction Drawings . Tenant shall retain the architect/space planner designated by Tenant, and reasonably approved by Landlord (the “ Architect ”) to prepare the Construction Drawings, as that term is defined in this Section 3.1 . Landlord hereby pre-approves Fennie + Mehl as Architect. Tenant shall retain the engineering consultants designated by Landlord (the “ Engineers ”) to prepare all plans and engineering working drawings relating to the structural, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, HVAC, lifesafety, and sprinkler work in the Premises, which work is not part of the Base Building, provided that such Engineers charge commercially competitive rates for the work in question. The plans and drawings to be prepared by Architect and the Engineers hereunder shall be known collectively as the “ Construction Drawings .” All Construction Drawings shall comply with the drawing format and specifications determined by Landlord, and shall be subject to Landlord’s approval. Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to any Construction Drawings, provided that the same do not (i) have a material adverse effect on the Building Structure or Base Building Systems, or (ii) fail to comply with Code. Tenant and Architect shall verify, in the field, the

 

119


dimensions and conditions as shown on the relevant portions of the Base Building plans, and Tenant and Architect shall be solely responsible for the same, and Landlord shall have no responsibility in connection therewith. Landlord’s review of the Construction Drawings as set forth in this Section 3 , shall be for its sole purpose and shall not imply Landlord’s review of the same, or obligate Landlord to review the same, for quality, design, Code compliance or other like matters. Accordingly, notwithstanding that any Construction Drawings are reviewed by Landlord or its space planner, architect, engineers and consultants, and notwithstanding any advice or assistance which may be rendered to Tenant by Landlord or Landlord’s space planner, architect, engineers, and consultants, Landlord shall have no liability whatsoever in connection therewith and shall not be responsible for any omissions or errors contained in the Construction Drawings, and Tenant’s waiver and indemnity set forth in this Lease shall specifically apply to the Construction Drawings.

3.2 Final Space Plan . Tenant shall supply Landlord with four (4) hard copies signed by Tenant of its final space plan, along with other renderings or illustrations reasonably required by Landlord, to allow Landlord to understand Tenant’s design intent, for the Premises before any architectural working drawings or engineering drawings have been commenced, and concurrently with Tenant’s delivery of such hard copies, Tenant shall send to Landlord via electronic mail one (1) .pdf electronic copy of such final space plan. The final space plan (the “ Final Space Plan ”) shall include a layout and designation of all offices, rooms and other partitioning, their intended use, and equipment to be contained therein. Landlord may request clarification or more specific drawings for special use items not included in the Final Space Plan. Landlord shall advise Tenant within ten (10) business days after Landlord’s receipt of the Final Space Plan for the Premises if the same is unsatisfactory or incomplete in any respect. If Landlord disapproves the Final Space Plan, then Landlord shall state in reasonable detail the changes which Landlord requires to be made thereto. If Tenant is so advised, Tenant shall promptly cause the Final Space Plan to be revised to correct any deficiencies or other matters Landlord may reasonably require. Landlord shall give Tenant written notice of its approval or disapproval of the revised Final Space Plan within five (5) business days after Landlord’s receipt thereof (unless additional time is reasonably required due to the nature of the revisions, in which event Landlord shall inform Tenant, within such 5-business day period, of the need for additional time and Landlord shall thereafter diligently complete its review of such Final Space Plan as quickly as reasonably practical). If Landlord disapproves the revised Final Space Plan, then Landlord and Tenant shall continue to follow the procedures set forth in this Section 3.3 until Landlord approves the Final Space Plan. If Landlord neither expressly approves nor disapproves the Final Space Plan or the revised Final Space Plan within the applicable time periods provided above, Tenant may provide written notice of such failure to Landlord and if Landlord thereafter fails to approve or disapprove the Final Space Plan or the revised Final Space Plan within three (3) business days after Landlord’s receipt of such notice, then Landlord will be deemed to have approved such iteration of the Final Space Plan.

3.3 Final Working Drawings . After the Final Space Plan has been approved by Landlord, Tenant shall supply the Engineers with a complete listing of standard and non-standard equipment and specifications, including, without limitation, B.T.U. calculations, electrical requirements and special electrical receptacle requirements for the Premises, to enable the Engineers and the Architect to complete the Final Working Drawings (as that term is defined below) in the manner as set forth below. Upon the approval of the Final Space Plan by Landlord

 

120


and Tenant, Tenant shall promptly cause the Architect and the Engineers to complete the architectural and engineering drawings for the Premises, and Architect shall compile a fully coordinated set of architectural, structural, mechanical, electrical and plumbing working drawings in a form which is complete to allow subcontractors to bid on the work and to obtain all applicable permits (collectively, the “ Final Working Drawings ”) and shall submit the same to Landlord for Landlord’s approval. Tenant shall supply Landlord with four (4) hard copies signed by Tenant of the Final Working Drawings, and concurrently with Tenant’s delivery of such hard copies, Tenant shall send to Landlord via electronic mail one (1) .pdf electronic copy of such Final Working Drawings. Landlord shall advise Tenant within fifteen (15) business days after Landlord’s receipt of the Final Working Drawings for the Premises if the same is unsatisfactory or incomplete in any respect. If Landlord disapproves the Final Working Drawings, then Landlord shall state in reasonable detail the changes which Landlord requires to be made thereto. If Tenant is so advised, Tenant shall immediately revise the Final Working Drawings in accordance with such review and any disapproval of Landlord in connection therewith. Landlord shall give Tenant written notice of its approval or disapproval of the revised Final Working Drawings within five (5) business days after the date of Landlord’s receipt thereof (unless additional time is reasonably required due to the nature of the revisions, in which event Landlord shall inform Tenant, within such 5-business day period, of the need for additional time and Landlord shall thereafter diligently complete its review of such Final Working Drawings as quickly as reasonably practical). If Landlord disapproves the revised Final Working Drawings, then Landlord and Tenant shall continue to follow the procedures set forth in this Section 3.4 until Landlord approves such Final Working Drawings. If Landlord neither expressly approves nor disapproves the Final Working Drawings or the revised Final Working Drawings within the applicable time periods provided above, Tenant may provide written notice of such failure to Landlord and if Landlord thereafter fails to approve or disapprove the Final Working Drawings or the revised Final Working Drawings within three (3) business days after Landlord’s receipt of such notice, then Landlord will be deemed to have approved such iteration of the Final Working Drawings or revised Final Working Drawings.

3.4 Approved Working Drawings . The Final Working Drawings shall be approved by Landlord (the “ Approved Working Drawings ”) prior to the commencement of construction of the Premises by Tenant. After approval by Landlord of the Final Working Drawings, Tenant may submit the same to the appropriate municipal authorities for all applicable building permits. Tenant hereby agrees that neither Landlord nor Landlord’s consultants shall be responsible for obtaining any building permit or certificate of occupancy for the Premises and that obtaining the same shall be Tenant’s responsibility; provided, however, that Landlord shall cooperate with Tenant in executing permit applications and performing other ministerial acts reasonably necessary to enable Tenant to obtain any such permit or certificate of occupancy. No changes, modifications or alterations in the Approved Working Drawings may be made without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may not be unreasonably withheld.

3.5 Electronic Approvals . Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in the Lease or this Work Letter, Landlord may, in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, transmit or otherwise deliver any of the approvals required under this Work Letter via electronic mail to Tenant’s representative identified in Section 6.1 of this Work Letter, or by any of the other means identified in Section 29.18 of this Lease.

 

121


SECTION 4

CONSTRUCTION OF THE IMPROVEMENTS

4.1 Tenant’s Selection of Contractors .

4.1.1 The Contractor . A general contractor shall be retained by Tenant to construct the Improvements. Such general contractor ( “Contractor ) shall be selected by Tenant, and reasonably approved by Landlord. Landlord hereby pre-approves Novo Construction as Contractor.

4.1.2 Tenant’s Agents . All subcontractors, laborers, materialmen, and suppliers used by Tenant (such subcontractors, laborers, materialmen, and suppliers, and the Contractor to be known collectively as “ Tenant’s Agents ”) must be approved in writing by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. If Landlord does not approve any of Tenant’s proposed subcontractors, laborers, materialmen or suppliers, Tenant shall submit other proposed subcontractors, laborers, materialmen or suppliers for Landlord’s written approval.

4.2 Construction of Improvements by Tenant’s Agents .

4.2.1 Construction Contract; Cost Budget . Tenant shall engage the Contractor under an AIA A101 Stipulated Sum Agreement (2007 Version) accompanied by AIA A201 General Conditions (2007 Version) as modified by Landlord and reasonably approved by Tenant (collectively, the “ Contract ”). Prior to the commencement of the construction of the Improvements, and after Tenant has accepted all bids for the Improvements, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a detailed breakdown, by trade, of the final costs to be incurred or which have been incurred, as set forth more particularly in Sections 2.2.1.1 through 2.2.1.8 , above, in connection with the design and construction of the Improvements to be performed by or at the direction of Tenant or the Contractor, which costs form a basis for the amount of the Contract (the “ Final Costs ”). In connection with each of Landlord’s monthly disbursements of the Improvement Allowance, Tenant shall concurrently pay a percentage of each amount disbursed by Landlord to Tenant under this Work Letter or otherwise disbursed under this Work Letter directly to the appropriate person or entity, which percentage shall be equal to the amount of the Over-Allowance Amount (as defined below) divided by the amount of the Final Costs, and such payment by Tenant shall be a condition to Landlord’s obligation to pay any amounts of the Improvement Allowance. For purposes hereof, the “ Over-Allowance Amount ” shall be equal to the difference, if any, between the amount of the Final Costs and the amount of the Improvement Allowance plus, if applicable, the Additional Allowance (less any portion thereof already disbursed by Landlord, or in the process of being disbursed by Landlord, on or before the commencement of construction of the Improvements). In the event that, after the Final Costs have been delivered by Tenant to Landlord, any revisions, changes or substitutions shall be made to the Final Working Drawings or the Improvements, or the costs relating to the design and construction of the Improvements shall change, the above amounts shall be adjusted as equitable to reflect any additional or reduced costs which arise in connection therewith. In the event that Tenant fails to timely pay the Over-Allowance Amount as provided in this Section 4.2.1 , then Landlord may, at its option, cause the cessation of work in the Premises until Tenant makes

 

122


payment of the applicable portion of the Over-Allowance Amount then due (and such failure to pay such payment shall be treated as a Tenant default in accordance with the TCCs of Section 6.4 below). Tenant shall provide Landlord with updated construction schedules and budgets on a regular basis during the course of construction of the Improvements, and in any event within fifteen (15) days after request by Landlord. In connection with any Over-Allowance payments made by Tenant pursuant to this Section 4.2.1 , Tenant shall provide Landlord with the documents described in Sections 2.2.2.1 (i), (ii), and (iii)  of this Work Letter, above, for Landlord’s approval, prior to Tenant paying such costs.

4.2.2 Tenant’s Agents .

4.2.2.1 Landlord’s General Conditions for Tenant’s Agents and Improvement Work . Tenant’s and Tenant’s Agent’s construction of the Improvements shall comply with the following: (i) the Improvements shall be constructed substantially in accordance with the Approved Working Drawings; (ii) Tenant’s Agents shall submit schedules of all work relating to the Improvements to Contractor and Contractor shall, within five (5) business days of receipt thereof, inform Tenant’s Agents of any changes which are necessary thereto, and Tenant’s Agents shall adhere to such corrected schedule; and (iii) Tenant shall abide by all reasonable and customary rules made by Landlord’s Building manager with respect to the use of freight, loading dock and service elevators, storage of materials, and any other matter in connection with this Work Letter, including, without limitation, the construction of the Improvements. Tenant shall pay (or Landlord shall deduct from the Improvement Allowance) a logistical coordination fee (the “ Coordination Fee ”) to Landlord in an amount equal to the product of (i) one percent (1%), and (ii) the sum of the Improvement Allowance, and any Additional Allowance, which Coordination Fee shall be for services relating to the coordination of the construction of the Improvements.

4.2.2.2 Indemnity . Tenant’s indemnity of Landlord as set forth in this Lease shall also apply with respect to any and all costs, losses, damages, injuries and liabilities related in any way to any act or omission of Tenant or Tenant’s Agents, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or in connection with Tenant’s non-payment of any amount arising out of the Improvements and/or Tenant’s disapproval of all or any portion of any request for payment. Such indemnity by Tenant, as set forth in this Lease, shall also apply with respect to any and all costs, losses, damages, injuries and liabilities related in any way to Landlord’s performance of any ministerial acts reasonably necessary (i) to permit Tenant to complete the Improvements, and (ii) to enable Tenant to obtain any building permit or certificate of occupancy for the Premises.

4.2.2.3 Requirements of Tenant’s Agents . Each of Tenant’s Agents shall guarantee to Tenant and for the benefit of Landlord that the portion of the Improvements for which it is responsible shall be free from any defects in workmanship and materials for a period of not less than one (1) year from the date of completion thereof. Each of Tenant’s Agents shall be responsible for the replacement or repair, without additional charge, of all work done or furnished in accordance with its contract that shall become defective within one (1) year after the later to occur of (i) completion of the work performed by such contractor or subcontractors and (ii) the applicable Lease Commencement Date. The correction of such work shall include, without additional charge, all additional expenses and damages incurred in connection with such

 

123


removal or replacement of all or any part of the Improvements, and/or the Buildings and/or common areas that may be damaged or disturbed thereby. All such warranties or guarantees as to materials or workmanship of or with respect to the Improvements shall be contained in the Contract or subcontract and shall be written such that such guarantees or warranties shall inure to the benefit of both Landlord and Tenant, as their respective interests may appear, and can be directly enforced by either. Tenant covenants to give to Landlord any assignment or other assurances which may be necessary to effect such right of direct enforcement.

4.2.2.4 Insurance Requirements . The insurance requirements set forth in this Section 4.2.2.4 shall apply during the Construction Period, in lieu of the insurance requirements set forth in Article 10 of this Lease (other than as incorporated by reference herein), except that the TCCs of Section 10.3.2.4 shall continue to apply during the Construction Period.

4.2.2.4.1 General Coverages . Tenant shall require all of Tenant’s Agents to carry (i) worker’s compensation insurance covering all of their respective employees, (ii) public liability insurance, including property damage, and (iii) Commercial Automobile Liability Insurance covering all Owned (if any), Hired, or Non-owned vehicles, all with limits, in form and with companies as are required to be carried by Tenant as set forth in this Lease.

4.2.2.4.2 Special Coverages . Tenant shall also require its Contractor to carry “Builder’s All Risk” insurance in an amount approved by Landlord covering the construction of the Improvements, and such other insurance as Landlord may require, it being understood and agreed that the Improvements shall be insured by Tenant pursuant to this Lease immediately upon completion thereof and expiration of the Construction Period. Such insurance shall be in amounts and shall include such extended coverage endorsements as may be reasonably required by Landlord including, but not limited to, the requirement that all of Tenant’s Agents shall carry excess liability and Products and Completed Operation Coverage insurance, each in amounts not less than $5,000,000 per incident, $5,000,000 in aggregate, and in form and with companies as are required to be carried by Tenant as set forth in this Lease.

4.2.2.4.3 General Terms . Certificates for all insurance carried pursuant to this Section 4.2.2.4 shall be delivered to Landlord before the commencement of construction of the Improvements and before the Contractor’s equipment is moved onto the site. In the event that the Improvements are damaged by any cause during the course of the construction thereof, then Tenant’s Agents shall be required, to the extent applicable, to apply any insurance proceeds received by Tenant’s Agents towards the reconstruction of the Improvements, and if the costs of reconstruction exceed the insurance proceeds, then (i) if damage was caused by an act or omission of Tenant, any Tenant Party or Tenant’s Agents, then Tenant shall be obligated to pay the excess costs and (ii) if the damage was caused by an act or omission of Landlord or any Landlord Party, or by any other cause (except as specified under item (i)), then Tenant shall not be obligated to pay the excess costs. Tenant’s Agents shall maintain all of the foregoing insurance coverage in force until the Improvements are fully completed and accepted by Landlord, except for any Products and Completed Operation Coverage insurance required by Landlord, which is to be maintained for ten (10) years following completion of the work and acceptance by Landlord and Tenant. All policies carried under this Section 4.2.2.4 shall insure Landlord and Tenant, as their interests may appear, as well as Contractor and Tenant’s Agents. All insurance, except Workers’ Compensation, maintained by

 

124


Tenant’s Agents shall preclude subrogation claims by the insurer against anyone insured thereunder. Such insurance shall provide that it is primary insurance as respects the owner and that any other insurance maintained by owner is excess and noncontributing with the insurance required hereunder. The requirements for the foregoing insurance shall not derogate from the provisions for indemnification of Landlord by Tenant under Section 4.2.2.2 of this Work Letter. Landlord may, in its discretion, require Tenant’s Agents to obtain a lien and completion bond or some alternate form of security satisfactory to Landlord in an amount sufficient to ensure the lien-free completion of the Improvements and naming Landlord as a co-obligee.

4.2.3 Governmental Compliance . The Improvements shall comply in all respects with the following: (i) the Code and other state, federal, city or quasi-governmental laws, codes, ordinances and regulations, as each may apply according to the rulings of the controlling public official, agent or other person; (ii) applicable standards of the American Insurance Association (formerly, the National Board of Fire Underwriters) and the National Electrical Code; and (iii) building material manufacturer’s specifications.

4.2.4 Inspection by Landlord . Landlord shall have the right to inspect the Improvements at all times, provided however, that Landlord’s failure to inspect the Improvements shall in no event constitute a waiver of any of Landlord’s rights hereunder nor shall Landlord’s inspection of the Improvements constitute Landlord’s approval of the same. Should Landlord disapprove any portion of the Improvements, Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing of such disapproval and shall specify the items disapproved. Any defects or deviations in, and/or disapproval by Landlord of, the Improvements shall be rectified by Tenant at no expense to Landlord, provided however, that in the event Landlord determines that a defect or deviation exists or disapproves of any matter in connection with any portion of the Improvements and such defect, deviation or matter might adversely affect the mechanical, electrical, plumbing, heating, ventilating and air conditioning or life-safety systems of the Buildings, the structure or exterior appearance of the Buildings or any other tenant’s use of such other tenant’s leased premises, Landlord may, take such action as Landlord deems necessary, at Tenant’s expense and without incurring any liability on Landlord’s part, to correct any such defect, deviation and/or matter, including, without limitation, causing the cessation of performance of the construction of the Improvements until such time as the defect, deviation and/or matter is corrected to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction.

4.2.5 Meetings . Commencing upon the execution of this Lease, Tenant shall hold weekly meetings at a reasonable time, with the Architect and the Contractor regarding the progress of the preparation of Construction Drawings and the construction of the Improvements, which meetings shall be held at a location designated by Landlord, and Landlord and/or its agents shall receive prior notice of, and shall have the right to attend, all such meetings, and, upon Landlord’s request, certain of Tenant’s Agents shall attend such meetings. In addition, minutes shall be taken at all such meetings, a copy of which minutes shall be promptly delivered to Landlord. One such meeting each month shall include the review of Contractor’s current request for payment.

4.3 Notice of Completion; Copy of Record Set of Plans . Within fifteen (15) days after completion of construction of the Improvements, Tenant shall cause a Notice of Completion to be recorded in the office of the Recorder of the county in which the Project is located in

 

125


accordance with Section 8182 of the Civil Code of the State of California or any successor statute, and shall furnish a copy thereof to Landlord upon such recordation. If Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may execute and file the same as Tenant’s agent for such purpose, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. At the conclusion of construction, (i) Tenant shall cause the Architect and Contractor (A) to update the Approved Working Drawings as necessary to reflect all changes made to the Approved Working Drawings during the course of construction, (B) to certify to the best of their knowledge that the “record-set” of as-built drawings are true and correct, which certification shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease, and (C) to deliver to Landlord two (2) sets of copies of such record set of drawings within ninety (90) days following issuance of a certificate of occupancy for the Premises, and (ii) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a copy of all warranties, guaranties, and operating manuals and information relating to the improvements, equipment, and systems in the Premises.

SECTION 5

DELAYS OF LEASE COMMENCEMENT DATE

5.1 Lease Commencement Date Delays . The applicable Lease Commencement Date shall occur as provided in Section 3.2 of this Lease, provided that the applicable Lease Commencement Date shall be extended by the number of days of delay of the Substantial Completion of the Improvements in the applicable Premises to the extent caused by a Lease Commencement Date Delay, as that term is defined below, but only to the extent such Lease Commencement Date Delay causes the Substantial Completion of the Improvements to occur after July 1, 2015, with respect to the Building A Premises and after January 1, 2017, with respect to the Building B Premises. As used herein, the term “ Lease Commencement Date Delay ” shall mean only a Force Majeure Delay or a Landlord Caused Delay, as those terms are defined below in this Section 5.1 of this Work Letter. As used herein, the term “ Force Majeure Delay ” shall mean only an actual delay resulting from strikes, fire, wind, damage or destruction to the applicable Building, explosion, casualty, flood, hurricane, tornado, the elements, acts of God or the public enemy, sabotage, war, terrorist acts, invasion, insurrection, rebellion, civil unrest, riots, or earthquakes. As used in this Work Letter, “ Landlord Caused Delay ” shall mean actual delays to the extent resulting from (i) the failure of Landlord to timely approve or disapprove any Construction Drawings; (ii) interference (when judged in accordance with industry custom and practice) by Landlord, its agents or Landlord Parties (except as otherwise allowed under this Work Letter) with the Substantial Completion of the Improvements and which objectively preclude or delay the construction of improvements in the applicable Building by any person, which interference relates to access by Tenant, or Tenant’s Agents to the applicable Building; or (iii) delays due to the acts or failures to act of Landlord or Landlord Parties with respect to payment of the Improvement Allowance (except as otherwise allowed under this Work Letter) but Tenant shall have a right to suspend its design and construction of its Improvements if Landlord fails to reimburse Tenant all or any part of the Improvement Allowance when due.

5.2 Determination of Lease Commencement Date Delay . If Tenant contends that a Lease Commencement Date Delay has occurred, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing of (i) the event which constitutes such Lease Commencement Date Delay and (ii) the date upon which such Lease Commencement Date Delay is anticipated to end. If such actions, inaction or

 

126


circumstance described in the Notice set forth in (i) above of this Section 5.2 of this Work Letter (the “ Delay Notice ”) are not cured by Landlord within one (1) business day of Landlord’s receipt of the Delay Notice and if such action, inaction or circumstance otherwise qualify as a Lease Commencement Date Delay, then a Lease Commencement Date Delay shall be deemed to have occurred commencing as of the date of Landlord’s receipt of the Delay Notice and ending as of the date such delay ends.

5.3 Definition of Substantial Completion of the Improvements . For purposes of this Section 5 , “ Substantial Completion of the Improvements ” shall mean completion of construction of the Improvements in the Premises pursuant to the Approved Working Drawings, with the exception of any punch list items.

SECTION 6

MISCELLANEOUS

6.1 Tenant’s Representative . Tenant has designated Sandra Ladao as its sole representative with respect to the matters set forth in this Work Letter (whose e-mail address for the purposes of this Work Letter is sandra@box.com and phone number is (650) 209-3356), who shall have full authority and responsibility to act on behalf of the Tenant as required in this Work Letter.

6.2 Landlord’s Representatives . Landlord has designated Rich Ambidge and Jonas Vass (whose e-mail addresses for the purposes of this Work Letter are rambidge@kilroyrealty.com and jvass@kilroyrealty.com , respectively, and phone numbers are (415) 778-5679 and (650) 289-5336, respectively) as its sole representatives with respect to the matters set forth in this Work Letter, who, until further notice to Tenant, shall have full authority and responsibility to act on behalf of the Landlord as required in this Work Letter.

6.3 Time of the Essence in This Work Letter . Unless otherwise indicated, all references herein to a “number of days” shall mean and refer to calendar days. If any item requiring approval is timely disapproved by Landlord, the procedure for preparation of the document and approval thereof shall be repeated until the document is approved by Landlord.

6.4 Tenant’s Lease Default . Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in the Lease or this Work Letter, if any default by Tenant under the Lease or this Work Letter (including, without limitation, any failure by Tenant to fund any portion of the Over-Allowance Amount) occurs at any time on or before the substantial completion of the Improvements, then (i) in addition to all other rights and remedies granted to Landlord pursuant to the Lease, Landlord shall have the right to withhold payment of all or any portion of the Improvement Allowance and/or Landlord may, without any liability whatsoever, cause the cessation of construction of the Improvements (in which case, Tenant shall be responsible for any delay in the substantial completion of the Improvements and any costs occasioned thereby), and (ii) all other obligations of Landlord under the TCCs of the Lease and this Work Letter shall be forgiven until such time as such default is cured pursuant to the TCCs of the Lease.

 

127


6.5 Miscellaneous Charges . Prior to the applicable Lease Commencement Date, during the construction of the Improvements, and subject to compliance with Landlord’s reasonable and customary construction rules and regulations applicable to the Project (as the same are in effect on the date of this Lease), and if and to the extent reasonably available, Tenant may use the following items, free of charge, during Landlord’s construction hours (which are from 7 A.M. to 3:30 P.M. on weekdays), on a nonexclusive basis, and in a manner and to the extent reasonably necessary to perform the Improvements: hoists, freight elevators, loading docks, non-potable water, temporary electrical services, and HVAC (which HVAC shall be provided free of charge only during Building Hours); provided, however, Tenant acknowledges that there may be an after-hours charge to reimburse Landlord for its actual costs with respect to the use of the Project’s hoist, freight elevator and/or loading docks during hours other than normal construction hours, but only to the extent that such use requires Landlord to engage elevator operations or security personnel, and any use of HVAC after Building Hours shall be subject to the TCCs of Section 6.1.1 of the Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tenant or Contractor or other agents require any of the foregoing in connection with any use reasonably unrelated to Tenant’s construction and/or installation of the Improvements, Tenant shall pay the applicable cost of such service. In no event shall Tenant store construction materials or other property at or in the elevators or loading docks of the Project.

6.6 Labor Harmony . Tenant shall not be required to use union labor in connection with the Improvements, except as required by the Underlying Documents. Tenant shall use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain labor harmony between Tenant’s Agents and Landlord’s contractors, subcontractors and material suppliers and vendors constructing the Base Building.

 

128


SCHEDULE 1

BASE BUILDING PLANS

Korth Sunseri Hagey Architects

Drawing Log

Project: Redwood Towers

Date:     7/30/2014

 

Sheet No.    Sheet Name    Delta      Latest Issue
Date
     Issue Description

CIVIL

               
C1.0    COVER SHEET - NOTES, LEGEND & ABBREVIATIONS    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
C1.0    WATER SUPPLY PLAN         01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
C1.1    CONSTRUCTION DETAILS    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
C1.2    CONSTRUCTION DETAILS    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
C2.0    TOPOGRAPHIC & UTILITY SURVEY    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
C3.0    HORIZONTAL CONTROL & PAVING PLAN    14      04.08.14      BULLETIN 9
C4.0    GRADING PLAN    14      04.08.14      BULLETIN 9
C4.1    SITE SECTIONS    14      04.08.14      BULLETIN 9
C5.0    SITE UTILITY PLAN    14      04.08.14      BULLETIN 9
C6.0    STORM WATER CONTROL PLAN    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
C6.1    STORM WATER CONTROL CALCULATIONS & DETAILS    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
C6.2    EROSION CONTROL PLAN    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
LANDSCAPE
L1.1    LANDSCAPE NOTES AND LEGENDS    14      04.08.14      BULLETIN 9
L1.2    LANDSCAPE COLOR AND FINISH SCHEDULE    23      08.08.14      BULLETIN 18
L1.3    LANDSCAPE PLANTING NOTES AND LEGENDS    14      04.08.14      BULLETIN 9
L2.1    LANDSCAPE LAYOUT PLAN - AT GRADE    23      08.08.14      BULLETIN 18
L2.2    LANDSCAPE LAYOUT PLAN - AT GRADE    23      08.08.14      BULLETIN 18
L2.3    LANDSCAPE LAYOUT PLAN - AT GRADE PLAZA PAVING    14      04.08.14      BULLETIN 9
L2.4    LANDSCAPE LAYOUT PLAN - ON STRUCTURE    23      08.08.14      BULLETIN 18

 

SCHEDULE 1

 

129


L2.5    LANDSCAPE LAYOUT PLAN - ON STRUCTURE    23      08.08.14      BULLETIN 18
L3.1    LANDSCAPE FINE GRADING PLAN - AT GRADE    14      04.08.14      BULLETIN 9
L3.2    LANDSCAPE FINE GRADING PLAN - AT GRADE    14      04.08.14      BULLETIN 9
L3.3    LANDSCAPE FINE GRADING PLAN - ON STRUCTURE    14      04.08.14      BULLETIN 9
L3.4    LANDSCAPE FINE GRADING PLAN - ON STRUCTURE    14      04.08.14      BULLETIN 9
L4.1    LANDSCAPE PLANTING PLAN - AT GRADE    14      04.08.14      BULLETIN 9
L4.2    LANDSCAPE PLANTING PLAN - AT GRADE    14      04.08.14      BULLETIN 9
L4.3    LANDSCAPE PLANTING PLAN - ON STRUCTURE    21      07.01.14      BULLETIN 16
L4.4    LANDSCAPE PLANTING PLAN - ON STRUCTURE    14      04.08.14      BULLETIN 9
L5.1    IRRIGATION PLAN - AT GRADE    20      06.10.14      BULLETIN 15
L5.2    IRRIGATION PLAN - AT GRADE    20      06.10.14      BULLETIN 15
L5.3    IRRIGATION PLAN - ON STRUCTURE    21      07.01.14      BULLETIN 16
L5.4    IRRIGATION NOTES AND LEGENDS    21      07.01.14      BULLETIN 16
L5.5    IRRIGATION DETAILS    14      04.08.14      BULLETIN 9
L5.6    IRRIGATION DETAILS    14      04.08.14      BULLETIN 9
L6.1    LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION DETAILS    21      07.01.14      BULLETIN 16
L6.2    LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION DETAILS    14      04.08.14      BULLETIN 9
L6.3    LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION DETAILS    14      04.08.14      BULLETIN 9
L6.4    LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION DETAILS    21      07.01.14      BULLETIN 16
L6.5    LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION DETAILS    14      04.08.14      BULLETIN 9
L6.6    LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION DETAILS    14      04.08.14      BULLETIN 9
L7.1    LANDSCAPE FOUNTAIN NOTES    14      04.08.14      BULLETIN 9
L7.2    LANDSCAPE FOUNTAIN DETAILS    14      04.08.14      BULLETIN 9
L7.3    LANDSCAPE FOUNTAIN DETAILS    14      04.08.14      BULLETIN 9
L7.4    LANDSCAPE FOUNTAIN DETAILS         01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
ARCHITECTURAL
A0.0    COVER         01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
A0.1    PROJECT INFORMATION - GMP SET    10      02.06.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
A0.2    CODE INFORMATION    10      02.06.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
A0.3-B2A    FIRE LIFE SAFETY AND EXITING    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
A0.3-B2B    FIRE LIFE SAFETY AND EXITING    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
A0.3-B1A    FIRE LIFE SAFETY AND EXITING    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
A0.3-B1B    FIRE LIFE SAFETY AND EXITING    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
A0.3-1STA    FIRE LIFE SAFETY AND EXITING    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE

 

SCHEDULE 1

 

130


A0.3-1STB    FIRE LIFE SAFETY AND EXITING    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
A0.3-P1A    FIRE LIFE SAFETY AND EXITING    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
A0.3-P2A    FIRE LIFE SAFETY AND EXITING    19      6/9/2014      BULLETIN 14
A0.3-P2B    FIRE LIFE SAFETY AND EXITING    19      6/9/2014      BULLETIN 14
A0.3-P3A    FIRE LIFE SAFETY AND EXITING    19      6/9/2014      BULLETIN 14
A0.3-P3B    FIRE LIFE SAFETY AND EXITING    19      6/9/2014      BULLETIN 14
A0.3-2NDA    FIRE LIFE SAFETY AND EXITING    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
A0.3-2NDB    FIRE LIFE SAFETY AND EXITING    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
A0.3-TYPA    FIRE LIFE SAFETY AND EXITING    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
A0.3-TYPB    FIRE LIFE SAFETY AND EXITING    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
A0.3-SECT    MIXED OCCUPANCY SECTION DIAGRAM    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
A0.4    MASTER FIRE PROTECTION PLAN    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
A0.4B    FIRE CONTROL CENTER - PLANS AND SECTIONS    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
A0.5    ACCESSIBILITY DETAILS    6      10.16.13      GMP BID SET
A0.6    ACCESSIBILITY DETAILS    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
A0.7    ACCESSIBILITY DETAILS         10.16.13      GMP BID SET
A0.10    TITLE 24 COMPLIANCE FORMS         10.16.13      GMP BID SET
A0.11    TITLE 24 COMPLIANCE FORMS         10.16.13      GMP BID SET
A0.12    TITLE 24 COMPLIANCE FORMS         10.16.13      GMP BID SET
A0.13    TITLE 24 COMPLIANCE FORMS         10.16.13      GMP BID SET
A0.14    TITLE 24 COMPLIANCE FORMS         10.16.13      GMP BID SET
A0.15    TITLE 24 COMPLIANCE FORMS         10.16.13      GMP BID SET
A0.16    TITLE 24 COMPLIANCE FORMS         10.16.13      GMP BID SET
A0.20    CALGREEN CHECKLIST    6      11.01.13      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
A0.21    CALGREEN DOCUMENTATION         10.16.13      GMP BID SET
A0.30    PLANNING APPROVAL DOCUMENTS         10.16.13      GMP BID SET
A0.31    PLANNING APPROVAL DOCUMENTS         10.16.13      GMP BID SET
A0.32    PLANNING APPROVAL DOCUMENTS         10.16.13      GMP BID SET
A0.40    ALTERNATE METHOD OF COMPLIANCE APPROVALS         10.16.13      GMP BID SET
A0.41    ALTERNATE METHOD OF COMPLIANCE APPROVALS    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE

 

SCHEDULE 1

 

131


A0.42    ALTERNATE METHOD OF COMPLIANCE APPROVALS    10      02.06.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
A0.43    ALTERNATE METHOD OF COMPLIANCE APPROVALS    10      02.18.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
A0.50    SMOKE CONTROL REPORT    10      02.18.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
A0.51    SMOKE CONTROL REPORT    10      02.18.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
A0.52    SMOKE CONTROL REPORT    10      02.18.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
A0.53    SMOKE CONTROL REPORT    10      02.18.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
A0.54    SMOKE CONTROL REPORT    10      02.18.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
A0.55    SMOKE CONTROL REPORT    10      02.18.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
A1.10    SITE PLAN    14      04.08.14      BULLETIN 9
A2.10A        BASEMENT PARKING LEVEL B2 PLAN    22      07.30.14      BULLETIN 17
A2.10B    BASEMENT PARKING LEVEL B2 PLAN    22      07.30.14      BULLETIN 17
A2.11A    BASEMENT PARKING LEVEL B1 PLAN    22      07.30.14      BULLETIN 17
A2.11B    BASEMENT PARKING LEVEL B1 PLAN    9      02.03.14      BULLETIN 4
A2.12A    GROUND FLOOR PLAN    22      07.30.14      BULLETIN 17
A2.12B    GROUND FLOOR PLAN    24      08.22.14      BULLETIN 19
A2.13A    PARKING LEVEL P1 PLAN    22      07.30.14      BULLETIN 17
A2.13B    PARKING LEVEL P1 PLAN    9      02.03.14      BULLETIN 4
A2.14A    PARKING LEVEL P2 PLAN    22      07.30.14      BULLETIN 17
A2.14B    PARKING LEVEL P2 PLAN    22      07.30.14      BULLETIN 17
A2.15A    PARKING LEVEL P3 PLAN    22      07.30.14      BULLETIN 17
A2.15B    PARKING LEVEL P3 PLAN    22      07.30.14      BULLETIN 17
A2.16A    FLOOR LEVEL 2 PLAN    21      07.01.14      BULLETIN 16
A2.16B    FLOOR LEVEL 2 PLAN    21      07.01.14      BULLETIN 16
A2.16C    FLOOR LEVEL 3 PLAN    11      03.11.14      BULLETIN 6
A2.17A    TYPICAL FLOOR PLAN    11      03.11.14      BULLETIN 6
A2.17B    TYPICAL FLOOR PLAN    11      03.11.14      BULLETIN 6
A2.18A    FLOOR LEVEL 7 PLAN    11      03.11.14      BULLETIN 6
A2.18B    FLOOR LEVEL 5 PLAN    11      03.11.14      BULLETIN 6
A2.19A    ROOF PLAN    10      02.06.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
A2.19B    ROOF PLAN    10      02.06.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
A2.19C    ENLARGED PENTHOUSE PLAN    9      02.03.14      BULLETIN 4
A2.19D    ENLARGED PENTHOUSE B PLAN    9      02.03.14      BULLETIN 4
A2.20A    HIGH ROOF PLAN    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE

 

SCHEDULE 1

 

132


A2.20B    HIGH ROOF PLAN    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
A3.1    NORTH ELEVATION    12      03.20.14      BULLETIN 7
A3.2    SOUTH ELEVATION    11      03.11.14      BULLETIN 6
A3.3    EAST & WEST ELEVATION    18      06.05.14      BULLETIN 13
A3.3B    CORNER AND MIDDLE ELEVATIONS    12      03.20.14      BULLETIN7
A3.3C    CODE ANALYSIS ELEVATION    9      02.03.14      BULLETIN 4
A3.3D    PENTHOUSE ELEVATIONS    4      09.18.13      COORDINATION SET
A3.3E    PENTHOUSE ELEVATIONS    4      09.18.13      COORDINATION SET
A3.4    SECTIONS    4      09.18.13      COORDINATION SET
A3.5    SECTIONS    4      09.18.13      COORDINATION SET
A3.6    SECTIONS    4      09.18.13      COORDINATION SET
A3.7    RAMP SECTIONS/ELEVATIONS    4      09.18.13      COORDINATION SET
A4.10A        BASEMENT PARKING LEVEL B2 SLAB PLAN    9      02.03.14      BULLETIN 4
A4.10B    BASEMENT PARKING LEVEL B2 SLAB PLAN    9      02.03.14      BULLETIN 4
A4.11A    BASEMENT PARKING LEVEL B1 SLAB PLAN    9      02.03.14      BULLETIN 4
A4.11B    BASEMENT PARKING LEVEL B1 SLAB PLAN    9      02.03.14      BULLETIN 4
A4.12A    GROUND FLOOR SLAB PLAN    9      02.03.14      BULLETIN 4
A4.12B    GROUND FLOOR SLAB PLAN    9      02.03.14      BULLETIN 4
A4.13A    PARKING LEVEL P1 SLAB PLAN    10      02.06.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
A4.14A    PARKING LEVEL P2 SLAB PLAN    22      07.30.14      BULLETIN 17
A4.14B    PARKING LEVEL P2 SLAB PLAN    22      07.30.14      BULLETIN 17
A4.15A    PARKING LEVEL P3 SLAB PLAN    22      07.30.14      BULLETIN 17
A4.15B    PARKING LEVEL P3 SLAB PLAN    22      07.30.14      BULLETIN 17
A4.16A    SECOND FLOOR SLAB PLAN    23      08.08.14      BULLETIN 18
A4.16B    SECOND FLOOR SLAB PLAN    23      08.08.14      BULLETIN 18
A4.16C    PODIUM DRAINAGE PLAN    17      05.27.14      BULLETIN 12
A4.16D    THIRD FLOOR SLAB PLAN    4      09.18.13      COORDINATION SET
A4.17A    TYPICAL FLOOR SLAB PLAN    4      09.18.13      COORDINATION SET
A4.17B    TYPICAL FLOOR SLAB PLAN    10      02.06.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
A4.18A    SEVENTH FLOOR SLAB PLAN    4      09.18.13      COORDINATION SET
A4.18B    FIFTH FLOOR SLAB PLAN    4      09.18.13      COORDINATION SET
A4.19A    ROOF SLAB PLAN    10      02.06.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE

 

SCHEDULE 1

 

133


A4.19B    ROOF SLAB PLAN    10      02.06.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
A4.19C    BUILDING A MECHANICAL PENTHOUSE SLAB PLAN    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
A4.19D    BUILDING B MECHANICAL PENTHOUSE SLAB PLAN    5      10.16.13      GMP BID SET
A4.20A    HIGH ROOF SLAB PLAN    10      02.06.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
A4.20B    HIGH ROOF SLAB PLAN    10      02.06.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
A5.1    TYPICAL RESTOOM - A    18      06.05.14      BULLETIN 13
A5.2    TYPICAL RESTOOM - B    18      06.05.14      BULLETIN 13
A5.3    GROUND RESTOOM - A    18      06.05.14      BULLETIN 13
A5.4    GROUND RESTOOM - B    18      06.05.14      BULLETIN 13
A5.5    SHOWERS    18      06.05.14      BULLETIN 13
A5.6    RESTROOM DETAILS    18      06.05.14      BULLETIN 13
A5.10    RAMP DETAILS    5      10.16.13      GMP BID SET
A5.11    CONTROL GATE    10      02.18.14      BULLETIN 5
A6.07A        PARKING LEVEL B2 & B1 RCP    15      04.15.14      BULLETIN 10
A6.07B    PARKING LEVEL B2 & B1 RCP    15      04.15.14      BULLETIN 10
A6.08A    GROUND FLOOR RCP    15      04.15.14      BULLETIN 10
A6.08B    GROUND FLOOR RCP    15      04.15.14      BULLETIN 10
A6.09A    PARKING LEVEL P1 RCP    15      04.15.14      BULLETIN 10
A6.10A    PARKING LEVEL P2 & P3 RCP    15      04.15.14      BULLETIN 10
A6.10B    PARKING LEVEL P2 & P3 RCP    15      04.15.14      BULLETIN 10
A6.11A    TYP FLOOR RCP    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
A6.11B    TYP FLOOR RCP    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
A7.1    STAIR A1 PLANS    6      11.01.13      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
A7.2    STAIR A1 PLANS & SECTIONS    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
A7.3    STAIR A2 PLANS    6      11.01.13      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
A7.4    STAIR A2 PLANS & SECTIONS    6      11.01.13      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
A7.5    STAIR B1 PLANS    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
A7.6    STAIR B1 PLANS & SECTIONS    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
A7.7    STAIR B2 PLANS    6      11.01.13      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
A7.8    STAIR B2 SECTIONS    6      11.01.13      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
A7.9    STAIR A3 PLANS & SECTIONS    9      02.03.14      BULLETIN 4

 

SCHEDULE 1

 

134


A7.10    STAIR A4 PLANS & SECTIONS    18      06.05.14      BULLETIN 13
A7.11    STAIR DETAILS    9      02.03.14      BULLETIN 4
A7.12    LUMINOUS EGRESS PATH MARKINGS    9      02.03.14      BULLETIN 4
A7.13    STAIR A3 & A4 DETAILS    9      02.03.14      BULLETIN 4
A7.20    ENLARGED ELEVATOR PLANS 1-5    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
A7.20B        ENLARGED ELEVATOR PLANS 1-5    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
A7.21    ENLARGED ELEVATOR PLANS 6-7    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
A7.22    ENLARGED ELEVATOR PLANS 8-10    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
A7.23    ELEV SECTIONS    6      11.01.13      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
A7.24    ELEV DETAILS    18      06.05.14      BULLETIN 13
A7.30    SHAFT DETAILS    9      02.03.14      BULLETIN 4
A7.31    SHAFT DETAILS    9      02.03.14      BULLETIN 4
A7.32    SHAFT DETAILS    9      02.03.14      BULLETIN 4
A7.33    SHAFT DETAILS    9      02.03.14      BULLETIN 4
A8.01    SKIN SYSTEM A    10      02.06.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
A8.02    SKIN SYSTEM A    5      10.16.13      GMP BID SET
A8.03    SKIN SYSTEM B    5      10.16.13      GMP BID SET
A8.04    SKIN SYSTEM B    5      10.16.13      GMP BID SET
A8.05    SKIN SYSTEM C         08.20.13      PERMIT SUBMITTAL
A8.06    SKIN SYSTEM C    5      10.16.13      GMP BID SET
A8.07    SKIN SYSTEM D    4      09.18.13      COORDINATION SET
A8.08    SKIN SYSTEM D    5      10.16.13      GMP BID SET
A8.09    SKIN SYSTEM E    4      09.18.13      COORDINATION SET
A8.10    SKIN SYSTEM E    5      10.16.13      GMP BID SET
A8.11    SKIN SYSTEM F    4      09.18.13      COORDINATION SET
A8.12    SKIN SYSTEM F    5      10.16.13      GMP BID SET
A8.13    SKIN SYSTEM J    15      04.15.14      BULLETIN 10
A8.14    SKIN SYSTEM J    5      10.16.13      GMP BID SET
A8.15    SKIN SYSTEM K    21      07.01.14      BULLETIN 16
A8.16    SKIN SYSTEM K    5      10.16.13      GMP BID SET
A8.17    SKIN SYSTEM L    5      10.16.13      GMP BID SET
A8.18    SKIN SYSTEM L    5      10.16.13      GMP BID SET
A8.19    SKIN SYSTEM M    5      10.16.13      GMP BID SET
A8.20    SKIN SYSTEM M    5      10.16.13      GMP BID SET
A8.21    SKIN SYSTEM N    15      04.15.14      BULLETIN 10

 

SCHEDULE 1

 

135


A8.22    SKIN SYSTEM N    5      10.16.13      GMP BID SET
A8.23    SKIN SYSTEM P    4      09.18.13      COORDINATION SET
A8.24    SKIN SYSTEM P    5      10.16.13      GMP BID SET
A8.25    SKIN SYSTEM Q    4      09.18.13      COORDINATION SET
A8.26    SKIN SYSTEM R    5      10.16.13      GMP BID SET
A8.27    SKIN SYSTEM S    4      09.18.13      COORDINATION SET
A8.28    SKIN SYSTEM T    4      09.18.13      COORDINATION SET
A8.29A        PARKING ENTRANCE - EAST    5      10.16.13      GMP BID SET
A8.29B    PARKING ENTRANCE - WEST    5      10.16.13      GMP BID SET
A8.29C    PARKING ENTRANCE - NORTH    5      10.16.13      GMP BID SET
A8.29D    SOUTH EXPANSION JOINT    5      10.16.13      GMP BID SET
A8.29E    SKIN TYPE U - GROUND    18      06.05.14      BULLETIN 13
A8.29F    SKIN TYPE Y - GROUND    5      10.16.13      GMP BID SET
A8.30    ENLARGED PRECAST PANEL ELEVATIONS LEGEND    10      02.06.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
A8.31    ENLARGED PRECAST PANEL ELEVATIONS         10.16.13      GMP BID SET
A8.32    ENLARGED PRECAST PANEL ELEVATIONS         10.16.13      GMP BID SET
A8.33    ENLARGED PRECAST PANEL ELEVATIONS         10.16.13      GMP BID SET
A8.34    ENLARGED PRECAST PANEL ELEVATIONS         10.16.13      GMP BID SET
A8.35    ENLARGED PRECAST PANEL ELEVATIONS         10.16.13      GMP BID SET
A8.36    ENLARGED PRECAST PANEL ELEVATIONS         10.16.13      GMP BID SET
A8.37    ENLARGED PRECAST PANEL ELEVATIONS         10.16.13      GMP BID SET
A8.38    ENLARGED PRECAST PANEL ELEVATIONS         10.16.13      GMP BID SET
A8.50    ENLARGED DETAILS    10      02.06.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
A8.51    ENLARGED DETAILS    6      11.01.13      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
A8.52    ENLARGED DETAILS    13      03.21.14      BULLETIN 8
A8.53    ENLARGED DETAILS    5      10.16.13      GMP BID SET
A8.54    ENLARGED DETAILS    5      10.16.13      GMP BID SET
A8.55    ENLARGED DETAILS    5      10.16.13      GMP BID SET
A8.56    ENLARGED DETAILS    13      03.21.14      BULLETIN 8
A8.57    ENLARGED DETAILS    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
A8.57A    ENLARGED DETAILS    6      11.01.13      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
A8.57B    ENLARGED DETAILS    6      11.01.13      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
A8.58    ENLARGED DETAILS    6      11.01.13      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
A8.59    ENLARGED DETAILS    6      11.01.13      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE

 

SCHEDULE 1

 

136


A8.60    ENLARGED DETAILS    13      03.21.14      BULLETIN 8
A8.61    ENLARGED DETAILS    5      10.16.13      GMP BID SET
A8.62    ENLARGED DETAILS    6      11.01.13      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
A8.63    ENLARGED DETAILS    13      03.21.14      BULLETIN 8
A8.64    ENLARGED DETAILS    6      11.01.13      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
A8.65    ENLARGED DETAILS    5      10.16.13      GMP BID SET
A8.66    ENLARGED DETAILS    5      10.16.13      GMP BID SET
A8.67    ENLARGED DETAILS    5      10.16.13      GMP BID SET
A8.68    ENLARGED DETAILS    13      03.21.14      BULLETIN 8
A8.69A        PARKING ENTRANCE DETAILS    5      10.16.13      GMP BID SET
A8.69B    PARKING ENTRANCE DETAILS    21      07.01.14      BULLETIN 16
A8.70    TERRACE SECTIONS    22      07.30.14      BULLETIN 17
A8.71    TERRACE SECTIONS    22      07.30.14      BULLETIN 17
A8.72    ENLARGED DETAILS    21      07.01.14      BULLETIN 16
A8.73    ENLARGED DETAILS    21      07.01.14      BULLETIN 16
A8.74    ENLARGED DETAILS    21      07.01.14      BULLETIN 16
A8.75    ENLARGED DETAILS    21      07.01.14      BULLETIN 16
A8.76    EXPANSION JOINT DETAILS    13      03.21.14      BULLETIN 8
A8.77    EXPANSION JOINT DETAILS    5      10.16.13      GMP BID SET
A8.78    EXPANSION JOINT DETAILS    5      10.16.13      GMP BID SET
A8.79    SEISMIC JOINT AT PARKING LEVEL    5      10.16.13      GMP BID SET
A8.80    ENLARGED PLANS AT EXPANSION JOINT    5      10.16.13      GMP BID SET
A8.81    ENLARGED ELEVATIONS AT EXPANSION JOINT    5      10.16.13      GMP BID SET
A8.82    SEISMIC JOINT DETAILS AT GROUND FLOOR    5      10.16.13      GMP BID SET
A8.83    SEISMIC JOINT DETAILS AT TYP PARKING LEVEL    5      10.16.13      GMP BID SET
A8.84    SEISMIC JOINT DETAILS AT SECOND FLOOR    21      07.01.14      BULLETIN 16
A8.85    SEISMIC JOINT DETAILS AT NORTH FACADE    5      10.16.13      GMP BID SET
A8.86    SEISMIC JOINT DETAILS AT SOUTH FACADE    5      10.16.13      GMP BID SET
A8.91    CANOPY TYPICAL BAY    8      12.06.13      BULLETIN 2
A8.92    LOBBY CANOPY BUILDING B    15      04.15.14      BULLETIN 10
A8.93    LOBBY CANOPY BUILDING A    15      04.15.14      BULLETIN 10
A8.94    CANOPY    15      04.15.14      BULLETIN 10
A8.95    ENTRY BOLLARD    21      07.01.14      BULLETIN 16
A9.01    ROOF DETAILS    5      10.16.13      GMP BID SET
A9.02    ROOF DETAILS    5      10.16.13      GMP BID SET
A9.03    ROOF DETAILS         10.16.13      GMP BID SET
A10.01    DOOR SCHEDULE    24      08.22.14      BULLETIN 19
A10.02    DOOR SCHEDULE    24      08.22.14      BULLETIN 19
A10.03    DOOR SCHEDULE    9      02.03.14      BULLETIN 4
A10.04    DOOR, FRAME, & HARDWARE SCHEDULE    11      03.11.14      BULLETIN 6

 

SCHEDULE 1

 

137


A10.05    PARTITION DETAILS    5      10.16.13      GMP BID SET
A10.06    PARTITION DETAILS    5      10.16.13      GMP BID SET
A10.07    PARTITION DETAILS TYPICAL DRYWALL AND ACOUSTIC         10.16.13      GMP BID SET
A10.08    CEILING & INTERIOR DETAILS         10.16.13      GMP BID SET
A10.09    ENLARGED DETAILS    5      10.16.13      GMP BID SET
A10.10    PARTITION SCHEDULE    9      02.03.14      BULLETIN 4
A10.11    PENETRATION DETAILS    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
A10.12    PENETRATION DETAILS    10      02.06.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
A10.20    ACCESSORY, MATERIAL, & FINISH LEGEND    18      06.05.14      BULLETIN 13
WATERPROOFING:
W4.6    TERRACE DRAINAGE PLAN    21      07.01.14      BULLETIN 16
W219A    ROOF A PLAN         01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
W219B    ROOF B PLAN         01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
W800    TYPICAL DETAILS         01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
W801    TYPICAL DETAILS         01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
W802    TYPICAL DETAILS         01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
W876    EXPANSION JOINT DETAILS         01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
W877    EXPANSION JOINT DETAILS         01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
W878    EXPANSION JOINT DETAILS    21      07.01.14      BULLETIN 16
W880    TYPICAL DETAILS    21      07.01.14      BULLETIN 16
W881    TYPICAL DETAILS    21      07.01.14      BULLETIN 16
W882    TYPICAL DETAILS    21      07.01.14      BULLETIN 16
W900    TYPICAL DETAILS         01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
W901    TYPICAL DETAILS         01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
W902    TYPICAL DETAILS         01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
STRUCTURAL:
S1.01    GENERAL NOTES         01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
S1.01A        GENERAL NOTES         01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE

 

SCHEDULE 1

 

138


S1.01B    GENERAL NOTES         01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
S1.02    TYPICAL CONCRETE DETAILS         01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
S1.02A    TYPICAL CONCRETE DETAILS         01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
S1.02B    TYPICAL CONCRETE DETAILS    22      07.30.14      BULLETIN 17
S1.02C    TYPICAL CONCRETE DETAILS    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
S1.03    TYPICAL STEEL DECK DETAILS         01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
S1.03A    TYPICAL STEEL DECK DETAILS         01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
S1.03B    TYPICAL STEEL DECK DETAILS         01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
S1.04    TYPICAL STEEL DETAILS         01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
S1.04A    TYPICAL STEEL DETAILS         01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
S1.04B    TYPICAL STEEL DETAILS         01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
S1.04C    TYPICAL STEEL DETAILS         01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
S1.04D    TYPICAL STEEL DETAILS         01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
S1.04E    TYPICAL STEEL DETAILS         01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
S1.04F    TYPICAL STEEL DETAILS         01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
S1.05    TYPICAL CMU DETAILS         01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
S1.05A    TYPICAL CMU DETAILS         01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
S2.00-A        FOUNDATION/B2 - BLDG A FRAMING PLAN    9      02.03.14      BULLETIN 4
S2.00-B    FOUNDATION/B2 - BLDG B FRAMING PLAN    9      02.03.14      BULLETIN 4
S2.01-A    LEVEL B1 - BLDG A FRAMING PLAN    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
S2.01-B    LEVEL B1 - BLDG B FRAMING PLAN    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
S2.02-A    LEVEL 1 - BLDG A FRAMING PLAN    9      02.03.14      BULLETIN 4
S2.02-B    LEVEL 1 - BLDG B FRAMING PLAN    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
S2.03-A    LEVEL P1 - BLDG A FRAMING PLAN    10      02.18.14      BULLETIN 5
S2.03-B    LEVEL P1 - BLDG B FRAMING PLAN    9      02.03.14      BULLETIN 4
S2.04-A    LEVEL P2 - BLDG A FRAMING PLAN    22      07.30.14      BULLETIN 17
S2.04-B    LEVEL P2 - BLDG B FRAMING PLAN    22      07.30.14      BULLETIN 17
S2.05-A    LEVEL P3 - BLDG A FRAMING PLAN    22      07.30.14      BULLETIN 17

 

SCHEDULE 1

 

139


S2.05-B    LEVEL P3 - BLDG B FRAMING PLAN    22      07.30.14      BULLETIN 17
S2.06-A    SECOND FLOOR - BLDG A FRAMING PLAN    23      08.08.14      BULLETIN 18
S2.06-B    SECOND FLOOR - BLDG B FRAMING PLAN    23      08.08.14      BULLETIN 18
S2.07-A    TYPICAL FLOOR - BLDG A FRAMING PLAN    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
S2.07-B    TYPICAL FLOOR - BLDG B FRAMING PLAN    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
S2.08-A    ROOF - BLDG A FRAMING PLAN    10      02.18.14      BULLETIN 5
S2.08-B    ROOF - BLDG B FRAMING PLAN    10      02.18.14      BULLETIN 5
S2.09-A    HIGH ROOF - BLDG A FRAMING PLAN    10      02.18.14      BULLETIN 5
S2.09-B        HIGH ROOF - BLDG B FRAMING PLAN    10      02.18.14      BULLETIN 5
S3.01    BUILDING SECTIONS         01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
S3.01A    BUILDING SECTIONS         01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
S3.02    MOMENT FRAME ELEVATIONS         01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
S3.02A    MOMENT FRAME ELEVATIONS    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
S3.02B    MOMENT FRAME ELEVATIONS         01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
S3.02C    MOMENT FRAME ELEVATIONS         01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
S3.02D    MOMENT FRAME ELEVATIONS         01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
S3.02E    MOMENT FRAME ELEVATIONS         01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
S3.02F    MOMENT FRAME ELEVATIONS         01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
S3.02G    MOMENT FRAME ELEVATIONS         01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
S3.03    MOMENT FRAME DETAILS         01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
S3.03A    MOMENT FRAME DETAILS         01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
S3.03B    MOMENT FRAME DETAILS         01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
S3.04    PENTHOUSE BRACED FRAME DETAILS         01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
S3.04A    PENTHOUSE BRACED FRAME DETAILS         01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
S4.01    FOUNDATION SECTIONS AND DETAILS         01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
S4.01A    FOUNDATION SECTIONS AND DETAILS         01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
S4.02    NON-FRAME STEEL COLUMN SCHEDULE - BUILDING A         01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE

 

SCHEDULE 1

 

140


S4.02A    NON-FRAME STEEL COLUMN SCHEDULE - BUILDING B    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
S4.02B    NON-FRAME STEEL COLUMN DETAILS         01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
S4.03    BASEMENT WALL SCHEDULE AND DETAILS    10      02.18.14      BULLETIN 5
S5.01    SECTIONS & DETAILS         01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
S5.01A    SECTIONS & DETAILS         01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
S5.01B    SECTIONS & DETAILS    10      02.18.14      BULLETIN 5
S5.01C    SECTIONS & DETAILS    23      08.08.14      BULLETIN 18
S5.02    CANOPY DETAILS    9      02.03.14      BULLETIN 4
S6.01    PRECAST PANEL SUPPORT DETAILS         01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
S6.01A    PRECAST PANEL SUPPORT DETAILS         01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
S6.01B    PRECAST PANEL SUPPORT DETAILS    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
S6.01C    PRECAST PANEL SUPPORT DETAILS    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
S6.01D    PRECAST PANEL SUPPORT DETAILS         01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
S1    SITE RETAINING WALLS         01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
S2    SITE RETAINING WALLS         01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
MECHANICAL:
M1.0    DRAWING INDEX, EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES, LEGEND & NOTES    10      02.06.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
M1.1    EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES    10      02.06.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
M2.00A        B2 HVAC PLAN    10      02.06.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
M2.00B    B2 HVAC PLAN    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
M2.01A    B1 HVAC PLAN    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
M2.01B    B1 HVAC PLAN    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
M2.02A    GROUND FLOOR HVAC PLAN    10      02.06.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
M2.02B    GROUND FLOOR HVAC PLAN    10      02.06.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
M2.03A    P1 HVAC PLAN    10      02.06.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE

 

SCHEDULE 1

 

141


M2.04A    P2 HVAC PLAN    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
M2.04B    P2 HVAC PLAN    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
M2.05A    P3 HVAC PLAN    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
M2.05B    P3 HVAC PLAN    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
M2.06A    SECOND FLOOR HVAC PLAN - BLDG A    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
M2.06B    SECOND FLOOR HVAC PLAN - BLDG B    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
M2.07A    TYPICAL FLOOR (THIRD-SIXTH) HVAC PLAN - BLDG A    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
M2.07B    TYPICAL FLOOR (THIRD-FOURTH) HVAC PLAN - BLDG B    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
M2.08A    SEVENTH FLOOR HVAC PLAN - BLDG A    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
M2.08B    FIFTH FLOOR HVAC PLAN - BLDG B    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
M2.09A    ROOF PLAN - BLDG A    10      02.06.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
M2.09B    ROOF PLAN - BLDG B    10      02.06.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
M2.10A        ROOF/PENTHOUSE COORDINATION PLAN - BLDG A    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
M2.10B    ROOF HVAC COORDINATION PLAN - BLDG B    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
M3.01    ENLARGED HVAC PLANS    10      02.06.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
M3.02    ENLARGED HVAC PLANS    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
M3.03    ENLARGED HVAC PLANS    10      02.06.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
M3.04    ENLARGED HVAC PLANS    10      02.06.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
M3.05    ENLARGED HVAC PLANS    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
M3.06    ENLARGED HVAC PLANS    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
M3.07    ENLARGED HVAC PLANS    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
M4.1A    HVAC RISERS - BUILDING A    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
M4.1B    HVAC RISERS - BUILDING B    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
M4.2A    HVAC RISERS - BUILDING A    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE

 

SCHEDULE 1

 

142


M5.1A    PIPING DETAILS - BUILDING A    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
M5.1B    PIPING DETAILS - BUILDING B    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
M6.1    HVAC DETAILS    10      02.06.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
M7.1    MECHANICAL TITLE 24    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
M7.2    MECHANICAL TITLE 24    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
M7.3    SMOKE CONTROL MATRIX    10      02.06.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
M7.4    GARAGE EXHAUST SCHEMATICS    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
ELECTRICAL:
E0.1    ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS AND DRAWING INDEX    10      02.18.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
E0.2    NOTES AND SCHEDULES    23      08.08.14      BULLETIN 18
E0.3    PANEL SCHEDULES    11      03.11.14      BULLETIN 6
E0.4    PANEL SCHEDULES    10      02.18.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
E0.5    INTERIOR TITLE 24    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
E0.6    EXTERIOR TITLE 24    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
E1.0    ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
E2.1A        ELECTRICAL PARKING BASEMENT LEVEL B2 - BUILDING A    10      02.18.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
E2.1B    ELECTRICAL PARKING BASEMENT LEVEL B2 - BUILDING B    11      03.11.14      BULLETIN 6
E2.2A    ELECTRICAL PARKING BASEMENT LEVEL B1 - BUILDING A    10      02.18.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
E2.2B    ELECTRICAL PARKING BASEMENT LEVEL B1 - BUILDING B    11      03.11.14      BULLETIN 6
E2.3A    ELECTRICAL GROUND FLOOR PLAN - BUILDING A    10      02.18.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
E2.3B    ELECTRICAL GROUND FLOOR PLAN - BUILDING B    10      02.18.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
E2.4A    ELECTRICAL PARKING LEVEL P1 PLAN - BUILDING A    10      02.18.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
E2.4B    ELECTRICAL PARKING LEVEL P1 PLAN - BUILDING B    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
E2.5A    ELECTRICAL PARKING LEVEL P2 PLAN - BUILDING A    11      03.11.14      BULLETIN 6

 

SCHEDULE 1

 

143


E2.5B    ELECTRICAL PARKING LEVEL P2 PLAN - BUILDING B    11      03.11.14      BULLETIN 6
E2.6A    ELECTRICAL PARKING LEVEL P3 PLAN - BUILDING A    11      03.11.14      BULLETIN 6
E2.6B    ELECTRICAL PARKING LEVEL P3 PLAN - BUILDING B    11      03.11.14      BULLETIN 6
E2.7    ELECTRICAL PODIUM PLAN    23      08.08.14      BULLETIN 18
E2.8A        ELECTRICAL TYPICAL FLOOR PLAN - BUILDING A    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
E2.8B    ELECTRICAL TYPICAL FLOOR PLAN - BUILDING B    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
E2.9A    ELECTRICAL ROOF PLAN - BUILDING A    10      02.18.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
E2.9B    ELECTRICAL ROOF PLAN - BUILDING B    10      02.18.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
E3.0    ELECTRICAL TYPICAL BATHROOM AREAS    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
E3.1    ELECTRICAL TYPICAL CORE AREAS    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
E3.2    ELECTRICAL TYPICAL CORE AREAS    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
E4.0    ELECTRICAL ROOM PLANS    10      02.06.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
E4.1    ELECTRICAL ROOM PLANS    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
E4.2    ELECTRICAL ROOM PLANS    11      03.11.14      BULLETIN 6
E5.1    NORMAL POWER RISER DIAGRAM    11      03.11.14      BULLETIN 6
E5.2    EMERGENCY POWER RISER DIAGRAM    10      02.18.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
E5.3    NORMAL POWER GROUNDING RISER DIAGRAM    11      03.11.14      BULLETIN 6
E5.4    EMERGENCY POWER GROUNDING RISER DIAGRAM    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
E5.5    TELECOMMUNICATION RISER DIAGRAM    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
E6.1    DETAILS    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
PLUMBING:
P0.0    INDEX, LEGENDS, & SCHEDULES    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
P1.1A    PARTIAL BASEMENT PARKING LEVEL 2 PLAN    9      03.11.14      BULLETIN 6
P1.2A    PARTIAL BASEMENT PARKING LEVEL 1 PLAN    9      03.11.14      BULLETIN 6
P1.2B    PARTIAL BASEMENT PARKING LEVEL 1 PLAN    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
P1.3A    PARTIAL GROUND FLOOR PLAN    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE

 

SCHEDULE 1

 

144


P1.3B    PARTIAL GROUND FLOOR PLA    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
P1.4A    PARTIAL PARKING LEVEL 1 PLAN    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
P1.4B    PARTIAL PARKING LEVEL 1 PLAN    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
P1.5A    PARTIAL PARKING LEVEL 2 PLAN    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
P1.5B    PARTIAL PARKING LEVEL 2 PLAN    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
P1.6A    PARTIAL PARKING LEVEL 3 PLAN    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
P1.6B    PARTIAL PARKING LEVEL 3 PLAN    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
P1.7A    PARTIAL SECOND FLOOR PLAN    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
P1.7B    PARTIAL SECOND FLOOR PLAN    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
P1.8A    PARTIAL TYPICAL FLOOR PLAN    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
P1.8B    PARTIAL TYPICAL FLOOR PLAN    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
P1.9A    SEVENTH FLOOR PLAN    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
P1.9B    FIFTH FLOOR PLAN    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
P1.10A        PARTIAL ROOF PLAN    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
P1.10B    PARTIAL ROOF PLAN    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
P1.11A    PARTIAL HIGH ROOF PLAN    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
P3.1    ENLARGED PLANS    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
P3.2    ENLARGED PLANS    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
P3.3    ENLARGED PLANS    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
P3.4    ENLARGED PLANS    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
P3.5    ENLARGED PLANS    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
P3.6    ENLARGED PLANS    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
P3.7    ENLARGED PLANS    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
P3.8    ENLARGED PLANS    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE

 

SCHEDULE 1

 

145


P3.9    ENLARGED PLANS    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
P3.10    ENLARGED PLANS    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
P4.1    DETAILS    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
P4.2    DETAILS AND CALCULATIONS    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
FACADE ACCESS:
FA0.0    COVER SHEET    16      05.02.14      BULLETIN 11
FA2.16A    FLOOR LEVEL 2 PLAN    16      05.02.14      BULLETIN 11
FA2.19A    ROOF PLAN - A    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
FA2.19B    ROOF PLAN - B    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
FA2.21A    COMPOSITE ROOF PLAN - A    16      05.02.14      BULLETIN 11
FA2.21B        COMPOSITE ROOF PLAN - A    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
FA3.1    ELEVATIONS    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
FA3.2    ELEVATIONS    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
FA3.3    ELEVATIONS    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
FA3.4    SECTIONS    16      05.02.14      BULLETIN 11
FA9.0    DETAILS    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
FA9.1    DETAILS    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
FA9.2    DETAILS    8      01.10.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
OFFSITE PACKAGE:
1    COVER SHEET    11      02.28.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
2    HORIZONTAL CONTROL & PAVING PLAN    11      02.28.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
3    IMPROVEMENT PLAN - MIDDLEFIELD ROAD & JEFFERSON AVE    11      02.28.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
4    PROFILE - MIDDLEFIELD ROAD    11      02.28.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
5    CONSTRUCTION DETAILS    11      02.28.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE

 

SCHEDULE 1

 

146


6    CONSTRUCTION DETAILS    11      02.28.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
7    CONSTRUCTION DETAILS    11      02.28.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
8    SECTIONS    11      02.28.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
9    SECTIONS    11      02.28.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
10    TRAFFIC SIGNAL MODIFICATION PLAN    11      02.28.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
11    SIGNING AND STRIPING PLAN    11      02.28.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
12    LANDSCAPE NOTES AND LEGENDS    11      02.27.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
13    LANDSCAPE PLANTING NOTES AND LEGENDS    11      02.27.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
14    LANDSCAPE LAYOUT PLAN    11      02.27.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
15    LANDSCAPE LAYOUT PLAN    11      02.27.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
16    LANDSCAPE FINE GRADING PLAN    11      02.27.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
17    LANDSCAPE FINE GRADING PLAN    11      02.27.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
18    LANDSCAPE PLANTING PLAN    11      02.27.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
19    LANDSCAPE PLANTING PLAN    11      02.27.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
20    LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION PLAN    11      02.28.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
21    LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION PLAN    11      02.28.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
22    IRRIGATION NOTES AND LEGEND    11      02.28.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
23    IRRIGATION DETAILS    11      02.28.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
24    LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION DETAILS    11      02.27.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
25    LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION DETAILS    11      02.27.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
26    LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION DETAILS    11      02.27.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE
27    STREETLIGHT PLAN    11      02.28.14      PLAN CHECK RESPONSE

 

SCHEDULE 1

 

147


SCHEDULE 2

BASE BUILDING DEFINITION

The Base Building shall include the following, as to each Building:

1) Site and Shell:

All landscape, site work, lighting, paving, striping, Base Building Code related signage, and utilities (sewer, water, gas, and electricity).

Common Area site landscape irrigation and site electrical. Work includes all vaults, backflow and monitoring devices.

2) Garage:

All work related to the construction of the parking structure.

All finishes, Base Building Code-related signage, access and egress stairs, elevators, doors, all lighting in compliance with Base Building Code, which shall include elevator lobby finishes at garage levels.

Separate fire riser and fully monitored fire sprinkler system.

Bike storage, as required per city approvals.

3) Shell:

The shell shall be water tight.

Exterior doors shall be installed and functioning per Landlord’s Base Building plans.

Fire riser and complete shell system.

Steel framework shall be designed to accommodate shaft and elevator openings. Includes penthouse structure.

Insulation at underside or above the roof deck will be provided. Fireproofing and fire safing insulation as required by Base Building Code.

Any roof screens required by Base Building Code and City approvals pertaining to the Base Building.

4) Electrical:

All primary and secondary electrical service from the street to a location in the Building and parking structure, and house meter section.

SCHEDULE 2

 

148


Office floors serviced by a 2,000 amp busway riser.

All wiring of common area devices including meter, feeders, transformer, and distribution, such as: lighting, site amenities and landscape irrigation.

5) Core:

All work related to construction of core bathrooms, stairs shafts, HVAC shafts, electrical and phone rooms, janitor closets (floor sink and hot/cold water), and elevators and shafts.

a) Core bathrooms on all floors of the applicable Building shall include multiple stalls with one (1) handicap stall per floor to meet Base Building Code requirements for occupancy load. All plumbing fixtures including water closets, urinals, lavatory sinks and faucets are included. Base Building Code-required Toilet accessories including soap dispensers, toilet paper dispensers, toilet seat dispensers, trash receptacles, paper towel dispensers, napkin dispensers, and handicap grab bars are included. Toilet partitions to be included. All associated lighting, fire sprinklers, power receptacles, ventilation, venting, sewer piping, water piping and floor drains are included. Four (4) men’s showers and four (4) women’s showers shall be provided in Building A. All finishes will be consistent with the nature of the Project as a class A office project.

b) Stair shafts will be constructed with metal stud framing and drywall assembly with fire rating in compliance to construction type. All interior walls and ceilings facing the egress stairs will be taped, finished, and painted. Stair rails and stringers will be painted. All associated lighting and fire sprinklers are included. Concrete floor and rubber base are included.

c) Electrical and telephone rooms will receive sealed concrete floors with a plywood backboard on walls. Electrical scope will include power distribution via a bus-way riser. Conduit sleeves will be provided for phone service distribution. All associated lighting is included.

d) HVAC and elevators are served from switchboard distribution board. Main switchboard to be per Base Building Code and PG&E requirements.

e) With respect to Building A, the HVAC shall be built-up penthouse VAV system. With respect to Building B, the HVAC shall be package rooftop units with VAV system. DDC controls for each base building system (rooftop heating and cooling) with the availability of for the addition of DDC controls should the future tenant require. Completed HVAC medium pressure vertical duct work. The loop on each floor shall be stubbed just outside the building core. Mechanical equipment room/penthouse completed, including fans and equipment along with the hot water piping loop distributed to each floor. The loop on each floor shall be stubbed just outside of the building core.

f) Domestic cold water main branch piping to each floor per Landlord’s construction documents.

SCHEDULE 2

 

149


g) Fire alarm system: Building is fully sprinklered and monitored including the PIV as required by Base Building Code. Life safety system distribution (smoke detectors, annunciators, strobes, etc) as required by Base Building Code for core restrooms and common ground floor areas.

h) Building telephone MPOE shall be separate from Main Electrical Room. Stacked IDF closets shall be included per Landlord’s Base Building plans. 5-4” floor sleeves at MPOE shall be included.

i) Elevators (quantity per Landlord’s Base Building plans and size to meet Base Building Code with a minimum weight capacity of 3,000 pounds) shall be gearless traction elevators with call buttons to meet Base Building Code requirements. Cabs to be finished to a Class A standard. Elevator lobbies on office floors are not finished. Includes work required to obtain an elevator construction permit in one elevator in the Building. Landlord to provide milestone date for elevator access during construction.

j) All core walls will be constructed with metal stud framing and drywall assembly with fire rating in compliance to construction type. Wall facing tenant space will be fire taped. Perimeter wall and column cover furring, studs, insulation, drywall and finishes are not provided.

SCHEDULE 2

 

150


SCHEDULE 3

DELIVERY CONDITION

 

1. Structural steel with spray applied fireproofing (where such spray is required).

 

2. Unfinished interior core and shaft construction.

 

3. Temporary, non-occupancy fire sprinkler risers and distribution.

 

4. Tenant sleeves at electrical/data closets.

 

5. Plumbing rough-in (no loops outside of core).

 

6. Building exit stairs.

 

7. Floors in broom-swept condition (except for exterior skin that will be left on floor until the hoists are removed and the hoist bays completed).

 

8. Temporary or permanent power to support construction activities related to the Improvements.

 

9. Freight elevator or hoist accessible to TI contractor. Contractor will follow set protocol for use of freight elevator during construction including coordination with Base Building contractor during construction.

 

10. Roof installed on the Building.

SCHEDULE 3

 

151


SCHEDULE 4

CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE

 

LOGO

SCHEDULE 4

 

152


EXHIBIT C

CROSSING/900

NOTICE OF LEASE TERM DATES

 

To:  

 

  
 

 

  
 

 

  
 

 

  

 

  Re: Office Lease dated                      , 20          (the “ Lease ”), by and between                              , a                          (“ Landlord ”), and                              , a                              (“ Tenant ”), for approximately                      rentable square feet of space commonly known as Suite                      (the “ Premises ”), located on the              (          ) floor of that certain office buildings located at                                  ,                      ,                              (the “ Buildings ”).

Dear                              :

Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in the Lease, this letter is to confirm and agree upon the following:

 

  1. Tenant has accepted the above-referenced Premises as being delivered in accordance with the Lease, and there is no deficiency in construction.

 

  2. The Lease Term shall commence on or has commenced on                      for a term of                      ending on                     .

 

  3. Rent commenced to accrue on                      , in the amount of                      .

 

  4. If the Lease Commencement Date is other than the first day of the month, the first billing will contain a pro rata adjustment. Each billing thereafter shall be for the full amount of the monthly installment as provided for in the Lease.

 

  5. Your rent checks should be made payable to                      at                      .

 

  6. The rentable square feet of the Premises is                      .

 

  7. Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses with respect to the Premises is                      % of the Project.

 

  8. Capitalized terms used herein that are defined in the Lease shall have the same meaning when used herein. Tenant confirms that the Lease has not been modified

EXHIBIT F-1

 

153


  or altered except as set forth herein, and the Lease is in full force and effect. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that to each party’s actual knowledge, neither party is in default or violation of any covenant, provision, obligation, agreement or condition in the Lease.

If the provisions of this letter correctly set forth our understanding, please so acknowledge by signing at the place provided below on the enclosed copy of this letter and returning the same to Landlord.

 

Landlord ”:

                                                                                         ,

                                                                                      

By:

 

 

  Its:                                         

By:

 

 

  Its:                                         

Agreed to and Accepted

as of             , 20    .

 

Tenant ”:
                                                  ,
                                             
By:  

 

  Its:                                         
By:  

 

  Its:                                         

 

154


EXHIBIT D

CROSSING/900

RULES AND REGULATIONS

Tenant shall faithfully observe and comply with the following Rules and Regulations. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the nonperformance of any of said Rules and Regulations by or otherwise with respect to the acts or omissions of any other tenants or occupants of the Project, provided that Landlord hereby agrees not to enforce such Rules and Regulations against Tenant in a discriminatory manner. In the event of any conflict between the Rules and Regulations and the other provisions of this Lease, the latter shall control.

1. Tenant shall not alter any lock or install any new or additional locks or bolts on any doors or windows of the Premises without obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent. Tenant shall bear the cost of any lock changes or repairs required by Tenant. Two keys will be furnished by Landlord for the Premises, and any additional keys required by Tenant must be obtained from Landlord at a reasonable cost to be established by Landlord. Upon the termination of this Lease, Tenant shall restore to Landlord all keys of stores, offices, and toilet rooms, either furnished to, or otherwise procured by, Tenant and in the event of the loss of keys so furnished, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost of replacing same or of changing the lock or locks opened by such lost key if Landlord shall deem it necessary to make such changes.

2. All doors opening to public corridors shall be kept closed at all times except for normal ingress and egress to the Premises.

3. Landlord reserves the right to close and keep locked all entrance and exit doors of the Buildings during such hours as are customary for Comparable Buildings. Tenant, its employees and agents must be sure that the doors to the Buildings are securely closed and locked when leaving the Premises if it is after the normal hours of business for the Buildings. Any tenant, its employees, agents or any other persons entering or leaving the Buildings at any time when it is so locked, or any time when it is considered to be after normal business hours for the Buildings, may be required to sign the Building register. Access to the Building may be refused unless the person seeking access has proper identification or has a previously arranged pass for access to the Building. Landlord will furnish passes to persons for whom Tenant requests same in writing. Tenant shall be responsible for all persons for whom Tenant requests passes and shall be liable to Landlord for all acts of such persons. The Landlord and his agents shall in no case be liable for damages for any error with regard to the admission to or exclusion from the Buildings of any person. In case of invasion, mob, riot, public excitement, or other commotion, Landlord reserves the right to prevent access to the Buildings or the Project during the continuance thereof by any means it deems appropriate for the safety and protection of life and property.

4. No furniture, freight or equipment of any kind shall be brought into the Buildings without prior notice to Landlord. All moving activity into or out of the Buildings shall be scheduled with Landlord and done only at such time and in such manner as Landlord designates. Landlord shall have the right to prescribe the weight, size and position of all safes and other

 

EXHIBIT F-1

 

155


heavy property brought into the Buildings and also the times and manner of moving the same in and out of the Buildings. Safes and other heavy objects shall, if considered necessary by Landlord, stand on supports of such thickness as is necessary to properly distribute the weight. Landlord will not be responsible for loss of or damage to any such safe or other unusually heavy property in any case. Any damage to any part of the Buildings, its contents, occupants or visitors by moving or maintaining any such safe or other property shall be the sole responsibility and expense of Tenant.

5. No furniture, packages, supplies, equipment or merchandise will be received in the Buildings or carried up or down in the elevators, except between such hours, in such specific elevator and by such personnel as shall be designated by Landlord.

6. The requirements of Tenant will be attended to only upon application at the management office for the Project or at such office location designated by Landlord. Employees of Landlord shall not perform any work or do anything outside their regular duties unless under special instructions from Landlord.

7. No sign, advertisement, notice or handbill shall be exhibited, distributed, painted or affixed by Tenant on the exterior of the Premises or the Buildings without the prior written consent of the Landlord. Tenant shall not disturb, solicit, peddle, or canvass any occupant of the Project and shall cooperate with Landlord and its agents of Landlord to prevent same.

8. The toilet rooms, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed, and no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown therein. The expense of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from the violation of this rule shall be borne by the tenant who, or whose servants, employees, agents, visitors or licensees shall have caused same.

9. Tenant shall not overload the floor of the Premises, nor mark, drive nails or screws, or drill into the partitions, woodwork or drywall or in any way deface the Premises or any part thereof without Landlord’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. The foregoing sentence shall not be applicable to the hanging of customary office artwork.

10. Except for vending machines intended for the sole use of Tenant’s employees and invitees, no vending machine or machines other than fractional horsepower office machines shall be installed, maintained or operated upon the Premises without the written consent of Landlord.

11. Tenant shall not use or keep in or on the Premises, the Buildings, or the Project any kerosene, gasoline, explosive material, corrosive material, material capable of emitting toxic fumes, or other inflammable or combustible fluid chemical, substitute or material. Tenant shall provide material safety data sheets for any Hazardous Material used or kept on the Premises.

12. Tenant shall not without the prior written consent of Landlord use any method of heating or air conditioning other than that supplied by Landlord.

13. Tenant shall not use, keep or permit to be used or kept, any foul or noxious gas or substance in or on the Premises, or permit or allow the Premises to be occupied or used in a

 

156


manner offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other occupants of the Project by reason of noise, odors, or vibrations, or unreasonably interfere with other tenants or those having business therein. Tenant shall not throw anything out of doors, windows or skylights or down passageways.

14. Tenant shall not bring into or keep within the Project, the Buildings or the Premises any firearms, animals, birds, aquariums, or, except in areas reasonably designated by Landlord, bicycles or other vehicles.

15. No cooking shall be done or permitted on the Premises (except as may be shown on approved plans for Improvements or Alterations), nor shall the Premises be used for the storage of merchandise, for lodging or for any improper, objectionable or immoral purposes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Underwriters’ laboratory-approved equipment and microwave ovens may be used in the Premises for heating food and brewing coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar beverages for employees and visitors, provided that such use is in accordance with all applicable federal, state, county and city laws, codes, ordinances, rules and regulations.

16. The Premises shall not be used for manufacturing except as may be incidental to the Permitted Use. Tenant shall not occupy or permit any portion of the Premises to be occupied as an office for a messenger-type operation or dispatch office, public stenographer or typist, or for the manufacture or sale of liquor, narcotics, or tobacco in any form, or as a medical office, or as a barber or manicure shop, or as an employment bureau without the express prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant shall not advertise for laborers giving an address at the Premises.

17. Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Project any person who, in the judgment of Landlord, is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs, or who repeatedly violates any of these Rules and Regulations.

18. Tenant, its employees and agents shall not loiter in or on the entrances, corridors, sidewalks, lobbies, courts, halls, stairways, elevators, vestibules or any Common Areas for the purpose of smoking tobacco products (except in outside areas designated for such activity) or for any other purpose, nor in any way obstruct such areas, and shall use such Common Areas only for the purposes for which they were designed, including without limitation, as a means of ingress and egress for the Premises.

19. Tenant shall not waste electricity, water or air conditioning and agrees to cooperate fully with Landlord to ensure the most effective operation of the Buildings’ heating and air conditioning systems.

20. Tenant shall store all its trash and garbage in the areas designated for such use. No material shall be placed in the trash boxes or receptacles if such material is of such nature that it may not be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of removing and disposing of trash and garbage in Redwood City, California without violation of any law or ordinance governing such disposal. All trash, garbage and refuse disposal shall be made only through entry-ways and elevators provided for such purposes at such times as Landlord shall reasonably designate. If the Premises is or becomes infested with vermin as a result of the use or any misuse or neglect of the Premises by Tenant, its agents, servants, employees, contractors, visitors or

 

157


licensees, Tenant shall forthwith, at Tenant’s expense, cause the Premises to be exterminated from time to time to the satisfaction of Landlord and shall employ such licensed exterminators as shall be approved in writing in advance by Landlord.

21. Tenant shall comply with all safety, fire protection and evacuation procedures and regulations established by Landlord or any governmental agency.

22. Any persons employed by Tenant to do janitorial work shall be subject to the prior written approval of Landlord, and while in the Buildings and outside of the Premises, shall be subject to and under the control and direction of the Building manager (but not as an agent or servant of such manager or of Landlord), and Tenant shall be responsible for all acts of such persons.

23. No awnings or other projection shall be attached to the outside walls of the Buildings without the prior written consent of Landlord, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, and no curtains, blinds, shades or screens shall be attached to or hung in, or used in connection with, any window or door of the Premises other than Landlord standard drapes. All electrical ceiling fixtures hung in the Premises or spaces along the perimeter of the Buildings must be fluorescent and/or of a quality, type, design and a warm white bulb color approved in advance in writing by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld (provided, however, that the foregoing shall not apply to any fixtures in the Premises as of the execution of the Agreement). Neither the interior nor exterior of any windows shall be coated or otherwise sunscreened without the prior written consent of Landlord, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. Tenant shall be responsible for any damage to the window film on the exterior windows of the Premises and shall promptly repair any such damage at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Tenant shall abide by Landlord’s reasonable and customary regulations concerning the opening and closing of window coverings which are attached to the windows in the Premises, if any, which have a view of any interior portion of the Buildings or Common Areas.

24. No bottles, parcels or other articles may be placed on the windowsills.

25. Tenant must comply with reasonable and customary requests by the Landlord concerning the informing of their employees of items of importance to the Landlord.

26. Tenant must comply with applicable “ NO-SMOKING ” ordinances and all related, similar or successor ordinances, rules, regulations or codes. If Tenant is required under the ordinance to adopt a written smoking policy, a copy of said policy shall be on file in the office of the Building. In addition, no smoking of any substance shall be permitted within the Project except in specifically designated outdoor areas. Within such designated outdoor areas, all remnants of consumed cigarettes and related paraphernalia shall be deposited in ash trays and/or waste receptacles. No cigarettes shall be extinguished and/or left on the ground or any other surface of the Project. Cigarettes shall be extinguished only in ashtrays. Furthermore, in no event shall Tenant, its employees or agents smoke tobacco products or other substances (x) within any interior areas of the Project, or (y) within two hundred feet (200’) of the main entrance of either Building, or (z) within seventy-five feet (75’) of any other entryways into either Building.

 

158


27. Tenant shall not use in any space or in the public halls of the Buildings, any hand trucks except those equipped with rubber tires and rubber side guards.

28. No auction, liquidation, fire sale, going-out-of-business or bankruptcy sale shall be conducted in the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord.

29. No tenant shall use or permit the use of any portion of the Premises for living quarters, sleeping apartments or lodging rooms.

30. Tenant shall install and maintain, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, an adequate, visibly marked and properly operational fire extinguisher next to any duplicating or photocopying machines or similar heat producing equipment, which may or may not contain combustible material, in the Premises.

Landlord reserves the right at any time to change or rescind any one or more of these Rules and Regulations, or to make such other and further reasonable Rules and Regulations as in Landlord’s reasonable, good faith judgment may from time to time be necessary for the management, safety, care and cleanliness of the Premises, Buildings, the Common Areas and the Project, and for the preservation of good order therein. Tenant shall be deemed to have read these Rules and Regulations and to have agreed to abide by them as a condition of its occupancy of the Premises.

 

159


EXHIBIT E

CROSSING/900

FORM OF TENANT’S ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

The undersigned as Tenant under that certain Office Lease (the “Lease”) made and entered into as of              , 20      by and between              as Landlord, and the undersigned as Tenant, for Premises on the              floor(s) of the office buildings located at              ,              , California              , certifies as follows:

1. Attached hereto as Exhibit A is a true and correct copy of the Lease and all amendments and modifications thereto. The documents contained in Exhibit A represent the entire agreement between the parties as to the Premises.

2. The undersigned currently occupies the Premises described in the Lease, the Lease Term commenced on              , and the Lease Term expires on              , and the undersigned has no option to terminate or cancel the Lease or to purchase all or any part of the Premises, the Buildings and/or the Project.

3. Base Rent became payable on              .

4. The Lease is in full force and effect and has not been modified, supplemented or amended in any way except as provided in Exhibit A .

5. Tenant has not transferred, assigned, or sublet any portion of the Premises nor entered into any license or concession agreements with respect thereto except as follows:

6. Tenant shall not modify the documents contained in Exhibit A without the prior written consent of Landlord’s mortgagee.

7. All monthly installments of Base Rent, all Additional Rent and all monthly installments of estimated Additional Rent have been paid when due through              . The current monthly installment of Base Rent is $              .

8. All conditions of the Lease to be performed by Landlord necessary to the enforceability of the Lease have been satisfied and to the undersigned’s knowledge, Landlord is not in default thereunder. In addition, the undersigned has not delivered any notice to Landlord regarding a default by Landlord thereunder.

9. No rental has been paid more than thirty (30) days in advance and no security has been deposited with Landlord except as provided in the Lease.

EXHIBIT F-1

 

160


10. As of the date hereof, there are no existing defenses or offsets, or, to the undersigned’s knowledge, claims or any basis for a claim, that the undersigned has against Landlord.

11. If Tenant is a corporation or partnership, each individual executing this Estoppel Certificate on behalf of Tenant hereby represents and warrants that Tenant is a duly formed and existing entity qualified to do business in California and that Tenant has full right and authority to execute and deliver this Estoppel Certificate and that each person signing on behalf of Tenant is authorized to do so.

12. There are no actions pending against the undersigned under the bankruptcy or similar laws of the United States or any state.

13. Other than in compliance with all applicable laws and incidental to the ordinary course of the use of the Premises, or in connection with alterations or additions thereto, the undersigned has not used or stored any hazardous substances in the Premises.

14. To the undersigned’s knowledge, all improvement work to be performed by Landlord under the Lease has been completed in accordance with the Lease and has been accepted by the undersigned and all reimbursements and allowances in connection with any improvement work have been paid in full, and other consideration due to the undersigned under the Lease, except as follows:

The undersigned acknowledges that this Estoppel Certificate may be delivered to Landlord or to a prospective mortgagee or prospective purchaser, and acknowledges that said prospective mortgagee or prospective purchaser will be relying upon the statements contained herein in making the loan or acquiring the property of which the Premises is a part and that receipt by it of this certificate is a condition of making such loan or acquiring such property.

Executed at              on the              day of              , 20      .

 

“Tenant”:    

 

  ,
a  

 

 
By:  

 

 
      Its:  

 

 
By:  

 

 
      Its:  

 

 

 

161


EXHIBIT F-1

CROSSING/900

FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT

(Letterhead of a money center bank

acceptable to the Landlord)

 

FAX NO. [(      )      -          ]

SWIFT: [Insert No., if any]

   [Insert Bank Name And Address]
   DATE OF ISSUE:                         

BENEFICIARY:

Redwood City Partners, LLC

c/o Kilroy Realty Corporation

12200 West Olympic Boulevard, Suite 200

Los Angeles, California 90064

Attention: Legal Department

  

APPLICANT:

[Insert Applicant Name And Address]

Fax: (310) 481-6530   
   LETTER OF CREDIT NO.             

EXPIRATION DATE:

                         AT OUR COUNTERS

  

AMOUNT AVAILABLE:

USD[Insert Dollar Amount]

(U.S. DOLLARS [Insert Dollar Amount])

LADIES AND GENTLEMEN:

WE HEREBY ESTABLISH OUR IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO.                       IN YOUR FAVOR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF [Insert Tenant’s Name], A [Insert Entity Type], UP TO THE AGGREGATE AMOUNT OF USD[Insert Dollar Amount] ([Insert Dollar Amount] U.S. DOLLARS) EFFECTIVE IMMEDIATELY AND EXPIRING ON (Expiration Date) AVAILABLE BY PAYMENT UPON PRESENTATION OF YOUR DRAFT AT SIGHT DRAWN ON [Insert Bank Name] WHEN ACCOMPANIED BY THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENT(S):

1. THE ORIGINAL OF THIS IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT AND AMENDMENT(S), IF ANY.

EXHIBIT F-1

 

162


2. BENEFICIARY’S SIGNED STATEMENT PURPORTEDLY SIGNED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF [Insert Landlord’s Name], A [Insert Entity Type] (“LANDLORD”) STATING THE FOLLOWING:

“THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT THE LANDLORD, EITHER (A) UNDER THE LEASE (DEFINED BELOW), OR (B) AS A RESULT OF THE TERMINATION OF SUCH LEASE, HAS THE RIGHT TO DRAW DOWN THE AMOUNT OF USD              IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THAT CERTAIN OFFICE LEASE DATED [Insert Lease Date], AS THE SAME MAY HAVE BEEN AMENDED (COLLECTIVELY, THE “LEASE”), OR SUCH AMOUNT CONSTITUTES DAMAGES OWING BY THE TENANT TO BENEFICIARY RESULTING FROM THE BREACH OF SUCH LEASE BY THE TENANT THEREUNDER, OR THE TERMINATION OF SUCH LEASE, AND SUCH AMOUNT REMAINS UNPAID AT THE TIME OF THIS DRAWING.”

OR

“THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT WE HAVE RECEIVED A WRITTEN NOTICE OF [Insert Bank Name]’S ELECTION NOT TO EXTEND ITS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO.               AND HAVE NOT RECEIVED A REPLACEMENT LETTER OF CREDIT WITHIN AT LEAST SIXTY (60) DAYS PRIOR TO THE PRESENT EXPIRATION DATE.”

OR

“THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT BENEFICIARY IS ENTITLED TO DRAW DOWN THE FULL AMOUNT OF LETTER OF CREDIT NO.               AS THE RESULT OF THE FILING OF A VOLUNTARY PETITION UNDER THE U.S. BANKRUPTCY CODE OR A STATE BANKRUPTCY CODE BY THE TENANT UNDER THAT CERTAIN OFFICE LEASE DATED [Insert Lease Date], AS THE SAME MAY HAVE BEEN AMENDED (COLLECTIVELY, THE “LEASE”), WHICH FILING HAS NOT BEEN DISMISSED AT THE TIME OF THIS DRAWING.”

OR

“THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT BENEFICIARY IS ENTITLED TO DRAW DOWN THE FULL AMOUNT OF LETTER OF CREDIT NO.               AS THE RESULT OF AN INVOLUNTARY PETITION HAVING BEEN FILED UNDER THE U.S. BANKRUPTCY CODE OR A STATE BANKRUPTCY CODE AGAINST THE TENANT UNDER THAT CERTAIN OFFICE LEASE DATED [Insert Lease Date], AS THE SAME MAY HAVE BEEN AMENDED (COLLECTIVELY, THE “LEASE”), WHICH FILING HAS NOT BEEN DISMISSED AT THE TIME OF THIS DRAWING.”

OR

“THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT BENEFICIARY IS ENTITLED TO DRAW DOWN THE FULL AMOUNT OF LETTER OF CREDIT NO.              AS THE RESULT OF THE REJECTION, OR DEEMED REJECTION, OF THAT CERTAIN OFFICE LEASE DATED [Insert Lease Date], AS THE SAME MAY HAVE BEEN AMENDED, UNDER SECTION 365 OF THE U.S. BANKRUPTCY CODE.”

SPECIAL CONDITIONS:

PARTIAL DRAWINGS AND MULTIPLE PRESENTATIONS MAY BE MADE UNDER THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT EACH SUCH DEMAND THAT IS PAID BY US SHALL REDUCE THE AMOUNT AVAILABLE UNDER THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT.

 

163


ALL INFORMATION REQUIRED WHETHER INDICATED BY BLANKS, BRACKETS OR OTHERWISE, MUST BE COMPLETED AT THE TIME OF DRAWING. [Please Provide The Required Forms For Review, And Attach As Schedules To The Letter Of Credit.]

ALL SIGNATURES MUST BE MANUALLY EXECUTED IN ORIGINALS.

ALL BANKING CHARGES ARE FOR THE APPLICANT’S ACCOUNT.

IT IS A CONDITION OF THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT THAT IT SHALL BE DEEMED AUTOMATICALLY EXTENDED WITHOUT AMENDMENT FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FROM THE PRESENT OR ANY FUTURE EXPIRATION DATE, UNLESS AT LEAST SIXTY (60) DAYS PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE WE SEND YOU NOTICE BY NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED OVERNIGHT COURIER SERVICE THAT WE ELECT NOT TO EXTEND THIS LETTER OF CREDIT FOR ANY SUCH ADDITIONAL PERIOD. SAID NOTICE WILL BE SENT TO THE ADDRESS INDICATED ABOVE, UNLESS A CHANGE OF ADDRESS IS OTHERWISE NOTIFIED BY YOU TO US IN WRITING BY RECEIPTED MAIL OR COURIER. ANY NOTICE TO US WILL BE DEEMED EFFECTIVE ONLY UPON ACTUAL RECEIPT BY US AT OUR DESIGNATED OFFICE. IN NO EVENT, AND WITHOUT FURTHER NOTICE FROM OURSELVES, SHALL THE EXPIRATION DATE BE EXTENDED BEYOND A FINAL EXPIRATION DATE OF              (120 days from the Lease Expiration Date)              .

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT MAY BE TRANSFERRED SUCCESSIVELY IN WHOLE OR IN PART ONLY UP TO THE THEN AVAILABLE AMOUNT IN FAVOR OF A NOMINATED TRANSFEREE (“TRANSFEREE”), ASSUMING SUCH TRANSFER TO SUCH TRANSFEREE IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE U.S. LAWS AND REGULATIONS. AT THE TIME OF TRANSFER, THE ORIGINAL LETTER OF CREDIT AND ORIGINAL AMENDMENT(S) IF ANY, MUST BE SURRENDERED TO US TOGETHER WITH OUR TRANSFER FORM (AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST) AND PAYMENT OF OUR CUSTOMARY TRANSFER FEES, WHICH FEES SHALL BE PAYABLE BY APPLICANT (PROVIDED THAT BENEFICIARY MAY, BUT SHALL NOT BE OBLIGATED TO, PAY SUCH FEES TO US ON BEHALF OF APPLICANT, AND SEEK REIMBURSEMENT THEREOF FROM APPLICANT). IN CASE OF ANY TRANSFER UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, THE DRAFT AND ANY REQUIRED STATEMENT MUST BE EXECUTED BY THE TRANSFEREE AND WHERE THE BENEFICIARY’S NAME APPEARS WITHIN THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT, THE TRANSFEREE’S NAME IS AUTOMATICALLY SUBSTITUTED THEREFOR.

ALL DRAFTS REQUIRED UNDER THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT MUST BE MARKED: ‘‘DRAWN UNDER [Insert Bank Name] STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO.               .”

WE HEREBY AGREE WITH YOU THAT IF DRAFTS ARE PRESENTED TO [Insert Bank Name] UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT AT OR PRIOR TO [Insert Time – ( e.g. ,

 

164


11:00 AM)], ON A BUSINESS DAY, AND PROVIDED THAT SUCH DRAFTS PRESENTED CONFORM TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, PAYMENT SHALL BE INITIATED BY US IN IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE FUNDS BY OUR CLOSE OF BUSINESS ON THE SUCCEEDING BUSINESS DAY. IF DRAFTS ARE PRESENTED TO [Insert Bank Name] UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT AFTER [Insert Time – ( e.g. , 11:00 AM)], ON A BUSINESS DAY, AND PROVIDED THAT SUCH DRAFTS CONFORM WITH THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, PAYMENT SHALL BE INITIATED BY US IN IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE FUNDS BY OUR CLOSE OF BUSINESS ON THE SECOND SUCCEEDING BUSINESS DAY. AS USED IN THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, “BUSINESS DAY” SHALL MEAN ANY DAY OTHER THAN A SATURDAY, SUNDAY OR A DAY ON WHICH BANKING INSTITUTIONS IN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA ARE AUTHORIZED OR REQUIRED BY LAW TO CLOSE. IF THE EXPIRATION DATE FOR THIS LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL EVER FALL ON A DAY WHICH IS NOT A BUSINESS DAY THEN SUCH EXPIRATION DATE SHALL AUTOMATICALLY BE EXTENDED TO THE DATE WHICH IS THE NEXT BUSINESS DAY.

PRESENTATION OF A DRAWING UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT MAY BE MADE ON OR PRIOR TO THE THEN CURRENT EXPIRATION DATE HEREOF BY HAND DELIVERY, COURIER SERVICE, OVERNIGHT MAIL, OR FACSIMILE. PRESENTATION BY FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION SHALL BE BY TRANSMISSION OF THE ABOVE REQUIRED SIGHT DRAFT DRAWN ON US TOGETHER WITH THIS LETTER OF CREDIT TO OUR FACSIMILE NUMBER, [Insert Fax Number – (        )         -            ], ATTENTION: [Insert Appropriate Recipient], WITH TELEPHONIC CONFIRMATION OF OUR RECEIPT OF SUCH FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION AT OUR TELEPHONE NUMBER [Insert Telephone Number – (        )         -            ] OR TO SUCH OTHER FACSIMILE OR TELEPHONE NUMBERS, AS TO WHICH YOU HAVE RECEIVED WRITTEN NOTICE FROM US AS BEING THE APPLICABLE SUCH NUMBER. WE AGREE TO NOTIFY YOU IN WRITING, BY NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED OVERNIGHT COURIER SERVICE, OF ANY CHANGE IN SUCH DIRECTION. ANY FACSIMILE PRESENTATION PURSUANT TO THIS PARAGRAPH SHALL ALSO STATE THEREON THAT THE ORIGINAL OF SUCH SIGHT DRAFT AND LETTER OF CREDIT ARE BEING REMITTED, FOR DELIVERY ON THE NEXT BUSINESS DAY, TO [Insert Bank Name] AT THE APPLICABLE ADDRESS FOR PRESENTMENT PURSUANT TO THE PARAGRAPH FOLLOWING THIS ONE.

WE HEREBY ENGAGE WITH YOU THAT ALL DOCUMENT(S) DRAWN UNDER AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT WILL BE DULY HONORED IF DRAWN AND PRESENTED FOR PAYMENT AT OUR OFFICE LOCATED AT [Insert Bank Name], [Insert Bank Address], ATTN: [Insert Appropriate Recipient], ON OR BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE OF THIS CREDIT, (Expiration Date).

IN THE EVENT THAT THE ORIGINAL OF THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT IS LOST, STOLEN, MUTILATED, OR OTHERWISE DESTROYED, WE HEREBY AGREE TO ISSUE A DUPLICATE ORIGINAL HEREOF UPON RECEIPT OF A WRITTEN REQUEST FROM YOU AND A CERTIFICATION BY YOU (PURPORTEDLY SIGNED BY YOUR AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE) OF THE LOSS, THEFT, MUTILATION, OR OTHER DESTRUCTION OF THE ORIGINAL HEREOF.

 

165


EXCEPT SO FAR AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY STATED HEREIN, THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT IS SUBJECT TO THE “INTERNATIONAL STANDBY PRACTICES” (ISP 98) INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE (PUBLICATION NO. 590).

 

Very truly yours,
(Name of Issuing Bank)
By:  

 

 

166


EXHIBIT F-2

CROSSING/900

EXAMPLE CALCULATION OF L-C BURNDOWN

 

Initial L-C Amount

     $25,000,000.00            

Minimum $3,000,000.00 L-C Amount

     $3,000,000.00         Reduction Date         L-C Burn Down Amount         Remaining L-C Amount   
        1/1/2017         $1,833,333.33         $23,166,666.67   
        1/1/2018         $1,833,333.33         $21,333,333.33   

Assumed Burn Down Date

     1/1/2017         1/1/2019         $1,833,333.33         $19,500,000.00   

Assumed number of months remanining

     138         1/1/2020         $1,833,333.33         $17,666,666.67   

Months Remaining divided by 12

     11.5         1/1/2021         $1,833,333.33         $15,833,333.33   

Rounded up to nearest whole number

     12         1/1/2022         $1,833,333.33         $14,000,000.00   
        1/1/2023         $1,833,333.33         $12,166,666.67   
        1/1/2024         $1,833,333.33         $10,333,333.33   

Sample Burndown Amount*

     $1,833,333.33         1/1/2025         $1,833,333.33         $8,500,000.00   
        1/1/2026         $1,833,333.33         $6,666,666.67   
        1/1/2027         $1,833,333.33         $4,833,333.33   
        1/1/2028         $1,833,333.33         $3,000,000.00   

*Sample Burndown Amount Calculation

     $25,000,000.00 -         $3,000,000.00      

 

$1,833,333.33

  

  
     12            

 

EXHIBIT F-2

 

167


EXHIBIT G-1

CROSSING/900

DEPICTION AND GENERAL LOCATIONS OF TENANT’S SIGNAGE

 

EXHIBIT G-1

 

168


EXHIBIT G-2

CROSSING/900

GENERAL LOCATIONS OF LANDLORD’S SIGNAGE

 

EXHIBIT G-2

 

169


EXHIBIT H

CROSSING/900

MARKET RENT DETERMINATION FACTORS

When determining Market Rent, the following rules and instructions shall be followed.

1. RELEVANT FACTORS . The “ Market Rent ,” as used in this Lease, shall be derived from an analysis (as such derivation and analysis are set forth in this Exhibit H ) of the Net Equivalent Lease Rates, of the Comparable Transactions (as that term is defined below). The Market Rent, as used in this Lease, shall be equal to the annual rent per rentable square foot, at which tenants, are, pursuant to transactions consummated within twelve (12) months prior to the commencement of the Option Term, provided that timing adjustments shall be made to reflect any changes in the Market Rent following the date of any particular Comparable Transaction up to the date of the commencement of the applicable Option Term, leasing non-sublease, non-encumbered space comparable in location and quality to the Premises containing a square footage of no less than 100,000 rentable square feet for a term of five (5) years (or for the length of the First Offer Term, if longer), in an arm’s-length transaction, which comparable space is located in Comparable Buildings (transactions satisfying the foregoing criteria shall be known as the “ Comparable Transactions ”) . The terms of the Comparable Transactions shall be calculated as a Net Equivalent Lease Rate pursuant to the terms of this Exhibit H , and shall take into consideration only the following terms and concessions (collectively, the Concessions ”): (i) the rental rate and escalations for the Comparable Transactions, (ii) the amount of parking rent per parking permit paid in the Comparable Transactions and whether such permits are rented on a “must-take” or “without obligation” basis, if any, (iii) operating expense and tax protection granted in such Comparable Transactions such as a base year or expense stop (although for each such Comparable Transaction the base rent shall be adjusted to a triple net base rent using reasonable estimates of operating expenses and taxes for each such Comparable Transaction); (iv) rental abatement, moving allowance, lease takeover payments and other economic concessions, if any, being granted such tenants in Comparable Transactions in connection with such comparable space, (v) any “Renewal Allowance,” as defined herein below, to be provided by Landlord in connection with the Option Term as compared to the improvements or allowances provided or to be provided in the Comparable Transactions, taking into account the contributory value (if any) of the existing improvements in the Premises, such value to be based upon the age, design, quality of finishes, and layout of the existing improvements, (vi) consideration of the level of control and the usage rights of the Terrace, Common Areas, parking areas and signage rights by Tenant at the Project, and (vii) all other monetary concessions (including the value of any signage), if any, being granted such tenants in connection with such Comparable Transactions. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, in determining the Market Rent, no consideration shall be given to any period of rental abatement, if any, granted to tenants in Comparable Transactions solely in connection with the design, permitting and construction of improvements. The Market Rent shall include adjustment of the stated size of the Premises based upon the standards of measurement utilized in the Comparable Transactions.

 

EXHIBIT H

 

170


2. CONCESSIONS . If in determining the Market Rent for an Option Term Tenant is entitled to Concessions, Tenant shall not be granted such Concessions in-kind and instead the rental rate component of the Market Rent shall be adjusted (pursuant to the methodology provided in Section 5 ), to reflect that Tenant shall not be receiving such Concessions; provided, however, Landlord may, at Landlord’s option, elect to grant any “free rent” or “rental abatement” Concessions to Tenant in-kind, in which case the rental rate component of the Market Rent shall not be adjusted with respect to such Concessions so granted (but shall be adjusted for Concessions Tenant is no so granted).

3. RENEWAL IMPROVEMENT ALLOWANCE . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Exhibit H , once the Market Rent for the Option Term is determined as a Net Equivalent Lease Rate, if, in connection with such determination, it is deemed that Tenant is entitled to an improvement or comparable allowance for the improvement of the Premises, (the total dollar value of such allowance shall be referred to herein as the “ Renewal Allowance ”), Landlord shall pay the Renewal Allowance to Tenant pursuant to a commercially reasonable disbursement procedure determined by Landlord and the terms of Article 8 of this Lease, and, as set forth in Section 5 , below, of this Exhibit H , the rental rate component of the Market Rent shall be increased to be a rental rate which takes into consideration that Tenant will receive payment of such Renewal Allowance and, accordingly, such payment with interest shall be factored into the base rent component of the Market Rent.

4. COMPARABLE BUILDINGS . For purposes of this Lease, the term “ Comparable Buildings ” shall mean first-class office buildings which are comparable to the Buildings in terms of age (based upon the date of completion of construction or major renovation), quality of construction, level of services and amenities (including, but not limited to, the type (e.g., surface, covered, subterranean) and amount of parking), size and appearance, and are located in the “ Comparable Area, ” which is the area extending from the city of Sunnyvale to the city of San Mateo (but excluding the downtown Palo Alto area) and which area has similar access to Caltrain.

5. METHODOLOGY FOR REVIEWING AND COMPARING THE COMPARABLE TRANSACTIONS . For purposes of this Section 5, the term “Comparable Transactions” shall include any proposed transactions with third parties for the First Offer Space and Offsite First Offer Space (pursuant to Section 1.3 and 1.4 above, respectively). In order to analyze the Comparable Transactions based on the factors to be considered in calculating Market Rent and in order to evaluate the value of the Economic Terms (pursuant to Section 1.3 and 1.4 above, respectively), and given that the Comparable Transactions may vary in terms of length of term (the “ Comparable Term ”), rental rate, concessions, etc., the following steps shall be taken into consideration to “adjust” the objective data from each of the Comparable Transactions. By taking this approach, a “ Net Equivalent Lease Rate ” for each of the Comparable Transactions shall be determined using the following steps to adjust the Comparable Transactions, which will allow for an “apples to apples” comparison of the Comparable Transactions.

5.1. The contractual rent payments for each of the Comparable Transactions should be arrayed monthly or annually over the Comparable Term. All Comparable Transactions should be adjusted to simulate a net rent structure, wherein the tenant is responsible for the payment of all property operating expenses in a manner consistent with this Lease. This results in the estimate of Net Equivalent Rent received by each landlord for each Comparable Transaction being expressed as a periodic net rent payment.

 

EXHIBIT H

 

171


5.2 Any free rent or similar inducements received over time should be deducted in the time period in which they occur, resulting in the net cash flow arrayed over the Comparable Term.

5.3 The resultant net cash flow from the lease should then be discounted (using an 8% annual discount rate) to the lease commencement date for such Comparable Transaction (but not including any build-out period if included in the Comparable Term), resulting in a net present value estimate.

5.4 From the net present value, up front inducements (improvements allowances and other Concessions) should be deducted. These items should be deducted directly, on a “dollar for dollar” basis, without discounting since they are typically incurred at lease commencement, while rent (which is discounted) is a future receipt.

5.5 The net present value should then be amortized back over the lease term as a level monthly or annual net rent payment using the same annual discount rate of 8.0% used in the present value analysis. This calculation will result in a hypothetical level or even payment over the option period, termed the “Net Equivalent Lease Rate” (or constant equivalent in general financial terms).

6. USE OF NET EQUIVALENT LEASE RATES FOR COMPARABLE TRANSACTIONS . The Net Equivalent Lease Rates for the Comparable Transactions shall then be used to reconcile, in a manner usual and customary for a real estate appraisal process, to a conclusion of Market Rent which shall be stated as a Net Equivalent Lease Rate applicable to the Option Term or the First Offer Term, as applicable. To the extent the length of the Comparable Term offered to a third party for the First Offer Space is different than the length of the First Offer Term, then for purposes of determining if the Economic Terms of any First Offer Space offered to such third party are less than ninety percent (90%) as favorable to Landlord as the terms offered to Tenant, the Net Equivalent Lease Rate for the Comparable Term shall be compared to the Net Equivalent Lease Rate for the First Offer Term without taking into consideration the differing term lengths, if any. For example, if the Net Equivalent Lease Rate for a ten (10) year Comparable Term is $2.50 per month and the Net Equivalent Lease Rate for a seven (7) year First Offer Term is equal to $2.60 per month, then the Economic Terms will be deemed to be within ten percent (10%) (since $0.10 is 3.85% of $2.60), regardless of the difference in length of term.

 

EXHIBIT H

 

172


EXHIBIT I

CROSSING/900

VISITOR PARKING AREA

 

EXHIBIT I

 

173

Exhibit 10.19

BOX, INC.

OUTSIDE DIRECTOR COMPENSATION POLICY

Box, Inc. (the “ Company ”) believes that the granting of equity and cash compensation to members of its Board of Directors (the “ Board ,” and members of the Board, the “ Directors ”) represents an effective tool to attract, retain and reward Directors who are not employees of the Company (the “ Outside Directors ”). This Outside Director Compensation Policy (the “ Policy ”) is intended to formalize the Company’s policy regarding cash compensation and grants of equity to its Outside Directors. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used in this Policy will have the meaning given such term in the Company’s 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”). Each Outside Director will be solely responsible for any tax obligations incurred by such Outside Director as a result of the equity and cash payments such Outside Director receives under this Policy.

This Policy will be effective as of the effective date of the registration statement in connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities (the “ Effective Date ”).

1. C ASH R ETAINERS

Annual Cash Retainer

Each Outside Director will be paid an annual cash retainer of $30,000.

All cash compensation will be paid quarterly in arrears on a prorated basis.

No Outside Director will receive per meeting attendance fees for attending Board or meetings of committees of the Board.

2. E QUITY C OMPENSATION

Outside Directors will be entitled to receive all types of Awards (except Incentive Stock Options) under the Plan (or the applicable equity plan in place at the time of grant), including discretionary Awards not covered under this Policy. All grants of Awards to Outside Directors pursuant to Section 2 of this Policy will be automatic and nondiscretionary, except as otherwise provided herein, and will be made in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) No Discretion . No person will have any discretion to select which Outside Directors will be granted any Awards under this Policy or to determine the number of shares of Company common stock (“ Shares ”) to be covered by such Awards.

(b) Initial Awards . Subject to Section 11 of the Plan, effective on the date the person first becomes an Outside Director, whether through election by the stockholders of the Company or appointment by the Board to fill a vacancy, such Outside Director automatically will be granted Awards with a Value (as defined below) equal to $450,000 (collectively, the “ Initial Award ”). The Initial Award will be comprised of Options and Restricted Stock Units (“ RSUs ”), each having a Value of 50% of the aggregate Initial Award.

With respect to the portion of the Initial Award that is an Option, such portion of the Initial Award will vest in 36 equal, monthly installments beginning with the first monthly anniversary after the grant date, in each case, provided that the Outside Director continues to serve as a Service Provider through the applicable vesting date.


With respect to the portion of the Initial Award that are RSUs, such portion of the Initial Award will vest in 3 annual installments beginning with the first anniversary after the grant date, in each case, provided that the Outside Director continues to serve as a Service Provider through the applicable vesting date.

For clarity, a Director who is an Employee who ceases to be an Employee, but who remains a Director, will not receive an Initial Award.

(c) Annual Awards . Subject to Section 11 of the Plan, on the date of each annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders (the “ Annual Meeting ”) beginning with the 2015 Annual Meeting, each Outside Director automatically will be granted Awards with a Value equal to $200,000 (collectively, the “ Annual Award ”). The Annual Award will be comprised of Options and RSUs, each having a Value of 50% of the aggregate Annual Award.

Each portion of the Annual Award (whether an Option or RSUs) will fully vest upon the earlier of: (i) the 12-month anniversary of the grant date; or (ii) the next Annual Meeting, in each case, provided that the Outside Director continues to serve as a Service Provider through the vesting date.

For clarity, an Outside Director will not be eligible for an Annual Award unless the Outside Director has been a Director either (i) for at least 1 full calendar year; or (ii) at the previous year’s Annual Meeting.

(d) Terms Applicable to all Options Granted Under this Policy . The per Share exercise price for all Options granted under this Policy will be one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value on the grant date.

(e) Change in Control . In the event of a Change in Control, each Outside Director will fully vest in his or her Awards.

(f) Value . To determine the number of Shares subject to an Initial Award or Annual Award, the specified Value for RSUs will be divided by the average of the closing trading price of a Share for the 30-trading day period ending on the trading day prior to the grant date, or such other methodology the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “ Compensation Committee ”) may determine prior to the grant of the RSUs becoming effective. To determine the number of shares subject to an Option, the number of Shares determined in the preceding sentence will be multiplied by 2 or such other multiplier that the Compensation Committee may determine prior to the grant of an Option being effective.

3. T RAVEL E XPENSES

Each Outside Director’s reasonable, customary and documented travel expenses to Board meetings will be reimbursed by the Company.

4. A DDITIONAL P ROVISIONS

All provisions of the Plan not inconsistent with this Policy will apply to Awards granted to Outside Directors.

5. R EVISIONS

The Board in its discretion may change and otherwise revise the terms of Awards granted under this Policy, including, without limitation, the number of Shares subject thereto, for Awards of the same or different type granted on or after the date the Board determines to make any such change or revision.

 

2

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated March 24, 2014, in Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement (Form S-1 No. 333-194767) and related Prospectus of Box, Inc. for the registration of 14,375,000 shares of its Class A common stock.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

San Francisco, California

January 7, 2015